OF THE UN IVLRSITY Of ILLINOIS A Bequest from Marion D. Pratt ULINUIS HISiORY SURVEY LfBRARY A Few Interesting Book of Mormon References America's history foretold 2500 years ago. -1st Nephi, Chap. 13, page 22. A -Columbus __ .. ^Verse 12 B-Fate of Indians Verse 14 C-The Puritans Verse 16 D-The Revolutionary War Verses 17-19 E-The Bible Verses 23-29 Why the fall and the Atonement? Read 2nd Nephi 2:14-27, page 54/ 2nd Nephi 9:6-16, page 67, Alma 42:3-16, page 298. No Kings to rule America. Read 2nd Nephi 10:10-14, page 72. The last days foretold by these Prophets. 2nd Nephi 26:14-32, page 93. Compare 2nd Nephi 26:15-17^ page 93, with Isaiah 29:3-4 Compare 2nd Nephi 27:6-10^ page 96, with Isaiah 29:1-10. Compare 2nd Nephi 27:15-35, page 96, with Isaiah 29:11-24. Important, read 2nd Nephi, Chapters 28 and 29, pages 98 and 100. Will the Lord give us more than the Bible? Compare 2nd Nephi 29:2-3, page 100, with Ezekiel 37:16-17. Read the miraculous conversion of Alma. Mosiah, Chap. 27, page 186. Do we take up our bodies again? Read Alma 11:40-45, page 223, Where does the spirit go after death? Read Alma, Chap. 40, page 294. Who were the builders of early civilization discovered by modern scientists? Read Helaman 3:7-10, page 364. Helaman 6:9-12, page 373. An instance of the goodness of God to His servants. Helaman 5:20-52, page 370. Read of the happenings on this hemisphere at Christ's crucifixion and His visits here. 3rd Nephi, Chaps. 8 to 11 inclusive, pages 415 to 423. Christ told Jews of other sheep (John 10:16). Who? Read 3rd Nephi 15:13- 24, page 429. Institution of Sacrament and who should partake. 3rd Nephi 18:1-14^ page 434. Read entire chapter. Important, read Chapter 21 of 3rd Nephi, page 442 (The New Jerusalem). Whait should be the name of the Church? Read 3rd Nephi 27, page 449. Chapter 28, page 452. An interesting promise to three of the Nephite Prophets. 3rd Nephi, Chap- ter 28, page 452. Are Christ and God one without form or was man made in the image of the Only Begotten? Ether 3:3-16, page 483. Compare Genesis 1:26-27. Are unbaptized infants damned or even deprived of their eternal glory? Read Moroni, Chapter 8, page 515. A PROMISE TO BOOK OF MORMON READERS. MORONI 10-4 also read verses 27 to 34 inclusive, page 520. THE BOOK OF MORMON An Account Written by THE HAND OF MORMON UPON PLATES TAKEN FROM THE PLATES OF NEPHI Wherefore, it is an abridgment of the record of the people of Nephi, and also of the Lamanites — Written to the Lamanites, who are a rem- nant of the house of Israel ; and also to Jew and Gentile — Written by way of commandment, and also by the spirit of prophecy and of revela- tion — Written and sealed up, and hid up unto the Lord, that they might not be destroyed — To come forth by the gift and power of God unto the interpretation thereof — Sealed by the hand of Moroni, and hid up unto the Lord, to come forth in due time by way of the Gentile — The inter- pretation thereof by the gift of God. An abridgment taken from the Book of Ether also, which is a record of the people of Jared, who were scattered at the time the Lord con- founded the language of the people, when they were building a tower to get to heaven — AVhich is to show unto the remnant of the House of Israel what great things the Lord hath done for their fathers ; and that they may know the covenants of the Lord, that they are not cast off forever — And also to the convincing of the Jew and Gentile that Jesus is the Christ, the Eternal God, manifesting himself unto all nations — And now, if there are faults they are the mistakes of men ; wherefore, condemn not the things of God, that ye may be found spotless at the judgment-seat of Christ. TRANSLATED BY JOSEPH SMITH, Jun. Published by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A. Copyright 1920 by HEBER J. GRANT Trustee-in-Trust for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A. First Edition published in 1830 First issued, as divided into chapters and verses with references By ORSON PRATT, in 1879 First issued in double-column pages, with chapter headings, chronological data, revised foot-note references, pronouncing vocabulary and index, in 1920 I q p,0 BRIEF ANALYSIS ^ A-b-fo, ^ OF THE BOOK OF MORMON Three classes of Record Plates are indicated on the title-page of The Book of Mormon, namely : 1. The Plates of Nephi, which, as the text of the Book makes clear, were of two kinds — (a) the Larger Plates; (&) the Smaller Plates. The former were more particularly devoted to the sec- ular history of the peoples concerned, while the latter were occu- pied mostly by sacred records. 2. The Plates of Mormon, containing an abridgment from the Plates of Nephi, made by Mormon, with many commentaries and a con- tinuation of the history by himself, and with further additions by Moroni, son of Mormon. 3. The Plates of Ether, containing a history of the Jaredites, which account was abridged by Moroni, who inserted comments of his own, and incorporated the record with the general history under the title. Book of Ether. To these may be added another set of plates, which are of frequent mention in the Book of Mormon, namely : 4. The Brass Plates of Lalan, brought by the people of Lehi from Jerusalem, and containing Hebrew Scriptures and genealogies, many extracts from which appear in the Nephite records. The Book of Mormon comprises fifteen main parts or divisions, known, with one exception, as books, each designated by the name of its principal author. Of these, the first six books, namely, First Nephi, Second Nephi, Jacob, Enos, Jarom, and Omni, are translations from the corresponding sections of the Smaller Plates of Nephi. Between the books of Omni and Mosiah, we find The Words of Mormon, connecting the record of Nephi, as engraved on the Smaller Plates, with Mormon's abridgment of the Larger Plates for the periods following. The Words of Mormon constitute a brief explanation of the preceding portions of the record, and a preface to the parts following. The body of the Book, from Mosiah to Mormon, chapter 7, inclusive, is the translation of Mormon's abridgment of the Plates of Nephi. The latter part of the Book of Mormon, from the beginning of Mormon, chap- I'i ter 8, to the end of the volume, was engraved by Mormon's son, Moroni, ^' who first proceeded to finish the record of his father's life, and then made ^ an abridgment of the Jaredite record, as the Book of Ether. Later he \i added the parts known to us as the Book of Moroni. L_, The period covered by Book of Mormon annals extends from B. C. 600 Dto A. D. 42L In or about the latter year, Moroni, the last of the Nephite ^historians, sealed the sacred record, and hid it up unto the Lord, to be fvl brought forth in the latter days, as predicted by the voice of God through ^ • his ancient prophets. In A. D. 1827, this same Moroni, then a resurrected eS^personage, delivered the engraved plates to Joseph Smith. ORIGIN OF THE BOOK OF MORMON Joseph Smith, through whom, by the gift and power of God, the ancient Scripture, known as The Book of Mormon, has been brought forth and translated into the English tongue, made personal and circum- stantial record of the matter. He affirmed that during the night of Sep- tember 21, 1823, he sought the Lord in fervent prayer, having previously received a Divine manifestation of transcendent import His account follows : "While I was thus in the act of calling upon God, I discovered a light appearing in my room, which continued to increase until the room was lighter than at noonday, when immediately a personage appeared at my bedside, standing in the air, for his feet did not touch the floor. "He had on a loose robe of most exquisite whiteness. It was a white- ness beyond anything earthly 1 had ever seen ; nor do I believe that any earthly thing could be made to appear so exceedingly white and brilliant. His hands were naked, and his arms also, a little above the wrists ; so, also, were his feet naked, as were his legs, a little above the ankles. His head and neck were also bare. I could discover that he had no other clothing on but this robe, as it was open, so that I could see into his bosom. "Not only was his robe exceedingly white, but his whole person was glorious beyond description, and his countenance truly like lightning. The room was exceedingly light, but not so very bright as immediately around his person. When 1 first looked upon him, 1 was afraid ; but the fear Boon left me. "He called me by name, and said unto me that he was a messenger Bent from the presence of God to me, and that his name was Moroni ; that God had a work for me to do ; and that my name should be had for good and evil among all nations, kindreds, and tongues, or that it should be both good and evil spoken of among all people. "He said there was a book deposited, written upon gold plates, giving an account of the former inhabitants of this continent, and the source from whence they sprang. He also said that the fulness of the everlasting Gos- pel was contained in it, as delivered by the Savior to the ancient inhabi- tants; "Also, that there were two stones in silver bows — and these stones, fas- tened to a breastplate, constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim — deposited with the plates; and the possession and use of these stones were what constituted /Seers in ancient or former times; and that God had prepared them for the purpose of translating the book. 4: :{: 4: He :H 4: * "Again, he told me, that when I got those plates of which he had spoken — for the time that they should be obtained was not yet fulfilled— I should not show them to any person ; neither the breastplate with the Urim and Thummim ; only to those to whom I should be commanded to show them ; if I did I should be destroyed. While he was conversing with me about the plates, the vision was opened to my mind that I could see the place where the plates were deposited, and that so clearly and distinctly that I knew the place again when I visited it. "After this communication, 1 saw the light in the room begin to gather immediately around the person of him who had been speaking to me, and it continued to do so, until the room was again left dark, except just around him, when instantly 1 saw, as it were, a conduit open right up into heaven, and he ascended until he entirely disappeared, and the room was left as it had been before this heavenly light had made its appearance. "I lay musing on the singularity of the scene, and marveling greatly at what had been told to me by this extraordinary messenger ; when, in the midst of my meditation, 1 suddenly discovered that my room was again beginning to get lighted, and in an instant, as it were, the same heavenly messenger was again by my bedside. "He commenced, and again related the very same things which he had done at his first visit, without the least variation ; which having done, he informed me of great judgments which were coming upon the earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence ; and that these griev- ous judgments would come on the earth in this generation. Having related these things, he again ascended as he had done before. "By this time, so deep were the impressions made on my mind, that sleep had fled from my eyes, and I lay overwhelmed in astonishment at what I had both seen and heard. But what was my surprise when again I beheld the same messenger at my bedside, and heard him rehearse or re- peat over again to me the same things as before ; and added a caution to me, telling me that Satan would try to tempt me (in consequence of the indigent circumstances of my father's family), to get the plates for the purpose of getting rich. This he forbade me, saying that I must have no other object in view in getting the plates but to glorify God, and must not be influenced by any other motive than that of building His kingdom ; otherwise 1 could not get them. "After this third visit, he again ascended into heaven as before, and I was again left to ponder on the strangeness of what 1 had just experi- enced ; when almost immediately after the heavenly messenger had as- cended from me the third time, the cock crowed, and I found that day was approaching, so that our interviews must have occupied the whole of that night. "I shortly after arose from my bed, and, as usual, went to the neces- sary labors of the day ; but, in attempting to work as at other times, I found my strength so exhausted as to render me entirely unable. My father, who was laboring along with me, discovered something to be wrong with me, and told me to go home. I started with the intention of going to the house ; but, in attempting to cross the fence out of the field where we were, my strength entirely failed me, and I fell helpless on the ground, and for a time was quite unconscious of anything. "The first thing that I can recollect was a voice speaking unto me, calling me by name. 1 looked up, and beheld the same messenger stand- ing over my head, surrounded by light as before. He then again related unto me all that he had related to me the previous night, and commanded me to go to my father and tell him of the vision and commandments which I had received. "I obeyed ; I returned to my father in the field, and rehearsed the whole matter to him. He rep-lied to me that it was of God, and told me to go and do as commanded by the messenger. I left the field, and went to the place where the messenger had told me the plates were deposited ; and owing to the distinctness of the vision which I had had concerning it, I knew the place the instant that I arrived there. "Convenient to the village of Manchester, Ontario county, New York, stands a hill of considerable size, and the most elevated of any in the neighborhood. On the west side of this hill, not far from the top, under a stone of considerable size, lay the plates, deposited in a stone box. This stone was thick and rounding in the middle on the upper side, and thinner towards the edges, so that the middle part of it was visible above the ground, but the edge all around was covered with earth. "Having removed the earth, I obtained a lever, which I got fixed under the edge of the stone, and with a little exertion raised it up. I looked in, and there indeed did I behold the plates, the Urim and Thummim, and the breastplate, as stated by the messenger. The box in which they lay was formed by laying stones together in some kind of cement In the bot- tom of the box were laid two stones crossways of the box, and on these stones lay the plates and the other things with them. "I made an attempt to take them out, but was forbidden by the mes- senger, and was again informed that the time for bringing them forth had not yet arrived, neither would it, until four years from that time ; but he told me that I should come to that place precisely in one year from that time, and that he would there meet with me, and that I should continue to do so until the time should come for obtaining the plates. "Accordingly, as I had been commanded, I went at the end of each year, and at each time I found the same messenger there, and received in- struction and intelligence from him at each of our interviews, respecting what the Lord was going to do, and how and in what manner His king- dom was to be conducted in the last days. 4: 4: 4: :): 4: :!: 4: "At length the time arrived for obtaining the plates, the Urim and Thummim, and the breastplate. On the twenty-second day of September, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven, having gone as usual at the end of another year to the place where they were deposited, the same heavenly messenger delivered them up to me with this charge : That I should be responsible for them ; that if I should let them go carelessly, or through any neglect of mine, I should be cut off; but that if I would use all my endeavors to presei^e them, until he, the messenger, should call for them, they should be protected. "I soon found out the reason why I had received such strict charges to keep them safe, and why it was that the messenger had said that when I had done what was required at my hand, he would call for them. For no sooner was it known that I had them, than the most strenuous exer- tions were used to get them from me. Every stratagem that could be invented was resorted to for that purpose. The persecution became more bitter and severe than before, and multitudes were on the alert continually to get them from me if possible. But by the wisdom of God, they remained safe in my hands, until I had accomplished by them what was required at my hand. When, according to arrangements, the messenger called for them, I delivered them up to him ; and he has them in his charge until this day, being the second day of May, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-eight." For the complete record, see Pearl of Great Price, pages 81-101, and History of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, volume 1, chapters 1 to 6 inclusive. The ancient record, thus brought forth from the earth, as the voice of a people speaking from the dust, and translated into modern speech by the gift and power of God as attested by Divine affirmation, was first pub- lished to the world in the year 1830 as The Book of Moemon. THE TESTIMONY OF THREE WITNESSES Be It Known unto all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people, unto whom this work shall come : That we, through the grace of God the Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, have seen the plates which contain this record, which is a record of the people of Nephi, and also of the Lamanites, their brethren, and also of the people of Jared, who came from the tower of which hath been spoken. And we also know that they have been translated by the gift and power of God, for his voice hath declared it unto us ; wherefore we know of a surety that the work is true. And we also testify that we have seen the engravings which are upon the plates ; and they have been shown unto us by the power of God, and not of man. And we declare with words of soberness, that an angel of God came down from heaven, and he brought and laid before our eyes, that we beheld and saw the plates, and the engravings thereon ; and we know that it is by the grace of God the Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, that we beheld and bear record that these things are true. And it is marvelous in our ey«s. Nevertheless, the voice of the Lord commanded us that we should bear record of it ; wherefore, to be obedient unto the commandments of God, we bear testimony of these things. And we know that if we are faithful in Christ, we shall rid our garments^ of the blood of all men, and be found spotless before the judgment-seat of Christ, and shall dwell with him eter- nally in the heavens. And the honor be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost, which is one God. Amen. Oliver Cowdeey David Whitmer Martin Harris AND ALSO THE TESTIMONY OF EIGHT WITNESSES Be It Known unto all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people, unto whom this work shall come : That Joseph Smith, Jun., the translator of this work, has shown unto us the plates of which hath been spoken, which have the appearance of gold ; and as many of the leaves as the said Smith has translated we did handle with our hands ; and we also saw the en- gravings thereon, all of which has the appearance of ancient work, and of curious workmanship. And this we bear record with words of sober- ness, that the said Smith has shown unto us, for we have seen and hefted, and know of a surety that the said Smith has got the pl-ates of which we have spoken. And we give our names unto the world, to witness unto the world that which we have seen. And we lie not, God bearing witness of it. Christian Whitmeb Hiram Page Jacob Whitmer Joseph Smith, Sen. Peter Whitmer, Jun. Hyrum Smith John Whitmeb Samuel H. Smith NAMES AND ORDER OF BOOKS IN THE BOOK OF MORMON Name Page First Book of Nephi 1 Second Book of Nephi 49 Book of Jacob 107 Book of Enos 125 Book of Jarom 127 Book of Omni 129 The Words of Mormon 132 Book of Mosiah .134 Book of Alma 195 Book of Helaman 359 Third Nephi 399 Fourth Nephi 456 Book of Mormon 460 Book of Ether 478 Book of Moroni 510 Designation ?/i Foot-notes 1 Ne. 2 Ne. Jac. Enos Jar. Om. W. of Morm. Mos. Al. He. 3 Ne. 4 Ne. Morm. Eth. More. Other ahhreviations in foot-notes: Doctrine.'^ and Covenants D. & C. Pearl of Great Price P. of G. P. Books of the Holy Bible are designated by the usual abbreviations. THE BOOK OF MORMON THE FIRST BOOK OF NEPHI HIS REIGN AND MINISTRY An account of Lehi and his wife Sariah, and his four sons, heing called, Cbeginning at the eldest) Laman, Lemuel, Sam, and Nephi. The Lord warns Lehi to depart out of the land of Jerusalem, because he prophesieih unto the people concerning their iniquity and they seek to destroy his life. He taJceth three days' journey into the wilderness with his family. Nephi taketh his brethren and returneth to the land of Jerusalem after the record of the Jews. The account of their sufferings. They take the daughters of Ishmael to wife. They take their families and depart into the wilderness. Their sufferings and afflictions in the wilderness. The course of their travels. They come to the large waters. Nephi's brethren rebel against him. He confoundeth them, and buildeth a ship. They call the place Bountiful. They cross the large waters into the promised land, t^c. This is according to the account of Nephi; or in other words, I, Nephi, wrote this record. CHAPTER 1. Lehi's vision of the pillar of fire and the book of prophecy — He pre- dicts the impending fate of Jerusalem, and foretells the coming of the Mes- siah — The Jews seek his life. 1. I, Nephi, having been born of goodly parents, therefore I was taught somewhat in all the learn- ing of my father; and having seen many afflictions in the course of my days, nevertheless, having been highly favored of the Lord in all my days; yea, having had a great knowledge of the good- ness and the mysteries of God, therefore I make a record of my proceedings in my days. 2. Yea, I make a record in the language of my father, which consists of the learning of the Jews and the "language of the Egyptians. 3. And I know that the rec- ord which I make is true; and I make it with mine own hand; and I make it according to my knowledge. 4. For it came to pass in the commencement of the ''first year of the reign of Zedekiah, king of Judah, (my father, Lehi, hav- ing dwelt at Jerusalem in all his days) ; and in that same year there came ''many prophets, prophesying unto the people that they must repent, or the great city Jerusalem must be destroyed. 5. Wherefore it came to pass that my father, Lehi, as he went forth prayed unto the Lord, yea, a, Mos. 1:4. Morm. 9:32. fi, 2 Kings 24:17, IS. c, 2 Chron. 36:15, 16, About B. C. 600. 1 NEPHI, 1. even with all his heart, in behalf of his people. 6. And it came to pass as he prayed unto the Lord, there came a pillar of fire and dwelt upon a rock before him; and he saw and heard much; and because of the things which he saw and heard he did quake and tremble exceed- ingly. 7. And it came to pass that he returned to his own house at Jerusalem; and he cast himself upon his bed, being overcome with the Spirit and the things which he had seen. 8. And being thus overcome with the Spirit, he was carried away in a vision, even that he saw the heavens open, and he thought he saw God sitting upon his throne, surrounded with num- berless concourses of angels in the attitude of singing and prais- ing their God. 9. And it came to pass that he saw one descending out of the midst of heaven, and he beheld that his luster was above that of the sun at noon-day. 10. And he also saw twelve others following him, and their brightness did exceed that of the stars in the firmament. 11. And they came down and went forth upon the face of the earth; and the first came and Btood before my father, and gave unto him a book, and bade him that he should read. 12. And it came to pass that as he read, he was filled with the Spirit of the Lord. 18. And he read, saying; Wo, wo, unto Jerusalem, for I have seen thine abominations! Yea, and many things did my father read concerning Jerusalem — "^that it should be destroyed, and the inhabitants thereof; many should perish by the sword, and many should be carried away captive into Babylon. 14. And it came to pass that when my father had read and seen many great and marvelous things, he did exclaim many things unto the Lord; such as: Great and marvelous are thy works, O Lord God Almighty! Thy throne is high in the heavens, and thy power, and goodness, and mercy are over all the inhabitants of the earth; and, because thou art merciful, thou wilt not suffer those who come unto thee that they shall perish! 15. And after this manner was the language of my father in the praising of his God; for his soul did rejoice, and his whole heart was filled, because of the things which he had seen, yea, which the Lord had shown unto him. 16. And now I, Nephi, do not make a full account of the things which my ^father hath written, for he hath written many things which he saw in visions and in dreams; and he also hath written many things which he prophesied and spake unto his children, of which I shall not make a full ac- count. 17. But I shall make an ac- count of my proceedings in my days. Behold, I make an 'abridg- ment of the record of my father, upon plates which I have made with mine own hands; wherefore, after I have abridged the record of my father then will I make an account of mine own life. 18. Therefore, I would that ye should know, that after the d, 2 Chron. 36:17—20. Jer. 39:1—9. e, 1 Ne. 6:1. 19:1 — 6. 2 Ne. 5:29 — 33, Jac. 1:1 — i. 3:13, 14. 15 — 18. .J'ar. 14. 15. W. of Morm. 1 — 11. /, 1 Ne. 6:1. 9:2—5. 10:1. 4:1, 2. 7:26, 27. Enos 13, Aboux B. C. 600, 1 NEPHI, 2. Lord had shown so many mar- velous things unto my father, Lehi, yea, concerning the destruc- tion of Jerusalem, behold he went forth among the people, and be- gan to prophesy and to declare unto them concerning the things which he had both seen and heard. 19. And it came to pass that the "Jews did mock him because of the things which he testified of them; for he truly testified of their wickedness and their abomi- nations; and he testified that the things which he saw and heard, and also the things which he read in the book, manifested plainly of the coming of a Messiah, and also the redemption of the world. 20. And when the Jews heard these things they were angry with him; yea, even as with the proph- ets of old, whom they had cast out, and stoned, and slain; and they also sought his life, that they might take it away. But behold, I, Nephi, will show unto you that the tender mercies of the Lord are over all those whom he hath chosen, because of their faith, to make them mighty even unto the power of deliverance. CHAPTER 2. Lehi departs with his family into the wilderness bordering on the Red Sea — His elder sons, Laman and Lem- uel, murmur against him — Nephi and Sam believe his words — The Lord's promises to Nephi. 1. For behold, it came to pass that the Lord spake unto my father, yea, even in a dream, and said unto him: Blessed art thou Lehi, because of the things which thou hast done; and be- cause thou hast been faithful and declared unto this people the things which I commanded thee, behold, they seek to take away thy life. 2. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded my father, even in a dream, that he should take his family and depart into the wilderness. 3. And it came to pass that he was obedient unto the word of the Lord, wherefore he did as the Lord commanded him. 4. And it came to pass that he *departed into the wilderness. And he left his house, and the land of his inheritance, and his gold, and his silver, and his pre- cious things, and took nothing with him, save it were his family, and provisions, and tents, and departed into the wilderness. 5. And he came down by the borders near the shore of the Red Sea; and he traveled in the wil- derness in the borders which are nearer the Red Sea; and he did travel in the wilderness with his family, which consisted of my mother, Sariah, and my elder brothers, who were Laman, Lem- uel, and Sam. 6. And it came to pass that when he had traveled three days in the wilderness, he pitched his tent in a valley by the side of a river of water. 7. And it came to pass that he built an altar of stones, and made an offering unto the Lord, and gave thanks unto the Lord our God. 8. And it came to pass that he called the name of the river, La- man, and it emptied into the Red Sea; and the valley was in the borders near the mouth thereof. 9. And when my father saw that the waters of the river emp- tied into the fountain of the Red Sea, he spake unto Laman, say- 0, 2 Chron. 36:16. Jer. 26:8 — 11. • B. C. 600. 1 NEPHl. 2. ing: O that thou mightest be like unto this river, continually run- ning into the fountain of all righteousness! 10. And he also spake unto Lemuel: O that thou mightest be like unto this valley, firm and steadfast, and immovable in keep- ing the commandments of the Lord! 11. Now this he spake be- cause of the stiffneckedness of Laman and Lemuel; for behold they did murmur in many things against their father, because he was a visionary man, and had led them out of the land of Jeru- salem, to leave the land of their inheritance, and their gold, and their silver, and their precious things, to perish in the wilder- ness. And this they said he had done because of the foolish imag- inations of his heart. 12. And thus Laman and Lem- uel, being the eldest, did murmur against their father. And they did murmur because they knew not the dealings of that God who had created them. 13. Neither did they believe that Jerusalem, that great city, could be destroyed according to the words of the prophets. And they were like unto the Jews who were at Jerusalem, who sought to take away the lifv5 of my father. 14. And it came to pass that my father did speak unto them in the valley of Lemuel, with power, being filled with the Spirit, until their frames did shake be- fore him. And he did confound them, that they durst not utter against him; wherefore, they did as he commanded them. 15. And my father dwelt in a tent. 16. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, being exceeding young, nevertheless being large in stat- ure, and also having great desires to know of the mysteries of God, wherefore, I did cry unto the Lord; and behold he did visit me, and did soften my heart that I did believe all the words which had been spoken by my father; wherefore, I did not rebel against him like unto my brothers. 17. And I spake unto Sam, making known unto him the things which the Lord had mani- fested unto me by his Holy Spirit. And it came to pass that he be- lieved in my words. 18. But, behold, Laman and Lemuel would not hearken unto my words; and being grieved be- cause of the hardness of their hearts I cried unto the Lord for them. 19. And it came to pass that the Lord spake unto me, saying: Blessed art thou, Nephi, because of thy faith, for thou hast sought me diligently, with lowliness of heart. 20. And inasmuch as ye shall keep my commandments, ye shall prosper, "and shall be led to a land of promise; yea, even a land which I nave prepared for you; yea, a land which is choice above all other lands. 21. And inasmuch as thy ^brethren shall rebel against thee, they shall be cut off from the presence of the Lord. 22. And inasmuch as thou Shalt keep my commandments, ''thou Shalt be made a ruler and a teacher over thy brethren. 23. For behold, in that day that they shall rebel against me, I will ''curse them even with a a, 1 Ne. 18:22, 23. Eth. 1:42. 2:7 — 12. l, 2 Ne. 5:20. Al. 9:13, 14. 38:1. c, 1 Ne. 3 :29. 2 Ne. 5 :19. d, 1 Ne. 12 :22, 23. 2 Ne. 5 :21— 25. Al. 3 :6 — 19. 17 :15. 3 Ne. 2:15, 16. Morm. 5:15. About B. C. 600, 1 NEPHI, 3. sore curse, and they shall have no power over thy seed except they shall rebel against me also. 24. And if it so be that they rebel against me, they shall be a scourge unto thy seed, to stir them up in the ways of remem- brance. CHAPTER 3. Lehi's sons sent hack to Jerusalem to obtain the plates of brass — Laban refuses to deliver the plates — Laman and Lemuel reproved by an angel. 1. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, returned from speaking with the Lord, to the tent of my father. 2. And it came to pass that he spake unto me, saying: Behold I have dreamed a dream, in the which the Lord hath commanded me that thou and thy brethren shall return to Jerusalem. 3. For behold, Laban hath the record of the Jews and also a genealogy of thy forefathers, and "they are engraven upon plates of brass. 4. Wherefore, the Lord hath commanded me that thou and thy brothers should go unto the house of Laban, and seek the records, and bring them down hither into the wilderness. 5. And now, behold thy broth- ers murmur, saying it is a hard thing which I have required of them; but behold I have not re- quired it of them, but it is a com- mandment of the Lord. 6. Therefore go, my son, and thou shalt be favored of the Lord, because thou hast not murmured. 7. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, said unto my father: I will go and do the things which the Lord hath commanded, for I know that the Lord giveth no commandments unto the children of men, save he shall prepare a way for them that they may ac- complish the thing which he com- mandeth them. 8. And it came to pass that when my father had heard these words he was exceeding glad, for he knew that I had been blessed of the Lord. 9. And I, Nephi, and my breth- ren took our journey in the wil- derness, with our tents, to go up to the land of Jerusalem. 10. And it came to pass that when we had come up to the land of Jerusalem, I and my brethren did consult one with another. 11. And we "cast lots — who of us should go in unto the house of Laban. And it came to pass that the lot fell upon Laman; and La- man went in unto the house of Laban, and he talked with him as he sat in his house. 12. And he desired of Laban the records which were engraven upon the plates of brass, which contained the 'genealogy of my father. 13. And behold, it came to pass that Laban was angry, and thrust him out from his presence; and he would not that he should have the records. Wherefore, he said unto him: Behold thou art a robber, and I will slay thee. 14. But Laman fled out of his presence, and told the things which Laban had done, unto us. And we began to be exceeding sorrowful, and my brethren were about to return unto my father in the wilderness. 15. But behold I said unto them that: As the Lord liveth, and as we live, we will not go a, 1 Ne. 3:12, 10. 20. 24. 4:24.38. 5:10—22. 13:23. 19:22. 2 Ne. 4 :2. 5:12. Mos. 1:3. 4. 28:20. Al. 37:3 — 12. 63:1, 11—14. 3 Ne. 1:2, &^ Josh. 18:6, 10. Judg. 20:9. Acts 1:26. z, 1 Ne. 5:14. Bbtwhbn B. C. 600 kWD 692. 6^ 1 NEPHI, 3. down unto our father in the wilderness until we have accom- plished the thing which the Lord hath commanded us. 16. Wherefore, let us be faith- ful in keeping the commandments of the Lord; therefore let us go down to the land of our father's inheritance, for behold he left ""gold and silver, and all manner of riches. And all this he hath done because of the command- ments of the Lord. 17. For he knew that ''Jerusa- lem must be destroyed, because of the wickedness of the people. 18. For behold, they have re- jected the words of the prophets. Wherefore, if my father should dwell in the land after he hath been commanded to flee out of the land, behold, he would also perish. Wherefore, it must needs be that he flee out of the land. 19. And behold, it is wisdom in God that we should obtain these records, that we may pre- serve unto our children the *lan- guage of our fathers; 20. And also that we may pre- serve unto them the words which have been spoken by the mouth of all the holy prophets, which have been delivered unto them by the Spirit and power of God, since the world began, even down unto this present time. 21. And it came to pass that after this manner of language did I persuade my brethren, that they might be faithful in keeping the commandments of God. 22. And it came to pass that we went down to the land of our inheritance, and we did gather together our ''gold, and our silver, and our precious things. 23. And after we had gathered these things together, we went up again unto the house of Laban. 24. And it came to pass that we went in unto Laban, and desired him that he would give unto us the records which were engraven upon the ^plates of brass, for which we would give unto him our gold, and our silver, and all our precious things. 25. And it came to pass that when Laban saw our property, and that it was exceeding great, he did lust after it, insomuch that he thrust us out, and sent his servants to slay us, that he might obtain our property. 2 6. And it came to pass that we did flee before the servants of Laban, and we were obliged to leave behind our property, and it fell into the hands of Laban. 27. And it came to pass that we fled into the wilderness, and the servants of Laban did not overtake us, and we hid ourselves in the cavity of a rock. 28. And it came to pass that Laman was angry with me, and also with my father; and also was Lemuel, for he hearkened unto the words of Laman. Wherefore Laman and Lemuel did speak many hard words unto us, their younger brothers, and they did smite us even with a rod. 29. And it came to pass as they smote us with a rod, behold, an angel of the Lord came and stood before them, and he spake unto them, saying: Why do ye smite your younger brother with a rod? Know ye not that the Lord hath chosen him to be a ''ruler over you, and this because of your iniquities? Behold ye shall go up to Jerusalem again, and the Lord will deliver Laban into your hands. c, 1 Ne. 2 :4. d^ see d, 1 Ne. 1. g, see o. h, 1 Ne. 2 :22. e, 1 Ne. 1:2, 3. Mos. 1:4. /, 1 Ne. 2:4. 3:16. Between B. C. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHL 4. f 30. And after the angel had spoken unto us, he departed. 31. And after the angel had departed, Laman and Lemuel again began to murmur, saying: How is it possible that the Lord will deliver Laban into our hands? Behold, he is a mighty man, and he can command fifty, yea, even he can slay fifty; then why not us? CHAPTER 4. Nephi secures possession of the plates by stratagem — Laban slain with his own sword — Zoram accom- panies Nephi and his brothers into the wilderness. 1. And it came to pass that I spake unto my brethren, saying: Let us go up again unto Jerusa- lem, and let us be faithful in keep- ing the commandments of the Lord; for behold he is mightier than all the earth, then why not mightier than Laban and his fifty, yea, or even than his tens of thou- sands? 2. Therefore let us go up; let us be strong like unto Moses; for he truly spake unto the waters of the Red Sea and they divided hither and thither, and our fa- thers came through, out of cap- tivity, on dry ground, and the armies of Pharaoh did follow and were drowned in the waters of the Red Sea. 3. Now behold ye know that this is true; and ye also know that an angel hath spoken unto you; wherefore can ye doubt? Let us go up; the Lord is able to deliver us, even as our fathers, and to destroy Laban, even as the Egyptians. 4. Now when I had spoken these words, they were yet wroth, and did still continue to murmur; nevertheless they did follow me up until we came without the walls of Jerusalem. 5. And it was by night; and I caused that they should hide themselves without the walls. And after they had hid them- selves, I, Nephi, crept into the city and went forth towards the house of Laban. 6. And I was led by the Spirit, not knowing beforehand the things which I should do. 7. Nevertheless I went forth, and as I came near unto the house of Laban I beheld a man, and he had fallen to the earth before me, for he was drunken with wine. 8. And when I came to him I found that it was Laban. 9. And I beheld his "sword, and I drew it forth from the sheath thereof; and the hilt thereof was of pure gold, and the workman- ship thereof was exceeding fine, and I saw that the blade thereof was of the most precious steel. 10. And it came to pass that I was constrained by the Spirit that I should kill Laban; but I said in my heart: Never at any time have I shed the blood of man. And I shrunk and would that I might not slay him. 11. And the Spirit said unto me again: Behold the Lord hath delivered him into thy hands. Yea, and I also knew that he had sought to take away mine own life; yea, and he would not hearken unto the commandments of the Lord; and he also had taken away our property. 12. And it came to pass that the Spirit said unto me again: Slay him, for the Lord hath de- livered him into thy hands; 13. Behold the Lord slayeth the wicked to bring forth his righteous purposes. It is better that one man should perish than a, 2 Ne. 5:14. Jac. 1:10. Mos. 1:16. D. & C. 17:1. Bbt. B. C. 600 AND 592. 8 1 NEPHI, 4. that a nation should dwindle and perish in unbelief. 14. And now, when I, Nephi, had heard these words, I remem- bered the words of the Lord which he spake unto me in the wilderness, saying that: Inas- much as thy seed shall keep my commandments, Hhey shall pros- per in the land of promise. 15. Yea, and I also thought that they could not keep the com- mandments.of the Lord according to the law of Moses, save they should have the law. 16. And I also knew that the law was engraven upon the plates of brass. 17. And again, I knew that the Lord had delivered Laban into my hands for this cause — that I might obtain the records accord- ing to his commandments. 18. Therefore I did obey the voice of the Spirit, and took La- ban by the hair of the head, and I smote off his head with his own sword. 19. And after I had smitten off his head with his own sword, I took the garments of Laban and put them upon mine own body; yea, even every whit; and I did gird on his armor about my loins. 20. And after I had done this, I went forth unto the treasury of Laban. And as I went forth towards the treasury of Laban, behold, I saw the servant of La- ban who had the keys of the treas- ury. And I commanded him in the voice of Laban, that he should go with me into the treasury. 21. And he supposed me to be his master, Laban, for he beheld the garments and also the sword girded about my loins. 22. And he spake unto me con- cerning the elders of the Jews, he 6, 1 Ne. 2:20. c, see a, 1 Ne. 3. knowing that his master, Laban, had been out by night among them. 23. And I spake unto him as if it had been Laban. 24. And I also spake unto him that I should carry the engrav- ings, which were upon the '^plates of brass, to my elder brethren, who were without the walls. 25. And I also bade him that he should follow me. 26. And he, supposing that I spake oi' the brethren of the church, and that I was truly that Laban whom I had slain, where- fore he did follow me. 27. And he spake unto me many times concerning the elders of the Jews, as I went forth unto my brethren, who were without the walls. 28. And it came to pass that when Laraan saw me he was exceedingly frightened, and also Lemuel and Sam. And they fled from before my presence; for they supposed it was Laban, and that he had slain me and had sought to take away their lives also. 29. And it came to pass that I called after them, and they did hear me; wherefore they did cease to flee from my presence. 3 0. And it came to pass that when the servant of Laban be- held my brethren he began to tremble, and was about to flee from before me and return to the city of Jerusalem. 31. And now I, Nephi, being a man large in stature, and also having received much strength of the Lord, therefore I did seize upon the servant of Laban, and held him, that he should not flee. 32. And it came to pass that I spak e with him, that if he would Between B. C. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHI, 5. 9 hearken unto my words, as the Lord liveth, and as I live, even so that if he would hearken unto our words, we would spare his life. 33. And I spake unto him, even with an oath, that he need not fear; that he should be a free man like unto us if he would go down in the wilderness with us, 34. And I also spake unto him, saying: Surely the Lord hath commanded us to do this thing; and shall we not be diligent in keeping the commandments of the Lord? Therefore, if thou wilt go down into the wilderness to my father thou shalt have place with us. 35. And it came to pass that Zoram did take courage at the words which I spake. Now ''Zo- ram was the name of the servant; and he promised th-at he would go down into the wilderness unto my father. And he also made an oath unto us that he would tarry with us from that time forth. 3 6. Now we were desirous that he should tarry with us for this cause, that the Jews might not know concerning our flight into the wilderness, lest they should pursue us and destroy us. 37. And it came to pass that when Zoram had made an oath unto us, our fears did cease con- cerning him. 38. And it came to pass that we took the plates of brass and the servant of Laban, and de- parted into the wilderness, and journeyed unto the tent of our father. chapt:er 5. Sariah's complaint against Lehi — Both rejoice over their sons' return — Contents of the brass plates — Lehi a descendant of Joseph — Laban also of that lineage — Lehi's prophecies. 1. And it came to pass that after we had come down into the wilderness unto our father, be- hold, he was filled with joy, and also my mother, Sariah, was ex- ceeding glad, for she truly had mourned because of us. 2. For she had supposed that we had perished in the wilder- ness; and she also had complained against my father, telling him that he was a visionary man; say- ing: Behold thou hast led us forth from the land of our inheri- tance, and my sons are no more, and we perish in the wilderness. 3. And after this manner of language had my mother com- plained against my father. 4. And it had come to pass that my father spake unto her, saying: I know that I am a vis- ionary man; for if I had not seen the things of God in a "vision I should not have known the good- ness of God, but had tarried at Jerusalem, and had perished with my brethren. 5. But behold, I have obtained a land of promise, in the which things I do rejoice; yea, and I know that the Lord will deliver my sons out of the hands of La- ban, and bring them down again unto us in the wilderness. 6. And after this manner of language did my father, Lehi, comfort my mother, Sariah, con- cerning us, while we journeyed in the wilderness up to the land of Jerusalem, to obtain the record of the Jews. 7. And when we had returned to the tent of my father, behold their joy was full, and my mother was comforted. 8. And she spake, saying: Now I know of a surety that the Lord hath ^commanded my husband to d, 1 No. 16:7. 2 Ne. Chap. 5: a, 1 Ne. 1:13. 5:0. Jar. 1 :1.3. Al. 54 :23. 3:18. 6, 1 Ne. 2:2. 4 Ne. 30). 37. Between B. C 600 and 692 10 1 NEPHI, 6. flee into the wilderness; yea, and I also know of a surety that the Lord hath protected my sons, and delivered them out of the hands of Laban, and given them power whereby they could accomplish the thing which the Lord hath commanded them. And after this manner of language did she speak. 9. And it came to pasc that they did rejoice exceedingly, and did offer sacrifice and burnt of- ferings unto the Lord; and they gave thanks unto the God of Israel. 10. And after they had given thanks unto the God of Israel, my father, Lehi, took the records which were engraven upon ''the plates of brass, and he did search them from the beginning. 11. And he beheld that they did contain the five books of Moses, which gave an account of the cre- ation of the world, and also of Adam and Eve, who were our first parents; 12. And also a record of the Jews from the beginning, even down to the commencement of the reign of Zedekiah, king of Judah; 13. And also the prophecies of the holy prophets, from the beginning, even down to the com- mencement of the reign of Zede- kiah; and also many prophecies which have been spoken by the mouth of Jeremiah. 14. And it came to pass that my father, Lehi, also found upon the plates of brass a ''genealogy of his fathers; wherefore he knew that he was a descendant of Jo- seph; yea, even that Joseph who was the son of Jacob, who was sold into Egypt, and who was pre- served by the hand of the Lord, that he might preserve his father, Jr.cob, and all his household from perishing with famine. 15. And they were also led out of captivity and out of the land of Egypt, by that same God who had preserved them. 16. And thus my father, Lehi, did discover the genealogy of his fathers. And Laban also was a descendant of Joseph, wherefore he and his fathers had kept the records. 17. And now when my father saw all these things, he was filled with the Spirit, and began to prophesy concerning his seed — 18. That these plates of brass should go forth unto all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people who were of his seed. 19. Wherefore, he said that these plates of brass should never perish; neither should they be dimmed any more by time. And he prophesied many things con- cerning his seed. 20. And it came to pass that thus far I and my father had kept the commandments wherewith the Lord had commanded us. 21. And we had obtained the records which the Lord had com- manded us, and searched them and found that they were desira- ble; yea, even of great worth unto us, insomuch that we could pre- serve the commandments of the Lord unto our children. 22. Wherefore, it was wisdom in the Lord that we should carry them with us, as we journeyed in the wilderness towards the land of promise. CHAPTER 6. Nephi's intent — He writes what is pleasing to God. 1. And now I, Nephi, do not give the genealogy of my fathers c, see a, 1 Ne. 3. d, 1 Ne. 3:12. 5:1G. 6:1. Al. 10:3. 37:3. Between B. C. 600 AND 592. 1 NEPHI, 7. 11 in this part of my record; neither at any time shall I give it after upon these plates which I am writing; for it is given in the rec- ord which has been "kept by my father; wherefore, I do not write it in this work. 2. For it sufficeth me to say that we are a descendant of Jo- seph. 3. And it mattereth not to me that I am particular to give a full account of all the things of my father, for they cannot be written upon these plates, for I desire the room that I may write of the things of God. 4. For the fulness of mine in- tent is that I may persuade men to come unto the God of Abra- ham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, and be saved. 5. Wherefore, the things which are pleasing unto the world I do not write, but the things which are pleasing unto God and unto those who are not of the world. 6. Wherefore, I shall give com- mandment unto my seed, that they shall not ''occupy these plates with things which are not of worth unto the children of men. CHAPTER 7. Lehi's sons again sent hack to Jeru- salem — Ishmael and household agree to join Lehi's company — Dissension — Nephi, hound with cords, is freed through power of faith — His rehelUous hrethren repent. 1. And now I would that ye might know, that after my father, Lehi, had made an end of "proph- esying concerning his seed, it came to pass that the Lord spake unto him again, saying that it was not meet for him, Lehi, that he should take his family into the wilderness alone; but that his sons should "take daughters to wife, that they might raise up seed unto the Lord in the land of promise. 2. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded him that I, Nephi, and my brethren, should again return unto the land of Jerusalem, and bring down •'Ish- mael and his family into the wil- derness. 3. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did again, with my breth- ren, go forth into the wilderness to go up to Jerusalem. 4. And it came to pass that we went up unto the house of Ish- mael, and we did gain favor in the sight of Ishmael, insomuch that we did speak unto him the words of the Lord. 5. And it came to pass that the Lord did soften the heart of Ishmael, and also his household, insomuch that they took their journey with us down into the wilderness to the tent of our father. 6. And it came to pass that as we journeyed in the wilderness, behold Laman and Lemuel, and two of the daughters of Ishmael, and the two sons of Ishmael and their families, did rebel against us; yea, against me, Nephi, and Sam, and their father, Ishmael, and his wife, and his three other daughters. 7. And it came to pass in the which rebellion, they were de- sirous to return unto the land of Jerusalem, 8. And now I, Nephi, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts, therefore I spake unto them, saying, yea, even unto Laman and unto Lemuel: Behold a, 1 Ne. 1:16. 6, Jac. 1:1 — 4. 3:13, 14. 4:1 — 3. Euos 13—18. Jar. 1, 2, 14. 15. Cm. 1, 3, 9, 11, 25. W. of Morm. 3 — 11. Chap. 7 : o, INe. 1:16. 2:14. 6,1 Ne. 16 :7. c, 1 Ne. 7 :6, 19. Between B. C. 600 and 692. 12 1 NEPHI, 7. ye are mine elder brethren, and how Is it that ye are so hard in your hearts, and so blind in your minds, that ye have need that I, your younger brother, should speak unto you, yea, and set an example for you? 9. How is it that ye have not hearkened unto the word of the Lord? 10. How is it that ye have for- gotten that ye have ''seen an angel of the Lord? 11. Yea, and how is it that ye have forgotten what great things the Lord hath done for us, in 'delivering us out of the hands of Laban, and also that we should obtain the record? 12. Yea, and how is it that ye have forgotten that the Lord is able to do all things according to his will, for the children of men, if it so be that they exercise faith in him? Wherefore, let us be faithful to him. 13. And if it so be that we are faithful to him. ^we shall obtain the land of promise; and ye shall know "at some future period that th« word of the Lord shall be ful- filled concerning the destruction of Jerusalem; for all things which the Lord hath spoken con- cerning the destruction of Jeru- salem must be fulfilled. 14. For behold, the Spirit of the Lord ceaseth soon to strive with them; for behold, they have ''rejected the prophets, and *Jere- miah have they cast into prison. And they have sought to Hake away the life of my father, inso- much that they have driven him out of the land. 15. Now behold, I say unto you that if ye will return unto Jeru- salem ye shall also perish with them. And now, if ye have choice, go up to the land, and re- member the words which I speak unto you, that if ye go ye will also perish; for thus the Spirit of the Lord constraineth me that I should speak. 16. And it came to pass that when I, Nephi, had spoken these words unto my brethren, they were angry with me. And it came to pass that they did lay their hands upon me, for behold, they were exceeding wroth, and they did bind me with cords, for they sought to take away my life, that they might leave me in the wil- derness to be devoured by wild beasts. 17. But it came to pass that I prayed unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, according to my faith which is in thee, wilt thou deliver me from the laands of my brethren; yea, even give me strength that I may burst these bands with which I am bound. 18. And it came to pass that when I had said these words, be- hold, the bands were loosed from off my hands and feet, and I stood before my brethren, and I spake unto them again. 19. And it came to pass that they were angry with me again, and sought to lay hands upon me; but behold, one of the daugh- ters of Ishmael, yea, and also her mother, and one of the sons of Ishmael, did plead with my breth- ren, insomuch that they did soften their hearts; and they did cease striving to take away my life. 20. And it came to pass that they were sorrowful, because of their wickedness, insomuch that they did bow down before me. d, 1 Ne. 3:29 e, 1 Ne. 4. /, 1 Ne. 2:20. 18:22. 23. g, 2 Ne. 6:8, 9. 25:10. Om. 15. He. 8:20, 21. h, Jer. 44:4 — 6. i, Jer. 37:15. ;, 1 Ne. 2:1. Bbtwebn B. C. goo and 592. 1 NEPHI, 8. 13 and did plead with me tliat I would forgive them of the thing that they had done against me. 21. And it came to pass that I did frankly forgive them all that they had done, and I did exhort them that they would pray unto the Lord their God for forgive- ness. And it came to pass that they did so. And after they had done praying unto the Lord we did again travel on our journey towards the tent of our father. 22. And it came to pass that we did come down unto the tent of our father. And after I and my brethren and all the house of Ishmael had come down unto the tent of my father, they did give thanks unto the Lord their God; and they did offer sacrifice and burnt offerings unto him. CHAPTER 8. Lehi's dream of the tree, the river, and the rod of iron — Laman and Lem- Uel partake not of the fruit of the tree. 1. And it came to pass that we had gathered together all manner of "seeds of every kind, both of grain of every kind, and also of the seeds of fruit of every kind. 2. And it came to pass that while my father tarried in the wilderness he spake unto us, say- ing: Behold, I have dreamed a dream; or, in other words, I have seen a vision. 3. And behold, because of the thing which I have seen, I have reason to rejoice in the Lord be- cause of Nephi and also of Sam; for I have reason to suppose that they, and also many of their seed, will be saved. 4. But behold, Laman and Lemuel, I fear exceedingly be- cause of you; for behold, me- thought I saw in my dream, a dark and dreary wilderness. 5. And it came to pass that I saw a man, and he was dressed in a white robe; and he came and stood before me. 6. And it came to pass that he spake unto me, and bade me fol- low him. 7. And it came to pass that as I followed him I beheld myself that I was in a dark and dreary waste. 8. And after I had traveled for the space of many hours in dark- ness, I began to pray unto the Lord that he would have mercy on me, according to the multitude of his tender mercies. 9. And it came to pass after I had prayed unto the Lord I be- held a large and spacious field. 10. And it came to pass that I ^beheld a tree, whose fruit was desirable to make one happy. 11. And it came to pass that I did go forth and partake of the fruit thereof; and I beheld that it was most sweet, above all that I ever before tasted. Yea, and I beheld that the fruit thereof was white, to exceed all the whiteness that I had ever seen. 12. And as I partook of the fruit thereof it filled my soul with exceeding great joy; wherefore, I began to be desirous that my family should partake of it also; for I knew that it was desirable above all other fruit. 13. And as I cast my eyes round about, that perhaps I might discover my family also, I beheld a ''river of water; and it ran along, and it was near the tree of which I was partaking the fruit. 14. And I looked to behold from whence it came; and I saw the head thereof a little way off; o, 1 Ne. 18:24. 6, 1 Ne. 8:15, 20, 24, 25, 30. 12:16, 18. 15:26 — ^29. 11:8, 9, 21—23, 25. c, 1 Ne. 8:19. Bbtween B. 0. 600 AND 592. 14 1 NEPHI, 8. and at the head thereof I beheld your mother, Sariah, and Sam, and Nephi; and they stood as if they knew not whither they should go. 15. And it came to pass that I beckoned unto them; and I also did say unto them with a loud voice that they should come unto me, and partake of the fruit, which was desirable above all other fruit. 16. And it came to pass that they did come unto me and par- take of the fruit also. 17. And it came to pass that I was desirous that Laman and Lemuel should come and partake of the fruit also; wherefore, I cast mine eyes towards the head of the river, that perhaps I might see them. 18. And it came to pass that I saw them, but ''they would not come unto me and partake of the fruit. 19. And I beheld a *rod of iron, and it extended along the bank of the river, and led to the tree by which I stood. 20. And I also beheld a straight and narrow path, which came along by the rod of iron, even to the tree by which I stood; and it also led by the head of the foun- tain, unto a large and spacious field, as if it had been a world. 21. And I saw numberless con- courses of people, many of whom were pressing forward, that they might obtain the path which led unto the tree by which I stood. 22. And it came to pass that they did come forth, and com- mence in the path which led to the tree. 23. And it came to pass that there arose a mist of darkness; yea, even an exceeding great mist of darkness, insomuch that they who had commenced in the path did lose their way, that they wan- dered off and were lost. 24. And it came to pass that I beheld others pressing forward, and they came forth and caught hold of the end of the rod of iron; and they did press forward through the mist of darkness, clinging to the rod of iron, even until they did come forth and partake of the fruit of the tree. 25. And after they had par- taken of the fruit of the tree they did cast their eyes about as if they were ashamed. 2 6. And I also cast my eyes round about, and beheld, on the other side of the river of water, '"a great and spacious building; and it stood as it were in the air, high above the earth. 27. And it was filled with peo- ple, both old and young, both male and female; and their man- ner of dress was exceeding fine; and they were in the attitude of mocking and pointing their fin- gers towards those who had come at and were partaking of the fruit. 28. And after they had tasted of the fruit they were ashamed, because of those that were scof- fing at them; and they fell away into forbidden paths and were lost. 29. And now I, Nephi, do not speak all the words of my father. 30. But, to be short in writing, behold, he saw other multitudes pressing forward; and they came and caught hold of the end of the ^rod of iron; and they did press their way forward, continually holding fast to the rod of iron, until they came forth and fell d, 2 Ne. 5:20. e, 1 Xe. 8:24, 30. 15:23, 24. 12:18. $r, 1 Ne. 8:19. 15:23,24. f, vers. 31, 33. 1 Ne. 11 :35, 36. Bktwebn B. C. 600 AND 592. 1 NEPHI, 9. 15 down and partook of the fruit of the tree. 31. And he also saw other mul- titudes feeling their way towards that great and spacious building. 32. And it came to pass that many were ''drowned in the depths of the fountain; and many were lost from his view, wander- ing in strange roads. 33. And great was the multi- tude that did enter into that *strange building. And after they did enter into that building they did point the finger of scorn at me and those that were partaking of the fruit also; but we heeded them not. 34. These are the words of my father: For as many as heeded them, had fallen away. 35. And ^Laman and Lemuel partook not of the fruit, said my father. 36. And it came to pass after my father had spoken all the words of his dream or vision, which were many, he said unto us, because of these things which he saw in a vision, he exceedingly feared for Laman and Lemuel; yea, he feared lest they should be ''cast off from the presence of the Lord. 37. And he did exhort them then with all the feeling of a tender parent, that they would hearken to his words, that per- haps the Lord would be merciful to them, and not cast them off; yea, my father did preach unto them. 38. And after he had preached unto them, and also prophesied unto them of many things, he bade them to keep the command- ments of the Lord; and he did cease speaking unto them. CHAPTER 9. Concerning the plates of Nephi — Two sets of records, one of the minis- try ^ the other of rulers, wars, etc. 1. And all these things did my father see, and hear, and speak, as he "dwelt in a tent, in the val- ley of Lemuel, and also a great many more things, which cannot be written upon these plates 2. And now, as I have spoken ^concerning these plates, behold they are not the plates upon which I make a full account of the history of my people; for the plates upon which I make a full account of my people I have given the name of Nephi; wherefore, they are called the plates of Nephi, after mine own name; and these plates also are called the plates of Nephi. 3. Nevertheless, I have re- ceived a commandment of the Lord that I should make these plates, for the special purpose that there should be an account engraven of the ministry of my people. 4. Upon the other plates should be engraven an account of the reign of the kings, and the wars and contentions of my people; wherefore these plates are for the more part of the ministry; and the other plates are for the more part of the reign of kings and the wars and contentions of my peo- ple. 5. Wherefore, the Lord hath commanded me to make these plates for a "wise purpose in him, which purpose I know not. 6. But the Lord knoweth all things from the beginning; where- fore, he prepareth a way to ac- complish all his works among the children of men; for behold, he h, 1 Ne. 8:13, 14. 15:26—29. i, 1 Ne. 8:26. ;, vers. 4, 17, 18. 7c, 2 Ne. 5:20. Chap. 9 : a, 1 Ne. 2 :6, 15. 6, see /, 1 Ne. 1. c, W, of Morm. 7. Al. 37 :2. 12. 14, 18. D. & C. 3:19. 10:34 — 42. 1 Ne. 19:3. BETWEEN B. C. 600 AND 592. 16 1 NEPHI, 10. hath all power unto the fulfilling of all his words. And thus it is. Amen. CHAPTER 10. Lehi jyredicts the Babylonian cap- tivity, and the coming of the Lamb of God — The house of Israel likened to an olive-tree — Dispersion and subse- quent gathering typified. 1. And now I, Nephi, proceed to give an account upon these plates of my proceedings, and my reign and ministry; wherefore, to proceed with mine account, I must speak somewhat of the things of my father, and also of my brethren. 2. For behold, it came to pass after my father had made an end of speaking the words of his dream, and also of exhorting them to all diligence, he spake unto them concerning the Jews — 3. That after they should be destroyed, even that great city Jerusalem, and many be carried away captive into Babylon, ac- cording to the own due time of the Lord, they should return again, yea, even be brought back out of captivity; and after they should be "brought back out of captivity they should possess again the land of their inherit- ance. 4. Yea, even ''six hundred years from the time that my father left Jerusalem, a ''prophet would the Lord God raise up among the Jews — even a Messiah, or, in other words, a Savior of the world. 5. And he also spake concern- ing the prophets, how '^great a number had testified of these things, concerning this Messiah, of whom he had spoken, or this Redeemer of the world. 6. Wherefore, all mankind were in a *lost and in a fallen state, and ever would be save they should rely on this Re- deemer. 7. And he spake also concern- ing a ^prophet who should come before the Messiah, to prepare the way of the Lord — 8. Yea, even he should go forth and cry in the wilderness: Pre- pare ye the way of the Lord, and make his paths straight; for there standeth one amang you whom ye know not; and he is mightier than I, whose shoe's latchet I am not worthy to unloose. And much spake my father concerning this thing. 9. And my father said he should baptize in Bethabara, be- yond Jordan; and he also said he should baptize with water; even that he should baptize the Mes- siah with water. 10. And after he had baptized the Messiah v/ith water, he should behold and bear record that he had baptized the Lamb of God, who should take away the sins of the world. 11. And it came to pass after my father had spoken these words he spake unto my brethren con- cerning the gospel which should be preached among the Jews, and also concerning the ''dwindling of the Jews in unbelief. And after they had slain the Messiah, who should come, and after he had been slain he should rise from the dead, and should make him- self manifest, by the Holy Ghost, unto the Gentiles. 12. Yea, even my father spake much concerning the Gentiles, and also concerning the house of a, 2 Xe. 0:8 — 11. Dan. 0:2. &, 1 Ne. 19 : 2 Pet. j, Jac. 5. 3 Ne. 16:4—7. 21:1—11. 1 :21. Bbtwebn B. C. 600 and 592. 18 1 NEPHI, 11. mountain, which I never had be- fore seen, and upon which I never had before set my foot. 2. And the Spirit said unto me: Behold, what desirest thou? 3. And I said: I desire to be- hold the things which my father saw. 4. And the Spirit said unto me: Believest thou that thy father saw the "tree of which he hath spoken? 5. And I said: Yea, thou know- est that I believe all the words of my father. 6. And when I had spoken these words, the Spirit cried with a loud voice, saying: Hosanna to the Lord, the most high God; for he is God over all the earth, yea, even above all. And blessed art thou, Nephi, because thou believ- est in the Son of the most high God; wherefore, thou shalt be- hold the things which thou hast desired. 7. And behold this thing shall be given unto thee for a sign, that after thou hast beheld the tree which bore the fruit which thy father tasted, thou shalt also be- hold a man descending out of heaven, and him shall ye witness; and after ye have witnessed him ye shall bear record that it is the Son of God. 8. And it came to pass that the Spirit said unto me: Look! And I looked and beheld a tree; and it was like unto the tree which my father had seen; and the beauty thereof was far beyond, yea, exceeding of all beauty; and the whiteness thereof did exceed the whiteness of the driven snow, 9. And it came to pass after I had seen the tree, I said unto the Spirit: I behold thou hast shown unto me the tree which is pre- cious above all. 10. And he said unto me: What desirest thou? 11. And I said unto him: To know the interpretation thereof — for I spake unto him as a man speaketh; for I beheld that he was in the ''form of a man; yet nevertheless, I knew that it was the Spirit of the Lord; and he spake unto me as a man speaketh with another. 12. And it came to pass that he said unto me: Look! And I looked as if to look upon him, and I saw him not; for he had gone from before my presence. 13. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld the great city of Jerusalem, and also other cities. And I beheld the city of Nazareth; and in the city of '^Nazareth I beheld a virgin, and she was exceedingly fair and white. 14. And it came to pass that I saw the heavens open; and an angel came down and stood be- fore me; and he said unto me: Nephi, what beholdest thou? 15. And I said unto him: A virgin, most beautiful and fair above all other virgin:. 16. And he said unto me: Knowest thou the condescension of God? 17. And I said unto him: I know that he loveth his children; nevertheless, I do not know the meaning of all things. 18. And he said unto me: Be- hold, the virgin whom thou seest is the ''mother of the Son of God, after the manner of the flesh. 19. And it came to pass that I beheld that she was carried away in the Spirit; and after she had a, 1 Ne. 8:10—12. 11:8, 9. 15:21, 22. 6, John 14:16. 17. c, Luke 1:26, 27. d, Luke 1:31, 32. 1 Ne. 11:20, 21. Mos. 3:8. 15:2—5. Etb. 3:9. Bbiwun B. 0. 600 ^o 682. 1 NEPHI, 11. 19 been carried away in the Spirit for the space of a time the angel spake unto me, saying: Look! 20. And I looked and beheld the virgin again, bearing a child in her arms. 21. And the angel said unto me: Behold the Lamb of God, yea, even the Son of the Eternal Father! Knowest thou the mean- ing of the tree which thy father saw? 22. And I answered him, say- ing: Yea, it is the *love of God, which sheddeth itself abroad in the hearts of the children of men; wherefore, it is the most desir- able above all things. 23. And he spake unto me, say- ing: Yea, and the most joyous to the soul. 24. And after he had said these words, he said unto me: Look! And I looked, and I beheld the Son of God going forth among the chil-dren of men; and I saw many fall down at his feet and worship him. 25. And it came to pass that I beheld that the 'rod of iron, which my father had seen, was the word of God, which led to the fountain of living waters, or to the tree of life; which waters are a representation of the love of God; and I also beheld that the tree of life was a representation of the love of God. 26. And the angel said unto me again: Look and behold the condescension of God! 27. And I looked and beheld the Redeemer of the world, of whom my father had spoken; and I also beheld the "prophet who should prepare the way before him. And the Lamb of God went forth and was baptized of him; and after he was baptized, I be- held the heavens open, and the Holy Ghost come down out of heaven and abide upon him in the form of a dove. 28. And I beheld that he went forth ministering unto the peo- ple, in power and great glory; and the multitudes were gathered together to hear him; and I be- held that they cast him out from among them. 2 9. And I also beheld ''twelve others following him. And it came to pass that they were car- ried away in the Spirit from be- fore my face, and I saw them not. 30. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me again, saying: Look! And I looked, and I beheld the heavens open again, and I saw angels descending upon the children of men; and they did minister unto them. 31. And he spake unto me again, saying: Look! And I looked, and I beheld the Lamb of God going forth among the children of men. And I beheld multitudes of people who were sick, and who were afflicted with all manner of diseases, and with devils and unclean spirits; and the angel spake and showed aH these things unto me. And they were healed by the power of the Lamb of God; and the devils and the unclean spirits were cast out. 32. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me again, saying: Look! And I looked and beheld the Lamb of God, that he was taken by the people; yea, the Son of the everlasting God was judged of the world; and I saw and bear record. 33. And I, Nephi, saw that he was lifted up upon the cross and slain for the sins of the world. 34. And after he was slain I e, 1 Ne. 11 :25. Moro. 8 :26. /, 1 Ne. 8 :19. g, 1 Ne. 10 :7— 10. A, 1 Ne. 11 :34, 35, 36. 12 :9. 13 :24— 26, 40, 41. 14 :20. Bet. B 2 Ne. 31 :4— 14. C. 600 AND 592. 20 1 NEPHI, 12. saw the multitudes of the earth, that they were gathered together to fight against the apostles of the Lamb; for thus were the twelve called by the angel of the Lord. 3 5. And the multitude of the earth was gathered together; and I beheld that they were in a large and spacious building, like unto the *building which my father saw. And the angel of the Lord spake unto me again, saying: Behold the world and the wisdom thereof; yea, behold the house of Israel hath gathered to- gether to fight against the twelve apostles of the Lamb. 3 6. And it came to pass that I saw and bear record, that the great and spacious building was the pride of the world; and it fell, and the fall thereof was ex- ceeding great. And the angel of the Lord spake unto me again, saying: Thus shall be the de- struction of all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people, that shall fight against the twelve apostles of the Lamb. CHAPTER 12, Nephi's vision of the land of prom- ise — The future appearing of the Savior to the people of Nephi — Their righteousness, iniquity, and downfall foreseen. 1. And it came to pass that the angel said unto me: Look, and behold thy seed, and also the seed of thy brethren. And I looked and beheld the land of promise; and I beheld multitudes of peo- ple, yea, even as it were in num- ber as many as the sand of the sea. 2. And it came to pass that I beheld multitudes gathered to- gether to battle, one against the other; and I beheld wars, and rumors of wars, and great slaugh- ters with the sword among my people. 3. And it came to pass that I beheld many generations pass away, after the manner of wars and contentions in the land; and I beheld many cities, yea, even that I did not number them. 4. And it came to pass that I saw a mist of "darkness on the face of the land of promise; and I saw lightnings, and I heard thunderings, and earthquakes, and all manner of tumultuous noises; and I saw the earth and the rocks, that they rent; and I saw mountains tumbling into pieces; and I saw the plains of the earth, that they were broken up; and I saw many cities that they were sunk; and I saw many that they were burned with fire; and I saw many that did tumble to the earth, because of the quak- ing thereof. 5. And it came to pass after I saw these things, I saw the vapor of darkness, that it passed from off the face of the earth; and be- hold, I saw multitudes who had fallen because of the great and terrible judgments of the Lord. 6. And I saw the heavens open, and the Lamb of God "descending out of heaven; and he came dow^n and showed himself unto them. 7. And I also saw and bear rec- ord that the Holy Ghost fell upon '^twelve others; and they were or- dained of God, and chosen. 8. And the angel spake unto me, saying: Behold the twelve disciples of the Lamb, who are chosen to minister unto thy seed. i, 1 Ne. 8:26— 28. Chap. 12 : o, 1 Ne. 19 : 10—12. 2 Ne. 2G :3— 7. He. 14 :20— 27. 3 Ne. chaps. 8 — 10. h, 2 Ne. 2G:1. 9. Al. 16:20. 3 Ne. 11:3—17. c, 3 Ne. ai:2?. 12:1. 13:25. 15:11. 18:37. 19:4—36. Chaps. 27. 28. 4 Ne. 1—14. Bbtwben p. C. 600 ANP 5f>2, 1 NEPHI 12. 21 9. And he said unto me: Thou rememberest the twelve apostles of the Lamb? Behold they are they who shall judge the twelve tribes of Israel; wherefore, the twelve ministers of thy seed shall be judged of them; for ye are of the house of Israel. 10. And these twelve ministers whom thou beholdest shall judge thy seed. And, behold, they are righteous forever; for because of their faith in the Lamb of God their garments are made white in his blood. 11. And the angel said unto me: Look! And I looked, and beheld ''three generations pass away in righteousness; and their garments were white even like unto the Lamb of God. And the angel said unto me: These are made white in the blood of the Lamb, because of their faith in him. 12. And I, Nephi, also saw many of the fourth generation who passed away in righteous- ness. 13. And it came to pass that I saw the multitudes of the earth gathered together. 14. And the angel said unto me: Behold thy seed, and also the seed of thy brethren. 15. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld the ^people of my seed gathered together in multitudes against the seed of my brethren; and they were gathered together to battle. 16. And the angel spake unto me, saying: Behold the fountain of filthy water which thy father saw; yea, even 'the river of which he spake; and the depths thereof are the depths of hell. 17. And the mists of darkness are the temptations of the devil. which blindeth the eyes, and hardeneth the hearts of the chil- dren of men, and leadeth them away into broad roads, that they perish and are lost. 18. And the large and spacious building, which thy father saw, is vain imaginations and the pride of the children of men. And a great and a terrible gulf divideth them; yea, even the word of the justice of the Eternal God, and the Messiah who is the Lamb of God, of whom the Holy Ghost beareth record, from the beginning of the world until this time, and from this time hence- forth and forever. 19. And while the angel spake these words, I beheld and saw that the seed of my brethren did contend against my seed, accord- ing to the word of the angel; and because of the pride of my seed, and the temptations of the devil, I beheld that the seed of my brethren did overpower the people of my seed. 20. And it came to pass that I beheld, and saw the people of the seed of my brethren that they had overcome my seed; and they went forth in multitudes upon the face of the land. 21. And I saw them gathered together in multitudes; and I saw wars and rumors of wars among them; and in wars and rumors of wars I saw "many generations pass away. 22. And the angel said unto me: Behold these shall dwindle in unbelief. 23. And it came to pass that I beheld, after they had dwindled in unbelief they became a ''dark, and loathsome, and a filthy peo- ple, full of idleness and all man- ner of abominations. d. 2 Ne. 2U:y, 10. Al. 4o:U» — 14. lie. 13:5, G, », 10. 3 Ne. 27:31, 32. Morm. 6. e, Morm. 6. /, 1 Ne. 8:13. 14. 15:26 — 29. g, 1 Ne. 12:3. 2 Ne. 2G:2. h, 2 Ne. p:20— J55. Al. 3:0—19. Morm. 5:15. Bjetwben B. C. GOO anp 592, 22 1 NEPHI, 13. CHAPTER 13. The nations of the Gentiles — A great and abominable church — Amer- ica's history foreshadowed — The Bible and the Book of Mormon. 1. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me, saying: Look! And I looked and beheld many nations and kingdoms. 2. And the angel said unto me: What beholdest thou? And I said: I behold many nations and kingdoms. 3. And he said unto me: These are the nations and kingdoms of the Gentiles. 4. And it came to pass that I saw among the nations of the Gentiles the foundation of a "great church. 5. And the angel said unto me: Behold the foundation of a church which is most abominable above all other churches, which "slayeth the saints of God, yea, and tortureth them and bindeth them down, and yoketh them with a yoke of iron, and bringeth them down into captivity. 6. And it came to pass that I beheld this great and abominable church; and I ''saw the devil that he was the foundation of it. 7. And I also ''saw gold, and silver, and silks, and scarlets, and fine-twined linen, and all manner of precious clothing; and I saw many harlots. 8. And the angel spake unto me, saying: Behold the gold, and the silver, and the silks, and the scarlets, and the fine-twined linen, and the precious clothing, and the harlots, are the desires of this great and abominable church, 9. And also for the praise of the world do they destroy the saints of God, and bring them down into captivity. 10. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld many waters; and they divided the Gentiles from the seed of my brethren. 11. And it came to pass that the angel said unto me: Behold the wrath of God is upon the seed of thy brethren. 12. And I looked and beheld a man among the Gentiles, who was separated from the seed of my brethren by the many waters; and I beheld the Spirit of God, that it came down and wrought upon the man; and he went forth upon the many waters, even unto the seed of my brethren, who were in the promised land. 13. And it came to pass that I beheld the Spirit of God, that it wrought upon other Gentiles; and they went forth out of cap- tivity, upon the many waters. 14. And it came to pass that I beheld many multitudes of the Gentiles upon the land of prom- ise; and I beheld the wrath of God, that it was upon the seed of my brethren; and they were scat- tered before the Gentiles and were smitten. 15. And I beheld the Spirit of the Lord, that it was upon the Gentiles, and they did prosper and obtain the land for their in- heritance; and I beheld that they were white, and exceeding fair and beautiful, like unto my *peo- ple before they were slain. 16. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld that the Gentiles who had gone forth out of cap- tivity did humble themselves be- fore the Lord; and the power of the Lord was with them. 17. And I beheld that their a, vers. 6, 26, 28, 32, 34. 1 17:6. 18:24. c, 1 Ne. 14 :U, 10. i, Morm. 6:17—22. No, 14:3, 9 — 17. b, rer. 9. 1 Ne. 14:13. Rev. 22:22, 23. d, Morm. 8:36 — 38. Rev. 18:10 — 17. Between B. C. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHI, 13. 23 mother Gentiles were gathered together upon the waters, and upon the land also, to battle against them. 18. And I beheld that the power of God was with them, and also that the wrath of God was upon all those that were gathered together against them to battle. 19. And I, Nephi, beheld that the '^Gentiles that had gone out of captivity were delivered by the power of God out of the hands of all other nations. 20. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld that they did prosper in the land; and I beheld a 'book, and it was carried forth among them. 21. And the angel said unto me: Knowest thou the meaning of the book? 22. And I said unto him: I know not. 23. And he said: Behold it proceedeth out of the mouth of a Jew. And I, Nephi, beheld it; and he said unto me: The book that thou beholdest is a record of the Jews, which contains the covenants of the Lord, which he hath made unto the house of Israel; and it also containeth many of the prophecies of the holy prophets; and it is a record like unto the engravings which are upon the "Opiates of brass, save there are not so many; nevertheless, they contain the covenants of the Lord, which he hath made unto the house of Israel; wherefore, they are of great worth unto the Gentiles. 24. And the angel of the Lord said unto me: Thou hast beheld that the book proceeded forth from the mouth of a Jew; and when it proceeded forth from the mouth of a Jew it contained the plainness of the gospel of the Lord, of whom the twelve apos- tles bear record; and they bear record according to the truth which is in the Lamb of God. 25. Wherefore, these things go forth from the Jews in purity unto the Gentiles, according to the truth which is in God. 26. And after they go forth by the hand of the twelve apos- tles of the Lamb, from the Jews unto the Gentiles, thou seest the foundation of a great and abom- inable church, which is most abominable above all other churches; for behold, they have "taken away from the gospel of the Lamb many parts which are plain and most precious; and also many covenants of the Lord have they taken away. 27. And all this have they done that they might pervert the right ways of the Lord, that they might blind the eyes and harden the hearts of the children of men. 28. Wherefore, thou seest that after the book hath gone forth through the hands of the great and abominable church, that there are many plain and precious things taken away from the book, which is the book of the Lamb of God. 29. And after these plain and precious things were taken away it goeth forth unto all the na- tio-ns of the Gentiles; and after it goeth forth unto all the nations of the Gentiles, yea, even across the many waters which thou hast seen with the Gentiles which have gone forth out of captivity, thou seest — because of the many plain and precious things which have been taken out of the book, which were plain unto the understand- ing of the children of men, ac- fc, 2 Ne. 10:10—12. Ij vers. 23, 28, 38, 40. m, see o, 1 Ne. 3. n, vers. 28—32. Between B. O. 600 and 592. 24 1 NEPHI, 13. cording to the plainness which is in the Lamb of God — because of these things which are taken away out of the gospel of the Lamb, an exceeding great many- do stumble, yea, insomuch that Satan hath great power over them. 3^. Nevertheless, thou behold- est that the "Gentiles who have gone forth out of captivity, and have been lifted up by the power of God above all other nations, upon the face of the land which is choice above all other lands, which is the land that the Lord God hath covenanted with thy father that his seed should have for the land of their inheritance; wherefore, thou seest that the Lord God will not suffer that the Gentiles will utterly destroy the "mixture of thy seed, which are among thy brethren. 31. Neither will he suffer that the Gentiles shall destroy the «seed of thy brethren. 32. Neither will the Lord God suffer that the Gentiles shall for- ever remain in that awful state of blindness, which thou behold- est they are in, because of the plain and most precious parts of the gospel of the Lamb which have been kept back by that abominable church, whose forma- tion thou hast seen. 33. Wherefore saith the Lamb of God: I will be merciful unto the Gentiles, unto the visiting of the remnant of the house of Israel in great judgment. 34. And it came to pass that the angel of the Lord spake unto me, saying: Behold, saith the Lamb of God, after I have visited the remnant of the house of Israel — and this remnant of whom I speak is the seed of thy father — wherefore, after I have visited them in judgment, and smitten 'them by the hand of the Gentiles, and after the Gentiles do stumble exceedingly, because of the most plain and precious parts of the gospel of the Lamb which have been kept back by that abomi- nable church, which is the mother of harlots, saith the Lamb — I will be merciful unto the Gentiles in that day, insomuch that I will bring forth unto them, in mine own power, much of my gospel, which shall be plain and precious, saith the Lamb. 3 5. For, behold, saith the Lamb: I will manifest myself unto thy seed, that they shall write many things which I shall minister unto them, which shall be plain and precious; and after thy seed shall be destroyed, and dwindle in unbelief, and also the seed of thy brethren, behold, these things shall be *hid up, to come forth unto the Gentiles, by the gift and power of the Lamb. 36. And in them shall be writ- ten my gospel, saith the Lamb, and my rock and my salvation. 37. And blessed are 'they who shall seek to bring forth my Zion at that day, for they shall have the gift and the power of the Holy Ghost; and if they endure unto the end they shall be lifted up at the last day, and shall be saved in the everlasting kingdom of the Lamb; and whoso shall publish peace, yea, tidings of great joy, how beautiful upon the moun- tains shall they be. 3 8. And it came to pass that I beheld the remnant of the seed of my brethren, and also the "book of the Lamb of God, which 0, 2 Ne. 10:10 — 14. p. Al. 45:10 — 14. 10. 21:4. Morra. 5:10 — 21. r, see rf. s, t. 2 Ne. 30:3. Jac. 5:70—75. 0:2. 3 u. a, veis. 33, 34. Al. 45:14. 3 Ne. 16:7 — 2 Ne. 27:G— 26. 3 Ne. 16:4. Morm. 8:4. vfr. 40. Between B. C. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHI, 14. 25 had proceeded forth from the mouth of the Jew, that it came forth from the Gentiles unto the remnant of the seed of my breth- ren. 39. And after it had come forth unto them I beheld other "books, which came forth by the power of the Lamb, from the Gen- tiles unto them, unto the con- vincing of the Gentiles and the remnant of the seed of my breth- ren, and also the Jews who were scattered upon all the face of the earth, that the records of the prophets and of the twelve apos- tles of the Lamb are true. 40. And the angel spake unto me, saying: These last records, which thou hast seen among the Gentiles, shall establish the truth of the ""first, which are of the twelve apostles of the Lamb, and shall make known the plain and precious things which have been taken away from them; and shall make known to all kindreds, tongues, and people, that the Lamb of God is the Son of the Eternal Father, and the Savior of the world; and that all men must come unto him, or they can- not be saved. 41. And they must come ac- cording to the words which shall be established by the mouth of the Lamb; and the words of the Lamb shall be made known in the records of thy seed, as well as in the records of the twelve apostles of the Lamb; wherefore they ^both shall be established in one; for there is one God and one Shepherd over all the earth. 42. And the time cometh that he shall manifest himself unto all nations, both unto the Jews and also unto the Gentiles; and after he has manifested himself unto the Jews and also unto the Gentiles, then he shall manifest himself unto the Gentiles and also unto the Jews, and the last shall be first, and the first shall be last. CHAPTER 14. Alternative blessing or cursing for the Gentiles — Two churches only — Doom of the mother of harlots — Mis- sion of John the Revelator — End of Nephi's vision. 1. And it shall come to pass, that if the Gentiles shall hearken unto the Lamb of God in that day that he shall manifest 'himself unto them in word, and also in "power, in very deed, unto the taking away of their stumbling blocks — 2. And harden not their hearts against the Lamb of God, they shall be "numbered among the seed of thy father; yea, they shall be numbered among the house of Israel; and they shall be a blessed people upon the promised land forever; they shall be no more brought ''down into captivity; and the house of Israel shall no more be confounded. 3. And that great pit, which hath been digged for them by that great and abominable church, which was founded by the devil and his children, that he might lead away the souls of men down to hell — yea, that great pit which hath been digged for the destruction of men shall be filled by those who digged it, unto their utter destruction, saith the Lamb of God; not the destruction of the soul, save it be the casting of it into that hell which hath no end. 4. For behold, this is accord- V, 3 Ne. 27:25, 26. w, ver. 38. x, 2 Ne. 3:12. 2 Ne. 29:13, 1^. 3zok. 37:15 — 23. Chap. 14: a, ver. 14. 1 Ne. 13:37. Jac. 6:2, 3. ft, 3 Uc. 21:6, 22—25. Chap. 30. Eth. 13:10. c, 2 Ne, 10:10—14. BT?-.,i;Ei, si. 0. 300 and 5\)2 26 1 NEPHI, 14. ing to the captivity of the devil, and also according to the justice of God, upon all those who will work wickedness and abomina- tion before him. 6. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me, Nephi, saying: Thou hast beheld that if the Gentiles repent it shall be well with them; and thou also knowest concerning the cove- nants of the Lord unto the house of Israel; and thou also hast heard that whoso repenteth not must perish. 6. Therefore, ''wo be unto the Gentiles if it so be that they harden their hearts against the Lamb of God. 7. For the time cometh, saith the Lamb of God, that I will work a great and a ^marvelous work among the children of men; a work which shall be everlasting, either on the one hand or on the other — either to the convincing of them unto peace and life eter- nal, or unto the deliverance of them to the hardness of their hearts and the blindness of their minds unto their being brought down into captivity, and also into destruction, both temporally and spiritually, according to the cap- tivity of the devil, of which I have spoken. 8. And it came to pass that when the angel had spoken these words, he said unto me: Remem- berest thou the covenants of the Father unto the house of Israel? I said unto him, Yea. 9. And it came to pass that he said unto me: Look, and be- hold that great and abominable church, which is the mother of abominations, whose foundation is the devil. 10. And he said unto me: Be- hold there are save ''two churches only; the one is the church of the Lamb of God, and the other is the church of the devil; where- fore, whoso belongeth not to the church of the Lamb of God be- longeth to that great church, which is the mother of abomina- tions; and "she is the whore of all the earth. 11. And it came to pass that I looked and beheld the whore of all the earth, and she sat upon many waters; and she had domin- ion over all the earth, among all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people. 12. And it came to pass that I beheld the church of the Lamb of God, and its numbers were "few, because of the wickedness and abominations of the whore who sat upon many waters; neverthe- less, I beheld that the church of the Lamb, who were the saints of God, were also upon all the face of the earth; and their do- minions upon the face of the earth were small, because of the wickedness of the great whore whom I saw. 13. And it came to pass that I beheld that the great mother of abominations did gather together multitudes upon the face of all the earth, among all the nations of the Gentiles, to fight against the Lamb of God. 14. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld the power of the Lamb of God, that it descended upon the saints of the church of the Lamb, and upon the cove- nant people of the Lord, who were scattered upon all the face of the earth; and they were armed with righteousness and d, 2 Ne. 28:32. 3 Ne. 16:7 — 15. 21:11—21. e, Isa. 29:14. /, vers. 11—17. 22:14, 22 — 26. g, vers. 11 — 17. Rev. 17:5, 15. h, 3 Ne. 14:14, Isa. 24:6. Matt, 24 :37. Bettwebk B. 0, 600 and 692. 1 NEPHI, 14. 27 •with the *power of God in great glory. 15. And it came to pass that I beheld that the wrath of God was poured out upon the great and abominable church, insomuch that there were wars and rumors of wars among all the nations and kindreds of the earth. 16. And as there began to be ^wars and rumors of wars among all the nations which belonged to the mother of abominations, the angel spake unto me, saying: Be- hold, the wrath of God is upon the mother of harlots; and be- hold, thou seest all these things — 17. And when the day cometh that the ''wrath of God is poured out upon the mother of harlots, which is the great and abomi- nable church of all the earth, whose foundation is the devil, then, at that day, the work of the Father shall commence, in pre- paring the way for the fulfilling of his covenants, which he hath made to his people who are of the house of Israel. 18. And it came to pass that the angel spake unto me, saying: Look! 19. And I looked and beheld a man, and he was dressed in a white robe. 20. And the angel said unto me: Behold 'one of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. 21. Behold, he shall see and write the remainder of these things; yea, and also many things which have been, 22. And he shall also write concerning the end of the world. 23. Wherefore, the things which he shall write are just and true; and behold they are writ- ten in the '"book which thou be- held proceeding out of the mouth of the Jew; and at the time they proceeded out of the mouth of the Jew, or, at the time the book proceeded out of the mouth of the Jew, the things which were writ- ten were plain and pure, and most precious and easy to the un- derstanding of all men. 24. And behold, the things which this apostle of the Lamb shall write are many things which thou hast seen; and behold, the remainder shalt thou see. 25. But the things which thou shalt see hereafter thou shalt not write; for the Lord God hath or- dained the apostle of the Lamb of God that he should write them. 26. And also others who have been, to them hath he shown all things, and "they have written them; and they are sealed up to come forth in their purity, ac- cording to the truth which is in the Lamb, in the own due time of the Lord, unto the house of Israel. 27. And I, Nephi, heard and bear record, that the name of the apostle of the Lamb was "John, according to the word of the angel. 28. And behold, I, Nephi, am forbidden that I should write the remainder of the things which I saw and heard; wherefore the things which I have written suf- ficeth me; and I have written but a small part of the things which I saw. 29. And I bear record that 1 saw the things which my ^father saw, and the angel of the Lord did make them known unto me. 30. And now I make an end of speaking concerning the things oo k^,^^- 13:37, 38. Jac. 6:2. 3. /, 1 Ne. 22:13, 14. Isa. 66:15, 16. k, 1 Ne. 22:15, 16. 3 Ne. 20:20. 21:20. 21. Morm, 8:41. I, ver. 27. m, 1 Ne. 13:20, 38, 40. «, 2 Ne. 27:6—23. Eth. 3:21—27. 12:21. o, ver. 20. p, 1 Ne. 8:2. Between B. C. 600 and 592. 28 1 NEPHI, 15. which I saw while I was carried away in the spirit; and if all the things which I saw are not writ- ten, the things which I have writ- ten are true. And thus it is. Amen. CHAPTER 15. Lehi's teachings interpreted by Nephi — The olive-tree — The tree of life — The word of God. 1. And it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had been carried away in the spirit, and seen all these things, I returned to the tent of my father. 2. And it came to pass that I beheld my brethren, and they were disputing one with another concerning the things which my father had spoken unto them. 3. For he truly spake many great things unto them, which were hard to be understood, save a man should inquire of the Lord; and they being hard in their hearts, therefore they did not look unto the Lord as they ought. 4. And now I, Nephi, was grieved because of the hardness of their hearts, and also, because of the things which I had seen, and knew they must unavoidably come to pass because of the great wickedness of the children of men. 5. And it came to pass that T was overcome because of my afflictions, 'or I considered that mine afflictions were great above all, because of the destructions of "my people, for i had beheld their fall. 6. And it came to pass that after _ had received strength 1 spake unto my brethren, desir- ing to know ot them the cause of their disputations. 7. And they said: Behold, we cannot understand the words which ''our father hath spoken concerning the natural branches of the olive-tree, and also con- cerning the Gentiles. 8. And I said unto them: Have ye inquired of the Lord? 9. And they said unto me: We have not; for the Lord maketh no such thing known unto us. 10. Behold, I said unto them: How is it that ye do not keep the commandments of the Lord? How is it that ye will perish, because of the hardness of your hearts? 11. Do ye not remember the things which the Lord hath said? — If ye will not harden your hearts, and ask me in faith, be- lieving that ye shall receive, with diligence in keeping my com- mandments, surely these things shall be made known unto you. 12. Behold, I say unto you, that the house of Israel was com- pared unto an "^olive-tree, by the Spirit of the Lord which was in our fathers; and behold are we not broken off from the house of Israel, and are we not a branch of the house of Israel? 13. And now, the thing which our father meaneth concerning the grafting in of the natural branches through the fulness of the Gentiles, is, that in the latter days, when our ''seed shall have dwindled in unbelief, yea, for the space of many years, and many generations after the Messiah shall be manifested in body unto the children of men, then shall the fulness of the gospel of the Messiah come unto the Gentiles, and from the Gentiles unto the remnant of our seed — 14. And at that day shall the a, Enos 13. Morm. 6. 6, 1 Ne. 9:1. 10:14. c, vers. 13. 16. 2 Ne. 3:5. Jac. i. 6:1 — 4. d, 3 Ne. 21:4. Vers. 14 — 20. 1 Ne. 22:8 — 12. 3 Ne. 5:21 — 26. 16:10 —12. Chap. 21. Morm. 5:10 — 15, 20, 21. Between B. O. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHI, 15. 2^9 remnant of our seed know that they are of the house of Israel, and that they are the covenant people of the Lord; and then shall they know and come to the knowl- edge of their forefathers, and also to the knowledge of the gospel of their Redeemer, which was min- istered unto their fathers by him; wherefore, they shall come to the knowledge of their Redeemer and the very points of his doctrine, that they may know how to come unto him and be saved. 15. And then at that day will they not rejoice and give praise unto their everlasting God, their rock and their salvation? Yea, at that day, will they not receive the strength and nourishment from the true vine? Yea, will they not come unto the true fold of God? 16. Behold, I say unto you. Yea; they shall be remembered again among the house of Israel; they shall be grafted in, being a natural branch of the olive-tree, into the true olive-tree. 17. And this is what our father meaneth; and he meaneth that it will not come to pass until after they are scattered by the Gen- tiles; and he meaneth that it shall come by way of the Gentiles, that the Lord may show his power unto the Gentiles, for the very cause that he shall be rejected of the Jews, or of the house of Israel, 18. Wherefore, our father hath not spoken of our seed alone, but also of all the house of Israel, pointing to the covenant which should be fulfilled in the latter days; which covenant the Lord made to our father Abraham, say- ing: In thy seed shall all the kin- dreds of the earth be blessed. 19. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, spake much unto them concerning these things; yea, I spake unto them concerning the restoration of the ^Jews in the latter days. 20. And I did rehearse unto them the words of Isaiah, who spake concerning the restoration of the Jews, or of the house of Israel; and after they were re- stored they should no more be confounded, neither should they be scattered again. And it came to pass that I did speak many words unto my brethren, that they were pacified and did hum- ble themselves before the Lord. 21. And it came to pass that they did speak unto me again, saying: What meaneth this thing which our father saw in a dream? What meaneth the 'tree which he saw? 22. And I said unto them: It was a representation of the tree of life. 23. And they said unto me: What meaneth the 'rod of iron which our father saw, that led to the tree? 24. And I said unto them that it was the word of God; and whoso would hearken unto the word of God, and would hold fast unto it, they would never perish; neither could the temptations and the fiery darts of the ad- versary overpower them unto blindness, to lead them away to destruction. 25. Wherefore, I, Nephi, did exhort them to give heed unto the word of the Lord; yea, I did ex- hort them with all the energies of my soul, and with all the fac- ulty which I possessed, that they would give heed to the word of e, 1 Ne. 19:13—16. 22:11, 12. 2 Ne. 6:10—15. 9:1, 2. 10:5— 9. 25:16. 17. 30:7, 8. 3 Ne. 5:21—26. 20:29—34. 21 :2&— 29. 29:1. 8. Morm. 5:14 /, 1 Ne. 8 :10— 12. g, 1 Ne. 8 :19. Bitwebn B. C. 600 and 592. 30 1 NEPHI, 16. God and remember to keep his commandments always in all things. 26. And they said unto me: What meaneth the 'river of water which our father saw? 27. And I said unto them that the water which my father saw was filthiness; and so much was his mind swallowed up in other things that he beheld not the filthiness of the water. 28. And I said unto them that it was an awful ^gulf, which sep- arated the wicked from the tree of life, and also from the saints of God. 29. And I said unto them that it was a representation of that awful hell, which the angel said unto me was prepared for the wicked. 30. And I said unto them that our father also saw that the jus- tice of God did also divide the wicked from the righteous; and the brightness thereof was like unto the brightness of a flaming fire, which ascendeth up unto God forever and ever, and hath no end, 31. And they said unto me: Doth this thing mean the tor- ment of the body in the days of probation, or doth it mean the final state of the soul after the death of the temporal body, or doth it speak of the things which are temporal? 32. And it came to pass that I said unto them that it was a rep- resentation of things both tem- poral and spiritual; for the day should come that they must be judged of their works, yea, even the works which were done by the temporal body in their days of probation. 33. Wherefore, if they should die in their wickedness they must be cast off also, as to the things which are spiritual, which are pertaining to righteousness; wherefore, they must be brought to stand before God, to be judged of their works; and if their works have been ^filthiness they must needs be filthy; and if they be filthy it must needs be that they cannot dwell in the kingdom of God; if so, the kingdom of God must be filthy also. 34. But behold, I say unto you, the kingdom of God is not filthy, and there cannot any unclean thing enter into the kingdom of God; wherefore there must needs be a place of filthiness prepared for that which is filthy. 35. And there is a place pre- pared, yea, even that '-awful hell of which I have spoken, and the devil is the foundation of it; wherefore the final state of the souls of men is to dwell in the kingdom of God, or to be cast out because of that 'justice of which I have spoken. 3 6. Wherefore, the wicked are rejected from the righteous, and also from that tree of life, whose fruit is most precious and most desirable above all other fruits; yea, and it is the greatest of all the gifts of God. And thus I spake unto my brethren. Amen. CHAPTER 16. LehVs sons and the daughters of Ishmael intennarry — The journey continued — The ball or director given — Death of Ishmael. 1. And now it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had made an end of speaking to my breth- h, 1 Ne. 8:13. i, 1 Ne. 12:18. 2 Ne. 1:13. Al. 20:20. He. 3:29. j, 2 Ne. 9:16. Mos. 2:37. Al. 11:37. Morm. 9:4. 14. k, ver. 29. 2 Ne. 1:13. 2 :2i>. 9:8 — 19. 26.34,36. 28:15,21.23. Jac. 6:10. Al. 12:16— 18. 8 Ne. 27 :11, 12. Moro. 8:13, 14, 21. I. ver. 30. D. & C. 29:37, 38. 86:36, 44, 84. Bet. B. C. 600 AND 592, 1 NEPHI, 16. 31 ren, behold they said unto me: Thou hast declared unto us "hard things, more than we are able to bear. 2. And it came to pass that I said unto them that I knew that I had spoken hard things against the wicked, according to the truth; and the righteous have I justified, and testified that they should be lifted up at the last day; wherefore, the guilty taketh the truth to be hard, for it cutteth them to the very center. 3. And now my brethren, if ye were righteous and were willing to hearken to the truth, and give heed unto it, that ye might walk uprightly before God, then ye would not murmur because of the truth, and say: Thou speakest hard things against us. 4. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did exhort my brethren, with all diligence, to keep the commandments of the Lord. 5. And it came to pass that they did humble themselves be- fore the Lord; insomuch that I had joy and great hopes of them, that they would walk in the paths of righteousness. 6. Now, all these things were said and done as my father dwelt in a tent in the ''valley which he called Lemuel. 7. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, took one of the daughters of ''Ishmael to wife; and also, my brethren took of the daughters of Ishmael to wife; and also Zoram took the eldest daughter of Ish- mael to wife. 8. And thus my father had ful- filled all the commandments of the Lqrd which had been given unto him. And also, I, Nephi, had been blessed of the Lord ex- ceedingly. 9. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord spake unto my father by night, and commanded him that on the morrow he should take his journey into the wilder- ness. 10. And it came to pass that as my father arose in the morning, and went forth to the tent door, to his great astonishment he be- held upon the ground a round "ball of curious workmanship; and it was of fine brass. And within the ball were two spindles; and the one pointed the way whither we should go into the wilderness. 11. And it came to pass that we did gather together whatsoever things we should carry into the wilderness, and all the remainder of our provisions which the Lord had given unto us; and we did take seed of every kind that we might carry into the wilderness. 12. And it came to pass that we did take our tents and depart into the wilderness, across the river Laman. 13. And it came to pass that we traveled for the space of four days, nearly a south-southeast di- rection, and we did pitch our tents again; and we did call the name of the place Shazer. 14. And it came to pass that we did take our bows and our ar- rows, and go forth into the wil- derness to slay food for our fam- ilies; and after we had slain food for our families we did return again to our families in the wil- derness, to the place of Shazer. And we did go forth again in the wilderness, following the same direction, keeping in the most c, vers. 2, 3. 2 Ne. 1:26, 27. Enos 23. Moro. 9:4. b, 1 Ne. 2:8, 14. 9:1. c, 1 Ne. 7:2 — 6, 19, 22. d, vers. 16, 26 — 30. 1 Ne. 18:12, 21. 2 Ne. 5:12. Al. 3T:38 — 47. Between B, 0. 600 and 592. 32 1 NEPHI, 16. fertile parts of the wilderness, which were in the borders near the Red Sea. 15. And it came to pass that we did travel for the space of many days, slaying food by the way, with our bows and our arrows and our stones and our slings. 16. And we did follow the di- rections of the ball, which led us in the more fertile parts of the wilderness. 17. And after we had traveled for the space of many days, w^e did pitch our tents for the space of a time, that we might again rest ourselves and obtain food for our families. 18. And it came to pass that as I, Nephi, went forth to slay food, behold, I did break my bow, which was made of ^fine steel; and after I did break my bow, be- hold, my brethren were angry with me because of the loss of my bow, for we did obtain no food. 19. And it came to pass that we did return without food to our families, and being much fa- tigued, because of their journey- ing, they did suffer much for the want of food. 20. And it came to pass that Laman and Lemuel and the sons of Ishmael did begin to murmur exceedingly, because of their suf- ferings and afflictions in the wil- derness; and also my father be- gan to murmur against the Lord his God; yea, and they were all exceeding sorrowful, even that they did murmur against the Lord. 21. Now it came to pass that I, Nephi, having been afflicted with my brethren because of the loss of my bow, and their bows having lost their springs, it began to be exceedingly difficult, yea, inso- much that we could obtain no food. 2 2. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did speak much unto my brethren, because they had hard- ened their hearts again, even unto complaining against the Lord their God. 23. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did make out of wood a bow, and out of a straight stick, an arrow; w^herefore, I did arm myself with a bow and an arrow, with a sling and with stones. And I said unto my father: Whither shall I go to obtain food? 24. And it came to pass that he did inquire of the Lord, for they had humbled themselves because of my word; for I did say many things unto them in the energy of my soul. 2 5. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came unto my father; and he was truly chastened because of his murmur- ing against the Lord, insomuch that he was brought down into the depths of sorrow. 26. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord said unto him: Look upon the 'ball, and behold the things which are writ- ten. 27. And it came to pass that when my father beheld the things which were written upon the ball, he did fear and tremble exceed- ingly, and also my brethren and the sons of Ishmael and our wives. 25. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, beheld the pointers which were in the ball, that they did -work according to the faith and diligence and heed which we did give unto them. 29. And there was also written e, 1 Ne. 4 :9. 2 Ne. 5 :15. 37 :40. Jar. 8. Eth. 7:9. Ps. 18:34. /, 1 Ne. 16:10. z, Al. Between B. C. 600 and 592. 1 NEPHI, 16. 33 upon them a new writing, which was plain to be read, which did give us understanding concern- ing the ways of the Lord; and it was written and changed from time to time, according to the faith and diligence which we gave unto it. And thus we see that by small means the Lord can bring about great things. 30. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did go forth up into the top of the mountain, according to the directions which were given upon the ball. 31. And it came to pass that I did slay wild beasts, insomuch that I did obtain food for our families. 32. And it came to pass that I did return to our tents, bearing the beasts which I had slain; and now when they beheld that I had obtained food, how great was their joy! And it came to pass that they did humble themselves before the Lord, and did give thanks unto him. 33. And it came to pass that we did again take our journey, trav- eling nearly the same course as in the beginning; and after we had traveled for the space of many days we did pitch our tents again, that we might tarry for the space of a time. 34. And it came to pass that "Ishmael died, and was buried in the place which was called Na- hom. 35. And it came to pass that the daughters of Ishmael did mourn exceedingly, because of the loss of their father, and be- cause of their afflictions in the wilderness; and they did murmur against my father, because he had brought them out of the land of Jerusalem, saying: Our father is dead; yea, and we have wandered much in the wilderness, and we have suffered much affliction, hunger, thirst, and fatigue; and after all these sufferings we must perish in the wilderness with hunger. 3 6. And thus they did mur- mur against my father, and also against me; and they were de- sirous to return again to Jeru- salem. 37. And Laman said unto Lem- uel and also unto the sons of Ish- mael: Behold, let us slay our father, and also our brc-ther Nephi, who has taken it upon him to be our ruler and our teacher, who are his elder brethren. 38. Now, he says that the Lord has talked with him, and also that angels have ministered unto him. But behold, we know that he lies unto us; and he tells us these things, and he worketh many things by his cunning arts, that he may deceive our eyes, thinking, perhaps, that he may lead us away into some strange wilderness; and after he has led us away, he has thought to make himself a king and a ruler over us, that he may do with us ac- cording to his will and pleasure. And after this manner did my brother Laman stir up their hearts to anger. 39. And it came to pass that the Lord was with us, yea, even the voice of the Lord came and did speak many words unto them, and did chasten them exceed- ingly; and after they were chas- tened by the voice of the Lord they did turn away their anger, and did repent of their sins, inso- much that the Lord did bless us again with food, that we did not perish. g, 1 Ne. 7:2—6, 19. Bbtwekn B, C. 600 AXD 592. 34 1 NBPHI, 17. CHAPTER 17. Irreantum or many waters — The Lord C07nmanda Nephi to build a ship — His brethren oppose him and are confounded. 1. And it came to pass that we did again take our journey in the wilderness; and we did travel nearly eastward from that time forth. And we did travel and wade through much affliction in the wilderness; and our women did bear children in the wilder- ness. 2. And so great were the bless- ings of the Lord upon us, that while we did live upon raw meat in the wilderness, our women did give plenty of suck for their chil- dren, and were strong, yea, even like unto the men; and they be- gan to bear their journeyings without murmurings. 3. And thus we see that the commandments of God must be fulfilled. And if it so be that the children of men keep the com- mandments of God he doth nour- ish them, and strengthen them, and provide means whereby they can accomplish the thing which he has commanded them; where- fore, he did provide means for us while we did sojourn in the wilderness. 4. And we did sojourn for the space of many years, yea, *even eight years in the wilderness. 5. And we did come to the land which we called Bountiful, be- cause of its much fruit and also wild honey; and all these things were prepared of the Lord that we might not perish. And we beheld the sea, which we called Irreantum, which, being inter- preted, is many waters. 6. And it came to pass that we did pitch our tents by the sea- shore; and notwithstanding we had suffered many afflictions and much difficulty, yea, even so much that we cannot write them all, we were exceedingly rejoiced when we came to the seashore; and we called the place Bounti- ful, because of its much fruit. 7. And it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had been in the land of Bountiful for the space of many days, the voice of the Lord came unto me, saying: Arise, and get thee into the mountain. And it came to pass that I arose and went up into the mountain, and cried unto the Lord. 8. And it came to pass that the Lord spake unto me, saying: Thou Shalt construct a ship, after the manner which I shall show thee, that I may carry thy people across these waters. 9. And I said: Lord, whither shall I go that I may find ore to molten, that I may make tools to construct the ship after the man- ner which thou hast shown unto me? 10. And it came to pass that the Lord told me whither I should go to find ore, that I might make tools. 11. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did make a bellows where- with to blow the fire, of the skins of beasts; and after I had made a bellows, that I might have wherewith to blow the fire, I did smite two stones together that I might make fire. 12. For the Lord had not hitherto suffered that we should make much fire, as we journeyed in the wilderness; for he said: I will make thy food become sweet, that ye cook it not; 13. And I will also be your light in the wilderness; and I will prepare the way before you. • B. C. 592. 1 NEPHI, 17. 36 if it so be that ye shall keep my commandments; wherefore, inas- much as ye shall keep my com- mandments ye shall be led to- wards the "promised land; and ye shall know that it is by me that ye are led. 14. Yea, and the Lord said also that: After ye have arrived in the promised land, ye shall know that I, the Lord, am God; and that I, the Lord, did deliver you from destruction; yea, that I did bring you out of the land of Jerusalem. 15. Wherefore, I, Nephi, did strive to keep the commandments of the Lord, and I did exhort my brethren to faithfulness and dili- gence. 16. And it came to pass that I did make "tools of the ore which I did molten out of the rock. 17. And when my brethren saw that I was about to '^build a ship, they began to murmur against me, saying: Our brother is a fool, for he thinketh that he can build a ship; yea, and he also thinketh that he can cross these great waters. 18. And thus my brethren did complain against me, and were desirous that they might not labor, for they did not believe that I could build a ship; neither would they believe that I was in- structed of the Lord. 19. And now it came to pass that I, Nephi, was exceeding sor- rowful because of the hardness of their hearts; and now when they saw that I began to be sor- rowful they were glad in their hearts, insomuch that they did rejoice over me, saying: We knew that ye could not construct a ship, for we knew that ye were lacking in judgment; wherefore, thou canst not accomplish so great a work. 20. And thou art like unto our father, led away by the foolish imaginations of his heart; yea, he hath led us out of the land of Jerusalem, and we have wan- dered in the wilderness for these many years; and our women have toiled, being big with child; and they have borne children in the wilderness and suffered all things, save it were death; and it would have been better that they had died before they came out of Jerusalem than to have suffered these afflictions. 21. Behold, these many years we have suffered in the wilder- ness, which time we might have enjoyed our possessions and the land of our inheritance; yea, and we might have been happy. 22. And we know that the peo- ple who were in the land of Jeru- salem were a righteous people; for they kept the statutes and judgments of the Lord, and all his commandments, according to the law of Moses; wherefore, we know that they are a righteous people; and our father hath judged them, and hath led us away because we would hearken, unto his words; yea, and our brother is like unto him. And after this manner of language did my brethren murmur and complain against us. 23. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, spake unto them, saying: Do ye believe that our fathers, who were the children of Israel, would have been led away out of the bands of the Egyptians if they had not hearkened unto the words of the Lord? 24. Yea, do ye suppose that they would have been led out of a, 1 Ne. 2:20. 18:23. h. vers. 9, 10. c, vers. 8, 49, 51. 18:1—6. About B. C. 591. 36 1 NEPHI, 17. bondage, if the Lord had not com- manded Moses that he should lead them out of bondage? 25. Now ye know that the chil- dren of Israel were in bondage; and ye know that they were laden with tasks, which were grievous to be borne; wherefore, ye know that it must needs be a good thing for them, that they should be brought out of bondage. 26. Now ye know that Moses was commanded of the Lord to do that great work; and ye know that by his word the waters of the Red Sea were divided hither and thither, and they passed through on dry ground. 27. But ye know that the Egyptians were drowned in the Red Sea, who were the armies af Pharaoh. 28. And ye also know that they were fed with manna in the wil- derness. 29. Yea, and ye also know that Moses, by his word according to the power of God which was in him, smote the rock, and there came forth water, that the children of Israel might quench their thirst. 30. And notwithstanding they being led, the Lord their God, their Redeemer, going before them, leading them by day and giving light unto them by night, and doing all things for them which were expedient for man to receive, they hardened their hearts and blinded their minds, and reviled against Moses and against the true and living God. 31. And it came to pass that according to his word he did de- stroy them; and according to his word he did lead them; and ac- cording to his word he did do all things for them; and there was not any thing done save it were by his word. 32. And after they had crossed the river Jordan he did make them mighty unto the driving out of the children of the land, yea, unto the scattering them to de- struction. 33. And now, do ye suppose that the children of this land, who were in the land of promise, who were driven out by our fa- thers, do ye suppose that they were righteous? Behold, I say unto you. Nay. 34. Do ye suppose that our fathers would have been more choice than they if they had been righteous? I say unto you, Nay. 35. Behold, the Lord esteem- eth all flesh in one; he that is righteous is favored of God. But behold, this people had rejected every word of God, and they were ripe in iniquity; and the fulness of the wrath of God was upon them; and the Lord did curse the land against them, and bless it unto our fathers; yea, he did curse it against them unto their destruction, and he did bless it unto our fathers unto their ob- taining power over it. 36. Behold, the Lord hath created the earth that it should be inhabited; and he hath created his children that they should pos- sess it. 37. And he raiseth up a right- eous nation, and destroyeth the nations of the wicked. 38. And he leadeth away the righteous into precious lands, and the wicked he destroyeth, and curseth the land unto them for their sakes. 39. He ruleth high in the heavens, for it is his throne, and this earth is his footstool. 40. And he loveth those who will have him to be their God. About B. C. 591. 1 NEPHI, 17. 37 Behold, he loved our fathers, and he covenanted with them, yea, even Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; and he remembered the covenants which he had made; wherefore, he did bring them out of the land of Egypt. 41. And he did straiten them in the wilderness with his rod; for they hardened their hearts, even as ye have; and the Lord straitened them because of their iniquity. He sent fiery flying serpents among them; and after they were bitten he prepared a way that they might be healed; and the labor which they had to perform was to look; and be- cause of the simpleness of the way, or the easiness of it, there were many who perished. 42. And they did harden their hearts from time to time, and they did revile against Moses, and also against God; nevertheless, ye know that they were led forth by his matchless power into the land of promise. 43. And now, after all these things, the time has come that they have become wicked, yea, nearly unto ripeness; and I know not but they are at this day about to be destroyed; for I know that the day must surely come that they must be destroyed, save a few only, who shall be led away into captivity. 44. Wherefore, the Lord ''com- manded my father that he should depart into the wilderness; and the *Jews also sought to take away his life; yea, and ^ye also have sought to take away his life; wherefore, ye are murderers in your hearts and ye are like unto them. 45. Ye are swift to do iniquity but slow to remember the Lord your God. "Ye have seen an angel, and he spake unto you; yea, ye have heard his voice from time to time; and he hath spoken unto you in a still small voice, but ye were past feeling, that ye could not feel his words; where- fore, he has spoken unto you like unto the voice of thunder, which did cause the earth to shake as if it were to divide asunder. 46. And ye also know that by the power of his almighty word he can ''cause the earth that it shall pass away; yea, and ye know that by his word he can cause the *rough places to be made smooth, and smooth places shall be broken up. O, then, why is it, that ye can be so hard in your hearts? 47. Behold, my soul is rent with anguish because of you, and my heart is pained; I fear lest ye shall be cast off forever. Behold, I am full of the Spirit of God, in- somuch that my frame has no strength. 48. And now it came to pass that when I had spoken these words they were angry with me, and were desirous to throw me into the depths of the sea; and as they came forth to lay their hands upon me I spake unto them, saying: In the name of the Almighty God, I command you that ye Houch me not, for I am filled with the power of God, even unto the consuming of my flesh; and whoso shall lay his hands upon me shall wither even as a dried reed; and he shall be as naught before the power of God, for God shall smite him. 49. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, said unto them that they should murmur no more against d, 1 Ne. 2:2. e, 1 Ne. 2:1. f, 1 Ne. i, 1 Ne. 12:4. 19:11, 12. 2 Ne. 26:4—6. 52—55. 2 Ne. 1:26, 27. 16:37. g, 1 Ne. 3:29. h, 3 Ne. 26:3. He. 14:21—24. 3 Ne. 8:5—19. ;, vers. ABOtT B. C. 691. 38 1 NEPHI, IB. their father; neither should they withhold their labor from me, for God had commanded me that I should build a ship. 50. And I said unto them: ''If God had commanded me to do all things I could do them. If he should command me that I should say unto this water, be thou earth, it should be earth; and if I should say it, it would be done. 51. And now, if the Lord has such great power, and has wrought so many miracles among the children of men, how is it that he cannot instruct me, that I should build a ship? 52. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, said many things unto my brethren, insomuch that they were confounded and could not contend against me; neither durst they lay their hands upon me nor touch me with their fingers, even for the space of many days. Now they durst not do this lest they should wither before me, so pow- erful was the Spirit of God; and thus it had wrought upon them. 53. And it came to pass that the Lord said unto me: Stretch forth thine hand again unto thy brethren, and they shall 'not wither before thee, but I will shock them, saith the Lord, and this will I do, that they may know that I am the Lord their God. 54. And it came to pass that I etretched forth my hand unto my brethren, and they did not wither before me; but the Lord did shake them, even according to the word which he had spoken. 55. And now, they said: We know of a surety that the Lord is with thee, for we know that it is the power of the Lord that has shaken us. And they fell down before me, and were about to worship me, but I would not suffer them, saying: I am thy brother, yea, even thy younger brother; wherefore, worship the Lord thy God, and honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God shall give thee. CHAPTER 18. The ship completed — Jacob and Joseph — The voyage begun — Revelry and rebellion — A storm at sea — Ar- rival in the prom,ised land. 1. And it came to pass that they did worship the Lord, and did go forth with me; and we did work timbers of curious work- manship. And the Lord did show me from time to time after what manner I should work the timbers of the ship. 2. Now I, Nephi, did not "work the timbers after the manner which was learned by men, neither did I build the ship after the manner of men; but I did build it after the manner which the Lord had shown unto me; wherefore, it was not after the manner of men. 3. And I, Nephi, did go into the mount oft, and I did pray oft unto the Lord; wherefore the Lord showed unto me great things. 4. And it came to pass that after I had finished the ship, ac- cording to the word of the Lord, my brethren beheld that it was good, and that the workmanship thereof was exceeding fine; wherefore, they did humble them- selves again before the Lord. 5. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came unto my father, that we should arise and go down into the ship. k, 1 Ne. 3:7. Jac. 4:6. Philip. 4:13. . 18: a, 1 Ne. 17:8. I, Ters. 48, 64, 55. Aboux B. 0. 691. 1 NEPHI, 18. 39 6. And it came to pass that on the morrow, after we had pre- pared all things, much fruits and meat from the wilderness, and honey in abundance, and pro- visions according to that which the Lord had commanded us, we did go down into the ship, with all our loading and our "seeds, and whatsoever thing we had brought with us, every one ac- cording to his age; wherefore, we did all go down into the ship, with our wives and our children. 7. And now, my father had begat two sons in the wilderness; the elder was called Jacob and the younger Joseph. 8. And it came to pass after we had all gone down into the ship, and had taken with us our provisions and things which had been commanded us, we did put forth into the sea and were driven forth before the wind "towards the promised land. 9. And after we had been driven forth before the wind for the space of many days, behold, my brethren and the sons of Ish- mael and also their wives began to make themselves merry, inso- much that they began to dance, and to sing, and to speak with much rudeness, yea, even that they did forget by what power they had been brought thither; yea, they were lifted up unto ex- ceeding rudeness. 10. And I, Nephi, began to fear exceedingly lest the Lord should be angry with us, and smite us because of our iniquity, that we should be swallowed up in the depths of the sea; wherefore, I, Nephi, began to speak to them with much soberness; but behold they were angry with me, say- ing: We will not that our younger brother shall be a "ruler over us. 11. And it came to pass that Laman and Lemuel did take me and bind me with cords, and they did treat me with much harsh- ness; nevertheless, the Lord did suffer it that he might show forth his power, unto the fulfilling of his word which he had spoken concerning the wicked. 12. And it came to pass that after they had bound me inso- much that I could not move, the *compass, which had been pre- pared of the Lord, did cease to work. 13. Wherefore, they knew not whither they should steer the ship, insomuch that there arose a great storm, yea, a great and terrible tempest, and we were driven back upon the waters for the space of three days; and they began to be frightened exceed- ingly lest they should be drowned in the sea; nevertheless they did not loose me. 14. And on the fourth day, which we had been driven back, the tempest began to be exceed- ing sore. 15. And it came to pass that we were about to be swallowed up in the depths of the sea. And after we had been driven back upon the waters for the space of four days, my brethren began to see that the judgments of God were upon them, and that they must perish save that they should repent of their iniquities; where- fore, they came unto me, and loosed the bands which were upon my wrists, and behold they had swollen exceedingly; and also mine ankles were much swollen, and great was the soreness there- of. 16. Nevertheless, I did look 6, 1 Xp. 8:1. 16:11. ver. 24. c, 1 Ne. 2:20. 5:5. 22. 7:13. 12:1. 4. 13:12, 14. 30. 14:2. 18:22, 23. d, 1 Ne. 2:22. 16:37, 38. 2 Ne. 1:25—27. 5:3, 19. e, see d, 1 Ne. 16. . About B. O. 590, 40 1 NEPHI, 19. unto my God, and I did praise him all the day long; and I did not murmur against the Lord be- cause of mine afflictions 17. Now my father, Lehi, had said many things unto them, and also unto the 'sons of Ishmael; but, behold, they did breathe out much threatenings against any- one that should speak for me; and my parents being stricken in years, and having suffered much grief because of their children, they were brought down, yea, even upon their sick-beds. 18. Because of their grief and much sorrow, and the iniquity of my brethren, they were brought near even to be carried out of this time to meet their God; yea, their grey hairs were about to be brought down to lie low in the dust; yea, even they were near to be cast with sorrow into a watery grave. 19. And ''Jacob and Joseph also, being young, having need of much nourishment, were grieved because of the afflictions of their mother; and also "my wife with her tears and prayers, and also my children, did not soften the hearts of my brethren that they would loose me. 20. And there was nothing save it were the power of God, which threatened them with de- struction, could soften their hearts; wherefore, when they saw that they were about to be swal- lowed up in the depths of the sea they repented of the thing which they had done, insomuch that they loosed me. 21. And it came to pass after they had loosed me, behold, I took the 'compass, and it did work whither I desired it. And it came to pass that I prayed unto the Lord; and after I had prayed the winds did cease, and the storm did cease, and there was a great calm. 22. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did ^guide the ship, that we sailed again towards the promised land. 2 3. And it came to pass that after we had sailed for the space of many days *we did arrive at the ''■promised land; and we went forth upon the land, and did pitch our tents; and we did call it the promised land. 24. And it came to pass that we did begin to till the earth, and we began to plant seeds; yea, we did put all our 'seeds into the earth, which we had brought from the land of Jerusalem. And it came to pass that they did grow exceedingly; wherefore, we were blessed in abundance. 25. And it came to pass that we did find upon the land of promise, as we journeyed in the wilder- ness, that there were ""beasts in the forests of every kind, both the cow and the ox, and the ass and the horse, and the goat and the wild goat, and all manner of wild animals, which were for the use of men. And we did find all man- ner of "ore, both of gold, and of silver, and of copper. CHAPTER 19. NepM's record of his people — Sun- dry prophets mentioned — Zenos and his predictions. 1. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded me, wherefore I did make "plates of ore that I /, 1 Ne 7:6. g, ver. 7, h. 1 Ne. 16:7. i, ver. 12. j, ver. 13. fc, 1 Ne. 2:20. I, 1 Ne. 8:1. m, Enos 21. Al. 18:9. 20:0. 3 Ne. 3:22. 4:4. 6:1. Eth. 9:18. 19. 31—34. 10:19—21. n, ^ Ne. 19:1. 2 Ne. 5:14 — 16. Jac. 2:12, 13. He. 6:9 — II. Etb. 9:17. 10:7, 12, 23 Chap. 19: a. see /, 1 Ne. 1. • Pbobablt about B. C. 589. 1 NEPHI, 19. 41 might engraven upon them the record of my people. And upon the plates which I made I did en- graven the 'record of my father, and also our journeyings in the wilderness, and the prophecies of my father; and also many of mine own prophecies have I engraven upon them. 2. And I knew not at the time when I made them that I should be commanded of the Lord to make these plates; wherefore, the record of my father, and the genealogy of his fathers, and the more part of all our proceedings in the wilderness are engraven upon those plates of which I have spoken; wherefore, the things which transpired before I made these plates are, of a truth, more particularly made mention upon the first plates. 3. And after I had made ''these plates by way of commandment, I, Nephi, received a command- ment that the ministry and the prophecies, the more plain and precious parts of them, should be written upon these plates; and that the things which were writ- ten should be kept for the in- struction of my people, who should possess the land, and also for other wise purposes, which purposes are known unto the Lord. 4. Wherefore, I, Nephi, did make a record upon the ''other plates, which gives an account, or which gives a greater account of the wars and contentions and de- structions of my people. And this have I done, and commanded my people what they should do after I was gone; and that these plates should be handed down from one generation to another, or from one prophet to another, until further commandments of the Lord. 5. And an account of my mak- ing ^these plates shall be given hereafter; and then, behold, I proceed according to that which I have spoken; and this I do that the more sacred things may be kept for the knowledge of my people. 6. Nevertheless, I do not write anything upon plates save it be that I think it be sacred. And now, if I do err, even did they err of old; not that I would excuse myself because of other men, but because of the weakness which is in me, according to the flesh, I would excuse myself. 7. For the things which some men esteem to be of great worth, both to the body and soul, others set at naught and trample under their feet. Yea, even the very God of Israel do men trample un- der their feet; I say, trample under their feet but I would speak in other words — they set him at naught, and hearken not to the voice of his counsels. 8. And behold he cometh, ac- cording to the words of the angel, in ^six hundred years from the time my father left Jerusalem. 9. And the world, because of their iniquity, shall judge him to be a thing of naught; wherefore they scourge him, and he suffer- eth it; and they smite him, and he suffereth it. Yea, they spit upon him, and he suffereth it, be- cause of his loving kindness and his long-suffering towards the children of men. 10. And the God of our fath- ers, who were led out of Egypt, out of bondage, and also were preserved in the wilderness by him, yea, the God of Abraham, 6, 1 Ne. 1:16, 17. 19:2. c, 1 Ne. 9:2. sec. 10. /, 1 Ne. 10:4. d, 1 Ne. 9 :4. e, 2 Ne. 5 :30. D. & C. Between B. C. 588 ani> 570. 42 1 NEPHI, 19. and of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, yieldeth himself, accord- ing to the words of the angel, as a man, into the hands of wicked men, to be lifted up, according to the words of "Zenock, and to be crucified, according to the words of Neum, and to be buried in a sepulchre, according to the words of ''Zenos, which he spake con- cerning the Hhree days of dark- ness, which should be a sign given of his death unto those who should inhabit the isles of the sea, more especially given unto those who are of the house of Israel. 11. For thus spake the prophet: The Lord God surely shall visit all the house of Israel at that day, some with his ^voice, because of their righteousness, unto their great joy and salvation, and others *^with the thunderings and the lightnings of his power, by tempest, by fire, and by smoke, and vapor of darkness, and by the opening of the earth, and by mountains which shall be carried up. 12. And all these things must surely come, saith the prophet Zenos. And the 'rocks of the earth must rend; and because of the groanings of the earth, many of the kings of the isles of the sea shall be wrought upon by the Spirit of God, to exclaim: The God of nature suffers. 13. And as for those who are at Jerusalem, saith the prophet, they shall be scourged by all peo- ple, because they crucify the God of Israel, and turn their hearts aside, rejecting signs and won- ders, and the power and glory of the God of Israel. 14. And because they turn their hearts aside, saith the prophet, and have despised the Holy One of Israel, they shall wander in the flesh, and perish, and become a hiss and a by-word, and be hated among all nations. 15. Nevertheless, when that day Cometh, saith the prophet, that ""they no more turn aside their hearts against the Holy One of Israel, then will he remember the covenants which he made to their fathers. 16. Yea, then will he remem- ber the isles of the sea; yea, and all the people who are of the house of Israel, will I gather in, saith the Lord, according to the words of the prophet "Zenos, from the four quarters of the earth. 17. Yea, and all the earth shall see the salvation of the Lord, saith the prophet; every nation, kindred, tongue and people shall be blessed. 18. And I, Nephi, have written these things unto my people, that perhaps I might persuade them that they would remember the Lord their Redeemer. 19. Wherefore, I speak unto all the house of Israel, if it so be that they should obtain these things. 20. For behold, I have work- ings in the spirit, which doth weary me even that all my joints are weak, for those who are at Jerusalem; for had not the Lord been merciful, to show unto me concerning them, even as he had prophets of old, I should have perished also. 21. And he surely did show unto the prophets of old all things concerning them; and also fif^Al. 33:15. 34:7. He. 8 :20. 3 Xe. 10 :1.5— 17. 7i, vers. 12. 16. Jac. 5:1. 6:1, Al. 33:3. 13, 15. 34:7. He. 8:19. 15:11. 3 Ne. 10:16. i. He. 14:20, 27. 3 Ne. 8:19—23. 10:9. j, 3 Ne. 9. A:, He. 14:20—27. 3 Ne. 8:5—23. I, He. 14:21, 22. 3 Ne. 8:17, 18. m, see e. 1 Ne. 15. n, see ft. Bettween B. C. 588 and 670. 1 NEPHI, 20. Id he did show unto many concern- ing us; wherefore, it must needs be that we know concerning them for they are "written upon the plaltes of brass. 22. Now it came to pass that I, Nephi, did teach my brethren these things; and it came to pass that I did read many things to them, which were engraven upon the "plates of brass, that they might know concerning the do- ings of the Lord in other lands, among people of old. 23. And I did read many things unto them which were written in the book of Moses; but that I might more fully persuade them to believe in the Lord their Re- deemer I did read unto them that which was written by the prophet Isaiah; for I did liken all scrip- tures unto us, that it might be for our profit and learning. 24. Wherefore I spake unto them, saying: Hear ye the words of the prophet, ye who are a rem- nant of the house of Israel, a branch who have been broken off; hear ye the words of the prophet, which were written unto all the house of Israel, and liken them unto yourselves, that ye may have hope as well as your brethren from whom ye have been broken off; for after this manner has the prophet written. CHAPTER 20. Prophecies recorded on the plates of brass — Compare Isaiah 48. 1. Hearken and hear this, O house of Jacob, who are called by the name of Israel, and are come forth "out of the waters of Judah, or out of the waters of baptism, who ''swear by the name of the Lord, and make mention of the God of Israel, yet they swear "not in truth nor in righteousness. 2. Nevertheless, they call them- selves "of the holy city, but they do 'not stay themselves upon the God of Israel, who is the Lord of Hosts; yea, the Lord of Hosts is his name. 3. Behold, 'I have declared the former things from the begin- ning; and they went forth out of my mouth, and I showed them. I did show them suddenly. 4. And I did it because I knew that thou art obstinate, and ^^thy neck is an iron sinew, and \hy brow brass; 5. And I have even ''from the beginning declared to thee; be- fore it came to pass I showed them thee; and I showed them for fear lest thou shouldst say — Mine • idol hath done them, and my graven image, and my molten image hath commanded them. 6. Thou hast seen and heard all this; and will ye not declare them? And that I have showed thee new things from this time, even hidden things, and thou didst not know them. 7. They are created now, and not from the beginning, even be- fore the day when thou heardest them not they were declared unto thee, lest thou shouldst say — Be- hold I knew them. 8. Yea, and thou heardest not; yea, thou knewest not; yea, from that time thine ear was not opened; for I knew that thou wouldst deal very treacherously, and wast called a Hransgressor from the womb. 9. Nevertheless, for my name's sake will I defer mine anger, and 0, 3 Ne. 10:16, 17. Isa. 65:16. Zepb. 1 :5. 41:22. 42:9. 43:9. /. i, Ps. 58 :3. Pj see o, 1 Ne, c, Jer. 4:2. 44:7. 8. 45:21. 3. Chap, 20: a, Isa. 48:1. 6, Deut. 6:13. 5:2. d, Isa. 52:1. e, Mlc. 3:9 — 11. /, Isa. 46:9, 10. g, Ex. 32:9. Deut. 31:27. h, see Betwben B. C. 588 AND 570. 44 1 NEPHI, 21. for my praise will I refrain from thee, that I cut thee not off. 10. For, behold, I have refined thee, I have chosen thee in the furnace of affliction. 11. For mine own sake, yea, for mine own sake will I do this, for I will not suffer my name to be polluted, ^and I will not give my glory unto another. 12. Hearken unto me, O Jacob, and Israel my called, for I am he; I am the ''first, and I am also the last. 13. Mine 'hand hath also laid the foundation of the earth, and my right hand hath spanned the heavens. "'I call unto them and they stand up together. 14. "All ye, assemble your- selves, and hear; who among them hath declared these things • unto them? The Lord hath loved him; yea, and he will fulfil his word which he hath declared by them; and "he will do his pleasure on Babylon, and his arm shall come upon the Chaldeans. 15. Also, saith the Lord; I the Lord, yea, I have spoken; yea, ^I have called him to declare, I have brought him, and he shall make his way prosperous. 16. Come ye near unto me; ^I have not spoken in secret; from the beginning, from the time that it was declared have I spoken; and the Lord God, and his Spirit, hath sent me. 17. And thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel; I have sent him, the Lord thy God who teacheth thee to profit, who leadeth thee by the way thou shouldst go, hath done it. 18. O that thou hadst heark- ened to my commandment — then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the wayes of the sea. 19. '^Thy seed also had been as the sand; the offspring of thy bowels like the gravel thereof; his name should not have been cut off nor destroyed from before me. 20. *Go ye forth of Babylon, flee ye from the Chaldeans, with a voice of singing declare ye, tell this, utter to the end of the earth; say ye: 'The Lord hath redeemed his servant Jacob. 21. And they "thirsted not; he led them through the deserts; he caused the waters to flow out of the rock for them; he clave the rock also and the waters gushed out. 22. And notwithstanding he hath done all this, and greater also, there is no peace, saith the Lord, unto the wicked. CHAPTER 21. Isaiah's writings, as recorded upon the plates of brass, continued — Com- pare Isaiah 49. 1. And again: Hearken, O ye house of Israel, all ye that are broken off and are driven out, because of the wickedness of the pastors of my people; yea, all ye that are broken off, that are scat- tered abroad, who are of my peo- ple, O house of Israel. Listen, °0 isles, unto me, and hearken ye people from far; the Lord hath called me from the womb; from the bowels of my mother hath he made mention of my name. 2. And he hath made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand hath he hid j, Isa. 42:8. k, Isa. n, see /. o, Isa. 44 ;28. 8, Jer. 50:8. 51:6, 44, Isa. 35:6, 7. 41:17, 18. 2 Ne. 10:20—22. 41:4. Rev. 1:17. 22:13. I, Ps. 102:25. m, Isa. 40:26. p, Isa. 45:1 — 4. q, Isa. 45:19. r. Gen. 22:17. Hos. 1:10. 45. Zech. 2:6, 7. t, Isa. 44:22, 23. u, Ps. 107:35 — 38. Chap. 21: o, ver. 8. Isa. 51 :5. 60:9. 66:19. 1 Ne. 22 :4. Bbtwbbn B. C. 588 and 570. 1 NEPHI, 21. 45 me, and made me a polished shaft; in his quiver hath he hid me; 3. And said unto me: Thou art my servant, O Israel, in whom I will be glorified. 4. Then I said, I have labored in vain, I have spent my strength for naught and in vain; surely my judgment is with the Lord, and my work with my God. 5. And now, saith the Lord — that formed me from the womb that I should be his servant, to bring Jacob again to him — though Israel be not gathered, yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord, and my God shall be my strength. 6. And he said: It is a light thing that thou shouldst be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob, and to restore the pre- served of Israel. I will also give thee for a light ''to the Gentiles, that thou mayest be my salvation unto the ends of the earth. 7. Thus saith the Lord, the Re- deemer of Israel, his Holy One, to him whom man despiseth, to him whom the nations abhorreth, to servant of rulers: Kings shall see and arise, princes also shall wor- ship, because of the Lord that is faithful. 8. Thus saith the Lord: In an acceptable time have I heard thee, ''O isles of the sea, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee; and I will preserve thee, and give thee *my servant for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; 9. That thou mayest say to the prisoners: Go forth; 'to them that sit in darkness: Show yourselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their "pastures shall be in all high places. 10. They shall not hunger nor thirst, neither shall the heat nor the sun smite them; for he that hath mercy on them shall lead them, ev^en ''by the springs of water shall he guide them. 11. And I will make *all my mountains a way, and ^my high- ways shall be exalted. 12. And then, O house of Is- rael, behold, ''these shall come from far; and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. 13. 'Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; for the feet of those who are in the east shall be established; and break forth into singing, O mountains; for they shall be smitten no more; for the Lord hath comforted his people, and will have mercy upon his afflicted. 14. But, behold, Zion hath said: The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me — but he will show that he hath not. 15. *"For can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee, house of Israel. 16. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me. 17. Thy children shall make haste against thy destroyers; and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee. 18. Lift up thine eyes round about and behold; "all these gather themselves together, and they shall come to thee. And as 1 live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all. c, 3 Ne. 21:11, d, see a. e, see e, 2 Ne. 3. /, 2 Ne. 3:5. g, Ezek. 34:14. 1 Ne. 22:25, h, see u, 1 Ne. 20, i, see g. j, Isa. 40:3. 62:10. k, Isa, 43:5 — 7. I, Isa. 44:23. w, Ps. 103:13. n, Mic. 4:11 — 13. Between B. O. 588 and 670. 46 1 NEPHI, 22. as with an ornament, and bind them on even as a bride. 19. For thy waste and thy des- olate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabi- tants; and "they that swallowed thee up shall be far away. 20. The children whom thou Shalt have, after thou hast ^lost the first, shall again in thine ears say: The place is too strait for me; give place to me that I may dwell. 21. Then shalt thou say in thine heart: Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a cap- tive, and removing to and fro? And who hath brought up these? Behold, I was left alone; these, where have they been? 22. Thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I will lift up 'mine hand to the Gentiles, and set up 'my standard to the people; and 'they shall bring thy sons in their arms, and thy daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders. 23. And kings shall be thy nursing fathers, and their queens thy nursing mothers; they shall bow down to thee with their face towards the earth, and lick up the dust of thy feet; and thou Shalt know that I am the Lord; for they shall not be ashamed that wait for me. 24. "For shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captives delivered? 25. But thus saith the Lord, even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered; for I will contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save thy children. 26. "And I will feed them that oppress thee with their own flesh; they shall be drunken with their own blood as with sweet wine; and all flesh shall know that I, the Lord, am thy Savior and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob. CHAPTER 22. Nephi expounds the prophecies of Isaiah — Prediction of a mighty Oen- tile nation on the promised land — Lehi's descendants to be nourished by the Gentiles — The fate of those who fight against Zion. 1. And now it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had read these things which were engraven upon the "plates of brass, my brethren came unto me and said unto me: What meaneth these things which ye have read? Behold, are they to be understood according to things which are spiritual, which shall come to pass according to the spirit and not the flesh? 2. And I, Nephi, said unto them: Behold they were mani- fest unto the prophet by the voice of the Spirit; for by the Spirit are all things made known unto the prophets, which shall come upon the children of men according to the flesh. 3. Wherefore, the things of which I have read are things per- taining to things both temporal and spiritual; for it appears that the house of Israel, sooner or later, will be scattered upon all the face of the earth, and also among all nations. 4. And behold, there are many who are already lost from the knowledge of those who are at Jerusalem. Yea, the more part of all the tribes have been led away; and they are scattered to 0, ver. 17. p, ver. 21. r, Isa. GG:18 — 20. «, Isa. 62:10. See p, 2 Ne. 15. t, 1 Ne. 22:8. 2Ne. 6:6, 7. 10:8.9. u,lNe. 22:12 — 14. v,lNe. 14:15 — 17. 22:13,14. 2 Ne. 6:14 — 18. Chap. 22: o, see a, 1 Ne. 3. Bftwbbn B. C. 588 and 670. 1 NEPHI, 22. 47 and fro upon the "isles of the sea; and whither they are none of us knoweth, save that we know that they have been led away. 5. And since they have been led away, these things have been prophesied concerning them, and also concerning all those who shall hereafter be scattered and be confounded, because of the Holy One of Israel; for against him will they harden their hearts; wherefore, they shall be scattered among all nations and shall be hated of all men. 6. Nevertheless, after they shall be nursed by the Gentiles, and the Lord has lifted up his hand upon the '^Gentiles and set them up for a standard, and their chil- dren have been carried in their arms, and their daughters have been carried upon their shoulders, behold these things of which are spoken are temporal; for thus are the covenants of the Lord with our fathers; and it meaneth us in the days to come, and also all our brethren who are of the house of Israel. 7. And it meaneth that the time Cometh that after all the house of Israel have been scat- tered and confounded, that the Lord God will raise up a '^mighty nation among the Gentiles, yea, even upon the face of this land; and by them shall *our seed be scattered. 8. And after our seed is scat- tered the Lord God will proceed to do a ''marvelous work among the Gentiles, which shall be of great worth unto our seed; where- fore, it is likened unto their being nourished by the Gentiles and being carried in their arms and upon their shoulders. 9. And it shall also be of "worth unto the Gentiles; and not only unto the Gentiles but unto "all the house of Israel, unto the making known of the covenants of the Father of heaven unto Abraham, saying: In thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed. 10. And I would, my brethren, that ye should know that all the kindreds of the earth cannot be blessed unless he shall make bare his arm in the eyes of the nations. 11. Wherefore, the Lord God will proceed to make bare his arm in the eyes of all the nations, in bringing about his covenants and his gospel unto those who are of the house of Israel. 12. Wherefore, he will bring them again out of captivity, and they shall be gathered together to the lands of their inheritance; and they shall be brought out of obscurity and out of darkness; and they shall know that the Lord is their Savior and their Re- deemer, the Mighty One of Israel. 13. And the blood of that great and abominable church, which is the whore of all the earth, shall turn upon their own heads; for Hhey shall war among themselves, and the sword of their own hands shall fall upon their own heads, and they shall be drunken with their own blood. 14. And every nation which shall war against thee, O house of Israel, shall be turned one against another, and they shall fall into the pit which they digged to ensnare the people of the Lord. 6, 2 Ne. 10:20—22. c. 1 Ne. 21:22. 23. d, 3 Ne, 20:27. e, 1 Ne. 13:12—20. 2 Ne. 1:11. 3 Ne. 16:4. f, 1 Ne. 13:35. 14:7. 2 Ne. 25:17. 27:26. 29:1. 2. 3Ne. 21:1— 9. Etb. 4115. g. 1 Ne. 13 :34 — i2. 14:1—5. 2 Ne. 28 :2. 30:3. 3 Ne. 21:6. 23:4. h, 1 Ne. 13:39. 14:17. 2 No. 29:13. 14. 30:7. 8. 3 Ne. 5 :23--26. 16:4, 5. 21-26—20. i, 1 NV. 14:3. 15—17. 21:26. Between B. C. 588 and 570 48 1 NEPHI, 22. And all that 'fight against Zion shall be destroyed, and that great whore, who hath perverted the right ways of the Lord, yea, that great and abominable church, shall tumble to the dust and great shall be the fall of it. 15. For behold, saith the proph- et, the time cometh speedily that Satan shall have ^no more power over the hearts of the children of men; for the day soon cometh that all the proud and they who do wickedly shall be as stubble; and the day cometh that they must be 'burned. 16. For the time soon cometh that the fulness of the wrath of God shall be poured out upon all the children of men; for he will not suffer that the wicked shall destroy the righteous. 17. Wherefore, he will pre- serve the righteous by his power, even if it so be that the fulness of his wrath must come, and the righteous be preserved, even unto the destruction of their enemies by fire. Wherefore, the righteous need not fear; for thus saith the prophet, they shall be saved, even if it so be as by fire. 18. Behold, my brethren, I say unto you, that these things must shortly come; yea, even blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke must come; and it must needs be upon the face of this earth; and it cometh unto men according to the flesh if it so be that they will harden their hearts against the Holy One of Israel. 19. For behold, the righteous shall not perish; for the time surely must come that all they who fight against Zion shall be cut off. 20. And the Lord will surely prepare a way for his people, unto the fulfilling of the words of Moses, which he spake, saying: A "'prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass that all those who will not hear that prophet shall be cut off from among the people. 21. And now I, Nephi, declare unto you, that this prophet of whom Moses spake was the Holy One of Israel; wherefore, he shall execute judgment in righteous- ness. 22. And the "righteous need not fear, for they are those who shall not be confounded. But it is the kingdom of the devil, which shall be built up among the children of men, which kingdom is estab- lished among them which are in the flesh — 23. For the time speedily shall come that "all churches which are built up to get gain, and all those who are built up to get power over the flesh, and those who are built up to become popular in the eyes of the world, and those who seek the lusts of the flesh and the things of the world, and to do all manner of iniquity; yea, in fine, all those who belong to the king- dom of the devil are they who need fear, and tremble, and quake; they are those who must be brought low in the dust; they are those who must be consumed as stubble; and this is according to the words of the prophet. 24. And the time cometh speed- ily that the righteous must be led up as ^calves of the stall, and the i, vers. 19, 20. 2 Ne. 27:2, 3. k, ver. 26. Jac. 5:76. 1, vers. 17. 18. m, ver. 21. 3 Ne. 20:23. 21:11. n, vers. 16, 17. 19. 24, 28. o, 1 Ne. 14:10. 15 — 17. 2 Ne. 28:3—32. 3 Ne. 27:7—12. 4 Ne. 25—29. Morm. 8:28, 32. 33, 36—38. p, 3 Ne. 25 :2. Between B. C. 588 and 570. 2 NEPHI, 1. 49 Holy One of Israel must reign in dominion, and might, and power, and great glory. 25. And he gathereth his ^chil- drenfrom the four quarters of the earth; and he numbereth his sheep, and they know him; and there shall be one fold and one shepherd; and he shall feed his sheep, and in him they shall find pasture. 26. And because of the right- eousness of his people, Satan has no power; wherefore, he cannot be loosed for the space of many years; for he hath no power over the hearts of the people, for they dwell in righteousness, and the Holy One of Israel reigneth. 27. And now behold, I, Nephi, say unto you that all these things must come according to the flesh. 28. But, behold, all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people shall dwell safely in the Holy One of Israel if it so be that they will repent. 29. And now I, Nephi, make an end; for I durst not speak further as yet concerning these things. 30. Wherefore, my brethren, I would that ye should consider that the things which have been written upon the '^plates of brass are true; and they testify that a man must be obedient to the com- mandments of God. 31. Wherefore, ye need not suppose that I and my father are the only ones that have testified, and also taught them. Where- fore, if ye shall be obedient to the commandments, and endure to the end, ye shall be saved at the last day. And thus it is. Amen. THE SECOND BOOK OF NEPHI An account of the death of Lehi. Nephi's brethren rebel against Mm. The Lord warns Nephi to depart into the wilderness. His journeyings in the wilderness, 4'c. CHAPTER 1. A land of liberty, blessed for the righteous but cursed for the wicked — Lehi's exhortation. 1. And now it came to pass that after I, Nephi, had made an end of teaching my brethren, our fa- ther, Lehi, also spake many things unto them — how great things the Lord had done for them in bringing them out of the land of Jerusalem. 2. And he spake unto them concerning their "rebellions upon the waters, and the mercies of God in sparing their lives, that they were not swallowed up in the sea. 3 . And he also spake unto them concerning the ''land of promise, which they had obtained — how merciful the Lord had been in warning us that we should flee out of the land of Jerusalem. 4. For, behold, said he, I have •"seen a vision, in which I know that Jerusalem is destroyed; and had we remained in Jerusalem we should also have perished. 5. But, said he, notwithstand- g, Ps. 50:5. Isa. 43:6, 7. Jer. 3:14. Eph. 1:10. Rev. 18:4, 5. r, see a, 1 Ne. 3. Chap. 1 : a, 1 Ne. 18 :9 — 20. b, vers. 5 — 12. See a, 1 Ne. 2. c, 1 Ne. 17:14. He. 8:21, 22. Between B. C. 588 and 570. 60 2 NEPHI, 1 ing our afflictions, we have ob- tained a land of promise, a land which Is choice above all other lands; a land which the Lord God hath covenanted with me should be a land for the inheritance of my seed. Yea, the Lord hath covenanted this land unto me, and to my children forever, and also all those who should be led out of other countries by the hand of the Lord. 6. Wherefore,!, Lehi, prophesy according to the workings of the Spirit which is in me, that there shall none come into this land save they shall be brought by the hand of the Lord. 7. Wherefore, this land is con- secrated unto him whom he shall bring. And if it so be that they shall serve him according to the commandments which he hath given, it shall be a land of lib- erty unto them; wherefore, they shall never be brought down into captivity; if so, it shall be because of iniquity; for if iniquity shall abound ''cursed shall be the land for their sakes, but unto the righteous it shall be blessed for- ever. 8. And behold, it is wisdom that this land should be kept as yet from the knowledge of other nations; for behold, many nations would overrun the land, that there would be no place for an inheritance. 9. Wherefore, I, Lehi, have ob- tained a promise, that inasmuch as those whom the Lord God shall bring out of the land of Jerusalem shall keep his com- mandments, they shall prosper upon the face of this land; and they shall be kept from all other nations, that they may possess this land unto themselves. And if tt so be that they shall keep his commandments they shall be blessed upon the face of this land, and there shall be none to molest them, nor to take away the land of their inheritance; and they shall dwell safely for- ever. 10. But behold, when the time Cometh that they shall dwindle in unbelief, after they have re- ceived so great blessings from the hand of the Lord — having a knowl- edge of the creation of the earth, and all men, knowing the great and marvelous works of the Lord from the creation of the world; having power given them to do all things by faith; having all the commandments from the begin- ning, and having been brought by his infinite goodness into this precious land of promise — behold, I say, if the day shall come that they will reject the Holy One of Israel, the true Messiah, their Redeemer and their God, behold, the judgments of him that is just shall rest upon them. 11. Yea, he will bring 'other nations unto them, and he will give unto them power, and he will take away from them the lands of their possessions, and he will cause them to be scattered and smitten. 12. Yea, as one generation passeth to another there shall be bloodsheds, and great visitations among them ; wherefore, my sons, I would that ye would remember; yea, I would that ye would hearken unto my words. 13. O that ye would awake; awake from a deep sleep, yea, even from the sleep of hell, and shake off the awful chains by which ye are bound, which are the chains which bind the chil- d, Al. 45:10 — 14, 16. Mono. 5 :19, 20 Morm. 1 :17. 6:7—22. Eth. 2:S— 12. e, 1 Ne. 13:12—20 Betwebn B. C. 588 and 570. f9ju^::l ^'^'-A'^ii 2 NEPHI, 1. 51 dren of men, that they are car- ried away captive down to the eternal gulf of misery and woe. 14. Awake! and arise from the dust, and hear the words of a trembling parent, whose limbs ye must soon lay down in the cold and silent grave, from whence no traveler can return; a few more days and I go the way of all the earth. 15. But behold, the Lord hath redeemed my soul from hell; I have beheld his glory, and I am encircled about eternally in the arms of his love. 16. And I desire that ye should remember to observe the statutes and the judgments of the Lord; behold, this hath been the anxiety of my soul from the beginning. 17. My heart hath been weighed down with sorrow from time to time, for I have feared, lest for the hardness of your hearts the Lord your God should come out in the fulness of his wrath upon 'you, that ye be cut off and de- stroyed forever; 18. Or, that a cursing should come upon you for the space of ''many generations; and ye are visited by sword, and by famine, and are hated, and are led accord- ing to the will and captivity of the devil. 19. O my sons, that these things might not come upon you, but that ye might be a choice and a favored people of the Lord. But behold, his will be done; for his ways are righteousness forever. 20. And he hath said Hhat: Inasmuch as ye shall keep my commandments ye shall prosper in the land; but inasmuch as ye will not keep my commandments ye shall be cut off from my presence. 21. And now that my soul might have joy in you, and that my heart might leave this world with gladness because of you, that I might not be brought down with grief and sorrow to the grave, arise from the dust, my sons, and be men, and be determined in one mind and in one heart, united in all things, that ye may not come down into captivity; 22. That ye may not be cursed with a sore cursing; and also, that ye may not incur the dis- pleasure of a just God upon you, unto the destruction, yea, the eternal destruction of both soul and body. 23. Awake, my sons; put on the armor of righteousness. Shake off the chains with which ye are bound, and come forth out of ob- scurity, and arise from the dust. 24. Rebel no more against your brother, whose views have been ^glorious, and who hath kept the commandments from the time that we left Jerusalem ; and who hath been an instrument in the hands of God, in bringing us forth into the land of promise; for were it not for him, we must have perished with ^hunger in the wilderness; nevertheless, ye sought to Hake away his life; yea, and he hath suffered much sor- row because of you. 25. And I exceedingly fear and tremble because of you, lest he shall suffer again; for behold, ye have accused him that he sought power and 'authority over you; but I know that he hath not sought for power nor authority over you, but he hath sought the /, 1 Ne. 2:23. 2 Ne. 5:21—24. Al. 3:6 — 19. Morm. 5:15. g, 1 Ne. 12:20—22. h. Jar. 9. Cm. 6. Mos. 1:7. 2:22, 31. Al. 9:13, 14. 36:1, 30. 37:13. 38:1. 3 Ne. 5 :22. i, 1 Ne. 11. 18 :3. /, 1 Ne. 16 :32. fc, 1 Ne. 16 :37. I, 1 Ne. 16 :38. Between B. C 588 and 570. UNIVERSfTY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY 62 2 NEPHI, 2. glory of God, and your own eter- nal welfare. 26. And ye have murmured be- cause he hath been plain unto you. Ye say that he hath used sharpness; ye say that he hath been angry with you; but behold, his sharpness was the ""sharpness of the power of the word of God, which was in him; and that which ye call anger was the truth, ac- cording to that which is in God, which he could not restrain, man- ifesting boldly concerning your iniquities. 27. And it must needs be that the power of God must be with him, even unto his commanding you that ye must obey. But be- hold, it was not he, but it was the Spirit of the. Lord which was in him, which opened his mouth to utterance that he could not shut it. 28. And now my son, Laman, and also Lemuel and Sam, and also my sons who are the sons of Ishmael, behold, if ye will hearken unto the voice of Nephi ye shall not perish. And if ye will heark- en unto him I leave unto you a blessing, yea, even my first bless- ing. 29. But if ye will not hearken unto him I take away my first blessing, yea, even my blessing, and it shall rest upon him. 30. And now, Zoram, I speak unto you: Behold, thou art the "servant of Laban; nevertheless, thou hast been brought out of the land of Jerusalem, and I know that thou art a true friend unto my son, Nephi, forever. 31. Wherefore, because thou hast been faithful thy seed shall be blessed with his seed, that they dwell in prosperity long upon the face of this land; and nothing, save it shall be iniquity among them, shall harm or dis- turb their prosperity upon the face of this land forever. 32. Wherefore, if ye shall keep the commandments of the Lord, the Lord hath consecrated this land for the security of thy seed with the seed of my son. CHAPTER 2. Lehi to his son Jacob — Opposition necessary in all things — The forbidden fruit and the tree of life — Adam fell that men might be — Messiah, the great Mediator, to redeem mankind. 1. And now, Jacob, I speak unto you: Thou art my "first- born in the days of my tribula- tion in the wilderness. And be- hold, in thy childhood thou hast suffered afflictions and much sor- row, because of the rudeness of thy brethren. 2. Nevertheless, Jacob, my first- born in the wilderness, thou knowest the greatness of God; and he shall consecrate thine afflictions for thy gain. 3. Wherefore, thy soul shall be blessed, and thou shalt dwell safely with thy brother, Nephi; and thy days shall be spent in the service of thy God. Wherefore, I know that thou art redeemed, because of the righteousness of thy Redeemer; for thou hast be- held that in the fulness of time he Cometh to bring salvation unto men. 4. And thou hast beheld in thy youth his glory; wherefore, thou art blessed even as they unto whom he shall minister in the flesh; for the Spirit is the same, yesterday, today, and forever. And the way is prepared from the fall of man, and salvation is free. 5. And men are instructed suf- m, 1 Ne. 17:48. n, 1 Ne. 4:20, 35. Chap. 2: a, 1 Ne. 18:7. 19. Bhtwebn B. C. 588 and 570. 2 NEPHI, 2. 53 ficiently that they know good from evil. And the law is given unto men. And by the law no flesh is justified; or, by the law men are cut off. Yea, by the Hemporal law they were cut off; and also, by the '^spiritual law they perish from that which is good, and become miserable for- ever. 6. Wherefore, redemption com- eth in and through the Holy Mes- siah; for he is full of grace and truth. 7. Behold he offereth himself a sacrifice for sin, to answer the ends of the law, unto all those who have a broken heart and a contrite spirit; and unto none else can the ends of the law be answered. 8. Wherefore, how great the importance to make these things known unto the inhabitants of the earth, that they may know that there is no flesh that can dwell in the presence of God, save it be through the merits, and mercy, and grace of the Holy Messiah, who layeth down his life according to the flesh, and taketh it again by the power of the Spirit, that he may bring to pass the ^resurrection of the dead, being the first that should rise. 9. Wherefore, he is the first- fruits unto God, Inasmuch as he shall make intercession for all the children of men; and they that believe in him shall be saved. 10. And because of the inter- cession for aU, all men come unto God; wherefore, they stand in the presence of him, to be judged of him according to the truth and holiness which is in him. Where- fore, the ends of the law which the Holy One hath given, unto the inflicting of the punishment which is affixed, which punish- ment that is affixed is in opposi- tion to that of the happiness which is affixed, to answer the ends of the 'atonement — 11. For it must needs be, that there is an ^opposition in all things. If not so, my first-born in the wilderness, righteousness could not be brought to pass, neither wickedness, neither holi- ness nor misery, neither good nor bad. Wherefore, all things must needs be a compound in one; wherefore, if it should be one body it must needs remain as dead, having no life neither death, nor corruption nor incorruption, happiness nor misery, neither sense nor insensibility. 12. Wherefore, it must needs have been created for a thing of naught; wherefore there would have been no purpose in the end of its creation. Wherefore, this thing must needs destroy the wisdom of God and his eternal purposes, and also the power, and the mercy, and the justice of God. 13. And if ye shall say there is no law, ye shall also say there is no sin. If ye shall say there is no sin, ye shall also say there is no righteousness. And if there be no righteousness there be no happiness. And if there be no 6, 2 Ne. 9 :4, 6, 7. Al. 11 :42— 45. 12 :12. 16, 24. 27, 31, 36. 42 :6— 9. He. 14 :16. C, 2 ^e. 9:8—15, 26. Mos, 16:4—10. Al. 11:40—45. 12:16—18, 32, 36, 37. 40:13, 14, 26. 42:6-^11, 14. He. 14:15 — 18. d, 2 Ne. 9:4. 6 — 19, 22, Mos. 13:35. 15:8, 9,20—27. 16:7—11, Al. 5:15. 7:12. 11:41—45. 12:12—18,24,25. 22:14. 33:22. Chap. 40. 41:2—5. 42:23. He. 14 :15 — 17,25. 3 Ne. 23 :9— 13. 26:5. Morm. 6 :2i. 7:6. 9:13. Moro. 7:41. 10:34. Ezek. 37:3 — 10. Rom. 8:10. 1 Cor. 15:35—45. e, ver. 10. Mos. 14:12. 15:8. More. 7:27, 28, /, 2 Ne, 9:7, 21, 22, 25, 26. 10:25. 25:16. Jac. 4:11. 12. Mos. 3:11, 15—19. 4:2, 6, 7. 13:28. 18:2. Al. 5:27. 13:5,11. 21:9. 22:14. 24:13. 30:17. 33:22. 34:8—16,36. 36:17. 42:15,23. He. 14:15. 16. 3 Ne. 11:11. 27:19. Morm. 9:13. Moro. 7:41. 8:20. 10:33. g, vers. 15, 16. Betwbhn B. C. 588 and 570. 64 2 NEPHI, 2. i righteousness nor happiness there be no punishment nor misery. And if these things are not there is no God. And if there is no God we are not, neither the earth; for there could have been no cre- ation of things, neither to act nor to be acted upon; wherefore, all things must have vanished away. 14. And now, my sons, I speak unto you these things for your profit and learning; for there is a God, and he hath created all things, both the heavens and the earth, and all things that in them are, both things to act and things to be acted upon. 15. And to bring about his eternal purposes in the end of man, after he had created our first parents, and the beasts of the field and the fowls of the air, and in fine, all things which are created, it must needs be that there was an ''opposition; even the forbidden fruit in opposition to the tree of life; the one being sweet and the other bitter. 16. Wherefore, the Lord God gave unto man that he should act for himself. Wherefore, man could not act for himself save it should be that he was enticed by the one or the other. 17. And I, Lehi, according to the things which I have read, must needs suppose that an angel of God, according to that *which is written, had fallen from heaven ; wherefore, he became a devil, having sought that which was evil before God. 18. And because he had fallen from heaven, and had become miserable forever, he sought also themisery of all mankind. Where- fore, he said unto Eve, yea, even that old serpent, who is the devil, who is the father of all lies, wherefore he said: Partake of the forbidden fruit, and ye shall not die, but ye shall be as God, knowing good and evil. 19. And after Adam and Eve had partaken of the forbidden fruit they were driven out of the garden of Eden, to till the earth. 20. And they have brought forth children; yea, even the family of all the earth. 21. And the days of the chil- dren of men were prolonged, ac- cording to the will of God, that they might repent while in the flesh; wherefore, their state be- came a state of probation, and their time was lengthened, ac- cording to the commandments which the Lord God gave unto the children of men. For he gave commandment that all men must repent; for he showed unto all men that they were lost, because of the transgression of their parents. 22. And now, behold, if Adam had not transgressed he would not have fallen, but he would have remained in the garden of Eden. And all things which were created must have remained in the same state in which they were after they were created; and they must have remained for- ever, and had no end. 23. And they would have had %o children; wherefore they would have remained in a state of innocence, having no joy, for they knew no misery; doing no good, for they knew no sin. 24. But behold, all things have been done in the wisdom of him who knoweth all things. 25. Adam ''fell that men might h, ver. 11. i, ver. 18. £ Ne. 9:8. Mos. 16:3. P. of G. P.. Mo?es 4:3 — 4. Abra- ham 3:27, 28. Gen. 3:1. Rev. 12:9. 20:2. ;, ver. 25. P. of G. P.. Moses 5:11. k, rer. 23. Bbttwebn B. C. 588 and 570. 2 NEPHI, 3. 55 be; and men are, that they might have joy. 26. And the Messiah cometh In the fulness of time, that he may redeem the children of men from the fall. And because that they are redeemed from the fall they have become 'free forever, knowing good from evil; to act for themselves and not to be acted upon, save it be by the punish- ment of the law at the great and last day, according to the com- mandments which God hath given. 27. Wherefore, men are free according to the flesh; and all things are given them which are expedient unto man. And they are free to choose liberty and eternal life, through the great mediation of all men, or to choose captivity and death, according to the captivity and power of the devil; for he seeketh that all men might be miserable like unto him- self. 28. And now, my sons, I would that ye should look to the great Mediator, and hearken unto his great commandments; and be faithful unto his words, and choose eternal life, according to the will of his Holy Spirit; 29. And not choose eternal death, according to the will of the flesh and the evil which is therein, which giveth the spirit of the devil power to captivate, to bring you down to hell, that he may reign over you in his own kingdom. 30. I have spoken these few words unto you all, my sons, in the last days of my probation; and I have chosen the good part, according to the words of the prophet. And I have none other object save it be the everlasting welfare of your souls. Amen. CHAPTER 3. Lchi to his son Joseph — A prophecy hy Joseph in Egypt — A choice seer foretold — The mission of Moses — He- brew and Nephite scriptures. 1. And now I speak unto you, Joseph, "my last-born. Thou wast born in the wilderness of mine af- flictions; yea, in the days of my greatest sorrow did thy mother bear thee. 2. And may the Lord conse- crate also unto thee "this land, which is a most precious land, for thine inheritance and the inheri- tance of thy seed with thy breth- ren, for thy security forever, if it so be that ye shall keep the com- mandments of the Holy One of Israel. 3. And now, Joseph, my last- born, whom I have brought out of the wilderness of mine afflictions, may the Lord bless thee forever, for thy seed shall not ''utterly be destroyed. 4. For behold, thou art the fruit of my loins; and I am a ''descendant of Joseph who was carried captive into Egypt. And great were the covenants of the Lord which he made unto Joseph. 5. Wherefore, Joseph truly saw our day. And he obtained a promise of the Lord, that out of the fruit of his loins the Lord God would raise up a righteous branch unto the house of Israel; not the Messiah, but a branch which was to be broken off, never- theless, to be remembered in the covenants of the Lord that the Messiah should be made manifest unto them in the latter days, in the spirit of power, unto the bringing of them out of darkness unto light — yea, out of hidden darkness and out of captivity unto freedom. I, vers. 27—29. Al. chap. 29. 41 :7. 42 :27. He. 14 :30. Chap. 3 : o, 1 Ne. 18 :7, 19. 6, 1 Ne. 2:20. 18:22, 23. c, 1 Ne. 13:30. d, 1 Ne. 5:14—16. Al. 10:3. Bbtwebn B. C. 588 and 570. 56 2 NEPHI, 3. 6. For Joseph truly testified, saying: A *seer shall the Lord my God raise up, who shall be a choice seer unto the fruit of my loins. 7. Yea, Joseph truly said: Thus saith the Lord unto me: A choice seer will I raise up out of the fruit of thy loins; and he shall be esteemed highly among the fruit of thy loins. And unto him will I give commandment that he shall do a work for the fruit of thy loins, his brethren, which shall be of great worth unto them, even to the bringing of them to the knowledge of the covenants which I have made with thy fathers. 8. And I will give unto him a commandment that he shall do none other work, save the work which I shall command him. And I will make him great in mine eyes; for he shall do my work. 9. And he shall be great like unto Moses, whom I have said I would raise up unto you, to de- liver my people, O house of Israel. 10. And Moses will I raise up, to deliver thy people out of the land of Egypt. 11. But a seer will I raise up out of the fruit of thy loins; and unto him will I give power to bring forth my word unto the seed of thy loins — and not to the bringing forth my word only, saith the Lord, but to the con- vincing them of my word, which shall have already gone forth among them. 12. Wherefore, the fruit of thy loins shall write; and the fruit of the loins of Judah shall write; and that which shall be written by the fruit of thy loins. and also that which shall be writ- ten by the fruit of the loins of Judah, shall ^grow together, unto the confounding of false doctrines and laying down of contentions, and establishing peace among the fruit of thy loins, and bringing them to the ''knowledge of their fathers in the latter days, and also to the knowledge of my covenants, saith the Lord. 13. And out of weakness he shall be made strong, in that day when my work shall commence among all my people, unto the restoring thee, O house of Israel, saith the Lord. 14. And thus prophesied Jo- seph, saying: Behold, that seer will the Lord bless; and they that seek to destroy him shall be con- founded; for this promise, which I have obtained of the Lord, of the fruit of my loins, shall be ful- filled. Behold, I am sure of the fulfilling of this promise; 15. And his name shall be called ''after me; and it shall be after the name of his father. And he shall be like unto me; for the thing, which the Lord shall bring forth by his hand, by the power of the Lord shall *bring my people unto salvation. 16. Yea, thus prophesied Jo- seph: I am sure of this thing, even as I am sure of the promise of Moses; for the Lord ha-.h said unto me, I will preserve thy seed forever. 17. And the Lord hath said: I will raise up a Moses; and I will give power unto him in a rod; and I will give judgment unto him in writing. Yet I will not loose his tongue, that he shall speak much, for I will not make him mighty in speaking. €, vers. 11. 14. Mos. 8:13 — IS. 3 Ne. 21:8 — 11. Morm. 8:16, 25. Eth. 3:21—28. /. Ezek. 37:16 — 20. g, 3 Ne. 5:23. Morm. 7:5, 10. h, ver. .14. i, 2 Ne. 27:6 — 26. Enos 12 — 18, Al. 37:1 — 20. 3 Ne. 16:10, 11. Morm. 7:8 — 10. Bbtween B. C. 58S and 570. 2 NEPHI, 4. 57 But I will write unto him my law, by the finger of mine own hand; and I will make a spokesman for him. 18. And the Lord said unto me also: I will raise up unto the fruit of thy loins; and I will make for him a ^spokesman. And I, behold, I will give unto him that he shall write the writing of the fruit of thy loins, unto the fruit of thy loins; and the spokesman of thy loins shall declare it. 19. And the words which he shall write shall be the words which are expedient in my wisdom should go forth unto the fruit of thy loins. And it shall be as if the fruit of thy loins had cried unto them from the dust; for I know their faith. 20. And they shall ''cry from the dust; yea, even repentance unto their brethren, even after many generations have gone by them. And it shall come to pass that their cry shall go, even ac- cording to the simpleness of their words. 21. Because of their faith their words shall proceed forth out of my mouth unto their brethren who are the fruit of thy loins; and the weakness of their words will I make strong in their faith, unto the remembering of my covenant which I made unto thy fathers. 22. And now, behold, my son Joseph, after this manner did my father of old prophesy. 23. Wherefore, because of this covenant thou art blessed; for thy seed shall not be destroyed, for they shall hearken unto the words of the book. 24. And there shall rise up one mighty among them, who shall do much good, both in word and in deed, being an instrument in the hands of God, with exceedingfaith, to work mighty wonders, and do that thing which is great in the sight of God, unto the bringing to pass much restoration unto the house of Israel, and unto the seed of thy brethren. 25. And now, blessed art thou, Joseph. Behold, thou art little; wherefore hearken unto the words of thy brother, Nephi, and it shall be done unto thee even according to the words which I have spoken. Remember the words of thy dying father. Amen. CHAPTER 4. Lehi blesses the sons and daughters of Latnan and Lemuel — Blessings upon Ishmael's household and upon Sam and his posterity — Death of Lehi — Further rebellion. 1. And now, I, Nephi, speak con- cerning the prophecies of which my father hath spoken, concern- ing Joseph, who was carried into Egypt. 2. For behold, he truly proph- esied concerning all his seed. And the prophecies which he wrote, there are not many greater. And he prophesied concerning us, and our future generations; and they are written upon the "plates of brass. 3. Wherefore, after my father had made an end of speaking con- cerning the prophecies of Joseph, he called the children of Laman, his sons, and his daughters, and said unto them: Behold, my sons, and my daughters, who are the sons and the daughters of my first-born, I would that ye should give ear unto my words. 4. For the Lord God hath said that: Inasmuch as ye shall keep my commandments ye shall pros- per in the land; and inasmuch as j, D. & C. 100:9, 11. k, 2 Ne. 26:16. Chap. 4 : a, see a, 1 Ne. 3. Morm. 8:14—16. 23, 25, 26. Betwebn B. C, 588 and 570, 58 2 NEPHl, 4. ye will not keep my command- ments ye shall be cut off from my presence. 5. But behold, my sons and my daughters, I cannot go down to my grave save I should leave a blessing upon you; for behold, I know that if ye are brought up in the way ye should go ye will not depart from it. 6. Wherefore, if ye are cursed, behold, I leave my blessing upon you, that the cursing may be taken from you and be answered upon the heads of your parents. 7. Wherefore, because of my blessing the Lord God will not suffer that ye shall perish; where- fore, he ''will be merciful unto you and unto your seed forever. 8. And it came to pass that after my father had made an end of speaking to the sons and daughters of Laraan, he caused the sons and daughters of Lemuel to be brought before him. 9. And he spake unto them, saying: Behold, my sons and my daughters, who are the sons and the daughters of my second son; behold I leave unto you the ""same blessing which I left unto the sons and daughters of Laman; wherefore, thou shalt not utterly be destroyed; but in the end thy seed shall be blessed. 10. And it came to pass that when my father had made an end of speaking unto them, behold, he spake unto the ''sons of Ish- mael, yea, and even all his house- hold. 11. And after he had made an end of speaking unto them, he spake unto Sam, saying: Blessed art thou, and thy seed; for thou shalt inherit the land like unto thy brother Nephi. And thy seed shall be ^numbered with his seed; and thou shalt be even like unto thy brother, and thy seed like unto his seed; and thou shalt be blessed in all thy days. 12. And it came to pass after my father, Lehi, had spoken unto all his household, according to the feelings of his heart and the Spirit of the Lord which was in him, he waxed old. And it came to pass that he died, and was buried. 13. And it came to pass that not many days after his death, Laman and Lemuel and the sons of Ishmael were angry with me because of the admonitions of the Lord. 14. For I, Nephi, was con- strained to speak unto them, ac- cording to his word; for I had spoken many things unto them, and also my father, before his death; many of which sayings are written upon mine ^other plates; for a more history part are writ- ten upon mine other plates. 15. And upon ''these I write the things of my soul, and many of the scriptures which are en- graven upon the plates of brass. For my soul delighteth in the scriptures, and my heart pon- dereth them, and writeth them for the learning and the profit of my children. 16. Behold, my soul delighteth in the things of the Lord; and my heart pondereth continually upon the things which I have seen and heard. 17. Nevertheless, notwithstand- ing the great goodness of the Lord, in showing me his great and marvelous works, my heart exclaimeth: O wretched man that I am! Yea, my heart sor- b, 1 Ne. 13:31. 2 Ne. 10:18, 10. Jac. 3:3—9. He. 7:23. 24. 15:10—17. 3 Ne. 20:22. Morm. 5:20. 21. Eth. 13:6. 8 — 11. c, vers. 5 — 7. d, 1 Ne. 7:6. e, Jac. 1:12—14. /, 1 Ne. 9:4. g, 1 Ne. 6:1 — 6. Between B. C. 588 and 570. 2 NEPHI, 4. 69 roweth because of my flesh; my soul grieveth because of mine Iniquities. 18. I am encompassed about, because of the temptations and the sins which do so easily beset me. 19. And when I desire to re- joice, my heart groaneth because of my sins; nevertheless, I know in whom I have trusted. 20. My God hath been my sup- port; he hath led me through mine afflictions in the wilderness; and he hath preserved me upon the waters of the great deep. 21. He hath filled me with his love, even unto the consuming of my flesh. 22. He hath confounded mine enemies, unto the causing of them to quake before me. 23. Behold, he hath heard my cry by day, and he hath given me knowledge by visions in the night- time. 24. And by day have I waxed bold in mighty prayer before him; yea, my voice have I sent up on high; and angels came down and ministered unto me. 25. And upon the wings of his Spirit hath my body been carried away upon exceeding high moun- tains. And mine eyes have beheld great things, yea, even too great for man; therefore I was bidden that I should not write them. 26. O then, if I have seen so great things, if the Lord in his condescension unto the children of men hath visited men in so much mercy, why should my heart weep and my soul linger in the valley of sorrow, and my flesh waste away, and my strength slacken, because of mine afflic- tions? 27. And why should I yield to sin, because of my flesh? Yea, why should I give way to tempta- tions, that the evil one have place in my heart to destroy my peace and afflict my soul? Why am I angry because of mine enemy? 28. Awake, my soul! No longer droop in sin. Rejoice, O my heart, and give place no more for the enemy of my soul. 29. Do not anger again because of mine enemies. Do not slacken my strength because of mine af- flictions. 30. Rejoice, O my heart, and cry unto the Lord, and say: O Lord, I will praise thee forever; yea, my soul will rejoice in thee, my God, and the rock of my sal- vation. 31. O Lord, wilt thou redeem my soul? Wilt thou deliver me out of the hands of mine enemies? Wilt thou make me that I may shake at the appearance of sin? 32. May the gates of hell be shut continually before me, be- cause that my heart is broken and my spirit is contrite! O Lord, wilt thou not shut the gates of thy righteousness before me, that I may walk in the path of the low valley, that I may be strict in the plain road! 33. O Lord, wilt thou encircle me around in the robe of thy righteousness! O Lord, wilt thou make a way for mine escape be- fore mine enemies! Wilt thou make my path straight before me! Wilt thou not place a stumbling block in my way — but that thou wouldst clear my way before me, and hedge not up my way, but the ways of mine enemy. 34. O Lord, I have trusted in thee, and I will trust in thee for- ever. I will not put my trust in the arm of flesh; for I know that cursed is he that putteth his trust in the arm of flesh. Yea, cursed BBTWEBN B. C. 588 AND 570. 60 2 NEPHI, 5. is he that putteth his trust in man or maketh flesh his arm. 35. Yea, I know that God will give liberally to him that asketh. Yea, my God will give me, if I ask not amiss; therefore I will lift up my voice unto thee; yea, I will cry unto thee, my God, the rock of my righteousness. Behold, my voice shall forever ascend up unto thee, my rock and mine everlasting God. Amen. CHAPTER 5. Nephi, warned of God, separates from those who seek his life — Zoram, Sam, Jacob and Joseph and others ac- company him — The sirord of Laban — A temple built — Nephi a king or pro- tector — The rebellious cursed with a dark skin — Priests and teachers con- secrated. 1. Behold, it came to pass that I, Nephi, did cry much unto the Lord my God, because of the "anger of my brethren. 2. But behold, their anger did increase against me, insomuch that they did seek to take away my life. 3. Yea.they did murmur against me, saying: Our younger brother thinks to rule over us; and we have had much trial because of him; wherefore, now let us slay him, that we may not be afllicted more because of his words. For behold, we will not have him to be our ruler; for it belongs unto us, who are the elder brethren, to rule over this people. 4. Now I do not write upon these plates all the words which they murmured against me. But it sufficeth me to say, that they did seek to take away my life. 5. And it came to pass that the Lord did warn me, that I, Nephi, should depart from them and flee into the wilderness, and all those who would go with me. 6. Wherefore, it came to pass that I, Nephi, did take my family, and also Zoram and his family, and Sam, mine elder brother and his family, and Jacob and Joseph, my younger brethren, and also my sisters, and all those who would go with me. And all those who would go with me were those who believed in the warnings and the revelations of God; where- fore, they did hearken unto my words. 7. And we did take our tents and whatsoever things were pos- sible for us, and did journey in the wilderness for the space of many days. And after we had journeyed for the space of many days we did pitch our tents. 8. And my people would that we should call the name of the place ''Nephi; wherefore, we did call it Nephi. 9. And all those who were with me did take upon them to call themselves the people of Nephi. 10. And we did observe to keep the judgments, and the statutes, and the commandments of the Lord in all things, according to the law of Moses. 11. And the Lord was with us; and we did prosper exceedingly; for we did sow seed, and we did reap again in abundance. And we began to raise flocks, and herds, and animals of every kind. 12. And I, Nephi, had also brought the records which were engraven upon the '"plates of brass; and also the "^ball, or com- pass, which was prepared for my father by the hand of the Lord, ac- cording to that which is written. a, 2 Ne. 4:1.3. Enos 20. Mos. 10:15. 6, Om. 12, 27. W. of Morm. 13. Mos. 7:6, 7. 9. 21. 9:1. 3, 4. 14. 11:13. 10:15, 19, 22. 21 :2G. 23:35—38. 28:1, 5. 29:3. Al. 2:24. 5:3. 17:8. 20:1, 2. 22:1, 26 — 34. 25:13. 27:14. 47:1, 20. 50:8, 11. 54:6. He. 4:12. 5:20, 21. c, see a, 1 Ne. 3. d, see d, 1 Ne. 16. BiTWEEN B. C. 588 AND 570. 2 NEPHI, 5. 61 13. And it came to pass that we began to prosper exceedingly, and to multiply in the land. 14. And I, Nephi, did take the 'sword of Laban, and after the manner of it did make many swords, lest by any means the people who were now called La- manites should come upon us and destroy us; for I knew their 'hatred towards me and my chil- dren and those who were called my people. 15. And I did teach my people to build buildings, and to work in all "manner of wood, and of Iron, and of copper, and of brass, and of steel, and of gold, and of silver, and of precious ores, which were in great abundance. 16. And I, Nephi, did build a "temple; and I did construct it after the manner of the temple of Solomon save it were not built of so many precious things; for they were not to be found upon the land, wherefore, it could not be built like unto Solomon's tem- ple. But the manner of the con- struction was like unto the temple of Solomon; and the workman- ship thereof was exceeding fine. 17. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did cause my people to be industrious, and to labor with their hands. 18. And it came to pass that they would that I should be their *king. But I, Nephi, was desirous that they should have no king; nevertheless, I did for them ac- cording to that which was in my power. 19. And behold, the words of the Lord had been fulfilled unto my brethren, which he spake con- cerning them, that I should be their 'ruler and their teacher. Wherefore, I had been their ruler and their teacher, according to the commandments of the Lord, until the time they sought to ^take away my life. 20. Wherefore, the word of the Lord was fulfilled which he spake unto me, saying that: Inasmuch as they will not hearken unto thy words they shall be 'cut off from the presence of the Lord. And behold, they were cut off from his presence. 21. And he had caused the ""cursing to come upon them, yea, even a sore cursing, because of their iniquity. For behold, they had hardened their hearts against him, that they had become like unto a flint; wherefore, as they were white, and exceeding fair and delightsome, that they might not be enticing unto my people the Lord God did cause a skin of blackness to come upon them. 22. And thus saith the Lord God: I will cause that they shall be loathsome unto thy people, save they shall repent of their iniquities. 23. And cursed shall be the seed of him that mixeth with their seed; for they shall be cursed even with the same curs- ing. And the Lord spake it, and it was done. 24. And because of their curs- ing which was upon them they did become an idle people, full of mischief and subtlety, and did seek in the wilderness for beasts of prey. 25. And the Lord God said unto me : They shall be a "-scourge unto thy seed, to stir them up in re- membrance of me; and inasmuch e. see a, 1 Ne. 4, U see a, 2 Ne. 5. g. Jar. 8. Eth. 7:9. h, Jac. 1 :17, Al. 16:13. 23:2. 26:29. He. 3:9, 14. 3 Ne. 11:1. i, 2 Ne, 6:2. Jac. 1:9, 11, 15. Jar. 7, 14. Cm. 12, 19, 23, 24. Mos. 1:10. 6:4 — 7. j, see c, 1 Ne. 2. k, see ver. 2. I, see 6, 1 Ne. 2. m, see a, 1 Ne. 2. n, 1 Ne. 2:24. 12:19. Al. 45:9—14. 46:24. Morm. 6. Between B. C. 588 and 570. \ 62 2 NEPHI, 6. as they will not remember me, and hearken unto my words, they shall scourge them even unto destruction. 26. And it came to pass that I, Nephi, did consecrate Jacob and Joseph, that "they should be priests and teachers over the land of my people. 27. And it came to pass that we lived after the manner of happiness. 28. *And thirty years had passed away from the time we left Jerusalem. 29. And I, Nephi, had kept the ''records upon my plates, which I had made, of my people thus far. 30. And it came to pass that the Lord God said unto me: Make 'other plates; and thou Shalt engraven many things upon them which are good in my sight, for the profit of thy people. 31. Wherefore, I, Nephi, to be obedient to the commandments of the Lord, went and made these plates upon which I have engraven these things. 32. And I engraved that which is pleasing unto God. And if my people are pleased with the things of God they will be pleased with mine engravings which are upon these plates. 33. And if my people desire to know the more particular part of the history of my people they must search mine other plates. 34. And it sufficeth me to say that t forty years had passed away, and we had already had wars and contentions with our brethren. CHAPTER 6. Jacob's exhortation to the people — He cites the prophecies of Isaiah. 1. The words of Jacob, the brother of Nephi, which he spake unto the people of Nephi: 2. Behold, my beloved breth- ren, I, Jacob, having been called of God, and "ordained after the manner of his holy order, and having been consecrated by my brother Nephi, unto whom ye look as a ''king or a protector, and on whom ye depend for safety, behold ye know that I have spoken unto you exceeding many things. 3. Nevertheless, I speak unto you again; for I am desirous for the welfare of your souls. Yea, mine anxiety is great for you; and ye yourselves know that it ever has been. For I have ex- horted you with all diligence; and I have taught you the words of my father; and I have spoken unto you concerning all things which are written, from the cre- ation of the world. 4. And now, behold, I woul(l speak unto you concerning things which are, and which are to come; wherefore, I will read you the words of Isaiah. And they are the words which my brother has desired that I should speak unto you. And I speak unto you for your sakes, that ye may learn and glorify the name of your God. 5. And now, the words which I shall read are they which Isaiah spake concerning all the house of Israel; wherefore, they may be likened unto you, for ye are of the house of Israel. And there are many things which have been spoken by Isaiah which may be likened unto you, because ye are of the house of Israel. 6. And now, these are the words: ^Thus saith the Lord God: Behold, I will lift up mine hand Cha 10 o, 2 Ne. G:2. Jac. 1:18. 19. p, pee /, 1 Ne. 1. Q, see c, 1 Ne. n. AP. 6 : c, 2 Ne. 5 :2C. Jac. 1 :18, 19. h, see i, 2 Ne. 5. c, Isa. 49 :22, 23. :9, • B, C. 569. t B. 2 Ne. C. 559. 2 NEPHI, 6. 63 to the Gentiles, and set up my standard to the people; and they shall bring thy sons in their arms, and thy daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders. 7. And kings shall be thy nurs- ing fathers, and their queens thy nursing mothers; they shall bow down to thee with their faces towards the earth, and lick up the dust of thy feet; and thou Shalt know that I am the Lord; for they shall not be ashamed that wait for me. 8. And now I, Jacob, would speak somewhat concerning these words. For behold, the Lord has ^shown me that those who were at Jerusalem, from whence we came, have been slain and carried away captive. 9. Nevertheless, the Lord has shown unto me that they should return again. And he also has shown unto me that the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel, should manifest himself unto them in the flesh; and after he should mani- fest himself they should scourge him and crucify him, according to the words of the angel who spake it unto me. 10. And after they have hard- ened their hearts and stiffened their necks against the Holy One of Israel, behold, the judgments of the Holy One of Israel shall come upon them. And the day Cometh that they shall be smitten and aflSicted. 11. Wherefore, after they are driven to and fro, for thus saith the angel, many shaM be afflicted in the flesh, and shall not be suf- fered to perish, because of the prayers of the faithful ; they shall be scattered, and smitten, and hated; nevertheless, the Lord will be merciful unto them, that *when they shall come to the knowledge of thsir Redeemer, they shall be gathered together again to the lands of their inheritance. 12. And blessed are the 'Gen- tiles, they of whom the prophet has written; for behold, if it so be that they shall repent and fight not against Zion, and do not unite themselves to that great and "abominable church, they shall be saved; for the Lord God will ful- fil his covenants which he has made unto his children; and for this cause the prophet has writ- ten these things. 13. Wherefore, Hhey that fight against Zion and the covenant people of the Lord shall lick up the dust of their feet; and the people of the Lord shall not be ashamed. For the people of the Lord are they who wait for him; for they still wait for the coming of the Messiah. 14. And behold, according to the words of the prophet, the Messiah will set himself again the ^second time to recover them; wherefore, he will manifest him- self unto them in power and great glory, unto the destruction of their enemies, when that day Cometh when they shall believe In him; and none will he destroy that believe in him. 15. And they that believe ^not in him shall be destroyed, both by fire, and by tempest, and by earthquakes, and by bloodsheds, and by pestilence, and by famine. And they shall know that the Lord is God, the Holy One of Israel. 16. '^For shall the prey be d, 1 Ne. 7 :13. 14. e, see e, 1 Ne. 15. /.I Ne. 13 :12— 23. 30—35. 38 — 42. 14 :1— 5. 2 Ne. 10:8 — 14, 18. 19. 3 Ne. 16:6. 7. 20:27. 21 :2— 6, 22—25. Morm. 5:19. g, see a, 1 Ne. 13. h, see j, 1 Ne. 22. i. 2 Ne. 21 :11. 25:17. 29:1. }, 1 Ne. 14:3, 15—17. 22:13—23. 2 Ne. 10:15, 16. 27:2 — 4. 28:15 — 32. 3 Ne. 16:8—15. 20:15—20. 21:11—21, 29. Morm. 5:22—24. Eth. 2:&— 11. k, Isa. 4'»:24— 20. Bbtwbkn B. O. 559 AND 646. 64 2 NEPHI, 7. taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive delivered? 17. But thus saith the Lord: Even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered; for the Mighty God shall deliver his covenant people. For thus saith the Lord: I will contend with them that contendeth with thee — 18. And I will feed them that oppress thee, with their own flesh; and they shall be drunken with their own blood as with sweet wine; and all flesh shall know that I the Lord am thy Savior and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob. CHAPTER 7. Jacob's teachings continued — Com- pare Isaiah 50. 1. Yea, for thus saith the Lord: "Have I put thee away, or have I cast thee off forever? For thus saith the Lord: Where is the ''bill of your mother's divorce- ment? To whom have I put thee away, or to which of my ''creditors have I sold you? Yea, to whom have I sold you? Behold, for your iniquities ''have ye sold your- selves, and for your transgres- sions is your mother put away. 2. Wherefore, when I came, there was no man; ^when I called, yea, there was none to answer. house of Israel, is my hand shortened at all that it cannot redeem, or have I no power to deliver? Behold, ^at my rebuke 1 dry up the sea, I make ''their rivers a wilderness and Hheir fish to stink because the waters are dried up, and they die because of thirst. 3. *I clothe the heavens with blackness, ■'and I make sackcloth their covering. 4. ^The Lord God hath given me the tongue of the learned, that I should know how to speak a word in season unto thee, O house of Israel. When ye are weary he waketh morning by morning. He waketh mine ear to hear as the learned. 5. The Lord God hath opened mine ear, and I was not rebel- lious, neither turned away back. 6. I gave my back to the smiter, and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair. I hid not my face from shame and spit- ting. 7. For the Lord God will help me, therefore shall I not be con- founded. Therefore have I set my face like a flint, and I know that I shall not be ashamed. 8. And the Lord is near, and he justifieth me. Who will con- tend with me? Let us stand to- gether. Who is mine adversary? Let him come near me, 'and I will smite him with the strength of my mouth. 9. For the Lord God will help me. And all they who shall con- demn me, behold, "'all they shall wax old as a garment, and the moth shall eat them up. 10. Who is among you that feareth the Lord, that obeyeth the voice of his servant, that walketh in darkness and hath no light? 11. Behold all ye that kindle fire, that compass yourselves about with sparks, walk in the light of your fire and in the sparks which ye have kindled. "This shall ye have of mine hand — ye shall lie down in sorrow. a, Mai. 2:16. Matt. 19:9. &, Deut. 24:1 — 4. Jer. S :S. Hos. 2:2. c. 2 Kings 4:1. Matt. 18:25. d, Isa. 52:3. e, Prov. 1:24 — 27. Isa. 65:12. 66:4. Jer. 7:13. 35:15. D.& 0.133:67. /, Ex. 14:21. Ps. 106 :9. Nah. 1 :4. D.&C. 133:68. fir. Josh. 3:15, 16. h, Ex. 7:18, 21. i, Ex. 10:21. j. Rev. 6:12. k, Ex. 4:11. I, Isa. 11:4. 2 Thess. 2:8. m. Job 13:28. Ps. 102:26. Isa. 51:6, 8. n, D. & C. 133:70. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 8. 65 CHAPTER 8. Jacob's teachings continued — Com- pare Isaiah 51. 1. Hearken unto me, ye that follow after righteousness. Look unto the rock from whence ye are hewn, and to the hole of the pit from whence ye are digged. 2. Look unto Abraham, your father, and unto Sarah, she that bare you; for I called him alone, and blessed him. 3. For the Lord "shall comfort Zion, he .will comfort all ''her waste places; and he will make her '^wilderness like Eden, and ''her desert like the garden of the Lord. Joy and gladness shall be found therein, thanksgiving and the voice of melody. 4. Hearken unto me, my peo- ple; and give ear unto me, O my nation; for a *law shall proceed from me, and I will make my judg- ment to rest for a light for the people. 5. My righteousness is near; my salvation is gone forth, and mine arm shall judge the people. ''The isles shall wait upon me, and on mine arm shall they trust. 6. ^Lift up your eyes to the heavens, and look upon the earth beneath; for the heavens shall vanish away like smoke, and the earth shall wax old like a gar- ment; and they that dwell there- in shall die in like manner. But my salvation shall be forever, and my righteousness shall not be abolished. 7. Hearken unto me, ye that know righteousness, the people in whose heart I have written my ''law, fear ye not the reproach of men, neither be ye afraid of their revilings. 8. *For the moth shall eat them up like a garment, and the worm shall eat them like wool. But my righteousness shall be forever, and my salvation from generation to generation. 9. ^ Awake, awake! ''Put on strength, O arm of the Lord; awake 'as in the ancient days. Art thou not he that hath "'cut Rahab, and wounded the dragon? 10. Art thou not he who hath dried the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath made the depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over? 11. "Therefore, the redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy and holiness shall be upon their heads; and they shall obtain gladness and joy; sorrow and mourning shall flee away. 12. I am he; yea, I am he that comforteth you. Behold, who art thou, that thou shouldst be afraid of man, who shall die, and of the son of man, who shall be made like unto grass? 13. And forgetest the Lord thy maker, that hath stretched forth the heavens, and laid the foun- dations of the earth, "and hast feared continually every day, be- cause of the fury of the oppressor, as if he were ready to destroy? ^And where is the fury of the oppressor? 14. The ^captive exile hasten- eth, that he may be loosed, and that he should not die in the pit, nor that his bread should fail. a, ver. 12. Ps. 102:13. Isa. 40:1. 52:9. &, Isa. 35:1. c, Ps. 107:3, 4, 35—37. Isa. 32:15—20. 35:1, 2, 6, 7. 43:19, 20. d, Isa. 35:1, 2, 6, 7. 43:19, 20. e, Isa. 2:3. Mic. 4:2. f, see a, 1 Ne, 21. g, Ps. 102:25, 20. Matt. 24:35. 2 Pet. 3:10—12. ft, see e. i, see m, 2 Ne. 7. /, Ps. 44 :23. Isa. 52:1. fc, Ps. 93:1. Rev. 11:17. I, Ps. 44:1. m, Ps. 74:13, 14. 89:10. Isa. 27:1. Ezek. 29:3. n, Isa. 35:8—10. Jer. 31:12. 13. 0, 1 Ne. 22:17. p, see ;, 1 Ne. 22. q, ver. 25. 2 Ne. 9:12. Isa. 60:15. Zech. 9:11, . ..... Between B. C. 559 >nd 545. 66 2 NEPHI, 9. 15. But I am the Lord thy God, whose waves roared; the Lord of Hosts is my name. 16. And I have put my words in thy mouth, and have covered thee in the shadow of mine hand, •"that I may plant the heavens and lay the foundations of the earth, and say unto Zion: 'Behold, thou art my people. 17. Awake, awake, stand up, O Jerusalem, 'which hast drunk at the hand of the Lord the cup of his fury — thou hast drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling wrung out — 18. And none to guide her among all the sons she hath brought forth; neither that taketh her by the hand, of all the sons she hath brought up. 19. These "two sons are come unto thee, who shall be sorry for thee — thy desolation and destruc- tion, and the famine and the sword — and by whom shall I com- fort thee? 20. Thy sons have fainted, save these two; they lie at the head of all the streets; as a wild bull in a net, the.y are full of the fury of the Lord, the rebuke of thy God. 21. Therefore hear now this, thou afflicted, and drunken, and not with wine: 22. Thus saith thy Lord, the Lord and thy God pleadeth the cause of his people; behold, I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling, the dregs of the cup of my fury; thou shalt no more drink it again. 23. But "I will put it into the hand of them that afflict thee; who have said to thy soul: Bow down, that we may go over — and thou hast laid thy body as the ground and as the street to them that went over. 24. "'Awake, awake, put on thy strength, O Zion ; put on thy beau- tiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; 'for henceforth there shall no more come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean. 25. Shake thyself from the dust; arise, sit down, O Jerusa- lem; ^loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion. CHAPTER 9. Jacob's teachings continued — The infinite atonement — The Savior's suf- ferings foreseen — Where there is no law there is no ijunisninent. 1. And now, my beloved breth- ren, I have read these things that ye might know concerning the covenants of the Lord that he has covenanted with all the house of Israel — 2. That he has spoken unto the Jews, by the mouth of his holy prophets, even from the begin- ning down, from generation to generation, until the time comes that they shall be "restored to the true church and fold of God; when they shall be gathered home to the lands of their inheritance, and shall be established in all their lands of promise. 3. Behold, my beloved breth- ren, I speak unto you these things that ye may rejoice, and lift up your heads forever, be- cause of the blessings which the Lord God shall bestow upon your children. 4. For I know that ye have searched much, many of you, to know of things to come; where- fore I know that ye know that our flesh must waste away and die; r, Isa. 05:17. 66:22. s, ver. 3. Ts. 46:4— -7. 48:1—3. 102:13—16. t, Jer. 25:15. 16. Luke 21:22—24. u. ver. 20. Rev. 11 :3— 13. v. Jer. 25:17, Joel 3:U— 16. Zech. 12:2. 3, 8, 9. 14:3, 1^—15. v), vers. 9, 17. I^a. 52:1. 2. x, Joel 3:17. Z^ch. 14 :21. Vt see q. Chap. 9 : a, see e, 1 Ne. 15. Bbtwbbn B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 9. 67 nevertheless, in our ^bodies we shall see God. 5. Yea, I know that ye know that in the body he shall show himself unto those at Jerusalem, from whence we came; for it is expedient that it should be among them; for it behooveth the great Creator that he suffereth himself to become subject unto man in the flesh, and ^die for all men, that all men might become sub- ject unto him. 6. For as death hath passed upon all men, to fulfil the merci- ful plan of the great Creator, there must needs be a power of resurrection, and the ''resurrec- tion must needs come unto man by reason of the fall; and the fall came by reason of transgression; and because man became fallen they were cut off *from the pres- ence of the Lord. 7. Wherefore, it must needs be an infinite ^atonement — save it should be an infinite atonement this corruption could not put on incorruption. Wherefore, the ^first judgment which came upon man must needs have remained to an endless duration. And if so, this flesh must have laid down to rot and to crumble to its mother earth, to rise no more. 8. O the wisdom of God, his mercy and grace! For behold, if the flesh should rise no more our spirits must become subject to that ''angel who fell from before the presence of the Eternal God, and became the devil, to rise no more. 9. And our spirits must have become Hike unto him, and we become devils, angels to a devil, to be shut out from the presence of our God, and to remain with the father of lies, in misery, like unto himself; yea, to that being who beguiled our first parents, who transformeth himself nigh untoanangelof light, and stirreth up the children of men unto se- cret combinations of murder and all manner of secret works of darkness. 10. O how great the goodness of our God, who prepareth a way for our escape from the grasp of this awful monster; yea, that monster, Meath and hell, which I call the death of the body, and also the death of the spirit. 11. And because of the way of deliverance of our God, the Holy One of Israel, this death, of which I have spoken, which is the tem- poral, shall deliver up its dead; which death is the grave. 12. And this death of which I have spoken, which is the spir- itual death, shall deliver up its dead; which spiritual death is hell; wherefore, ''death and hell must deliver up their dead, and hell must deliver up its captive spirits, and the grave must de- liver up its captive bodies, and the bodies and the spirits of men will be restored one to the other; and it is by the power of the resurrection of the Holy One of Israel. 13. O how great the plan of our God! For on the other hand, the 'paradise of God must deliver up the spirits of the righteous. b, vers. 15, 22. 2G, 38. ]Mos. 1G:10. Al. 5:15, 22. 11:41 — 45. 12:12 — 18. 40:21, 42:23. "He. i4:15 — 18. 3 Ne. 27:14, 15. Morm. 9:13. Moro. 10:34. c, ver.s. 21. 22. He. 14:15— 18. 3 Ne. 27 :14. 15. tf, see d, 2 Ne. 2. e, ver. 9. Al. 42 :7, 9, 11. 14. 23. He. 14:16. 17. /, see /, 2 Ne. 2. g, vers. 8—10. Mos. 3:20, 27. 16:4—11. Al. 11:45. 12:18, 20, 30. 42:0, 9, 14. He. 14:10, 17. ^rornl. 9:13. Ji, see i, 2 Ne. 2. i. vers. 10, 26, 37. 40. 1 Ne. 14:3. 4. 7. 2 Ne. 28:20—23. Mos, 10:2—5, 11. 3 Ne. 29:7. j, vers. 11— 13. 20. Mos. 10:7, 8. Al. 12 :24— 27. 40:23—20. 42:0 — 15. He. 14:15 — l£l, Morm. 9:13. k, see j. I, Al. 40:12, 14. 4 Ne. 14, Moro. 10:34. Bbtwhbn B. O. 559 axd 645. 68 2 NEPHI, 9. and the grave deliver up the body of the righteous; and the spirit and the body is ""restored to itself again, and all men become incor- ruptible, and immortal, and they are living souls, having a perfect knowledge like unto us in the flesh, save it be that our knowl- edge shall be perfect. 14. Wherefore, we shall have a "perfect knowledge of all our guilt, and our uncleanness, and our nakedness; and the righteous shall have a perfect knowledge of their enjoyment, and their righteousness, being clothed with purity, yea, even with the robe of righteousness. 15. And it shall come to pass that when all men shall have passed from this first death unto life, insomuch as they have be- come immortal, they must appear before the judgment-seat of the Holy One of Israel; and then cometh the judgment, and then must they be judged according to the holy judgment of God. 16. And assuredly, as the Lord liveth, for the Lord God hath spoken it, and it is his eternal word, which cannot pass away, that they who are righteous shall be righteous still, and they who are filthy shall be "filthy still; wherefore, they who are filthy are the devil and his angels; and they shall go away into everlast- ing fire, prepared for them; and their torment is as a lake of fire and brimstone, whose flame as- cendeth up forever and ever and has no end. 17. O the greatness and the justice of our God! For he exe- cuteth all his words, and they have gone forth out of his mouth, and his law must be fulfilled. 18. But, behold, the righteous, the saints of the Holy One of Israel, they who have believed in the Holy One of Israel, they who have endured the crosses of the world, and despised the shame of it, they shall inherit the king- dom of God, which was prepared for them ^from the foundation of the world, and their joy shall be full forever. 19. O the greatness of the mercy of our God, the Holy One of Israel! For he delivereth his saints from that ^awful monster the devil, and death, and hell, and that lake of fire and brim- stone, which is endless torment. 20. O how great the holiness of our God! For he knoweth all '^things, and there is not anything save he knows it. 21. And he cometh into the world that he may save all men if they will hearken unto his voice; for behold, he suffereth the pains of all men, yea, the *pains of every living creature, both men, women, and children, who belong to the family of Adam. 22. And he suffereth this that the 'resurrection might pass upon all men, that all might stand be- fore him at the great and judg- ment day. 23. And he commandeth all men that "they must repent, and be baptized in his name, having m, Al. 11:42 — 45. 40:21 — 24. Cbap. 41. n, Mos. 3:25. Al. 11:43. 12:14. o, 1 Ne. 15:33 — 35. Al. 7:21. Morm. 9:14. p, Al. 13 :3, 5. 7— t). 22:13. 42:26. He. 5 :47. 3 Ne. 26:5. Eth. 3:14. 4:14, 15, 19. 12:32—34, 37. Moro. 8:12. q, see k, 1 Ne. 15. r, Al. 7:13. 13:7. 18:32. 26:35. He. 9:41. 3 Ne. 27:26. M..rm. 8:17. Moro. 7:22. s, vers. 5. 7. Mos. 3:7. 15:10. Al. 7:11—13. 11:40. 22:14. 34:8 — 15. He. 14:15 — 17. 3 Ne. 9:22. 11:11, 14, 15. 27:14. 15. Morm. 9:13, 14. t, see d, 2 Ne. 2. u. Matt. 3:5, 6. Mark 1:4. Luke 3:3. John 3:5. Acts 2:38. 2 Ne. 31:5, 9 — 13,17. Mos. 18:8 — 17. Al. 15:12 — 14. 19:35. 62:45. He. 3 :24 — 20. 5:17,19. 3 Ne. 7:23—26. 11:21—38. 12:1, 2. 18:5, 11, 30. 19:10-13. 23:5. 26:17, 21. 27:1, 16, 20. 28:18. Chap. 30. 4 Ne. 1. Morm. 7:8, 10. 9:23. Etb. 4:18. Moro. 6:1 — i. 8:5—26. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 9. 69 perfect faith in the Holy One of Israel, or they cannot be saved in the kingdom of God. 24. And if they will not repent and believe in his name, and be baptized in his name, and endure to the end, they must be damned; for the Lord God, the Holy One of Israel, has spoken it. • 25. Wherefore, he has given a law; and where there is no law given there is no punishment; and where there is no punishment there is no condemnation; and where there is no condemnation the mercies of the Holy One of Israel have claim upon them, be- cause of the "atonement; for they are delivered by the power of him. 26. For the atonement satis- fieth the demands of his justice upon all those who have not the law given to them, that they are delivered from that awful mon- ster, ""death and hell, and the devil, and the lake of fire and brimstone, which is endless tor- ment; and they are restored to that God who gave them breath, which is the Holy One of Israel. 27. But wo unto him that has the law given, yea, that has all the commandments of God, like unto us, and that transgresseth them, and that wasteth the days of his probation, for awful is his state! 28. O that cunning plan of the evil one! O the vainness, and the frailties, and the foolishness of men! When they ''are learned they think they are wise, and they hearken not unto the counsel of God, for they set it aside, sup- posing they know of themselves, wherefore, their wisdom is fool- ishness and it profiteth them not. And they shall perish. 29. But to be learned is good if they hearken unto the counsels of God. 30. But wo unto the rich, who are rich as to the things of the world. For because they are rich they despise the poor, and they persecute the meek, and their hearts are upon their treas- ures; wherefore, their treasure is their God. And . behold, their treasure shall perish with them also. 31. And wo unto the deaf that will not hear; for they shall perish. 32. Wo unto the blind that will not see; for they shall perish also. 33. Wo unto the uncircumcised of heart, for a knowledge of their iniquities shall smite them at the last day. 34. Wo unto the liar, for he shall be thrust down to hell. 35. Wo unto the murderer who deliberately killeth, for he shall die. 36. Wo unto them who com- mit "whoredoms, for they shall be thrust down to hell. 37. Yea, wo unto those that worship idols, for the devil of all devils delighteth in them. 38. And, in fine, wo unto all those who die in their sins; for they shall ^return to God, and behold his face, and remain in their sins. 39. O, my beloved brethren, remember the awfulness in trans- gressing against that Holy God, and also the awfulness of yield- ing to the enticings of that cun- ning one. Remember, to be car- nally-minded is death, and to be spiritually-minded is life eternal. 40. O, my beloved brethren, V, see /, 2 Ne. 2. w, see j. x, vers. 29, 42. 2 Ne. 26:20. 27:15 — 26. 28:4, 15. V, 2 Ne. 28:15. Jac. 2:28. Al. 39:3, 9, 11. 3 Ne. 12:27—32. z, ver. 15. Al. 40:11. Bettween B. C. 559 AND 545. 70 2 NEPHI, 9. give ear to my words. Remember the greatness of the Holy One of Israel. Do not say that I have spoken hard things against you; for if ye do, ye will revile against the truth; for I have spoken the words of your Maker. I know that the words of truth are hard against all uncleanness; but the righteous fear them not, for they love the truth and are not shaken. 41. O then, my beloved breth- ren, come unto the Lord, the Holy One. Remember that his paths are righteous. Behold, the way for man is ^"narrow, but it lieth in a straight course before him, and the keeper of the gate is the Holy One of Israel; and he em- ployeth no servant there; and there is none other way save it be by the gate; for he cannot be de- ceived, for the Lord God is his name. 42. And whoso knocketh, to him will he open; and the ^"wise, and the learned, and they that are rich, who are puffed up be- cause of their learning, and their wisdom, and their riches — yea, they are they whom he despiseth; and save they shall cast these things away, and con'sider them- selves fools before Gou, and come down in the depths of humility, he will not open unto them. 43. But the things of the wise and the prudent shall be hid from them forever — yea, that happi- ness which is prepared for the saints. 44. O, my beloved brethren, remember my words. Behold, I take off my garments, and I shake them before you; I pray the God of my salvation that he view me with his all-searching eye; where- fore, ye shall know at the last day, when all men shall be judged of their works, that the God of Israel did witness that I shool« your iniquities from my soul and that I stand with brightness before him, and am rid of your blood. 45. O, my beloved brethren, turn away from your sins; shake off the chains of him that would bind you fast; come unto that God who is the rock of your sal- vation. 4 6. Prepare your souls for that glorious day when justice shall be administered unto the righteous, even the day of judg- ment, that ye may not shrink with awful fear; that ye may not remember your awful guilt in -'^perfectness, and be constrained to exclaim: Holy, holy are thy judgments, O Lord God Almighty — but I know my guilt; I trans- gressed thy law, and my trans- gressions are mine; and the devil hath ^''obtained me, that I am a prey to his awful misery. 47. But behold, my brethren, is it expedient that I should awake you to an awful reality of these things'? Would I harrow up your souls if your minds were pure? Would I be plain unto you accord- ing to the plainness of the truth if ye were freed from sin? 4 8. Behold, if ye were holy I would speak unto you of holi- ness; but as ye are not holy, and ye look upon me as a teacher, it must needs be expedient that I teach you the consequences of sin. 49. Behold, my soul abhorreth sin, and my heart delighteth in righteousness; and I will praise the holy name of my God. 50. Come, my brethren, -'every one that thirsteth, come ye to the 2a. 2 Ne. 31 :0, 17, IS. 26, ver. 29. 2 Ke. 28:4, 15. 33:9. Al. 37:44. 45. He. 3:29. 30. 3 Ne. 14:13, 14. 2c, see n. 2d, see i. 2e, Isa. 55:1, 2. Bbtwebn B. C. 559 and 646. 2 NEPHI, 10. 71 waters; and he that hath no money, come buy and eat; yea, come buy wine and milk without money and without price. 51. Wherefore, do not spend money for that which is of no worth, nor your labor for that which cannot satisfy. Hearken diligently unto me, and remember the words which I have spoken; and come unto the Holy One of Israel, and feast upon that which perisheth not, neither can be cor- rupted, and let your soul delight in fatness. 52. Behold, my beloved breth- ren, remember the words of your God; pray unto him continually by day, and give thanks unto his holy name by night. Let your hearts rejoice. 53. And behold how great the covenants of the Lord, and how great his condescensions unto the children of men; and because of his greatness, and his grace and mercy, he has promised unto us that our seed shall ^^not utterly be destroyed, according to the flesh, but that he would preserve them; and in future generations they shall become a righteous branch unto the house of Israel. 54. And now, my brethren, I would speak unto you more; but on the morrow I will declare unto you the remainder of my words. Amen. CHAPTER 10. Jacob's teachings continued — The coming of Christ— No kings upon the land of promise — They loho fight against Zion shall perish. 1. And now I, Jacob, speak unto you again, my beloved breth- ren, concerning this "righteous branch of which I have spoken. 2. For behold, the promises which we have obtained are prom- ises unto us according to the flesh; wherefore, as it has been shown unto me that "many of our children shall perish in the flesh because of unbelief, nevertheless, God will be merciful unto many; and our children shall be restored, that they may come to that which will give them the true knowledge of their Redeemer. 3. Wherefore, as I said unto you, it must needs be expedient that Christ — for in the last night the angel spake unto me that this should be his name — should come among the Jews, among those who are the more wicked part of the world; and they shall crucify him — for thus it behooveth our God, and there is none other nal ion on earth that would crucify th'jir God. 4. For should the mighty mira- cles be wrought among other nations they would repent, and know that he be their God. 5. But because of priestcrafts and iniquities, they at Jerusalem will stiffen their necks against him, that he be crucified. 6. Wherefore, because of their iniquities, destructions, famines, pestilences, and bloodshed shall come upon them; and they who shall not be destroyed shall be scattered among all nations. 7. But behold, thus saith the Lord God: When the day cometh that they shall believe in me, that I am Christ, then have I cove- nanted with their fathers that '^they shall be restored in the flesh, upon the earth, unto the lands of their inheritance. 8. And it shall ^ome to pass that they shall bf gathered in from their long disoersion, from 2f, see p, 1 Ne. 13. and ver. 31. Chap. 10: a, 1 Ne. 15:11^' 17. 2 Ne. 3:5. D;53. Jac. 5:25. 43—45, Al 46:24. 25. &, see d. 1 Ne. 15. c, see < < 1 Ne. 15. Between B C. 559 and 545. 72 2 NEPHI, 10. the isles of the sea, and from the four parts of the earth; and the nations of the Gentiles shall be great in the eyes of me, saith God, in carrying them forth to the lands of their inheritance. 9. Yea, ''the kings of the Gen- tiles shall be nursing fathers unto them, and their queens shall become nursing mothers; where- fore, the promises of the Lord are great unto the Gentiles, for he hath spoken it, and who can dispute? 10. But behold, this land, said God, shall be a land of thine ^inheritance, and the Gentiles 'shall be blessed upon the land. 11. And this land shall be a land of liberty unto the Gentiles, and there shall be no kings upon the land, who shall raise up unto the Gentiles. 12. And I will fortify this land "against all other nations. 13. And he that "fighteth against Zion shall perish, saith God. 14. For he that raiseth up a king against me shall perish, for I, the Lord, the king of heaven, will be their king, and I will be a light unto them forever, that hear my words. 15. "Wherefore, for this cause, that my covenants may be ful- filled which I have made unto the children of men, that I will do unto them while they are in the flesh, I must needs destroy the ^secret works of darkness, and of murders, and of abominations. 16. Wherefore, he that fighteth ^against Zion, both Jew and Gen- tile, both bond and free, both male and female, shall perish; for they are they who are the ^ whore of all the earth; for they who are not for me are against me, saith our God. 17. For I will fulfil my prom- ises which I have made unto the children of men, that I will do unto them while they are in the fiesh — 18. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, thus saith our God: I will afflict thy seed by the 'hand of the Gentiles; nevertheless, I will soften the hearts of the Gen- tiles, that they shall be like unto a father to them; wherefore, the Gentiles shall be blessed and numbered among the house of Israel. 19. Wherefore, I will conse- crate "'this land unto thy seed, and them who shall be numbered among thy seed, forever, for the land of their inheritance; for it is a choice land, saith God unto me, above all other lands, where- fore I will have all men that dwell thereon that they shall worship me, saith God. 20. Andnow, my beloved breth- ren, seeing that our merciful God has given us so great knowledge concerning these things, let us remember him, and lay aside our sins, and not hang down our heads, for we are not cast off; nevertheless, we have been driven out of the land of our inheritance; but we have been led to a better land, for the Lord has made the sea our path, and we are upon an isle of the sea. d, 1 Ne. 13:35, 39. 15:17, IS. 22:5—9. 2 Ne. 6:fi, 7. e, see a, 1 Ne. 2. /. 1 Ne. 13:15,19.34—42. 14:1—7. 15:13,17. 22 :G— 10. 3 Ne. 10 :4 — 7. 21:2-0,22-25. Morm. 5:19. Eth. 2:12. g, 1 Nc. 13:19. h, ver. 10. 1 Ne. 22:14, 19. 2 Ne. 27:2. 3. t, 2 Ne. 9:9. 26:22. 27:27. Al. 37 :21 — 32. He. 1 :11, 12. 2:3—14. 3:23. 6:17 — 30,37 — 41. 7:4,5,20.21.25. 8:1,4.27,28. 9:0. 10:3. 11:2.10,25—33. 3 Ne. 1:27—30. 2:10 — 19. Chaps. 3, 4. 5:4—0. 0:28 — 30. 7:6, 9 — 12. 9:9. 4 Ne. 42, 46. .Morm. 1:18. 2:8.10.27. 8:27.40. Eth. 8:9— 25. 9:1,5,0.20. 10:33. 11:15, 22. 13:15. 18. 14:8 — 10. j, Pee 7(. fc, see g, 1 Ne. 14. 7, see p and q, 1 Ne. 13; also Tei\s. 14v. 15. m, 1 Ne. 13:15. See a, 1 Ne. 2. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 11. 73 21. But great are the promises of the Lord unto them who are upon the "isles of the sea; where- fore as it says isles, there must needs be more than this, and they are inhabited also by our brethren, 22. For behold, the Lord God has "led away from time to time from the house of Israel, accord- ing to his will and pleasure. And now behold, the Lord remem- bereth all them who have been broken off, wherefore he remem- bereth us also. 23. Therefore, cheer up your hearts, and remember that ye are free to act for yourselves — to choose the way of everlast- ing death or the way of eternal life. 24. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, reconcile yourselves to the will of God, and not to the will of the devil and the flesh; and remember, after ye are recon- ciled unto God, that it is only in and through the grace of God that ye are saved, 25. Wherefore, may God raise you from death by the power of the ^resurrection, and also from everlasting death by the power of the ^atonement, that ye may be received into the eternal king- dom of God, that ye may praise him through grace divine. Amen. CHAPTER 11. Jacob's teachings continued — Wit- nesses for the word of God — Types of the Redeemer. 1. And now, Jacob spake many more things to my people at that time; nevertheless only these things have I caused to be. writ- ten, for the things which I have written sufRceth me. 2. And now I, Nephi, write more of the words of Isaiah, for my soul delighteth in his words. For I will liken his words unto my people, and I will send them forth unto all my children, for he verily "saw my Redeemer, even as I have seen him, 3. And my brother, Jacob, also has ''seen him as I have seen him; wherefore, I will send their words forth unto my children to prove unto them that my words are true. Wherefore, by the words of '^three, God hath said, I will establish my word. Nevertheless, God sendeth ''more witnesses, and he proveth all his words. 4. Behold, my soul delighteth in proving unto my people the truth of the coming of Christ; for, for this end hath the law of Moses been given; and all things which have been given of God from the beginning of the world, unto man, are the typifying of him. 5. And also my soul delighteth in the covenants of the Lord which he hath made to our fa- thers; yea, my soul delighteth in his grace, and in his justice, and power, and mercy in the great and eternal plan of ^deliverance from death. 6. And my soul delighteth in proving unto my people that save Christ should come all men must perish, 7. For if there be no Christ there be ''no God; and if there be no God we are not, for there could have been no creation. But there is a God, and he is Christ, and n, 1 Ne. 19:16. 22:3—5. Isa. 49:1. 51:5. 60:9. 66:19. o, 1 Ne. 22:4 5. p, see d, 2 Ne. 2. q, see /, 2 Ne. 2. Chap. 11: a, 2 Ne. 16:1. Isa. 6:1, 5. b, 2 Ne, 2-3, 4. c, 2 Ne. 27:12. Eth. 5:3. 4. D. & C. 5:11, 15. See The Testimony of Three Witnesses in forepart of book, d, 2 Ne. 27 :13, 14. Eth. 5 :2. See The Testimony of Eight Witnesses in forepart of book, e, see f, 2 Ne. 2. /, 2 Ne. 2:13. 14. Al. 42 :22, 23. Morm, 9 :19. Between B, C, 550 and 545. 7 4 2 NEPHI, 12. he Cometh in the fulness of his own time. 8. And now I write some of the "words of Isaiah, that whoso of my people shall see these words may lift up their hearts and rejoice for all men. Now these are the words, and ye may liken them unto you and unto all men. CHAPTER 12. Prophecies as recorded on the brass plates — Compare Isaiah 2. 1. The word that Isaiah, the son of Amos, saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem: 2. And °it shall come to pass in the last days, when the moun- tain of the Lord's ''house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills, and all nations shall flow unto it. 3. And many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the ^mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths; for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. 4. And he shall ^judge among the nations, a:jd shall rebuke many people: ai'd *they shall beat their swords int. plow-shares, and their spears into pruning-hooks — nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more. 5. O house ot Jacob, come ye and let us walk in the light of the Lord; ^yea, come, for ye have all gone astray, every one to his wicked ways. 6. Therefore, O Lord, thou hast forsaken thy people, the house of Jacob, because they be replen- ished "from the east, and ''hearken unto soothsayers like the Philis- tines, and they please themselves in the children of strangers. 7. *Their land also is full of silver and gold, neither is there any end of their treasures; their land is also full of horses, neither is there any end of their chariots. 8. ^Their land is also full of idols; they worship the work of their own hands, that which their own fingers have made. 9. And the mean man boweth ''not down, and the great man humbleth himself not, therefore, forgive him not, 10. '"O ye wicked ones, enter into the rock, and hide thee in the dust, for the fear of the Lord and the glory of his majesty shall smite thee. 11. And it shall come to pass that the "lofty looks of man shall be humbled, and the haughtiness of men shall be bowed down, and the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day. 12. For the "day of the Lord of Hosts soon cometh upon all nations, yea, upon every one; yea, upon the ^proud and lofty, and upon every one who is lifted up, and he shall be brought low. 13. Yea, and the day of the Lor.d shall come upon all 'the cedars of Lebanon, for they are high and lifted up; and upon all the oaks of Bashan; 14. And upon all the ""high mountains, and upon all the hills, and upon ail the nations which g, poe Isa. chaps. 2 to 14 inclusive, as quoted in the next 13 chapters, taken by Nephi fuom the brass plates. Chap. 12: a, Mic. 4:1 — 3. 6, ver. 3. 3 Ne. 24:1. c, D. & C. 133:13. d, 2 Xe. 21:2 — 5. e, 2 Ne. 21:9. /, Isa. 53:6. 1 Ne. 13. 2 Ne. 28:14. Mos. 14:6. Al. 5:37. g, Num. 23:7. h, Deut. 18:14. t, Deut. 17:16. 17. ;, Jer. 2:2S. k, Isa. 2:9. m, vers. 19, 21. Rev. 6:15, 16. n, ver. 17. 2 Ne. 15:15, 16. 0, Zeph. 1:14 — 18. p, Mai. 4:1. q. Isa. 14:8. 37:24. Ezek. 31:3. Zech. 11:1, 2 r , Isa. 30 :25. Bbttween B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 13. 75 are lifted up, and upon every people; 15. And upon "every high tow- er, and upon every fenced wall; 16. And upon all the ships of the sea, and 'upon all the ships of Tarshish, and upon all pleasant pictures. 17. And "the loftiness of man shall be bowed down, and the haughtiness of men shall be made low; and the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day. 18. And the idols he shall "utterly abolish. 19. And "'they shall go into the holes of the rocks, and into the caves of the earth, for the fear of the Lord shall come upon them and the glory of his majesty shall smite them, when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth. 20. In that day a ''man shall cast his idols of silver, and his idols of gold, which he hath made for himself to worship, to the moles and to the bats; 21. To ^go into the clefts of the rocks, and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for the fear of the Lord shall come upon them and the majesty of his glory shall smite them, when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth. 22. Cease ye from man, whose breath is in his nostrils; for wherein is he to be accounted of? CHAPTER 13. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 3. 1. For behold, the Lord, the Lord of Hosts, doth take away from Jerusalem, and from Judah, the stay and the staff, the whole staff of bread, and the whole stay of water — 2. The "mighty man, and the man of war, the Judge, and the prophet, and the prudent, and the ancient; 3. The captain of fifty, and the honorable man, and the coun- selor, and the cunning artificer, and the eloquent orator. 4. And I will ''give children unto them to be their princes, and babes shall rule over them. 5. And the people shall be oppressed, every one by another, and every one by his neighbor; the child shall behave himself proudly against the ancient, and the base against the honorable. 6. When a man shall take hold of his brother of the house of his father, and shall say: Thou hast clothing, be thou our ruler, and let not this ruin come under thy hand — 7. In that day shall he swear, saying: I will not be a healer; for in my house there is neither bread nor clothing; make me not a ruler of the people. 8. For ''Jerusalem is ruined, and Judah is fallen, because their tongues and their doings have been against the Lord, to pro- voke the eyes of his glory. 9. The show of their counte- nance doth witness against them, and doth declare their sin to be even as ''Sodom, and they cannot hide it. Wo unto their souls, for they have rewarded evil unto themselves! 10. Say unto the righteous that It is well with them; for they shall eat the fruit of their doings. 11. Wo unto the wicked, for they shall perish; for the reward of their hands shall be upon them! 12. And my people, "children s, Isa. 33:18. 3 Ne, 21 :15. 18, t, 1 Kings 10:22. u, ver. 11, v, ver. 20, w, soe m. X. ver. 18. y, see m. Chap. 13: a, 2 Kings 24:14, b, Eccl. 10:16. c, Mic. 3:12. d. Gen. 13:13. 18:20. 21. 19:5. e, ver. 4. Bftwebn B. C. P59 and 545. 76 2 NEPHI, 14. are their oppressors, and women rule over them. O my people, they ''who lead thee cause thee to err and destroy the way of thy paths. 13. The Lord standeth up "to plead, and standeth to judge the people. 14. The Lord will enter into judgment with the ancients of his people and the princes there- of; for ye have eaten up ''the vineyard and the spoil of the poor in your houses. 15. What mean ye? Ye *beat my people to pieces, and grind the faces of the poor, saith the Lord God of Hosts. 16. Moreover, the Lord saith: Because the daughters of Zion are haughty, and walk with stretched- forth necks and wanton eyes, walking and mincing as they go, and making a tinkling with their feet — 17. Therefore the Lord will smite with a ^scab the crown of the head of the daughters of Zion, and the Lord will ''discover their secret parts. 18. In that day the Lord will take away the bravery of their tinkling ornaments, and cauls, and round tires like the moon; 19. The chains and the brace- lets, and the mufflers; 20. The bonnets, and the orna- ments of the legs, and the head- bands, and the tablets, and the ear-rings; 21. The rings, and nose jewels; 2 2. The changeable suits of apparel, and the mantles, and the wimples, and the crisping-pins; 23. The glasses, and the fine linen, and hoods, and the veils. 24. And it shall come to pass, instead of sweet smell there shall be stink; and instead of a girdle, a rent; and instead of well set hair, 'baldness; and instead of a stomacher, a girding of sack- cloth; burning instead of beauty. 25. Thy men shall fall by the sword and thy mighty in the war. 2 6. "'And her gates shall lament and mourn; and she shall be desolate, and "shall sit upon the ground. CHAPTER 14. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 4. 1. And in that day, seven women shall take hold of one man, say- ing: We will eat our own bread, and wear our own apparel; only let us be called by thy name to take away our reproach. 2. In that day shall Hhe branch of the Lord be beautiful and glo- rious; the fruit of the earth excel- lent and comely to them that are escaped of Israel. 3. And it shall come to pass, they that are ''left in Zion and remain in Jerusalem shall be called holy, every one that is written among the living in Jeru- salem — 4. When the Lord shall have •'washed away the filth of the daughters of Zion, and shall have purged the blood of Jerusalem from the midst thereof by the spirit of judgment and by the ^spirit of burning. 5. And ^the Lord will create upon every dwelling-place of mount Zion, and upon her assem- blies, a "cloud and smoke by day and the shining of a flaming fire /, Isa. 9:16. gr, Mic. G:2. 7i, Isa. 5 :7. i, Isa. 58 :4. Mic. 3 :2, 3. ;, Deut. 28 :27. k, Jer. 13:22. Nab. 3:5. I, Isa. 22:12. Mic. 1:16. m, Jer. 14:2. Lam. 1:4. n. Lam. 2:10. Chap. 14 : b, 2 Ne. 3 :5. Isa. 60:21. 61:3. 2Ne. 10:1. Jac. 2 :25. c. Matt. 13:41 — 43, 47 — 50. 25:1—12. d, 2 Ne. 13:16 — 26. e, Ezek. 20:37. 38. Mai. 3:2. 4:1—3. /, Isa. 33:14, 15. 60:1—3, 19 — 21. Mai. 3:2, 3. g, Ex. 13:21. Zech. 2:5. Betwehn B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 15. 77 by night; for upon all the glory of Zion shall be a defence. 6. And there shall be a taber- nacle for a shadow in the day- time from the heat, and ''for a place of refuge, and a covert from storm and from rain. CHAPTER 15. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 5. 1. And then will I sing to my well-beloved a song of my beloved, touching "his vineyard. My well- beloved hath a vineyard in a very fruitful hill. 2. And he fenced it, and gath- ered out the stones thereof, and planted it with the choicest vine, and built a tower in the midst of it, and also made a wine-press therein; and he looked that it should bring forth grapes, and it brought forth ^wild grapes. 3. And now, O inhabitants of Jerusalem, and men of Judah, judge, I pray you, betwixt me and my vineyard. 4. "What could have been done more to my vineyard that I have not done in it? Wherefore, when I looked that it should bring forth grapes it brought forth wild grapes. 5. And now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vine- yard — I will ''take away the hedge thereof, and it shall be eaten up; and I will break down the wall thereof, and it shall be trodden down; 6. And I will lay it waste; it shall not be pruned nor digged; but there shall come up "^briers and thorns; I will also ^command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it. 7. For the vineyard of the Lord of Hosts is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah his pleas- ant plant; and he looked for judgment, and behold, oppres- sion; for righteousness, but be- hold, a cry. 8. Wo unto them that join ^house to house, till there can be no place, that they may be placed alone in the midst of the earth! 9. In mine ears, said the Lord of Hosts, of a truth many houses shall be desolate, and great and fair cities without inhabitant. 10. Yea, ten acres of vineyard shall yield one ''bath, and the seed of a homer shall yield an epliah. 11. ''Wo unto them that rise up early in the morning, that they may follow strong drink, that continue until night, and wine inflame them! 12. *And the harp, and the viol, the tabret, and pipe, and wine are in their feasts; but they ^regard not the work of the Lord, neither consider the operation of his hands. 13. Therefore, my people are gone into captivity, '^because they have no knowledge; and their honorable men are famished, and their multitude dried up with thirst. 14. Therefore, hell hath en- larged herself, and opened her mouth without measure; and their glory, and their multitude, and their pomp, and he that re- joiceth, shall descend into it. 15. And 'the mean man shall be brought down, and the mighty man shall be humbled, and the eyes of the lofty shall be humbled. 16. But the Lord of Hosts shall ^, Isa. 25:4. Chap. 15 : a, Ps. 80:8. Isa. 27:2. Jer, 2:21. Matt. 21 :33. Mark 12:1. Luke 20:9. D. & C. 101:44 — G2. i, Jac. 5. c, Ps. 80:12. d, Isa. 7:23, 24. 32:13. e, Jer. 3:3. /, Mic. 2:2. g, Ezek. 45:11. h, ver. 22. Prov. 23:29 — 32. Eccl. 10:17. i, Amos 6:5, 6. j. Job 34:27. Ps. 28:5. k, Isa, 1:3. Hos. 4:0. Luke 19 r44. I, Isai H :9, 17. Bittween B. C. 559 and 545. 78 2 NEPHI, 16. be ""exalted in judgment, and God that is holy shall be sanctified in righteousness. 17. Then shall the lambs feed after their manner, and the waste places of "the fat ones shall strangers eat. 18. Wo unto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a cart rope; 19. That say: Let him "make speed, hasten his work, that we may see it; and let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel draw nigh and come, that we may know it. 20. Wo unto them that call evil good, and good evil, that put darkness for light, and light for darkness, that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter! 21. Wo unto the wise in their own eyes and prudent in their own sight! 22. Wo unto the mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink; 23. Who justify the wicked for reward, and take away the right- eousness of the righteous from him! 24. Therefore, as the fire de- voureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, their root shall be rottenness, and their blossoms shall go up as dust; because they have cast away the law of the Lord of Hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel. 25. Therefore, is the anger of the Lord kindled against his peo- ple, and he hath stretched forth his hand against them, and hath smitten them; and the hills did tremble, and their carcasses were torn in the midst of the streets. For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand Is stretched out still. 26. And he will lift up an "ensign to the nations from far, and will hiss unto them "^from the end of the earth; and be- hold, they shall come with speed swiftly; none shall be weary nor stumble among them. 27. None shall slumber nor sleep; neither shall the girdle of their loins be loosed, nor the latchet of their shoes be broken; 28. Whose arrows shall be sharp, and all their bows bent, and their horses' hoofs shall be counted like flint, and their wheels like a whirlwind, their roaring like a lion. 29. They shall roar like young lions; yea, they shall roar, and lay hold of the prey, and shall carry away safe, and none shall deliver. 30. And in that day they shall roar against them like the roar- ing of the sea; and if they look unto the land, behold, darkness and sorrow, and the light is dark- ened in the heavens thereof. CHAPTER 16. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 6". 1. In the year that king Uzziah died, I "saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple. 2. Above it stood the sera- phim; each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. 3. And one cried unto another, and said: Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of Hosts; the ''whole earth is full of his glory. »n, Isa. 2:11. n,Isa. 10:16. o, Jer. 17 :15. p, Isa. 11 :10, 12. 13:2. 18:3. 49:22. 66:19. Zech. 9:16. r, 2 Ne. 29:2. Moro. 10:28. Chap. 16: a, ver. 5. 1 Kings 22:19. John 12:41. 6, Ps. 72:19. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 17. 79 4. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. 5. Then said I: Wo is unto me! for I am undone; because 1 am a man of unclean lips; and 1 dwell in the midst of a people of un- clean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of Hosts. 6. Then flew one of the sera- phim unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar; 7. And he laid it upon my mouth, and said: Lo, this has touched thy lips; and thine in- iquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. 8. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying: Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then I said: Here am 1; send me. 9. And he said: Go and tell this people — '"Hear ye indeed, but they understood not; and see ye indeed, but they perceived not. 10. Make the heart of this peo- ple fat, and make their ears heavy, and shut their eyes — lest they see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and under- stand with their heart, and be converted and be healed. 11. Then said 1: Lord, how long? And he said: "Until the cities be wasted without inhabi- tant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly deso- late; 12. And the Lord have re- moved men *far away, for there shall be a great forsaking in the midst of the land. * 13. But yet there shall be a tenth, and they shall return, and shall be eaten, as a teil-tree, and as an oak whose substance is in them when they cast their leaves; so the ^holy seed shall be the sub- stance thereof. CHAPTER 17. Scriptures from the brass plates coit' tinned — Compare Isaiah 7. 1. And it came to pass in the days of "Ahaz the son of Jotham, the son of Uzziah, king of Judah, that Rezin, king of Syria, and Pekah the son of Remaliah, king of Israel, went up toward Jeru- salem to war against it, but could not prevail against it. 2. And it was told the house of David, saying: Syria is confed- erate with Ephraim. And his heart was moved, and the heart of his people, as the trees of the wood are moved with the wind. 3. Then said the Lord unto Isaiah: Go forth now to meet Ahaz, thou and Shearjashub thy son, at the end of the ''conduit of the upper pool in the highway of the fuller's field; 4. And say unto him: Take heed, and be quiet; fear not, neither be fain4;-hearted for the two tails of these smoking fire- brands, for the fierce anger of Rezin with Syria, and of the son of Remaliah. 5. Because Syria, Ephraim, and the son of Remaliah, have taken evil counsel against thee, saying: 6. Let us go up against Judah and vex it, and let us make a breach therein for us, and set a king in the midst of it, yea, the son of Tabeal. 7. Thus saith the Lord God: '"It shall not stand, neither shall it come to pass. 8. For ''the head of Syria is Damascus, and the head of Da- mascus, Rezin; and within three ' c. Matt. 13:14. 15. John 12:40, cf, Mic. 3:12. e, 2 Kings 25:21. /, Ezra 9:2. Chap. 17: a, 2 Kings 1G:5. 2 Cbron. 28:5, 6. &, 2 Kings IS: 17. Isa, 36:2. c, Trov. 21:30. Isa. 8:10. d. 2 Sam. S:G. Bexwebn B. 0. 559 AND 545. 80 2 NEPHI, 18. score and five years shall Eph- raim be broken that it be not a people. 9. And the head of Ephraim is Samaria, and the head of Sa- maria is Remaliah's son. *If ye will not believe surely ye shall not be established. 10. Moreover, the Lord spake again unto Ahaz, saying: 11. 'Ask thee a sign of the Lord thy God; ask it either in the depths, or in the heights above. 12. But Ahaz said: I will not ask, neither will I tempt the Lord. 13. And he said: Hear ye now, O house of David; is it a small thing for you to weary men, but will ye weary my God also? 14. Therefore, the Lord him- self shall give you a sign — Be- hold, a ^virgin shall conceive, and shall bear a son, and shall call his name ''Immanuel. 15. Butter and honey shall he eat, that he may know to refuse the evil and to choose the good. 16. For ^before the child shall know to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land that thou abhorrest shall be forsaken of ^both her kings. 17. ^The Lord shall bring upon thee, and upon thy people, and upon thy father's house, days that have not come from the day that 'Ephraim departed from Judah, the king of Assyria. 18. And it shall come to pass in that day that the Lord shall hiss for the fly that is in the ut- termost part of Egypt, and for the bee that is in the land of Assyria. 19. And they shall come, and shall rest all of them in the deso- late valleys, and in the holes of the rocks, and upon all thorns, and upon all bushes. 20. In the same day shall the Lord shave with a "'razor that is hired, by them beyond the river, by the king of Assyria, the head, and the hair of the feet; and it shall also consume the beard. 21. And it shall come to pass in that day, a man shall nourish a young cow and two sheep; 22. And it shall come to pass, for the abundance of milk they shall give he shall eat butter; for butter and honey shall every one eat that is left in the land. 23. And it shall come to pass in that day, every place shall be, where there were a thousand vines at a thousand silverlings, which shall be for "briers and thorns. 24. With arrows and with bows shall men come thither, because all the land shall become briers and thorns. 25. And all hills that shall be digged with the mattock, there shall not come thither the fear of briers and thorns; but it shall be for the sending forth of oxen, and the treading of lesser cattle. CHAPTER 18. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 8. 1. Moreover, the word of the Lord said unto me: Take thee a great roll, and write in it with a man's pen, "concerning Maher- shalal-hash-baz. 2. And I took unto me faith- ful witnesses to record, Uriah the priest, and Zechariah the son of Jeberechiah. 3. And I went unto the proph- etess; and she conceived and bare e, 2 Chron. 20:20. f, Judg. 6:36 — 40. Matt. 12:38—40. g. Matt. 1:23. Luke 1:31. 34. See /, Al. 7. h, Isa. 8:8. i, Isa. 8:4. j, 2 Kings 15:30. 16:9. k, 2 Chron. 28:19 — 21. Z, 1 Kings 12:10 — 19. ni, 2 Kings 16:7, 8. 2 Cbron. 28:20, 21. n, see d, 2 Ne. 15. Chap. 18 : a, ver. 3. Between B. O. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 18. 81 a son. Then said the Lord to me: Call his name, Maher-shalal-hash- baz. 4. "For behold, the child shall not have knowledge to cry. My father, and my mother, before "the riches of Damascus and the spoil of Samaria shall be taken away before the king of Assyria. 5. The Lord spake also unto me again, saying: 6. Forasmuch as this people refuseth the waters of ''Shiloah that go softly, and rejoice in ''Rezin and Remaliah's son; 7. Now therefore, behold, the Lord bringeth up upon them the waters of the river, strong and many, even the king '^of Assyria and all his glory; and he shall come up over all his channels, and go over all his banks. 8. And he shall pass through Judah; he shall overflow and go over, ''he shall reach even to the neck; and the stretching out of his wings shall fill the breadth of thy land, O ''Immanuel. 9. ^Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear all ye of far countries; gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces; gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. 10. Take counsel together, and it shall come to naught; speak the word, and it shall not stand; for God is with us. 11. For the Lord spake thus to me with a strong hand, and in- structed me that I should not walk in the way of this people, saying: 12. Say ye not, A confeder- acy, to all to whom this people shall say, A confederacy; neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid. 13. Sanctify the Lord of Hosts himself, and let him be your fear, and let him be your dread. 14. And he shall be for a sanc- tuary; but for a ^stone of stum- bling, and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. 15. And many among them shall ''stumble and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. 16. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples. 17. And I will wait upon the Lord, that 'hideth his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him. 18. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of Hosts, which dwelleth in Mount Zion. 19. And when they shall say unto you: ""Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep and mutter — should not a people "seek unto their God for the living to hear from the dead? 20. To nhe law and to the tes- timony; and if they speak not according to this word, it is be- cause there is no light in them. 21. And they shall pass through it hardly bestead and hungry; and it shall come to pass that when they shall be hungry, they shall fret themselves, and curse their king and their God, and look upward. 22. And they shall look unto the earth and behold trouble, and darkness, ^dimness of anguish, and shall be driven to darkness. 6, Isa. 7:16. c, 2 Kings 15:29, 30. d, Neh. 3:15. John 9:7. e, Isa. 7:1 — 6. /,Isa. 10:12. gr, Isa. 30 :28. ^t, Isa. 7:14. i, Joel 3 : 9^— 14. /, Isa. 28:16. Luke 2 :34. Rom. 9:33. 1 Pet. 2:8. k. Matt. 21:44. Luke 20:18. Rom. 9:32. I, Isa. 54:8. m, 1 Sam. 28 :8. Isa. 19 :3. n, Isa. 29. See c, 2 Ne. 27. o, Luke 16 :29 — 31. p, Isa. 5:30. 9:1. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 82 2 NEPHl, 19. CHAPTER 19. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 9. 1. Nevertheless, the "dimness shall not be such as was in her vexation, when at first he lightly afflicted the ''land of Zebulun, and the land of Naphtali, and after- wards did more grievously afflict by the way of the Red Sea beyond Jordan in Galilee of the nations. 2. The people that walked in darkness have seen a great light; they that dwell in the land of the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined. 3. Thou hast multiplied the nation, and increased the joy — they joy before thee according to the joy in harvest, and as men re- joice when they divide the spoil. 4. For thou hast broken the yoke of his burden, and the staff of his shoulder, the rod of his oppressor. 5. For every battle of the war- rior is with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire. 6. For ''unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given; and the ''government shall be upon his shoulder; and his name shall be called. Wonderful, Counselor, The ^Mighty God, The Everlast- ing Father, 'The Prince of Peace. 7. Of the increase of govern- ment and peace ^there is no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth, even forever. The zeal of the Lord of Hosts will perform this. 8. The Lord sent his word unto Jacob and it hath lighted upon Israel. 9. And all the people shall know, even Ephraim and the in- habitants of Samaria, that say in the pride and stoutness of heart: 10. The bricks are fallen down, but we will build with hewn stones; the sycamores are cut down, but we will change them into cedars. 11. Therefore the Lord shall set up the adversaries of Rezin against him, and join his enemies together; 12. The Syrians before and the Philistines behind; and they shall devour Israel with open mouth. ''For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still. 13. For the people turneth not unto him that smiteth them, neither do they seek the Lord of Hosts. 14. Therefore will the Lord cut off from Israel 'head and tail, branch and rush ■'in one day. 15. ''The ancient, he is the head; and the prophet that teach- eth lies, he is the tail. 16. 'For the leaders of this people cause them to err; and they that are led of them are destroyed. 17. Therefore the Lord shall have no "'joy in their young men, neither shall have mercy on their fatherless and widows; for "every one of them is a hypocrite and an evildoer, and every mouth speak- eth folly. "For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still. 18. For wickedness ^burneth as the fire; it shall devour the briers and thorns, and shall kin- 0, Isa. 8:22. 6, ^[att. 4 :15, 16. r, Isa. 7:14. Luke 2:11. d. Matt. 28 :18. 1 Cor. 15:25—28. e. Tit. 2:13. ste 2b, Mos. 7. /, Eph. 2:14 — 17. g, Dau. 2:44. h, vers. 17,21. Isa. 5. .25. 10:4. Jor. 4 :S. i, v**r. 15. ;, Isa. 10 :lt. fc, rer. 14. 2, Isa. 3 :12. m. Ps. 147:10. 11. n. Mic. 7:2, 3. o, see h. p, Isa. 10:17. Mai. 4:1. Tl^i...'.^— .-. n <-1 KRA .-^-rn KAK Bbtwkbn B. C. 659 and 645. 2 NEPHI, 20. 83 die in the thickets of the forests, and they shall mount up like the lifting up of smoke. 19. Through the wrath of the Lord of Hosts is the 'land dark- ened, and the people shall be as the fuel of the fire; "^no man shall spare his brother, 20. 'And he shall snatch on the right hand and be hungry; and he shall eat on the left hand and they shall not be satisfied; they shall eat every man the flesh of his own arm — 21. Manasseh, Ephraim; and Ephraim, Manasseh; they to- gether shall be against Judah. 'For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still. CHAPTER 20. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 10. 1. Wo unto them that "decree unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have prescribed; 2. To turn away the needy from judgment, and to take away the right from the poor of my people, that widows may be their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless! 3. And "what will ye do in '^the day of visitation, and in the deso- lation which shall come from far? to whom will ye flee for help? and where will ye leave your glory? 4. Without me they shall bow down under the prisoners, and they shall fall under the slain. ''For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still. 5. O Assyrian, the rod of mine anger, and the staff in their hand is their indignation. 6. I will send him against a 'hypocritical nation, and against the people of my wrath will I give him a charge to take the spoil, and to take the prey, and to tread them down like the mire of the streets. 7. Howbeit he meaneth not so, neither doth his heart think so; but in his heart it is to destroy and cut off nations not a few. 8. For he saith: ^Are not my princes altogether kings? 9. Is not "Calno as ''Carchem- ish? Is not Hamath as Arpad? Is not Samaria ^as Damascus? 10. As my hand hath founded the kingdoms of the idols, and whose graven images did excel them of Jerusalem and of Sa- maria; 11. Shall I not, as I have done unto Samaria and her idols, so do to Jerusalem and to her idols? 12. Wherefore it shall come to pass that when the Lord hath performed his whole work ^upon Mount Zion and upon Jerusalem, ^I will punish the fruit of the stout heart of the king of Assyria, and the glory of his high looks. 13. For he saith: 'By the strength of my hand and by my wisdom I have done these things; for I am prudent; and I have moved the borders of the people, and have robbed their treasures, and I have put down the inhabi- tants like a valiant man; 14. And my hand hath found as a nest the riches of the people; and as one gathereth eggs that are left have I gathered all the earth; and there was none that moved the wing, or opened the mouth, or peeped. 15. Shall the ax boast itself against him that heweth there- q, Isa. 8:22. r, Mic. 7:2 — G. s. Lev. 26:26. t, see ft. Chap. 20: a, Ps. 58:2. 94:20. &, Job 31:14. c, llos. 9:7. d, see h, 2 Ne. 19. e. Jer. 34:22. /, 2 Kings 18:24. 33 — 35. 19:10 — 13. g, Amos 0:2. h, 2 Cbron. 35:20. t. 2 Kings 1G:9. j. 2 Kiugs 19:31. k, Jer. 50:18, i!, Isa. 37:24—38. Between B. C. 550 and 545. 84 2 NEPHI, 20. with? Shall the saw magnify it- self against him that shaketh it? As if the rod should shake itself against them that lift it up, or as if the staff should lift up itself as if it were no wood! 16. Therefore shall the Lord, the Lord of Hosts, send among his fat ones, leanness; and under his glory he shall kindle a burn- ing like the burning of a fire. 17. And the light of Israel shall be for a fire, and his Holy One for a fiame, and "'shall burn and shall devour his thorns and his briers in one day; 18. And shall consume the glory of his forest, and of his fruitful field, both soul and body; and they shall be as when a stand- ard-bearer fainteth. 19. And the rest of the trees of his forest shall be few, that a child may write them. 20. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the remnant of Israel, and such as are escaped of the house of Jacob, "shall no more again stay upon him that smote them, but shall stay upon the Lord, the Holy One of Israel, in truth. 21. "The remnant shall return, yea, even the remnant of Jacob, unto the mighty God. 22. For ^though thy people Israel be as the sand of the sea, 'yet a remnant of them shall re- turn; the '"consumption decreed shall overflow with righteousness. 23. For the Lord God of Hosts shall make a consumption, even determined in all the land. 24. Therefore, thus saith the Lord God of Hosts: O my people that dwellest in Zion, *be not afraid of the Assyrian; he shall smite thee with a rod, and shall lift up his staff against thee, 'after the manner of Egypt. 25. For yet a very little while, and the "indignation shall cease, and mine anger in their destruc- tion. 26. And the Lord of Hosts shall "stir up a scourge for him according to the slaughter of "■Midian at the rock of Oreb; and 'as his rod was upon the sea so shall he lift it up after the man- ner of Egypt. 27. And it shall come to pass in that day that "his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoul- der, and his yoke from off thy neck, and the yoke shall be de- stroyed because of the ^anointing. 28. He is come to Aiath, he is passed to Migron; at Michmash he hath laid up his carriages. 29. They are -"gone over the passage; they have taken up their lodging at Geba; Ramath is afraid; -^Gibeah of Saul is fled. 30. Lift up the voice, O daugh- ter of -'"Gallim; cause it to be heard unto ""^Laish, O poor ^^Ana- thoth. 31. ^^Madmenah is removed; the inhabitants of Gebim gather themselves to flee. 3 2. As yet shall he remain at -^Nob that day; he shall ^^''shake his hand against the mount of the daughter of Zion, the hill of Jeru- salem. 33. Behold, the Lord, the Lord of Hosts shall lop the bough with terror; and -'the high ones of stature shall be hewn down; and the haughty shall be humbled. 3 4. And he shall cut down the m, Isa. 9:18. 19. 37 :3G. n, 2 Kings 16:7 — 9. 2 Chron. 28:20, 21. o, Isa. 11:11. Joel 2:32. p, Rom. 9:27. q, Isa. 6:13. r, Isa. 28 -.22. s, Isa. 37:6, 7. t, Ex. 14. u, Dan. 11 :36. v, 2 Kings 19 :35. w, Judg. 7 :25. Isa. 9 :4. x, Ex. 14 :26, 27. y, Isa. 14:25. z, Ps. 105:15. 2a, 1 Sam. 13:23. 2b, 1 Sam. 11:4. 2c, 1 Sam. 25:44. 2d, Judg. 18:7. 2e, Josh. 21:18. 2/, Josh. 15:31. 2g, 1 Sam. 21:1. 22:19. Neh. 11:32. 2h, Isa. 13 :2. 2i, Amos 2 :9. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 21. 85 thickets of the forests with iron, and Lebanon shall fall by a mighty one. CHAPTER 21. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 11. 1. And "there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a branch shall grow out of his roots. 2. ^And the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; 3. And shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord; and he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears. 4. But ''with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth; and he shall ''smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked. 5. And ^righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faith- fulness the girdle of his reins. 6. ^The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid, and the calf and the young lion and fatling together; and a little child shall lead them. 7. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together; and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. 8. And the sucking child shall play on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice's den. 9. ^They shall not hurt nor de- stroy in all my holy mountain, for "the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea. 10. And in that day Uhere shall be a root of Jesse, which shall ^stand for an ensign of the people; to it "shall the Gentiles seek; and his rest shall be glorious. 11. And it shall come to pass in that day that the Lord shall set his hand again Hhe second time to recover the remnant of his people which shall be left, ""from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. 12. And he shall "set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the "outcasts of Israel, and ^gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth. 13. «The envy of Ephraim also shall depart, and the adversaries of Judah shall be cut off; Eph- raim shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not vex Ephraim. 14. But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines towards the west; they shall spoil them of the east together; they shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them. 15. And the Lord '"shall utterly destroy the tongue of the Egyp- tian sea; and with his mighty wind he shall shake his hand over the river, and shall smite it in the seven streams, and *make men go over dry shod. a, ver. 10. Isa. 53:2. Jer. 23:5, 6. Acts 13:23. Rev. 5:5. 6, Isa. 61:1—3. c, Ps. 72:2. 4. Rev. 19:11. (f. Job 4 :9. Mai. 4 :6. 2Thess. 2:8. Rev. 1:16. 2:16. 19:15. e, Eph. 6:14. /, Isa. 65 :25. Ezek. 34:25. Hos. 2:18. £r. Job 5 :23. Isa. 2 :4. 35:9. h, Hab. 2:14. i, ver. 1. Rom. 15:12. j, ver. 12. See p, 2 Ne. 15. Tc, D. & C. 45:9, 10. I, see i, 2 Ne. 6. ni, Zecb. 10:10. n, see p, 2 Ne. 15. o, see p, 3 Ne. 15. p, see e, 1 Ne. 15. q, Jer. 3:18. r, Zecb. 10:11. s. Rev. 16:12. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 86 2 NEPHI, 22, 23. 16. 'And there shall be a high- way for the remnant of his people which shall be left, from Assyria, *'like as it was to Israel in the day that he came up out of the land of Egypt. CHAPTER 22. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Coinpare Isaiah 12. 1. And "in that day thou shalt say: O Lord, I will praise thee; though thou wast angry with me thine anger is turned away, and thou comfortedest me. 2. Behold, God is my salva- tion; I will trust, and not be afraid; for the Lord ''Jehovah is my •'strength and my song; he also has become my salvation. 3. Therefore, with joy shall ye ''draw water out of the wells of salvation. 4. And in that day shall ye say: ^Praise the Lord, call upon his name, declare his doings among the people, make mention that his name is exalted. 5. Sing unto the Lord; 'for he hath done excellent things; this is known in all the earth. 6. ''Cry out and shout, thou in- habitant of Zion; for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee. CHAPTER 23. Scriptures from the brass plates con- tinued — Compare Isaiah 13. 1. The burden of Babylon, which Isaiah the son of Amos did see. 2. "Lift ye up a banner upon the high mountain, exalt the voice unto them, "shake the band, that they may go into the gates of the nobles. 3. I have commanded ""my sanc- tified ones, I have also called my mighty ones, for mine anger is not upon them that rejoice in my highness. 4. The noise of the multitude in the mountains like as of a great people, a tumultuous noise of "the kingdoms of nations gath- ered together, the Lord of Hosts mustereth the hosts of the battle. 5. They come from a far coun- try, from the end of heaven, yea, •"the Lord, and the weapons of his indignation, to destroy the whole land. 6. Howl ye, for the ^day of the Lord is at hand; it shall come as a destruction from the Almighty. 7. Therefore shall all hands be faint, every man's heart shall melt; 8. And they shall be afraid; pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames. 9. Behold, the day of the Lord Cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate; and he shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. 10. ^For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light; the sun shall be darkened in her going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine. 11. 'And I will punish the world for evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; I will cause the ^ D. & C. 133:27. Zecb. 10:11. Isa. 35:8 — 10. «, Ex. 14 :29. Isa. 51 :10. 03:12. 13. Chai*. 22: a, Isa. 2:11. b. Vs. 83:18. c. Ex. 15:2. Ps. 118:14. K.IK nt\ O .OT 7. T..„ rn\ .n -UnnxirTi.,:-^* T> n Km . »T r» KIK Morm. 5:15, 20. 8:27. k, Isa, 29:3 Between B. C. 559 and 545. 94 2 NEPHI, 26. and shall have laid siege against them with a mount, and raised forts against them; and after they shall have been brought down low in the dust, even that they are not, yet the words of the righteous shall be written, and the prayers of the faithful shall be heard, and all those who have dwindled in unbelief shall not be forgotten. 16. For those who shall be de- stroyed shall 'speak unto them out of the ground, and their speech shall be low out of the dust, and their voice shall be as one that hath a familiar spirit; for the Lord God will give unto him power, that he may whisper concerning them, even as it were out of the ground; and their speech shall whisper out of the dust. 17. For thus saith the Lord God : They shall write the things which shall be done among them, and they shall be written and sealed up in a book, and those who have dwindled in unbelief shall ""not have them, for they seek to destroy the things of God. 18. Wherefore, as those who have been destroyed have been destroyed speedily; and the "mul- titude of their terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away — yea, thus saith the Lord God: It shall be at an instant, suddenly — 19. And it shall come to pass, that those who have "dwindled in unbelief shall be smitten by the hand of the Gentiles. 20. And the Gentiles are lifted up in the pride of their eyes, and have ^stumbled, because of the greatness of their stumbling block, that they have built up 'many churches; nevertheless, they put down the ''power and miracles of God, and preach up unto themselves their own wisdom and their 'own learning, that they may get 'gain and grind upon the face of the poor. 21. And there are many churches built up which cause envyings, and strifes, and malice. 22. And there are also "secret combinations, even as in times of old, according to the combina- tions of the devil, for he is the foundation of all these things; yea, the foundation of murder, and works of darkness; yea, and he leadeth them by the neck with a flaxen cord, until he bindeth them with his strong cords for- ever. 23. For behold, my beloved brethren, I say unto you that the Lord God worketh not in dark- ness. 24. He doeth not anything save it be for the benefit of the world; for he loveth the world, even that he layeth down his own life that he may ^'draw all men unto him. Wherefore, he commandeth none that they shall not partake of his salvation. 25. Behold, doth he cry unto any, saying: Depart from me? Behold, I say unto you. Nay; but he saith: Come unto me all ye ends of the earth, "'buy milk and honey, without money and with- out price. 26. Behold, hathhecommanded any that they should depart out of the synagogues, or out of the houses of worship? Behold, I say unto you. Nay. 27. Hath he commanded any that they should not partake of I, Isa. 29:4. m, Enos 14. Morrn. 6:6. n, Isa. 29:5. Morm. 6:6 — 15. o, see ;. p, 1 Ne. 13:29, 34. 14:1 — 3. q, 1 Ne. 14:9. 10. 22:23. 2 Ne. 28. Morm. 8:25 — 41. r, 2 Ne. 28:5, 6. Morm. 8:26. 9:7 — 26. More. 7:33 — 38. s, 2 Ne. 28:4. t. 1 Ne. 22:23. 2 Ne. 28:12, 13. Morm. 8:28, 32, 33, 36 — 39. u, see i, 2 Ne. 10. v, see c, 2 Ne. 9. w, Isa. 55 :1. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 27. 95 his salvation? Behold I say unto you, Nay; but he hath given it free for all men; and he hath commanded his people that they should persuade all men to re- pentance. 28. Behold, hath the Lord com- manded any that they should not partake of his goodness? Behold I say unto you. Nay; but all men are privileged the one like unto the other, and none are forbidden. 29. He commandeth that there shall be no priestcrafts; for, be- hold, ^priestcrafts are that men preach and set themselves up for a light unto the world, that they may get gain and praise of the world; but they seek not the welfare of Zion. 30. Behold, the Lord hath for- bidden this thing; wherefore, the Lord God hath given a command- ment that all men should have charity, which "charity is love. And except they should have charity they were nothing. Where- fore, if they should have charity they would not suffer the laborer in Zion to perish. 31. But the laborer in Zion shall labor for Zion; for if they labor for money they shall perish. 32. And again, the Lord God hath commanded that men should not murder; that they should not lie; that they should not steal; that they should not take the name of the Lord their God in vain; that they should not envy; that they should not have malice; that they should not contend one with another; that they should not commit whoredoms; and that they should do none of these things; for whoso doeth them shall perish. 33. For none of these iniqui- ties come of the Lord; for he doeth that which is good among the children of men; and he doeth nothing save it be ^plain unto the children of men; and he inviteth them all to come unto him and partake of his goodness; and he denieth none that come unto him, black and white, bond and free, male and female; and he remem- bereth the heathen; and all are alike unto God, both Jew and Gentile. CHAPTER 27. NepJii's predictions continued — God's judgments ttpon the wicked — The sealed book — The unlearned man — The three witnesses — A marvelous work and a wonder. 1. But, behold, in the last days, or in the days of the Gentiles — yea, behold all the nations of the Gentiles and also the Jews, both those who shall come upon this land and those who shall be upon other lands, yea, even upon all the lands of the earth, be- hold, they will be "drunken with iniquity and all manner of abom- inations — 2. And when that day shall come they shall be ^visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring fire. 3. And all the nations that fight against Zion, and that distress her, shall be as a dream of a night vision; yea, it shall be unto them, even as unto a hungry man which dreameth, and behold he eateth but he awaketh and his soul is empty; or like unto a thirsty man which dreameth, and behold he drinketh but he awak- eth and behold he is faint, and his soul hath appetite; yea, even so shall the multitude of all the na- aj, 3 Ne. 16:10. 21:19 — 21. Chap. 30. |/, Moro. 7 :47, 48. 8:26. «, vers. 23, 24. Ghap. 27 : a, Isa. 29 :9. 6, Isa. 29 :6— 10. Between B. C. 559 and 645. 96 2 NEPHl, 27. tions be that fight against Mount Zion. 4. For behold, all ye that doeth iniquity, stay yourselves and won- der, for ye shall cry out, and cry; yea, ye shall be drunken but not with wine, ye shall stagger but not with strong drink. 5. For behold, the Lord hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep. For behold, ye have closed your eyes, and ye have rejected the prophets; and your rulers, and the seers hath he cov- ered because of your iniquity. 6. And it shall come to pass that the Lord God shall bring forth unto you the words of a •"book, and they shall be the words of them which have slumbered. 7. And behold the book shall be ''sealed; and in the book shall be a ^revelation from God, from the beginning of the world to the ending thereof. 8. Wherefore, because of the things which are sealed up, the things which are sealed shall not be delivered in the ''day of the wickedness and abominations of the people. Wherefore the book shall be kept from them. 9. But the book shall be deliv- ered unto a man, and he shall deliver the words of the book, which are the words of those who have slumbered in the dust, and he shall deliver these words unto another; 10. But the words which are sealed he shall not deliver, neither shall he deliver the book. For the book shall be sealed by the power of God, and the revelation which was sealed shall be kept in the book until the own Mue time of the Lord, that they may come forth; for behold, they ^reveal all things from the foundation of the world unto the end thereof. 11. And the day cometh that the words of the book which were sealed shall be read upon the house tops; and they shall be read by the power of Christ; and all things shall be '''revealed unto the children of men which ever have been among the children of men, and which ever will be even unto the end of the earth. 12. Wherefore, at that day when the book shall be delivered unto the man of whom I have spoken, the book shall be hid from the eyes of the world, that the eyes of none shall behold it save it be that '"three witnesses shall behold it, by the power of God, besides him to whom the book shall be delivered; and they shall testify to the truth of the book and the things therein. 13. And there is none other which shall view it, save it be a "few according to the will of God, to bear testimony of his word unto the children of men; for the Lord God hath said that the words of the faithful should speak as if it were from the "dead. 14. Wherefore, the Lord God will proceed to bring forth the words of the book; and in the mouth of as ^many witnesses as seemeth him good will he estab- lish his word; and wo be unto him that «rejecteth the word of God! 15. But behold, it shall come to pass that the Lord God shall say unto ''him to whom he shall deliver the book: Take these words which are not sealed and c, 1 Ne. 13:34. 35. 39 — 42. 2 Ne. 3:0—23. 26:16, 17. 29:11. Enos 13—18. Morm. 5:12. 13. 8:14—16. 25 — 32. d, Isa. 29:11. e, Eth. 4:1 — 7. /, Eth. 4:6. 7. i, Eth. 4:7. 15. j, Eth, 4:15. A-, Eth, 4:6, 7, 13 — 17. m, see c, 2 Ne. 11. n, see Testimony of Witnesses in forepart of Book, o, 2 Ne. 3:19, 20, 26:16. 17. 27:6. 33:13 — 15. Morm, 9:30. Moro. 10:27. Isa. 29:4. v, see d, 2 Ne. 11. q, 2 Ne. 28:29, 30. 33:13 — 15, Eth. 4:8. r, vers. 12, 19, 24. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 2 NEPHI, 27, 97 deliver them to 'another, that he may show them 'unto the learned, saying: "Read this, I pray thee. And the learned shall say: Bring hither the book, and I will read them. 16. And now, because of the glory of the world and to get gain will they say this, an-d not for the glory of God. 17. And the man shall say: I cannot bring the book, for it is sealed. 18. Then shall the learned say: I cannot read it. 19. Wherefore it shall come to pass, that the Lord God will de- liver again the book and the words thereof to ''him that is not learned; and the man that is not learned shall say: I am not learned. 20. Then shall the Lord God say unto him: The learned shall not read them, for they have re- jected them, and I am able to do mine own work; wherefore thou Shalt read the words which I shall give unto thee. 21. "'Touch not the things which are sealed, for I will bring them forth in mine own due time; for I will show unto the children of men that I am able to do mine own work. 22. Wherefore, when thou hast read the words which I have com- manded thee, and obtained the ''witnesses which I have promised unto thee, then shalt thou seal up the book again, and hide it up unto me, that I may preserve the words which thou hast not read, until I shall see fit in mine own wisdom "to reveal all things unto the children of men. 23. For behold, I am God; and I am a God of miracles; and I will show unto the world that I am the same yesterday, today, and forever; and 1 work not among the children of men save it be according to their faith. 24. And again it shall come to pass thai the Lord shall say unto ^him that shall read the words that shall be delivered him: 25. ^^'^Forasmuch as this people draw near unto me with their mouth, and with their lips do honor me. but have removed their hearts far from me, and their fear towards me is taught by the precepts of men — 26. Therefore, I will proceed to =Mo a marvelous work among this peoDie,yea,a marvelous work and a wonder, for the wisdom of their wise and learned shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent shall be hid. 27. And wo unto them that seek deep to hide their counsel from the Lord! And their works are in the dark; and they say: Who seeth us, and who knoweth us? And they also say: Surely, your turning of things upside down shall be esteemed as the potter's clay. But behold, I will show unto them, saith the Lord of Hosts, that I know all their works. For shall the work say of him that made it, he made me not? Or shall the thing framed say of him that framed it, he had no understanding? 28. But behold, saith the Lord of Hosts: I will show unto the children of men that it is yet a very little while and Lebanon shall be turned into a fruitful field; and the fruitful field shall be esteemed as a forest. 29. ^''And in that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, s, ver. 9, t, 1 t7, vers. 12, 15. 24. z, vers. 12, 15. 19. Cor. 1:19—21. Hist, of the Church, Voi. 1, p. 20. u, Isa. 29:11. w, Eth. 5:1. X, see c, 2 Ne. 11. y, 2 Ne. 27:7, 8. Eth, 4 :G, 7. 2a, Isa. 29 :13— 24. 2b, see i, 2 Ne. 25. 2c. KZti c. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 98 2 NEPHI. 28. and the eyes of the blind shall see out of obscurity and out of darkness. 30. And the meek also shall increase, and their joy shall be in the Lord, and the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel. 31. ^dpor assuredly as the Lord liveth they shall see that the ter- rible one is brought to naught, and the scorner is consumed, and all that watch for iniquity are cut off; 32. And they that make a man an offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of naught. 33. Therefore, thus saith the Lord, who redeemed Abraham, concerning the house of Jacob: Jacob shall -*not now be ashamed, neither shall his face now wax pale. 34. But when he seeth his chil- dren, the work of my hands, in the midst of him, they shall sanctify my name, and sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, and shall fear the God of Israel. 35. -'They also that erred in spirit shall come to understand- ing, and they that murmured sliall learn doctrine. CHAPTER 28. NephVs predictions continued — Lat- ter-day churches and conditions — The kingdom of the devil to be shaken — The misleading precepts of men. 1. And now, behold, my breth- ren, I have spoken unto you, ac- cor-ding as the Spirit hath con- strained me; wherefore, I know that they must surely come to pass. 2. The things which shall be written out of the *book shall be of great worth unto the children of men, and especially unto our seed, which is a remnant of the house of Israel. 3. For it shall come to pass in that day that the "churches which are built up, and not unto the Lord, when the one shall say unto the other: Behold, I, I am the Lord's; and the others shall say: I, I am the Lord's; and thus shall ev-ery one say that hath built up churches, and not unto the Lord — 4. And they shall contend one with another; and their priests shall contend one with another, and they shall teach with their '^learning, and deny the Holy Ghost, which giveth utterance. 5. And they deny the "^power of God, the Holy One of Israel; and they say unto the people: Hearken unto us, and hear ye our precept; for behold there is no God today, for the Lord and the Redeemer hath done his work, and he hath given his power unto men; 6. Behold, hearken ye unto my precept; if they shall say there is a miracle wrought by the hand of the Lord, believe it not; for this day he is not a God of mira- cles; he hath done his work. 7. Yea, and there shall be many which shall say: Eat, drink, and be merry, for tomorrow we die; and it shall be well with us. 8. And there shall also be many which shall say: Eat, drink, and be merry; neverthe- less, fear God — he will ^justify in committing a little sin; yea, lie a little, take the advantage of one because of his words, dig a pit for thy neighbor; there is no harm in this; and do all these 2d, see i, 1 Ne. 22. 2e, see e, 1 Ne. 15. 2/, 1 No. 13:35—38. 14:1—3. Chap. 28: a. see c, 2 Ne. 27. b, see q, 2 Ne. 26. c, 2 Ne. 26:20. d, see r 2 Ne. 26. e. vers 21. 25, 20. Morm. 8:31. Between B. C. 559 AND 545. 2 NEPHI, 28. 99 things, for tomorrow we die; and if it so be that we are guilty, God will beat us with a few stripes, and at last we shall be saved in the kingdom of God. 9. Yea, and there shall be many which shall teach after this man- ner, false and vain and foolish doctrines, and shall be puffed up in their hearts, and shall seek deep to hide their counsels from the Lord; and their works shall be in the dark. 10. And the ^blood of the saints shall cry from the ground against them. 11. Yea, they have all gone out of the way; they have become cor- rupted. 12. Because of pride, and be- cause of false teachers, and false doctrine, their ''churches have become corrupted, and their churches are lifted up; because of pride they are puffed up. 13. They rob the poor because of their fine sanctuaries; they rob the poor because of their fine clothing; and they persecute the meek and the poor in heart, because in their pride they are puffed up. 14. They wear stiff necks and high heads; yea, and because of pride, and wickedness, and abom- inations, and whoredoms, they have all gone astray save it be a few, who are the humble follow- ers of Christ; nevertheless, they are led, that in many instances they do err because they are Haught by the precepts of men. 15. O the wise, and the learned, and the rich, that are puffed up in the pride of their hearts, and all those who preach false doc- trines, and all those who commit whoredoms, and pervert the right way of the Lord, *wo, wo, wo be unto them, saith the Lord God Almighty, for they shall be thrust down to hell! 16. Wo unto them that ^turn aside the just for a thing of naught and revile against that which is good, and say that is of no worth! For the day shall come that the Lord God will speedily visit the inhabitants of the earth; and in that day that they are ^fully ripe in iniquity they shall perish. 17. But behold, if the inhabi- tants of the earth shall repent of their wickedness and abomina- tions they shall not be destroyed, saith the Lord of Hosts. 18. But behold, that great and abominable church, the whore of all the earth, must 'tumble to the earth, and great must be the fall thereof. 19. For the kingdom of the devil "*must shake, and they which belong to it must needs be stirred up unto repentance, or the devil will grasp them with his ever- lasting chains, and they be stirred up to anger, and perish; 20. For behold, at that day shall he "rage in the hearts of the children of men, and stir them up to anger against that which is good. 21. And others will he "pacify, and lull them away into carnal security, that they will say: All is well in Zion; yea, Zion pros- pereth, all is well — and thus the devil cheateth their souls, and leadeth them away carefully down to hell. /, 1 Ne. 14:13. 22:14. 2 Ne. 5:1(5. Morm. 8:27, 40, 41, Eth. 8:22 — 24. D. & C. 58:53. 63:28 — 31. Rev. 6 :9 — 11. 18:24, 19:2. g, see g, 2 Ne. 26. ft, 2 Ne. 27 :35. i, 1 Ne. 22:23. 2 Ne. 26:20 — 22, 32. Al. 39:5. 3 Ne. 20:4 — 9. Morm. 8:41. 9:26, j, 2 Ne. 27:32. k, 1 Ne. 22:16 — 23. Eth. 2:8—11. Morm. 8:41. I, 1 Ne. 14:3, 4, 6, 7, 15—17. See k, 1 Ne. 14. m, 1 Ne. 22:22, 23. 2 Ne. 28:20—32. n, ver. 28. o, 2 Ne. 26:29. 28:7—14, 25. Morm. 8:31. Bjetween B. C. 559 and 545. 100 2 NEPHI, 29. 22. And behold, others he flat- tereth away, and telleth them there is no hell; and he saith unto them: I am no devil, for there is none — and thus he whispereth in their ears, until he grasps them with his awful ^chains, from whence there is no deliverance. 23. Yea, they are "^grasped with death, and hell; and death, and hell, and the devil, and all that have been seized therewith must stand before the throne of God, and be judged according to their works, from whence they must go into the place prepared for them, even a '^lake of fire and brimstone, which is endless torment. 24. Therefore, wo be unto him that is at ease in Zion! 25. Wobeuntohimthatcrieth: All is well! 26. Yea, wo be unto him that 'hearkeneth unto the precepts of men, and denieth the power of God, and the gift of the Holy Ghost! 27. Yea, wo be unto him that saith: We have received, and we 'need no more! 28. And in fine, wo unto all those who tremble, and are "angry because of the truth of God! For behold, he that is built upon the rock receiveth it with gladness; and he that is built upon a sandy foundation trembleth lest he shall fall. 29. Wo be unto him that shall say: We have received the word of God, and we "need no more of the word of God, for we have enough! 30. For behold, thus saith the Lord God: I will give unto the children of men '"line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little; and blessed are those who hearken unto my pre- cepts, and lend an ear unto my counsel, for they shall learn wis- dom; ^for unto him that receiv- eth I will give more; and from them that shall say. We have enough, from them shall be taken away even that which they have. 31. Cursed is he that putteth his trust in man, or maketh flesh his arm, or shall hearken unto the ^precepts of men, save their pre- cepts shall be given by the power of the Holy Ghost. 3 2. ^Wo be unto the Gentiles, saith the Lord God of Hosts! For notwithstanding I shall lengthen out mine arm unto them from day to day, they will deny me; nevertheless, I will be merciful unto them, saith the Lord God, if they will repent and come unto me; for mine arm is lengthened out all the day long, saith the Lord God of Hosts. CHAPTER 29. NephVs predictions continued — The Gentiles and the Bible — Other records — God's words to he gathered in one. 1. But behold, there shall be many — at that day when I shall proceed to do a "marvelous work among them, that I may remem- ber my covenants which I have made unto the children of men, that I may set my hand again the ''second time to recover my peo- ple, which are of the house of Israel; 2. And also, that I may remem- ber the promises which I have made unto thee, Nephi, and also unto thy father, that I would re- member your seed; and that the '"words of your seed should pro- p, 2 Ne. 1:13, 23. 9:45. Vor. 19. Al. 12:11. 17. 30:18. q, see j, 2 Ne. 9. r, see 7^ 1 Ne. 15. s. see r, 2 Ne. 20. 2 Ne. 2S:31. t, vers. 29, 30. Al. 12:10, 11. 3 Ne. 2G:9, 10. Eth. 4:8. n, ver. 20. v, ver. 27. Also see t. iv, Isa. 28:10. x, Al. 12:10, 11. y, ver.s. 3 — 14. 2 Ne. 27:25. z, see d, 1 Ne. 14. Chap. 29: a, see t, 2 Ne. 25. 6, see i, 2 Ne. 6. c, 2 Ne. 3 :21. See I, 2 Ne. 26. Bet. B. C. 559 and 645. 2 NEPHI, 29. 101 ceed forth out of my mouth unto your seed; and my words shall ''hiss forth unto the ends of the earth, for a ^standard unto my people, which are of the house of Israel; 3. And because my words shall hiss forth — many of the Gentiles shallsay: A ^Bible! A Bible! We have got a Bible, and there cannot be any more Bible. 4. But thus saith the Lord God: O fools, they shall have a Bible; and it shall proceed forth from the Jews, mine ancient cove- nant people. And what thank they the Jews for the Bible which they receive from them? Yea, what do the Gentiles mean? Do they remember the travels, and the labors, and the pains of the Jews, and their diligence unto me, in bringing forth salvation unto the Gentiles? 5. O ye Gentiles, have ye re- membered the Jews, mine ancient covenant people? Nay; but ye have cursed them, and have hated them, and have not sought to re- cover them. But behold, I will return all these things upon your own heads; for I the Lord have not forgotten my people. 6. Thou 'fool, that shall say: A Bible, we have got a Bible, and we need no more Bible. Have ye obtained a Bible save it were by the Jews? 7. Know ye not that there are more nations than one? Know ye not that I, the Lord your God, have created all men, and that I remember those who are upon the isles of the sea; and that I rule in the heavens above and in the earth beneath; and I bring forth my word unto the children of men, yea, even upon all the na- tions of the earth? 8. Wherefore murmur ye, be- cause that ye shall receive more of my word? Know ye not that the testimony of two nations is a witness unto you that I am God, that I remember one nation like unto another? Wherefore, I speak the same words unto one nation like unto another. And when the two nations shall run together the testimony of the "two nations shall run together also. 9. And I do this that I may prove unto many that I am the same yesterday, today, and for- ever; and that I speak forth my words according to mine own pleasure. And because that I have spoken one word ye need not suppose that I cannot speak an- other; for my work is not yet fin- ished; neither shall it be until the end of man, neither from that time henceforth and forever. 10. Wherefore, because that ye have a Bible ye need not suppose that it contains all my words; neither need ye suppose that I have not caused more to be writ- ten. 11. For I command all men, both in the east and in the west, and in the north, and in the south, and in the islands of the sea, that they shall write the words which I speak unto them; for out of the 'books which shall be written I will ^judge the world, every man according to their works, accord- ing to that which is written. 12. For behold, I shall speak unto the '^Jews and they shall write it; and I shall also speak unto the 'Nephites and they shall write it; and I shall also *"speak d, Isa, 5:26. Moro. 10:2S. e, Iga. 5:20. 1S:3. 49:22. 02:10. D. & C. 45:9. 64:42. /, vers. 4, G— 14. g, ver. 3. h, 2 No. 3:12. Ezok. 37:15 — 20. i, see c, 2 Ne. 27. j, 2 Ne. 25:18, 22. 20:12—14. 3 Ne. 27:23 — 26. Rev. 20:12. k, 1 Ne. 13:23— 29. 2 Ne. 3:12. Z, 1 Ne. 13:39 — 42. 2 Ne. 3:12, 18—21. 20:16, 17. 27:0—26. m, 3 Ne. 16:1 — 3. 17:4. Between B. C. 559 and 545* 102 2 NEPHI, 30. unto the other tribes of the house of Israel, which I have led away, and they shall write it: and I shall also speak unto "all nations of the earth and they shall write it. 13. And it shall come to pass "that the Jews shall have the words of the Nephites, and the Nephites shall have the words of the Jews; and the Nephites and the Jews shall have the words of the lost tribes of Israel; and the lost tribes of Israel shall have the words of the Nephites and the Jews. 14. And it shall come to pass that my people, which are of the house of Israel, shall be gathered home unto the lands of their pos- sessions; and my word also shall be ^gathered in one. And I will show unto them that fight against my word and against my people, who are of the house of Israel, that I am God, and that I cove- nanted with Abraham that I would remember his seed forever. CHAPTER 30. Nephi's predictions continued — Con- verted Gentiles to be numbered vnth the covenant people — Jews and La- rnanites to believe — The wicked to be destroyed. 1. And now behold, my beloved brethren, I would speak unto you; for I, Nephi, would not suffer that ye should suppose that ye are more righteous than the Gentiles shall be. For behold, except ye shall keep the commandments of God ye shall all likewise perish; and because of the words which have been spoken ye need not sup- pose that the Gentiles are utterly destroyed. 2. For behold, I say unto you that as many of the Gentiles as will repent are the covenant peo- ple of the Lord; and as many of the Jews as will not repent shall be cast off; for the Lord cove- nanteth with none save it be with them that repent and believe in his Son, who is the Holy One of Israel. 3. And now, I would prophesy somewhat more concerning the Jews and the Gentiles. For after the "book of which I have spoken shall come forth, and be written unto the Gentiles, and sealed up again unto the Lord, there shall be ''many which shall believe the words which are written; and they shall carry them forth unto the "remnant of our seed. 4. And then shall the remnant of our seed know concerning us, how that we came out from Jeru- salem, and that they are descend- ants of the Jews. 5. And the gospel of Jesus Christ shall be declared ''among them; wherefore, th^y shall be re- stored unto the ^knowledge of their fathers, and also to the knowledge of Jesus Christ, which was had among their fathers. 6. And then shall they rejoice; for they shall know that it is a blessing unto them from the hand of God; and their scales of dark- ness shall begin to fall from their eyes; and many generations shall not pass away among them, save they shall be a ^white and delight- some people. 7. And it shall come to pass that the Jews which are scattered also shall ^begin to believe in Christ; and they shall begin to n, vers. 7 — 11. 2 Ne. 26:33. o, 2 Ne. 3:12. 20:8. Morm. 5:13, 14. p, see o, John 11:52. Chap. 30: a, see c, 2 Ne. 27. o, 1 Xe. 13:34 — 12. 14:1. 2, 5. 12 — 14. 22:8, 9. 3 Ne. 16 :G, 10, 11. 26:8. c, 1 Ne. 10:14. 15:13—18. 22:8 — 12. 3 Ne. 16:6 — 13. 20:13. d, 1 Ne. 13 :38 — i2. 15:13 — 18. 3 Ne. 16 :11, 12. 21:3—7,24 — 26. Morm. 5:15. e,lNe. 15:14. 2Ne. 3:12, Monn. 7 :1, 9, 10. /, 2 Ne. 5 :21. Jac. 3 :8. Al. 23:18. 3 Ne. 2:14 — 16. g, see /, 2 Ne. 25. Between B. C. 559 AND 545. 2 NEPHI, 31. 103 gather in upon the face of the land; and as many as shall be- lieve in Christ shall also become a delightsome people. 8. And it shall come to pass that the Lord God shall com- mence his work among all na- tions, kindreds, tongues, and peo- ple, to bring about the ''restora- tion of his people upon the earth. 9. *And with righteousness shall the Lord God judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth. And he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth; and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked. 10. For the time speedily com- eth that the Lord God shall cause a ^great division among the peo- ple, and the wicked will he de- stroy; and he will spare his peo- ple, yea, even if it so be that he must destroy the wicked by fire. 11. ^And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faith- fulness the girdle of his reins. 12. And then shall the wolf dwell with the lamb; and the leopard shall lie down with the kid, and the calf, and the young lion, and the fatling, together; and a little child shall lead them. 13. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together; and the lion shall eat straw like the ox. 14. And the sucking child shall play on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice's den. 15. They shall not hurt nor de- stroy in all my holy mountain; for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord as the waters cover the sea. 16. ^Wherefore, the things of all nations shall be made known; yea, all things shall be made known unto the children of men. 17. There is nothing which is secret save it shall be revealed; there is no work of darkness save it shall be made manifest in the light; and there is nothing which is ""sealed upon the earth save it shall be loosed. 18. Wherefore, all things which have been revealed unto the chil- dren of men shall at that day be revealed; and Satan shall have power over the hearts of the chil- dren of men "no more, for a long time. And now, my beloved brethren, I must make an end of my sayings. CHAPTER 3i; Nephi's predictions continued — Why the Savior would be baptized — The straight and narrow way. 1. And now I, Nephi, make an end of my prophesying unto you, my beloved brethren. And I can- not write but a few things, which I know must surely come to pass; neither can I write but a few of the words of my brother Jacob. 2. Wherefore, the things which I have written suflEiceth me, save it be a few words which I must speak concerning the doctrine of Christ; wherefore, I shall speak, unto you plainly, according to the plainness of my prophesying. 3. For my soul delighteth in "plainness; for after this manner doth the Lord God work among the children of men. For the Lord God giveth light unto the understanding; for he speaketh unto men according to their lan- guage, unto their understanding. 4. Wherefore, I would that ye should remember that I have spoken unto you concerning Hhat h, see e, 1 Ne. 15. i. Isa. 11:4. /, 1 Ne. 14:7. 22:16, 17. 7c. Ifa. 11:5—9. h 2 Ne. 29:6—14. Eth. 4:6. 7, 13—17. w, 1 Ne. 14:26. n, 1 Ne. 22:15, 26. Jao. 6:16. Eth. 8:26. Chap. 31: a. Bee 6, 2 Ne, 25. 6, see /, 1 Ne. 10. ^,..: Bbiwsbn B. C. 55d AND 64fiw 104 2 NEPHI, 31. prophet which the Lord showed unto me, that should baptize the Lamb of God, which should take away the sins of the world. 5. And now, if the Lamb of God, he being holy, should have need to be baptized by water, to 'fulfil all righteousness, O then, how much more need have we, being unholy, to be baptized, yea, even by water! 6. And now, I would ask of you, my beloved brethren, where- in the Lamb of God did fulfil all righteousness in being baptized by water? 7. Know ye not that he was holy? But notwithstanding he being holy, he showeth unto the children of men that, according to the flesh he humbleth himself before the Father, and witnesseth unto the Father that he would be obedient unto him in keeping his commandments. 8. Wherefore, after he was baptized with water the Holy Ghost descended upon him in the "form of a dove. 9. And again, it showeth unto the children of men the ^stra.ight- ness of the path, and the narrow- ness of the gate, by which they should enter, he having set the example before them. 10. And he said unto the chil- dren of men: Follow thou me. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, can we follow Jesus save we shall be willing to keep the command- ments of the Father? 11. And the Father said: Re- pent ye, repent ye, and be ^bap- tized in the name of my Beloved Son. 12. And also, the voice of the Son came unto me, saying: He that is baptized in my name, to him will the Father give the Holy Ghost, like unto me; wherefore, follow me, and do the things which ye have seen me do. 13. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, I know that if ye shall follow the Son, with full purpose of heart, acting no hypocrisy and no deception before God, but with real intent, repenting of your sins, witnessing unto the Father that ye are willing to take upon you the name of Christ, by bap- tism — yea, by following your Lord and your Savior down into the water, according to his word, behold, then shall ye receive the Holy Ghost; yea, then cometh the baptism of fire and of the Holy Ghost; and then can ye speak with the ''tongue of angels, and shout praises unto the Holy One of Israel. 14. But, behold, my beloved brethren, thus came the voice of the Son unto me, saying: After ye have repented of your sins, and witnessed unto the Father that ye are willing to keep my command- ments, by the baptism of water, and have received the baptism of fire and of the Holy Ghost, and can speak with a new tongue, yea, even with the tongue of angels, and after this should deny me, it would have been better for you that ye had not known me. 15. And I heard a voice from the Father, saying: Yea, the words of my Beloved are true and faithful. "He that endureth to the end, the same shall be saved. 16. And now, my beloved breth- ren, I know by this that unless a man shall endure to the end, in following the example of the Son of the living God, he cannot be saved. c. vers. C, 7. d, 1 Ne. 11:27. Luke 3:22. Jobn 1:32. D. & C. 93:15. e, see 2a, 2 Ne. 9. f, see u, 2 Ne. 9. g, vev. 14. 2 Ne. 32:2, 3. h, vers. 15. IG. Jac. 6:7—11. Mos. 5:11. 15:26,27. Al. 24 :30. 30:6. 3 Ne. 27:17. Morra. 1 :16. 17. Heb. 6:4 — 6. a Pet. 2:21. IX & C. 132:21. Between B. 0. 559 anp 545. 2 NEPHI, 32. 105 17. Wherefore, do the things which I have told you I have seen that your Lord and your Re- deemer should do; for, for this cause have they been shown unto me, that ye might know the 'gate by which ye should enter. For the gate by which ye should enter is repentance and baptism by water; and then cometh a remis- sion of your sins by fire and by the Holy Ghost. 18. And then are ye in this straight and narrow path which leads to eternal life; yea, ye have entered in by the g-ate; ye have done according to the command- ments of the Father and the Son; and ye have received the Holy Ghost, which witnesses of the Fa- ther and the Son, unto the fulfill- ing of the promise which he hath made, that if ye entered in by the way ye should receive. 19. And now, my beloved breth- ren, after ye have gotten into this straight and narrow path, I would ask if all is done? Behold, I say unto you, Nay; for ye have not come thus far save it were by the word of Christ with unshaken faith in him, relying wholly upon the merits of him who is mighty to save. 20. Wherefore, ye must press forward with a steadfastness in Christ, having a perfect bright- ness of hope, and a love of God and of all men. Wherefore, if ye shall press forward, feasting upon the word of Christ, and endure to the end, behold, thus saith the Fa- ther: Ye shall have eternal life. 21. And now, behold, my beloved brethren, this is the ^way; and there is none other way nor name given under heaven whereby man can be saved in the kingdom of God. And now, behold, this is the doctrine of Christ, and the only and true doctrine of the Fa- ther, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, which is ''one God, without end. Amen. CHAPTER 32. NepM's predictions continued — The tongue of angels — Office of the Holy Ghost. 1. And now, behold, my beloved brethren, I suppose that ye ponder somev/hat in your hearts concern- ing that which ye should do after ye have entered in by the way. But, behold, why do ye ponder these things in your hearts? 2. Do ye not remember that I said unto you that after ye had received the Holy Ghost ye could speak with the tongue of angels? And now, how could ye speak with the "tongue of angels save it were by the Holy Ghost? 3. Angels speak by the power of the Holy Ghost; wherefore, they speak the words of Christ. Wherefore, I said unto you, feast upon the words of Christ; for be- hold, the words of Christ will tell you all things what ye should do. 4. Wherefore, now after I have spoken these words, if ye cannot understand them it will be because ye ask not, neither do ye knock; wherefore, ye are not brought into the light, but must perish in the dark. 5. For behold, again I say unto you that if ye will enter in by the way, and receive the Holy Ghost, it will show unto you "all things what ye should do. 6. Behold, this is the doctrine of Christ, and there will be no more doctrine given until after he shall manifest himself unto see c. j, see e. h, Al. 11:44. 3 Ne. 11:27, 28, 36. 28:10. Morm. 7:7. Deut. Gal. 3:20. Epb. 4:5, 6. Chap. 32: a, see g. 2 Ne, 31. b, 1 Ne. 10:17—19. 31:13. Jar. 4, Al. 5:40—48. 3 Ne, 12:1, 2. 16:6. Chap. 30. Eth. 4:11, 12. Moro. 10:4 — 7. Between B. C. 559 and 545. 6:4. 13:37, 2 Ne. 106 2 NEPHI, 33. you ''in the flesh. And when he shall manifest himself unto you in the flesh, the things which he shall say unto you shall ye ob- serve to do. 7. And now I, Nephi, cannot say more; the Spirit stoppeth mine utterance, and I am left to mourn because of the unbelief, and the wickedness, and the ignorance, and the stiff neckedness of men; for they will not search knowl- edge, nor understand great knowl- edge, when it is given unto them in '^plainness, even as plain as word can be. 8. And now, my beloved breth- ren, I perceive that ye ponder still in your hearts ; and it grieveth me that I must speak concerning this thing. For if ye would hearken unto the Spirit which teacheth a man to ^pray ye would know that ye must pray; for the evil spirit teacheth not a man to pray, but teacheth him that he must not pray. 9. But behold, I say unto you that ye must pray always, and not faint; that ye must not perform any thing unto the Lord save in the first place ye shall pray unto the Father in the name of Christ, that he will consecrate thy per- formance unto thee, that thy per- formance may be for the welfare of thy soul. CHAPTER 33. NepM's parting testimony — Not mighty in writing as in speaking — His great concern for his people. 1. And now I, Nephi, cannot write all the things "which were taught among my people; neither am I "mighty in writing, like unto speaking; for when a man speak- eth by the power of the Holy Ghost the power of the Holy Ghost carrieth it unto the hearts of the children of men. 2. But behold, there are many that harden their hearts against the Holy Spirit, that it hath no place in them; wherefore, they cast many things away which are written and esteem them as things of naught. 3. But I, Nephi, have written what I have written, and I esteem it as of great worth, and especially unto my people. For I pray con- tinually for them by day, and mine eyes water my pillow by night, because of them; and I cry unto my God in faith, and I know that he will hear my cry. 4. And I know that the Lord God will consecrate my prayers for the gain of my people. And the words which I have written in weakness will be made strong unto them; foritpersuadeththem to do good; it maketh known unto them of ^their fathers; and it speaketh of Jesus, and persuadeth them to believe in him, and to endure to the end, which is life eternal. 5. And it speaketh '^harshly against sin, according to the plain- ness of the truth; wherefore, no man will be angry at the words which I have written save he shall be of the spirit of the devil. 6. I glory in ''plainness; I glory c, see b, 1 Ne. 12. d, see h, 2 Ne. 25. e, 1 Ne. 1:5. 6:21. 8:8. 15:8 — 11. 17:7. 18:3. 21. 2 Ne. 4:23, 24, 28 — 35. Jac. 7:22. Enos 4, 11, 15 — 18. Mos. 3:4. 4:1 — 3, 11, 19 — 22. 9:17 — 18. 21:14. 26:39. Al. 6:6. 17:3. 18:41 — 13, 19:14 — 16. 22:16. 27:11, 12. 31:10, 26 — 35. 33:4 — 11. 34:39. 38:8. 43:49, 50. 45:1. 46:13,16. 58:10. 62:51. He. 11 :3, 4, 10— 16. 3Ne. 1:11— 14. 13:5 — 13. 14:7—11. 17:3, 15—17, 21. 18:15 — 24, 30. 19:6 — 10, 17—36. 20:1. 27:1, 2, 7. 9, 28. 29. 28:1 — 9, 30. Morm. 9:0, 21, 28, 36. 37. Eth. 1:34 — 43. 2:14, 15, 18—22. 3:1 — 5. Moro. 6 :4, 5, 9. 7 :6 — 10, 26, 48. 8 :3. 26. 10 :4, 5. Chap. 33 : a, Eth. 12 :23— 27. 6, see g, 2 Ne. 3. Also see e, 2 Ne. 30. c, 1 Ne. 16 :1 — 3. 17 :48. 2 Ne. 1 :25— 27. Enos 23. Jar. 12. W. of Morm. 17. Moro. 9 :4. d, see b, 2 Ne. 25. Bsxwsfi^i B. C. 559 AND 615. JACOB, 1. 107 In truth; I glory in my Jesus, for he hath redeemed my soul from «hell. 7. I have charity for my people, and great faith in Christ that I shall meet many souls spotless at his judgment-seat. 8. I have charity for the Jew — I say Jew, because I mean them from whence I came. 9. I also have charity for the Gentiles. But behold, for none of these can I hope except they shall be reconciled unto Christ, and enter into the '"narrow gate, and walk in the straight path which leads to life, and continue in the path until the end of the day of probation. 10. And now, my beloved breth- ren, and also Jew, and all ye ends of the earth, hearken unto these words and believe in Christ; and if ye believe not in these words believe in Christ. And if ye shall believe in Christ ye will believe in these words, for they are the words of Christ, and he hath given them unto me; and they teach all men that they should do good. 11. And if they are not the words of Christ, judge ye — for Christ will show unto you, "with power and great glory, that they are his words, at the last day; and you and I shall stand face to face before his bar; and ye shall know that I have been commanded of him to write these things, not- withstanding my weakness. 12. And I pray the Father in the name of Christ that many of us, if not all, may be saved in his kingdom at that great and last day. 13. Andnow, my beloved breth- ren, all those who are of the house of Israel, and all ye ends of the earth, I speak unto you as the voice of one ''crying from the dust: Farewell until that great day shall come. 14. And you that will not par- take of the goodness of God, and respect the words of the Jews, and also my words, and the words which shall proceed forth out of the mouth of the Lamb of God, behold, I bid you an everlasting farewell, for Hhese words shall condemn you at the last day. 15. For what I ^seal on earth, shall be brought against you at the judgment bar; for thus hath the Lord commanded me, and I must obey. Amen. THE BOOK OF JACOB THE BROTHER OF NEPHI The words of Ms preaching unto his brethren. He confoundeth a man who seelceth to overthrow the doctrine of Christ. A few words concerning the history of the people of Nephi. CHAPTER 1. Nepliites and Lamanites — Death of Nephi, son of Lehi — Hardness of heart and wicked practices. 1. For behold, it came to pass that * fifty and five years had passed away from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem; wherefore, Nephi gave me, Jacob, a com- mandment concerning the "small plates, upon which these things are engraven. e, see k, 1 Ne. 15. /, see 2a, 2 Ne. 9. g, Eth. 4:8 — 10. 5:4 — 6. Moro. 7:35. 10:27. h, see I, 2 Ne. 26. i, see q, 2 Ne. 27. j. He. 10:5 — 11. See q, 2 Ne. 27. Chap. 1 : a, see b, 1 Ne. 6. • B. C. 544. 108 JACOB, 1. 2. And he gave me, Jacob, a commandment that I should write upon these plates a few of the things which I considered to be most precious; that I should not touch, save it were lightly, con- cerning the history of this people which are called the people of Nephi. 3. For he said that the history of his people should be engraven upon his ''other plates, and that I should preserve these plates and hand them down unto my seed, from generation to generation. 4. And if there were preaching which was sacred, or revelation which was great, or prophesying, that I should engraven the heads of them upon '"these plates, and touch upon them as much as it were possible, for Christ's sake, and for the sake of our people. 5. For because of faith and great anxiety, it truly had been made manifest unto us concerning our people, ''what things should happen unto them. 6. And we also had many rev- elations, and the spirit of much prophecy; wherefore, we knew of Christ and his kingdom, which should come. 7. Wherefore we labored dili- gently among our people, that we might persuade them to come unto Christ, and partake of the good- ness of God, that they might enter into his rest, lest by any means he should swear in his wrath they should not enter in, as in the provocation in the days of temp- tation while the children of Israel were in the wilderness. 8. Wherefore, we would to God that we could persuade all men not to rebel against God, to pro- voke him to anger, but that all men would believe in Christ, and view his death, and suffer his cross and bear the shame of the world; wherefore, I, Jacob, take it upon me to fulfil *the com- mandment of my brother Nephi. 9. Now Nephi began to be old, and he saw that he must soon die; wherefore, he anointed a man to be a king and a ruler over his people now, according to the reigns of the kings. 10. The people having loved Nephi exceedingly, he having been a great protector for them, hav- ing wielded the sword of Laban in their defence, and having la- bored in all his days for their welfare — 11. Wherefore, the people were desirous to retain in remembrance his name. And whoso should reign in his stead were called by the people, ^second Nephi, third Nephi, and so forth, according to the reigns of the kings; and thus they were called by the people, let them be of whatever name they would. 12. And it came to pass that Nephi died. 13. Now the people which were not Lamanites were Nephites; nevertheless, they were called Ne- phites, Jacobites, Josephites, Zo- ramites, Lamanites, Lemuelites, and Ishmaelites. 14. ButI, Jacob, shall not here- after distinguish them by these names, but I shall call them La- manites that seek to destroy the people of Nephi, and those who are friendly to Nephi I shall call Nephites, or the people of Nephi, according to the reigns of the kings. 15. And now it came to pass that the people of Nephi. under 6, see f, 1 Ne. 1. c, ver. 1. Sep b, 1 Ne. 6. d, 1 Ne. chaps. 12—14. 15:1—18. 19:10 — 17. 22:7, 8. 2 Ne. 1:5 — 12. 2:3. Chap 3. 4:1 — 11. Chaps. 10,25 — 27. 29:11 — 14. 30:1 — 6. e, vers. 1 — 4. /, vers. 9, 14, 15. 2 Ne. 5:18. Bettwien B. C. 544 and 421. JACOB, 2. 109 the reign of the "second king, be- gan to grow hard in their hearts, and indulge themselves somewhat in wicked practices, such as like unto David of old desiring many- wives and concubines, and also Solomon, his son, 16. Yea, and they also began to search much gold and silver, and began to be lifted up some- what in pride. 17. Wherefore I, Jacob, gave unto them these words as I taught them in the ''temple, having first obtained mine errand from the Lord. 18. For I, Jacob, and my broth- er Joseph *had been consecrated priests and teachers of this people, by the hand of Nephi. 19. And we did magnify our office unto the Lord, taking upon us the responsibility, answering the sins of the people upon our own heads if we did not teach them the word of God with all diligence; wherefore, by laboring with our might their ^blood might not come upon our garments; otherwise their blood would come upon our garments.and we would not be found spotless at the last day. CHAPTER 2. Jacob's denunciation of unchastity and other sins — Plurality of wives forbidden because of iniquity. 1. The words which Jacob, the brother of Nephi, spake unto the people of Nephi, after the death of Nephi: 2. Now, my beloved brethren, I, Jacob, according to the respon- sibility which I am under to God, to magnify mine office with sober- ness, and that I might "rid my garments of your sins, I come up into the temple this day that I might declare unto you the word of God. 3. And ye yourselves know that I have hitherto been diligent in the office of my calling; but I this day am weighed down with much more desire and anxiety for the welfare of your souls than I have hitherto been. 4. For behold, as yet, ye have been obedient unto the word of the Lord, which I have given unto you. 5. But behold, hearken ye unto me, and know that by the help of the all-powerful Creator of heaven and earth I can tell you concerning your thoughts, how that ye are beginning to labor in sin, which sin appeareth very abominable unto me, yea, and abominable unto God. 6. Yea, it grieveth my soul and causeth me to shrink with shame before the presence of my Maker, that I might testify unto you concerning the wickedness of your hearts. 7. And also it grieveth me that I must use so much boldness of speech concerning you, before your wives and your children, many of whose ''feelings are ex- ceedingly tender and chaste and delicate before God, which thing is pleasing unto God; 8. And it supposeth me that they have come up hither to hear the pleasing word of God, yea, the word which healeth the wounded soul. 9. Wherefore, it burdeneth my soul that I should be constrained, because of the strict command- ment which I have received from God, to admonish you according to your crimes, to enlarge the wounds of those who are already wounded, instead of consoling and g, ver. 11. ft, see ft, 2 Ne. 5. i, 2 Ne. 5 :26. j, 2 Ne. :44. Jac. 2 :2. Chap. 2: o, see j, Jac. 1. 6, vers. 9, 28, 33, 35. Jac. 3:7. Moro. 9:1), 10. Between B. C. 544 and 421. 110 JACOB. 2. healing their wounds; and those who have not been wounded, in- stead of feasting upon the pleas- ing word of God have daggers placed to pierce their souls and wound their delicate minds. 10. But, notwithstanding the greatness of the task, I must do according to the strict commands of God, and tell you concerning your wickedness and abomina- tions, in the presence of the pure in heart, and the broken heart, and under the glance of the ''piercing eye of the Almighty God. 11. Wherefore, I must tell you the truth according to the ''plain- ness of the word of God. For be- hold, as I inquired of the Lord, thus came the word unto me, say- ing: Jacob, get thou up into the *temple on the morrow, and de- clare the word which I shall give thee unto this people. 12. And now behold, my breth- ren, this is the word which I de- clare unto you, that many of you have begun to search for gold, and for silver, and for all manner of precious ores, in the which this land, which is a Qand of promise unto you and to your seed, doth "abound most plentifully. 13. And the hand of providence hath smiled upon you most pleas- ingly, that you have obtained many riches; and because some of you have obtained more abundantly than that of your brethren ye are lifted up in the pride of your hearts, and ''wear stiff necks and high heads because of the costli- ness of your apparel, and perse- cute your brethren because ye suppose that ye are better than they. 14. And now, my brethren, do ye suppose that God Justlfleth you in this thing? Behpld, I say unto you, Nay. But he con- demneth you, and if ye persist In these things his judgments must speedily come unto you. 15. O that he would show you that he can pierce you, and with one*glance of his eye he can smite you to the dust! 16. O that he would rid you from this iniquity and abomina- tion. And, O that ye would listen unto the word of his commands, and let not this pride of your hearts destroy your souls! 17. Think of your brethren like unto yourselves, and be familiar with all and free with your sub- stance, that ^they may be rich like unto you. 18. But before ye seek for riches, seek ye for the kingdom of God. 19. And after ye have obtained a hope in Christ ye shall obtain riches, if ye seek them; and ye will seek them for the intent to do good — to clothe the naked, and to feed the hungry, and to lib- erate the captive, and administer relief to the sick and the aflflicted. 20. And now, my brethren, I have spoken unto you concern- ing pride; and those of you which have afflicted your neighbor, and persecuted him because ye were proud in your hearts, of the things which God hath given you, what say ye of it? 21. Do ye not suppose that such things are abominable unto him who created all flesh? And the one being is as precious in his sight as the other. And all flesh is of the dust; and for the selfsame end hath he created them, that they should keep his c, 2 Ne. 9:44. Jac. 2:15. Mos. 27:31. d, see d, 2 Ne. 33. e, see h, 2 Ne. 6. /, 1 Ne. 2:20. 4:14. 5:22. 12:1, 4. 13:12, 14, 30. 17:13, 14. 18:8. 23. 25. g, see g, 2 Ne, 5. h, 2 Ne. 28:14. Morm. 8:36 — 40, i, see c. /, Mos. 4:16, 22, 26. Al. 1 :26— 50. 4 Ne, 3, 24—26. Bsiwsm B. 0. 644 AND 421. JACOB, 2. Ill commandments and glorify him forever. 22. And now I make an end of speaking unto you concerning this pride. And were it not that I must speak unto you concern- ing a grosser crime, my heart would rejoice exceeaingly because of you. 23. But the word of God bur- thens me because of your grosser crimes. For behold, thus saith the Lord: This people begin to wax in iniquity; they understand not the scriptures, for they seek to excuse themselves in commit- ting whoredoms, because of the things which were written con- cerning David, and Solomon his son. 24. Behold, David and Solo- mon truly had *many wives and concubines, which thing was 'abominable before me, saith the Lord, 25. Wherefore, thus saith the Lord, I have led this people forth out of the land of Jerusalem, by the power of mine arm, that I might raise up unto me a '"right- eous branch from the fruit of the loins of Joseph 26. Wherefore. I the Lord God will not suffer that this people shall do like unto them of old. 27. Wherefore, my brethren, hear me, and hearken to the word of the Lord: For there shall not any man among you have save it be "one wife; and concubines he shall have none; 28. For I, the Lord God, de- light in the chastity of women. And "whoredoms are an abomina- tion before me; thus saith the Lord of Hosts. 29. Wherefore, this people shall keep my commandments, saith the Lord of Hosts, or ''cursed be the land for their sakes. 30. For if I will, saith the Lord of Hosts, raise up seed unto me, I 'will command my people; otherwise they shall hearken unto •"these things. 31. For behold, I, the Lord, have seen the sorrow, and heard the mourning of the daughters of my people in the land of Jeru- salem, yea, and in all the lands of my people, because of the wicked- ness and abominations of *their husbands. 32. And I will not suffer, saith the Lord of Hosts, that the cries of the fair daughters of this peo- ple, which I have led out of the land of Jerusalem, shall come up unto me against the men of my people, saith the Lord of Hosts. 33. For they shall not lead away captive the daughters of my people because of their tender- ness, save I shall visit them with a 'sore curse, even unto destruc- tion; for they shall not commit "whoredoms, like unto them of old, saith the Lord of Hosts. 34. And now behold, my breth- ren, ye know that these com- mandments were ''given to our father, Lehi; wherefore, ye have known them before; and ye have come unto great condemnation; for ye have done these things which ye ought not to have done. 35. Behold, yehavedonegreater iniquities than theLamanites,our brethren. Ye have broken the hearts of your tender wives, and lost the confidence of your chil- dren, because of your bad ex- amples before them; and the sob- fc, 1 Kings 11:1—3. 2 Sam. 3:2—5, 14. 5:13. 11:26, 27. 12:7—12, 24, 15:16.. 16:21. 22. 19:5. 20:3. 1 Kings 1:1 — 4. I, 1 Kings 11:9 — 11. Deut. 7:1 — 4. 17:14 — 17, Ezra 9:1, 2. Neh. 13:23 — 27. tn, 2 Ne. 3:5. n, ver. 34. Jac. 3:5 — 7. o, see i, 2 Ne. 28. p, Jac. 3:3. Al. 45:16. Eth. 2:7 — 12. q, D. & C. 132. r, vers. 27, 34. Jac. 3:5. s, Ezek. 16:22 — 13. t, see p. u, see i, 2 Ne. 28. v, 1 Ne. 1:16, 17. 6:1. Bbtween B. C. 544 and 421. 112 JACOB, 3. bings of their hearts ascend up to God against you. And because of the "strictness of the word of God, which cometh down against you, many hearts died, pierced with deep wounds. CHAPTER 3. Jacob's denunciation continued — La- vianites more righteous than Nephites — The former commended for fidelity in marriage — The latter again warned. 1. But behold, I, Jacob, would speak unto you that are pure in heart. Look unto God with firm- ness of mind, and "pray unto him with exceeding faith, and he will console you in your afflictions, and he will plead your cause, and send down justice upon those who seek your destruction. 2. O all ye that are pure in heart, lift up your heads and re- ceive the pleasing word of God, and feast upon his love; for ye may, if your minds are firm, for- ever. 3. But, wo, wo, unto you that are not pure in heart, that are filthy this day before God; for except ye repent the land is ^cursed for your sakes; and the Laman- ites, which are not filthy like unto you, nevertheless '"they are cursed with a sore cursing, shall scourge you even unto destruction. 4. And the time speedily com- eth, that except ye repent they shall ''possess the land of your in- heritance, and the Lord God will lead away the righteous out from among you. 5. Behold, the Lamanites your brethren, whom ye hate because of their filthiness and the *curs- ing which hath come upon their skins, are more righteous than you; for they have not forgotten the commandment of the Lord, which was given unio our fathers — that they should nave save it were ''one wife, and concubines they should have none, and there should not be whoredoms com- mitted among them. 6. And now, thia command- ment they observe to keep; where- fore, because of this observance, in keeping this commandment, the Lord God will not destroy them, but will be merciful unto them; and one day they shall "become a blessed people. 7. Behold, their husbands love their wives, and their wives love their husbands; and their hus- bands and their wives love their children; and their unbelief and their hatred towards you is because of the iniquity of their fathers; wherefore, how much better are you than they, in the sight of your great Creator? 8. O my brethren, I fear that unless ye shall repent of your sins that their skins will be whiter than yours, when ye shall be brought with them before the throne of God. 9. Wherefore, a commandment I give unto you, which is the word of God, that ye revile no more against them because of the Markness of their skins; neither shall ye revile against them be- cause of their filthiness; but ye shall remember your own filthi- ness, and remember that their filthiness came because of their fathers. 10. Wherefore,ye shall remem- ber your children, how that ye have grieved their hearts because of the example that ye have set before them; and also, remember that ye may, because of your filth- 10, Jae. 2:27, 34. 3:5. Chap. 3: a, sc e, 2 No. 32. B, soe p, .Tac. 2. c, see d, 1 Ne. 2. (/, Cm. 5—7, 12, 13. e, see d, 1 Nf 2. f. seo n, Jac. 2. g, 1 Ne. 15:13— is. 22:8. See i. 2 Ne. 3. ft. see d, 1 Ne. 2. Between li C. 544 and 421, JACOB, 4. 113 iness, bring your children unto destruction, and their sins be heaped upon your heads at the last day. 11. O my brethren, hearken unto my word; arouse the facul- ties of your soul; shakeyourselves that ye may awake from the slum- ber of death; and loose yourselves from the pains of hell that ye may not become 'angels to the devil, to be cast into that lake of ^fire and brimstone which is the second death. 12. And now I, Jacob, spake many more things unto the people of Nephi, warning them against fornication and lasciviousness, and every kind of sin, tei'iing them the awful consequences of them. 13. And a hundredth part of the proceedings of this people, which now began to be numerous, cannot be written upon Hhese plates; but many of their pro- ceedings are written upon the 'larger plates, and their wars, and their contentions, and the reigns of their kings. 14. These plates are called the plates of Jacob, and they were made by the "'hand of Nephi. And I make an end of speaking these words. CHAPTER 4. Jacob's teachings continued — The laio of Moses among the Nephites, pointing them to Christ — His rejection by the Jews foreseen. 1. Now behold, it came to pass that I, Jacob, having ministered m-uch unto my people in word, (and I cannot write but a little of my words, because of the "dif- ficulty of engraving our words upon plates) and we know that the things which we write upon plates must remain; 2. But whatsoever things we write upon anything save it be upon plates must perish and vanish away; but we can write a few words upon plates, which will give our children, and also our beloved brethren, a small de- gree of knowledge concerning us, or concerning their fathers — 3. Now in this thing we do re- joice; and we labor diligently to engraven these words upon plates, hoping that our beloved brethren and our children will receive them with thankful hearts, and look upon them that they may learn with joy and not with sorrow, neither with contempt, concern- ing their first parents. 4. For, for this intent have we written these things, that they may know that we knew of Christ, and we had a hope of his glory many hundred years before his coming; and not only we our- selves had a hope of his glory, but also all the holy prophets which were before us. 5. Behold, they believed in Christ and worshiped the Father in his name, and also we worship the Father in his name. And for this intent we ''keep the law of Moses, it pointing our souls to him; and for this cause it is sanc- tified unto us for righteousness, even as it was accounted unto Abraham in the wilderness to be obedient unto the commands of God in offering up his son Isaac, which is a similitude of God and his Only Begotten Son. 6. Wherefore, we search trhe prophets, and we have many reve- lations and the spirit of prophecy; and having all these witnesses i, see i, 2 Ne. 9. j, see k, 1 Ne. 15. k, see. b, 1 Ne. 6. I, see f, 1 Ne. 1. m, 1 Ne. 19:2. 3. 2 Ne. 5:30—32. Chap. 4: a, Eth. 12:23—20. 6, see o, 2 Ne. 25. Between B. C. 544 and 421. 114 JACOB, 4. we obtain a hope, and our faith becometh unshaken, insomuch that we truly ''can command in the name of Jesus and the very trees obey us, or the mountains, or the waves of the sea. 7. Nevertheless, the Lord God showeth us our weakness that we may know that it is by his grace, and his great condescensions unto the children of men, that we have power to do these things. 8. Behold, great and marvelous are the works of the Lord. How unsearchable are the depths of the mysteries of him; and it is impossible that man should find out all his ways. And no man knoweth of his ways save it be revealed unto him; wherefore, brethren, despise not the revela- tions of God. 9. For behold, by the "^power of his word man came upon the face of the earth, which earth was created by the power of his word. Wherefore, if God being able to speak and the world was, and to speak and man was created, O then, why not able to command the earth, or the workmanship of his hands upon the face of it, ac- cording to his will and pleasure? 10. Wherefore, brethren, seek not to counsel the Lord, but to take counsel from his hand. For behold, ye yourselves know that he counseleth in wisdom, and in justice, and in great mercy, over all his works. 11. Wherefore, beloved breth- ren, be reconciled unto him through the^atonement of Christ, his Only Begotten Son, and ye may obtain a ^resurrection, ac- cording to the power of the resur- rection which Is in Christ, and be presented as the "first-fruits of Christ unto God, having faith, and obtained a good hope of glory in him before he manifesteth himself in the flesh. 12. And now, beloved, marvel not that I tell you these things; for why not speak of the ''atone- ment of Christ, and attain to a perfect knowledge of him, as to attain to the knowledge of a *res- urrection and the world to come? 13. Behold, my brethren, he that prophesieth, let him prophesy to the understanding of men; for the Spirit speaketh the truth and lieth not. Wherefore, it speaketh of things as they really are, and of things as they really will be; wherefore, these things are mani- fested unto us ^plainly, for the salvation of our souls. But be- hold, we are not witnesses alone in these things; for God also spake them unto prophets of old. 14. But behold, the Jews were a ^stiff necked people; and they despised the words of plainness, and killed the prophets, and sought for things that they could not understand. Wherefore, be- cause of their blindness, which blindness came by looking beyond the mark, they must needs fall; for God hath taken away his 'plainness from them, and deliv- ered unto them many things which they cannot understand, because they desired it. And be- cause they desired it God hath done it, that they may stumble. 15. And now I, Jacob, am led on by the Spirit unto prophesy- ing; for I perceive by the work- ings of the Spirit which is in c, 1 Ne. 7:17, 18. 17:48,50.53 — 55. Jac. 7:13 — 19. Mos. 13 :3 — 6. Al. 14 :26 — 29. He. 10:5—11. 3 Ne. 28:19—22. Morm. 8:24. Eth. 12:30. d, 2 Ne. 2:14, 15. Mos. 2:25. Morm. 9:17. e, see /, 2 Ne. 2. /, see d, 2 Ne. 2. g, Mos. 15:21 — 23. Al. 40:16 — 21. He. 14:25. 3 Ne. 23:9 — 13. 1 Cor. 15:20. 1 Thess. 4:16. Rev. 20:4, 5. h, see J, 2 Ne. 2. i, see d, 2 Ne. 2. ;, see 6, 2 Ne. 25. fc, 2 Ne. 25:2. Jac. 6 :4. I, see h, 2 Ne. 25. Bbtwesn B. C. 644 and 421. JACOB, 5. 116 me, that by the stumbling of the Jews they will *"reject the stone upon which they might build and have safe foundation. 16. But behold, according to the "scriptures, this stone shall become the great, and the last, and the only sure foundation, upon which the Jews can build. 17. And now, my beloved, how is it possible that these, after having rejected the sure founda- tion, can ever build upon it, that it may become the "head of their corner? 18. Behold, my beloved breth- ren, I will unfold this mystery unto you; if I do not, by any means, get shaken from my firm- ness in the Spirit, and stumble because of my over anxiety for you, CHAPTER 5. Jacob quotes the prophet Zenos — Al- legory of the tame and the wild olive- tree — Israel and the Gentiles. 1. Behold, my brethren, do ye not remember to have read the words of the prophet "Zenos, which he spake unto the house of Israel, saying: 2. Hearken, O ye house of Israel, and hear the words of me, a prophet of the Lord. 3. For behold, thus saith the Lord, I will liken thee, O house of Israel, like unto a "tame olive- tree, which a man took and nour- ished in his vineyard; and it grew, and waxed old, and began to decay. 4. And it came to pass that the master of the vineyard went forth, and he saw that his olive- tree began to decay; and he said: I will prune it, and dig about it, and nourish it, that perhaps it may shoot forth young and ten- der branches, and it perish not. 5. And it came to pass that he pruned it, and digged about it, and nourished it according to his word. 6. And it came to pass that after many days it began to put forth somewhat a little, young and tender branches; but behold, the main top thereof began to perish. 7. And it came to pass that the master of the vineyard saw it, and he said unto his servant: It grieveth me that I should lose this tree; wherefore, go and pluck the branches from a ''wild olive- tree, and bring them hither unto me; and we will pluck off those main branches which are begin- ning to wither away, and we will cast them into the fire that they may be burned. 8. And behold, saith the Lord of the vineyard, I take away many of these ^young and tender branches, and I will graft them, whithersoever I will; and it mat- tereth not that if it so be that the root of this tree will perish, I may preserve the fruit thereof unto myself; wherefore, I will take these young and tender branches, and I will graft them whithersoever I will. 9. Take thou the branches of the *wild olive-tree, and graft them in, in the stead thereof; and these which I have plucked off I will cast into the fire and burn them, that they may not cumber the ground of my vine- yard. 10. And it came to pass that the servant of the Lord of the vineyard did according to the word of the Lord of the vineyard. m, 2 Ne. 18:14, 15. Isa. 8:14. 15. n, Ps. 118:22. 23. o, Ps. 118:22, 23. Chap. 5: a, see h, 1 Ne. 19. b, 1 Ne. 10:12. 14. 15:7, 12, 13, 16. 2 Ne. 3:5. Jac. 6:1 — 7. c, vers. 9, 10, 17, 18, 30—37, 46, 57, 65, 73. Rom. 11:17, 24. d, vers. 5, 13, 14, 19—27, 38 — 40, 43 — 46, 52, 54, 67, 68. e. Bee C. Bet. B. C. 544 and 421. 116 JACOB, 5. and grafted in the branches of the ''wild olive-tree. 11. And the Lord of the vine- yard caused that it should be digged about, and pruned, and nourished, saying unto his serv- ant: It grieveth me that I should lose this tree; wherefore, that perhaps I might preserve the roots thereof that they perish not, that I might preserve them unto my- self, I have done this thing. 12. Wherefore, go thy way; watch the tree, and nourish it, according to my words. 13. And ^these will I place in the nethermost part of my vine- yard, whithersoever I will, it mat- tereth not unto thee; and I doit that I may preserve unto myself the natural branches of the tree; and also, that I may lay up fruit thereof against the season, unto myself; for it grieveth me that I should lose this tree and the fruit thereof. 14. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard went his way, and hid the natural branches of the tame olive-tree in the "nethermost parts of the vine- yard, some in one and some in another, according to his will and pleasure. 15. And it came to pass that a Uong time passed away, and the Lord of the vineyard said unto his servant: Come, let us go down into the vineyard, that we may labor in the vineyard. 16. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard, and also the servant, went down into the vineyard to labor. And it came to pass that the servant said unto his master: Behold, look here; behold the tree. 17. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard looked and beheld the tree in the which the wild olive branches had been grafted; and it had sprung forth and ^begun to bear fruit. And he beheld that it was good; and the fruit thereof was like un4;o the natural fruit. 18. And he said unto the serv- ant: Behold, the branches of the ^wild tree have taken hold of the moisture of the root thereof, that the root thereof hath brought forth much strength; and because of the much strength of the root thereof the wild branches have brought forth tame fruit. Now, if we had not grafted in these branches, the tree thereof would have perished. And now, behold, I shall lay up much fruit, which the tree thereof hath brought forth; and the fruit thereof I shall lay up against the season, unto mine own self. 19. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto the servant: Come, let us go to the nethermost part of the vineyard, and behold if the natu- ral branches of the tree have not brought forth much fruit also, that I may lay up of the fruit thereof against the season, unto mine own self. 20. And it came to pass that they went forth whither the mas- ter had hid the natural branches of the tree, and he said unto the servant: Behold these; and he be- held the first that it had brought forth much fruit; and he beheld also that it was good. And he said unto the servant: Take of the fruit thereof, and lay it up against the season, that I may preserve it unto mine own self; for behold, said he, this long time have I nourished it, and it hath brought forth much fruit. /, see c. g, see d. h, vers. 13, 19, 38, 39, 52. i, vers. 25. 29, 70. j. Matt. 12 :33. John 15:16. Rom. 11:16. k, see c, Between B. C. 544 and 431. JACOB, 5. 117 21. And it came to pass that the servant said unto his master: How comest thou hither to plant this tree, or this branch of the tree? For behold, it was the poorest 'spot in all the land of the vineyard, 22. And the Lord of the vine- yard said unto him: Counsel me not; I knew that it was a poor spot of ground; wherefore, I said unto thee, I have nourished it this long time, and thou beholdest that it hath brought forth much fruit. 23. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto his servant: Look hither; behold I have planted another branch of the tree also; and thou knowest that ""this spot of ground was poorer than the first. But, behold the tree. I have nourished it this long time, and it hath brought forth much fruit; there- fore, gather it, and lay it up against the season, that I may preserve it unto mine own self. 24. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said again unto his servant: Look hither, and behold "another branch also, which I have planted; behold that I have nourished it also, and it hath brought forth fruit. 25. And he said unto the ser- vant: Look hither and behold the last. Behold, this have I planted in a "good spot of ground; and I have nourished it this long time, and only a ^part of the tree hath brought forth tame fruit, and the 'other part of the tree hath brought forth wild fruit; behold, I have nourished this tree like unto the others. 26. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto the servant: Pluck off 'the branches that have not brought forth good fruit, and cast them into the fire. 27. But behold, the servant said unto him: Let us prune it, and dig about it, and nourish it a little longer, that perhaps it may bring forth good fruit unto thee, that thou canst lay it up against the season. 28. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard and the servant of the Lord of the vine- yard did nourish all the fruit of the vineyard. 29. And it came to pass that a *long time had passed away, and the Lord of the vineyard said unto his 'servant: Come, let us go down into the vineyard, that we may labor again in the vineyard. For behold, the time draweth near, and the "end soon cometh; wherefore, I must lay up fruit against the season, unto mine own self. 30. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard and the ser- vant went down into the vineyard; and they came to the tree whose natural branches had been broken off, and the wild branches had been grafted in; and behold all 'sorts of fruit did cumber the tree, 31. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard did taste of the fruit, every sort according to its number. And the Lord of the vineyard said: Behold, this long time have we nourished this tree, and I have laid up unto my- self against the season much fruit. 32. But behold, this time it hath brought forth much fruit, and there is "'none of it which is good. And behold, there are ^all /, ver. Tl. m, vei>, 21, 22. 25, 43, 44. n, Al, lfi:17, o, ver. 43. 1 Ne, 2:20. p. He. 15:3, q. He. 15:4. r, ver, 25. s, vers. 15. 23, 7G. t, 2 Ne. 27:9, D. & C, 101:55. 103:21, u, 1 Ne. 22:15—20. 2 Ne. 27:1—3. 30:10. Vers, 47. 62—04. G9, 71, 75, 76. 6:2, 3 Ne, 29:4, Morm, 8:41, Etb. 4:16, v, ver, 32. 4 Ne. 26, M?, vers 30, 35. 37, 42. 46. x, see w. PPTWbbn B. C. 544 and 421, 118 JACOB, 5. kinds of bad fruit; anditprofiteth me nothing, notwithstanding all our labor; and now it grieveth me that I should lose this tree. 33. And the Lord of the vine- yard said unto the servant: What shall we do unto the tree, that I may preserve again good fruit thereof unto mine own self? 34. And the servant said unto his master: Behold, because thou didst graft in the branches of the wild olive-tree they have nour- ished the roots, that they are alive and they have not perished; wherefore thou beholdest that they are yet good. 35. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto his servant: The tree profit- eth me nothing, and the roots thereof profit me nothing so long as it shall bring forth evil fruit. 36. Nevertheless, I know that the roots are good, and for mine own purpose I have preserved them; and because of their much strength they have hitherto brought forth, from the >'wild branches, good fruit. 37. But behold, the wild branches have grown and have overrun the roots thereof; and because that the wild branches have overcome the roots thereof it hath brought forth "^much evil fruit; and because that it hath brought forth so much evil fruit thou beholdest that it beginneth to perish; and it will soon become ripened, that it may be cast into the fire, except we should do something for it to preserve it. 38. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto his servant: Let us go down into the ^"nethermost parts of the vine- yard, and behold if the natural branches have also brought forth evil fruit. 39. And it came to pass that they went down into the nether- most parts of the vineyard. And it came to pass that they beheld that the fruit of the natural branches had become corrupt also; yea, the -''first and the -''sec- ond and also the -''last; and they had all become corrupt. 4 0. And the =^wild fruit of the last had overcome that -/part of the tree which brought forth good fruit, even that the branch had withered away and died. 41. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard ^"wept, and said unto the servant: What could I have done more for my vineyard? 42. Behold, I knew that all the fruit of the vineyard, save it were these, had become cor- rupted. And now these which have once brought forth good fruit have also become corrupted; and now all the trees of my vine- yard are good for -"nothing save it be to be hewn down and cast into the fire. 43. And behold this last, whose -*branch hath withered away, I did plant in a -■'good spot of ground; yea, even that which was choice unto me above all other parts of the land of my vineyard. 44. And thou beheldest that I also cut down that which -^cum- bered this spot of ground, that I might plant this tree in the stead thereof. 45. And thou beheldest that a -'part thereof brought forth good fruit, and a ^'"part thereof brought forth wild fruit; and because I plucked not the branches thereof and cast them into the fire, be- V, see e. z, see w. 2a, see h. 2b, ver. 20. 2c, ver. 23. 2d, ver. 2.5. 2e, ver. 25. He. 15:4. 2f, ver. 25. He. 15:3. 2g, Isa. 5:4. 2h, see w. 2i, see p. 2j, ver. 25. 2k, Moro. 9 :23. 21, see p. 2m, see q. Between B. C. 544 and 421. JACOB, 5. 119 hold, they have overcome the good branch that it hath withered away. 46. And now, behold, notwith- standing all the care which we have taken of my vineyard, the trees thereof have become cor- rupted, that they bring forth ""no good fruit; and these I had hoped to preserve, to have laid up fruit thereof against the season, unto mine own self. But, behold, they have become like unto the wild olive-tree, and they are of "°no worth but to be hewn down and cast into the fire; and it grieveth me that I should lose them. 47. But what could I have done ^^more in my vineyard? Have I slackened mine hand, that I have not nourished it? Nay, I have nourished it, and I have digged about it, and I have pruned it, and I have dunged it; and I have stretched forth mine hand almost all the day long, and the ^^end draweth nigh. And it grieveth me that I should hew down all the trees of my vineyard, and cast them into the fire that they should be burned. Who is it that has corrupted my vineyard? 48. And it came to pass that the servant said unto his master: Is it not the loftiness of thy vine- yard — have not the branches thereof overcome the roots which are good? And because the branches have overcome the roots thereof, behold they grew faster than the strength of the roots, taking strength unto themselves. Behold, I say, is not this the cause that the trees of thy vineyard have become corrupted? 49. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard said unto the servant: Let us go to and hew down the trees of the vineyard and cast them into the fire, that they shall not cumber the ground of my vineyard, for I have done all. What could I have done ^"^more for my vineyard? 50. But, behold, the servant said unto the Lord of the vine- yard: Spare it a little longer. 51. And the Lord said: Yea, I will spare it a little longer, for it grieveth me that I should lose the trees of my vineyard. 52. Wherefore, let us take of the -^branches of these which I have planted in the nethermost parts of my vineyard, and let us graft them into the ^'tree from whence they came; and let us pluck from the tree those -"branches whose fruit is most bitter, and graft in the natural branches of the tree in the stead thereof. 53. And this will I do that the tree may not perish, that, per- haps, I may preserve unto myself the roots thereof for mine own purpose. 54. And, behold, the ^f roots of the natural branches of the tree which I planted whithersoever I would are yet alive; wherefore, that I may preserve them also for mine own purpose, I will take of the ^"'branches of this tree, and I will graft them in unto ^''them. Yea, I will graft in unto them the branches of their mother tree, that I may preserve the ^Toots also unto mine own self, that when they shall be sufficiently strong perhaps they may bring forth good fruit unto me, and I may yet have glory in the fruit of my vineyard. 55. And it came to pass that they ^'^took from the natural tree 2», see w. 2o, 2 Ne. 20:33. Al. 5:52. 3 Ne. 27:11. 2p, vers. 41. 49. 2q, see u. 2r, vers. 41, 49. 2s, see d. 2t, see 6. 2«, vers. 57, 65. 2v, vers. 11, 35, 37, 48, 54, 60. 2w. 3 Ne. 21:5, 6. Morm. 5:15. 2x, see 2v. 2y, see 2v. 2z, see 2u>. BjDTwasN B. C. 544 AND 421. 120 JACOB, 6. which had become wild, and grafted in unto the natural trees, which also had become wild. 5 6. And they also ^nook of the natural trees which had become wild, and grafted into their moth- er tree. 57. And the Lord of the vine- yard said unto the servant: Pluck not the wild branches from the trees, save it be those which are '"most bitter; and in them ye shall graft according to that which I have said. 58. And we will nourish again the trees of the vineyard, and we will trim up the branches there- of; and we will pluck from the trees those branches which ^'^are ripened, that must perish, and cast them into the fire. 5 9. And this I do that, per- haps, the roots thereof may take strength because of their good- ness; and because of the change of the branches, that the good may overcome the evil. 60. And because that I have preserved the natural branches and the roots thereof, and that I have grafted in the natural branches again into their mother tree, and have preserved the roots of their mother tree, that, per- haps, the trees of my vineyard may bring forth again good fruit; and that I may have joy again in the fruit of my vineyard, and, per- haps, that I may rejoice exceed- ingly that I have preserved the ^''roots and the branches of the first fruit — 61. Wherefore, go to, and call ^^servants, that we may labor dili- gently with our might in the vine- yard, that we may prepare the way, that I may bring forth again the natural fruit, which natural fruit is good and the most pre- cious above all other fruit. 62. Wherefore, let us go to and labor with our might this ^^last time, for behold the end draweth nigh, and this is for the last time that I shall prune my vineyard. 63. Graft in the branches; be- gin at the ^"last that they may be first, and that the ^''first may be last, and dig about the trees, both old and young, the first and the last; and the last and the first, that all may be nourished once again for the ^'last time. 64. Wherefore, dig about them, and prune them, and dung them once more, for the last time, for the end draweth nigh. And if it be so that these last grafts shall grow, and bring forth the natural fruit, then shall ye prepare the way for them, that they may grow. 65. And as they begin to grow ye shall clear away the branches which bring forth ^■'bitter fruit, according to the strength of the good and the size thereof; and ye shall not clear away the bad thereof all at once, lest the roots thereof should be too strong for the graft, and the graft thereof shall perish, and I lose the trees of my vineyard. 66. For it grieveth me that I should lose the trees of my vine- yard; wherefore ye shall clear away the bad according as the good shall grow, that the root and the top may be equal in strength, until the good shall overcome the bad, and the bad be hewn down and cast into the fire, that they cumber not the ground of my vineyard; and thus will I sweep away the bad out of my vineyard, 67. And the ''^branches of the 3a, see 2v. 3&, vers. 58. 65, 66, 73, 74. Sc, see 36. Sd, see 2v. 3e, vers. 70, 72. 74. 75. Jac. 6:2. 3/, see «. 3^;, Matt. 20:16. 11:25, 26, Bh, D. & C. 88:51 — 62, 1 Ne. 13 :42. Si, see u. 3;, see 3&. 3fc, ver. 56, Between B. C. 544 and 421. JACOB, 5. 121 natural tree will I graft in again into the natural tree; 68. And the ^'branches of the natural tree will I graft into the natural branches of the tree; and thus will I bring them together again, that they shall bring forth the natural fruit, and they shall be "'"one. 69. And the bad shall be cast away, yea, even out ^"of all the land of my vineyard; for behold, only this once will I prune my vineyard. 70. And it came to pass that the Lord of the vineyard sent his ^"servant; and the servant went and did as the Lord had com- manded him, and brought "^other servants; and they were ^«few. 71. And the Lord of the vine- yard said unto them: Go to, and ^'^labor in the vineyard, with your might. For behold, this is the last time that I shall nourish my vineyard; for the ^*end is nigh at hand, and the season speedily Cometh; and if ye labor with your might with me ye shall have ^'joy in the fruit which I shall lay up unto myself against the time which will soon come. 72. And it came to pass that the ^"servants did go and labor with their mights; and the Lord of the vineyard labored also with them; and they did obey the com- mandments of the Lord of the vineyard in all things. 73. And there began to be the natural fruit again in the vine- yard; and the natural branches began to grow and thrive exceed- ingly; and the wild branches be- gan to be plucked off and to be ^"cast away; and they did keep the root and the top thereof '^"'equal, according to the strength thereof. 74. And thus they labored, with all diligence, according to the commandments of the Lord of the vineyard, even until the ^'bad had been cast away out of the vineyard, and the Lord had pre- served unto himself that the trees had become again the natural fruit; and they became like unto "^one body; and the fruits were equal; and the Lord of the vine- yard had preserved unto himself the natural fruit, which was most precious unto him from the be- ginning. 75. And it came to pass that when the Lord of the vineyard saw that his fruit was good, and that his vineyard was ^^no more corrupt, he called up his servants, and said unto them: Behold, for this last time have we nourished my vineyard; and thou beholdest that I have done according to my will; and I have preserved the natural fruit, that it is good, even like as it was in the beginning. And blessed art thou; for because ye have been diligent in laboring with me in my vineyard, and have kept my commandments, and have brought unto me again the natural fruit, that my vineyard is no more corrupted, and the ^''bad is cast away, behold ye shall have '*''joy with me because of the fruit of my vineyard. 76. For behold, for a ^^long time will I lay up of the fruit of my vineyard unto mine own self against the season, which speed- ily Cometh; and for the ^''last time have I nourished my vineyard, 3?, ver. 55. Sm, vers. RG, 73. 74. 3n, vers. GG, 74, 75, 1 Ne, 22:15—17, 19—26. 2 Ne. 30:9, 10. 3o, D. & C. 101 :55, GO. 103:21. 2 Ne. 27:9. 3p, see D. & C. 3q, 1 Ne. 14:12. 3r, D. & C. 6 :3. 4. 11:3. 21:9. 24:19. 31:4,5. 33:3,4. 39:17. 43:28. 3s, see u. St, ver. 75. 1 Ne. 13:37. 3S. .Tac. G:3. 3m, see Sp. 3v, see 3b. 3w, see 3m. 3x, see 3n. 3y, see 3m. 3z, see 3n. 4a, see 3n. 46, see 3^. 4r, D. & C. 101 :62. 1 Ne. 22 :26. See n, 2 Ne. 30. 4d, see u. BsrrwBBN B. C. 544 and 421. 122 JACOB. 6. and pruned it, and dug about it, and dunged it; wherefore I will lay up unto mine own self of the fruit, for a long time, according to that which I have spoken. 77. And when the time cometh that evil fruit shall ^^again come into my vineyard, then will I cause the good and the bad to be gathered; and the good will I preserve unto myself, and the bad will I cast away into its own place. And then cometh the sea- son and the end; and my vine- yard will I cause to be '^''burned with fire. CHAPTER 6. Jacob expounds the allegory of the olive-tree — The pruning of the vine- yard. 1. And now, behold, my breth- ren, as I said unto you that I would prophesy, behold, this is my prophecy — that the things which this prophet "Zenos spake, concerning the house of Israel, in the which he likened them unto a ''tame olive-tree, must surely come to pass. 2. And the day that he shall set his hand again the ""second time to recover his people, is the day, yea, even the ''last time, that the servants of the Lord shall go forth in his ^power, to nourish and prune his vineyard; and after that the ''end soon cometh. 3. And how blessed are ''they who have labored diligently in his vineyard; and how ''cursed are they who shall be cast out into their own place! And the world shall be ^burned with fire. 4. And how merciful is our God unto us, for he remembereth the house of Israel, both roots and branches; and he stretches forth his hands unto them all the day long; and they are a ■'stiff necked and a gainsaying people; but as many as will not harden their hearts shall be saved in the king- dom of God. 5. Wherefore, my beloved breth- ren, I beseech of you in words of soberness that ye would repent, and come with full purpose of heart, and cleave unto God as he cleaveth unto you. And while his arm of mercy is extended towards you in the light of the day, harden not your hearts. 6. Yea, today, if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts; for why will ye die? 7. For behold, after ye have been nourished by the good word of God all the day long, will ye bring forth evil fruit, that ye must be hewn down and cast into the fire? 8. Behold, will ye reject these words? Will ye reject the words of the prophets; and will ye re- ject all the words which have been spoken concerning Christ, after so many have spoken con- cerning him; and deny the good word of Christ, and the power of God, and the gift of the Holy Ghost, and quench the Holy Spirit, and make a mock of the great plan of redemption, which hath been laid for you? 9. Know ye not that if ye will do these things, that the power of the redemption and the resur- rection, which is in Christ, will bring you to stand with shame and ^awful guilt before the bar of God? 10. And according to the power of justice, for justice cannot be denied, ye must go away into that 4c, Rev. 20:7. 8. 4/, Rev. 20:14, 15. Jac. 6:3. 3 Ne. 26:3, 4. D. & C. 29:23. Chap. 6 : a, pee h, 1 Ne. 19. b, see h, Jac. 5. c, see i, 2 Ne. 6. d, see u, Jac. 5. Cj see t, 1 Ne. 13. /, see «, Jac. 5. D. & C. 43 :17 — 20, 28. g, see t, 1 Ne. 13. h, vers. 7 — 10. D. &C. 41:1. t, Jac. 5:77. 3 Ne. 26 :3. ;, see fc, Jac. 4. fc, Jac. 7:19. Mos. 15:26. Al. 39:5, 6. 3 Ne. 29:7. Between B. C. 544 and 421. JACOB, 7. 123 'lake of fire and brimstone, whose flames are unquenchable, and whose smoke ascendeth up for- ever and ever, which lake of fire and brimstone is *"endless tor- ment. 11. O then, my beloved breth- ren, repent ye, and enter in at the "strait gate, and continue in the way which is narrow, until ye shall obtain eternal life. 12. O be wise; what can I say more? 13. Finally, I bid you farewell, until I shall meet you before the "pleasing bar of God, which bar striketh the wicked with awful dread and fear. Amen. CHAPTER 7. Sherem, denying the Christ, demands a sign and is stricken — He confesses his sin and dies — A reformation begins — Hatred of Lamanites for Nephites — Jacob gives the plates to his son Enos. 1. And now it came to pass after some years had passed away, there came a man among the peo- ple of Nephi, whose name was Sherem. 2. And it came to pass that he began to preach among the peo- ple, and to declare unto them that there should be no Christ. And he preached many things which were flattering unto the people; and this he did that he might overthrow the doctrine of Christ. 3. And he labored diligently that he might lead away the hearts of the people, insomuch that he did lead away many hearts; and he knowing that I, Jacob, had faith in Christ who should come, he sought much opportunity that he might come unto me. 4. And he was learned, that he had a perfect knowledge of the language of the people; where- fore, he could use much flattery, and much power of speech, ac- cording to the power of the devil. 5. And he had hope to shake me from the faith, notwithstand- ing the many revelations and the many things which I had seen concerning these things; for I truly had "seen angels, and they had ministered unto me. And also, I had heard the voice of the Lord speaking unto me in very word, from time to time; where- fore, I could not be shaken. 6. And it came to pass that he came unto me, and on this wise did he speak unto me, saying: Brother Jacob, I have sought much opportunity that I might speak unto you; for I have heard and also know that thou goest about much, preaching that which ye call the gospel, or the doctrine of Christ. 7. And ye have led away much of this people that they pervert the right way of God, and keep not the law of Moses which is the right way; and convert the law of Moses into the worship of a being which ye say shall come many hundred years hence. And now behold, I, Sherem, declare unto you that this is blasphemy; for no man knoweth of such things; for he cannot tell of things to come. And after this manner did Sherem contend against me. 8. But behold, the Lord God poured in his Spirit into my soul, insomuch that I did confound him in all his words. 9. And I said unto him: Deniest I, see k, 1 Ne. 15. m, D. & C. 19:10—12. Mos. 3:25. 27. 28:3. 1 Ne. 15:29, 30, 35. 2 Ne. 9:16, 19, 26. 28:23. Al. 12:17. 3 Nc. 27:11, 17. 29:7. Moro. 8:21. n> see 2a, 2 Ne. 9. o, Moro. 10:34. Chap. 7: a, 2 Ne. 2:3, 4. 10:3. 11:3. Jac. 1:17. 2:11. 7:12. Al. 19:34. 24:14. Ue. 5:11. 13:37. 16:14. Moro. 7:22. Between B. C. 544 and 421. 124 JACOB, 7. thou the Christ who should come? And he said: If there should be a Christ, I would not deny him; but I know that there is no Christ, neither has been, nor ever will be. 10. And I said unto him: Be- lievest thou the scriptures? And he said, Yea. 11. And I said unto him: Then ye do not understand them; for they truly testify of Christ. Be- hold, I say unto you that none of the prophets have written, nor prophesied, save they have spoken concerning this Christ. 12. And this is not all — it has been made manifest unto me, for I have heard and seen; and it also has been made manifest unto me by the power of the Holy Ghost; wherefore, I know if there should be no ''atonement made all man- kind must be lost. 13. And it came to pass that he said unto me: Show me a sign by this power of the Holy Ghost, in the which ye know so much. 14. And I said- unto him: What am I that I should tempt God to show unto thee a sign in the thing which thou knowest to be true? Yet thou wilt deny it, because thou ''art of the devil. Neverthe- less, not my will be done; but if God shall smite thee, let that be a sign unto thee that he has power, both in heaven and in earth; and also, that Christ shall come. And thy will, O Lord, be done, and not mine. 15. And it came to pass that when I, Jacob, ''had spoken these words, the power of the Lord came upon him, insomuch that he fell to the earth. And it came to pass that he was nourished for the space of many days. 16. And it came to pass that he said unto the people: Gather to- gether on the morrow, 'for I shall die; wherefore, I desire to speak unto the people before I shall die. 17. And it came to pass that on the morrow the multitude were gathered together; and he spake plainly unto them and denied the things which he had taught them, and confessed the Christ, and the power of the Holy Ghost, and the ministering of angels. 18. And he spake plainly unto them, that he had been deceived by the ^power of the devil. And he spake of "hell, and of eternity, and of ''eternal punishment. 19. And he said: I fear lest I have committed the 'unpardon- able sin, for I have lied unto God; for I denied the Christ, and said that I believed the scriptures; and they truly testify of him. And because I have thus lied unto God I greatly fear lest my case shall be awful; but I confess unto God. 20. And it came to pass that when he had said these words he could say no more, and he ^gave up the ghost. 21. And when the '"'multitude had witnessed that he spake these things as he was about to give up the ghost, they were astonished exceedingly; insomuch that the power of God came down upon them, and they were overcome that they fell to the earth. 22. Now, this thing was pleas- ing unto me, Jacob, for I had re^ quested it of my Father who was in heaven; for he had heard my cry and answered my prayer. 23. And it came to pass that peace and the love of God was restored again among the people; and they searched the 'scriptures, 6, see /, 2 No. 2. c, vers. 4, 18. d, see c, J-c. 4. e, vor. 20. /, vers. 4. 14. C, see A-, 1 Ne. 15. h, see m, Juc. C. i, see k, Jac. 0. i, vor. 10. k, vor. 17. I, 4.1. 63:12. Bbtwken B. O. 544 ^D 421. ENOS. 125 and hearkened no more to the words of this wicked man. 24. And it came to pass that many means were devised to "'re- claim and restore the Lamanites to the knowledge of the truth; but it all was vain, for they de- lighted in wars and bloodshed, and they had an eternal "hatred against us, their brethren. And they sought by the power of their arms to destroy us con- tinually. 25. Wherefore, the people of Nephi did fortify against them with their armies, and with all their might, trusting in the God and rock of their salvation ; where- fore, they became as yet, con- querors of their enemies. 26. And it came to pass that I, Jacob, began to be old; and the record of this people being kept on the "other plates of Nephi, wherefore, I conclude this record, declaring that I have written ac- cording to the best of my knowl- edge, by saying that the time passed away with us, and also our lives passed away like as it were unto us a dream, we being a lone- some and a solemn people, wan- derers, cast out from Jerusalem, born in tribulation, in a wilder- ness, and ^hated of our brethren, which caused wars and conten- tions; wherefore, we did mourn out our days. 27. And I, Jacob, saw that I must soon go down to my grave; wherefore, I said unto my son Enos: Take these 'plates. And I told him the 'things which my brother Nephi had commanded me, and he promised obedience unto the commands. And I make an end of my writing upon Hhese plates, which writing has been small; and to the reader I bid farewell, hoping that many of my brethren may read my words. Brethren, adieu. THE BOOK OF ENOS The Lord's promise concerning a Nephite record to come forth to the Lamanites — Character condition, and wars of the two peoples. 1. Behold, it came to pass that I, "Enos, knowing my father that he was a just man — for he taught me in his language, and also in the nurture and admonition of the Lord — and blessed be the name of my God for it — 2. And I will tell you of the wrestle which I had before God, before I received a remission of my sins. 3. Behold, I went to hunt beasts in the forests; and the words which I had often heard my fa- ther speak concerning eternal life, and the joy of the saints, sunk deep into my heart. 4. And my soul hungered; and I kneeled down before my Maker, and I cried unto him in mighty prayer and supplication for mine own soul; and all the day long did I cry unto him; yea, and when the night came I did still raise my voice high that it reached the heavens. 5. And there came a voice unto me, saying: Enos, thy sins are forgiven thee, and thou shalt be blessed. 6. And I, Enos, knew that God m, Enos 14, 20. n, ver. 26. Enos 14, 20. Jar. 6. Mos. 10:11 — 18. 28:2. Al. ^6:23 — 25, o, see /, 1 Ne. 1. p, see n. q, see h, 1 Ne. G. r, .T.mc. 1:1 — 4. s. see h, } Ne. 6. The Book ojf ]Enos : a, Jac. 7 :27, Betwkjjn B. C. 544 and 421. 126 ENOS. could not lie; wherefore, my guilt was swept away. 7. And I said: Lord, how is it done? 8. And he said unto me: Be- cause, of thy faith in Christ, whom thou hast never before heard nor seen. And many years pass away before he shall manifest himself in the flesh; wherefore, go to, thy faith hath made thee whole. 9. Now, it came to pass that when I had heard these words I began to feel a desire for the wel- fare of my brethren, the Nephites; wherefore, I did pour out my whole soul unto God for them. 10. And while I was thus strug- gling in the spirit, behold, the voice of the Lord came into my mind again, saying: I will visit thy brethren according to their diligence in keeping my com- mandments. I have ''given unto them this land, and it is a holy land; and I curse it not save it be for the cause of iniquity; where- fore, I will visit thy brethren ac- cording as I have said; and their transgressions will I bring down with sorrow upon their own heads. 11. And after I, Enos, had heard these words, my faith began to be unshaken in the Lord; and I prayed unto him with many long strugglings for my brethren, the Lamanites. 12. And it came to pass that after I had prayed and labored with all diligence, the Lord said unto me: I will grant unto thee according to thy desires, because of thy faith. 13. And now behold, this was the desire which I desired of him — that if it should so be, that my people, the Nephites, should fall into transgression, and by any means be destroyed, and the La- manites should not be destroyed, that the Lord God would '^preserve a record of my people, the Ne- phites; even if it so be by the power of his holy arm, that it might be brought forth at some future day unto the Lamanites, that, perhaps, they might be brought unto salvation — 14. For at the present our strugglings were ''vain in restor- ing them to the true faith. And they swore in their wrath that, if it were possible, they would de- stroy our records and us, and also all the traditions of our fathers. 15. Wherefore, I knowing that the Lord God was able to preserve our records, I cried unto him con- tinually, for he had said unto me: Whatsoever thing ye shall ask in faith, believing that ye shall re- ceive in the name of Christ, ye shall receive it. 16. And I had faith, and I did cry unto God that he would «pre- serve the records; and he cove- nanted with me that he would '^bring them forth unto the La- manites in his own due time. 17. And I, Enos, knew it would be according to the covenant which he had made; wherefore my soul did rest. 1 8 . And the Lord said unto me : Thy fathers have also required of me this thing; and it shall be done unto them according to their faith; for their faith was like unto thine. 19. And now it came to pass that I, Enos, went about among the people of Nephi, prophesying of things to come, and testifying of the things which I had heard and seen. 20. And I bear record that the people of Nephi did seek diligently b, see a, 1 Ne. 2. c, vers. 15 — IS. See c, 2 Ne. 27. 13. A see c, 2 Ne. 27. D. & C. 3:18—20. 10:48—51. d, ver. 20. Jac. 7:24. e, ver. Between B. C. 544 and 421. JAROM. 127 to "restore the Lamanites unto the true faith in God. But our labors were vain; their ''hatred was fixed, and they were led by their evil nature that they became wild, and ferocious, and a blood- thirsty people, full of idolatry and filthiness; feeding upon beasts of prey; dwelling in tents, and wan- dering about in the wilderness with a short skin girdle about their loins and their heads shaven; and their skill was in the bow, and in the cimeter, and the ax. And many of them did eat nothing save it was raw meat; and they were continually seeking to destroy us, 21. And it came to pass that the people of Nephi did till the land, and *raise all manner of grain, and of fruit, and flocks of herds, and flocks of all manner of cattle of every kind, and goats, and wild goats, and also many horses. 22. And there were exceeding many prophets among us. And the people were a stiffnecked people, hard to understand. 23. And there was nothing save it was ^exceeding harshness, preaching and prophesying of wars, and contentions, and destruc- tions, and continually reminding them of death, and the duration of eternity, and the judgments and the power of God, and all these things — stirring them up contin- ually to keep them in the fear of the Lord, I say there was nothing short of these things, and exceed- ing great plainness of speech, would keep them from going down speedily to destruction. And after this manner do I write con- cerning them. 24. And I saw wars between the Nephites and Lamanites in the course of my days. 25. And it came to pass that 1 began to be old, *and an hundred and seventy and nine years had passed away from the time that our father Lehi ''left Jerusalem. 26. And I saw that I must soon go down to my grave, having been wrought upon by the power of God that I must preach and prophesy unto this people, and declare the word according to the truth which is in Christ. And I have declared it in all my days, and have rejoiced in it above that of the world. 27. And I soon go to the place of my rest, which is with my Re- deemer; for I know that in him I shall rest. And I rejoice in the day when my mortal shall put on 'immortality, and shall stand be- fore him; then shall I see his face with pleasure, and he will say unto me: Come unto me, ye blessed, there is a place prepared for you in the '"mansions of my Father. Amen. THE BOOK OF JAROM Jarom, son of Enos, keeps the rec- ords — The Nephites serve the Lord and are prospered. 1. Now behold, I, Jarom, write a few words according to the com- mandment of my father, Enos, that our genealogy may be kept. 2. And as "these plates are small, and as these things are written for the intent of the benefit of our brethren the "Lamanites, wherefore, it must needs be that I write a little; but I shall not write the things of my prophesy- g, ver. 14. Jac. 7:24. h, see n, Jac. 7. t, 1 Ne. 18:25. j, see a, 1 Ne. 16. k, 1 Ne. 1:4. 2:2, 3. I, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 1 Cor. 15:53. 2 Tim. 1:10. m, Eth. 12:32 — 34. D. & C. 72:4. 98:18. John 14:2, 3. The Book of Jarom: a, see h, 1 Ne. 6. 6, see c, 2 Ne. 27. • B. C. 420. 128 JAROM ing, nor of my revelations. For what could I write more than my fathers have written? For have not they revealed the plan of sal- vation? I say unto you, Yea; and this sufRceth me. 3. Behold, it is expedient that much should be done among this people, ^because of the hardness of their hearts, and the deafness of their ears, and the blindness of their minds, and the stiffness rf their necks; nevertheless, God is exceeding merciful unto them, and has not as yet swept them off from the face of the land. 4. And there are many among us who have many revelations, for they are not all stiffnecked. And as many as are not stiff- necked and have faith, have com- munion with the Holy Spirit, which maketh manifest unto the children of men, according to their faith. 5. And now, behold, *two hun- dred years had passed away, and the people of Nephi had waxed strong in the land. They observed to ''keep the law of Moses and the sabbath day holy unto the Lord. And they profaned not; neither did they blaspheme. And the laws of the land were exceedingly strict. 6. And theywere scattered upon much of the face of the land, and the Lamanites also. And they were exceeding more numerous than were they of the Nephites; and they *loved murder and would drink the blood of beasts. 7. And it came to pass that they came many times against us, the Nephites, to battle. But our kings and our leaders were mighty men in the faith of the Lord; and they taught the people the ways of the Lord; wherefore, we withstood the Lamanites and swept them away out of our lands, and began to fortify our cities, or what- soever place of our inheritance. 8. And we multiplied exceed- ingly, and spread upon the face of the land, and became exceed- ing ^rich in gold, and in silver, and in precious things, and in fine workmanship of wood, in buildings, and in machinery, and also in iron and copper, and brass and steel, making all manner of tools of every kind to till the ground, and weapons of war — yea, the sharp pointed arrow, and the quiver, and the dart, and the javelin, and all preparations for war. 9. And thus being prepared to meet the Lamanites, they did not prosper against us. But the word of the Lord was verified, which he spake unto our fathers, saying that: 'Inasmuch as ye will keep my commandments ye shall pros- per in the land. 10. And it came to pass that the prophets of the Lord did threaten the people of Nephi, ac- cording to the word of God, that if they did not keep the com- mandments, but should fall into transgression, they should be ''de- stroyed from off the face of the land. 11. Wherefore, the prophets, and the priests, and the teachers, did labor diligently, exhorting with all long-suffering the people to diligence; teaching the ^law of Moses, and the intent for which it was given; persuading them to look forward unto the Messiah, and believe in him to come as though he already was. And after this manner did they teach them. c. Enos 23. d. see o, 2 Ne. 25. e, see n, Jnc. 7. £, see h, 2 Ne. 1. h, 1 Ne. 12:19, 20. Al. 45:10—14, [orm. 6. i. Bee o, 2 Ne. 25. EnoB 20. /, see n, 1 Ne. 18. He. 13:5—10. 3 Ne. 27:32. • B. 0. 399. OMNI. 129 12. And it came to pass that by so doing they kept them from being destroyed upon the face of the land; for they did prick their hearts with the word, continually stirring them up unto repentance, 13. And it came to pass that *two hundred and thirty and eight years had passed away — after the manner of wars, and contentions, and dissensions, for the space of much of the time. 14. And I, Jarom, do not write more, for the plates are small. But behold, my brethren, ye can go to the Mother plates of Nephi; for behold, upon them the records of our wars are engraven, accord- ing to the writings of the kings, or those which they caused to be written. 15. And I deliver these plates into the hands of my son Omni, that they may be kept accord- ing to the commandments of my fathers. THE BOOK OF OMNI Comprising records kept hy Omni. Amaron, Chemish, Abinadom, and Amaleki — Mosiah, leaving the land of Nephi, discovers the lana of Zarahem- la, occupied hy another colony from Jerusalem — He is made king — Cori- antumr, the last of the Jaredites — King Benjamin — Other migrations. 1. Behold, it came to pass that I, Omni, being commanded by my father, Jarom, that I should write somewhat upon "these plates, to preserve our genealogy — 2. Wherefore, in my days, I would that ye should know that I fought much with the sword to preserve my people, the Nephites, from fallingintothehandsof their enemies, the Lamanites. But be- hold, I of myself am a wicked man, and I have not kept the statutes and the commandments of the Lord as I ought to have done. 3. And it came to pass that ttwo hundred and seventy and six years had passed away, and we had many seasons of peace; and we had many seasons of seri- ous war and bloodshed. Yea, and in fine, $two hundred and eighty and two years had passed away, and I had kept these plates ac- cording to the "commandments of my fathers; and I conferred them upon my son Amaron. And I make an end. 4. And now I, Amaron, write the things whatsoever I write, which are few, in the book of my father. 5. Behold, it came to pass that §three hundred and twenty years had passed away, and the ''more wicked part of the Nephites were destroyed. 6. For the Lord would not suf- fer, after he had led them out of the land of Jerusalem and kept and preserved them from falling into the hands of their enemies, yea, he would not suffer that the words should not be verified, which he spake unto our fathers, saying that: "Inasmuch as ye will not keep my commandments ye shall not prosper in the land. 7. Wherefore, the Lord did visit them in great jud/ment; never- theless, he did spare the righteous that they should not perish, but did deliver them out of the hands of their enemies. ;, see b, 1 Ne. C; also /, 1 Ne. 1. The Book of Omni: a, see &, 1 Ne. 6. h, Jac. 1:1 — 4. 7:27. Jar. 1, 2, 15. c, .Tar. 10 a, sei h, 2 Ne. 1. • B. C. 3G1. t B. C. 323. t B. 0. 317. § B. 0. 279. 130 OMNI. 8. And it came to pass that I did deliver the plates unto my brother Chemish, 9. Now I, Chemish, write what few things I write, *in the same book with my brother; for be- hold, I saw the last which he wrote, that he wrote it with his own hand; and he wrote it in the day that he delivered them unto me. And after this manner we keep the ^records, for it is accord- ing to the commandments of our fathers. And I make an end. 10. Behold, I, Abinadom, am the son of Chemish. Behold, it came to pass that I saw much war and contention between my people, the Nephites, and the La- manites; and I, with my own sword, have taken the lives of many of the Lamanites in the defence of my brethren. 11. And behold, the record of this people is engraven upon plates which is had by the kings, according to the generations; and I know of no revelation save that which has been written, neither prophecy; wherefore, that which is sufficient is written. And I make an end. 12. Behold, I am Amaleki, the son of Abinadom. Behold, I will speak unto you somewhat con- cerning Mosiah, who was made king over the land of Zarahemla; for behold, he being warned of the Lord that he should flee out of the land of ^Nephi, and as many as would hearken unto the voice of the Lord should also de- part out of the land with him, into the wilderness — 13. And it came to pass that he did according as the Lord had commanded him. And they de- parted out of the land into the wilderness, as many as would hearken unto the voice of the Lord; and they were led by many preachings and prophesyings. And they were admonished continually by the word of God; and they were led by the power of his arm, through the wilderness, until they came down into the land which is called the land of "Zara- hemla. 14. And they discovered a peo- ple, who were called the ^people of Zarahemla. Now, there was great rejoicing among the people of Zarahemla; andalsoZarahemla did rejoice exceedingly, because the Lord had sent the people of Mosiah with the ^plates of brass which contained the record of the Jews. 15. Behold, it came to pass that Mosiah discovered that the peoi pie of Zarahemla came out from Jerusalem at the ''time that Zede- kiah, king of Judah, was carried away captive into Babylon. 16. And they journeyed in the wilderness, and were brought by the hand of the Lord across the great waters, into the land where Mosiah 'discovered them; and they had dwelt there from that time forth. 17. And at the time that Mosiah discovered them, they had become exceeding numerous. Neverthe- less, they had had many wars and serious contentions, and had fallen by the sword from time to time; and their language had be- come "'corrupted; and they had brought no records with them; and they denied the being of their Creator; and Mosiah, nor the peo- ple of Mosiah, could understand them. 18. But it came to pass that e, see 6. f, see /, 1 Ne. 1. g, see h, 2 Ne. 5. h, Al. 2:15. i, vers. 15 — W. Mos. 25:2 — 4. Al. 22:30—32. He. 6:10. S :21. /, see a. 1 Ne. 3. k,-2 Kings 25:1-— 7. See.i. I, ver. 14. m, ver. IS. Between B. C. 2TU anu 130. OMNI. 131 Mosiah caused that they should be taught in his language. And it came to pass that after they were taught in the language of Mosiah, Zarahemla gave a gene- alogy of his fathers, according to his memory; and they are writ- ten, but "not in these plates. 19. And it came to pass that the people of Zarahemla, and of Mosiah, did unite together; and Mosiah was appointed to be "their king. 20. And it came to pass in the days of Mosiah, there was a large stone brought unto him ^with en- gravings on it; and he did «inter- pret the engravings by the gift and power of God. 21. And they gave an account of one *^Coriantumr, and the slain of his people. And Corianturar was ^discovered by the 'people of Zarahemla; and he dwelt with them for the space of nine moons. 22. It also spake a few words concerning his fathers. And his first parents came out from the "tower, at the time the Lord con- founded the language of the peo- ple; and the severity of the Lord fell upon them according to his judgments, which are just; and their "bones lay scattered in the land northward. 23. Behold, I, Amaleki, was born in the days of Mosiah; and I have lived to see his death; and Benjamin, his son, reigneth in his stead. i-' 24. And behold, I have seen, in the days of king Benjamin, a serious war and much bloodshed between the Nephites and the Lamanites. But behold, the Ne- phites did obtain much advan- tage over them; yea, insomuch that king Benjamin did drive them out of the '"land of Zara- hemla. 25. And it came to pass that I began to be old; and, having no seed, and knowing king Benja- min to be a just man before the Lord, wherefore, I shall deliver up ^these plates unto him, exhort- ing all men to come unto God, the Holy One of Israel, and be- lieve in prophesying, and in reve- lations, and in the ministering of angels, and in the gift of speak- ing with tongues, and in the gift of interpreting languages, and in all things which are good; for there is nothing which is good save it comes from the Lord; and that v/hich is evil cometh from the devil. 26. And now, my beloved breth- ren, I would that ye should come unto Christ, who is the Holy One of Israel, and partake of his sal- vation, and the power of his re- demption. Yea, come unto him, and offer your whole souls as an offering unto him, and continue in fasting and ''praying, and en- dure to the end; and as the Lord liveth ye will be saved. 27. And now I would speak somewhat concerning a certain number who went up into the wilderness to return to the land of ^Nephi; for there was a large number who were desirous to possess the land of their inheri- tance. 28. Wherefore, they went up into the wilderness. And their leader being a strong and mighty man, and a stiff necked man, where- fore he caused a contention among them; and -"they were all slain, save fifty, in the wilderness, and n, see j. o, ver. 12. p, ver. 21. q, Mos. 8:13 — 18. r, Eth. 12:1 — 3. 13:1. 2, 13 — 31. Chaps. 14. 15. s, Eth. 11:20. 21. 13:21. t, see i. u, Mos. 28:17. Efh. 1:1 — 6. Gen. 11:1 — 9. v, Mos. 8:8 — 12. See q. w, see h. x, see 6, 1 Ne. 8. y, see e, 2 Ne. 32. z, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. 2a, Mos. 9:1, 2, 4. Bet. B. C. 279 and ]30. 132 WORDS OF MORMON. they returned again to the ^''land of Zarahemla. 29. And it came to pass that they also took ^''others to a con- siderable number, and took their journey again into the wilder- ness. 30. And I, Amaleki, had a broth- er, who also went with them; and 1 have not since known concern- ing them. And I am about to lie down in my grave; and these plates are ^''full. And I make an end of my speaking. THE WORDS OF MORMON 3Tor7non's abridgment and the smaller plates of Nephi — Relation of the fore- going part of the Book of Mormon to that which follows. 1. And now I, Mormon, being about to deliver up the "record which I have been making into the hands of my son Moroni, be- hold I have witnessed almost all the destruction of my people, the Nephites. 2. And it is ''many hundred years after the coming of Christ *that I deliver these records into the '^hands of my son; and it sup- poseth me that he will witness the entire destruction of my peo- ple. But may God grant that he may survive them, that ''he may write somewhat concerning them, and somewhat concerning Christ, that perhaps some day it may profit them. 3. And now, I speak somewhat concerning that which I have written; for after I had made an 'abridgment from the 'plates of Nephi, down to the "reign of this king Benjamin, of whom Ama- leki spake, I searched among the "records which had been deliv- ered into my hands, and I found *these plates, which contained this small account of the proph- ets, from Jacob down to the reign of this king Benjamin, and also ^many of the words of Nephi. 4. And the things which are upon these plates pleasing me, because of the prophecies of the coming of Christ; and my fathers knowing that many of them have been fulfilled; yea, and I also know that as many things as have been prophesied concerning us down to this day have been ful- filled, and as many as go beyond this day must surely come to pass — 5. Wherefore, I chose 'these things, to finish my record upon them, which remainder of my ""record I shall take from the "plates of Nephi; and I cannot write the "hundredth part of the things of my people. 6. But behold, I shall take "these plates, which contain these prophesyingsand revelations, and put them with the remainder of my 'record, for they are choice unto me; and I know they will be choice unto my brethren. 7. And I do this for a 'wise purpose; for thus it whispereth me, according to the workings of the Spirit of the Lord which is in me. And now, I do not know all 26, see h. 2r, Mos. 9:3, 4. 2d, vers. 11, 19. The Words of Mormox: o, 3 Ne. 5:10. Morm. 1:1 — 4. 2:17, 18. 5:9. 6:1, 6. 8:1, 4. 5, 14 — 16. 9:32—36. Moro. 9:23, 24. 10:1 — 5. 5, Morm. 6:5. c, Morm. 6:0. d, Morm. 8:1 — 8. e, Morm. 5:9. /, see /, 1 Ne. 1. fir, Om. 23 — 25. li, Morm. 4:23. i, see ft, 1 Ne. 6. k, see 1 and 2 Ne. I, ver. 6. m, 3 Ne. 5:14 — 18. Morm. 1:1. n, 1 Ne. 9:2. See /. See ver. 3; also sev f, 1 Ne. 1. o, ver. 3. 3 Ne. 5:8 — 11. 26:6 — 12. Morm. 5:9. p, ver. 5. q, see 0. r, D. & 0. 3, 10. ♦About A. D. 385. WORDS OF MORMON. 133 things; but the Lord knoweth all things which are to come; where- fore, he worketh in me to do according to his will. 8. And my prayer to God is concerning my brethren, that they may once again come to the knowledge of God, yea, the re- demption of Christ; that they may once again be a 'delightsome people. 9. And now I, Mormon, ♦pro- ceed to finish out my "record, which I take from the plates of Nephi; and I make it according to the knowledge and the under- standing which God has given me. 10. Wherefore, it came to pass that after Amaleki had delivered up *'these plates into the hands of king Benjamin, he took them and put them with the ""other plates, which contained records which had been handed down by the kings, from generation to gener- ation until the days of king Ben- jamin. 11. Andtheywerehandeddown from king Benjamin, from gen- eration to generation until they have fallen into *my hands. And I, Mormon, pray to God that they may be preserved from this time henceforth. And I know that they will be preserved; for there are great things written upon them, out of which >'my people and 'their brethren shall be ^''judged at the great and last day, accord- ing to the word of God which is written. 12. And now, concerning this king Benjamin — he had some- what of contentions among his own people. 13. And it came to pass also that the armies of the Lamanites came down out of the ^''land of Nephi, to battle against his peo- ple. But behold, king Benjamin gathered together his armies, and he did stand against them; and he did fight with the strength of his own arm, with the "'^sword of Laban. 14. And in the strength of the Lord they did contend against their enemies, until they had slain many thousands of the La- manites. And it came to pass that they did contend against the Lamanites until they had driven them out of all the lands of their inheritance. 15. And it came to pass that after there had been false Christs, and their mouths had been shut, and they punished according to their crimes; 16. And after there had been false prophets, and false preachers and teachers among the people, and all these having been pun- ished according to their crimes; and after there having been much contention and many dissensions away unto the Lamanites, behold, it came to pass that king Benja- min, with the assistance of the holy prophets who were among his people — 17. For behold, king Benjamin was a holy man, and he did reign over his people in righteousness; and there were many holy men in the land, and they did speak the word of God with power and with authority; and they did use much ^''sharpness because of the stiff- neckedness of the people — 18. Wherefore, with the help of these, king Benjamin, by labor- ing with all the might of his body and the faculty of his whole soul, and also the prophets, did once more establish peace in the land. t, 2 Ne. 30:6. «, ver. 3. v, see p. w, ?pe /. x. 3 Ne. 5:8 — 11. Morm. 4:23. y, lie. 15:3 See p, Jnc. 5. z. He, 15:4. Soe q, Jac. 5. 2a, 2 Ne. 25:18. 29:11. 83:11. 14, 15 3 Ne. 27 ;23— -27. Eth. 4:8—10. 5:4. 2&, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. 2c, s<>e a, 1 2ie. 4. 2d, see a« 1 Ne. 16. * About A. D. 3S5. 134 MOSIAH, 1. THE BOOK OF MOSIAH CHAPTER 1. King Benjamin's exhortation to his sons — Mosiah chosen to succeed his father — Mosiah receives the records, etc. 1. And now there was no more contention in all the°landof Zara- hemla, among all the people who belonged to king Benjamin, so that king Benjamin had contin- ual peace all the remainder of his days. 2. And it came to pass that he had three sons; and he called their names Mosiah, and Helorum, and Helaman. And he caused that they should be taught in "all the language of his fathers, that thereby they might become men of understanding; and that they might know concerning the proph- ecies which had been spoken by the mouths of their fathers, which were delivered them by the hand of the Lord. 3. And he also taught them con- cerning the records which were engraven on the "^plates of brass, saying: My sons, I would that ye should remember that were it not for these plates, which contain these records and these command- ments, we must have suffered in ignorance, even at this present time, not knowing the mysteries of God. 4. For it were not possible that our father, Lehi, could have re- membered all these things, to have taught them to his children, except it were for the help of these plates; for he having been ••taught in the language of the Egyptians therefore he could read these engravings, and teach them to his children, that thereby they could teach them to their chil- dren, and so fulfilling the com- mandments of God, even down to this present time. 5. I say unto you, my sons, were it not for these things, which have been kept and preserved by the hand of God, that we might read and understand of his mys- teries, and have his command- ments always before our eyes, that even our fathers would have dwindled in unbelief, and we should have been like unto our brethren, the Lamanites, who know nothing concerning these things, or even do not believe them when they are taught them, because of the ^traditions of their fathers, which are not correct. 6. O my sons, I would that ye should remember that these say- ings are true, and also that these records are true. And behold, also the plates of Nephi, which contain the records and the say- ings of our fathers from the time they left Jerusalem until now, and they are true; and we can know of their surety because we have them before our eyes. 7. And now, my sons, I would that ye should remember to search them diligently, that ye may profit thereby; and I would that ye should keep the commandments of God, that ye may prosper in the land according to the ''prom- ises which the Lord made unto our fathers, 8. And many more things did king Benjamin teach his sons, which are not written in this book. a. Cm. 13. 6, rer. 4. 1 Ne. 1:2. Marm. 9:32. c, see a, 1 Ne. 3. d, see b. e, see n, Jac. 7. AI. 19:14, /, see A, 2 Ne. 1. About B. C. 130. MOSIAH, 1. 135 9. And it came to pass that after king Benjamin had made an end of teaching his sons, that he waxed old, and he saw that he must very soon go the way of all the earth; therefore, he thought it expedient that he should con- fer the kingdom upon one of his sons. 10. Therefore, *he had Mosiah brought before him; and these are the words which he spake unto him, saying: My son, I would that ye should make a proclamation throughout all this land among all this people, or the "people of Zarahemla,and the "people of Mosiah who dwell in the land, that thereby they may be gathered together; for on the morrow I shall proclaim unto this my people out of mine own mouth that Hhou art a king and a ruler over this people, whom the Lord our God hath given us. 11. And moreover, I shall give this people a •'name, that thereby they may be distinguished above all the people which the Lord God hath brought out of the land of Jerusalem; and this I do be- cause they have been a diligent people in keeping the command- ments of the Lord. 12. And I give unto them a name that never shall be blotted out, except it be through trans- gression. ■ 13. Yea, and moreover I say unto you, that if this highly fa- vored people of the Lord should fall into transgression, and be- come a wicked and an adulterous people, that the Lord will deliver them up, that thereby they be- come weak like unto their breth- ren ; and hewill no more preserve them by his matchless and mar- velous power, as he has hitherto preserved our fathers. 14. For I say unto you, that if he had not extended his arm in the preservation of our fathers they must have fallen into the hands of the Lamanites, and become victims to their hatred. 15. And it came to pass that after king Benjamin had made an end of these sayings to his son, that he gave him charge concerning all the affairs of the kingdom. '. , 16. And moreover, he also gafve him charge concerning the rec- ords which were engraven on the ''plates of brass; and also Hhe plates of Nephi; and also, the "■sword of Laban, and the "ball or director, which led our fathers through the wilderness, which was prepared by the hand of the Lord that thereby they might be led, every one according to the heed and diligence which they gave unto him. 17. Therefore, as they were unfaithful they did not prosper nor progress in their journey, but were "driven back, and incurred the displeasure of God upon them; and therefore they were smitten with famine and sore afflictions, to stir them up in remembrance of their duty. 18. And now, it cam e^ to pass that Mosiah went and did as his father ^had commanded him, and proclaimed unto all the people who were in the «land of Zara- hemla that thereby they might gather themselves together, to go up to the "^temple to hear the words which his father should speak unto them. <7, Om. 14 fi^er. 12 2 Ne. 5 h^ see p. Mos. 27:35. 28:18. 29:40. He: 15 :3. t, Mos. 2 :30. 6 :3. 4; Ne.. 4; . - _ see A, * Aboijt B. C. 124. jm. i-i. n_, see p. mos. zi :60. zs:i». 29:40. He. 15 :3. t, Mos. 2 :30. t 12. Mos. 5:11. k, see a, 1 Ne. 3. l^ see f, 1 Ne. 1. m, see a, 1. ».— Al. 3 :26; 27. 5:20.39- — J2. 30:42,53.-3:4:34.35.39. 40-45^14. He. 7 :15, .16. 13:37. 3 Ne. 27:11, 32. Morm. 1:19. 5:18. Moro. 7:11 — 14, 17. 10:30. Aboot B. O. 124. MOSIAH, 3. 139 listeth to obey him, and remain- eth and dieth in his sins, the same drinketh damnation to his own soul; for he receiveth for his wages an ''everlasting punish- ment, having transgressed the law of God contrary to his own knowledge. 34. I say unto you, that there are not any among you, except it be your little children that have not been taught concerning these things, but what knoweth that ye are eternally indebted to your heavenly Father, to render to him all that you have and are; and also have been taught con- cerning the "records which con- tain the prophecies which have been spoken by the holy prophets, even down to the time our father, Lehi, left Jerusalem; 35. And also, all that has been spoken by our fathers until now. And behold, also, they spake that which was commanded them of the Lord; therefore, they are just and true. 36. And now, I say unto you, my brethren, that after ye have known and have been taught all these things, if ye should trans- gress and go contrary to that which has been spoken, that ye do withdraw yourselves from the Spirit of the Lord, that it may have no place in you to guide you in wisdom's paths that ye may be blessed, prospered, and preserved — 37. I say unto you, that the man that doeth this, the same Cometh out in open rebellion against God; therefore he listeth to obey the 'evil spirit, and be- cometh an enemy to all righteous- ness; therefore, the Lord has no place in him, for he dwelleth not in unholy temples. 38. Therefore if that man re- penteth not, and remaineth and dieth an enemy to God, the de- mands of divine justice do awak- en his immortal soul to a lively sense of his own guilt, which doth cause him to shrink from the presence of the Lord, and doth fill his breast with guilt, and pain, and anguish, which is "like an unquenchable fire, whose flame ascendeth up forever and ever. 39. And now I say unto you, that mercy hath no claim on that man; therefore his final doom is to endure a *'never-ending tor- ment. 40. O, all ye old men, and also ye young men, and you little chil- dren who can understand my words, for I have spoken plainly unto you that ye might under- stand, I pray that ye should awake to a remembrance of the awful situation of those that have fallen into transgression. 41. And moreover, I would de- sire that ye should consider on the blessed and happy state of those that keep the command- ments of God. For behold, they are blessed in all things, both temporal and spiritual; and if they hold out faithful to the end they are received into heaven, that thereby they may dwell with God in a state of never-ending happiness. O remember, remem- ber that these things are true; for the Lord God hath spoken it. CHAPTER 3. King Benjamin's address continued — Another prophecy of the Christ — More concerning the atonement. 1. And again my brethren, I would call your attention, for I have somewhat more to speak unto you; for behold, I have r, see m, Jac. 6. s, 1 Ne. 3 :24. 5 :14. t, see q. u, see m, Jac. 6. v, see m, Jac. 6. About B. C. 124. 140 MOSIAH, 3. things to tell you concerning that which is to come. 2. And the things which I shall tell you are made known unto me by an angel from God. And he said unto me: Awake; and I awoke, and behold he stood be- fore me. 3. And he said unto me: Awake, and hear the words which I shall tell thee; for behold, I am come to declare unto you the glad tid- ings of great joy. 4. For the Lord hath heard thy prayers, and hath judged of thy righteousness, and hath sent me to declare unto thee that thou mayest rejoice; and that thou mayest declare unto thy people, that they may also be filled with joy. 5. For behold, the time com- eth, and is not far distant, that with power, the Lord Omnipotent who reigneth, who was, and "is from all eternity to all eternity, shall come down from heaven among the children of men, and shall dwell in a "tabernacle of clay, and shall go forth amongst men, working '^mighty miracles, such as healing the sick, raising the dead, causing the lame to walk, the blind to receive their sight, and the deaf to hear, and curing all manner of diseases. 6. And he shall cast out devils, or the ''evil spirits which dwell in the hearts of the children of men. 7. And lo, he shall suffer temp- tations, and *pain of body, hun- ger, thirst, and fatigue, even more than man can suffer, except it be unto death; for behold, blood Cometh from every pore, so great shall be his anguish for the wickedness and the abominations of his people. 8. And he shall be called Jesus Christ, the Son of God, the Father of heaven and earth, the Creator of all things from the beginning; and his mother shall be called ^Mary. 9. And lo, he cometh unto his own, that salvation might come unto the children of men even through faith on his name; and even after all this they shall con- sider him a man, and say that he hath a devil, and shall scourge him, and shall ''crucify him. 10. And he shall rise the "third day from the dead; and behold, he standeth to judge the world; and behold, all these things are done that a righteous judgment might come upon the children of men. 11. For behold, and also his blood *atoneth for the sins of those who have fallen by the transgression of Adam, who have died not knowing the will of God concerning them, or who have ^ignorantly sinned. 12. But wo, wo unto him who knoweth that he rebelleth against God! For salvation cometh to none such except it be through repentance and faith on the Lord Jesus Christ. 13. And the Lord God hath sent his holy prophets among all the children of men, to declare these things to every kindred, nation, and tongue, that thereby whosoever should believe that a, 2 Ne. 19:fi. 26:12. Mos. 15:1—5. Al. 11:38. 30. 44. 13:7—9. He, 14:12. Moro. 7:22. 8:1S. D. & C. 29:33. 30:1. 70:4, 6. 2 Ne. 9:18 — 21. 2 Ne, 2:4. 6:9. 9:5. 21. 25:12. 32:6 Mos. 7:27. 15:1—7. Al, 7:9 — 13. 19:13. He. 14:4. 3 Ne. 1:14. 0:15. 16, 10:18. 19, Chnps, 11 — 28. Morra. 3:21. c, 1 Ne. 11:31. 2 Ne. 10:4, 26:13, Al, 7:11. d, f=ee q, Mos. 2. e, see s, 2 Ne, 9. /, Al. 7:10. g, 1 Ne. 11:33. 19:10. 13. 2 Ne, 6:9, 10:3. 25:13. Mos. 15:7, 3 Ne. 11:14. 15. h, 1 Ne. 19:10, 2 Ne. 25:13. He. 14:20. 27. 3 Ne, 10:9, i, see /, 2 Ne. 2, j, 2 Ne. 9:25. 26. Mos. 3:20—22. 15:24, 25. Al. 9:15, 16. 29:5. 42:21. He. 15:14. 15. Moro. 8:22. About B. C. 124. MOSIAH, 3. 141 Christ should come, the same might receive remission of their sins, and rejoice with exceeding great joy, even as though he had already come among them. 14. Yet the Lord God saw that his people were a stiffnecked peo- ple, and he appointed unto them a law, even the ^law of Moses. 15. And many signs, and won- ders, and types, and shadows showed he unto them, concerning his coming; and also holy proph- ets spake unto them concerning his coming; and yet they hard- ened their hearts, and understood not that the law of Moses availeth nothing except it were through the 'atonement of his blood. 16. And even if it were possible that little children could sin they could not be saved; but I say unto you they are blessed; for behold, as in Adam, or by nature, they fall, even so the blood of Christ atoneth for ""their sins. 17. And moreover, I say unto you, that there shall be no other name given nor any other way nor means whereby salvation can come unto the children of men, only in and through the name of Christ, the Lord Omnipotent. 18. For behold he judgeth, and his judgment is just; and the "in- fant perisheth not that dieth in his infancy; but men drink dam- nation to their own souls except they humble themselves and be- come as little children, and be- lieve that salvation was, and is, and is to come, in and through the "atoning blood of Christ, the Lord Omnipotent. 19. For the natural man is an enemy to God, and has been from the fall of Adam, and will be, forever and ever, unless he yields to the enticings of the Holy Spirit, and putteth off the natural man and becometh a saint through the atonement of Christ the Lord, and becometh as a child, submissive, meek, humble, patient, full of love, willing to submit to all things which the Lord seeth fit to inflict upon him, even as a child doth submit to his father. 20. And moreover, I say unto you, that the time shall come when the knowledge of a Savior shall spread throughout every nation, kindred, tongue, and peo- ple. 21. And behold, when that time Cometh, none shall be found blameless before God, except It be ''little children, only through repentance and faith on the name of the Lord God Omnipotent. 22. And even at this time, when thou shalt have taught thy people the things which the Lord thy God hath commanded thee, even then are they found no more blameless in the sight of God, only according to the words which I have spoken unto thee. 23. And now I have spoken the words which the Lord God hath commanded me. 24. And thus saith the Lord: They shall stand as a bright tes- timony against this people, at the judgment day; whereof they shall be judged, every man according to his works, whether they be good, or whether they be evil. 25. And if they be evil they are consigned to an awful view of their own guilt and abominations, which doth cause them to shrink from the presence of the Lord into a state of misery and 'end- less torment, from whence they can no more return; therefore they have drunk damnation to their own souls. k, see 0, 2 Ne. 25. I, see /, 2 Ne. 2. m, vers. 18. 19. Mos. 15:2.5. Moro. 8:8, 12, 22. n, aee m. o, see /, 2 Ne. 2. p, see nt. g, see »i, Jac. 6. About B. O. 124. 142 MOSIAH, 4. 26. Therefore, they have drunk out of the cup of the wrath of God, which justice could no more deny unto them than it could deny that Adam should fall be- cause of his partaking of the for- bidden fruit; therefore, mercy could have claim on them no more forever. 27. And their torment is ''as a lake of fire and brimstone, whose flames are unquenchable, and whose smoke ascendeth up for- ever and ever. Thus hath the Lord commanded me. Amen. CHAPTER 4. King Benjamin's address concluded — The conditions of salvation — Man's dependence upon Ood — Liberality, toisdom and diligence enjoined. 1. And now, it came to pass that when king Benjamin had made an end of speaking the words which had been delivered unto him by the "angel of the Lord, that he cast his eyes round about on the multitude, and be- hold they had fallen to the earth, :for the fear of the Lord had come upon them. 2. And they had viewed them- selves in their own carnal state, even less than the dust of the earth. And they all cried aloud with one voice, saying: O have mercy, and apply the "atoning blood of Christ that we may re- ceive forgiveness of our sins, and our hearts may be purified; for we believe in Jesus Christ, the Son of God, who created heaven and earth, and all things; who shall come down among the chil- dren of men. 3. And it came to pass that after they had spoken these words the Spirit of the Lord came upon them, and they were filled with joy, having received a re- mission of their sins, and having peace of conscience, because of the exceeding faith which they had in Jesus Christ who should come, according to the words which king Benjamin had spoken unto them. 4. And king Benjamin again opened his mouth and began to speak unto them, saying: My friends and my brethren, my kin- dred and my people, I would again call your attention, that ye may hear and understand the re- mainder of my words which I shall speak unto you. 5. For behold, if the knowl- edge of the goodness of God at this time has awakened you to a sense of your nothingness, and your worthless and fallen state — 6. I say unto you, if ye have come to a knowledge of the good- ness of God, and his matchless power, and his wisdom, and his patience, and his long-suffering towards the children of men; and also, the '"atonement which has been prepared from the '^founda- tion of the world, that thereby salvation might come to him that should put his trust in the Lord, and should be diligent in keep- ing his commandments, and con- tinue in the faith even unto the end of his life, I mean the life of the mortal body — 7. I say, that this is the man who receiveth salvation, through the ^atonement which was pre- pared from the foundation of the world for all mankind, which ever were since the fall of Adam, or who are, or who ever shall be, even unto the end of the world. 8. And this is the means r, see m, Jac. 6. Chap. 4: a, ver. 11. Mos. 3:2. b, see f, 2 Ne. 2. c, see /, 2 Ne. 2. d, ver. 7. Mos. 18:13. Al. 12 :25, 30. 13:3,5,7,8. 18:39. 22:13. 42:26. He. 5:47. 3 Ne. 1 :14. 26:5. Etb. 3:14. e, see /, 2 Ne. 2. About B. C. 124. MOSIAH, 4. 143 whereby salvation cometh. And there is none other salvation save this which hath been spoken of; neither are there any conditions whereby man can be saved ex- cept the conditions which I have told you. 9. Believe in God; believe that he is, and that he created all things, both in heaven and in earth; believe that he has all wisdom, and all power, both in heaven and in earth; believe that man doth not comprehend all the things which the Lord can com- prehend. 10. And again, believe that ye must repent of your sins and for- sake them, and humble your- selves before God; and ask in sincerity of heart that he would forgive you; and now, if you be- lieve all these things see that ye do them. 11. And again I say unto you as I have said before, that as ye have come to the knowledge of the glory of God, or if ye have known of his goodness and have tasted of his love, and have re- ceived a remission of your sins, which causeth such exceeding great joy in your souls, even so I would that ye should remember, and always retain in remem- brance, the greatness of God, and your own nothingness, and his goodness and long-suffering to- wards you, unworthy creatures, and humble yourselves even in the depths of humility, calling on the name of the Lord daily, and standing steadfastly in the faith of that which is to come, which was spoken by the mouth of the 'angel. 12. And behold, I say unto you that if ye do this ye shall always rejoice, and be filled with the love of God, and always retain a remission of your sins; and ye shall grow in the knowledge of the glory of him that created you, or in the knowledge of that which is just and true. 13. And ye will not have a mind to injure one another, but to live peaceably, and to render to every man according to that which is his due. 14. And ye will not suffer your children that they go hungry, or naked; neither will ye suffer that they transgress the laws of God, and fight and quarrel one with another, and serve the ''devil, who is the master of sin, or who is the evil spirit which hath been spoken of by our fathers, he being an enemy to all righteousness. 15. But ye will teach them to walk in the ways of truth and soberness; ye will teach them to love one another, and to serve one another. 16. And also, ye yourselves will succor those that stand in need of your succor; ye will administer of your substance unto him that standeth in need; and ye will not suffer that the ''beggar putteth up his petition to you in vain, and turn him out to perish. 17. Perhaps thou shalt say; The man has brought upon him- self his misery; therefore I will stay my hand, and will not give unto him of my food, nor impart unto him of my substance that he may not suffer, for his punish- ments are just — - 18. But I say unto you, O man, whosoever doeth this the same hath great cause to repent; and except he repenteth of that which he hath done he perisheth for- ever, and hath no interest in the kingdom of God. 19. For behold, are we not all *beggars? Do we not all depend /, see a. g,-see q, Mos. 2. h, vers. 19, 20, 22 — 25. i, see- h. ' About B. C. 124. 144 MOSIAH, 4. upon the same Being, even God, for all the substance which we have, for both food and raiment, and for gold, and for silver, and for all the riches which we have of every kind? 20. And behold, even at this time, ye have been calling on his name, and begging for a remis- sion of your sins. And has he suffered that ye have Pegged in vain? Nay; he hac poured out his Spirit upon you, and has caused that your hearts should be filled with joy, and has caused that your mouths should be stopped that ye could not find utterance, so exceeding great was your joy. 21. And now, if God, who has created you, on whom you are de- pendent for your lives and for all that ye have and are, doth grant unto you •'whatsoever ye ask that is right, in faith, believing that ye shall receive, O then, how ye ought to impart of the substance that y€ have one to another. 22. And ii ye judge the man who putteth up his petition to you for your substance that he perish not, and condemn him, how much more just will be your condemnation for withholding your substance, which doth not belong to you but to God, to whom also your life belongeth; and yet ye put up no petition, nor repent of the thing which thou hast done. 23. I say unto you, wo be unto that man, for his substance shall perish with him; and now, I say these things unto those who are rich as pertaining to the things of this world. 24. And again, I say unto the poor, ye who have not and yet have sufficient, that ye remain from day to day; I mean all you who ^deny the beggar, because ye have not; I would that ye say in your hearts that: I give not be- cause I have not, but if I had I would give. 25. And now, if ye say this in your hearts ye remain guiltless, otherwise ye are condemned; and your condemnation is just for ye covet that which ye have not re- ceived. 26. And now, for the sake of these things which I have spoken unto you — that is, for the sake of retaining a remission of your sins from day to day, that ye may walk guiltless before God — I would that ye should impart of your substance to the poor, every man according to that which he hath, such 'as feeding the hun- gry, clothing the naked, visiting the sick and administering to their relief, both spiritually and temporally, according to their wants. 27. And see that all these things are done in wisdom and order; for it is not requisite that a man should run faster than he has strength. And again, it is expedient that he should be dili- gent, that thereby he might win the prize; therefore, all things must be done in order. 28. And I would that ye should remember, that whosoever among you ""borroweth of his neighbor should return the thing that he borroweth, according as he doth agree, or else thou shalt commit sin: and perhaps thou shalt cause thy neighbor to commit sin also. 29. And finally, I cannot tell you all the things whereby ye may commit sin; for there are divers ways and means, even so j, see e, 2 Ne. 32. *, see h. I, 2 Ne. 26:30. Jae. 2:19. Mns. 18:27 — 29. Jl:17. Al. 1 :27. 30. 4:12.13. 34:28,29. 3 Ne. 12:42. 13:1 — 4. 4 Ne. 3. Morm. 8 :37. 39. Vioro. 7:6 — 8. m. 3 Ne. 12:42. About B. C. 124. MOSiAM, 6 145 many that I cannot number them. 30. But this much I can tell you, that if ye do not watch your- selves, and your thoughts, and your words, and your deeds, and observe the commandments of Gou, and continue in the faith of what ve nave heard concerning the comiu;^ of our Lord, even un..' the end of your lives, ye must perish. And now, O man, remember, and ccrish not. CHAPTER 5. Effect of king Benjmuin's ad ay ess — The people repent und enter into cove- nant with Christ, a.'a are called by his name. 1. And now, it came to pass that when king Benjamin had thus spoken to his people, he sent among them, desiring to know of his people if they believed the words which he had spoken unto them. 2. And they all cried with one voice, saying: Yea, we believe all the words which thou hast spoken unto us; and also, we know of their surety and truth, because of the Spirit of the Lord Omnip- otent, which has wrought a mighty change in us, or in our hearts, that we have no more dis- position to do evil, but to do good continually. 3. And we, ourselves, also, through the infinite goodness of God, and the manifestations of his Spirit, have great views of that which is to come; and were it expedient, we could prophesy of all things. 4. And it is the faith which we have had on the things which our king has spoken unto us that has brought us to this great knowl- edge, whereby we do rejoice with such exceeding great joy. 5. And we are willing to enter into a covenant with our God to do his will, and to be obedient to his commandments in all things that he shall command us, all the remainder of our days, that we may not bring upon our- selves a "never-ending torment, as has been spoken by the "angel, that we may not drink out of the cup of the wrath of God. 6. And now, these are the words which king Benjamin de- sired of them; and therefore he said unto them: Ye have spoken the words that I desired; and the covenant which ye have made is a righteous covenant. 7. And now, because of the covenant which ye have made ye shall be called the children of Christ, his sons, and his daugh- ters; for behold, this day he hath spiritually begotten you; for ye say that your hearts are changed through faith on his name; therefore, ye are ''born of him and have become his sons and his daughters. 8. And under this head ye are made free, and there is no other head whereby ye can be made free. There is no ''other name given whereby salvation cometh; therefore, 1 would that ye should ^take upon you the name of Christ, all you that have entered into the covenant with God that ye should be obedient unto the end of your lives. 9. And it shall come to pass that whosoever doeth this shall be found at the right hand of God, for he shall !:now the name by which he is called; for he a, sep m, Jic. 6. b, Mos. 3:2. 3. 4:1. r, Mos. 27:24—27. Al. j:14, 49. 22:15. 36:23, 26. 38:6. John 1:13. 3:3, Tit. 3:5. d, 1 Ne, 10:*5. 2 L>Ie. 2:8. 11:6. 25:20. 31:21. Mos. 4:8. 13:28. 15:in. 16:4. Al. 21 -9. 34:9. ^8:9. Acta 4:12. e, vers. 9 — 14. Mos. 26:18, 24. Al. 1:19. 5:38. 34:38. 8 Ne. 27:5 — 9. Morm. 8:3«. About B. G. 124. 146 MOSIAH, 6. shall be called by the ^name of Christ. • -10. And now it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall not take upon him the name of Christ must be called by some other name; therefore, he find- eth himself on the left hand of God. 11. And I would that ye should remember also, that this is the name that I said I should give unto you that "never should be blotted out, except it be through transgression; therefore, take heed that ye do not transgress, that the name be not blotted out of your hearts. 12. I say unto you, I would that ye should remember to re- tain the ''name written always in your hearts, that ye are not found on the *left hand of God, but that ye hear and know the voice by which ye shall be called, and also, the name by which he shall call you. 13. For how knoweth a man the master whom he has not served, and who is a stranger unto him, and is far from the thoughts and intents of his heart? 14. And again, doth a man take an ass which belongeth to his neighbor, and keep him? I say unto you. Nay; he will not even suffer that he shall feed among his flocks, but will drive him away, and cast him out. I say unto you, that even so shall it be among you if ye know not the ^name by which ye are called. 15. Therefore, I would that ye should be steadfast and immov- able, always abounding in good works, that Christ, the "'Lord God Omnipotent, may seal you his, that you may be brought to heaven, that ye may have ever- lasting salvation and eternal life, through the wisdom, and power, and justice, and mercy of him who 'created all things, in heaven and in earth, who is God above all. Amen. CHAPTER 6. Names of the people recorded — Priests appointed — Beginning of Mo- siah's reign — Death of king Benjamin. 1. And now, king Benjamin thought it was expedient, after having finished speaking to the people, that he should take the names of all those who had en- tered into a covenant with God to keep his commandments. 2. And it came to pass that there was not one soul, except it were little children, but who had entered into the covenant and had taken upon them the "name of Christ. 3. And again, it came to pass that when king Benjamin had made an end of all these things, and had ^consecrated his son Mosiah to be a ruler and a king over his people, and had given him all the charges concerning the kingdom, and also had ap- pointed '■priests to teach the peo- ple, that thereby they might hear and know the commandments of God, and to stir them up in re- membrance of the ^oath which they had made, he dismissed the multitude, and they returned, every one, according to their families, to their own houses. /, see e. g, Mos. 1 :11. 12. h, see e. i, ver. 10. j, see e. k, Mos. 3:5, 17, 18, 21. I, Mos. 3:8. 4:2. Al. 11:39. 3 Ne. 9:15. Morm. 9:17. Eth. 3:14 — 16. 4:7. Col. 1:1G. Chap. 6: a, see e, Mos. 5. b, see i, Mos. 1. c, see o, 2 Ne. 5. Mos. 18:18, 24, 28. 21:33. 23:16. 17. 25:19, 21. 26:7. 27:1. 5, 22. 29:42. Al. 1:3. 26. 4:7,16,18,20. 5:3. 6:1,8. 8:11,23. 13:1 — 20. 15:13. 16:5,18. 18.34. 23:4, 16. 24:7. 29:13. 30:20 — 23, 29, 31. 43:2. 46:38. 49:30. 3 Ne. 6:21, 22, 27. 11:21, 22. 12:1. 18:36, 37. 4 Ne. 14. Moro. 2:1—3. Chaps. 3, 4. 6:1, 7. 7:2. 8:1, 2, 28. d, vers. 1, 2. Mos. 5:5—7, About B. C. 124. MOSIAH, 7. 147 4. And Mosiah began to 'reign In his father's stead. *And he began to reign in the thirtieth year of his age, making in the whole, about four hundred and seventy-six years from the 'time that Lehi left Jerusalem. 5. And king Benjamin lived three yearsf and he died. 6. And it came to pass that king Mosiah did walk in the ways of the Lord, and did observe his judgments and his statutes, and did keep his commandments in all things whatsoever he com- manded him. 7. And king Mosiah did cause his people that they should till the earth. And he also, himself, did till the earth, that thereby he might not become burden- some to his people, that he might do according to that which his father had done in all things. And there was no contention among all his people for the space of three years. CHAPTER 7. Expedition to the land of LeM- NepM — Ammon and king Limhi — People of Lehi-Nephi in bondage to Lamanites. 1. And now, it came to pass that after king Mosiah had had continual peace for the space of three years, he was desirous to know concerning the people who went up to dwell in the land of "Lehi-Nephi, or in the city of Lehi-Nephi; for his people had heard nothing from them from the time they left the land of ''Zara- hemla; therefore, they wearied him with their teasings. 2. And it came to pass that Jking Mosiah granted that six- teen of their strong men might go up to the "land of Lehi-Nephi, to inquire concerning their breth- ren, 3. And it came to pass that on the morrow they started to go up, having with them one Am- mon, he being a strong and mighty man, and a descendant of Zarahemla; and he was also their leader. 4. And now, they knew not the course they should travel in the wilderness to go up to the *land of Lehi-Nephi; therefore they wandered many days in the wil- derness, even forty days did they wander. 5. And when they had wan- dered forty days they came to a hill, which is north of the land of 'Shilom, and there they pitched their tents. 6. And Ammon took three of his brethren, and their names were Amaleki, Helem, and Hem, and they went down into the ''land of Nephi. 7. And behold, they met the king of the people who were In the land of Nephi, and in the land of Shilom; and they were surrounded by the king's guard, and were taken, and were bound, and were committed to prison. 8. And it came to pass when they had been in prison two days they were again brought before the king, and their bands were loosed; and they stood before the king, and were permitted, or rather commanded, that they should answer the questions which he should ask them. 9. And he said unto them: ''Be- hold, I am Limhi, the son of Noah, who was the son of Zeniff, who came up out of the Hand of Zarahemla to inherit this land, e, Mos. 1:10, 15. /, 1 Ne. 1:4. 2:4. Chap. 7: a, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. &, Om. 13. c, see b, 2 Ne. 5. d, Om. 14. e, see b, 2 Ne. 5. /, vers. 7, 16, 21. Mos. 9:6, 8, 14. 10:8. 11:12, 13. 22:8, 11. 24:1. Al. 23:12. g, see b, 2 Ne. 5. h, Mos. 11:1. 19:16. i. Cm. 13. * About B. C. 124. t About B. C. 121. t About B. C. 121. 148 MOSIAH, 7. which was the land of their fa- thers, who was made a king by the ^voice of the people. 10. And now, I desire to know the cause whereby ye were so *bold as to come near the walls of the city, when I, myself, was with my guards without the gate? 11. And now, for this cause have I suffered that ye should be preserved, that I might inquire of you, or else I should have caused that my guards should have 'put you to death. Ye are permitted to speak. 12. And now, when Ammon saw that he was permitted to speak, he went forth and "'bowed himself before the king; and ris- ing again he said: O king, I am very thankful before God this day that I am yet alive, and am permitted to speak; and I will endeavor to speak with boldness; 13. For I am assured that if ye had known me ye would not have suffered that I should have worn these bands. For I am Am- mon, and am a "descendant of Zarahemla, and have come up out of the "land of Zarahemla to inquire concerning our brethren, whom pZeniff brought up out of that land. 14. And now, it came to pass that after Limhi had heard the words of Ammon, he was exceed- ing glad, and said: Now, I know of a surety that my brethren who were in the land of Zarahemla 'are yet alive. And now, I will rejoice; and on the morrow I will cause that my people shall rejoice also. 15. For behold, we are in bondage to the Lamanites, and 'are taxed with a tax which is grievous to be borne. And now. behold, our brethren will deliver us out of our bondage, or out of the hands of the Lamanites, and we will be their slaves; for it is better that we be slaves to the Nephites than to pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites. 16. And now, king Limhi com- manded his guards that they should no more bind Ammon nor his brethren, but caused that they should go to the *hill which was north of Shilom, and bring their brethren Into the city, that there- by they might eat, and drink, and rest themselves from the labors of their journey; for they 'had suffered many things; they had suffered hunger, thirst, and fatigue. 17. And now, it came to pass on the morrow that king Limhi sent a proclamation among all his people, that thereby they might gather themselves to- gether to the "temple, to hear the words which he should speak unto them. 18. And it came to pass that when they had gathered them- selves together that he spake unto them in this wise, saying: O ye, my people, lift up your heads and be comforted; for be- hold, the time is at hand, or is not far distant, when we shall no longer be in subjection to our ene- mies, notwithstanding our many strugglings, which have been in vain; yet I trust there remain- eth an effectual struggle to be made. 19. Therefore, lift up your heads, and rejoice, and put your trust in God, in that God who was the God of Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob; and also, that God who brought the children of j, Mos. 19:26. k, Mos. 21:23. 24. /, Mos. 21:23. m. Al. 47:22, 23. n, Cm. 14. 0, Cm. 13. p, Mos. 9:1. q, Mos. 21:25, 26. r, ver. 22. Mos. 19:15. s, ver. 5. t^ ver. 4. u, see h, 2 Ne. 6. ApouT 3. C, 121, MOSIAH, 7. 149 Israel out of the land of Egypt, and caused that they should walk through the Red Sea on dry ground, and fed them with manna that they might not perish in the wilderness ; and many more things did he do for them. 20. And again, that same God has brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem, and has kept and preserved his people even until now; and behold, it is because of our iniquities and abominations that he has brought us into bondage. 21. And ye all are witnesses this day, that ^Zeniff, who was made king over this people, he being "'over-zealous to inherit the land of his fathers, therefore being deceived by the cunning and craftiness of king Laman, who having entered into a treaty with king Zeniff, and having yielded up into his hands the pos- sessions of a part of the land, or even the city of *Lehi-Nephi, and the city of "Shilom; and the land round about — 22. And all this he did, for the sole purpose of bringing this peo- ple into subjection or into bond- age. And behold, we at this time do pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites, to the ^amount of one half of our corn, and our barley, and even all our grain of every kind, and one half of the increase of our flocks and our herds; and even one half of all we have or possess the king of the Lamanites doth exact of us, or our lives. 23. And now, is not this griev- ous to be borne? And is not this, our aflliction, great? Now behold, how great reason we have to mourn. 24. Yea, I say unto you, great are the reasons which we have to mourn; for behold how many of our brethren have been slain, and their blood has been spilt in vain, and all because of iniquity. 25. For if this people had not fallen into transgression the Lord would not have suffered that this great evil should come upon them. But behold, they would not hearken unto his words; but there arose contentions among them, even so much that they did shed blood among themselves. 2 6. And a ^''prophet of the Lord have they slain; yea, a chosen man of God, who told them of their wickedness and abomina- tions, and prophesied of many things which are to come, yea, even the coming of Christ. 27. And because he said unto them that Christ ^"was the God, the Father of all things, and said that he should take upon him the image of man, and it should be the image after which man was -'"created in the beginning; or in other words, he said that man was created after the image of God, and that God should come down among the children of men, and ^''take upon him flesh and blood, and go forth upon the face of the earth — 28. And now, because he said this, they did ^*put him to death; and many more things did they do which brought down the wrath of God upon them. Therefore, who wondereth that they are in bondage, and that they are smit- ten with sore afllictions? 29. For behold, the Lord hath said: I will not succor my peo- ple in the day of their transgres- sion; but I will hedge up their ways that they prosper not; and V, Mos. 0:1, to, Mos. 9 :3. x, spp 6, 2 Ne. 5. y, see /. z, see r. 2a, Mos. 17 :12 — 20. 2&. 1 Ne. 1<.>:7. 10. 2 Ne, 2:14. 15. 10:3. 25:12. 26:12. Mos. 3:5. 8. 15:1 — 5. 10:15. 27:30.31. Al. 11:38, 30. 3Ne. 0:15. 11:14. Morm. 3:21. 9:11,12. Eth. i:l. 2c, Al. 18:34. Eth. 3:15, 10. 2d^ see b, Mos. 3. 2e, see 2a. 4bout p. C. Jgl, 150 MOSIAH, 8. their doings shall be as a stum- bling block before them. 30. And again, he saith: If my people shall sow filthiness they shall reap the chaff thereof in the whirlwind; and the effect thereof is poison. 31. And again he saith: If my people shall sow filthiness they shall reap the ^^east wind, which bringeth immediate destruction. 32. And now, behold, the prom- ise of the Lord is fulfilled, and ye are smitten and aflaicted. 33. But if ye will turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart, and put your trust in him, and serve him with all diligence of mind, if ye do this, he will, ac- cording to his own will and pleas- ure, deliver you out of bondage. CHAPTER 8. Ammon learns of the discovery of twenty-four gold plates with engrav- ings — He suggests their submission to king Mosiah, prophet and seer. 1. And it came to pass that after king Limhi had made an end of speaking to his people, for he spake many things unto them and only a few of them have I written in this book, he told his people all the things concerning their brethren who were in the "land of Zarahemla. 2. And he caused that Ammon should stand up before the mul- titude, and rehearse unto them all that had happened unto their brethren from the time that "Zeniff went up out of the land even until the time that he "him- self came up out of the land. 3. And he also rehearsed unto them the '^last words which king Benjamin had taught them, and explained them to the people of king Limhi, so that they might understand all the words which he spake. 4. And it came to pass that after he had done all this, that king Limhi dismissed the multitude, and caused that they should re- turn every one unto his own house. 5. And it came to pass that he caused that the ''plates which con- tained the record of his people from the time that they left the Qand of Zarahemla, should be brought before Ammon, that he might read them. 6. Now, as soon as Ammon had read the record, the king inquired of him to know if he could in- terpret languages, and Ammon told him that he could not. 7. And the king said unto him: Being grieved for the afllictions of my people, I caused that ^forty and three of my people should take a journey into the wilder- ness, that thereby they might find the ''land of Zarahemla, that we might appeal unto our brethren to deliver us out of bondage. 8. And they were lost in the wilderness for the space of many days, yet they were diligent, and found not the land of Zarahemla but returned to this land, having traveled in a land among *many waters, having discovered a land which was covered with ^bones of men, and of beasts, and was also covered with ruins of buildings of every kind, having discovered a land which had been peopled with a people who were as nu- merous as the hosts of Israel. 9. And for a testimony that the things that they had said are 2f, Mos. 12:6. Chap. 8: a, Om. 13. t, pop v, Mop. 7. c, Mos. 7:3. d, Mos. chaps. 3 — 5. e, see Record of Zcniff, Mos. !). /, Oni. 13. g, Mos. 21 :25. h, Om. 13. i. Al. 50:29. He. 3:3. 4. Morm. 6:4. ;, Mos. 21:26, 27. He. 3:3—12. See Book of Bther. About B. C- 3 21. MOSIAH, 8. 151 true they have brought '^twenty- four plates which are filled with engravings, and they are of pure gold. 10. And behold, also, they have brought 'breastplates, which are large, and they are of ""brass and of copper, and are perfectly sound. 11. And again, they have brought swords, the hilts thereof have perished, and the blades thereof were cankered with rust; and there is no one in the land that is able to interpret the lan- guage or the engravings that are on the plates. Therefore I said unto thee: Canst thou translate? 12. And I say unto thee again: Knowest thou of any one that can translate? For I am desirous that these records should be trans- lated into our language; for, per- haps, they will give us a knowl- edge of a remnant of the people who have been destroyed, from whence these records came; or, perhaps, they will give us a knowl- edge of this very people who have been destroyed; and I am desirous to know the cause of their de- struction. 13. Now Ammon said unto him: I can assuredly tell thee, O king, of a man that can translate the records; for he has wherewith that he can look, and translate all records that are of ancient date; and it is a gift from God. And the things are called "inter- preters, and no man can look in them except he be commanded, lest he should look for that he ought not and he should perish. And whosoever is commanded to look in them, the same is called seer. 14. And behold, the king of the people who are in the land of Zarahemla is the "man that is commanded to do these things, and who has this high gift from God. 15. And the king said that a seer is ^greater than a prophet. 16. And Ammon said that a seer is a revelator and a prophet also; and a gift which is greater can no man have, except heshould possess the power of God, which no man can; yet a man may have great power given him from God. 17. But a seer can know of things which are past, and also of things which are to come, and by them shall all things be re- vealed, or, rather, shall secret things be made manifest, and hidden things shall come to light, and things which are not known shall be made known by them, and also things shall be made known by them which otherwise could not be known. 18. Thus God has provided a means that man, through faith, might work mighty miracles; therefore he becometh a great benefit to his fellow beings. 19. And now, when Ammon had made an end of speaking these words the king rejoiced exceedingly, and gave thanks to God, saying: Doubtless a «great mystery is contained within these plates, and these interpreters were doubtless prepared for the purpose of unfolding all such mysteries to the children of men. 20. O how marvelous are the works of the Lord, and how long doth he suffer with his people; yea, and how blind and impene- trable are the understandings of fc, Mos. 21:27. 28:11. Al. 37:21 — 31. He. 6:26. Eth. 1:1 — 5. 15:33. I, Eth. 15:15, 24. w, Eth. 10:23. », vers. 14 — 19. Cm. 20 — 22. Mos. 21 :27, 28. 28:11 — 19. Al. 10:2. 37:21—26. Eth. 3:23, 28. 4:5. D. & C. 17:1. o, Mos. 21:28. 28:17. P, vers. 16—19. D. & O. 21:1. q, 2 Ne. 27:7, 8, 10, 11. Eth. 3:21—28. 4:1—8. 6:1. About B. C. 121. 152 MOSIAH, 9. the children of men; for they "vrill not seek wisdom, neither do they desire that she should rule over them! 21. Yea, they are as a wild flock which fleeth from the shep- herd, and scattereth, and are driven, and are devoured by the beasts of the forest. The Eecord of Zenift, — An ac- count of liis people, from the iime they left the land of Zaraliemla until the time that the}/ were delivered out of the hands of the Lamanites. Comprising chapters 9 to 22 inclusive. CHAPTER 9. Zeniff goes to possess the land of Lehi-Nephi — A spy among the Laman- ites — T/te craftiness of king Laman. 1. I, Zeniff, having been taught in all the language of theNephites, and having had a knowledge of the "land of Nephi, or of the land of our fathers' first inheritance, ♦and having been sent as a spy among the Lamanites that I might spy out their forces, that our army might come upon them and destroy them — but when I saw that which was good among them I was desirous that they should not be destroyed. 2. Therefore, I contended with my brethren in the wilderness, for I would that our ruler should make a treaty with them; but he being an austere and a blood- thirsty man commanded that I should be slain; but I was rescued by the shedding of much blood; for father fought against father, and brother against brother, until the ^greater number of our army was destroyed in the wilderness; and we returned, those of us that were spared, to the land of Zara- hemla, to relate that tale to their wives and their children. 3. And yet, I being ''over-zealous to inherit the land of our fathers, collected as many as were de- sirous to go up to possess the land, and started again on our journey into the wilderness to go up to the land; but we were smitten with famine and sore afflictions; for we were slow to remember the Lord our God. 4. Nevertheless, after many days' wandering in the wilderness we pitched our tents in the place where our brethren "^were slain, which was near to the *land of our fathers. 5. And it came to pass that I went again with four of my men into the city, in unto the king, that I might know of the disposi- tion of the king, and that I might know if I might go in with my people and possess the land in peace. 6. And I went in unto the king, and he covenanted with me that I might possess the land of ''Lehi- Nephi, and the land of 'Shilom. 7. And he also commanded that his people should depart out of the land, and I and my people went into the land that we might possess it. 8. And we began to build build- ings, and to repair the walls of the city, yea, even the walls of the city of Lehi-Nephi, and the city of Shilom. 9. And we began to till the ground, yea, even with ''all man- ner of seeds, with seeds of corn, and of wheat, and of barley, and with neas, and with sheum, and with seeds of all manner of fruits; a, pee 6, 2 Np. 5. l. Cm. 2S. c, Mos. 7:21. Om. 20. d, v^r. 2. Ora. 2. See c, 2 Ne. 87. }, see », 1 Ne. 13. k, ver. 3. * AJJODT D. C. 148. MOSIAH, 12. 159 shall come upon thee except thou repent, and this because of thine iniquities. 13. And now, O king, what great evil hast thou done, or what great sins have thy people committed, that we should be condemned of God or judged of this man? 14. And now, O king, behold, we are guiltless, and thou, O king, hast not sinned; therefore, this man has lied concerning you, and he has prophesied in vain. 15. And behold, we are strong, we shall not come into bondage, or be taken captive by our ene- mies; yea, and thou hast pros- pered in the land, and thou shalt also prosper. 16. Behold, here is the man, we deliver him into thy hands; thou mayest do with him as seemeth thee good. 17. And it came to pass that king Noah caused that Abinadi should be cast into prison; and he commanded that the 'priests should gather themselves together that he might hold a council with them what he should do with him. 18. Anditcametopassthatthey said unto the king: Bring him hither that we may question him; and the king commanded that he should be brought before them. 19. And they began to question him, that they might cross him, that thereby they might have wherewith to accuse him; but he answered them boldly, and with- stood all their questions, yea, to their astonishment; for he did withstand them in all their ques- tions, and did confound them in all their words. 20. And it came to pass that one of them said unto him: What meane^h th^ words which are written, and which have been taught by our fathers, saying: 21. '"How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings; that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good; that pub- lisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth; 22. Thy watchman shall lift up the voice; with the voice to- gether shall they sing; for they shall see eye to eye when the Lord shall bring again Zion; 23. Breakforthinto joy; singto- gether ye waste places of Jerusa- lem; for the Lord hath comforted his people, he hath redeemed Jerusalem; 24. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the nations, and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God? 25. And now Abinadi said unto them: Are you "priests, and pre- tend to teach this people, and to understand the spirit of prophesy- ing, and yet desire to know of me what these things mean? 26. I say unto you, wo be unto you for perverting the ways of the Lord! For if ye understand these things ye have not taught them; therefore, ye have perverted the ways of the Lord. 27. Ye have not applied your hearts to understanding; there- fore, ye have not been wise. Therefore, what teach ye this people? 28. And they said: We teach the law of Moses. 29. And again he said unto them: If ye teach the "law of Moses why do ye not keep it? Why do ye set your hearts upon riches? Why do ye commit ^whoredoms and spend your strength with I, see f, Mos. 11. 2 Ne. 28. m, Isa. 52 :7 — 10. n, see /, Mos. 11. o, see o, 2 Ne. 25. p, see i. About B. C. 148. 160 MOSIAH, 13. harlots, yea, and cause this people to commit sin, that the Lord has cause to send me to prophesy against th-is people, yea, even a great evil against this people? 30. Know ye not that I speak the truth? Yea, ye know that I speak the truth; and you ought to tremble before God. 31. And it shall come to pass that ye shall be smitten for your iniquities, for ye have said that ye teach the law of Moses. And what know ye concerning the law of Moses? Doth salvation come bythe law of Moses? Whatsayye? 32. And they answered and said that salvation did come by the «law of Moses. 3 3. But now Abinadi said unto them: I know if ye keep the commandments of God ye shall be saved; yea, if ye keep the com- mandments which the Lord de- livered unto Moses in the mount of Sinai, saying: 34. "^I am the Lord thy God, who hath brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. 35. Thou Shalt have no other God before me. 36. Thou Shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing in heaven above, or things which are in the earth beneath. 37. Now Abinadi said unto them. Have ye done all this? I say unto you. Nay, ye have not. And have ye taught this people that they should do all these things? I say unto you, Nay, ye have not. CHAPTER 13. Abinadi the prophet j, protected by divine power, withstands the priests and cites the Law and the Gospel. 1. And now when the king had heard th^se words, he said unto "his priests: Away with this fel- low, and slay him; for what have we to do with him, for he is mad. 2. And they stood forth and attempted to lay their hands on him; but he withstood them, and said unto them: 3. Touch me not, for God shall smite you if ye lay your hands upon me, for I have not delivered the message which the Lord sent me to deliver; neither have I told you that which '^e requested that I should tell; therefore, God will not suffer that I shall be destroyed at this time. 4. But I must fulfil the com- mandments wherewith God has commanded me; and because I have told you the truth ye are angry with me. And again, be- cause I have spoken the word of God ye have judged me that I am ''mad. 5. Now it came to pass after Abinadi had spoken these words that the people of king Noah durst not lay their hands on him, for the Spirit of the Lord was upon him; and his face shone with ex- ceeding luster, even as ''Moses' did while in the mount of Sinai, while speaking with the Lord. 6. And he spake with power and authority from God; and he continued his words, saying: 7. Ye see thatye have not power to slay me, therefore I finish my message. Yea, and I perceive that it cuts you to your hearts because I tell you the truth concerning your iniquities. 8. Yea, and my words fill you with wonder and amazement, and with anger. .. ^.J-__ r- - - 9. But I finish my message; and then it matters not whither I go, if it so be that I am saved. q, see o, 2 Ne. 25. r, Ex. 20 :2- 24. c, ver. 1. d, Ex. 34:29—35. Chap. 13 : o, see /, Mos. 11. b, Mos. 12 :20— Aboct B. C. 148. MOSIAH, 13. 161 10. But this much I tell you, what you do with me, after this, shall be as a *type and a shadow of things which are to come. 11. And now I read unto you the remainder of the command- ments of God, for I perceive that they are not written in your hearts; I perceive that ye have studied and taught iniquity the most part of your lives. 12. And now, ye remember that I ^said unto you: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of things which are in heaven above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which are in the water under the earth. 13. And again: ^Thou shalt not bow down thyself unto them, nor serve them; for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquities of the fathers upon the children, unto the third and fourth generations of them that hate me; 14. And showing mercy unto thousands of them that love me and keep my commandments. 15. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain; for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain. 16. Remember the sabbath day, to keep it holy. 17. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; 18. But the seventh day, the sabbath of the Lord thy God, thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, nor thy maid- servant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates'; 19. For in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and the sea, and all that in them is; wherefore the Lord blessed the sabbath day, and hallowed it. 20. Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. 21. Thou Shalt not kill. 2 2. Thou shalt not commit adultery. Thou shalt not steal. 23. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor. 24. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife, nor his man-servant, nor his maid-ser- vant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor's. 2 5. And it came to pass that after Abinadi had made an end of these sayings that he said unto them: Have ye taught this people that they should observe to do all these things for to keep these commandments? 26. I say unto you, Nay; for if ye had, the Lord would not have caused me to come forth and to prophesy evil concerning this people. 27. And now ye have said that salvation cometh by the law of Moses. I say unto you that it is expedient that ye should ''keep the law of Moses as yet; but I say unto you, that the time shall come when it shall *no more be expedient to keep the law of Moses. 28. And moreover, I say unto you, that salvation doth not come by the law alone; and were it not for the ^atonement, which God himself shall make for the sins and iniquities of his people, that they must unavoidably perish, notwithstanding the law of Moses. 2 9. And now I say unto you that it was expedient that there should be a law given to the chil- es MoR. 17:13—19. -19:20. Al. 25:7—12. /, Mos. 12:36. g, Ex. 20:5 — 17. h. see 0, 2 Ne. 25. i, 3 Ne. 9:1!), 20. 15 :2— 10. ./, see /, 2 Ne. 2. About B. C. 148. 162 MOSIAH, 14. dren of Israel, yea, even a very strict law; for they were a stift- necked people, quick to do in- iquity, and slow to remember the Lord their God; 3 0. Therefore there was a law given them, yea, a ^law of per- formances and of ordinances, a law which they were to observe strictly from day to day, to keep them in remembrance of God and their duty towards him. 31. But behold, I say unto you, that all these things were types of things to come. 3 2. And now, did they under- stand the law? I say unto you. Nay, they did not all understand the law; and this because of the hardness of their hearts; for they understood not that there could not any man be saved except it were through the redemption of God. 33. For behold, did not Moses prophesy unto them concerning the coming of the Messiah, and that God should redeem his people? Yea, and even all the prophets who have prophesied ever since the v/orld began — have they not spoken more or less con- cerning these things? 34. Have they not said that 'God himself should come down among the children of men, and take upon him the form of man, and go forth in mighty power upon the face of the earth? 35. Yea, and have they not said also that he should bring to pass the "'resurrection of the dead, and that he, himself, should be oppressed and afflicted? CHAPTER 14. Ahinadi quotes Isaiah to the priests of king Noah — Compare Isaiah oJ. 1. Yea, even doth not Isaiah say: Who hath believed our re- port, and to whom is the arm of the Lord revealed? 2. For he shall grow up before him as a tender plant, and as a root out of dry ground; he hath no form nor comeliness; and when we shall see him there is no beauty that we should desire him. 3. He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief; and we hid as it were our face from him; he was despised, and we esteemed him not. 4. Surely he has borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows; yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. 5. But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed. 6. Ainve, like sheep, have gene astray; we have turned every one to his own v/ay; and the Lord hath laid on him the iniquities of us all. 7. He was oppressed, and he was afflicted, yet he opened not his mouth; he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb so he opened not his mouth. 8. He was taken from prison and from judgment; and w^ho shall declare his generation? For he was cut off out of the land of the living; for the transgressions of my people was he stricken. 9. And he made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in his death; because he had done no evil, neither w^as any deceit in his mouth. 10. Yet it pleased the Lord to bruise him; he hath put him to grief; when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin he shall k, see 0, 2 Ne. 25. I, see o, Mos. 3. m, see d, 2 Ne. 2. About B. C. 148. MOSIAH, 15. 163 see his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the Lord shall prosper in his hand. 11. He shall see the travail of his soul, and shall be satisfied; by his knowledge shall my right- eous servant justify many; for he shall bear their iniquities. 12. Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great, and he shall divide the spoil with the strong; because he hath poured out his soul unto death; and he was numbered w'th the trans- gressors; and he bore the sins of many, and made intercession for the transgressors. CHAPTER 15. Abinadi's prophecy — God himself to come doxcn and redeem his people — Why Jesus Christ is called the Father and the Son. 1. And now Abinadi said unto them: I would that ye should un- derstand that "God himself shall come down among the children of men, and shall redeem his people. 2. And because he ''dwelleth in flesh he shall be called the Son of God, and having subjected the flesh to the will of the Father, being the Father and the Son — 3. The Father, because he was •"conceived by the power of God; and the Son, ''because of the flesh ; thus becoming the Father and Son — 4. And they are *one God, yea, the very ^Eternal Fatherof heaven and of earth. 5. And thus the flesh becoming "subject to the Spirit, or the Son to the Father, iDsing ''one God, ^suffereth temptation, and yieldeth not to the temptation, but suf- fereth himself to be mocked, and scourged, and cast out, and dis- owned by his people. 6. And after all this, after work- ing many ^mighty miracles among the children of men, he shall be led, yea, even as Isaiah said, ^as a sheep before the shearer is dumb, so he opened not his mouth. 7. Yea, even so he shall be led, 'crucified, and slain, the flesh "'be- coming subject even unto death, the will of the Son being swal- lowed up in the will of the Father. 8. And thus God breaketh the "bands of death, having gained the victory over death; givingthe Son power to make "intercession for the children of men — 9. Having ascended into heaven, having thebowels of mercy; being filled with compassion towards the children of men; standing betwixt them and justice; having ^broken the bands of death, taken upon ^himself their iniquity and their transgressions, having re- deemed them, and satisfied the demands of justice. 10. And now I say unto you, who shall "^declare his generation? Behold, I say unto you, that when his soul has been made an 'offering for sin he shall see his seed. And now what say ye? And who shall be 'his seed? 11. Behold I say unto you, that whosoever has heard the words of the prophets, yea, all the holy prophets who have prophesied concerning the coming of the Lord — I say unto you, that all those who have hearkened unto their words, and believed that the a, see 2h, Mos. 7. b, see b. Mos. 3. c, 1 Ne. 11:13—21. Mo». 3:8. 9. Al. 7:10. 19:13. 3 Ne. 1 :14, Morm. 9:12. (/, see 6, .Mos. 3. c, see k, 2 Ne. 31. /, see a, Mos. 3. g, ver. 2. h, see k, 2 Ne. 31. i, see «, 2 Ne. '•'. ./, see c, Mos, 3. k, Mos. 14:7. Isa. 53:7. I, see g, Mos. 3, w, vers. 2. 5. n, see g nnd j, 2 Ne, 9. o, see e, 2 Ne. 2. p, see g and j, 2 Ne. 9. q, Mos. 14 :5 — 8, 11, 12. r, Mos. 14 :8. a, Mos. 14 :10. t, vers. 11 — 13. About B. O. 14S. 164 MOSIAH, 15. Lord would redeem his people, and have looked forward to that day for a remission of their sins, I say unto you, that these are his seed, or they are the heirs of the kingdom of God. 12. For these are they whose sins he "has borne; these are they for whom he has died, to redeem them from their transgressions. And now, are they not his seed? 13. Yea, and are not the proph- ets, every one that has opened his mouth to prophesy, that has not fallen into transgression, I mean all the holy prophets ever since the world began? I say unto you that they are his seed. 14. And these are Hhey who have published peace, who have brought good tidings of good, who have published salvation; and said unto Zion: Thy God reigneth! 15. And O how beautiful upon the mountains were their feet! 16. And again, how beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of those that are still publishing peace! 17. And again, how beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of those who shall hereafter pub- lish peace, yea, from this time henceforth and forever! 18. And behold, I say unto you, this is not all. For O how beau- tiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that is the founder of peace, yea, even the Lord, who has redeemed his people; yea, him who has granted salvation unto his people; 19. For were it not for the re- demption which he hath made for his people, which was prepared from the "'foundation of the world, I say unto you, were it not for this, 'all mankind must have per- ished. 20. But behold, the bands of death "shall be broken, and the Son reigneth, and hath power over the dead; therefore, he bringeth to pass the "'resurrection of the dead. 21. And there cometh a resur- rection, even a ""first resurrec- tion; yea, even a resurrection of those that have been, and who are, and who shall be, even until the resurrection of Christ — for so shall he be called. 22. And now, the resurrection of all the prophets, and all those that have believed in their words, or all those that have kept the commandments of God, shall come forth in the first resurrection; therefore, they are the first resur- rection. 23. They are raised to dwell with God who has redeemed them; thus they have eternal life through Christ, who has broken the bands of death. 24. And these are those who have part in the first resurrec- tion; and these are they that have died before Christ came, -"in their ignorance, not having salvation declared unto them. And thus the Lord bringeth about the res- toration of these; and they have a part in the first resurrection, or have eternal life, being redeemed by the Lord. 25. And little children ^^also have eternal life. 26. But behold, and fear, and tremble before God, for ye ought to tremble; for the Lord redeem- eth none such that rebel against him and die in their sins; yea, even all those that have perished M, Mos. 14:12. V, Mos. 12:21- g, 2 Ne. 9. y, see g and ;, 2 Ne. Mob. 3. 2c, see m, Mos. 3. —24, Isa. 52:7 — 10. to, see d, Mos. 4. x, see e and 9. z, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2a, see g, Jac. 4. 2b, see ;, About B. C. 148. MOSIAH, 16. 165 in their sins ever since the world began, that have ^'^wilfully re- belled against God, that have known the commandments of God, and would not keep them; these are they that have ^*no part in the first resurrection. 27. Therefore ought ye not to tremble? For salvation cometh to none such; for the Lord hath redeemed none such; yea, neither can the Lord redeem such; for he cannot deny himself; for he can- not ^^deny justice when it has its claim. 28. And now I say unto you that the time shall come that the salvation of the Lord shall be de- clared to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. 29. Yea, Lord, ^"thy watchmen shall lift up their voice; with the voice together shall they sing; for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. 30. Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jeru- salem; for the Lord hath com- forted his people, he hath re- deemed Jerusalem. 31. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God. CHAPTER 16. Ahinadi continues his prophecy — Christ the only Redeemer — Resurrec' tion and judgment. 1. And now, it came to pass that after Abinadi had spoken these words he stretched forth his hand and said: The time shall come when all shall see the salvation of the Lord; "when every nation, kindred, tongue, and people shall see eye to eye and shall confess before God that his judgments are just. 2. And then shall the wicked be cast out, and they shall have ''cause to howl, and weep, and wail, and gnash their teeth; and this because they would not hearken unto the voice of the Lord; therefore the Lord redeem- eth them not, 3. For they are carnal and devilish, and the devil ''has power over them; yea, even that ''old serpent that did beguile our first parents, which was the cause of their fall; which was the cause of all mankind becoming carnal, sensual, devilish, knowing evil from good, subjecting themselves to the devil. 4. Thus *all mankind were lost; and behold, they would have been endlessly lost were it not that God redeemed his people from their lost and fallen state. 5. But remember that he that persists in his own carnal nature, and goes on in the ways of sin and rebellion against God, remaineth in his fallen state and the devil hath ^all power over him. There- fore, he is as though there was no redemption made, being an enemy to God; and also is the devil an enemy to God. 6. And now if Christ had not come into the world, speaking of things to come as though they had already come, there could have been no redemption. 7. And if Christ had not risen from the dead, or have "broken the bands of death that the grave should have ''no victory, and that death should have %o sting, there could have been no resurrection. 8. But there is a ^resurrection, 2d, see fc, Jac. 6. 2e, ver. 24. 2/, Al. 42:1—20. 2g, Isa. 52:8—10. Mos. 12:22 — 24. Chap. 16: a, Mos. 3:20, 21. 15:28, 31. 6, see k, 1 Ne. 15. Matt. 13:42. c, see i, 2 Ne. 9. d, see i, 2 Ne. 2. e, see e and g, 2 Ne. 9. /, see i, 2 Ne. 9. g, see g and n, Mos. 15. h, Mos. 15:8, 20. Al. 22:14. 27:28. i. ver. 8. Al, 22:14. 24:23. Moria. 7:5. j, see d, 2 Ne. 2. About B. C. 148. 166 MOSIAH, 17. therefore the grave hath *no vic- tory, and the 'sting of death is swallowed up in Christ. 9. He is the ""light and the life of the world; yea, a light that is endless, that can never be dark- ened; yea, and also a life which is endless, that there can be no more death. 10. Even "this mortal shall put on immortality, and this corrup- tion shall put on incorruption, and shall be brought to stand be- fore the bar of God, to be judged of him according to their works whether they be good or whether they be evil — 11. If they be good, to the res- urrection of endless life and hap- piness; and if they be evil, to the resurrection of endless damna- tion, being delivered up "to the devil, who hath subjected them, which is damnation — 12. Having gone according to their own carnal wills and de- sires; having never called upon the Lord while the arms of mercy were extended towards them; for the arms of mercy were extended towards them, and they would not; they being warned of their iniquities and yet they would not depart from them; and they were commanded to repent and yet they would not repent. 13. And now, ought ye not to tremble and repent of your sins, and remember that only in and through Christ ye can be saved? 14. Therefore, if ye teach the flaw of Moses, also teach that it is a shadow of those things which are to come — 15. Teach them that redemp- tion Cometh through Christ the Lord, who is the «very Eternal Father. Amen. CHAPTER 17. Martyrdom of Abinadi — While suf- fering death by fire he predicts retri- bution upon his murderers — Conver- sion of AlDia. 1. And now it came to pass that when Abinadi had finished these sayings, that the king commanded that the "priests should take him and cause that he should be put to death. 2. But there was one among them whose name was Alma, he also being a descendant of Nephi. And he was a young man, and he believed the words which Abinadi had spoken, for he knew concern- ing the iniquity which Abinadi had testified against them; there- fore he began to plead with the king that he would not be angry with Abinadi, but suffer that he might depart in peace. 3. But the king was more wroth, and caused that Alma should be cast out from among them, and sent his servants after him that they might slay him. 4. But he fled from before them and hid himself that they found him not. And he being concealed for many days did write all the words which Abinadi had spoken. 5. And it came to pass that the king caused that his guards should surround Abinadi and take him; and they bound him and cast him into prison. 6. And after three days, hav- ing counseled with his "priests, he caused that he should again be brought before him. 7. And he said unto him: Abinadi, we have found an ac- cusation against thee, and thou art worthy of death. k, ver. 7. /, ver. 7. m, Al. 3S:9. 3 Ne. 9:1S. 15:0. 18:10. 24. Eth. 3:14. 4:12. Moro. 7:18. John 8:12. y.5. 14 :G. D. & C. 84:45. 88:7—13. n, see d, 2 Ne. 2. Also ; and ni, 2 Ne. 9. o, see i, 2 Ne. 9. p, see o, 2 Ne. 25. q^ see a, Mo8. 3, Chap. 17: a, see /, Mos. 11. b, see /, Mos. 11. About B. C. 148. MOSIAH, 18. 167 8. For thou hast said that ''God himself should come down among the children of men; and now, for this cause thou shalt be put to death unless thou wilt recall all the words which thou hast spoken evil concerning me and my peo- ple. 9. Now Abinadi said unto him: I say unto you, I will not recall the words which I have spoken unto you concerning this people, for they are true; and that ye may know of their surety I have suffered myself that I have fallen into your hands. 10. Yea, and I will suffer even until death, and I will not recall my words, and they shall stand as a testimony against you. And if ye slay me ye will shed inno- cent blood, and this shall also stand as a testimony against you at the last day. 11. And now king Noah was about to release him, for he feared his word; for he feared that the judgments of God would come upon him. 12. But the ''priests lifted up their voices against him, and be- gan to accuse him, saying: He has reviled the king. Therefore the king was stirred up in anger against him, and he delivered him up that he might be slain. 13. And it came to pass that they took him and bound him, and scourged his skin with faggots, yea, even unto *death, 14. And now when the flames began to scorch him, he cried unto them, saying: 15. Behold, even as ye have done unto me, so shall it come to pass that ^thy seed shall cause that many shall suffer even the pains of death by fire: and this because they believe In the salva- tion of the Lord their God. 16. And it will come to pass that ye shall be afflicted with all manner of diseases because of your iniquities. 17. Yea, and ye shall be smit- ten on every hand, and shall be driven and scattered to and fro, even as a wild flock is driven by wild and ferocious beasts. 18. And in that day ye shall be "hunted, and ye shall be taken by the hand of your enemies, and then ye shall suffer, as I suffer, the pains of death by fire. 19. Thus God executeth ven- geance upon those that destroy his people. O God^ receive my soul. 20. And now, *when Abinadi had said these words, he fell, hav- ing suffered Meath by fire; yea, having been put to death because he would not deny the command- ments of God, having sealed the truth of his words by his death. CHAPTER 18. The ivaters of Mormon — Alma bap- tizes Helcun and others — The church of Christ — King Noah sends an army to destroy Alma and his followers. 1. And now, it came to pass that Alma, who had fled from the servants of king Noah, repented of his sins and iniquities, and went about privately among the people, and began to teach the words of Abinadi — 2. Yea, concerning that which was to come, and also concerning the "resurrection of the dead, and the redemption of the people, which was to be brought to pass through the power, and suffer- ings, and death of Christ, and his resurrection and ascension into heaven. c, Mos. 7:27. 1.3:34. d, see /, Mos. 11. e, vers. IS — 20. Mos. 7 :2S. /, Mo». 13:10. Al. 25:7—12. g, Al. 25:8, 9. ft, see e. Chap. 18: a. see d. 2 Ne. 2- • About B. C. 148, 168 MOSIAH, 18. 3. And as many as would hear his word he did teach. And he taught them privately, that it might not come to the knowledge of the king. And many did be- lieve his words. 4. And it came to pass that as many as did believe him did go forth to a place which was called 'Mormon, having received its name from the king, being in the borders of the land having been Infested, by times or at seasons, by wild beasts. 5. Now, there was in ''Mormon a fountain of pure v/ater, and Alma resorted thither, there being near the water a thicket of small trees, where he did hide himself in the daytime from the searches of the king. 6. And it came to pass that as many as believed him went thither to hear his words. 7. And it came to pass *after many days there were a good- ly number gathered together at the place of Mormon, to hear the words of Alma. Yea, all were gathered together that be- lieved on his word, to hear him. And he did teach them, and did preach unto them repentance, and redemption, and faith on the Lord. 8. And it came to pass that he said unto them: Behold, here are the ''waters of Mormon (for thus were they called) and now, as ye are desirous to come into the fold of God, and to be called his peo- ple, and are willing to bear one another's burdens, that they may be light; 9. Yea, and are willing to mourn with those that mourn; yea, and comfort those that stand in need of comfort, and to stand as witnesses of God at all times and in all things, and in all places that ye may be in, even until death, that ye may be redeemed of God, and be numbered with those of the ^first resurrection, that ye may have eternal life — 10. Now I say unto you, if this be the desire of your hearts, what have you against being ^baptized in the name of the Lord, as a wit- ness before him that ye have en- tered into a covenant with him, that ye will serve him and keep his commandments, that he may pour out his Spirit more abun- dantly upon you? 11. And now when the people had heard these words, they clapped their hands for joy, and exclaimed: This is the desire of our hearts. 12. And now it came to pass that Alma took Helam, he being one of the first, and went and stood forth in the water, and cried, saying: O Lord, pour out thy Spirit upon thy servant, that he may do this work with holi- ness of heart. 13. And when he had said these words, the Spirit of the Lord was upon him, and he said: Helam, I baptize thee, "having authority from the Almighty God, as a tes- timony that ye have entered into a covenant to serve him until you are dead as to the mortal body; and may the Spirit of the Lord be poured out upon you; and may he grant unto you eternal life, through the redemption of Christ, whom he has prepared from the "foundation of the world. 14. And after Alma had said these words, both Alma and Helam were buried in the water; and they arose and came forth out of the water rejoicing, being filled with the Spirit. 6, vers. 5, 8, 16, 30. Al. 5:3. «, see g, Jac. 4. /, see u, 2 Ne. 9. 3 Ne. 5:12. Morm. 1 :5. g, Al. 5:3. 3 Ne. 11:25. c, ver. 4. d, ver. 5. h, see d, Mos. 4. • About B. C. 147. MOSIAH, 18. 169 15. And again, Alma took an- other, and went forth a second time into the water, and baptized him according to the first, only he did not bury himself again in the water. 16. And after this manner he did baptize every one that went forth to the ^place of Mormon; and they were in number about two hundred and four souls; yea, and they were baptized in the ^waters of Mormon, and were filled with the grace of God. 17. And they were called the church of God, or the church of Christ, from that time forward. And it came to pass that whoso- ever was ''baptized by the power and authority of God was added to his church. 18. And it came to pass that Alma, having authority from God, 'ordained priests; even one priest to every fifty of their number did he ordain to preach unto them, and to teach them concerning the things pertaining to the kingdom of God. 19. And he commanded them that they should teach nothing save it were the things which he had taught, and which had been spoken by the mouth of the holy prophets. 20. Yea, even he commanded them that they should preach nothing save it were repentance and faith on the Lord, who had redeemed his people. 21. And he commanded them that there should be no conten- tion one with another, but that they should look forward with one eye, having one faith and one baptism, having their hearts knit together in unity and in love one towards another. 22. And thus he commanded them to preach. And thus they became the children of God. 23. And he commanded them that they should observe the '"sab- bath day, and keep it holy, and also every day they should give thanks to the Lord their God. 24. And he also commanded them that the "priests whom he had ordained should labor with their "own hands for their sup- port. 25. And there was ^one day in every week that was set apart that they should gather them- selves together to teach the peo- ple, and to worship the Lord their God, and also, as often as it was in their power, to assemble them- selves together. 26. And the priests were not to depend upon the people ior «their support; but for their labor they were to receive the grace of God, that they might wax strong in the Spirit, having the knowledge of God, that they might teach with power and authority from God. 27. And again Alma com- manded that the people of the church should impart of their substance, '^every one according to that which he had; if he have more abundantly he should im- part more abundantly; and of him that had but little, but little should be required; and to him that had not should be given. 28. And thus they should im- part of their substance of their own free will and good desires to- wards God, and to those priests that stood in need, yea, and to every needy, naked soul. 29. And this he said unto them, having been commanded of God; and they did walk uprightly be- fore God, imparting to one an- other both temporally and spir- i, see b. j, vers. 5, 8. k, see u, 2 Ne. 9. I, see c, Mos. 6. m, Mos. 3.3 :1G — 19. Mark 2:27. 28. D. & C. 50:9. 10. G8:29. n, see c, Mos. 6. o, ver. 26, 28. p, Al. 32:11. q, vev. 24. r, see ;, Jac. 2. About B. C. 147. 170 MOSIAH, 19. itually according to their needs and their wants. 3 0. And now it came to pass that all this was done in *Mor- mon, yea, by the 'waters of Mor- mon, in the "forest that was near the waters of Mormon; yea, the place of INIormon, the waters of Mormon, the forest of Mormon, how beautiful are they to the eyes of them who there came to the knowledge of their Redeemer; yea, and how blessed are they, for they shall sing to his praise forever. 31. And these things were done in the 'borders of the land, that they might not come to the knowl- edge of the king. 32. But behold, it came to pass that the king, having discovered a movement among the people, sent his servants to watch them. Therefore on the day that they were assembling themselves to- gether to hear the v.'ord of the Lord they were discovered unto the king. 33. And now the king said that Alma was stirring up the people to rebellion against him; there- fore he sent his army to destroy them. 34. And it came to pass that Alma and the people of the Lord were ""apprised of the coming of the king's army; therefore they took their tents and their fam- ilies and departed into the wilder- ness. 3 5. And they were in number about four hundred and fifty souls. CHAPTER 19. A futile search — Gideon's insurrec- tion — .4 Lamanite invasion — King Noah suffers death by fire — His son Limhi a tributary monarch. 1. And it came to pass that the "army of the king returned, hav- ing searched in vain for the peo- ple of the Lord. 2. And now behold, the forces of the king were small, having been reduced, and there began to be a division among the remainder of the people. 3. And the lesser part began to breathe out threatenings against the king, and there began to be a great contention among them. 4. And now there was a man among them whose name was Gideon, and he being a strong man and an enemy to the king, therefore he drew his sword, and swore in his wrath that he would slay the king. 5. And it came to pass that he fought with the king; and when the king saw that he was about to overpower him, he fled and ran and got upon the "tower which was near the '^temple. 6. And Gideop pursued after him and was about to get upon the tower to slay the king, and the king cast his eyes round about towards the land of '^Shem- lon, and behold, the army of the Lamanites were within the bor- ders of the land. 7. And now the king cried out in the anguish of his soul, say- ing: Gideon, spare me, for the Lamanites are upon us, and they will destroy us; yea, they will destroy my people. 8. And now the king was not so much concerned about his peo- ple as he was about his own life; nevertheless, Gideon did spare his life. 9. And the king commanded the people that they should flee before the Lamanites, and he himself did go before them, and they did flee into the wilderness, s, see b, Mos. 18. t, vers. H, S. Mos. 2G:15. «, ver. 5. v, ver. 4. w, Mos. a.'?:!. Chap. 19: a, Mos. 18:33, 34. h. Mus. 11:12. c, see h, 2 Ne. n. d, see d, Mos. 10. About B. C. 145. MOSIAH, 19. 171 with their women and their chil- dren. 10. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did pursue them, and did overtake them, and began to slay them. 11. Now it came to pass that the king commanded them that all the men should '^leave their wives and their children, and flee before the Lamanites. 12. Now there were many that would not leave them, but had rather stay and perish with them. And the rest left their wives and their children and fled. 13. And it came to pass that those who tarried with their wives and their children caused that their ^fair daughters should stand forth and plead with the Lamanites that they would not slay them. 14. And it came to pass that the Lamanites had compassion on them, for they were charmed with the "beauty of their women. 15. ThereforetheLamanitesdid spare their lives, and took them captives and carried them back to the ''land of Nephi.and granted unto them that they might pos- sess the land, under the condi- tions that they would deliver up king Noah into the hands of the Lamanites, and deliver up their property, even *one half of all they possessed, one half of their gold, and their silver, and all their precious things, and thus they should pay tribute to the king of the Lamanites from year to year. 16. And now there was one of the sons of the king among those that were taken captive, whose name was ^Limhi. 17. And now Limhi was de- sirous that his father sbould not be destroyed; nevertheless, Limhi was not ignorant of the iniquities of his father, he himself being a just man. 18. And it came to pass that Gideon sent men into the wilder- ness secretly, to search for the king and those that were with him. And it came to pass that they met the people in the wil- derness, all save the king and his ''priests. 19. Now they had sworn in their hearts that they would return to the land of Nephi, and if 'their wives and their children were slain, and also "'those that had tarried with them, that they would seek revenge, and also perish with them. 20. And the king commanded them that they should not re- turn; and they were angry with the king, and caused that he should suffer, even unto death "by fire. 21. And they were about to take the "priests also and put them to death, and they fled before them. 2 2. And it came to pass that they were about to return to the land of Nephi, and they met the men of Gideon. And the men of Gideon told them of all that had ''happened to their wives and their children; and that the Lamanites had granted unto them that they might possess the land by paying a tribute to the Lamanites of «one half of all they possessed. 23. And the people told the men of Gideon that they had 'slain the king, and *his priests had fled from them farther into the wil- derness. 24. And it came to pass that e, vers. 19, 21. f, ver. 14. g, ver. 13. h, see b, 2 Ne, 5. i, see k, Mos. 9. j, see h, Mos. 7. k, see /, Moe. 11. /, vers. 11, 12. m, ver. 12. n, Mos. 12:3, 10 — 12. 0, see /, Mos. 11. p, vers. 14, 15. q, see Tc, Mos. 0. r, ver. 20. », see /, Mos. 11. Between B. C. 145 and 123. 172 MOSIAH. 20. after they had ended the cere- mony, that they returned to the land of Nephi, rejoicing, because 'their wives and their children were not slain; and they told Gideon what they had "done to the king. 25. And it came to pass that the king of the Lamanites made an oath unto them, that his peo- ple should not slay them. 2 6. And also Limhi, being the son of the king, having the king- dom conferred upon him by the people, made oath unto the king of the Lamanites that his people should pay tribute unto him, *'even one half of all they pos- sessed. 27. And it came to pass that Limhi began to establish the king- dom and to establish peace among his people. 28. And the king of the La- manites set ""guards round about the land, that he might keep the people of Limhi in the land, that they might not depart into the wilderness; and he did support his guards out of the ^tribute which he did receive fx'om the Nephites. 29. And no^v king Limhi did have continual peace in his king- dom for the space of two years, that the Lamanites did not molest them nor seek to destroy them. CHAPTER 20. Priests of king Noah carry off daughters of the Lamanites — Laman- ites seek revenge upon king Limhi and his people — They are repulsed and pacified. 1. Now there was a place in "Shemlon where the daughters of the Lamanites did gather them- selves together to sing, and to dance, and to make themselves merry. 2. And it came to pass that there was one day a small num- ber of them gathered together to sing and to dance. 3. And now the ^priests of king Noah, being ashamed to return to the ""city of Nephi, yea, and also fearing that the people would ''slay them, therefore they durst not r3turn to their wives and their children. 4. And having tarried in the wilderness, and having discovered the daughters of the Lamanites, they laid and watched them; 5. And when there were but few of them gathered together to dance, they came forth out of their secret places and took them and carried them into the wilder- ness; yea, twenty and four of the ^daughters of the Lamanites they carried into the wilderness. 6. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites found that their daughters had been missing, they were angry with the people of Limhi, for they thought it was the people of Limhi. 7. Therefore they sent their armies forth; yea, even the king himself went before his people; and they went up to the land of Nephi to destroy the people of Limhi. 8. And now Limhi had discov- ered them from the ^tower, even all their preparations for war did he discover; therefore he gath- ered his people together, and laid wait for them in the fields and in the forests. 9. And it came to pass that when the Lamanites had come up, that the people of Limhi be- gan to fall upon them from their t, Ters. 14, 15, 19. 22. u, vers. 20, 23. v, see k, Mos. 9. w, Mos. 21 :5. 22 :6 — 10. X, see k, Mos. 9. Chap. 20: a, see d, Mos. 10. 6, see f, Mos. 11. c, see b, 2 Ne. 5. dy Mos. 19:21. e, vers. 6, 7, 15, 23. Mos. 23:30 — 35. /, Mos. 11:12. Between B. C. 145 and 123. MOSIAH, 20. 173 waiting places, and began to slay them. 10. And it came to pass that the battle became exceeding sore, for they fought like lions for their prey. 11. And it came to pass that the people of Limhi began to drive the Lamanites before them; yet they were not half so numer- ous as the Lamanites. But they fought for their lives, and for their wives, and for their chil- dren; therefore they exerted themselves and like dragons did they fight. 12. And it came to pass that they found the king of the La- manites among the number of their dead; yet he was not dead, having been wounded and left upon the ground, so speedy was the flight of his people. 13. And they took him and bound up his wounds, and brought him before Limhi, and said: Be- hold, here is the king of the La- manites; he having received a wound has fallen among their dead, and they have left him; and behold, we have brought him be- fore you; and now let us slay him. 14. But Limhi said unto them: Ye shall not slay him, but bring him hither that I may see him. And they brought him. And Limhi said unto him: What cause have ye to come up to war against my people? Behold, my people have "not broken the oath that I made unto you; therefore, why should ye break the oath which ye made unto my people? 15. And now the king said: I have broken the oath because thy people did ''carry away the daugh- ters of my people; therefore, in my anger I did cause my people to come up to war against thy people. 16. And now Limhi had heard nothing concerning this matter; therefore he said: I will search among my people and whosoever has done this thing shall perish. Therefore he caused a search to be made among his people. 17. Now when Gideon had heard these things, he being the king's captain, he went forth and said unto the king: I pray thee forbear, and do not search this people, and lay not this thing to their charge. 18. For do ye not remember the 'priests of thy father, whom this people sought to destroy? And are they not in the wilder- ness? And are not they the ones who have ^stolen the daughters of the Lamanites? 19. And now, behold, and tell the king of these things, that he may tell his people that they may be pacified towards us; for behold they are already preparing to come against us; and behold also there are but few of us. 20. And behold, they come with their numerous hostr>; and except the king doth pacify them towards us we must perish. 21. For are not the words of Abinadi ''fulfilled, which he proph- esied against us — and all this be- cause we would not hearken unto the words of the Lord, and turn from our iniquities? 22. And now let us pacify the king, and we fulfil the 'oath which we have made unto him; for it is better that we should be in bond- age than that we should lose our lives; therefore, let us put a stop to the shedding of so much blood. 23. And now Limhi told the king all the things concerning his g, Mos. 19:25. 26. h, vers. 1 — 6. i, see /, Mos. 11. j, ver. 5. k, Mos. 12:1—8. i, Mos. 19:26. Between B. C. 145 and 123. 174 MOSIAH, 21. father, and the "^priests that had fled into the wilderness, and at- tributed the carrying away of their "daughters to them. 24. And it came to pass that the king was pacified towards his people; and he said unto them: Let us go forth to meet my peo- ple, without arms; and I swear unto you with an oath that my people shall not slay thy people. 25. And it came to pass that they followed the king, and went forth without arms to meet the Lamanites. And it came to pass that they did meet the Laman- ites; and the king of the Laman- ites did bow himself down be- fore them, and did plead in behalf of the people of Limhi. 26. And when the Lamanites saw the people of Limhi, that they were without arms, they had com- passion on them and were pacified towards them, and returned with their king in peace to their own land. CHAPTER 21. Ahinadi's prophecy further fulfilled — Nephites in bondage suffer great af- fliction — 'I he Lord softens the hearts of their enemies — More concerning the txcenty-four plates. 1. And it came to pass that Limhi and his people returned to the city of Nephi, and began to dwell in the land again in peace. 2. And it came to pass that after many days the Lamanites began again to be stirred up in anger against the Nephites, and they began to come into the bor- ders of the land round about. 3. Now they durst not slay them, because of the "oath which their king had made unto Limhi; but they would smite them on 'their cheeks, and exercise au- thority over them; and began to put ""heavy burdens upon their backs, and ''drive them as they would a dumb ass — 4. Yea, all this was done that the word of the Lord might be ^fulfilled. 5. And now the afflictions of the Nephites were great, and there was no way that they could deliver themselves out of their hands, for the Lamanites had ^surrounded them on every side. 6. And it came to pass that the people began to murmur with the king because of their afflic- tions; and they began to be de- sirous to go against them to bat- tle. And they did afflict the king sorely with their complaints; therefore he granted unto them that they should do according to their desires. 7. And they gathered them- selves together again, and put on their armor, and went forth against the Lamanites to drive them out of their land. 8. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did beat them, and drove them back, and slew many of them. 9. And now there was a great mourning and lamentation among the people of Limhi, the widow mourning for her husband, the son and the daughter mourning for their father, and the brothers for their brethren. 10. Now there were a great many widows in the land, and they did cry mightily from day to day, for a great fear of the La- manites had come upon them. 11. And it came to pass that their continual cries did stir up the remainder of the people of Limhi to anger against the La- m, see /, Mos. 11. n, ver. 5. Chap. 21 : a, Mns. ^^■.2^. b, Mos. 12:2. c, ver. 13. Mos. 12:5. d. ver. 13. Mos. 12:5. e, Mos. 12:2—7. 20:21. /, see w, Mos. 19. Betwbkn B. C. 145 AND 123. MOSIAH, 21. 175 manites; and they went again to battle, but they were driven back again, suffering much loss. 12. Yea, they went again even the third time, and suffered in the like manner; and those that were not slain returned again to the city of Nephi. 13. And they did humble them- selves even to the dust, subject- ing themselves to the ''yoke of bondage, submitting themselves to be smitten, and to be driven to and fro, and burdened, ac- cording to the desires of their enemies. 14. And they did humble them- selves even in the depths of hu- mility; and they did cry mightily to God; yea, even all the day long did they cry unto their God that he would deliver them out of their afflictions. 15. And now the Lord was ''slow to hear their cry because of their iniquities; nevertheless the Lord did hear their cries, and began to soften the hearts of the Lamanites that they began to ease their burdens; yet the Lord did not see fit to deliver them out of bondage. 16. And it came to pass that they began to prosper by degrees in the land, and began to raise grain more abundantly, and fiocks, and herds, that they did not suffer with hunger. 17. Now there was a great number of women, *more than there was of men; therefore king Limhi commanded that •'every man should impart to the sup- port of the widows and their chil- dren, that they might not perish with hunger; and this they did because of the greatness of their number that had been slain. 18. Now the people of Limhi kept together in a body as much as it was possible, and secured their grain and their flocks; 19. And the king himself did not trust his person without the walls of the city, unless he ^'took his guards with him, fearing that he might by some means fall into the hands of the Lamanites. 2 0. And he caused that his people should watch the land round about, that by some means they might take those 'priests that fled into the wilderness, who had stolen the ""daughters of the Lamanites, and that had caused such a great destruction to come upon them. 21. For they were desirous to take them that they might "punish them; for they had come into the land of Nephi by night, and car- ried off their grain and many of their precious things; therefore they laid wait for them. 22. And it came to pass that there was no more disturbance between the Lamanites and the people of Limhi, *even until the "time that Ammon and his breth- ren came into the land. 23. And the king having been without the gates of the city with his guard, discovered Ammon and his brethren; and supposing them to be priests of Noah therefore he caused that they should be taken, and bound, and cast into prison. And had they been the priests of Noah he would have caused that they should be put to death. 24. But when he found that they were not, but that they were his brethren, and had come ^from the land of Zarahemla, he was filled with "exceeding great joy. 25. Now king Limhi had sent, previous to the coming of Ammon, a ""small number of men to search g, Mos. 12:2— S. h, Mos, 11:24. 25. i, vers. 10, 11. j, see ;, Jnc. 2. k, Mos. 7:7. 10. I, see /. Mos. 11. m, Mos. 20:5. n, ver. 23. Moa. 7:7 — 11. o, Mos. 7:6 — 13. V, Ova. 13. q, Mos. 7:14. r, Mos. 8:7. • About B. C. 122. 176 MOSIAH. 22. for the land of Zarahemla; but they could not find it, and they were *lost in the wilderness. 26. Nevertheless, they did find a land which had been peopled; yea, a land which was 'covered with dry bones; yea, a land which had been peopled and which had been destroyed; and they, having "supposed it to be the land of Zarahemla, returned to the land of Nephi, having arrived in the borders of the land not many days before the 'coming of Ammon. 27. And they brought a '''rec- ord with them, even a record of the people whose bones they had found; and it was engraven on plates of ore. 28. And now Limhi was again filled with joy on learning from the mouth of Ammon that king Mosiah had a ""gift from God, whereby he could interpret such engravings; yea, and Ammon also did rejoice. 2 9. Yet Ammon and his breth- ren were filled with sorrow be- cause so many of their brethren had been slain; 3 0. And also that king Noah and ''his priests had caused the people to commit so many sins and iniquities against God; and they also did mourn for the ^death of Abinadi; and also for the ^"de- parture of Alma and the people that went with him, who had formed a church of God through the strength and power of God, and faith on the words which had been spoken by Abinadi. 31. Yea, they did mourn for their departure, for they knew not whither they had fled. Now they would have gladly joined with them, for they themselves had entered into a covenant with God to serve him and keep his commandments. 32. And now since the coming of Ammon, king Limhi had also entered into a covenant with God, and also many of his people, to serve him and keep his command- ments. 33. And it came to pass that king Limhi and many of his peo- ple were desirous to be baptized; but there was none in the land that had -"authority from God. And Ammon declined doing this thing, considering himself an unworthy servant. 34. Therefore they did not at that time form themselves into a church, ^''waiting upon the Spirit of the Lord. Now they were desirous to become even as Alma and his brethren, who had fled into the wilderness. 35. They were desirous to be -''baptized as a witness and a tes- timony that they were willing to serve God with all their hearts; nevertheless they did prolong the time; and an account of their baptism shall be ^^given here- after. 3 6. And now all the study of Ammon and ^''his people, and king Limhi and his people, was to deliver themselves out of the hands of the Lamanites and from -"bondage, CHAPTER 22. Plan to throw off Lamanite yoke — Gideon's proposal — Lamanites made drunk — The captive people escape and return to Zarahemla — End of Zeniff's record. 1. And now it came to pass that Ammon and king Limhi began to consult with the people how they should deliver them- selves out of bondage; and even s, Mos. S:8. t, Mos. 8:7 — 11. u, Mds. 8:7. 8. r, Mos. 7:0 — 11. w, see k, Mos. 8. X, see n, Mos. S. y, SPf /, Mos. 11. z, Mos. 17:12 — 20. 2a, Mos. 18:34, 35. 26, Mos. 18:13, 17. 3 Ne. 11:25. Ex. 28:1. Heb. 5:4. 2c, vi?r. 35. 2d, see «, 2 Ne. 9. 2e, Mos. 25:17. 18. 2f. Mos. 7:2, 3. 2g, Mos. 21 :13. About 13. C. 122. MOSIAH, 22. 177 they did cause that all the peo- ple should gatjier themselves to- gether; and this they did that they might have the voice of the people concerning the matter. 2. And it came to pass that they could find no way to deliver them- selves out of bondage, except it were to take their women and children, and their flocks, and their herds, and their tents, and depart into the wilderness; for theLamanites being so numerous, it was impossible for the people of Limhi to contend with them, thinking to deliver themselves out of bondage by the sword. 3. Now it came to pass that "Gideon went forth and stood be- fore the king, and said unto him: Now O king, thou hast hitherto hearkened unto my words many times when we have been con- tending with our brethren, the Lamanites. 4. And now O king, if thou hast not found me to be an un- profitable servant, or if thou hast hitherto listened to my words in any degree, and they have been of ^service to thee, even so I de- sire that thou wouldst listen to my words at this time, and I will be thy servant and deliver this people out of bondage. 5. And the king granted unto him that he might speak. And Gideon said unto him: 6. Behold the ^back pass, through the back wall, on the back side of the city. The La- manites, or the guards of the Lamanites, by night are drunken; therefore let us send a proclama- tion among all this people that they gather together their flocks and herds, that they may drive them into the wilderness by night. 7. And I will go according to thy command and pay "the last tribute of wine to the Lamanites, and they will be ^drunken; and we will pass through the ^secret pass on the left of the camp when they are drunken and asleep. 8. Thus we will depart with our women and our children, our flocks, and our herds into the wilderness; and we will travel "around the land of Shilom. 9. And it came to pass that the king hearkened unto the words of Gideon. 10. And king Limhi caused that his people should gather their flocks together; and he sent the ''tribute of wine to the Laman- ites; and he also sent more wine, as a present unto them; and they did drink ^freely of the wine which king Limhi did send unto them. 11. And it came to pass that the people of king Limhi did de- part by night into the wilderness with their flocks and their herds, and they went Ground about the land of Shilom in the wilderness, and bent their course towards the ''land of Zarahemla, being led by Ammon and 'his brethren. 12. And they had taken all their gold, and silver, and their precious things, which they could carry, and also their provisions with them, into the wilderness; and they pursued their journey. 13. And after being many days in the wilderness they arrived in the '"land of Zarahemla, and joined Mosiah's people, and became his subjects. 14. And it came to pass that Mosiah received them with joy; and he also received their "rec- ords, 3,nd also the "records which a. Mos. 20:17. Al, 1 :8, 9. &, Mop. 20:17 — 22. c, ver. 7. rf, Mos. 19 :26. e, vers. G — 10. /, ver. G. g, ver. 11. See /, los. 7. h, ver. 7. i, vers. 6, 7. ;, ver. 8. See /, Mos. 7. k, Om. 13. I, Mos. 7:2, 3. m. Cm. 13. n. Record of Zeniff, Mos. 9. o, see k, Mos. 8. About B. C. 122. 178 MOSIAH, 23. had been found by the people of Limhi. 15. And now it came to pass when the Lanianites had found that the people of Limhi had de- parted out of the land by night, that they sent an ''army into the wilderness to pursue them; 16. And after they had pur- sued them two days, they could no longer follow their tracks; therefore they were ^lost in the wilderness. An account of Alma and the peo- ple of the Lord, who were driven into the loilderness by the people of king Noah. Comprising chapters 23 and 24. CHAPTER 23. Alma refuses to be king — Land of Helam captured by Lamayiites — Amn- ion, leader of king Noah's wicked priests, rules subject to the Lamanite monarch. 1. Now Alma, having been "warned of the Lord that the ''armies of king Noah would come upon them, and having made it known to his people, therefore they gathered together their flocks, and took of their grain, and departed into the wilderness before the armies of king Noah. 2. And the Lord did strengthen them, that the people of king Noah could not overtake them to destroy them. 3. And they fled eight days' journey into the wilderness. 4. And they came to a land, yea, even a very beautiful and pleasant land, a land of pure water. 5. And they pitched their tents, and began to till the ground, and began to build buildings; yea. they were industrious, and did labor exceedingly. 6. And the people were desir- ous that Alma should be their king, for he was beloved by his people. 7. But he said unto them: Be- hold, it is not expedient that we should have a king; for thus saith the Lord: Ye shall ''not esteem one flesh above another, or one man shall not think himself above another; therefore I say unto you it is not expedient that ye should have a king. 8. Nevertheless, if it were pos- sible that ye could always have just men to be your kings it would be well for you to have a king. 9. But remember the ^iniquity of king Noah and his priests; and I myself was ^caught in a snare, and did many things which were abominable in the sight of the Lord, which caused me "sore re- pentance; 10. Nevertheless, after much tribulation, the Lord did hear my cries, and did answer my prayers, and has made me an instrument in his hands in bringing ''so many of you to a knowledge of his truth. 11. Nevertheless, in this I do not glory, for I am unworthy to glory of myself. 12. And now I say unto you, ye have been oppressed by king Noah, and have been in ^bondage to him and his priests, and have been brought into iniquity by them; therefore ye were bound with the bands of iniquity. 13. And now as ye have been delivered by the power of God out of these bonds; yea, even out of the ■'hands of king Noah and his p, Mos. 23:30 — 30. q, Mos. 23:30, 36. 37. Chap. 23: a, Mos. 18:34, 35 5, Mos. 18:33. 34. 19:1. d, vers. 8—15. Jilos. 18:21 — 2'.i. 27:3—5. S*>e j, Jac. 2. e, Mos. 11 :1— 15. /, Mos. 17:1 — i. 24:8 — 12. y, Mos. 18:1 7i. Mos. 18 :35. i, Mos. 11:2 — 15. ;, vers. 1 — 3. Mos. 18:34. 35. Between B. C. 145 and 123. MOSIAH, 23. 179 people, and also from the bonds of iniquity, even so I desire that ye should stand fast in this lib- erty wherewith ye have been made free, and that ye trust ^no man to be a king over you. 14. And also trust 'no one to be your teacher nor your min- ister, except he be a man of God, walking in his ways and keeping his commandments. 15. Thus did Alma teach his people, that every man should love his neighbor "'as himself, that there should be no conten- tion among them. 16. And now. Alma was their "high priest, he being the founder of their church. 17. And it came to pass that none received authority to preach or to teach except it were by him from God. Therefore he conse- crated all their priests and all their teachers; and none were consecrated except they were just men. 18. Therefore they did watch over their people, and did nourish them with things pertaining to righteousness. 19. And it came to pass that they began to prosper exceedingly in the land; and they called the land "Helam. 20. And it came to pass that they did multiply and prosper ex- ceedingly In the land of Helam; and they built a city, which they called the city of Helam. 21. Nevertheless the Lord seeth fit to chasten his people; yea, he trieth their patience and their faith. 22. Nevertheless — whosoever putteth his trust in him the same shall be ''lifted up at the last day. Yea, and thus it was with this people. 23. For behold, I will show unto you that they were brought into bondage, and none could de- liver them but the Lord their God, yea, even the God of Abra- ham and Isaac and of Jacob. 24. And it came to pass that he did deliver them, and he did show forth his mighty power unto them, and great were their re- joicings. 25. For behold, it came to pass that while they were in the land of Helam, yea, in the city of ''Helam, while tilling the land round about, behold an army of the Lamanites was in the borders of the land. 26. Now it came to pass that the brethren of Alma fled from their fields, and gathered them- selves together in the city of He- lam; and they were much fright- ened because of the appearance of the Lamanites. 27. But Alma went forth and stood among them, and exhorted them that they should not be frightened, but that they should remember the Lord their God and he would deliver them. 28. Therefore they hushed their fears, and began to cry unto the Lord that he would soften the hearts of the Lamanites, that they would spare them, and their wives, and their children. 29. And it came to pass that the Lord did soften the hearts of the Lamanites. And Alma and his brethren went forth and delivered themselves up into their hands; and the Lamanites took posses- sion of the '^land of Helam. 30. Now the armies of the Lamanites, which had followed 180 MOSIAH, 24. after the people of king Limhi, had been Most in the wilderness for many days. 31. And behold, they had found those 'priests of king Noah, in a place which they called "Amnion; and they had begun to possess the land of Amnion and had begun to till the ground. 32. Now the name of the leader of those priests was Amnion. 3 3. And it came to pass that Amnion did plead with the Laman- Ites; and he also sent forth their wives, who were the ^'daughters of the Lamanites, to plead with their brethren, that they should not destroy their husbands. 34. And the Lamanites had compassion on Amnion and his brethren, and did not destroy them, because of '"their wives. 35. And Amnion and his breth- ren did join the Lamanites, and they were traveling in the wilder- ness in search of the land of Nephi when they discovered the land of 'Helam, which was possessed by Alma and his brethren. 36. And it came to pass that the Lamanites promised unto Alma and his brethren, that if they would show them the way which led to the ''land of Nephi that they would grant unto them their lives and their liberty. 37. But after Alma had shown them the way that led to the land of Nephi the Lamanites would not keep their promise; but they set 'guards round about the land of Helam, over Alma and his breth- ren. 38. And the remainder of them went to the land of Nephi; and a part of them returned to the land of Helam, and also brought with them the wives and the children of the guards who had been left in the land. 39. And the king of the Laman- ites had granted unto ^''Amnion that he should be a king and a ruler over his people, who were in the land of Helam; nevertheless he should have no power to do anything contrary to the will of the king of the Lamanites. CHAPTER 24. Amnion persecutes Alma and his followers — The Lord makes their bur- dens light and delivers them from bondage — They return to Zarahemla. 1. And it came to pass that Amnion did gain favor in the eyes of the king of the Lamanites; therefore, the king of the Laman- ites granted unto him and his brethren that they should be ap- pointed "teachers over his people, yea, even over the people who were in the land of ^Shemlon, and in the land of ""Shilom, and in the land of ''Amnion. 2. For the Lamanites had taken possession of all these lands; therefore, the king of the Laman- ites had appointed kings over all these lands. 3. And now the name of the king of the Lamanites was ^Laman, being called after the name of his father; and therefore he was called king Laman. And he was king over a numerous people. 4. And he appointed ^teachers of the brethren of Amnion in every land which was possessed by his people; and thus the lan- guage of Nephi began to be taught among all the people of the Lamanites. 5. And they were a people friendly one with another; never- s, Mos. 22:1G. *, see /, Mos. 11. u, vers. 32, 35. 39. Mos. 24:1, 4, 5, 8—11. 25:12. Al. 21:2 — 4. 23:14. 24:1, 28—30. 25:4—12. 43:13, 14, v, Mos. 20:5, 6, 18. w, ver. 33. x, see o. y, see b, 2 Ne. 5. z, ver. 38. 2a, see u. Chap. 24: a, vers. 4 — 6. b, see d, Mos. 10. c, see /, Mos. 7. d, see w, Mos. 23. e, Mos. 9:10, 11. 10:6. /, ver. 1. Between B. C. 145 and 123. MOSIAH, 24. 181 theless they knew not God; neither did the ''brethren of Amu- Ion teach them anything concern- ing the Lord their God, neither the law of Moses; nor did they teach them the words of Abinadi; 6. But they taught them that they should keep their record, and that they might write one to another. 7. And thus the Lamanites be- gan to increase in riches, and began to trade one with another and wax great, and began to be a cunning and a wise people, as to the wisdom of the world, yea, a very cunning people, delighting in all manner of wickedness and plunder, except it were among their own brethren. 8. And now it came to pass that *Amulon began to exercise author- ity over Alma and his brethren, and began to persecute him, and cause that his children should persecute their children. 9. For Amnion knew Alma, that he had been 'one of the king's priests, and that it was he that believed the words of Abinadi and was driven out before the king, and therefore he was wroth with him; for he was subject to king Laman, yet he exercised authority over them, and put tasks upon them, and put task-masters over them. 10. And it came to pass that so great were their afflictions that they began to cry mightily to God. 11. And Amnion commanded them that they should stop their cries; and he put guards over them to watch them, that whoso- ever should be found calling upon God should be put to death. 12. And Alma and his people did not raise their voices to the Lord their God, but did pour out their hearts to him; and he did know the thoughts of their hearts. 13. And it came to pass that the voice of the Lord came to them in their afflictions, saying: Lift up your heads and be of good comfort, for I know of the cove- nant which ye have made unto me; and I will covenant with my people and deliver them out of bondage. 14. And I will also '"ease the burdens which are put upon your shoulders, that even you cannot feel them upon your backs, even while you are in bondage; and this will I do that ye may stand as witnesses for me hereafter, and that ye may know of a surety that I, the Lord God, do visit my people in their afflictions. 15. And now it came to pass that the burdens which were laid upon Alma and his brethren were made "light; yea, the Lord did strengthen them that they could bear up their burdens with ease, and they did submit cheerfully and with patience to all the will of the Lord. 16. And it came to pass that so great was their faith and their patience that the voice of the Lord came unto them again, saying: Be of good comfort, for on the morrow I will deliver you out of bondage. 17. And he said unto Alma: Thou shalt go before this people, and I will go with thee and de- liver this people out of "bondage. 18. Now it came to pass that Alma and his people in the night- time gathered their flocks to- gether, and also of their grain; yea, even all the night-time were they gathering their flocks to- gether. 19. And in the morning the h, see /, iMos. 11. k, Mos. 23 :a2. I, Mos. 17:2 — 4. m, vers, 9, 15. n, vers. 9, 14. 0, vers. 13, 21. Mos. 25:10. 27:10. Al. 5:5. 6. 20:11, 12. 3G :2, 29. Between B, C. 145 and 123. 182 MOSIAH, 25. Lord caused a ''deep sleep to come upon the Lamanites, yea, and all their task-masters were In a pro- found sleep. 20. And Alma and his people departed into the wilderness; and when they had traveled all day they pitched their tents in a val- ley, and they called the valley Alma, because he led their way in the wilderness. 21. Yea, and in the valley of Alma they poured out their thanks to God because he had been merciful unto them, and eased their burdens, and had de- livered them out of "bondage; for they were in bondage, and none could deliver them except it were the Lord their God. 22. And they gave thanks to God, yea, all their men and all their women and all their chil- dren that could speak lifted their voices in the praises of their God. 23. And now the Lord said unto Alma: Haste thee and get thou and this people out of this land, for the Lamanites have •"awakened and do pursue thee; therefore get thee out of this land, and I will stop the Laman- ites in this *valley that they come no further in pursuit of this people. 24. And it came to pass that they departed out of the valley, and took their journey into the wilderness. 25. And after they had been in the wilderness 'twelve days *they arrived in the "land of Zara- hemla; and king Mosiah did "also receive them with joy. CHAPTER 25. Zarahemla, a descendant of Mulek — The record of Zeniff and the account of Alma read to the people — Alma authorized to establish the church of Christ throughout the land. 1. And now king Mosiah caused that all the people should be gath- ered together. 2. Now there were not so many of the children of Nephi, or so many of those who were descend- ants of Nephi, as there were of the people of Zarahemla, who was a "descendant of Mulek, and those who came with him into the wil- derness. 3. And there were not so many of the people of Nephi and of the people of Zarahemla as there were of the Lamanites; yea, they were not half so numerous. 4. And now all the people of Nephi were assembled together, and also all the people of Zara- hemla, and Hhey were gathered together in two bodies. 5. And it came to pass that Mosiah did read, and caused to be road, the '^records of Zeniff to his people; yea, he read the records of the people of Zeniff, from the time they ''left the land of Zara- hemla until they ''returned again. 6. And he also read the ac- count of Alma and his brethren, and all their afflictions, from the time they Heft the land of Zara- hemla until the time they "re- turned again. 7. And now, when Mosiah had made an end of reading the rec- ords, his people who tarried in the land were struck with wonder and amazement. 8. For they knew not what to think; for when they beheld those that had been delivered ''out of bondage they were filled with ex- ceeding great joy. 9. And again, when they p, ver. 23. q, see o. r, ver. IS), s, vers. 20, 21. t, see c, Mos. 23. u, Oin. 13. V, Mas. 22:14. Chap. 2rt : a. Cm. 14. 6, ver. 13. c, see tbe heading of Mos. 9. d, Mos. 9:3, 4. e, Mos. 22:13. /, Mos. 9:3. 4. g, Mos. 24, 25. h, Mos. 22:11—13. • About B. C. 122. MOSIAH, 25. 183 thought of their brethren who had been slain by the Lamanites they were filled with sorrow, and even shed many tears of sorrow. 10. And again, when they thought of the immediate good- ness of God, and his power in 'de- livering Alma and his brethren out of the hands of the Lamanites and of bondage, they did raise their voices and give thanks to God. 11. And again, when they thought upon the Lamanites, who were their brethren, of their sin- ful and polluted state, they were filled with pain and anguish for the welfare of their souls. 12. And it came to pass that those who ^were the children of Amnion and his brethren, who had taken to wife the '■daughters of the Lamanites, were displeased with the conduct of their fathers, and they would no longer be called by the names of their fa- thers, therefore they took upon themselves the name of Nephi, that they might be called the chil- dren of Nephi and be numbered among those who were called Nephites. 13. And now 'all the people of Zarahemla were numbered with the Nephites, and this because the kingdom had been conferred upon none but those who were descend- ants of Nephi. 14. And now it came to pass that when Mosiah had made an end of speaking and "'reading to the people, he desired that Alma should also speak to the people. 15. And Alma did speak unto them, when they were assembled together in large bodies, and he went from one body to another, preaching unto the people repent- ance and faith on the Lord. 16. And he did exhort the peo- ple of Limhl and his brethren, all those that had been "delivered out of bondage, that they should remember that it was the Lord that did deliver them. 17. And it came to pass that after Alma had taught the people many things, and had made an end of speaking to them, that king Lirnhi was desirous that he might be baptized; and all his people were desirous that they might be baptized also. 18. Therefore, Alma did go forth into the water and did bap- tize them; yea, he did "baptize them after the manner he did his 'brethren in the waters of Mor- mon; yea, and as many as he did baptize did belong to the church of God; and this because of their belief on the words of Alma. 19. And it came to pass that king Mosiah granted unto Alma that he might establish churches throughout all the land of Zara- hemla; and gave him power to ''ordain priests and teachers over every church. 20. Now this was done because there were so many people that they could not all be governed by one teacher; neither could they all hear the word of God in one assembly; 21. Therefore they did assem- ble themselves together in differ- ent bodies, being called churches; every church having their priests and their teachers, and every priest preaching the word accord- ing as it was delivered to him by the mouth of Alma. 22. And thus, notwithstanding there being many churches they were all one church, yea, even the church of God; for there was nothing preached in all the i, Mos. 24:lfi— 2.^>. j, Mos. 20:3—5. k, Mos. 20:5. 23:33. I, Om. 10. m, vers. 5 — 7. n, Mos. 22:11—13. 24:16 — 25. o, see «, 2 Ne. 9. Mos. 21:32 — 35. p, Mos. 18:8—17. q, see c, Mo«. 6. About B. C. 122. 134 MOSIAH, 26. churches except it were repent- ance and faith in God. 23. And now there were seven churches in the land of Zara- hemla. And irt came to pass that whosoever were desirous to take upon them the ""name of Christ, or of God, they did join the churches of God; 24. And they were called the people of God. And the Lord did pour out his Spirit upon them, and they were blessed, and pros- pered in the land. CHAPTER 26. Concerning unbelievers and evil- doers — The Lord instructs Alma how to deal with them. 1. Now it came to pass that there were many of the rising generation that could not under- stand the "words of king Benja- min, being little children at the time he spake unto his people; and they did not believe the tradi- tion of their fathers. 2. They did not believe what had been said concerning the ^res- urrection of the dead, neither did they believe concerning the com- ing of Christ. 3. And now because of their unbelief they could not under- stand the word of God; and their hearts were hardened. 4. And they would not be ""bap- tized; neither would they '^join the church. And they were a sep- arate people as to their faith, and remained so ever after, even in their carnal and sinful state; for they would not call upon the Lord their God. 5. And now in the reign of Mosiah they were not half so numerous as the people of God; but because of the dissensions among the brethren they became more numerous. 6. For it came to pass that they did deceive many with their flat- tering words, who were in the church, and did cause them to '^commit many sins; therefore it became expedient that those who committed sin, that were in the church, should be admonished by the church. 7. And it came to pass that they were brought before the priests, and delivered up unto the ^"priests by the teachers; and the priests brought them before Alma, who was the "high priest. 8. Now king Mosiah had given Alma the authority over the church. 9. And it came to pass that Alma did not know concerning them; but there were many wit- nesses against them; yea, the peo- ple stood and testified of their in- iquity in abundance. 10. Now there had not any such thing happened before in the church; therefore Alma was troubled in his spirit, and he caused that they should be brought before the king. 11. And he said unto the king: Behold, here are many whom we have brought before thee, who are accused of their brethren; yea, and they have been taken in divers iniquities. And they do not repent of their iniquities; therefore we have brought them before thee, that thou mayest judge them according to their crimes. 12. But king Mosiah said unto Alma: Behold, I judge them not; therefore I deliver them into thy hands to be judged. r, see e, Mos. 5. Chap. 26: a, Mos. chaps. 2 — 5. b, see d, 2 Ne. 2. c, see u, 2 Ne. 9. d, Mos, 18:17. 25:18 — 23. Al. 4:4. 5. 3 Ne. 2G:21. e, vers. 7—13. 19, 25 — 36. Al. 5:57, 58. 6:3. /, see c, Mos. 6. g, Mos. 23:1G. 29:42. Al. 4:4, 18, 20. 5:3, 44, 49. 6:8. 8:11. 23. 13:1—20. 16:5. 30:21, 22. 23, 29. 43:2. 46:6. 38. 49 :30. He. 3 :25. Puobably between B. C. 120 AND 100. MOSIAH, 26. 185 13. And now the spirit of Alma was again troubled; and he went and inquired of the Lord what he should do concerning this matter, for he feared that he should do wrong in the sight of God. 14. And it came to pass that after he had poured out his whole soul to God, the voice of the Lord came to him, saying: 15. Blessed art thou, Alma, and blessed are they who were ''bap- tized in the 'waters of Mormon. Thou art blessed because of thy exceeding faith in the words alone of my servant Abinadi. 16. And blessed are they be- cause of their exceeding faith in the words alone which thou hast spoken unto them. 17. And blessed art thou be- cause thou hast established a ^church among this people; and they shall be established, and they shall be my people. 18. Yea, blessed is this people who are willing to bear my ^name; for in my name shall they be called; and they are mine. 19. And because thou hast in- quired of me concerning the 'transgressor, thou art blessed. 20. Thou art my servant; and I covenant with thee that thou Shalt have eternal life; and thou shalt serve me and go forth in my name, and shalt gather together my sheep. 21. And he that will hear my voice shall be my sheep; and him shall ye receive into the church, and him will I also receive. 22. For behold, this is my *"church; whosoever is "baptized shall be iDaptized unto repentance. And whomsoever ye receive shall believe in my name; and him will I freely forgive. 23. For it is I that taketh upon me the sins of the world; for it is I that hath "created them; and it is I that granteth unto him that believeth unto the end a place at my right hand. 24. For behold, in ^my name are they called; and if they know me they shall come forth, and shall have a place eternally at my right hand. 25. And it shall come to pass that when the second trump shall sound then shall they that never knew me come forth and shall stand before me. 26. And then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, that I am their Redeemer; but they would not be redeemed. 27. And then I will confess unto them that I never knew them; and they shall depart into ^everlasting fire prepared for the devil and his angels. 28. Therefore I say unto you, that he that will not hear my voice, the same shall ye ""not re- ceive into my church, for him I will not receive at the last day. 29. Therefore I say unto you. Go; and whosoever "transgresseth against me, him shall ye judge according to the sins which he has committed; and if he confess his sins before thee and me, and re- penteth in the sincerity of his heart, him shall ye forgive, and I will forgive him also. 30. Yea, and as often as my people repent will I forgive them their trespasses against me. 31. And ye shall also forgive 'one another your trespasses; for verily I say unto you, he that for- giveth not his neighbor's tres- passes when he says that he re- pents, the same hath brought himself under condemnation. 82. Now I say unto you, Go; R, see u, 2 Ne. 9. i, see t, Mos. 18. /, Mos. 25 :19 — 24. Tc, see e, Mos. 5. I, see e, m, see d. n, see u, 2 Ne. 9. o, see I, Mos. 5. v, see e, Mos. 5. q, see Tc, 1 Ne. 15. r, see d. Sj see e. tj 3 Ne. 13:14, 15. Pbobably between B. C. 120 and 100. 186 MOSIAH, 27. and whosoever will not repent of his sins the same shall "not be numbered among my people; and this shall be observed from this time forward. 33. And it came to pass when Alma had heard these words he wrote them down that he might have them, and that he might judge the people of that church according to the ''commandments of God. 34. And it came to pass that Alma went and judged those that had been taken in iniquity, ac- cording to the word of the Lord. 35. And whosoever repented of their sins and did ""confess them, them he did number among the people of the church; 36. And those that would not confess their sins and repent of their iniquity, the same were 'not numbered among the people of the church, and their names were blotted out. 3 7. And it came to pass that Alma did regulate all the affairs of the church; and they began again to have peace and to pros- per exceedingly in the affairs of the church, walkingcircumspectly before God, receiving many, and *'baptizing many. 38. And now all these things did Alma and his fellow laborers do who were over the church, walking in all diligence, teaching the word of God in all things, suf- fering all manner of afflictions, being persecuted by all those who did not belong to the church of God. 39. And they did admonish their brethren; and they were also admonished, every one by the word of God, according to his sins, or to the sins which he had committed, being commanded of God to -pray without ceasing, and to give thanks in all things. CHAPTER 27. Persecution forbidden and equality enjoined — Ahna, the younger, and the four sons of Mosiah, among the un- believers — Their miraciilous conver- sion — They become preachers of right- eousness. 1. And now it came to pass that the persecutions which were inflicted on the church by the unbelievers became so great that the church began to murmur, and complain to their leaders concern- ing the matter; and they did com- plain to Alma. And Alma laid the case before their king, Mosiah. And Mosiah consulted with his priests. 2. And it came to pass that king Mosiah sent a proclamation throughout the land round about that there should not any unbe- liever persecute any of those who belonged to the church of God. 3. And there was a strict com- mand throughout all the churcTies that there should be no persecu- tions among them, that there should be an "equality among all men; 4. That they should let no pride nor haughtiness disturb their peace; that every man should es- teem his neighbor ^as himself, la- boring with their own hands for their support. 5. Yea, and all their ''priests and teachers should labor with their ''own hands for their sup- port, in all cases save It were in sickness, or in much want; and doing these things, they did abound in the grace of God. 6. And there began to be much u, vers. 34 — 36. AT. 1 :24. v, vers. 2S — 32. w, vers. 29, 30. x, ver. 32. v, see u, 2 Ne. 9. z, see e, 2 Ne. 32. Chap. 27 : a, see j, Jac. 2. Mos. 29 :32. Al. 30 :11. b, see I, Mos. 4. See also m, Mos. 23. c, see c, Mos. G. d, Mos. 18:24, 26. Peobablt between B. C. 120 and 100. MOSIAH, 27. 187 peace again in the land; and the people began to be very numer- ous, and began to scatter abroad upon the face of the earth, yea, on the north and on the south, on the east and on the west, build- ing large cities and villages in all Quarters of the land. 7. And the Lord did visit them and prosper thera, and they be- came a large and wealthy people. 8. Now the *so-ns of Mosiah were numbered among the unbe- lievers; and also one of the sons of Alma was numbered among them, he being called Alma, after his father; nevertheless, he be- came a very wicked and an idola- trous man. And he was a man of many words, and did speak much flattery to the people; therefore he led many of the peo- ple to do after the manner of his iniquities. 9. And he became a great hin- derment to the prosperity of the church of God; stealing away the hearts of the people; causing much dissension among the peo- ple; giving a chance for the enemy of God to exercise his power over them. 10. And now it came to pass that while he was going about to destroy the church of God, for he did go about secretly with the sons of Mosiah 'seeking to de- stroy the church, and to lead astray the people of the Lord, contrary to the commandments of God, or even the king — 11. And as I said unto you, as they were going about rebelling against God, behold, the angel of the Lord "appeared unto them; and he descended as it were in a cloud; and he spake as it were with a voice of thunder, which caused the "earth to shake upon which they stood; 12. And so great was their as- tonishment, that they fell to the earth, and understood not the words which he spake unto them. 13. Nevertheless he cried again, saying: Alma, arise and stand forth, for why persecutest thou the church of God? For the Lord hath said: *This is my church, and I will establish it; and noth- ing shall overthrow it, save it is the transgression of my people. 14. And again, the angel said: Behold, the Lord hath heard the prayers of his people, and also the prayers of his servant, Alma, who is thy father; for he has prayed with much faith concerning thee that thou mightest be brought to the knowledge of the truth; there- fore, for this purpose have I come to convince thee of the power and authority of God, that the prayers of his servants might be answered according to their faith. 15. And now behold, can ye dis- pute the power of God? For be- hold, doth not my voice ^shake the earth? And can ye not also "behold me before you? And I am sent from God. 16. Now I say unto thee: Go, and remember the captivity of thy fathers in the land of 'Helam, and in the *"land of Nephi; and re- member how great things he has done for them; for they were in bondage, and he has "delivered them. And now I say unto thee. Alma, go thy way, and seek to de- stroy the church no more, that their prayers may be answered, and this even if thou wilt of thy- self be cast off. 17. And now it came to pass that these were the last words e, vers. 10, 34. /, Mos. 28:3, 4. Al. 26:17, 18. 36:6, 9, 11. 38:7. g, vers. 15, 18. Al. 36:5 — 11. 38:7. h, vers. 15, 18. Al. 36:7. 38:7. i, Mos. 20:22. j, see h. k, see g. I, see o, Mos. 23. m, see &.. 2 Ne, 5. n, Mos. 18:34. 23:1 — 4. 24:17 — 21. PbOBABLZ BBTWaBN B. C. 100 AND 92. 188 MOSIAH, 27. which the angel spake unto Alma, and he departed. 18. And now Alma and those that were with him fell "again to the earth, for great was their as- tonishment; for with their own eyes they had ^beheld an angel of the Lord; and his voice was as thunder, which 'shook the earth; and they knew that there was nothing save the power of God that could shake the earth and cause it to tremble as though it would part asunder. 19. And now the astonishment of Alma was so great that he be- came ''dumb, that he could not open his mouth; yea, and he be- came weak, even that he could not move his hands; therefore he was taken by those that were with him, and carried helpless, even until he was laid before his father. 20. And they rehearsed unto his father all that had happened unto them; and his father re- joiced, for he knew that it was the power of God. 21. And he caused that a mul- titude should be gathered to- gether that they might witness what the Lord had done for his son, and also for those that were with him. 22. And he caused that the •priests should assemble them- selves together; and they began to 'fast, and to pray to the Lord their God that he would "open the mouth of Alma, that he might speak, and also that his *limbs might receive their strength — •that the eyes of the people might ■be opened to see and know of the ^goodness and glory of God. 23. And it came to pass after they had ^fasted and prayed for the space of two days and two nights, the limbs of Alma re- ceived their strength, and he stood up and began to speak unto them, bidding them to be of good comfort: 24. For, said he, I have re- pented of my sins, and have been redeemed of the Lord; behold I am 'born of the Spirit. 25. And the Lord said unto me: Marvel not that all mankind, yea, men an4 women, all nations, kin- dreds, tongues and people, must be >'born again; yea, born of God, changed from their carnal and fallen state, to a state of right- eousness, being redeemed of God, becoming his sons and daughters; 26. An4 thus they become new creatures; and unless they do this, they can in nowise inherit the kingdom of God. 27. I say unto you, unless this be the case, they must be cast off; and this I know, because I was like to be cast off. 28. Nevertheless, after wan- dering through much tribulation, repenting nigh unto death, the Lord in mercy hath seen fit to snatch me out of an ^everlasting burning, and I am born of God. 29. My soul hath been re- deemed from the gall of bitter- ness and bonds of iniquity. I was in the darkest abyss; but now I behold the marvelous light of God. My soul was racked with "''eternal torment; but I am snatched, and my soul is pained no more. 30. I rejected my Redeemer, and denied that which had been spoken of by our fathers; but now that they may foresee that he will come, and that he remembereth 0, ver. 12. p, see g. q, see 7;. r, ver. 22. s, see c, Mos. 6. i, ver. 23. Al. 5:46. 6:6. 8:26. 10:7. 17:3,9. 28:6. 30:2. He. 3 :3.!i. 3 Ne. 13:16 — 18. 27:1. 4 Ne. 12. Moro. 6:5. u, vers. 19, 23. v, vers. 19, 23. xc, Ter. 22. See t. x, see c, Mos. 5. V, see c, Mos. 5. z, see k, 1 Ne. 15. 2a, see m, Jac. 6. MOSIAH, 28. 189 every creature of his creating, he will make himself manifest unto all. 31. Yea, 2*every knee shall bow, and every tongue confess before him. Yea, even at the last day, when all men shall stand to be judged of him, then shall they confess that he is God; then shall they confess, who live without God in the world, that the judg- ment of an "'"everlasting punish- ment is just upon them; and they shall quake, and tremble, and shrink beneath the -''glance of his all-searching eye. 32. And now it came to pass that Alma began from this time forward to teach the people, and those who were with Alma at the time the angel appeared unto them, traveling round about through all the land, publishing to all the people the things which they had heard and seen, and preaching the word of God in much tribulation, being greatly persecuted by those who were un- believers, being smitten by many of them. 33. But notwithstanding all this, they did impart much con- solation to the church, confirming their faith, and exhorting them with long-suffering and much travail to keep the command- ments of God. 34. And 2''four of them were the sons of Mosiah; and their names were Ammon, and Aaron, and Omner, and Himni; these were the names of the sons of Mosiah. 35. And they traveled through- out all the -aand of Zarahemla, and among all the people who were under the reign of king Mosiah, zealously striving to re- pair all the injuries which they had done to the church, confess- ing all their sins, and publishing all the "^things which they had seen, and explaining the proph- ecies and the scriptures to all who desired to hear them. 36. And thus they were instru- ments in the hands of God in bringing many to the knowledge of the truth, yea, to the knowl- edge of their Redeemer. 37. And how blessed are they! For they did ^^''publish peace; they did publish good tidings of good; and they did declare unto the peo- ple that the Lord reigneth. CHAPTER 28. Mosiah permits his sons to preach to the Lamanites — The twenty-four plates translated — Alma, the younger, made the custodian of the records. 1. Now it came to pass that after the "sons of Mosiah had done all these things, *they took a small number with them and re- turned to their father, the king, and desired of him that he would grant unto them that they might, with these whom they had se- lected, go up to the 4and of Nephi that they might preach the things which they had heard, and that they might impart the word of God to their brethren, the La- manites — 2. That perhaps they might bring them to the knowledge of the Lord their God, and convince them of the iniquity of their fa- thers; and that perhaps they might cure them of their ^hatred towards the Nephites, that they might also be brought to rejoice in the Lord their God, that they might become friendly to one an- other, and that there should be 2&, Mos. 16:1, 2. D. & C. 88:104. 2c, see m, Jac. 6. 2d, see c, Jac. 2. 2e, ver. 10. 2/, Om. 13. 2g, vers. 10—17. 2h, Mos. 15:14—17. Chap. 28: a, Mos. 27:34. 6, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. c, see n, Jac. 7- * Apout P. C. 93. 190 MOSIAH, 28. no more contentions in all the land which the Lord their God had given them. 3. Now they were desirous that salvation should be declared to every creature, for they could not bear that any human soul should perish; yea, even the very thoughts that any soul should en- dure ''endless torment did cause them to quake and tremble, 4. And thus did the Spirit of the Lord work upon them, for they were the *very vilest of sin- ners. And the Lord saw fit in his infinite mercy to spare them; nevertheless they suffered much anguish of soul because of their Iniquities, suffering much and fearing that they should be cast off forever. 5. And it came to pass that they did plead with their father many days that they might go up to the ''land of Nephi. 6. And king Mosiah went and inquired of the Lord if he should let his sons go up among the La- manites to preach the word. 7. And the Lord said unto Mosiah : Let them go up, for many shall believe on their words, and they shall have eternal life; and I will ''deliver thy sons out of the hands of the Lamanites. 8. And it came to pass that Mosiah granted that they might go and do according to their re- quest. 9. And they took their journey into the wilderness to go up to preach the word among the La- manites; and I shall give an ''ac- count of their proceedings here- after. 10. Now king Mosiah had no one to confer the kingdom upon, for there was not any of his sons who would accept of the king- dom. 11. Therefore he took the rec- ords which were engraven on the plates of ^brass, and also the ^plates of Nephi, and all the things which he had kept and preserved according to the com- mandments of God, after having translated and caused to be writ- ten the records which were on the ^plates of gold whi-^h had been found by the people of Limhi, which were delivered to him by the hand of Limhi; 12. And this he did because of the great anxiety of his people; for they were desirous beyond measure to know concerning those people 'who had been destroyed. 13. And now he translated them by the means of those ""two stones which were fastened into the two rims of a bow. 14. Now these things were pre- pared from the beginning, and were handed down from genera- tion to generation, for the pur- pose of interpreting languages; 15. And they have been kept and preserved by the hand of the Lord, that he should discover to eve-ry creature who should pos- sess the land the iniquities and abominations of his people; 16. And whosoever has these things is called "seer, after the manner of old times. 17. Now after Mosiah had fin- ished translating these records, behold, it gave an account of the people "who were destroyed, from the time that they were destroyed back to the building of the ''great tower, at the time the Lord con- founded the language of the peo- ple and they were scattered abroad upon the 'face of all the d, see m, Jac. 6. e, Mos. 27:8 — 11. /, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. g, Al. 17:35. 19:22, 23. h, Al. chaps. 17 — 28. i, see a, 1 Ne. 3. ;, see /, 1 Ne. 1. fc, see k, Mos. 8. I, see ;, Mos. 8. m, see n, Mos. 8. n, Mos. 8:13 — 18. o, see ;, Mos. 8. p. Tower of Babel, Om. 20 — 22. Eth. 1:1—5. q, Eth. 1:33. Aboct B. C. 92. MOSIAH. 29. 191 earth, yea, and even from that time back until the ''creation of Adam. 18. Now this account did cause the people of Mosiah to mourn exceedingly, yea, they were filled with sorrow; nevertheless it gave them much knowledge, in the which they did rejoice. 19. And this account shall be •written hereafter; for behold, it is expedient that all people should know the things which are writ- ten in this account. 20. And now, as I said unto you, that after king Mosiah had done these things, he took the 'plates of brass, and all the things which he had kept, and conferred them upon Alma, who was the son of Alma; yea, "all the rec- ords, and also the ''interpreters, and conferred them upon him, and commanded him that he should keep and preserve them, and also keep a record of the people, hand- ing them down from one genera- tion to another, even as they had been handed down from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem. CHAPTER 29. King Mosiah discourses upon king- craft — Recommends representative form of government — Judges elected — Death of Alma, the elder — Mosiah's death ends the reign of the Nephite kings. 1. Now when Mosiah had done this he sent out throughout all the land, among all the people, desiring to know their will con- cerning who should be their king. 2. And it came to pass that the voice of the people came, saying: We are desirous that Aaron thy son should be our king and our ruler. 3. Now Aaron had gone up to the "land of Nephi, therefore the king could not confer the king- dom upon him; neither would Aaron take upon him the king- dom; neither were any of the ^sons of Mosiah willing to take upon them the kingdom. 4. Therefore king Mosiah sent again among the people; yea, even a written word sent he among the people. And these were the words that were written, saying: 5. Behold, O ye my people, or my brethren, for I esteem you as such, I desire that ye should con- sider the cause which ye are called to consider — for ye are de- sirous to have a king. 6. Now I declare unto you that he to whom the kingdom doth '"rightly belong has declined, and will not take upon him the king- dom. 7. And now if there should be another appointed in his stead, behold I fear there would rise contentions among you. And who knoweth but what my son, to whom the kingdom ''doth belong, should turn to be angry and draw away a part of this people after him, which would cause wars and contentions among you, which would be the cause of shedding much blood and perverting the way of the Lord, yea, and destroy the souls of many people. 8. Now I say unto you let us be wise and consider these things, for we have no right to destroy my son, neither should we have any right to destroy another if he should be appointed in his stead. 9. And if my son should turn again to his pride and vain things he would recall the things which he had said, and claim his right r, see m, Mos. 2. s. Book of Ether, t, see a, 1 Ne. 3. u, ver. 11. See also fc, I, m, and n, Mos. 8. v, see n, Mos. 8. Chap. 29 : a, see &, 2 Ne, 5. b, Mos. 27:34. c, vers. 2, 3, 7, 9. d, vers. 2, 3. 6, 9. Aboct B. C. 92. 192 MOSlAtt, 2d. to the kingdom, which would cause him and also this people to commit much sin. 10. And now let us be wise and look forward to these things, and do that which will make for the peace of this people. 11. Therefore I will be your king the remainder of my days; nevertheless, let *us appoint judges, to judge this people ac- cording to our law; and we will newly arrange the affairs of this people, for we will appoint wise men to be judges, that will judge this people according to the com- mandments of God. 12. Now it is better that a man should be judged of God than of man, for the judgments of God are always just, but the judg- ments of man are not always just. 13. Therefore, if it were pos- sible that you could have just men to be your kings, who w^ould es- tablish the laws of God, iand judge this people according to his com- mandments, yea, if ye could have men for your kings who would do even as my father ^Benjamin did for this people — I say unto you, if this could always be the case then it would be expedient that ye should always have kings to rule over you. 14. And even I myself have la- bored with all the power and faculties which I have possessed, to teach you the commandments of God, and to establish peace throughout the land, that there should be no wars nor conten- tions, no stealing, nor plundering, nor murdering, nor any manner of iniquity; 15. And whosoever has com- mitted iniquity, hjm have I pun- ished according to the law which has been given to us by our fa- thers. 16. Now I say unto you, that because all men are not just it is not expedient that ye should have a king or kings to rule over you. 17. For behold, how much in- iquity doth one wicked king cause to be committed, yea, and what great destruction! 18. Yea, remember "king Noah, his wickedness and his abomina- tions, and also the wickedness and abominations of his people. Behold what great destruction did come upon them; and also be- cause of their fniquities they were brought ''into bondage. 19. And were it not for the interposition of their all-wise Creator, and this because of their sincere repentance, they must un- avoidably remain in bondage until now. 20. But behold, he did deliver them because Hhey did humble themselves before him; and be- cause they cried mightily unto him he did deliver them out of bondage; and thus doth the Lord work with his power in all cases among the children of men, ex- tending the arm of mercy to- wards them that put their trust in him. 21. And behold, now I say unto you, ye cannot dethrone an in- iquitous king save it be through much contention, and the shed- ding of much blood. 22. For behold, he has his friends in iniquity, and he keep- eth his guards about him; and he teareth up the laws of those who have reigned in righteousness be- fore him; and he trampleth under e, vers. 25—27, 34. 38. 39, 41. Al. 2:3—7. 4:16. 17. 50:39. He. 1:3—5, 13. 2:2. 3:37. 5:1, 2, 4. 6:15. 19. 39. 7:4. 8:27. 28. Chap. 9. 3 Ne. 1:1. 3:1. 6:19, 21 — 30. 7:1 — 3. /, Om. 23 — 25. W. of Morm. 3, 10 — 18. Mos. chaps. 1 — 6. y, Mos. 11:1 — 15. 12:17—19. 17:1—20. fc, Mos. 12 :2— 8. t, Mos. 21 :14. 22:5 — 14. About B. C. 92. MOSIAH, 29. 193 his feet the commandments of God; 23. And he enacteth laws, and sendeth them forth among his people, yea, laws after the man- ner of his own wickedness; and whosoever doth not obey his laws he causeth to be destroyed; and whosoever doth rebel against him he will send his armies against them to war, and if he can he will destroy them; and thus an unrighteous king doth pervert the ways of all righteousness. 24. And now behold I say unto you, it is not expedient that such abominations should come upon you. 25. Therefore, choose you by the ^voice of this people, judges, that ye may be judged according to the laws which have been given you by our fathers, which are cor- rect, and which were given them by the hand of the Lord. 26. Now it is not common that the voice of the people desireth anything contrary to that which is right; but it is common for the lesser part of the people to desire that which is not right; therefore this shall ye observe and make it your law — to do your business by the voice of the people. 27. And if the time comes that the voice of the people doth *choose iniquity, then is the time that the judgments of God will come upon you; yea, then is the time he will visit you with great destruction even as he has hither- to visited this land. 28. And now if ye have judges, and they do not judge you accord- ing to the law which has been given, ye can cause that they may be judged of a higher judge. 29. If your higher judges do not judge righteous judgments, ye shall cause that a small num- ber of your lower judges should be gathered together, and they shall judge your higher judges, according to the 'voice of the peo- ple. 30. And I command you to do these things in the fear of the Lord; and I command you to do these things, and that ye have no king; that if these people com- mit sins and iniquities they shall be answered upon their own heads. 31. For behold I say unto you, the sins of many people have been caused by the iniquities of their kings; therefore their iniquities are answered upon the heads of their kings. 32. And now I desire that this inequality should be no more in this land, especially among this my people; but I desire that this land be a *"land of liberty, and every man may enjoy his rights and privileges alike, so long as the Lord sees fit that we may live and inherit the land, yea, even as long as any of our posterity re- mains upon the face of the land. 33. And many more things did king Mosiah write unto them, un- folding unto them all the trials and troubles of a righteous king, yea, all the travails of soul for their people, and also all the murmurings of the people to their king; and he explained it all unto them. 34. And he told them that these things ought not to be; but that the burden should come upon "all the people, that every man might bear his part. 35. And he also unfolded unto them all the disadvantages they labored under, by having an un- righteous king to rule over them; j, see e. k, Al. 2:3 — 7. 10:19. 46:10 — 28. 34 — 36. n, see e. He. 5 :2. 6 :38 — 40. h see e. m, 2 Ne. 1 :7. Al. About B. C. 92. 194 MOSIAH. 29. 36. Yea, all his iniquities and abominations, and all the wars, and contentions, and bloodshed, and the stealing, and the plunder- ing, and the committing of whore- doms, and all manner of iniquities which cannot be enumerated — telling them that these things ought not to be, that they were expressly repugnant to the com- mandments of God. 37. And now it came to pass, after king Mosiah had sent these things forth among the people they were convinced of the truth of his words. 38. Therefore they relinquished their desires for a king, and be- came exceedingly anxious that every man should have an "equal chance throughout all the land; yea, and every man expressed a w.illingness to answer for his own Bins. 39. Therefore, it came to pass that they assembled themselves together in bodies throughout the land, to cast in their voices con- cerning who should be their judges, to judge them according to the law which had been given them; and they were exceedingly rejoiced because of the ^liberty which had been granted unto them. 40. And they did wax strong in love towards Mosiah; yea, they did esteem him more than any other man; for they did not look upon him as a tyrant who was seeking for gain, yea, for that lucre which doth corrupt the soul; for he had not exacted riches of them, neither had he de- lighted in the shedding of blood; but he had established peace in the land, and he had granted unto his people that they should be de- livered from all manner of bon- dage; therefore they did esteem him, yea, exceedingly, beyond measure. 41. And it came to pass that they did ^appoint judges to rule over them, or to judge them ac- cording to the law; and this they did throughout all the land. 42. And it came to pass that Alma was appointed to be the first chief judge, he being also the "^high priest, his father having conferred the ofllce upon him, and having given him the charge con- cerning all the affairs of the church. 43. And now it came to pass that Alma did walk in the ways of the Lord, and he did keep his commandments, and he did judge righteous judgments; and there was continual peace through the land. 44. And thus *commenced the 'reign of the judges throughout all the 'land of Zarahemla, among all the people who were called the Nephites; and Alma was the first and chief judge. 45. And now it came to pass that his father died, being eighty and two years old, having lived to fulfil the commandments of God. 46. And it came to pass that Mosiah died also, in the thirty and third year of his reign, being "sixty and three years old; mak- ing in the whole, five hundred and nine years from the time Lehi left Jerusalem. 47. And thus ended the *'reign of the kings over the people of Nephi; and thus "'ended the days of Alma, who was the founder of their church. 0, see e. p, see m. q, see e. r, see g, Mos. 2G. s, see e. t. Dm. 13. u, Mos. 6:4. V, vers. 41, 42. w, ver. 45. • B. C. 91. THE BOOK OF ALMA THE SON OF ALMA The account of Alma, wJio was the son of Alma the first, and Chief Judge over the people of Nephi, and also the High Priest over the Church. An account of the reign of the Judges, and the wars and contentions among the people. And also an account of a war between the Nephites and the Lamanites, according to the record of Alma, the first and chief Judge. CHAPTER 1. Nehor, an enemy of the church, slays Gideon, and is brought to judg- ment and executed — Priestcraft and persecution — Improved conditions — Priests and people equal. 1. Now it came to pass that in the first year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, from this time forward, king Mosiah having "gone the way of all the earth, having warred a good warfare, walking uprightly before God, leaving none to reign in his stead; nevertheless he had established laws, and they were acknowledged by the people; therefore they were obliged to ""abide by the laws which he had made. 2. And it came to pass that in the first year of the reign of Alma in the judgment-seat, there was a '"man brought before him to be judged, a man who was large, and was noted for his much strength. 3. And he had gone about among the people, preaching to them that which he termed to be the word of God, bearing down against the church; declaring unto the people that every priest and teacher ought to become pop- ular; and they ought ''not to labor with their hands, but that they ought to be supported by the peo- ple. 4. And he also testified unto the people that *all mankind should be saved at the last day, and that they need not fear nor tremble, but that they might lift up their heads and rejoice; for the Lord had created all men, and had also redeemed all men; and, in the end, all men should have eternal life. 5. And it came to pass that he did teach these things so much that many did believe on his words, even so many that they began to support him and give him money. 6. And he began to be lifted up in the pride of his heart, and to wear very costly apparel, yea, and even began to establish a church after the manner of his preach- ing. 7. And it came to pass as he was going, to preach to those who believed on his word, he met a man who belonged to the church of God, yea, even one of their teachers; and he began to con- tend with him sharply, that he might lead away the people of the church; but the man withstood him, admonishing him with the words of God. 8. Now the name of the man was Gideon; and it was he who was an instrument in the hands of God ^in delivering the people of Limhi out of bondage. 9. Now, because Gideon with- a, Mos, 29:46. 6, vers. 14, 18. c, ver. 15. d, Mos. 18:24, 26. 27:3 — 5. e, Al. 15 :15. 21 :6. /, Mos. 22 :3 — 16. About B. O. 91, 195 196 ALMA, 1. stood him with the words of God he was wroth with Gideon, and drew his sword and began to smite him. Now Gideon being stricken with many years, there- fore he was not able to withstand his blows, therefore he was slain by the sword. 10. And the man who slew him was taken by the people of the church, and was brought before Alma, to be judged according to the crimes which he had com- mitted. 11. And it came to pass that he stood before Alma and pleaded for himself with much boldness. 12. But Alma said unto him: Behold, this is the first time that priestcraft has been introduced among this people. And behold, thou art not only guilty of priest- craft, but hast endeavored to en- force it by the sword; and were priestcraft to be enforced among this people it would prove their entire destruction. 13. And thou hast shed the blood of a ^righteous man, yea, a man who has done much good among this people; and were we to spare thee his blood would come upon us for vengeance. 14. Therefore thou art ''con- demned to die, according to the law which has been given us by Mosiah, our last king; and it has been acknowledged by this peo- ple; therefore this people must abide by the law. 15. And it came to pass that they took him; and his name was *Nehor; and they carried him upon the top of the hill Manti, and there he was caused, orrather did acknowledge, between the heavens and the earth, that what he. had taught to the people was contrary to the word of God; and there he suffered an ignominious death. 16. Nevertheless, this did not put an end to the spreading of ^priestcraft through the land; for there were many who loved the vain thin^gs of the world, and they went forth preaching false doc- trines; and this they did for the ''sake of riches and honor. 17. Nevertheless, they durst not lie, if it were known, for fear of the law, for liars were pun- ished; therefore they pretended to preach according to their be- lief; and now the law could have no power on any man for 'his belief. 18. And they '"durst not steal, for fear of the law, for such were punished; neither durst they rob, nor murder, for he that murdered was punished unto death. 19. But it came to pass that whosoever did not belong to the church of God began to persecute those that did belong to the church of God, and had taken upon them the "name of Christ. 20. Yea, they did persecute them, and aflaict them with all manner of words, and this be- cause of their humility; because they were not proud in their own eyes, and because they did impart the word of God, one with an- other, without money and without price. 21. Now there was a strict law among the people of the church, that there should not any man, belonging to the church, arise and "persecute those that did not be- long to the church, and that there should be no persecution among themselves. 22. Nevertheless, there were g, ver. 9. h, vers. 1, 18. i, Al. 2:1, 20. 16:11. 24:28—30. ;, vers. 5. 6, 12. Jfc, vers. 5, 6. I, Al. 30:7 — 12. m, Al. 30:10. n, see e, Mos. 5. o, vers. 22 — 25. About B. C. 91. ALMA, 1. 197 many among them who began to be proud, and began to contend warmly with their adversaries, even unto blows; yea, they would ''smite one another with their fists. 23. Now this was in the * sec- ond year of the reign of Alma, and it was a cause of much afflic- tion to the church; yea, it was the cause of much trial with the church. 24. For the hearts of many were hardened, and their names were ^blotted out, that they were remembered no more among the people of God. And also many withdrew themselves from among them. 25. Now this was a great trial to those that did stand fast in the faith; nevertheless, they were steadfast and immovable in keep- ing the commandments of God, and they bore with patience the persecution which was heaped upon them. 26. And when the '"priests left their *labor to impart the word of God unto the people, the people also left their labors to hear the word of God. And when the priest had imparted unto them the word of God they all returned again diligently unto their labors; and the priest, not esteeming himself above his hearers, for the preach- er was no better than the hearer, neither was the teacher any bet- ter than the learner; and thus they were all equal, and they did all labor, every man according to his strength. 27. And they did impart of their substance, every man 'ac- cording to that which he had, to the poor, and the needy, and the sick, and the afflicted; and they did not wear costly apparel, yet they were neat and comely. 28. And thus they did establish the affairs of the church; and thus they began to have continual peace again, notwithstanding all their persecutions. 2 9. And now, because of th€f steadiness of the church they be- gan to be exceeding rich, having abundance of all things whatso- ever they stood in need — and abundance of flocks and herds, and fatlings of every kind, and also abundance of grain, and of gold, and of silver, and of pre- cious things, and abundance of "silk and fine-twined linen, and all manner of good homely cloth. 30. And thus, in their prosper- ous circumstances, they did not send away ^any who were naked, or that were hungry, or that were athirst, or that were sick, or that had not been nourished; and they did not set their hearts upon riches; therefore they were lib- eral to all, both old and young, both bond and free, both male and female, whether out of the church or in the church, having no respect to persons as to those who stood in need. 31. And thus they did prosper and become far more wealthy than those who did not belong to their church. 32. For those who did not be- long to their church did indulge themselves in sorceries, and in idolatry or idleness, and in bab- blings, and in envyings and strife; wearing costly apparel; being lifted up in the pride of their own eyes; lying, thieving, robbing, committing whoredoms, and mur- dering, and all manner of wicked- ness; nevertheless, the "'law was p, vers. 21, 23. q, Mos. 26:32, 36. r, see c, Mos. 6. s, Mos. 18:24, 26. 27:4, 5. t, see j, Jac. 2, u, Mos. 10:5. Al. 4:6. He. 6:13. v, see ;, Jac. 2. u>, vers. 14, 17, 18, 33. Mos, 29 :15, 41. ♦ About B. C. 90. 198 ALMA, 2. put in force upon all those who did transgress it, inasmuch as it was possible. 33. And it came to pass that by thus exercising the law upon them, every man suffering ac- cording to that which he had done, they became more still, and durst not commit any wickedness if it were known; therefore, there was much peace among the peo- ple of Nephi until the fifth year of the reign of the judges. CHAPTER 2. Amlici seeks to heconxe king — Re- jected by the majority^ hut is made king — He is defeated in battle — He joins the Lamanites — Ahna slays Am- lici and routs his forces. 1. And it came to pass in the commencement of the *fifth year of their reign there began to be a contention among the people; for a certain man, being called Amlici, he being a very cunning man, yea, a wise man as to the wisdom of the world, he being after the order of the "man that slew ''Gideon by the sword, who was ''executed according to the law — 2. Now this Amlici had, by his cunning, drawn away much peo- ple after him; even so much that they began to be very powerful; and they began to endeavor to es- tablish Amlici to be a king over the people. 3. Now this was alarming to the people of the church, and also to all those who had not been drawn away after the persuasions of Amlici; for they knew that ac- cording to their law that such things must be established by the ••voice of the people. 4. Therefore, if it were possible that Amlici should gain the voice of the people, he, being a wicked man, would deprive them of their rights and privileges of the church; for it was his intent to destroy the church of God. 5. And it came to pass that the people assembled themselves to- gether throughout all the lund, every man according to his mind, whether it were for or against Amlici, in separate bodies, hav- ing much dispute and wonderful contentions one with another. 6. And thus they did assemble themselves together to cast in their voices concerning the mat- ter; and they were laid before the judges. 7. And it came to pass that the *voice of the people came against Amlici, that he was not made king over the people. 8. Now this did cause much joy in the hearts of those who were against him; but Amlici did stir up those who were in his favor to anger against those who were not in his favor. 9. And it came to pass that they gathered themselves together, and did consecrate Amlici to be their king. 10. Now when Amlici was made king over them he commanded them that they should take up arms against their brethren; and this he did that he might subject them to him. 11. Now the people of Amlici were distinguished by the name of Amlici, being called Amlicites; and the remainder were called Nephites, or the people of God. 12. Therefore the people of the Nephites were aware of the in- tent of the Amlicites, and there- fore they did prepare to meet them; yea, they did 'arm them- a, Al. 1:15. 6, Al. 1:8. c^ Al. 1:15. d, see e, Mos. 29. e, see e, Mos, 29:25 — 27. /, 2 Ne. 5:14. Enos 20. Jar. 8. Mos. 10:8. Al. 3:5. 43:18—20. He. 1:14. 3 Ne. 3 :26. Morm. 6 :9. * B. C. 87. ALMA, 2. 199 selves with swords, and with cimeters, and with bows, and with arrows, and with stones, and with slings, and with all manner of weapons of war, of every kind. 13. And thus they were pre- pared to meet the Amlicites at the time of their coming. And there were appointed captains, and higher captains, and chief captains, according to their num- bers. 14. And it came to pass that Amlici did arm his men with all manner of weapons of war of every kind; and he also appointed rulers and leaders over his people, to lead them to war against their brethren. 15. And it came to pass that the Amlicites came upon the hill Amnihu, which was east of the 'river Sidon, which ran by the "land of Zarahemla, and there they began to make war with the Nephites. 16. Now Alma, being the ^chief judge and the governor of the people of Nephi, therefore he went up with his people, yea, with •'his captains, and chief cap- tains, yea, at the head of his armies, against the Amlicites to battle. 17. And they began to slay the Amlicites upon the ''hill east of 'Sidon. And the Amlicites did contend with the Nephites with great strength, insomuch that many of the Nephites did fall before the Amlicites. 18. Nevertheless the Lord did strengthen the hand of the Ne- phites, that they slew the Amli- cites with great slaughter, that they began to flee before them. 19. And it came to pass that the Nephites did pursue the Am- licites all that day, and did slay them with much slaughter, inso- much that there were slain of the Amlicites twelve thousand five hundred thirty and two souls; and there were slain of the Ne- phites six thousand five hundred sixty and two souls. 20. And it came to pass that when Alma could pursue the Am- licites no longer he caused that his people should pitch their tents in the "'valley of Gideon, the valley being called after that Gideon who was slain by the hand of "Nehor with the sword; and in. this valley the Nephites did pitch their tents for the night. 21. And Alma sent spies to follow the remnant of the Amli- cites, that he might know of their plans and their plots, whereby he might guard himself against them, that he might preserve his people from being destroyed. 2 2. Now those whom he had sent out to watch the camp of the Amlicites were called Zeram, and Amnor, and Manti, and Limber; these were they who went out with their men to watch the camp of the Amlicites. 23. And it came to pass that on the morrow they returned into the camp of the Nephites in great haste, being greatly astonished, and struck with much fear, say- ing: 24. Behold, we followed the camp of the "Amlicites, and to our great astonishment, in the land of Minon, above the ^land of Zarahemla, in the course of the «land of Nephi, we saw a numer- ous host of the Lamanites; and g, vers. 17, 27. 34. 35. Al. 3:3. 4:4. 6:7. 8:3. 16:6, 7. 22:27. 43:22, 27, 32, 35, 39 — 41, 50 — 53. 44:22. 49:10. 50:11. 56:25. Morm. 1:10. h. Cm. 13. i, Mos, 29 :42. ;, vers. 13, 14. k, ver. 15. l, see g. m, ver. 26. Mos. 22 :3 — 16, Al. 1:8, 9. 6:7. 8:1. n, seeX Al. 1. o, vers. 1, 11. 3:4, 13 — 18. p. Cm. 13. q, set* 5, 2 Ne. 5. B. C. 87, 200 ALMA, 2. behold, the Amlicites have joined them; 25. And they are upon our brethren in that land; and they are fleeing before them with their flocks, and their wives, and their children, towards ""our city; and except we make haste they obtain possession of our city, and our fathers, and our wives, and our children be slain, 26. And it came to pass that the people of Nephi took their tents, and departed out of the 'valley of Gideon towards their city, which was the city of Zara- hemla. 27. And behold, as they were crossing the 'river Sidon, the La- manites and the Amlicites, being as numerous almost, as it were, as the sands of the sea, came upon them to destroy them. 28. Nevertheless, the Nephites being strengthened by the hand of the Lord, having prayed mightily to him that he would deliver them out of the hands of their enemies, therefore the Lord did hear their cries, and did strengthen them, and the Laman- ites and the Amlicites did fall before them. 29. And it came to pass that Alma fought with Amlici with the sword, face to face; and they did contend mightily, one with an- other. 30. And it came to pass that Alma, being a man of God, being exercised with much faith, cried, saying: O Lord, have mercy and spare my life, that I may be an instrument in thy hands to save and preserve this people. 31. Now when Alma had said these words he contended again with Amlici; and he was strength- ened, insomuch that he slew Amlici with the sword. 32. And he also contended with the king of the Lamanites; but the king of the Lamanites fled back from before Alma and sent his guards to cbntejiid with Alma. 33. But Alma, with his guards, contended with the guards of the king of the Lamanites until he slew and drove them back. 34. And thus he cleared the ground, or rather the bank, which was on the west of the "river Sidon, throwing the bodies of the Lamanites who had been slain into the waters of Sidon, that thereby his people might have room to cross and contend with the Lamanites and the Am- licites on the west side of the river Sidon. 35. And it came to pass that when they had all crossed the river Sidon that the Lamanites and the Amlicites began to flee before them, notwithstanding they were so numerous that they could not be numbered. 36. And they fled before the Nephites towards the wilderness which was west and north, away beyond the borders of the land; and the Nephites did pursue them with their might, and did slay them. 37. Yea, they were met on every hand, and slain and driven, until they were scattered on the west, and on the north, until they had reached the wilderness, which was called Hermounts; and it was that part of the wilderness which was infested by wild and ravenous beasts. 38. And it came to pass that many died in the wilderness of their wounds, and were devoured by those beasts and also the vul- tures of the air; and their bones have been found, and have been heaped up on the earth. r, Zarahemla. s, see m. t, see g. «., see g. B. C. 87. ALMA, 3. 201 CHAPTER 3. The mark of the Amlicites, and the curse upon the Lamanites — Another Nephite victory. 1. And it came to pass that the Nephites who were not slain by the weapons of war, after having buried those who had been slain — now the number of the slain were not numbered, because of the greatness of their number — after they had finished burying their dead they all returned to their lands, and to their houses, and their wives, and their chil- dren. 2. Now many women and chil- dren had been slain with the sword, and also many of their flocks and their herds; and also many of their fields of grain were destroyed, for they were trodden down by the hosts of men. 3. And now as many of the La- manites and the Amlicites who had been slain upon the "bank of the river Sidon were cast into the 'waters of Sidon; and behold their bones are in the depths of the ''sea, and they are many. 4. And the Amlicites were dis- tinguished from the Nephites, for they had marked themselves with ''red in their foreheads after the manner of the Lamanites; never- theless they had not *shorn their heads like unto the Lamanites. 5. Now the heads of the La- manites were shorn; and they were ^naked, save it were skin which was girded about their loins, and also their ''armor, which was girded about them, and their bows, and their arrows, and their stones, and their slings, and so forth. 6. And the skins of the La- manites were Mark, according to the mark which was set upon their fathers, which was a curse upon them because of their transgression and their rebellion against their brethren, who con- sisted of Nephi, Jacob, and Jo- seph, and Sam, who were just and holy men. 7. And their brethren sought to destroy them, therefore they were cursed; and the Lord God set a *mark upon them, yea, upon Laman and Lemuel, and also the sons of Ishmael, and Ishmae'litish women. 8. And this was done that their seed might be distinguished from the seed of their brethren, that thereby the Lord God might pre- serve his people, that they might not mix and believe in incorrect traditions which would prove their destruction. 9. And it came to pass that whosoever did mingle his seed with that of the Lamanites did bring the same curse upon his seed. 10. Therefore, whosoever suf- fered himself to be led away by the Lamanites was called under that head, and there was a mark set upon him. 11. And it came to pass that whosoever would not believe in the tradition of the Lamanites, but believed those records which were brought out of the land of Jerusalem, and also in the tradi- tion of their fathers, which were correct, who believed in the com- mandments of God and kept them, were called the Nephites, or the people of Nephi, from that time forth — 12. And it is they who have kept the ^records which are true of their people, and also of the people of the Lamanites. 13. Now we will return again a, Al. 2 :34. 5, see g, Al. 2. c, Al. 44 :22. d, vers. 13, 15, 16, 18, 19. e, ver. 5. Enos 20. /, Enos 20. Al. 43:20. g, see /, Al. 2. h, see (f, 1 Ne. 2. t, see d, 1 Ne. 2. ;, s^Q fs 1 Ne. 1. B. C. 87. 202 ALMA, 3. to the Amlicites, for they also had a mark set upon them; yea, they set the mark upon themselves, yea, even a ''mark of red upon their foreheads. 14. Thus the word of God is fulfilled, for these are the words which he said to Nephi: Behold, the Lamanites have I cursed, and I will set a mark on them that they and their seed may be separated from thee and thy seed, from this time henceforth and forever, except they repent of their wickedness and turn to me that I may have mercy upon them. 15. And again: I will set a mark upon him that mingleth his seed with thy brethren, that they may be cursed also. 16. And again: I will set a 'mark upon him that fighteth against thee and thy seed. 17. And again, I say he that departeth from thee shall no more be called thy seed; and I will bless thee, and whomsoever shall be called thy seed, hence- forth and forever; and these were the promises of the Lord unto Nephi and to his seed. 18. Now the Amlicites knew not that they were fulfilling the words of God when they began to '"mark themselves in their foreheads; nevertheless they had come out in open rebellion against God; therefore it was expedient that the curse should fall upon them. 19. Now I would that ye should see that they brought upon them- selves the curse; and even so doth every man that is cursed bring upon himself his own con- demnation. 20. Now it came to pass that not many days after the battle which was fought in the land of Zarahemla, by the Lamanites and the Amlicites, that there was another army of the Lamanites came in upon the people of Nephi, in the "same place where the first army met the Amlicites. 21. And it came to pass that there was an army sent to drive them out of their land. 22. Now Alma himself being afilicted with a wound did not go up to battle at this time against the Lamanites; 23. But he sent up a numerous army against them; and they went up and slew many of the Lamanites, and drove the re- mainder of them out of the bor- ders of their land. 24. And then they returned again and began to establish peace in the land, being troubled no more for a time with their enemies. 25. Now *all these things were done, yea, all these wars and contentions were commenced and ended in the fifth year of the reign of the judges. 26. And in one year were thou- sands and tens of thousands of souls sent to the eternal world, that they might reap their re- wards according to their works, whether they were good or whether they were bad, to reap eternal happiness or "eternal misery, according to the ^spirit which they listed to obey, whether it be a good spirit or a bad one. 27. For every man receiveth wages of him whom he listeth to obey, and this according to the words of the spirit of prophecy; therefore let it be according to the truth. And thus endeth the fifth year of the reign of the judges. h, see d. t, see d. m, ver. 4. n, Al. 2:24. o, see m, Jac. 6. p, see q, Mos. 2. • B. C. 87. ALMA, 4. 203 CHAPTER 4. Growth of the church — Prosperity, pride, and iniquity — Nephihah made chief judge. 1. Now it came to pass in the *sixth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, there were no contentions nor wars in the "land of Zarahemla; 2. But the people were afflicted, yea, greatly afflicted for the "loss of their brethren, and also for the loss of nheir flocks and herds, and also for the loss of their fields of grain, which were trod- den under foot and destroyed by the Lamanites. 3. And so great were their af- flictions that every soul had cause to mourn; and they believed that it was the judgments of God sent upon them because of their wick- edness and their abominations; therefore they were awakened to a remembrance of their duty. 4. And they began to establish the church more fully; yea, and many were "baptized in the waters of 'Sidon and were ^joined to the church of God; yea, they were baptized by the hand of Alma, who had been consecrated the "high priest over the people of the church, by the hand of his father Alma. 5. And it came to pass in the fseventh year of the reign of the judges there were about three thousand five hundred souls that united themselves to the church of God and were ''baptized. And thus endeth the seventh year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi; and there was continual peace in all that time. 6. And it came to pass in the Jeighth year of the reign of the judges, that the people of the church began to wax proud, be- cause of their exceeding riches, and Hheir fine silks, and their fine-twined linen, and because of their many fiocks and herds, and their gold and their silver, and all manner of precious things, which they had obtained by their industry; and in all these things were they lifted up in the pride of their eyes, for they began to wear very costly apparel. 7. Now this was the cause of much affliction to Alma, yea, and to many of the people whom Alma had ^consecrated to be teachers, and priests, and elders over the church; yea, many of them were sorely grieved for the wicked- ness which they saw had begun to be among their people. 8. For they saw and beheld with great sorrow that the people of the church began to be lifted up in the pride of their eyes, and to '^set their hearts upon riches and upon the vain things of the world, that they began to be scornful, one towards another, and they began to persecute those that did not believe according to their own will and pleasure. 9. And thus, in this eighth year of the reign of the judges, there began to be great conten- tions among the people of the church; yea, there were envyings, and strife, and malice, and perse- cutions, and 'pride, even to ex- ceed the pride of those who did not belong to the church of God. 10. And thus ended the eighth year of the reign of the judges; and the wickedness of the church was a great stumbling-block to those who did not belong to the church; and thus the church began to fail in its progress. a, Ora. 13. 6, Al. 2:19. 3:1, 26. c, Al. 3:2. d, see v., 2 Ne. 9. e, see g, Al. 2. /, see d, Mos. 26. g, see g, Mos. 26. fij see u, 2 Ne. 9. i, see u, Al. 1. j, see c, Mos. 6. k, vers. 6, 9—12. J, see fc. • B. C. 86. t B. O. 85. t B. O. 84. 204 ALMA, 5. 11. And it came to pass in the •commencement of the ninth year, Alma saw the ""wickedness of the church, and he saw also that the example of the church began to lead those who were un- believers on from one piece of iniquity to another, thus bringing on the destruction of the people. 12. Yea, he saw great in- equality among the people, some lifting themselves up with their pride, despising others, turning their backs "upon the needy and the naked and those who were hungry, and those who were athirst, and those who were sick and afflicted. 13. Now this was a great cause for lamentations among the peo- ple, while others were abasing themselves, succoring those who stood in need of their succor, "such as imparting their substance to the poor and the needy, feeding the hungry, and suffering all manner of afflictions, for Christ's sake, who should come according to the spirit of prophecy; 14. Looking forward to that day, thus retaining a remission of their sins; being filled with great joy because of the ^resur- rection of the dead, according to the will and power and deliver- ance of Jesus Christ from the «bands of death. 15. And now it came to pass that Alma, having seen the af- flictions of the humble followers of God, and the persecutions which were heaped upon them by the remainder of his people, and seeing ''all their inequality, began to be very sorrowful; neverthe- less the Spirit of the Lord did not fail him, 16. And he selected a wise man who was among tte 'elders o^ the church, and gave him power according to the 'voice of the peo|Jle, that'he might have power to enact laws according to the "laws iVhich had been given, and to put them in force according to the wickedness and the crirnes of the people. 17. Now this man's name was Nephihah, and he was appointed chief judge; and he sat in the judgment-seat to judge and to govern the people. 18. Now Alma did not grant unto him the office of being ''high priest over the church, but he re- tained the office of high priest unto himself; but he delivered the judgment-seat unto Nephihah. 19. And this he did that he himself might go forth among his people, or among the people of Nephi, that he might preach the word of God unto them, to stir them up in remembrance of their duty, and that he might pull down, by the word of God, all the pride and craftiness and all the contentions which were among his people, seeing no way that he might reclaim them save it were in bearing down in pure testi- mony against them. 20. And thus in the commence- ment of the ninth year of the reign of the judges over the peo- ple of Nephi, Alma delivered up the judgment-seat to "'Nephihah, and confined himself wholly to the 'high priesthood of the holy order of God, to the testimony of the word, according to the spirit of revelation and prophecy. CHAPTER 5. The words which Alma, the High Priest according to the holy order of m, see fc. n, see j, Jac. 2. o, see ;, Jac. 2. p, see d, 2 Ne. 2. q, see g and j, 2 Ne. 9. r, vers. G — 12. s, ver. 7. t, see e, Mos. 29. u, Al, 1 :1, 14, 18. v, see g, Mos. 26. vo, vers. 17, 18. Al, 8:12. x, see g, Mos. 26. • B, C. 83. ALMA, 5. 205 Oodj delivered to the people in their cities and villages throughout the land. He recounts the experience of the church — Denounces iniquity — Calls upon the people to repent. 1. Now it came to pass that *Alma began to deliver the word of God unto the people, first in the "land of Zarahemla, and from thence throughout all the land. 2. And these are the words which he spake to the people in the church which was established in the city of Zarahemla, accord- ing to his own record, saying: 3. I, Alma, having l3een conse- crated by my father, Alma, to be a "high priest over the church of God, he having ''power and au- thority from God to do these things, behold, I say unto you that he began to establish a church in the land which was in the borders of Nephi; yea, the land which was called the ''land of Mormon; yea, and he did *bap- tize his brethren in the waters of Mormon. 4. And behold, I say unto you, they were ^delivered out of the hands of the people of king Noah, by the mercy and poWer of God. 5. And behold, after that, they were brought into bondage by the hands of the Lamanites "in the wilderness; yea, I say unto you, they were in captivity, and again the Lord did ''deliver them out of bondage by the power of his word; and we were brought into this land, and here we began to establish the church of God throughout Hhis land also. 6. And now behold, I say unto you, my brethren, you that be- long to this church, have you suf- ficiently retained in remembrance the ^captivi^y of your fathers? Yea, and have you sufficiently re- tained in remembrance his mercy and long-suffering towards them? And moreover, have ye sufficiently retained in remembrance that he has delivered their souls from "hell? 7. Behold, he changed their hearts; yea, he awakened them out of a deep sleep, and they awoke unto God. Behold, they were in the midst of darkness; nevertheless, their souls were illuminated by the light of the everlasting word; yea, they were encircled about by the 'bands of death, and the ""chains of hell, and an everlasting destruction did await them. 8. And now I ask of you, my brethren, were they destroyed? Behold, I say unto you. Nay, they were not. 9. And again I ask, were the "bands of death broken, and the "chains of hell which encircled them about, were they loosed? I say unto you. Yea, they were loosed, and their souls did ex- pand, and they did sing redeem- ing love. And I say unto you that they are saved. 10. And now I ask of you on what conditions are they saved? Yea, what grounds had they to hope for salvation? What is the cause of their being loosed from the ^bands of death, yea, and also the «chains of hell? 11. Behold, I can tell you — did not my father Alma believe in the words which were deliv- ered by the ''mouth of Abinadi? And was he not a holy prophet? Did he not speak the words of a. Cm. 13. 6, see g, Mos. 20. c, see q, Mos. IS. d, see b, Mos. 18, e, see u, 2 Ne. 9. /, Mos. 23:1 — 3. g, Mos. 23:37—39. 24:8—15. h, Mos. 24:17—25. i, ver. 1. j, see / and g. k, see k, 1 Ne. 15. I, see g and ;, 2 Ne. 9. m, see p, 2 Ne. 28. n, see g and j, 2 Ne. 9. o, see p, 2 Ne. 28. p see g and j, 2 Ne. 9. q, see p, 2 Ne. 28. r, Mos. 17 :2 — i. •About B. C. 83. 206 ALMA, 5. God, and my father Alma believe them? 12. And according to his faith there was a mighty change wrought in his heart. Behold I say unto you that this is all true. 13. And behold, he preached the word *unto your fathers, and a mighty change was also wrought in their hearts, and they humbled themselves and put their trust in the true and living God. And behold, they were faithful 'until the end; therefore they were saved. 14. And now behold, I ask of you, my brethren of the church, have ye spiritually been *'born of God ? Have ye received his image in your countenances? Have ye experienced this mighty change in your hearts? 15. Do ye exercise faith in the redemption of him who ^'created you? Do you look forward with an eye of faith, and view this mortal body '^'raised in immor- tality, and this corruption raised in incorruption, to stand before God to be judged according to the deeds which have been done in the mortal body? 16. I say unto you, can you imagine to yourselves that ye hear the voice of the Lord, saying unto you, in that day: Come unto me ye blessed, for behold, your works have been the works of righteousness upon the face of the earth? 17. Or do ye imagine to your- selves that ye can lie unto the Lord in that day, and say — Lord, our works have been righteous works upon the face of the earth — and that he will save you? 18. Or otherwise, can ye im- agine yourselves brought before the tribunal of God with your | souls filled with guilt and re- morse, having a ^remembrance of all your guilt, yea, a perfect re- membrance of all your wicked- ness, yea, a remembrance that ye have set at defiance the com- mandments of God? 19. I say unto you, can ye look up to God at that day with a pure heart and clean hands? I say unto you, can you look up, having the image of God en- graven upon your countenances? 20. I say unto you, can ye think of being saved when you have yielded yourselves to become "subjects to the devil? 21. I say unto you, ye will know at that day that ye cannot be saved; for there can no man be saved except his garments are washed white; yea, his garments must be purified until they are cleansed from all stain, through the "^blood of him of whom it has been spoken by our fathers, who should come to redeem his people from their sins. 22. And now I ask of you, my brethren, how will any of you feel, if ye shall stand before the bar of God, having your gar- ments stained with blood and all manner of filthiness? Behold, what will these things testify against you? 23. Behold will they not tes- tify that ye are murderers, yea, and also that ye are guilty of all manner of wickedness? 24. Behold, my brethren, do ye suppose that such an one can have a place to sit down in the kingdom of God, with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob, and also all the holy prophets, whose garments are cleansed and are spotless, pure and white? 25. I say unto you. Nay; except s, Mos. 18:1 — 31. t, 2 Ne. 31 cl."). u, see c, Mos. 5. v, see I, Mos. 5. to, see d, 2 Ne. 2. Also ; aud m, 2 Ne. i>. , see u, d. Cm. 13. Al. 2:26. e, see t, Mos. 27. 15. i, Al. 1:15. j, see m, Al. 2. k, see About B. C. 83. ALMA, 7. 211 CHAPTER 7. The words of Alma which he deliv- ered to the people in Gideon^ according to his own record. His testimony of the Redeemer — He commends the people for their right- eousness. 1. Behold my beloved breth- ren, seeing that I have been per- mitted to come unto you, therefore I attempt to address you in my language; yea, by my own mouth, seeing that it is the first time that I have spoken unto you by the words of my mouth, I hav- ing been "wholly confined to the judgment-seat, having had much business that I could not come unto you. 2. And even I could not have come now at this time were it not that the judgment-seat hath been "given to another, to reign in my stead; and the Lord in much mercy hath granted that I should come unto you. 3. And behold, I have come having great hopes and much de- sire that I should find that ye had humbled yourselves before God, and that ye had continued in the supplicating of his grace, that I should find that ye were blame- less before him, that I should find that ye were not in the awful dilemma that our brethren were in at Zarahemla. 4. But blessed be the name of God, that he hath given me to know, yea, hath given unto me the exceeding great joy of know- ing that they are established again in the way of his right- eousness. 5. And I trust, according to the Spirit of God which is in me, that I shall also have joy over you; nevertheless I do not desire that my joy over you should come by the cause of so much af- flictions and sorrow which I have had for the brethren at '^Zara- hemla, for behold, my joy cometh over them after wading through much affliction and sorrow. 6. But behold, I trust that ye are not in a state of so much un- belief as were your brethren; I trust that ye are not lifted up in the pride of your hearts; yea, I trust that ye have not set your hearts "^upon riches and the vain things of the world; yea, I trust that you do not worship idols, but that ye do worship the true and the living God, and that ye look forward for the remission of your sins, with an everlasting faith, which is to come. 7. For behold, I say unto you there be many things to come; and behold, there is one thing which is of more importance than they all — for behold, the time is not far distant that the Redeemer liveth and cometh among his people. . 8. Behold, I do not say that he will come among us at the time of his dwelling in his mortal tabernacle; for behold, the Spirit hath not said unto me that this should be the case. Now as to this thing I do not know; but this much I do know, that the Lord God hath power to do all things which are according to his word. 9. But behold, the Spirit hath said this much unto me, saying: Cry unto this people, saying — Repent ye, and prepare the way of the Lord, and walk in his paths, which are straight; for behold, the kingdom of heaven is at hand, and the Son of God cometh upon the face of the earth. 10. And behold, he shall be a, Mos. 29:42. b, Al. 4 :-16 — 18. c, Om. 13. d, see 2t, Al. 5. About B. 0. 83. 212 ALMA, 7. born of 'Mary, at Jerusalem which is the land of our fore- fathers, she being a ^virgin, a precious and chosen vessel, who shall be overshadowed and con- ceive by the power of the Holy Ghost, and bring forth a son, yea, even the Son of God. 11. And he shall go forth, suf- fering pains and afflictions and temptations of every kind; and this that the word might be ful- filled which saith *'he will t^ke upon him the pains and the sick- nesses of his people. 12. And he will take upon him death, that he may loose the ''bands of death which bind his people; and he will take upon him their infirmities, that his bowels may be filled with mercy, according to the flesh, that he may know according to the flesh how to succor his people accord- ing to their infirmities. 13. Now the Spirit ^knoweth all things; nevertheless the Spn of God suffereth according to the flesh that he might Hake upon him the sins of his people, that he might blot out their transgres- sions according to the power of his deliverance; and now behold, this is the testimony which is in me. 14. Now I say unto you that ye must repent, and be ^born again; for the Spirit saith if ye are not born again ye cannot inherit the kingdom of heaven; therefore come and be 'baptized unto re- pentance, that ye may be washed from your sins, that ye may have faith on the Lamb of God, who taketh ""away the sins of the world, who is mighty to save and to cleanse from all unrighteous- ness. 15. Yea, I say unto you come and fear not, and lay aside every sin, which easily doth beset you, which doth bind you down to de- struction, yea, come and go forth, and show unto your God that ye are willing to repent of your sins and enter into a covenant with him to keep his command- ments, and witness it unto him this day by going into the "waters of baptism. 16. And whosoever doeth this, and keepeth the commandments of God from thenceforth, the same will remember that I say unto him, yea, he will remember that I have said unto him, he shall have eternal life, according to the testimony of the Holy Spirit, which testifieth in me. 17. And now my beloved breth- ren, do you believe these things? Behold, I say unto you, yea, I know that ye believe them; and the way that I know that ye be- lieve them is by the manifesta- tion of the Spirit which is in me. And now because your faith is strong concerning that, yea, con- cerning the things which I have spoken, great is my joy. 18. "For as I said unto you from the beginning, that I had much desire that ye were not in the state of dilemma "like your breth- ren, even so I have found that my desires have been gratified. 19. For I perceive that ye are in the paths of righteousness; I perceive that ye are fh the path which leads to the kingdom of God; yea, I perceive that ye are making his ^paths straight. 2 0. I perceive that it has been made known unto you, by the testimony of his word, that he cannot walk in crooked paths; e, Mos. 3:8. f, 1 Ne. 11:13 — 21. Mos. 3:8. g, Mos. 14:3 — 5. h, see g, and ;, 2 Ne. 9. i, see r, 2 Ne. 9. j, Mos. 14:5, 8, 12. 15:12. k, see c, Mos. 5. I, see u, 2 Ne. 9. m, see /, 2 Ne. 2. n, see u, 2 Ne. 9. o, T^rs. 3 — 6. p, see 2a, 2 Ne. 9. About B. C. 83, ALMA, 8. 213 neither doth he vary from that which he hath said; neither hath he a shadow of turning from the right to the left, or from that which is right to that which is wrong; therefore, his course is «one eternal round. 21. And he doth not dwell in 'unholy, temples; neither can filthiness or anything which is unclean be receiv.ed into the king- dom of God; therefore I say unto you the time shall come, yea, and it shall be at the last day, that he who is filthy *shall remain in his filthiness. 22. And now my beloved breth- ren, I have said these things unto you that I might awaken you to a sense of your duty to God, that ye may walk blameless before him, that ye may walk after the holy order of God, after which ye have been received. 23. And now I would that ye should be humble, and be sub- missive and gentle; easy to be entreated; full of patience and long-suffering; being temperate in all things; being diligent in keeping the commandments of God at all times; 'asking for whatsoever things ye stand in need, both spiritual and temporal ; always returning thanks unto God for whatsoever things ye do receive. 24. And see that ye "have faith, hope, and charity, and then ye will always abound in good works. 25. And may the Lord bless you, and keep your garments spotless, that ye may at last be brought to sit down with Abra- ham, Isaac, and Jacob, and the holy prophets who have been ever since the world began, hav- ing your garments spotless even as their garments are spotless, in the kingdom of heaven to go no more out. 26. And now my beloved breth- ren, I have spoken these words unto you according to the Spirit which testifieth in me; and my soul doth exceedingly rejoice, be- cause of the exceeding diligence and heed which ye have given unto my word. 27. And now, may the peace of God rest upon you, and upon your houses and lands, and upon your flocks and herds, and all that you possess, your women and your children, according to your faith and good works, from this time forth and forever. And thus I have spoken. Amen. CHAPTER 8. Alma's success in Melek — The peo- ple, of Ammonihah cast Mm out — Com- forted by an angel, he returns — Amu- lek joins him in the ministry — Great power given. 1. And now it came to pass that Alma returned from the "land of Gideon, after having taught the people of Gideon many things which cannot be written, having established the order of the church, according as he had before done in the 4and of Zara- hernia, yea, he returned to his own house at Zarahemla to rest himself from the labors which he. had performed. 2. And thus ended the ninth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. 3. And it came to pass in the commencement of the * tenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, that Alma departed from thence and took his journey over into the ''land of Melek, on the west of the ''river q, 1 Ne. 10:19. Al. 37:12. r, Mos. 2:37. Al. 34:36. He. 4:24. s, see o, 2 Ne 9. #, see e, 2 Ne. 32. «, Al. 13 :29. Eth. 12:31 — 34, Moro. '7. Chap. 8 : a, see m, Al. 2. b. Cm. 13, c^ vers. 4, 5, &. Al. 31:6, 35 :13. 45:18. d, see g, Al. 2. ♦ B. C. 82^ 214 ALMA, 8. Sidon, on the west by the bor- ders of the wilderness. 4. And he began to teach the people in the land of Melek ac- cording to *the holy order of God, by which he had been called; and he began to teach the peo- ple throughout all the ^land of Melek. 5. And it came to pass that the people came to him throughout all the borders of the land which was by the wilderness side. And they were "baptized throughout all the land; 6. So that when he had finished his work at ''Melek he departed thence, and traveled three days' journe3'' on the north of the land of Melek; and he came to a city which was called ^Ammonihah. 7. Now it was the custom of the people of Nephi to call their lands, and their cities, and their villages, yea, even all their small villages, after the name of hini who first possessed them; and' thus it was with the land of ^Am- monihah. 8. And it came to pass that when Alma had come to the city of Ammonihah he began to preach the word of God unto them. 9. Now Satan had gotten great hold upon the hearts of the peo- ple of the city of Ammonihah; therefore they would not hearken unto the words of Alma, 10. Nevertheless Alma labored much in the spirit, wrestling with God in "mighty prayer, that he would pour out his Spirit upon the people who were in the city; that he would also grant that he might 'baptize them unto repent- ance. 11. Nevertheless, they hard- ened their hearts, saying unto him: Behold, we know that thou art Alma; and we know that thou art ""high priest over the church which thou hast established in many parts of the land, according to your tradition; and we are not of thy church, and we do not be- lieve in such foolish traditions. 12. And now we know that be- cause we are not of thy church we know that thou hast no power over us; and thou hast delivered up the "judgment-seat unto Ne- phihah; therefore thou art not the chief judge over us. 13. Now when the people had said this, and withstood all his words, and reviled him, and spit upon him, and caused that he should be cast out of their city, he departed thence and took his journey towards the city which was called Aaron. 14. And it came to pass that while he was journeying thither, being weighed down with sorrow, wading through much tribulation and anguish of soul, because of the wickedness of the people who were in the "city of Ammonihah, it came to pass while Alma was thus weighed down with sorrow, behold an angel of the Lord ap- peared unto him, saying: 15. Blessed art thou. Alma; therefore, lift up thy head and rejoice, for thou hast great cause to rejoice; for thou hast been faithful in keeping the command- ments of God from the time which thou receivedst thy first message from him. Behold, I am he that ^delivered it unto you. 16. And behold, I am sent to command thee that thou return to the city of Ammonihah, and preach again unto the people of the city; yea, preach unto them. e, see g, Mos. 26. /, see c. g, see u, 2 Ne. 9. !(,, see c. i, vers. 7 — 9, 14, 16, 18, 19. Al. 9:1. 14:23. 15:1, 15, 16. 16:2, 3, 9, 11. 25:2. 49:1, 3, 10. 11, 14. 15. He. 5:10. ;, see i. fc, see e, 2 Ne. 32. I, see u, 2 Ne. 9. m, see g, Mos. 26. n, Al. 4:16. 17. 0. see i. p. Mos. 27:11—16. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 8. 215 Yea, say unto them, except they repent the Lord God will 'destroy them. 17. For behold, they do study at this time that they may destroy the liberty of thy people, (for thus saith the Lord) which is con- trary to the statutes, and judg- ments, and commandments which he has given unto his people, 18. Now it came to pass that after Alma had received his mes- sage from the angel of the Lord he returned speedily to the land of Ammonihah. And he entered the city by another way, yea, by the way which is on the south of the '^city of Ammonihah. 19. And as he entered the city he was an hungered, and he said to a man: Will ye give to an humble servant of God something to eat? 20. And the man said unto him: I am a Nephite, and I know that thou art a holy prophet of God, for thou art the man whom an *angel said in a vision: Thou Shalt receive. Therefore, go with me into my house and I will im- part unto thee of my food; and I know that thou wilt be a 'bless- ing unto me and my house. 21. And it came to pass that the man received him into his house; and the man was called Amulek; and he brought forth bread and meat and set before Alma. 22. And it came to pass that Alma ate bread and was filled; and he blessed Amulek and his house, and he gave thanks unto God. 23. And after he had eaten and was filled he said unto Amulek: I am Alma, and am the "high priest over the church of God throughout the land. 24. And behold, I have been called to preach the word of God among all this people, according to the spirit of revelation and prophecy; and I was in this land and they would not receive me, but they *'cast me out and I was about to set my back towards this land forever, 25. But behold, I have been commanded that I should turn again and "'prophesy unto this people, yea, and to testify against them concerning their iniquities. 26. And now, Amulek, because thou hast fed me and taken me in, thou art -^blessed; for I was an hungered, for I had "fasted many days. 2 7. And Alma tarried many days with Amulek before he be- gan to preach unto the people. 28. And it came to pass that the people did wax more gross in their iniquities. 2 9. And the word came to Alma, saying: Go; and also say unto my servant Amulek, go forth and prophesy unto this people, saying — Repent ye, for thus saith the Lord, except ye repent I will visit this people in mine anger; yea, and I will "not turn my fierce anger away. 30. And Alma went forth, and also Amulek, among the people, to declare the words of God unto them; and they were filled with the Holy Ghost. 31. And they had power given unto them, insomuch that they could not be confined in dun- geons; neither was it possible that any man could slay them; nevertheless they did not exercise their power until they were -"bound in bands and cast into prison. Now, this was done that q. ver. 29. Al. 9:4, 12, 18, 24. 10:19. 23, 27. 16:2. 3, 9—11. r, see i. s, Al. 10:7 — 9. t, Ters. 22, 2G. Al. 10:7, 11. u, see g, Mos. 26. v, ver. 13. w, ver. 16. X, see t. V, see t, Mos. 27. z, see q. 2a, Al. 14:17 — 29. About B. C. 82. 2i6 ALMA, §. the Lord might show forth his power in them. 3 2. And it came to pass that they went forth and began to preach and to prophesy unto the people, according to the spirit and power which the Lord had given them. The words of Alma, and also the words of Amulek, which were declared unto the people who were in the land of Ammonihah. And also they are cast into prison, and delivered by the miraculous power of God which was in them, according to the record of Alma. Comprising chapters 9 to 14 inclusive. CHAPTER 9. Alma preaches to the people of Am- monihah and calls them to repentance — His testimony rejected. 1. And again, I, Alma, having been commanded of God that I should "take Amulek and go forth and preach again unto this peo- ple, or the people who were in the •"city of Ammonihah, it came to pass as I began to preach unto them, they began to contend with me, saying: 2. Who art thou? Suppose ye that we shall believe the testi- mony of one man, although he should preach unto us that the earth should pass away? 3. Now they understood not the words which they spake; for they knew not that the earth should pass away. 4. And they said also: We will not believe thy words if thou shouldst prophesy that this great city should be destroyed in ""one day. 5. Now they knew not that God coiild do such marvelous works, for they were a hard-hearted and a stiffnecked people. 6. And they said: Who is God, that sendeth no more authority than one man among this people, to declare unto them the truth of such great and marvelous things? 7. And they stood forth to lay their hands on me; but behold, they did not. And I stood with boldness to declare unto them, yea, I did boldly testify unto them, saying: 8. Behold, O ye wicked and perverse generation, how have ye forgotten the tradition of your fathers; yea, how soon ye have forgotten the commandments of God. 9. Do ye not remember that our father, Lehi, was brought out of Jerusalem by the hand of God? Do ye not remember that they were all led by him through the wilderness? 10. And have ye forgotten so soon how many times he de- livered our fathers out of the hands of their enemies, and pre- served them from being de- stroyed, even by the hands of their own brethren? 11. Yea, and if it had not been for his matchless power, and his mercy, and his long-suffering towards us, we should unavoidably have been cut off from the face of the earth long before this period of time, and perhaps been consigned to a state of ''endless misery and woe. 12. Behold, now I say unto you that he commandeth you to repent; and except ye repent, ye can in nowise inherit the king- dom of God. But behold, this is not all — he has commanded you to repent, or he will 'utterly de- stroy you from off the face of the Gj Al. 8:29. 6, see i, AI. 8. c, Al. 16:9, 10. d, see m, Jac. 6. e, see q, Al. 8. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 9. 217 earth; yea, he will visit you in his anger, and in his ^fierce anger he will not turn away. 13. Behold, do ye not remem- ber the words which he spake unto Lehi, saying that: ^Inas- much as ye shall keep my com- mandments, ye shall prosper in the land? And again it is said that: Inasmuch as ye will not keep my commandments ye shall be cut off from the presence of the Lord. 14. Now I would that ye should remember, that inasmuch as the Lamanites have not kept the com- mandments of God, they have been cut off from the presence of the Lord. Now we see that the word of the Lord has been verified in this thing, and the ''Lamanites have been cut off from his pres- ence, from the beginning of their transgressions in the land. 15. Nevertheless I say unto you, that it shall be more toler- able for them in the day of judg- ment than for you, if ye remain in your sins, yea, and even more tolerable for them in this life than for you, except ye repent. 16. For there are many prom- ises which are extended to the Lamanites; for it is because of the 'traditions of their fathers that caused them to remain in their state of ignorance; there- fore the Lord will be merciful unto them and ^prolong their ex- istence in the land. 17. And at some period of time they will be brought to believe in his word, and to know of the in- correctness of the traditions of their fathers; and many of them will be saved, for the Lord will be merciful unto all who call on his name. 18. But behold, I say unto you that if ye persist in your wicked- ness that your days shall not be prolonged in the land, for the Lamanites shall be sent upon you; and if ye repent not they shall come in a time when you know not, and ye shall be visited with ^utter destruction; and it shall be according to the 'fierce anger of the Lord. 19. For he will not suffer you that ye shall live in your iniqui- ties, to destroy his people. I say unto you, Nay; he would rather suffer that the Lamanites might destroy '"all his people who are called the people of Nephi, if it were possible that they could fall into sins and transgressions, after having had so much light and so much knowledge given unto them of the Lord their God; 20. Yea, after having been such a highly favored people of the Lord; yea, after having been fa- vored above every other nation, kindred, tongue, or people; after having had all things made known unto them, according to their de- sires, and their faith, and prayers, of that which has been, and which is, and which is to come; 21. Having been visited by the Spirit of God; having conversed with angels, and having been spoken unto by the voice of the Lord; and having the spirit of prophecy, and the spirit of revela- tion, and also many gifts, the gift of speaking with tongues, and the gift of preaching, and the gift of the Holy Ghost, and the gift of "translation; 22. Yea, and after having been delivered of God out of the land of Jerusalem, by the hand of the Lord; having been saved from /, Al. 8:29. g, 2 Ne. 1:9. 4:4. See &, 1 Ne. 2. li, see b, 1 Ne. 2. i, Mos. 10:11 — 17. j, Enos 13. See c, 2 Ne. 27. He. 15:10 — 10. k, Al. 16:2, 3. 9—11. I, Al. 8:29. 9:12. m, 1 Ne. 12:15, 19, 20. 15:5. Al. 45:10 — 14. He. 13:5 — 10. 15:17. Morm. 6. n, Om. 20— 22. Mos. 8:lo— 19. 28:11—17. Aboct B. C. 82. 218 ALMA, 9. famine, and from sickness, and all manner of diseases of every kind; and they having waxed strong in battle, that they might not be destroyed; having been brought "out of bondage time after time, and having been kept and preserved until now; and they have been prospered until they are rich in all manner of things — 23. And now behold I say unto you, that if this people, who have received so many blessings from the hand of the Lord, should transgress contrary to the light and knowledge which they do have, I say unto you that if this be the case, that if they should fall into transgression, it would be far more tolerable for the Lamanites than for them. 24. For behold, the promises of the Lord are ^extended to the Lamanites, but they are not unto you if ye transgress; for has not the Lord expressly promised and firmly decreed, that if ye will rebel against him that ye shall «utterly be destroyed from off the face of the earth? 25. And now for this cause, that ye may not be destroyed, the Lord has sent his angel to visit many of his people, declaring unto them that they must go forth and cry mightily unto this people, say- ing: Repent ye, for the kingdom of heaven is nigh at hand; 26. And not many days hence the Son of God shall come in his glory; and his glory shall be the glory of the Only Begotten of the Father, full of grace, equity, and truth, full of patience, mercy, and long-suffering, quick to hear the cries of his people and to answer their prayers. 27. And behold, he cometh to redeem those who will be "^bap- tized unto repentance, through faith on his name. 28. Therefore, prepare ye the way of the Lord, for the time is at hand that all men shall reap a reward of their works, according to that which they have been — if they have been righteous they shall reap the salvation of their souls, according to the power and deliverance of Jesus Christ; and if they have been evil they shall reap the damnation of their souls, according to the *power and cap- tivation of the devil. 29. Now behold, this is the voice of the angel, crying unto the people. 30. And now, my beloved breth- ren, for ye are my brethren, and ye ought to be beloved, and ye ought to bring forth works which are meet for repentance, seeing that your hearts have been gross- ly hardened against the word of God, and seeing that ye are a 'lost and a fallen people. 31. Now it came to pass that when I, Alma, had spoken these words, behold, the people were wroth with me because I said unto them that they were a ""hard- hearted and a stiffnecked people. 32. And also because I said unto them that they were a 'lost and a fallen people they were angry with me, and sought to lay their hands upon me, that they might cast me into prison. 33. But it came to pass that the Lord did not suffer them that they should take me at that time and cast me into prison. 34. And it came to pass that Amulek went and stood forth, and began to preach unto them also. 0, Mos. 22:11 — 13. 24:17 — 20. p, see ;. q, see m. r, see u, 2 Ne. 9. s, see i, 2 Ne. 9. t, ver. 32. Al. 12:22. u, ver. 5. 2 Ne. 25:28. Mos. 3:14. v, ver. 30. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 10. 219 And now the words of Amulek are not all written, nevertheless a part of his words are written in this book. CHAPTER 10. Amulek's lineage — Lehi a descend- ant of Joseph through Manasseh — Amulek tells of his conversion — His testimony — He denounces designing lawyers and judges — Zeezrom. 1. Now these are the words which Amulek preached unto the people who were in the "land of Ammonihah, saying: 2. I am Amulek; I am the son of Giddonah, who was the son of Ishmael, who was a descendant of Aminadi; and it was that same Aminadi who interpreted the writ- ing which was upon the wall of the temple, which was written by the finger of God. 3. And Aminadi was a descend- ant of Nephi, who was the son of Lehi, who came out of the land of Jerusalem, who was a descendant of Manasseh, who was the son of 'Joseph who was sold into Egypt by the hands of his brethren. 4. And behold, I am also a man of no small reputation among all those who know me; yea, and be- hold, I have "many kindreds and friends, and I have also acquired much riches by the hand of my industry. 5. Nevertheless, after all this, I never have known much of the ways of the Lord, and his mys- teries and marvelous power. I said I never had known much of these things; but behold, I mis- take, for I have seen much of his mysteries and his marvelous power; yea, even in the preserva- tion of the lives of this people. 6. Nevertheless, I did harden my heart, for I was called many times and I would not hear; there- fore I knew concerning these things, yet I would not know; therefore I went on rebelling against God, in the wickedness of my heart, even until the fourth day of this seventh month, which is in the tenth year of the reign of the judges. 7. As I was journeying to see a very near kindred, behold an angel of the Lord ''appeared unto me and said: Amulek, return to thine own house, for thou shalt feed a prophet of the Lord; yea, a holy man, who is a chosen man of God; for he has '^fasted many days because of the sins of this people, and he is an hungered, and thou shalt receive him into thy house and feed him, and he shall ''bless thee and thy house; and the blessing of the Lord shall rest upon thee and thy house. 8. And it came to pass that I obeyed the ''voice of the angel, and returned towards my house. And as I was going thither I found the "man whom the angel said unto me: Thou shalt receive into thy house — and behold it was this same man who has been speaking unto you concerning the things of God. 9. And the angel said unto me he is a ''holy man; wherefore I know he is a holy man because it was said by an angel of God. 10. And again, I know that the things whereof he hath testified are true; for behold I say unto you, that as the Lord liveth, even so has he sent his angel to make these things manifest unto me; and this he has done while this Alma hath Mwelt at my house. 11. For behold, he hath ^blessed mine house, he hath blessed me, and my women, and my children, and my father and my kinsfolk; a, see i, Al. 8. z, 1 Ne. 5:14, I, ver. 11. Al. 15:16. c, vers. 8, 9. Al. 8:20. d, see t, Mos. 27. e, see t, Al. 8. f, Al. 8:20. g, Al. 8:20. ft, ver. 7. t, Al. 8:27. j, see *, Al. 8. About B. O. 82. 220 ALMA, 10. yea, even all my kindred hath he blessed, and the blessing of the Lord hath rested upon us accord- ing to the words which he spake. 12. And now, when Amulek had spoken these words the peo- ple began to be astonished, seeing there was ^more than one witness who testified of the things where- of they were accused, and also of the things which were to come, according to the spirit of proph- ecy which was in them. 13. Nevertheless, there were some among them who thought to question them, that by their cun- ning devices they might catch them in their words, that they might find witness against them, that they might deliver them to their judges that they might be judged according to the law, and that they might be slain or cast into prison, according to the crime which they could make appear or witness against them. 14. Now it was those men who sought to destroy them, who v/ere 'lawyers, who were hired or ap- pointed by the people to admin- ister the law at their times of trials, or at the trials of the crimes of the people before the judges. 15. Now these lawyers were learned in all the arts and cun- ning of the people; and this was to enable them that they might be skilful in their profession. 16. And it came to pass that they began to question Amulek, that thereby they might make him cross his words, or contradict the words which he should speak. 17. Now they knew not that Amulek could know of their de- signs. But it came to pass as they began to question him, he per- ceived their thoughts, and he said unto them: O ye wicked and per- verse generation, ye "^lawyers and hypocrites, for ye are laying the foundations of the devil; for ye are laying traps and snares to catch the holy ones of God. 18. Ye are laying plans to per- vert the ways of the righteous, and to bring down the wrath of God upon your heads, even to the utter destruction of this people. 19. Yea, well did Mosiah say, who was our last king, when he was about to deliver up the king- dom, having no one to confer it upon, causing that this people should be governed by their own voices — yea, well did he say that if the time should come that the "voice of this people should choose iniquity, that is, if the time should come that this people should fall into transgression, they would be ripe for destruction. 2 0. And now I say unto you that well doth the Lord judge of your iniquities; well doth he cry unto this people, by the voice of his angels: Repent ye, repent, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 21. Yea, well doth he cry, by the voice of his angels that: I will come down among my peo- ple, with equity and justice in my hands. 22. Yea, and I say unto you that if it were not for the prayers of the righteous, who are now in the land, that ye would even now be visited with utter destruction; yet it would not be by flood, as were the people in the days of Noah, but it would be by famine, and by pestilence, and the sword. 2 3. But it is by the "prayers of the righteous that ye are spared; now therefore, if ye will cast out the righteous from among you then will not the Lord stay his hand; but in his ^fierce anger he Tc, Al. 9:6. I, vers. 15—18, 24, 27, 29—32. Al. 11:20—37. 14:18, 23—28. m, see I. n, Mos. 29:27. o, see e, 2 Ne. 32. p, see q, Al. 8. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 11. 221 will come out against you; then ye shall be smitten by famine, and by pestilence, and by the sword; and the time is soon at hand ex- cept ye repent. 24. And now it came to pass that the people were more angry with Amulek, and they cried out, saying: This man doth revile against our laws which are just, and our wise 'lawyers whom we have selected. 25. But Amulek stretched forth his hand, and cried the mightier unto them, saying: O ye wicked and perverse generation, why hath Satan got such great hold upon your hearts? Why will ye yield yourselves unto him that he may have power over you, to blind your eyes, that ye will not under- stand the words which are spoken, according to their truth? 26. For behold, have I testified against your law? Ye do not un- derstand; ye say that I have spoken against your law; but I have not, but I have spoken in favor of your law, to your con- demnation. 27. And now behold, I say unto you, that the foundation of the •"destruction of this people is be- ginning to be laid by the un- righteousness of your "lawyers and your judges. 28. And now it came to pass that when Amulek had spoken these words the people cried out against him, saying: Now we know that this man is a child of the devil, for he hath lied unto us; for he hath spoken against our law. And now he says that he has not spoken against it. 29. And again, he has reviled against our lawyers, and our judges. 30. And it came to pass that the lawyers put it into their hearts that they should remember these things against him. 31. And there was one among them whose name was Zeezrom. Now he was the foremost to accuse Amulek and Alma, he being one of the most expert among them, having much business to do among the people. 32. Now the object of these lawyers was to 'get gain; and they got gain "according to their employ. CHAPTER 11. Judges and their compensation — Nephite coins and measures — Zeezrom confounded by Amulek. 1. Now it was in the law of Mosiah that every man who was a judge of the law, or those who were appointed to be judges, should receive wages "according to the time which they labored to judge those who were brought be- fore them to be judged. 2. Now if a man owed an- other, and he would not pay that which he did owe, he was com- plained of to the judge; and the judge executed authority, and sent forth officers that the man should be brought before him; and he judged the man according to the law and the evidences which were brought against him, and thus the man was compelled to pay that which he owed, or be stripped, or be cast out from among the people as a thief and a robber. 3. And the judge received for his wages according to ^his time — a ''senine of gold for a day, or a ''senum of silver, which is equal to a senine of gold; and this is according to the law which was given. q, see I. r, soo q, Al. 8. s, see L t, Al. 11:20. u, Al. 11:3, 20. Chap. 11: o, vers. 3, 20. Al. 10:31, 32. 6, ver. 20. Al. 10:31, 32. c, vers. 5. 7, 8. Al. 30:33. 3 Ne. 12:26. d, vers. G. 7, 11, 12, 15. About B. C. 82. 222 ALMA, 11. 4. Now these are the names of the different pieces of their gold, and of their silver, according to their value. And the names are given by the Nephites, for they did not reckon after the manner of the Jews who were at Jeru- salem; neither did they measure after the manner of the Jews; but they altered their reckoning and their measure, according to the minds and the circumstances of the people, in every generation, until the reign of the judges, they having been established by *king Mosiah. 5. Now the reckoning is thus — a ''senine of gold, a seon of gold, a shum of gold, and a limnah of gold. 6. A "senum of silver, an am- nor of silver, an ezrom of silver, and an onti of silver, 7. A senum of silver was ''equal to a senine of gold, and either for a measure of barley, and also for a measure of every kind of grain. 8. Now the amount of a seon of gold was twice the value of a senine. 9. And a shum of gold was twice the value of a seon. 10. And a limnah of gold was the value of them all. 11. And an amnor of silver was as great as two senums. 12. And an ezrom of silver was as great as four senums. 13. And an *onti was as great as them all. 14. Now this is the value of the lesser numbers of their reck- oning — 15. A shiblon is half of a senium; therefore, a shiblon for half a measure of barley. 16. And a shiblum is a half of a shiblon. 17. And a leah is the half of a shiblum. 18. Now this is their number, according to their reckoning. 19. Now an antion of gold is equal to three shiblons. 20. Now, it was for the sole purpose to get gain, because they received their wages •'according to their employ, therefore, they did stir up the people to riotings, and all manner of disturbances and wickedness, that they might have more employ, that they might get money according to the suits which were brought before them; therefore they did stir up the people against Alma and Amulek. 21. And this Zeezrom began to question Amulek, saying: Will ye answer me a few questions which I shall ask you? Now Zeezrom was a man who was expert in the devices of the devil, that he might destroy that which was good; therefore, he said unto Amulek: Will ye answer the questions which I shall put unto you? 22. And Amulek said unto him: Yea, if it be according to the Spirit of the Lord, which is in me; for I shall say nothing which is contrary to the Spirit of the Lord. And Zeezrom said unto him: Behold, here are six ^onties of silver, and all these will I give thee if thou wilt deny the exis- tence of a Supreme Being. 23. Now Amulek said: O thou child of hell, why tempt ye me? Knowest thou that the righteous yieldeth to no such temptations? 24. Believest thou that there is no God? I say unto you. Nay, thou knowest that there is a God, but thou lovest that lucre more than him. 25. And now thou hast lied be- e, Mos. 29. t, see c. g, see d. ft, ver. 3. i, vers, 6, 22, 25. j, vers. 1, 3, Al. 3.0:32. fc, see (. APOTJT B. C. 82. ALMA, 11. 223 fore God unto me. Thou saidst unto me — Behold these 'sixonties, which are of great worth, I will give unto thee — when thou hadst it in thy heart to retain them from me; and it was only thy desire that I should deny the true and living God, that thou mightest have cause to destroy me. And now behold, for this great evil thou shalt have thy reward. 2 6. And Zeezrom said unto him: Thou sayest there is a true and living God? 27. And Amulek said: Yea, there is a true and living God. 28. Now Zeezrom said: Is there more than one God? 29. And he answered, No. 30. Now Zeezrom said unto him again: How knowest thou these things? 31. And he said: An '"angel hath made them known unto me. 3 2. And Zeezrom said again: Who is he that siiall come? Is it the Son of God? 33. And he said unto him. Yea. 34. And Zeezrom said again: Shall he save his people "in their sins? And Amulek answered and said unto him: I say unto you he shall not, for it is impossible for him to deny his word. 35. Now Zeezrom said unto the people: See that ye remember these things; for he said there is but one God; yet he saith that the Son of God shall come, but he shaW not save his people — as though he had "authority to com- mand God. 36. Now Amulek saith again unto him: Behold thou hast lied, for thou sayest that I spake as though I had authority to com- mand God because I said he shall not save his people in their sins. 37. And I say unto you again that he cannot save them in their sins; for I cannot deny his word, and he hath said that no unclean thing can inherit the kingdom of heaven; therefore, how can ye be saved, except ye inherit the king- dom of heaven? Therefore, ye cannot be saved in your sins. 38. Now Zeezrom saith again unto him: Is the Son of God the ^very Eternal Father? 3 9. And Amulek said unto him: Yea, he is the very ^Eternal Father of heaven and of earth, and all things which in them are; he is the beginning and the end, the first and the last; 40. And he shall come into the world to redeem his people; and he shall take upon him the «trans- gressions of those who believe on his name; and these are they that shall have eternal life, and salva- tion Cometh to none else. 41. Therefore the wicked re- main as though there had been ^no redemption made, ""except it be the loosing of the bands of death; for behold, the day cometh that all shall rise from the dead and stand before God, and be judged according to their works. 42. Now, there is a death which is called a temporal death; and the death of Christ shall 'loose the bands of this temporal death, that all shall be raised from this temporal death, 43. The spirit and the body shall be reunited again in its per- fect form; 'both limb and joint shall be restored to its proper frame, even as we now are at this time; and we shall be brought to stand before God, knowing even as we know now, and have a "bright recollection of all our guilt. I, see i. m, Al. 10:10. n, ver,s. 36. 37. He. 5 :l0, 11. See a, Mos. 3. z, Mos. 15:4. q, Mos. 14:5, 8. y, Al. 12:18. 8, see g and j, 2 Ne. 9. t, see d, 2 Ne. 2. u, see », 2 Ne. 9. 0, ver. 36. p, ver. 39. r, see g and /, 2 Ne. 9. About B. C. 82. 224 ALMA, 12. 44. Now, this •"restoration shall come to all, both old and young, both bond and free, both male and female, both the wicked and the righteous; and even there shall not so much as a hair of their heads be lost; but every thing shall be restored to its perfect frame, as it is now, or in the body, and shall be brought and be arraigned before the bar of Christ the Son, and God the Fa- ther, and the Holy Spirit, which is one ""Eternal God, to be judged according to their works, whether they be good or whether they be evil. 45. Now, behold, I have spoken unto you concerning the death of the mortal body, and also con- cerning the resurrection of the mortal body. I say unto you that this mortal body is 'raised to an immortal body, that is from death, even from the first death unto life, that they can »'die no more; their spirits uniting with their bodies, never to be divided; thus the whole becoming spiritual and immortal, that they can no more see corruption. 46. Now, when Amulek had finished these words the people began again to be astonished, and also Zeezrom began to tremble. And thus ended the words of Amulek, or this is all that I have written. CHAPTER 12. Ainulek's testimony confirmed by Alma — Doctrine of the tree of life — The plan of redemption expounded. 1. Now Alma, seeing that the words of Amulek had silenced Zeezrom, for he beheld that Amu- lek had caught him in his "lying and deceiving to destroy him, and seeing that he began to Hremble under a consciousness of his guilt, he opened his mouth and began to speak unto him, and to establish the words of Amulek, and to ex- plain things beyond, or to unfold the scriptures beyond that which Amulek had done. 2. Now the words that Alma spake unto Zeezrom were heard by the people round about; for the multitude was great, and he spake on this wise: 3. Now Zeezrom, seeing that thou hast been taken in thy lying and craftiness, for thou hast not lied unto men only but thou hast lied unto God; for behold, he knows "^all thy thoughts, and thou seest that thy thoughts are made known unto us by his Spirit; 4. And thou seest that we know that thy plan was a ''very subtle plan, as to the subtlety of the devil, for to lie and to deceive this people that thou mightest set them against us, to revile us and to cast us out — 5. Now this was a plan of thine adversary, and he hath exercised his power in thee. Now I would that ye should remember that what I say unto thee I say unto all. 6. And behold I say unto you all that this was a snare of the adversary, which he has laid to catch this people, that he might bring you into subjection unto him, that he might encircle you about with his '^chains, that he might chain you down to ^ever- lasting destruction, according to the power of his captivity. 7. Now when Alma had spoken these words, Zeezrom began to tremble more exceedingly, for he was convinced more and more of the power of God; and he was also convinced that Alma and f, see d, 2 Ne. 2. to, see fc, 2 Xe. 31. x, see d, 2 Ne. 2. y, Al. 12:18. 20. Chap. 12: a, Al. 11:20 — 38. b, Al. 11:46. c, see r, 2 Ne. 9. d, Al. 11:20 — 38. e, see p, 2 Ne. 28. /, see m, Jac. 6. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 12. 225 Amulek had a knowledge of him, for he was convinced that they "knew the thoughts and intents of his heart; for power was given unto them that they might know of these things according to the spirit of prophecy. 8. And Zeezrom began to in- quire of them diligently, that he might know more concerning the kingdom of God. And he said unto Alma: What does this mean which Amulek hath spoken con- cerning the ''resurrection of the dead, that all shall rise from the dead, both the just and the un- just, and are brought to stand before God to be judged accord- ing to their works? 9. And now Alma began to ex- pound these things unto him, say- ing: It is given unto many to know the ^mysteries of God; nevertheless they are laid under a strict command that they shall not impart 'only according to the portion of his word which he doth grant unto the children of men, according to the heed and dili- gence which they give unto him. 10. And therefore, he that will harden his heart, the same re- ceiveth the ^lesser portion of the word; and he that will not harden his heart, to him is given the greater ^portion of the word, until it is given unto him to know the mysteries of God until he know them in full. 11. And they that will harden their hearts, to them is given the lesser portion of the word until they know nothing concerning his mysteries; and then they are taken 'captive by the devil, and led by his will down to destruc- tion. Now this is what is meant by the '"chains of hell. 12. And Amulek hath spoken plainly "concerning death, and being "raised from this mortality to a state of immortality, and being brought before the bar of God, to be judged according to our works. 13. Then if our hearts have been hardened, yea, if we have hardened our hearts against the word, insomuch that it has not been found in us, then will our state be awful, for then we shall be condemned. 14. For our words will con- demn us, yea, all our works will condemn us; we shall not be found spotless; and our thoughts will also condemn us; and in this awful state we shall not dare to look up to our God; and we would fain be glad if we could command the rocks and the mountains to fall upon us to hide us from his presence. 15. But this cannot be; we must come forth and stand before him in his glory, and in his power, and in his might, majesty, and dominion, and acknowledge to our everlasting shame that all his judgments are just; that he is just in all his works, and that he is merciful unto the children of men, and that he has all power to save every man that believeth on his name and bringeth forth fruit meet for repentance. 1 6. And now behold, I say unto you then cometh a death, even a second death, which is a ^spiritual death; then is a time that whoso- ever dieth in his sins, as to a tem- poral death, shall also die a spir- itual death; yea, he shall ^die as to things pertaining unto right- eousness. 17. Then is the time when their g, ver. 3. Ti, see d, 2 Ne. 2. z, vers. 10. 11. Al. 26:22. i, 3 Ne. 26:6 — 11 Eth. 4:1 — 7. i, see i. k, see i. I, see i, 2 Ne. 9. m, see V, 2 Ne. 28. n, Al. 11 :-il — 45. 0, see d, 2 Ne. 2. p, ver. 32. Al. 13:30. See o, 2 Ne. 9. Also see fc, 1 Ne. 15 Jac. 3:11. q. ver. 32. 1 Ne. 15:33. Al. 40:20. He. 14:18. Aboct B. C. 82 226 ALMA, 12. torments shall be as a 'lake of fire and brimstone, whose flame ascendeth up forever and ever; and then is the time that they shall be 'chained down to an ever- lasting destruction, according to the power and captivity of Satan, he having subjected them accord- ing to his will. 18. Then, I say unto you, they shall be as though there had been no redemption made; for they cannot be redeemed according to God's justice; and they 'cannot die, seeing there is no more cor- ruption. 19. Now it came to pass that when Alma had made an end of speaking these words, the people began to be more astonished; 20. But there was one An- tionah, who was a chief ruler among them, came forth and said unto him: What is this that thou hast said, "that man should rise from the dead and be changed from this mortal to an immortal state, that the soul can never die? 21. What does the scripture mean, which saith that "^^God placed cherubim and a flaming sword on the east of the garden of Eden, lest our first parents should enter and partake of the fruit of the tree of life, and live forever? And thus we see that there was no possible chance that they should live forever. 22. Now Alma said unto him: This is the thing which I was about to explain. Now we see that Adam did fall by the par- taking of the forbidden fruit, ac- cording to the word of God; and thus we see, that by his fall, all mankind became a "lost and fallen people. 23. And now behold, I say unto you that if It had been possible for Adam to have 'partaken of the fruit of the tree of life at that time, there would have been no death, and the word would have been -vtoid, making God a liar, for he said: >'If thou eat thou Shalt surely die. 24, And we see that death comes upon mankind, yea, the death which has been 'spoken of by Amulek, which is the temporal death; nevertheless there was a space granted unto man in which he might repent; therefore this life became a -"probationary state ; a time to prepare to meet God; a time to prepare for that endless state which has been spoken of by us, which is after the -''resurrec- tion of the dead. 2 5. Now, if it had not been for the plan of redemption, which was laid from the foundation of the world, there could have been no resurrection of the dead; but there was a plan of redemption laid, which shall bring to pass the ^^resurrection of the dead, of which has been spoken, 26. And now behold, if it were possible that our first parents could have gone forth and ^''par- taken of the tree of life they would have been forever miser- able, having no preparatory state; and thus the plan of redemption would have been frustrated, and the word of God would have been void, taking none effect. 27. But behold, it was not so; but it was appointed unto men that they must die; and after death, they must come to judg- ment, even that same judgment of which we have spoken, which is the end. 28. And after God had ap- r, see I, Jac. 6. s, see p, 2 Ne. 2S. t, ver. 20, Al, 11 :45. u, vers. 12 — 18. V, Gen. 3:24. w, Al. 9:30, 32. See e and g, 2 Xe, 9. x, ver. 26. Al, 42:2 — 9. V, Gen, 2:17, z, Al, 11:41 — 15, 2a, Al. 34:32 — 35, 42:4, 13, 2b, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2c, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2d, ver. 23. Al. 42:2—9. About B. C. 82. I ALMA, 13. 227 pointed that these things should come unto man, behold, then he saw that it was expedient that man should know concerning the things whereof he had appointed unto them; 29. Therefore he sent angels ^Ho converse with them, who caused men to behold of his glory. 30. And they began from that time forth to call on his name; therefore God "''conversed with men, and made known unto them the plan of redemption, which had been prepared ""from the foundation of the world; and this he made known unto them ac- cording to their faith and repent- ance and their holy works. 31. Wherefore, he gave com- mandments unto men, they hav- ing first transgressed the ^''first commandments as to things which were temporal, and becoming as Gods, knowing good from evil, placing themselves in a state to act, or being placed in a state to act ^*according to their wills and pleasures, whether to do evil or to do good — 32. Therefore God gave unto them commandments, after hav- ing made ^^nown unto them the plan of redemption, that they should not do evil, the penalty thereof being a ^''second death, which was an everlasting death as to ^'things pertaining unto righteousness; for on such the plan of redemption could have no power, for the works of ^"'justice could not be destroyed, according to the supreme goodness of God. 33. But God did call on men, in the name of his Son, (this being the plan of redemption which was laid) saying: ^"If ye will re- pent, and harden not your hearts, then will I have mercy upon you, throogh mine Only Begotten Son; 34. Therefore, whosoever re- penteth, and hardeneth not his heart, h^ shall have claim on mercy through mine Only Begot- ten Son, unto a remission of his sins; and these shall enter into my rest. 35. And whosoever will ^''hard- en his heart and will do iniquity, behold, I swear in my wrath that he shall not enter into my rest. 36. And now, my brethren, be- hold I say unto you, that if ye will harden your hearts ye shall not enter into the rest of the Lord; therefore your iniquity provoketh him that he sendeth down his wrath upon you as in the ^^first provocation, yea, according to his word in the ^"last provocation as well as the first, to the ^''everlast- ing destruction of your souls; therefore, according to his word, unto the -Hast death, as well as the 2'first. 37. And now, my brethren, see- ing we know these things, and they are true, let us repent, and harden not our hearts, that we provoke not the Lord our God to pull down his wrath upon us in these his -"second commandments which he has given unto us; but let us enter into the ^''rest of God, which is prepared according to his word. CHAPTER 13. Alma's discourse continued — The holy order of the Son of God — High Priests — Why ordained — Melchisedek and Abraham. 1. And again, my brethren, I 2e, P. of G. P., Moses 5:6. 2f, P. of G. P., Moses 5:4, 5. 2g, see d, Mos. 4. 2h, 2 Ne. 2:18, 19. Gen. 2:16, 17. 2i, 2 Ne. 2:16. 2j, P. of G. P., Moses 5:4 — 9. 2k, vers. 16, 36. Jac. 3 :11. Al. 13 :80. See o, 2 Ne. 9. See k, 1 Ne. 15. 21, see q. 2m, Mos. 15:27. Al. 34:15, 16. 42:13—25. 2n, P. of G. P.. Moses 5:8. 2o, P. of G. P., Moses 5:15. 2p, ver. 31. 2q, rer. 35. 2r, see 2k. 2s, see 2k. 2t, ver. 23. 2u, P. of G. P., Moses chaps. 4—7. 2v, vers. 34, 35. Al. 13:6, 12, 13, 16, 29. 16:17. About B. C. 82. 228 ALMA, 13. would cite your minds forward to the time when the Lord God gave these commandments unto his children; and I would that ye should remember that the Lord God ordained "priests, after his holy order, which was after the order of his Son, to teach these things unto the people. 2. And those priests were or- dained after the ^order of his Son, in a manner that thereby the peo- ple might know in what manner to look forward to his Son for re- demption. 3. And this is the manner after which they were ordained — being called and prepared ""from the foundation of the world accord- ing to the ''foreknowledge of God, on account of their exceeding faith and good works; in the first place being left to ^choose good or evil; therefore they having chosen good, and exercising ex- ceeding great faith, are called with a holy calling, yea, with that holy calling which was prepared with, and according to, a prepara- tory redemption for such. 4. And thus they have been called to this '^holy calling on ac- count of their faith, while others would reject the Spirit of God on account of the hardness of their hearts and blindness of their minds, while, if it had not been for this they might have had as great privilege as their brethren. 5. Or in fine, in the first place they were on the same standing with their brethren; thus this holy calling being prepared "from the foundation of the world for such as would not harden their hearts, being in and through the '"atone- ment of the Only Begotten Son, who was prepared — 6. And thus being called by this holy calling, and ordained unto the 'high priesthood of the holy order of God, to teach his commandments unto the children of men, that they also might enter into his ■'rest — 7. This ^high priesthood being after the order of his Son, which order was 'from the foundation of the world; or in other words, being ""without beginning of days or end of years, being prepared "from eternity to all eternity, ac- cording to his "foreknowledge of all things — 8. Now they were ordained after this manner — being called with a holy calling, and ordained wuth a holy ordinance, and taking upon them the ^high priesthood of the holy order, which calling, and ordinance, and high priesthood, is without ^beginning or end — 9. Thus they become ''high priests forever, after the order of the Son, the Only Begotten of the Father, who is ^without beginning of days or end of years, who is full of grace, equity, and truth. And thus it is. Amen. 10. Now, as I said concerning the holy order of this 'high priest- hood, there were many who were ordained and became "^high priests of God; and it was on account of their exceeding faith and repent- ance, and their righteousness be- fore God, they choosing to repent and work righteousness rather than to perish; 11. Therefore they were called after this holy order, and were sanctified, and their garments a, P. of G. P., Moses G:7. 8:19. D. & C. 84:0—28, 107. b, see o. c, see d. Mos. 4. d, ver. 7. e, 2 Ne. 2 :16. Al. 12:31. /. see a. g, see d, Mos. 4. h, see /, 2 Ne. 2. i, see g, Mos. 26. j, see 2v, Al. 12. fc, see g, Mos. 26. I, see d, Mos. 4. tn, P. of G. P., Abraham 1 :2 — 4. n, see a, Mos. 3. o, ver. 3. See r, 2 Ne. 9. p, see a, Mos. 26. a, see o, Mos. 3. r, see g, Mos. 26. s, see a, Mos. 3. t, see g, Mos. 26. a, D. & C. 107 :40— 55. 84 :6 — 22. About B. C. 82. ALMA, 13. 229 were washed white through the ''blood of the Lamb. 12. Now they, after being sanc- tified by the Holy Ghost, having their garments made white, being pure and spotless before God, could not look upon sin save it were with abhorrence; and there were many, exceeding great many, who were made pure and entered into the ""rest of the Lord their God. 13. And now, my brethren, I would that ye should humble yourselves before God, and bring forth fruit meet for repentance, that ye may also enter into that rest. 14. Yea, humble yourselves even as the people in the days of 'Melchizedek, who was also a high priest after this same order which I have spoken, who also took upon him the high priesthood *'f orever. 15. And it was this same Mel- chizedek to whom Abraham paid tithes; yea, even our father Abra- ham paid tithes of ^one-tenth part of all he possessed. 16. Now these ordinances were given after this manner, that thereby the people might look for- ward on the Son of God, it being a type of his order, or it being his order, and this that they might look forward to him for a remis- sion of their sins, that they might enter into the ^^rest of the Lord. 17. Now this Melchizedek was a king over the land of Salem; and his people had waxed strong in iniquity and abomination; yea, they had all gone astray; they were full of all manner of wicked- ness; 18. But Melchizedek having exercised mighty faith, and re- ceived the office of the ^fhigh priesthood according to the holy order of God, did preach repent- ance unto his people. And be- hold, they did repent; and Mel- chizedek did establish peace in the land in his days; therefore he was called the prince of peace, for he was the king of Salem; and he did reign under his father. 19. Now, there were ^'^many before him, and also there were ^''many afterwards, but none were greater; therefore, of him they have more particularly made men- tion. 20. Now I need not rehearse the matter; what I have said may suffice. Behold, the ^^scriptures are before you; if ye will wrest them it shall be to your own de- struction. 21. And now it came to pass that when Alma had said these words unto them, he stretched forth his hand unto them and cried with a mighty voice, saying: Now is the time to repent, for the day of salvation draweth nigh; 22. Yea, and the voice of the Lord, by the ^^mouth of angels, doth declare it unto all nations; yea, doth declare it, that they may have glad tidings of great joy; yea, and he doth sound these glad tidings among all his people, yea, even to them that are scat- tered abroad upon the face of the earth; wherefore they have come unto us. 23. And they are made known unto us in plain terms, that we may understand, that we ""cannot err; and this because of our being wanderers in a strange land; therefore, we are thus highly fa- vored, for we have these glad ti- dings declared unto us in all parts of our vineyard. V, see /, 2 Ne. 2. to, see 2v, Al. 12. x, vers. 15 — 18. y, vers. 7 — 9. See m. z. Gen, 14:20. 2a, see 2v, Al, 12. 2b, see g, Mos. 20. 2c, D. & C. 107:40—55. 2d, D. & C. 84:0— 22. 2e, Al, 14 :1, 8. 14. 2/, ver. 24. Mos. 3 :2— 27. Al. 8:14 — 17,20. 10:7—10, 20. 11:31. 2g, see b, 2 Ne. T.D. About B. 0. 82. 230 ALMA, 14. 24. For behold, angels are de- claring it unto many at this time in our land; and this is for the purpose of preparing the hearts of the children of men to receive his word at the time of his com- ing in his glory. 25. And now we only wait to hear the joyful news declared unto us by the mouth of angels, of his coming; for the time Com- eth, we know not how soon. Would to God that it might be in my day; but let it be sooner or later, in it I will rejoice. 26. And it shall be made known unto just and holy men, by the ^''mouth of angels, at the time of his coming, that the words of our fathers may be fulfilled, ac- cording to that which they have spoken concerning him, which was according to the spirit of proph- ecy which was in them. 27. And now, my brethren, I wish from the inmost part of my heart, yea, with great anxiety even unto pain, that ye would hearken unto my words, and cast off your sins, and not procrasti- nate the day of your repentance; 28. But that ye would humble yourselves before the Lord, and call on his holy name, and watch and ^*pray continually, that ye may not be tempted above that which ye can bear, and thus be led by the Holy Spirit, becoming humble, meek, submissive, pa- tient, full of love and all long- suffering; 29. ^^Having faith on the Lord; having a hope that ye shall re- ceive eternal life; having the love of God always in your hearts, that ye may be -^lifted up at the last day and enter into -'his rest. 30. And may the Lord grant unto you repentance, that ye may not bring down his wrath upon you, that ye may not be bound down by the ="'chains of hell, that ye may not suffer the -"second death. 31. And Alma spake many more words unto the people, which are not written in this book. CHAPTER 14. Alma and Amulek imprisoned — Their adherents persecuted — Deatlis by fire — Zeezrom, now repentant, pleads their cause and is cast out — The prophets delivered and their enemies slain. 1. And it came to pass after he had made an end of speaking unto the people many of them did be- lieve on his words, and began to repent, and to search the "scrip- tures. 2. But the more part of them were desirous that they might de- stroy Alma and Amulek; for they were angry with Alma, because of the ^plainness of his words unto Zeezrom; and they also said that ''Amulek had lied unto them, and had reviled against their law and also against their lawyers and judges. 3. And they were also angry with Alma and Amulek; and be- cause they had testified so plainly against their wickedness, they sought to put them away privily. 4. But it came to pass that they did not; but they took them and bound them with strong cords, and took them before the chief judge of the land. 5. And the people went forth and witnessed against them — ''testifying that they had reviled against the law, and their law- yers and judges of the land, and 2h, He. 13:7. 14:26, 28. 3 Ne. 7:18. 21, see e, 2 Ne. 32. 2j, see «, Al. 7. 2fc, see p, Mos. 23. 21, see 2v, Al. 12. 2m, see p, 2 Ne. 28. 2n, see p, Al. 12. Chap. 14 : a, vers. 8, 14. Al. 13 :20. 6, Al. 12 :3— 7. c, Al. 10 :24-^2. d, ver. 2. About B. 0. 82. ALMA, 14. 231 also of all the people that were in the land; and also testified that there was but one God, and that he should send his Son among the people, but he should *not save them; and many such things did the people testify against Alma and Amulek. Now this was done before the chief judge of the land. 6. And it came to pass that Zeezrom was astonished at the words which had been spoken; and he also knew concerning the blindness of the minds, which he had caused among the people by his Qying words; and his soul be- gan to be harrowed up under a consciousness of his own guilt; yea, he began to be encircled about by the pains of hell. 7. And it came to pass that he began to cry unto the people, say- ing: Behold, I am guilty, and these men are spotless before God. And he began to plead for them from that time forth; but they reviled him, saying: Art thou also possessed with the devil? And they spit upon him, and cast him out from among them, and also all those who be- lieved in the words which had been spoken by Alma and Amu- lek; and they ^cast them out, and sent men to cast stones at them. 8. And they brought their wives and children together, and whosoever believed or had been taught to believe in the word of God they caused that they should be "cast into the fire; and they also brought forth their records which contained the ^holy scrip- tures, and cast them into the fire also, that they might be burned and destroyed by fire. 9. And it came to pass that they took Alma and Amulek, and carried them forth to the place of martyrdom, that they might wit- ness the destruction of those who ^were consumed by fire. 10. And when Amulek saw the pains of the women and children who were consuming in the fire, he also was pained; and he said unto Alma: How can we witness this awful scene? Therefore let us stretch forth our hands, and exercise the ''power of God which is in us, and save them from the flames. 11. But Alma said unto him: The Spirit constraineth me that I must not stretch forth mine hand; for behold the Lord receiveth them up unto himself, in glory; and he doth suffer that they may do this thing, or that the people may do this thing unto them, ac- cording to the hardness of their hearts, that the ^judgments which he shall exercise upon them in his wrath may be just; and the blood of the innocent shall stand as a witness against them, yea, and cry mightily against them at the last day. 12. Now Amulek said unto Alma: Behold, perhaps they will burn us also. 13. And Alma said: Be it ac- cording to the will of the Lord. But, behold, our work is not finished; therefore they burn us not. 14. Now it came to pass that when the bodies of those who had been cast into the fire *"were con- sumed, and also the "records which were cast in with them, the chief judge of the land came and stood before Alma and Amulek, as they were bound; and he smote them with his hand "upon their cheeks, and said nnto them: e, Al. 11:33—37. /, Al. 10:31. 11:21—38. g, Al. 15:1. }i, vers. 9—15. Al. 15 :2. i, vers. 1. 14. Al. 13 :20. i, see h. k, vers. 26 — 29. Al. 8 :30, 31. I, vers, 26 — 29. Al. 16:2, 3, 9 — 11. m, see h. n, see i. o, vers. 15, 17, 20, 24, 25. About B. C. 82. 232 ALMA, 14. After what ye have seen, will ye preach again unto this people, that they shall be cast into a ^lake of fire and brimstone? 15. Behold, ye see that ye had not power to save those who had been cast into the fire; neither has God saved them because they were of thy faith. And the judge smote them again ''upon their cheeks, and asked: What say ye for yourselves? 16. Now this judge was after the order and faith of '^Nehor, who *slew Gideon. 17. And it came to pass that Alma and Amulek answered him nothing; and he 'smote them again, and delivered them to the officers to be cast into prison. 18. And when they had been cast into prison three days, there ca:i\e many lawyers, and judges, and priests, and teachers, v/ho were of the profession of "Nehor; and they came in unto the prison to see them, and they questioned them about many words; but they answered them nothing. 19. And it came to pass that the judge stood before them, and said: Why do ye not answer the words of this people? Know ye not that I have power to deliver you up unto the flames? And he commanded them to speak; but they answered nothing. 20. And it came to pass that they departed and went their ways, but came again on the mor- row; and the judge also smote them again on their cheeks. And many came forth also, and ^smote them, saying: Will ye stand again and judge this people, and con- demn "'our law? If ye have such great power why do ye not '^de- liver yourselves? 21. And many such things did they say unto them, gnashing their teeth upon them, and spit- ting upon them, and saying: How shall we look when we are damned? 22. And many such things, yea, all manner of such things did they say unto them; and thus they did mock them for many days. And they did withhold food from them that they might hunger, and water that they might thirst; and they also did take from them their clothes that they were naked; and thus they were bound with "strong cords, and confined in prison. 23. And it came to pass after they had thus suffered for many days, (and it was on the twelfth day, in the tenth month, *in the tenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi) that the chief judge over the land of Ammonihah and many of their teachers and their lawyers went in unto the prison where Alma and Amulek were bound with cords. 24. And the chief judge stood before them, and smote them again, and said unto them: If ye have the power of God "^deliver yourselves from these bands, and then we will believe that the Lord will destroy this people accord- ing to your words. 25. And it came to pass that they all w^ent forth and smote them, saying the same words, even until the last; and when the last had spoken unto them the '"power of God was upon Alma and Amulek, and they rose and stood upon their feet, 26. And Alma cried, saying: How long shall we suffer these great afflictions, O Lord? O Lord, p,Al. 12:17. Q, see 0. r, Al. 1:15. s, Al. 1 :7 — 14. 2:20. t, see o. «, Al. 1:15. V, see 0. w, vers. 2, 5. a?, ver. 24. y, vers. 4, 23, 2G. Al. 8 :31. z, ver. 20. 2a, Al. a -an ai n n «i 8:30. 31 B. C. 81. ALMA, 15. 233 give us strength according to our faith which is in Christ, even unto deliverance. And they broke the ^''cords with which they were bound; and when the people saw this, they began to flee, for the ^''fear of destruction had come upon them. 27. And it came to pass that so great was their fear that they fell to the earth, and did not ob- tain the outer door of the prison; and the earth shook mightily, and the walls of the prison were rent In twain, so that they fell to the earth; and -''the chief judge, and the lawyers, and priests, and teachers, who smote upon Alma and Amulek, were slain by the fall thereof. 28. And Alma and Amulek came forth out of the prison, and they were not hurt; for the Lord had granted unto them power, ac- cording to their faith which was in Christ. And they straightway came forth out of the prison; and they were -''loosed from their bands; and the prison had -^fallen to the earth, and -^every soul within the walls thereof, save it were Alma and Amulek, was slain; and they straightway came forth into the city. 29. Now the people having heard a great noise came running together by multitudes to know the cause of it; and when they saw Alma and Amulek coming forth out of the prison, and the walls thereof ^''had fallen to the earth, they were struck with great fear, and fled from the presence of Alma and Amulek even as a goat fleeth with her young from two lions; and thus they did flee from the presence of Alma and Amulek. CHAPTER 15. Zeezrom, miraculously healed, joins the church and preaches — Many bap- tized — Alma and Amulek return to Zarahemla. 1. And it came to pass that Alma and Amulek were com- manded to depart out of that city; and they departed, and came out even into the land of "Sidom; and behold, there they found all the people who had departed out of the land of Ammonihah, who had been ^cast out and stoned, because they believed in the words of Alma. 2. And they related unto them all that had happened unto Hheir wives and children, and also con- cerning themselves, and of their ''power of deliverance. 3. And also Zeezrom lay sick at Sidom, with a burning fever, which was caused by the great tribulations of his mind on ac- count of *his wickedness, for he supposed that Alma and Amulek were no more; and he supposed that they had been slain because of his iniquity. And this great sin, and his many other sins, did harrow up his mind until it did become exceeding sore, having no deliverance; therefore he began to be scorched with a burning heat. 4. Now, when he heard that Alma and Amulek were in the ^land of Sidom, his heart began to take courage; and he sent a message immediately unto them, desiring them to come unto him. 5. And it came to pass that they went immediately, obeying the message which he had sent unto them; and they went in unto the house unto Zeezrom; and they found him upon his bed, sick. 2b. see y. 2c, ver. 27. 2(1, ver. 23. 2e, ver. 26. 2/, ver. 27. 2g, ver. 27. 2h, vers. 27. 2S. Chap. 15: a, vers. 3, 4. 11. 18. 14, 17. 6, Al. 14:7. c, Al. 14:8 — 14. (f, Al. 14:26 — 2'J. '^Al. 10:31. 11:21—38. 14:6.7. /, see a. About B. C. 81. 234 ALMA, 16. being ^'very low with a burning fever; and his mind also was "ex- ceeding sore because of his iniqui- ties; and when he saw them he stretched forth his hand, and be- sought them that they would heal him. 6. And it came to pass that Alma said unto him, taking him by the hand: Believest thou in the power of Christ unto salva- tion? 7. And he answered and said: Yea, I believe all the words that thou hast taught. 8. And Alma said: If thou believest in the redemption of Christ thou canst be healed. 9. And he said: Yea, I believe according to thy words. 10. And then Alma cried unto the Lord, saying: O Lord our God, have mercy on this man, and heal him according to his faith which is in Christ. 11. And when Alma had said these words, Zeezrom leaped upon his feet, and began to walk; and this was done to the great astonishment of all the people; and the knowledge of this went forth throughout all the 'land of Sidom. 12. And Alma ^baptized Zeez- rom unto the Lord; and he began from that time forth to preach unto the people. 13. And Alma established a church in the *'land of Sidom, and consecrated 'priests and teachers in the land, to baptize unto the Lord whosoever were desirous to be baptized. 14. And it came to pass that they were many; for they did flock in from all the region round about Sidom, and were "'baptized. 15. But as to the people that were in the "land of Ammonihah, they yet remained a hard-hearted and a stiffnecked people; and they repented not of their sins, ascrib- ing all the "power of Alma and Amulek to the devil; for they were of the profession of ^Nehor, and did not believe in the re- pentance of their sins. 16. And it came to pass that Alma and Amulek, Amulek hav- ing 'forsaken all his gold, and silver, and his precious things, which were in the land of Ammo- nihah, for the word of God, he being rejected by those who were •"once his friends and also by his father and his kindred; 17. Therefore, after Alma hav- ing established the church at 'Sidom, seeing a great check, yea, seeing that the people were checked as to the pride of their hearts, and began to humble themselves before God, and began to assemble themselves together at their 'sanctuaries to worship God before the altar, watching and praying continually, that they might be delivered from Satan, and from death, and from de- struction — 18. Now as I said. Alma hav- ing seen all these things, there- fore he took Amulek and came over to the "land of Zarahemla, and took him to his own house, and did administer unto him in his tribulations, and strengthened him in the Lord. 19. And thus ended the tenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. CHAPTER 16. A cry of war — The wicked city Ammonihah destroyed by Lamanites — g, ver. 3. h, ver. 3. Al. 14 :6. i, see a. j, see u, 2 Ne. Mos. 6. m, see u, 2 Ne. 9. n, see i, Al. 8. o, Al. 14 :26 — 29. q, Al. 10:4. r, Al. 10:4, 11. 8, see a. t, Al. 16:13. 21:6. 14. u. Cm. 13. 9. fc, see a. I, see c, p, Al. 1:2 — 15. 2:20. 22:7. 23:2. He. 3:9, About B. C. 81. ALMA, 16. 235 Zoram, and his sons rout the enemy — Desolation of Nehors — The church widely established. 1. And it came to pass in the ♦eleventh year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, on the fifth day of the second month, there having been much peace in the "land of Zarahemla, there having been no wars nor contentions for a certain number of years, even until the fifth day of the second month in the eleventh year, there was a cry of war heard throughout the land. 2. For behold, the armies of the Lamanites had come in upon the wilderness side, into the bor- ders of the land, even into the ''city of Ammonihah, and began to slay the people and destroy the city. 3. And now it came to pass, before the Nephites could raise a sufficient army to drive them out of the land, they had ^destroyed the people who were in the city of Ammonihah, and also some around the borders of ''Noah, and taken others captive into the wil- derness. 4. Now it came to pass that the Nephites were desirous to obtain those who had been carried away captive into the wilderness. 5. Therefore, he that had been appointed chief captain over the armies of the Nephites, (and his name was Zoram, and he had two sons, Lehi and Aha) — now Zoram and his two sons, knowing that Alma was ''high priest over the church, and having heard that he had the spirit of prophecy, there- fore they went unto him and de- sired of him to know whether the Lord would that they should go into the wilderness in search of their brethren, w)io had been taken ^captive by the Lamanites. 6. And it came to pass that Alma inquired of the Lord con- cerning the matter. And Alma returned and said unto them: Behold, the Lamanites will cross the '^Hver Sidon in the south wil- derness, away up beyond the bor- ders of the "land ..of Manti. And behold there shall ye meet them, on the east of the *river Sidon, and there the Lord will deliver unto thee thy brethren who have been taken ^captive by the La- manites. 7. And it came to pass that 'Zoram and his sons crossed over the 'river Sidon, with their armies, and marched away be- yond the borders of '"Manti Into the south wilderness, which was on the east side of the river Sidon. 8. And they came upon the armies of the Lamanites, and the Lamanites were scattered and driven into the wilderness; and they took their brethren who had been taken captive by the Laman- ites, and there was not one soul of them had been lost that were taken "captive. And they were brought by their brethren to pos- sess their "own lands. 9. And thus ended the eleventh year of the judges, the Lamanites having been driven out of the land, and the "people of Ammoni- hah were destroyed; yea, every living soul of the Ammonihahites was destroyed, and also their great city, which they said God could «not destroy, because of its greatness. 10. But behold, in one day it a. Cm. 13, 6, see i, Al. 8. c, vers. 9 — 11. Al. 9:18. 25:2. d,Al. 49:12 — 15. e, see ff, Mos. 26. /, vers. 3, 4. g, see g, Al. 2. h, ver. 7. Al. 17:1. 22:27. 43:22, 24, 25, 42. 56:14, 57:22. 58:1, 13, 25 — 28, 39. 59:6, i, see g, Al, 2, ;, vers, 3, 4. k, ver, 5. I, see g, Al. 2. m, see h. n, vers. 3 — 6. o, ver. 3. p, vers. 2, 3. Al. 9:18. 8, Al. 9:4, 5. ♦ B. C. 81. 236 ALMA, 16. was left desolate; and the car- cases were mangled by dogs and wild beasts of the wilderness. 11. Nevertheless, after many days their dead bodies were heaped up upon the face of the earth, and they were covered with a shallow covering. And now so great was the scent thereof that the people did not go in to pos- sess the land of Ammonihah for many years. And it was called Desolation of "^Nehors; for they were of the profession of Nehor, who were slain; and their lands remained desolate. 12. And the Lamanites did not come again to war against the Ne- phites *until the fourteenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. And thus for three years did the people of Nephi have continual peace in all the land. 13. And Alma and Amulek went forth preaching repentance to the people in their Hemples, and in their 'sanctuaries, and also in their "synagogues, which were built *after the manner of the Jews. 14. And as many as would hear their words, unto them they did impart the word of God, without any respect of persons, contin- ually. 15. And thus did Alma and Amulek go forth, and also many more who had been chosen for the work, to preach the word throughout all the land. And the establishment of the church be- came general throughout the land, in all the region round about, among all the people of the Nephites. 16. And there was '"no inequal- ity among them; the Lord did pour out his Spirit on all the face of the land to prepare the minds of the children of men, or to pre- pare their hearts to receive the word which should be taught among them at the time of his coming — 17. That they might not be hardened against the word, that they might not be unbelieving, and go on to destruction, but that they might receive the word with joy, and as a branch be grafted into the true vine, that they might enter into the ^rest of the Lord their God. 18. Now those "priests who did go forth among the people did preach 'against all lyings, and deceivings, and envyings, and strifes, and malice, and revilings, and stealing, robbing, plunder- ing, murdering, committing adul- tery, and all manner of lascivi- ousness, crying that these things ought not so to be — 19. Holding forth things which must shortly come; yea, holding forth the coming of the Son of God, his sufferings and death, and also the -"resurrection of the dead. 20. And many of the people did inquire concerning the place where the Son of God should come; and they were taught that he would "''appear unto them after his resurrection; and this the people did hear with great joy and gladness. 21. And now after the church had been established throughout all the land — having got the vic- tory over the devil, and the word of God being preached in its purity in all the land, and the r, Al. 1:2—15. s, see Ji, 2 Ne. 5. t, see t, Al. 15. u, Al. 21:4, 5, 11, 16. 20. 23:2. 4. 26:29. 31:12. 13. 32:1, 2. 5. 9—12. 33:2. He. 3:9, 14. 3 Ne. 13:2, 5. v, 2Xe. 5:16. ic^Mos. 18:19 — 29. 23:15. 27:4. 4 Ne. 3. x, see 2t;, Al. 12. y, see c, Mos. 6. See g, Mos. 26. z, 3 Ne. 30. 2a, see d, 2 Ne, 2. 2b, see h, 1 Ne. 12. •About B. C. 78. ALMA, 17. 237 Lord pouring out his blessings upon the people — thus ended the fourteenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. An account of the sons of Mosiah, who rejected their rights to the king- dom for the word of God, and went up to the land of Nephi to preach to the Lamanites ; their sufferings and deliverance — according to the record of A Ima. Comprising chapters 17 to 26 inclusive. CHAPTER 17. Ammon in the land of Ishmael — He becomes a servant to king Lamoni — His heroic defense of the king's flocks. 1. And now it came to pass that as Alma was journeying from the "land of Gideon south- ward, away to the 4and of Manti, behold, to his astonishment, he met with the ''sons of Mosiah journeying towards the ''land of Zarahemla. 2. Now these sons of Mosiah were with Alma at the time the angel *first appeared unto him; therefore Alma did rejoice ex- ceedingly to see his brethren; and what added more to his joy, they were still his brethren in the Lord; yea, and they had waxed strong in the knowledge of the truth; for they were men of a sound understanding and they had searched the ^scriptures dili- gently, that they might know the word of God. 3. But this is not all; they had given themselves to ''much prayer, and fasting; therefore they had the spirit of prophecy, and the spirit of revelation, and when they taught, they taught with power and authority of God. 4. And they had been teaching the word of God *for the space of fourteen years among the Laman- ites, having had much success in bringing many to the knowledge of the truth; yea, by the power of their words many were brought before the altar of God, to call on his name and confess their sins before him. 5. Now these are the circum- stances which attended them in their journeyings, for they had many afflictions; they did suffer much, both in body and in mind, such as hunger, thirst and fatigue, and also much labor in the spirit. 6. Now these were their jour- neyings: Having taken leave of their "father, Mosiah, in the first year of the judges; having *re- fused the kingdom which their father was desirous to conferupon them, and also this was the minds of the people; 7. Nevertheless they departed out of the ^land of Zarahemla, and took their swords, and their spears, and their bows, and their arrows, and their slings; and this they did that they might provide food for themselves while in the wilderness. 8. And thus they departed into the wilderness with their num- bers which they had ''selected, to go up to the 4and of Nephi, to preach the word of God unto the Lamanites. 9. And it came to pass that they journeyed many days in the wilderness, and they ""fasted much and prayed much that the Lord would grant unto them a portion of his Spirit to go with them, and abide with them, that they might be an instrument in the hands of a, see m, AI. 2. b, see h, Al. lb. c, Mos. 27:34. d, Om. 13. e, Mos. 27:11 — 17. /, Jac. 7:23. Al. 63:12. y, s»-e e, 2 Ne. 32. See t. Mos. 27. Ji, Mos, 28:1, 5 — 9. 29:41 — 44. i, Mos. 29:3. ;, Cm. 13. fc, Mos. 28:1. I, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. m. see t, Mos. 27. ♦ Fbom about B. C. 91 to 77. 238 ALMA, 17. God to bring, if it were possible, their brethren, the Lamanites, to the knowledge of the truth, to the knowledge of the "baseness of the traditions of their fathers, which were not correct. 10. And it came to pass that the Lord did visit them with his Spirit, and said unto them: "Be comforted. And they were com- forted. 11. And the Lord said unto them also: ^Go forth among the Lamanites, thy brethren, and es- tablish my word; yet ye shall be patient in long-suffering and af- flictions, that ye may show forth good examples unto them in me, and I will make an instrument of thee in my hands unto the salva- tion of many souls. 12. And it came to pass that the hearts of the sons of Mosiah, and also those who were with them, took courage to go forth unto the Lamanites to declare unto them the word of God. 13. And it came to pass when they had arrived in the borders of the land of the Lamanites, that they separated themselves and departed one from another, trust- ing in the Lord that they should meet again at the close of their harvest; for they supposed that 'great was the work which they had undertaken. 14. And assuredly it was great, for they had undertaken to preach the word of God "^to a wild and a hardened and a ferocious people; a people who delighted in mur- dering the Nephites, and robbing and plundering them; and their hearts were set upon riches, or upon gold and silver, and pre- cious stones; yet they sought to obtain these things by murdering and plundering, that they might not labor for them with their own hands. 15. Thus they were a very in- dolent people, many of whom did worship idols, and the "curse of God had fallen upon them be- cause of the traditions of their fathers; notwithstanding the promises of the Lord were 'ex- tended unto them on the condi- tions of repentance. 16. Therefore, this was the cause for which the sons of Mo- siah had undertaken the "work, that perhaps they might bring them unto repentance; that per- haps they might bring them to know of the plan of redemption. 17. Therefore they 'separated themselves one from another, and went forth among them, every man alone, according to the word and power of God which was given unto him. 18. Now Ammon being the chief among them, or rather he did administer unto them, and he departed from them, after having blessed them according to their several stations, having imparted the word of God unto them, or ad- ministered unto them before his departure; and thus they took their several journeys throughout the land. 19. And Ammon went to the land of "Ishmael, the land being called after the -"sons of Ishmael, who also became Lamanites. 20. And as Ammon entered the land of Ishmael, the Laman- ites took him and bound him, as was their custom to bind all the Nephites who fell into their hands, and carry them before the king; and thus it was left to the pleasure of the king to slay them. n, see n, Jac. 7. o, ver. 12. Al. 2G :27. p, Al. ^6:27. q, vers. 14 — 16. r, see n, Jac. 7. 8j see d, 1 Ne. 2. t, see j, Al. 9. u, see q. v, ver. 13. w, vers. 20, 21. Al. 20:14, 15. 21:18, 20. 22:1, 4. 23:9. 24:5. 25:13. x, see c, 1 Ne. 7. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 17. 239 or to retain them in captivity, or to cast them into prison, or to cast them out of his land, accord- ing to his will and pleasure. 21. And thus Ammon was car- ried before the king who was over the "land of Ishmael; and his name was Lamoni; and he was a descendant of "^Ishmael. 22. And the king inquired of Ammon if it were his desire to dwell in the land among the La- manites, or among his people. 23. And Ammon said unto him: Yea, I desire to dwell among this people for a time; yea, and perhaps until the day I die. 24. And it came to pass that king Lamoni was much pleased with Ammon, and caused that his ^"bands should be loosed; and he would that Ammon should take one of his daughters to wife. 25. But Ammon said unto him: Nay, but I will be thy servant. Therefore Ammon became a serv- ant to king Lamoni. And it came to pass that he was set among other servants to watch the flocks of Lamoni, according to the custom of the Lamanites. 26. And after he had been in the service of the king three days, as he was with the Lamanitish servants going forth with their flocks to the place of water, which was called the ^''water of Sebus,and all the Lamanites drive their flocks hither, that they may have water — 27. Therefore, as Ammon and the servants of the king were driving forth their flocks to this place of water, behold, a certain number of the Lamanites, who had been with their flocks to water, stood and scattered the flocks of Ammon and the servants of the king, and they ^''scattered them insomuch that they fled many ways. 28. Now the servants of the king began to murmur, saying: Now the king will slay us, as he ^''has our brethren because their flocks were scattered by the wick- edness of these men. And they began to weep exceedingly, say- ing: Behold, our flocks are scat- tered already. 29. Now they wept because of the fear of being slain. Now when Ammon saw this his heart was swollen within him with joy; for, said he, I will show forth my power unto these my fellow- servants, or the power which is in me, in restoring these flocks unto the king, that I may win the hearts of these my fellow- servants, that I may liead them to believe in my words. 30. And now, these were the though,ts of Ammon, when he saw the afflictions of those whom he termed to be his brethren. 31. And it came to pass that he flattered them by his words, say- ing: My brethren, be of good cheer and let us go in search of the flocks, and we will ^^gather them together and bring them back unto the place of water; and thus we will preserve the flocks unto the king and he will not slay us. 32. And it came to pass that they went in search of the flocks, and they did follow Ammon, and they rushed forth with much swiftness and did head the flocks of the king, and did gather them together again to the place of water. 33. And those -^men again y/ see 10. z, see c, 1 Ne. 7. 2a, ver. 20. 2h, ver. 34. Al. 18:7. 19:20, 21. 2c, vers. 29, 31— 33, 35. 39. Al. 18 :3. 19:20,21. 2d, Al. 18 :4 — 7. 19:20. 2e, ver. 32. 2/, vers. 27, 35. About B. C. 90. 240 ALMA, 18. stood to scatter their flocks; but Ammon said unto his brethren: Encircle the flocks round about that they flee not; and I go and contend with these men who do scatter our flocks. 34. Therefore, they did as Am- mon commanded them, and he went forth and stood to contend with those who stood by the -''waters of Sebus; and they were in number not a few. 35. Therefore they did not fear Ammon, for they supposed that one of their men could slay him according to their pleasure, for they knew not that the Lord had promised Mosiah that he would ^Meliver his sons out of their hands; neither did they know anything concerning the Lord; therefore they delighted in the destruction of their brethren; and for this cause -'they stood to scat- ter the flocks of the king. 3 6. But Ammon stood forth and began to cast stones at them with his sling; yea, with mighty power he did sling stones amongst them; and thus he slew a -■'cer- tain number of them insomuch that they began to be astonished at his power; nevertheless they were angry because of the slain of their brethren, and they were determined that he should fall; therefore, seeing that they could not hit him with their stones, they came forth with clubs to slay him. 3 7. But behold, every man that lifted his club to smite Ammon, he smote off -Hheir arms w^ith his sword; for he did withstand their blows by smiting their arms with the edge of his sword, insomuch that they began to be astonished, and began to flee before him; yea. and they were not few in num- ber; and he caused them to flee by the strength of his arm. 3 8. Now six of them had fallen by the sling, but he slew none save it were their leader with his sword; and he smote off as many of their arms as were lifted against him, and they ^'were not a few. 3 9. And when he had driven them afar off, he returned and they watered their flocks and re- turned them to the pasture of the king, and then went in unto the king, -'"bearing the arms which had been smitten off by the sword of Ammon, of those who sought to slay him; and they were carried in unto the king for a testimony of the things which they had done. CHAPTER 18. King Lamoni mistakes Ammon for the Great Spirit — He is taught con- cerning the true God — Is overcome by tlie Spirit of the Lord. 1. And it came to pass that king Lamoni caused that his serv- ants should stand forth and tes- tify °to all the things which they had seen concerning the matter. 2. And when they had all tes- tified to the things which they had seen, and he had learned of the faithfulness of Ammon in pre- serving his flocks, and also of his great power in contending against those who sought to slay him, he was astonished exceedingly, and said: Surely, this is more than a man. Behold, is not this the ^Great Spirit who doth send such great punishments upon this peo- ple, because of their murders? 3. And they answered the king, and said: Whether he be the 2g, see 21). 2h, Mos. 2S :T. Al. 19:23. 2i, vers. 27. 33. 2j, vor. 3S. Al. 1S:16, 20, 2k, vers. 38. 39. Al. 18:10. 20. 21, vers. 34. 38. 2m, vers. 37. 38. Al. 18:16, 20. Chap. 18: a, Al. 17:31 — 38. b, vers. 3 — 5. 11. IS. 20— 2S. Al. 22:0 — 11. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 18. 241 Great Spirit or a man, we know not; but this much we do know, that he "^cannot be slain by the enemies of the king; neither can they scatter the king's flocks when he is with us, because of his expertness and great strength; therefore, we know that he is a friend to the king. And now, O king, we do not believe that a man has such great power, for we know he cannot be slain. 4. And now, when the king heard these words, he said unto them: Now I know that it is the ''Great Spirit; and he has come down at this time to preserve your lives, that I might not slay you ^as I did your brethren. Now this is the Great Spirit of whom our fathers have spoken. 5. Now this was the tradition of Lamoni, which he had received from his father, that there was a Great Spirit. Notwithstanding they believed in a ''Great Spirit, they supposed that whatsoever they did was right; nevertheless, Lamoni began to fear exceed- ingly, with fear lest he had done wrong in slaying his servants; 6. For he had slain ''many of them because their brethren had scattered their flocks at the place of water; and thus, because they had had their flocks scattered they were slain. 7. Now it was the practice of the Lamanites to stand by the ''waters of Sebus to scatter the flocks of the people, that thereby they might drive away many that were scattered unto their own land, it being a practice of plun- der among them. 8. And it came to pass that king Lamoni inquired of his serv- ants, saying: Where is this man that has such great power? 9. And they said unto him: Behold, he is feeding thy ^horses. Now the king had commanded his servants, previous to the time of the watering of their flocks, that they should prepare his horses and chariots, and conduct him forth to the •'land of Nephi; for there had been a ''great feast ap- pointed at the land of Nephi, by the father of Lamoni, who was king over all the land. 10. Now when king Lamoni heard that Ammon was preparing his horses and his 'chariots he was more astonished, because of the faithfulness of Ammon, say- ing: Surely there has not been any servant among all my serv- ants that has been so faithful as this man; for even he doth re- member ""all my commandments to execute them. 11. Now I surely know that this is the "Great Spirit, and I would desire him that he come in unto me, but I durst not. 12. And it came to pass that when Ammon had made ready the "horses and the ^chariots for the king and his servants, he went in unto the king, and he saw that the countenance of the king was changed; therefore he was about to return out of his presence. 13. And one of the king's serv- ants said unto him, Rabbanah, which is, being interpreted, pow- erful or great king, considering their kings to be powerful; and thus he said unto him: Rabbanah, the king desireth thee to stay. 14. Therefore Ammon turned himself unto the king, and said c, Al. 17:34—38, d, see 6. e, vers. 5, G. Al. 17:28, 31. /, see b. g, see e. h, see 2h, Al. 17. i, ver. 10. See m, 1 Ne. 18. j, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. k, Al, 20:9, 12. I, vers. 9, 12. Al. 20 :G. 3 Ne. 3:22. m, ver. 9. n, see h. o, see m, 1 Ne. 18. p, see I. About B. C. 90. 242 ALMA, 18. unto him: What wilt thou that I should do for thee, O king? And the king answered him not for the space of an 'hour, accord- ing to their time, for he knew not what he should say unto him. 15. And it came to pass that Ammon said unto him again: What desirest thou of me? But the king answered him not. 16. And it came to pass that Ammon, being filled with the Spirit of God, therefore he per- ceived the thoughts of the king. And he said unto him: Is it because thou hast heard that I "^defended thy servants and thy flocks, and slew seven of their brethren with the sling and with the sword, and smote off the arms of others, in order to defend thy flocks and thy servants; be- hold, is it this that causeth thy marvelings? 17. I say unto you, what is it, that thy marvelings are so great? Behold, I am a man, and am thy servant; therefore, whatsoever thou desirest which is right, that will I do. 18. Now when the king had heard these words, he marveled again, for he beheld that Ammon could discern his thoughts; but notwithstanding this, king La- moni did open his mouth, and said unto him: Who art thou? Art thou that *Great Spirit, who knows all things? 19. Ammon answered and said unto him: I am not. 20. And the king said: How knowest thou the thoughts of my heart? Thou mayest speak boldly, and tell me concerning these things; and also tell me by 'what power ye slew and smote off the arms of my brethren that scattered my flocks — 21. And now, if thou wilt tell me concerning these things, what- soever thou desirest I will give unto thee; and if it were needed, I would guard thee with my armies; but I know that thou art more powerful than all they; nevertheless, whatsoever thou de- sirest of me I will grant it unto thee. 22. Now Ammon being wise, yet harmless, he said unto La- moni: Wilt thou hearken unto my words, if I tell thee by what power I do these things? And this is the thing that I desire of thee. 23. And the king answered him, and said: Yea, I will believe all thy words. And thus he was caught with guile. 24. And Ammon began to speak unto him with boldness, and said unto him: Believest thou that there is a God? 25. And he answered, and said unto him: I do not know what that meaneth. 26. And then Ammon said: Believest thou that there is a Great Spirit? 27. And he said, Yea. 28. And Ammon said: This is God. And Ammon said unto him again: Believest thou that this Great Spirit, who is God, created all things which are in heaven and in the earth? 29. And he said: Yea, I be- lieve that he created all things which are in the earth; but I do not know the heavens. 30. And Ammon said unto him: The heavens is a place where God dwells and all his holy angels. 31. And king Lamoni said: Is it above the earth? 32. And Ammon said: Yea, and he looketh down upon all the children of men; and he knows all the thoughts and intents of q, 3 Ne. 8:19. r, Al. 17:31—38. s, see 6. t, Al. 17:31—38. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 19. 243 the heart; for by his hand were they all created from the begin- ning. 33. And .king Lamoni said: I believe all these things which thou hast spoken. Art thou sent from God? 34. Ammon said unto him: I am a man; and man in the "begin- ning was created after the image of God, and I am called by his Holy Spirit to teach these things unto this people, that they may be brought to a knowledge of that which is just and true; 35. And a portion of that Spirit dwelleth in me, which giveth me knowledge, and also power ac- cording to my faith and desires which are in God. 3 6 . Now when Ammon had said these words, he began at the crea- tion of the world, and also the "creation of Adam, and told him all the things concerning the fall of man, and rehearsed and laid before him the "'records and the holy scriptures of the people, which had been spoken by the prophets, even down to the time that their father, Lehi, left Jeru- salem. 37. And he also rehearsed unto them (for it was unto the king and to his servants) all the ^jour- neying's of their fathers in the wilderness, and all their suffer- ings with hunger and thirst, and their travel, and so forth. 38. And he also rehearsed unto them concerning the rebellions of Laman and Lemuel, and the sons of Ishmael, yea, all their rebel- lions did he relate unto them; and he expounded unto them all the ^'records and scriptures from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem down to the present time. 39. But this is not all; for he expounded unto them the plan of redemption, which was pre- pared *from the foundation of the world; and he also made known unto them concerning the coming of Christ, and all the works of the Lord did he make known unto them. 40. And it came to pass that after he had said all these things, and expounded them to the king, that the king ^^believed all his words. 41. And he began to cry unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, have mercy; according to thy abundant mercy which thou hast had upon the people of Nephi, have upon me, and my people. 42. And now, when he had said this, he fell unto the earth, ^^as if he were dead. 43. And it came to pass that his ^''servants took him and car- ried him in unto his wife, and laid him upon a bed; and he lay as if he were dead for the "''space of two days and two nights; and his wife, and his sons, and his daughters mourned over him, after the manner of the Laman- ites, greatly lamenting his loss. CHAPTER 19. A wonderful conversion — Ahish the Lamanite woman — Lamanite king and queen espouse the faith — Ammon es- tablishes the church in Ishmael. 1. And it came to pass that "after two days and two nights they were about to take his body and lay it in a sepulchre, which they had made for the purpose of burying their dead. 2. Now the queen having heard of the fame of Ammon, therefore u, ver. 32. Mos. 7:27. Eth. 3:13 — 16. v, ver. 34. See m, Mos. 2. w, see a, 1 Ne. 3. AI. 63:12. x, see First Book of Nephi. y, 1 Ne. 9:2. z, see d, Mos. 4. 2a, ver. 23. 26, ver. 43. Al. 1!> :1, 5—12. 2c, Al. 19 :4, 9. 2d, Al. 19 :1, 5. gHAP. 19 : a, ver. 5. Al. 18 :43. About B. C 90, 244 she sent and desired that should come in unto her. 3. And it came to pass that Ammon did as he was com- manded, and went in unto the queen, and desired to know what she would that he should do. 4. And she said unto him: The "servants of my husband have made it known unto me that thou art a prophet of a holy God, and that thou hast power to do many mighty works in his name; 5. Therefore, if this is the case, I would that ye should go in and see my husband, for he has been laid upon his bed for the ''space of two days and two nights; and some say that he is not dead, but others say that he is dead and that he stinketh, and that he ought to be placed in the ''sepul- chre; but as for myself, to me he doth not stink. 6. Now, this was what Ammon desired, for he knew that king Lamoni was under the power of God; he knew that the dark veil of unbelief was being cast away from his mind, and the light which did light up his mind, which was the light of the glory of God, which was a marvelous light of his goodness — yea, this light had infused such joy into his soul, the cloud of darkness having been dispelled, and that the light of everlasting life was lit up in his soul, yea, he knew that this had ^overcome his nat- ural frame, and he was carried away in God — 7. Therefore, what the queen desired of him was his only de- sire. Therefore, he went in to see the king according as the queen had desired him; and he saw the king, and he knew that he was not dead. ALMA, 19 he 8. And he said unto the queen: He is not dead, but he sleepeth in God, and on the morrow he 'shall rise again; therefore bury him not. 9. And Ammon said unto her: Believest thou this? And she said unto him: I have had no witness save thy word, and the word of our servants; neverthe- less I believe that it shall be ac- cording as thou hast said. 10. And Ammon said unto her: Blessed art thou because of thy exceeding faith; I say unto thee, woman, there has not been such great faith among all the people of the Nepbites. 11. And it came to pass that she watched over the bed of her husband, from that time even until that time on the morrow which Ammon had appointed that he should rise. 12. And it came to pass that he arose, ^according to the words of Ammon; and as he arose, he stretched forth his hand unto the woman, and said: Blessed be the name of God, and blessed art thou. 13. For as sure as thou livest, behold, I have seen my Re- deemer; and he shall come forth, and be born of a "woman, and he shall redeem all mankind who be- lieve on his name. Now, when he had said these words, his heart was swollen within him, and he sunk again with joy; and the queen also sunk down, being overpowered by the Spirit. 14. Now Ammon seeing the Spirit of the Lord poured out ac- cording to his prayers upon the Lamanites, his brethren, who had been the cause of so much mourn- ing among the Nephites, or among all the people of God because of 6, ver. 9. Al. 18:43. c, ver. 1. Al. 18:43. d, vcr. 1. e, Al. 18:42. f, vers. 11, 12. g, ver. 8. h, see d, 1 Ne. 11. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 19. 24S their iniquities and their tradi- tions, he fell upon his knees, and began to pour out his soul in prayer and thanksgiving to God for what he had done for his brethren; and he was also over- powered with joy; and thus they all three had sunk to the earth. 15. Now, when the servants of the king had seen that they had fallen, they also began to cry unto God, for the fear of the Lord had come upon them also, for it was Hhey who had stood before the king and testified unto him concerning the great power of Ammou. 16. And it came to pass that they did call on the name of the Lord, in their might, even until they had all fallen to the earth, save it were ^one of the La- manitish women, whose name was Abish, she having been converted unto the Lord for many years, on. account of a remarkable vision of her father — 17. Thus, having been con- verted to the Lord, and never hav- ing made it known, therefore, when she saw that all the serv- ants of Lamoni had fallen to the earth, and also her mistress, the queen, and the king, and Ammon lay prostrate upon the earth, she knew that it was the power of God; and supposing that this op- portunity, by making known unto the people what had happened among them, that by beholding this scene it would cause them to believe in the power of God, therefore she ran forth from house to house, making it known unto the people. 18. And they began to assem- ble themselves together unto the house of the king. And there came a multitude, and to their astonishment, they beheld the king, and the queen, and their servants prostrate upon the earth, and they all lay there as though they were dead; and they also saw Ammon, and behold, he was a Nephite. 19. And now the people began to murmur among themselves; some saying that it was a great evil that had come upon them, or upon the king and his house, because he had suffered that the Nephite should '^remain in the land. 20. But others rebuked them, saying: The king hath brought this evil upon his house, because he 'slew his servants who had had their flocks scattered at the ""waters of Sebus. 21. And they were also re- buked by those men who had stood at the waters of Sebus and scattered the flocks which be- longed to the king, for "they were angry with Ammon because of the number which he had slain of their brethren at the v/aters of Sebus, while defending the flocks of the king. 22. Now, one of them, whose brother had been slain with the "sword of Ammon, being exceed- ing angry with Ammon, drew his sword and went forth that he might let it fall upon Ammon, to slay him; and as he lifted the sword to smite him, behold, he fell dead. 23. Now we see that Ammon could not be slain, for the Lord had said unto Mosiah, ^his father: I will spare him, and it shall be unto him according to thy faith — therefore, Mosiah trusted him unto the Lord. i, Al. 18:1, 2. ; vers. 17, 28, 29. fc, Al, 17:22, 23. :, see 2a, Al. 17. m, see 2&, Al. 17. n, Al. 17:27. 18:7. o, Al. 17:38. p, Mos. 28:7. Al. 17:35. About B. C. 90. 246 ALMA, 19. 24. And it came to pass that when the multitude beheld that the man had 'fallen dead, who lifted the sword to slay Ammon, fear came upon them all, and they durst not put forth their hands to touch him or any of those who had fallen; and they began to marvel again among themselves what could be the c^use of this great power, or what all these things could mean. 25. And it came to pass that there were many among them who said that Ammon was the •■Great Spirit, and others said he was sent by the Great Spirit; 26. But others rebuked them all, saying that he was a monster, who had been sent from the Ne- phites to torment them. 27. And there were some who said that Ammon was sent by the Great Spirit to afflict them be- cause of their iniquities; and that it was the Great Spirit that had always attended the Nephites, who had ever delivered them out of their hands; and they said that it was this Great Spirit who had destroyed so many of their brethren, the Lamanites. 28. And thus the contention began to be exceeding sharp among them. And while they were thus contending, the *woman servant who had caused the mul- titude to be gathered together came, and when she saw the con- tention which was among the multitude she was exceeding sor- rowful, even unto tears. 29. And it came to pass that she went and took the queen by the hand, that perhaps she might raise her from the ground; and as soon as she touched her hand she arose and stood upon her feet, and cried with a loud voice,. saying: O blessed Jesus, who has saved me from an 'awful hell! O blessed God, have mercy on this people! 3 0. And when she had said this, she clasped her hands, being filled with joy, speaking many words which were not under- stood; and when she had done this, she took the king, Lamoni, by the hand, and behold he arose and stood upon his feet. 31. And he, immediately, seeing the contention among his people, went forth and began to rebuke them, and to teach them the "words which he had heard from the mouth of Ammon; and as many as heard his words believed, and were converted unto the Lord. 32. Butthere were many among them who would not hear his words; therefore they went their way. 33. And it came to pass that when Ammon arose he also ad- ministered unto them, and also did all the servants of Lamoni; and they did all declare unto the people the selfsame thing — that their hearts had been changed; that they had no more desire to do evil. 34. And behold, many did de- clare unto the people that they had seen angels and had con- versed with them; and thus they had told them things of God, and of his righteousness. 35. And it came to pass that there were many that did believe in their words; and as many as did believe were ^baptized; and they became a righteous people, and they did establish a church among them. 3 6. And thus the work of the Lord did commence among the Lamanites; thus the Lord did q, ver. 22, r, see 6, Al. 18. s, vers. 16, 17, 29. t, see k, 1 Ne. 15. u, Al. 18 :36 — 39. V, see u, 2 Ne. 9. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 20. 247 begin to pour out his Spirit upon them; and we see that his arm is extended to all people who will repent and believe on his name. CHAPTER 20. Amnion and king Lamoni journey to Middoni — They meet Laynoni's fa- ther who is king over all the land — Hostile at first, he relents, and grants great favors. 1. And it came to pass that when they had established a church in that land, that king Lamoni desired that Ammon should go with him to the "land of Nephi, that he might show him unto his father. 2. And the voice of the Lord came to Ammon, saying: Thou Shalt not go up to the Jand of Nephi, for behold, the king will seek thy life; but thou shalt go to the 4and of Middoni; for be- hold, thy brother Aaron, and also Muloki and Ammah ''are in prison. 3. Now it came to pass that when Ammon had heard this, he said unto Lamoni: Behold, my brother and brethren ''are in prison at Middoni, and I ga that I may deliver them. 4. Now Lamoni said unto Am- mon: I know, in the strength of the Lord thou canst do all tnings. But behold, I will go with thee to the *land of Middoni; for the king of the land of Middoni, whose name is Antiomno, is a friend unto me; therefore I go to the land of Middoni, that I may flat- ter the king of the land, and he will cast thy brethren out of 'prison. Now Lamoni said unto him: Who told thee that thy brethren were in prison? 5. And Ammon said unto him: No one hath told me, save it be God; and he said unto me — ^Go and deliver thy brethren, for they are in prison in the land of Mid- doni. 6. Now when Lamoni had heard this he caused that his servants should make ready "his horses and his ^chariots. 7. And he said unto Ammon: Come, I will go with thee down to the ^land of Middoni, and there I will plead with the king that he will cast thy brethren out of prison. 8. And it came to pass that as Ammon and Lamoni were jour- neying thither, they met the father of Lamoni, who was king ''over all the land. 9. And behold, the father of Lamoni said unto him: Why did ye not come to the 'feast on that great day when I made a feast unto my sons, and unto my peo- ple; 10. And he also said: Whither art thou going with this Nephite, who is one of the children of a liar? 11. And it came to pass that Lamoni rehearsed unto him whither he was going, for he feared to offend him, 12. And he also told him all the cause of his tarrying in his own kingdom, that he did not go unto his father to the *"feast which he had prepared. 13. And now when Lamoni had rehearsed unto him all these things, behold, to his astonish- ment, his father was angry with him, and said: Lamoni, thou art going to "deliver these Nephites, who are sons of a liar. Behold, he a, see ft, 2 Ne. 5. &, vers. 3 — 7, 14, 15, 28, 30. Al. 21:12, 13, 18. 22:1, 3. 23:10. c, vers. 3—7, 13. 15. 22, 24, 26—30. Al. 21:13—15. 22:2. d, see c. e. Bee 6. /, see c. g, ver. 2. h, see m, 1 Ne. 18. i, see I, Al. 18. /, see 6. k, Al. 22 :1. I, see fc, Al. 18. m, see k, Al. 18. n, vers. 4, 7. About B. C. 90. 248 ALMA, 20. robbed our fathers; and now his children are also come amongst us that "they may, by their cun- ning and their lyings, deceive us, that they again may rob us of our property. 14. Now the father of Lamoni commanded him that he should slay Amnion with the sword. And he also commanded him that he should not go to the ''land of Middoni, but that he should re- turn with him to the «land of Ishmael. 15. But Lamoni said unto him: I will not slay Ammon, neither will I return to the land of Ish- mael, but I go to the land of Mid- doni that I may '^release the brethren of Ammon, for I know that they are just men and holy prophets of the true God. 16. Now when his father had heard these words, he was angry with him, and he drew his sword that he might smite him to the earth. 17. But Ammon stood forth and said unto him: Behold, thou Shalt not slay thy son; neverthe- less, it were better that he should fall than thee, for behold, he has repented of his sins; but if thou shouldst fall at this time, in thine anger, thy soul could not be saved. 18. And again, it is expedient that thou shouldst forbear; for if thou shouldst slay thy son, he being an innocent man, his blood would cry from the ground to the Lord his God, for vengeance to come upon thee; and perhaps thou wouldst lose thy soul. 19. Now when Ammon had said these words unto him, he answered him, saying: I know that if I should slay my son, that I should shed innocent blood; for it is thou that hast sought to destroy him. 20. And he stretched forth his hand to slay Ammon. But Am- mon withstood his blows, and also smote his arm that he could not use it. 21. Now when the king saw that Ammon could slay him, he began to plead with Ammon that he would spare his life. 22. But Ammon raised his sword, and said unto him: Be- hold, I will smite thee except thou wilt grant unto me that my breth- ren may be 'cast out of prison. 23. Now the king, fearing he should lose his life, said: If thou wilt spare me I will grant unto thee whatsoever thou wilt ask, even to half of the kingdom. 24. Now when Ammon saw that he had wrought upon the old king according to his desire, he said unto him: If thou wilt grant that my brethren may be 'cast out of prison, and also that La- moni may retain his kingdom, and that ye be not displeased with him, but grant that he may do according to his own desires in "whatsoever thing he thinketh, then will I spare thee; otherwise I will smite thee to the earth. 25. Now when Ammon had said these words, the king began to rejoice because of his life. 26. And when he saw that Am- mon had no desire to destroy him, and when he also saw the great love he had for his son Lamoni, he was astonished exceedingly, and said: Because this is all that thou hast desired, that I would ^'release thy brethren, and suffer that my son Lamoni should retain his kingdom, behold, I will grant unto you that my son may retain his kingdom from this time and 0, see n, Jac. 7. p, see 6. q, see \o, Al. 17. r, see n. s, vers. 24, 26. 27. t, see s. «, ver. 26. Al. 21:21, 22. 22:1. v, ver. 27. Al. 22:2. About B. C. 90. ALMA, 21. 249 forever; and I will govern him •"no more — 27. And I will also grant unto thee that thy brethren 'may be cast out of prison, and thou and thy brethren may come unto me, in my kingdom; for I shall greatly desire to see thee. For the king was greatly astonished at the words which he had spoken, and also at the words which had been spoken by his son Lamoni, there- fore he was desirous to learn them. 28. And it came to pass that Ammon and Lamoni proceeded on their journey towards the "land of Middoni. And Lamoni found fa- vor in the eyes of the king of the land; therefore the brethren of Ammon were ^brought forth out of prison. 29. And when Ammon did meet them he was exceeding sorrowful, for behold they were naked, and their skins were worn exceed- ingly because of being bound with ^"strong cords. And they also had ^''suffered hunger, thirst, and all kinds of afflictions; nevertheless they were patient in all their suf- ferings. 30. And, as it happened, it was their lot to have fallen into the hands of a more hardened and a more stiff necked people; there- fore they would not hearken unto their words, and they had cast them out, and had smitten them, and had driven them from house to house, and from place to place, even until they had arrived in the ^''land of Middoni; and there they were taken and cast into prison, and bound with ^''strong cords, and kept in prison for many days, and were delivered by Lamoni and Ammon. An account of the preaching of Aaron, and MuloJci, and their breth- ren, to the Lamanites. Comprising chapters 21 to 26 inclusive. CHAPTER 21. Rejected by the Amalekites, Aaron and Muloki gn to Middoni — They are imprisoned — -Their release and mis- sionary labors — Ammon's further suc- cess — Synagogues built. 1. Now when Ammon an,d his brethren "separated themselves in the borders of the land of the Lamanites, behold Aaron took his journey towards the land which was called by the Lamanites, "Jerusalem, calling it after the land of their fathers' nativity; and it was away joining the '^bor- ders of Mormon. 2. Now the Lamanites and the Amalekites and the "people of Amnion had built a great city, which was called "Jerusalem. 3. Now the Lamanites of them- selves were sufficiently hardened, but the Amalekites and the 'Amu- lonites were still harder; there- fore they did cause the Lamanites that they should harden their hearts, that they should wax strong in wickedness and their abominations. 4. And it came to pass that Aaron came to the city of ''Jeru- salem, and first began to preach to the Amalekites. And he began to preach to them in their ''syna- gogues, for they had built syna- gogues after the *order of the Nehors; for many of the Amale- kites and the Amulonites were after the order of the Nehors. 5. Therefore, as Aaron entered into one of their ^synagogues to preach unto the people, and a-s he w, Al. 21:21, 22. 22:1. x, ver. 20. y, see 6. z, vers. 4, 7. 2a, ver. 30. 2b, Al. 21:14. 2c, see b. 2d. ver. 29. Chap. 21: a, Al. 17:13. &, vers. 2, 4. Al. 24:1. 3 Ne. 9:7. c, see b, Mos. 18. d, see u, IVIos. 23. e, vers. 1, 4. /, see u, Mos. 23. g. vers. 1, 2. h. see «, Al. 16. i, Al. 1 :2 — 15. ;, see u, Al. 16. About B. C. 90. 250 ALMA, 21. was speaking unto them, behold there arose an Amalekite and be- gan to contend with him, saying: What is that thou hast testified? Hast thou ''seen an angel? Why do not angels appear unto us? Behold are not this people as good as thy people? 6. Thou also sayest, except we repent we shall perish. How knowest thou the thought and in- tent of our hearts? How knowest thou that we have cause to re- pent? How knowest thou that we are not a righteous people? Be- hold, we have built 'sanctuaries, and we do assemble ourselves together to worship God. We do believe that God will save ""all men. 7. Now Aaron said unto him: Believest thou that the Son of God shall come to redeem man- kind from their sins? 8. And the man said unto him: We do not believe that thou knowest any such thing. We do not believe in these foolish tradi- tions. We do not believe that thou knowest of things to come, neither do we believe that thy fathers and also that our fathers did know concerning the things which they spake, of that which is to come. 9. Now Aaron began to open the scriptures unto them concern- ing the coming of Christ, and also concerning the "resurrection of the dead, and that there could be no redemption for mankind save it were through the death and suf- ferings of Christ, and the "atone- ment of his blood. 10. And it came to pass as he began to expound these things unto them they were angry with him, and began to mock him; and they would not hear the words which he spake. 11. Therefore, when he saw that they would not hear his words, he departed out of their ''synagogue, and came over to a village which was called Ani- Anti, and there he 'found Muloki preaching the word unto them; and also Ammah and his breth- ren. And they contended with many about the word. 12. And it came to pass that they saw that the people would harden their hearts, therefore they departed and came over into the ""land of Middoni. And they did preach the word unto many, and few believed on the words which they taught. 13. Nevertheless, Aaron and a certain number of his brethren "were taken and cast into prison, and the remainder of them fled out of the land of Middoni unto the regions round about. 14. And those who were cast into prison suffered many things, and they were delivered by the hand of Lamoni and Ammon, and they were fed and clothed. 15. And they went forth again to declare the word, and thus they were delivered for the first time out of prison; and thus they had suffered. 16. And they went forth whith- ersoever they were led by the Spirit of the Lord, preaching the word of God in every 'synagogue of the Amalekites, or in every as- sembly of the Lamanites where they could be admitted. 17. And it came to pass that the Lord began to bless them, in- somuch that they brought many to the knowledge of the truth; yea, they did convince many of k, Mos. 27:10—16, 34. I, see t, Al. 15. m. Al. 1:4. 15:15. n, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 0, see /, 2 Ne. 2. p, see u, Al. 16. q, vers. 13. 14. Al. 20:2. 3, 28—30. r, see 6, Al. 20. «, vers. 14, 15. Al. 20:26 — 30. t. see u, Al. 16. Betwekn B. C. 90 AND 77. ALMA, 22. 251 their sins, and of the traditions of their fathers, which were "not correct. 18. And it came to pass that Ammon and Lamoni returned from the •'land of Middoni to the "•land of Ishmael, which was the land of their inheritance. 19. And king Lamoni would *not suffer that Ammon should serve him, or be his servant. 20. But he caused that there should be ''synagogues built in the land of Ishmael; and he caused that his people, or the people who were under his reign, should as- semble themselves together. 21. And he did rejoice over them, and he did teach them many things. And he did also de- clare unto them that they were a people who were under him, and that they were a free people, that they were 'free from the oppres- sions of the king, his father; for that his father had granted unto him that he might reign over the people who were in the land of Ishmael, and in all the land round about. 22. And he also declared unto them that they might have the liberty of worshiping the Lord their God according to their de- sires, in whatsoever piace they were in, if it were in the land which was under the reign of king Lamoni. 23. And Ammon did preach unto the people of king Lamoni; and it came to pass that he did teach them all things concerning things pertaining to righteous- ness. And he did exhort them daily, with all diligence; and they gave heed unto his word, and they were zealous for keeping the com- mandments of God. CHAPTER 22. Aaron in the land of Nephi — The king and all his household converted — Country divided between Nephites and Lamanites. 1. Now, as Ammon was thus teaching the people of Lamoni continually, we will return to the account of Aaron and his breth- ren; for after he departed from the "land of Middoni he was led by the Spirit to the ''land of Nephi, even to the house of the king which was ''over all the land save it were the ''land of Ishmael; and he was the ^father of Lamoni. 2. And it came to pass that he went in unto him into the king's palace, with his brethren, and bowed himself before the king, and said unto him: Behold, O king, we are the brethren of Am- mon, whom thou hast 'delivered out of prison. 3. And now, O king, if thou wilt spare our lives, we will be thy servants. And the king said unto them: Arise, for I will grant unto you your lives, and I will not suffer that ye shall be my ser- vants; but I will insist that ye shall administer unto me; for I have been somewhat troubled in mind because of the "generosity and the greatness of the words of thy brother Ammon; and I desire to know the cause why he has not come up out of '^Middoni with thee. 4. And Aaron said unto the king: Behold, the Spirit of the Lord has called him another way; he has gone to the *land of Ish- mael, to teach the people of La- moni. 5. Now the king said unto them: What is this that ye have said concerning the ^Spirit of the «, see n, Jac. 7. v, see h, Al. 20. w, see w, Al. 17, 'deliv- ered me from prison, and from bonds, and from death; yea, and I do put my trust in him, and he will still deliver me. 28. And I know that he will Taise me up at the last day, to dwell with him in glory; yea, and I will praise him for-ever, for he 0, ver. 10. Mos. 27:19 — 23. p, see /, 2 Ne. 2. q, see p, 2 Ne. 28. r, 1 Ne. 1:8. s, Mos. 27:23. t, see c, Mos, 5. v, vers. 20 — 22. v, see c, Mos. 5. w, 1 f«Je. i0:17 — 19. 2 Ne. 31:13, 14, 17, 18. 32:2, 5. Al. 31 :3G. 34:38. He. 5:45. 3 Ne. 9:20. 11:35, 36. 12:1. 2. 18:37. 19:13, 14, Chap. 30. 4 Ne. 1. x, see c, Mos. 5. y, Al. 14 :26 — 29. z, see p, Mos, 23. About B. C. 73 288 ALMA, 37. has brought our fathers out of Egypt, and he has swallowed up the Egyptians in the Red Sea; and he led them by his power into the promised land; yea, and he has delivered them out of bond- age and captivity from time to time. 29. Yea, and he has also brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem; and he has also, by his everlasting power, de- livered them out of bondage and captivity, from time to time even down to the present day; and I have always retained in remem- brance their captivity; yea, and ye also ought to retain in remem- brance, as I have done, their cap- tivity. 30. But behold, my son, this is not all; for ye ought to know as I do know, that -"inasmuch as ye shall keep the commandments of God ye shall prosper in the land; and ye ought to know also, that inasmuch as ye will not keep the commandments of God ye shall be cut off from his presence. Now this is according to his word. CHAPTER 37. Helaman entrusted with the records and other sacred relics — Gazelem — The Liahona a type of the word of Christ. 1. And now, my son Helaman, I command you that ye take the records which have been "en- trusted with me; 2. And I also command you that ye keep a record of this peo- ple, according as I have done, upon the ^plates of Nephi, and keep all these things sacred which I have kept, even as I have kept them; for it is for a 'wise pur- pose that they are kept. 3. And thes6 plates of ''brass, which contain these engravings, which have the records of the holy scriptures upon them, which have the ^genealogy of our forefathers, even from the beginning — 4. Behold, it has been proph- esied by our fathers, that they should be kept and 'handed down from one generation to another, and be kept and preserved by the hand of the Lord until they should go forth unto every nation, kin- dred, tongue, and people, that they shall know of the mysteries contained thereon. 5. And now behold, if they are kept they must retain their "brightness; yea, and they will retain their brightness; yea, and also shall all the plates which do contain that which is holy writ. 6. Now ye may suppose that this is foolishness in me; but be- hold I say unto you, that by small and simple things are great things brought to pass; and small means in many instances doth confound the wise. 7. And the Lord God doth work by means to bring about his great and eternal purposes ; and by '•very small means the Lord doth con- found the wise and bringeth about the salvation of many souls. 8. And now, it has hitherto been wisdom in God that these things should be preserved; for behold, they have ^enlarged the memory of this people, yea, and convinced many of the error of their ways, and brought them to the knowl- edge of their God unto the salva- tion of their souls. 9. Yea, I say unto you, were it not for these things that these records do contain, which are on these plates, Ammon and his 2a, see h, 2 Ne. 1. Chap. 37 : a, Mos. 28 :20. 6, see /, 1 Ne. 1. c, vers. 12, 14, 18. Enos 13 — 18. W. of Morm. 6 — 11. d, see a, 1 Ne. 3. e, see d, 1 Ne. 5. /, 1 Ne. 5:16 — 19. g, 1 Ne. 5:19. h, D. & C. 64:33. i, Mos. 1:3—5. About B. C. 73. ALMA, 37. 289 brethren 'could not have con- vinced so many thousands of the Lamanites of the incorrect tradi- tion of their fathers; yea, these records and their words brought them unto repentance; that is, they brought them to the knowl- edge of the Lord their God, and to rejoice in Jesus Christ their Redeemer. 10. And who knoweth but what they will be the means of bring- ing many thousands of them, yea, and also many thousands of our stiffnecked brethren, the Nephites, who are now hardening their hearts in sin and iniquities, to the knowledge of their Redeemer? 11. Now these mysteries are not yet fully made known unto me; therefore I shall forbear. 12. And it may suffice if I only say they are preserved for a ''wise purpose, which purpose is known unto God; for he doth counsel in wisdom over all his works, and his paths 'are straight, and his course is "*one eternal round. 13. O remember, remember, my son Helaman, how strict are the commandments of God. And he said: "If ye will keep my com- mandments ye shall prosper in the land — but if ye keep not his commandments ye shall be cut off from his presence. 14. And now remember, my son, that God has entrusted you with these things, which are sa- cred, which he has kept sacred, and also which he will keep and "preserve for a wise purpose in him, that he may show forth his power unto future generations. 15. And now behold, I tell you by the spirit of prophecy, that if ye transgress the commandments of God, behold, these things which are sacred shall be taken away from you by the power of God, and ye shall be delivered up unto Satan, that he may sift you as chaff before the wind. 16. But if ye keep the com- mandments of God, and do with these things which are sacred ac- cording to that which the Lord doth command you, (for you must appeal unto the Lord for all things whatsoever ye must do with them ) behold, no power of earth or hell can take them from you, for God is powerful to the fulfilling of all his words. 17. For he will fulfil all his promises which he shall make unto you, for he has fulfilled his promises which he has made unto our fathers. 18. For he promised unto them that he would reserve these things for a wise purpose in him, that he might show forth his power unto ^future generations. 19. And now behold, one pur- pose hath he fulfilled, even to the restoration of «many thousands of the Lamanites to the knowl- edge of the truth; and he hath shown forth his power in them, and he will also still show forth his power in them unto '"futurw generations; therefore they shalJ be preserved. 20. Therefore I command you. my son Helaman, that ye be dili- gent in fulfilling all my words, and that ye be diligent in keeping the commandments of God as they are written. 21. And now, I will speak unto you concerning those Hwenty-f our plates, that ye keep them, that the mysteries and the works of darkness, and their secret works, or the 'secret works of those peo- ;, Al. 18:36. 22:12. k, see c. I, see 2a, 2 Ne. 0. m, 1 Ne. 10:19. Al. 7:20. n, see fc, 2 Ne. 1. o, vers. 2, 12. 18. See c. p, ver. 19. q, Al. 23 :5 — 13. r, ver. 18. «. see fc, Mos. 8. t, see i, 2 Ne. 10. About B. C. 73. 290 ALMA, 37. pie who have been destroyed, may be made manifest unto this peo- ple; yea, all their murders, and robbings, and their plunderings, and all their wickedness and abominations, may be made mani- fest unto this people; yea, and that ye preserve these "inter- preters. 22. For behold, the Lord saw that his people began to work in darkness, yea, work 'secret mur- ders and abominations; therefore the Lord said, if they did not re- pent they should be ""destroyed from off the face of the earth. 23. And the Lord said: I will prepare unto my servant Gazelem, a 'stone, which shall shine forth in darkness unto light, that I may discover unto my people who serve me, that I may discover unto them the works of their brethren, yea, their ^secret works, their works of darkness, and their wickedness and abominations. 24. And now, my son, these ''in- terpreters were prepared that the word of God might be fulfilled, which he spake, saying: 25. I will bring forth out of darkness unto light all their ^''secret works and their abomina- tions; and except they repent I will 26destroy them from off the face of the earth; and I will bring to light all their secrets and abominations, unto every nation that shall hereafter possess the land. 26. And now, my son, we see that they did not repent; there- fore ^"^they have been destroyed, and thus far the word of God has been fulfilled; yea, their secret abominations have been brought out of darkness and ^''made known unto us. 27. And now, my son, I com- mand you that ye retain all their oaths, and their covenants, and their agreements in their secret abominations; yea, and all their signs and their wonders ye shall keep from this people, that they know them not, lest peradventure they should fall into darkness also and be destroyed. 28. For behold, there is a curse upon all this land, that destruc- tion shall come upon all those workers of darkness, according to the power of God, when they are fully ripe; therefore I desire that this people might not be de- stroyed. 2 9. Therefore ye shall keep these secret plans of their oaths and their covenants from this people, and only their wickedness and their murders and their abom- inations shall ye make known unto them; and ye shall teach them to abhor such wickedness and abominations and murders; and ye shall also teach them that these people were destroyed on account of their wickedness and abominations and their murders. 30. For behold, they murdered all the prophets of the Lord who came among them to declare unto them concerning their iniquities; and the blood of those whom they murdered did cry unto the Lord their God for vengeance upon those who were their murderers; and thus the judgments of God did come upon these workers of darkness and secret combinations. 31. Yea, and '^cursed be the land forever and ever unto those workers of darkness and secret combinations, even unto destruc- tion, except they repent before they are fully ripe. u, vers. 23 — 26. See n, Mos. 8. v, see i, 2 Ne. 10. w, see ;, Mos. 8. x, see n, Mos. 8. y, see i, 2 Ne. 10. z, see », Mos. 8. 2a, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 26, see j, Mos. 8. 2c. see ;, Mos. 8. 2d, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 2e, ver. 28. Al. 45 :16. Ahout B. C. 73. ALMA, 37. 291 32. And now, my son, remem- ber the words which I have spoken unto you; trust not those secret plans unto this people, but teach them an everlasting hatred against sin and iniquity. 33. Preach unto them repent- ance, and faith on the Lord Jesus Christ; teach them to humble themselves and to be meek and lowly in heart; teach them to withstand every temptation of the devil, with their faith on the Lord Jesus Christ. 34. Teach them to never be weary of good works, but to be meek and lowly in heart; for such shall find rest to their souls. 35. O, remember, my son, and learn wisdom in thy youth; yea, learn in thy youth to keep the commandments of God. 36. Yea, and ^''cry unto God for all thy support; yea, let all thy doings be unto the Lord, and whithersoever thou goest let it be in the Lord; yea, let thy thoughts be directed unto the Lord; yea, let the affections of thy heart be placed upon the Lord forever. 37. Counsel with the Lord in all thy doings, and he will direct thee for good; yea, when thou liest down at night lie down unto the Lord, that he may watch over you in your sleep; and when thou risest in the morning let thy heart be full of thanks unto God; and if ye do these things, ye shall be ^'lifted up at the last day. 38. And now, my son, I have somewhat to say concerning the thing which our fathers call a ^''ball, or director — or our fathers called it Liahona, which is, being interpreted, a compass; and the Lord prepared it. 39. And behold, there cannot any man work after the manner of so curious a workmanship. And behold, it was prepared to show unto our fathers the course which they should travel in the wilderness. 40. And it did work for them according to their faith in God; therefore, if they had faith to be- lieve that God could cause that those spindles should point the way they should go, behold, it was done; therefore they had this miracle, and also many other miracles wrought by the power of God, day by day. 41. Nevertheless, because those miracles were worked by small means it did show unto them marvelous works. They were slothful, and forgot to exercise their faith and diligence and then those marvelous works ceased, and they di4 not progress in their journey; 42. Therefore, they tarried in the wilderness, or did not travel a direct course, and were afflicted with hunger and thirst, because of their transgressions. 43. And now, my son, I would that ye should understand that these things are not without a shadow; for as our fathers were slothful to give heed to this com- pass (now these things were tem- poral) they did not prosper; even so it is with things which are spiritual. 44. For behold, it is as easy to give heed to the word of Christ, which will point to you a ^'straight course to eternal bliss, as it was for our fathers to give heed to this compass, which would point unto them a straight course to the promised land. 45. And now I say, is there not a type in this thing? For just as surely as this -Mirector did bring 2/, see e, 2 Ne. 32. 2g, see p, Mos. 23. 2j, ver. 38. See d, 1 Ne. 16. 2ft, see d, 1 Ne. 16. 2i, see 2a, 2 Ne, 9. About B. C. 73, 292 ALMA, 38. our fathers, by following its course, to the ^*^promised land, shall the words of Christ, if we follow their course, carry us be- yond this vale of sorrow into a far better land of promise. 46. O my son, do not let us be slothful because of the easiness of the way; for so was it with our fathers; for so was it prepared for them, that if they would look they might live; even so it is with us. The way is prepared, and if we will look we may live forever. 47. And now, my son, see that ye take care of these sacred things, yea, see that ye look to God and live. Go unto this people and de- clare the word, and be sober. My son, farewell. CHAPTER 38. The coynmandments of Alma to his »on, Shiblon. Commended for faithfulness, and counseled to observe meekness and self-control. 1. My son, give ear to my words, for I say unto you, even as I said unto Helaman, that "in- asmuch as ye shall keep the com- mandments of God ye shall pros- per in the land; and inasmuch as ye will not keep the command- ments of God ye shall be cast off from his presence. 2. And now, my son, I trust that I shall have great joy in you, because of your steadiness and your faithfulness unto God; for as you have commenced in your youth to look to the Lord your God, even so I hope that you will continue in keeping his com- mandments; for blessed is he that 'endureth to the end. 3. I say unto you, my son, that I have had great joy in thee al- ready, because of thy faithfulness and thy diligence, and thy patience and thy long-suffering among the people of the ''Zoramites. 4. For I know that thou wast in bonds; yea, and I also know that thou wast stoned for the word's sake; and thou didst bear all these things with patience be- cause the Lord was with thee; and now thou knowest that the Lord did deliver thee. 5. And now my son, Shiblon, I would that ye should remember, that as much as ye shall put yaur trust in God even so much ye shall be delivered out of your trials, and your troubles, and your afflic- tions, and ye shall be "lifted up at the last day. 6. Now, my son, I would not that ye should think that I know these things of myself, but it is the Spirit of God which is in me which maketh thesei things known unto me; for if I had not been *born of God I should not have known these things. 7. But behold, the Lord in his great mercy sent his angel to de- clare unto me that I must stop the work of destruction among his people; yea, and I have 'seen an angel face to face, and he spake with me, and his voice was as thunder, and it shook the whole earth. 8. And it came to pass that I was "three days and three nights in the most bitter pain and an- guish of soul; and never, until I did cry out unto the Lord Jesus Christ for mercy, did I receive a remission of my sins. But be- hold, I did cry unto him and I did find peace to my soul. 9. And now, my son, I have told you this that ye may learn wisdom, that ye may learn of me 2k. see a, 1 Ne. 2. Chap. 38: a, see h, 2 Ne. 1. b, see h, 2 Ne. 31. c, see 2j, Al. 30. d. see p, Mos. 23. e, see c, Mos. 6. /, Mos. 27:11 — 17. g, Mos. 27:1!) — 23, Al. 36:10, 16. About B. C. 73, ALMA, 39. 293 that there is "no other way or means whereby man can be saved, only In and through Christ. Be- hold, he 43 the life and the light of the world. Behold, he is the word of truth and righteousness. 10. And now, as ye have begun to teach the word even so I would that ye should continue to teach; and I would that ye would be dili- gent and temperate in all things. 11. See that ye are not lifted up unto pride; yea, see that ye do not boast in your own wisdom, nor of your much strength. 12. Use boldness, but not over- bearance; and also see that ye bridle all your passions, that ye may be filled with love; see that ye refrain from idleness. 13. Do not pray as the ^Zoram- it«s do, for ye have seen that they pray to be heard of men, and to be praised for their wisdom. 14. Do not say: O God, I thank thee that we are better than our brethren; but rather say: O Lord, forgive my unworthiness, and re- member my brethren in mercy — yea, acknowledge your unworthi- ness before God at all times. 15. And may the Lord bless your soul, and receive you at the last day into his kingdom, to sit down in peace. Now go, my son, and teach the word unto this peo- ple. Be sober. My son, farewell. The commandments of Alma to his son, Corianton. Comprising chapters 39 to 42 inclusive. CHAPTER 39. Corianton reproved for harlotrj/ — His sinful conduct had affected faith of the '/joramites — Christ's redemption retroactive. 1. And now, my son, I have somewhat more to say unto thee than what I said unto thy brother; for behold, have ye not observed the steadiness of thy brother, his faithfulness, and his diligence in keeping the commandments of God? Behold, has he not set a good example for thee? 2. For thou didst not give so much heed unto my words as did thy brother, among the people of the "Zoramites. Now this Is what I have against thee; thou didst go on unto boasting in thy strength and thy wisdom. 3. And this is not all, my son. Thou didst do that which was grievous unto me; for thou didst forsake the ministry, and did go over into the land of Siron, among the borders of the Lamanites, after the harlot Isabel. 4. Yea, she did steal away the hearts of many; but this was no excuse for thee, my son. Thou shouldst have tended to the min- istry wherewith thou wast en- trusted. 5. Know ye not, my son, that these things are an abomination in the sight of the Lord; yea, "most abominable above all sins save it be the shedding of inno- cent blood or denying the Holy Ghost? 6. For behold, if ye deny the Holy Ghost when it once has had place in you, and ye know that ye deny it, behold, this is a sin which is ''unpardonable; yea, and who- soever murdereth ''against the light and knowledge of God, it is not easy for him to obtain for- giveness; yea, I say unto you, my son, that it is not easy for him to obtain a forgiveness. 7. And now, my son, I would to God that ye had not been guilty of so great a crime. I would not dwell upon your crimes, to har- h, see d, Mos. 5. i, see m, Mos. 16. j, see 2j, Al. 30. Chap. 39: a, see 2/, Al. 30. ft, vers. 7, 11. See i, 2 Ne. 28. c, Moro. S :28. d, ver. 5. Abottt 3. C. 73. 294 ALMA, 40, row up your soul, if it were not for your good. 8. But behold, ye cannot hide your crimes from God; and except ye repent they will stand as a testimony against you at the last day. 9. Now my son, I would that ye should repent and forsake your sins, and go no more after the lusts of your eyes, but^crossyour- self in all these things; for except ye do this ye can in no%vise in- herit the kingdom of God. Oh, remember, and take it upon you, and cross yourself in these things. 10. And I command you to take it upon you to counsel with your elder brothers in your undertak- ings; for behold, thou art in thy youth, and ye stand in need to be nourished by your brothers. And give heed to their counsel. 11. Suffer not yourself to be led away by any vain or foolish thing; suffer not the devil to lead away your heart again after those '"wicked harlots. Behold, O my son, how great iniquity ye brought upon the Zoramites; for when they saw your conduct they would not believe in my words. 12. And now the Spirit of the Lord doth say unto me: Com- mand thy children to do good, lest they lead away the hearts of many people to destruction; therefore I command you, my son, in the fear of God, that ye refrain from your iniquities; 13. That ye turn to the Lord with all your mind, might, and strength; that ye lead away the hearts of no more to do wickedly; but rather return unto them, and acknowledge your faults and that wrong which ye have done. 14. Seek not after riches nor the vain things of this world; for behold, you cannot cany them with you. 15. And now, my son, I would say somewhat unto you concern- ing the coming of Christ. Behold, I say unto you, that it is he that surely shall come to take away the sins of the world; yea, he cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people. 16. And now, my son, this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad ti- dings unto this people, to prepare their minds; or rather that salva- tion might come unto them, that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word at the time of his coming. 17. And now I will ease your mind somewhat on this subject. Behold, you marvel why these things should be known so long beforehand. Behold, I say unto you, is not a soul at this time as precious unto God as a soul will be at the time of his coming? 18. Is it not as necessary that the plan of redemption should be made known unto this people as well as unto their children? 19. Is it not as easy at this time for the Lord to "send his angel to declare these glad ti- dings unto us as unto our chil- dren, or as after the time of his coming? CHAPTER 40. Alma to Corianton continued — Res- urrection universal — Separate states of righteous and wicked between death and resurrection — A literal restora- tion. 1. Now my son, here is some- what more I would say unto thee; for I perceive that thy mind is worried concerning the "resurrec- tion of the dead. 2. Behold, I say unto you, that e, 3 Ne. 12 :30. f, vers. 3, 7 — 9. ff, Mos. 3 :2 — 27. Chap. 40 : a, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 27:11—17. Al. 11:31. 13:24. About B. C. 73. ALMA, 40. 295 there Is no resurrection — or, I would say, in other words, that "this mortal does not put on im- mortality, this corruption does not put on incorruption — until after the coming of Christ. 3. Behold, he bringeth to pass the resurrection of the dead. But behold, my son, the resurrection is not yet. Now, I unfold unto you a mystery; nevertheless, there are many mysteries which are kept, that no one knoweth them save God himself. But I show unto you one thing which I have inquired diligently of God that I might know — that is concerning the resurrection, 4. Behold, there is a time ap- pointed that all shall come forth from the dead. Now when this time cometh no one knows; but God knoweth the time which is appointed. 5. Now, whether there shall be one time, or a second time, or a third time, that men shall come forth from the dead, it mattereth not; for God knoweth all these things; and it sufficeth me to know that this is the case^ — that there is a time appointed that all shall rise from the dead. 6. Now there must needs be a space betwixt the time of death and the time of the resurrection. 7. And now I would inquire what becometh of the souls of men from this time of death to the time appointed for the resur- rection? 8. Now whether there is more than one time appointed for men to rise it mattereth not; for all do not die at once, and this mat- tereth not; all is as one day with God, and time only is measured unto men. 9. Therefore, there is a time ap- pointed unto men that they shall rise from the dead; and there is a space between the time of death and the resurrection. And now, concerning this space of time, what becometh of the souls of men is the thing which I have in- quired diligently of the Lord to know; and this is the thing of which I do know. 10. And when the time cometh when all shall rise, then shall they know that God knoweth all the times which are appointed unto man. 11. Now, concerning the state of the soul between death and the resurrection — Behold, it has been made known unto me by an angel, that the spirits of all men, as soon as they are departed from this mortal body, yea, the spirits of ''all men, whether they be good or evil, are taken home to that God who gave them life. 12. And then shall it come to pass, that the spirits of those who are righteous are received into a state of happiness, which is called '^paradise, a state of rest, a state of peace, where they shall rest from all their troubles and from all care, and sorrow. 13. And then shall it come to pass, that the spirits of the wicked, yea, who are evil — for be- hold, they have no part nor por- tion of the Spirit of the Lord; for behold, they chose evil works rather than good; therefore the spirit of the devil did ^enter into them, and take possession of their house — and these shall be cast out into outer darkness; 'there shall be weeping, and wailing, and gnashing of teeth, and this because of their own iniquity, 6, Mos. 16 ao. See d, 2 Ne. 2. Also ; and m, 2 Ne. 9. e, vers. 15, 17. Eccl. 12:7. d. see I, 2 Ne. 9. e, see i. 2 Ne. 9. /, Mos. 16:2. See fc, 1 Ne. 15. About B. C. 73. 296 ALMA, 40. being led captive by the will of the devil. 14. Now this is the state of the souls of the wicked, yea, in 'dark- ness, and a state of awful, fear- ful looking for the fiery indigna- tion of the wrath of God upon them; thus they remain in this state, as well as the righteous in *paradise, until the time of their resurrection. 15. Now, there are some that have understood that this state of happiness and this state of misery of the soul, before the resurrection, was a first resurrec- tion. Yea, I admit it may be termed a resurrection, the *rais- ing of the spirit or the soul and their consignation to happiness or misery, according to the words which have been spoken. 16. And behold, again it hath been spoken, that there is a ^first resurrection, a resurrection of all those who have been, or who are, or who shall be, down to the res- urrection of Christ from the dead. 17. Now, we do not suppose that this first resurrection, which is spoken of in this manner, can be the resurrection ^'of the souls and their consignation to happi- ness or misery. Ye cannot sup- pose that this is what it meaneth. 18. Behold, I say unto you, Nay; but it meaneth the 'reuniting of the soul with the body, of those *"from the days of Adam down to the resurrection of Christ. 19. Now, whether the souls and the bodies of those of whom has been spoken shall all be reunited at once, the wicked as well as the righteous, I do not say; let it suf- fice, that I say that they all come forth; or in other w^ords, their resurrection cometh to pass "be- fore the resurrection of those who die after the resurrection of Christ. 20. Now, my son, I do not say that their resurrection cometh at the resurrection of Christ; but be- hold, I give it as my opinion, that the souls and the bodies are "re- united, of the righteous, at the resurrection of Christ, and his ascension into heaven. 21. But whether it be at his resurrection or after, I do not say; but this much I say, that there is a ^space between death and the resurrection of the body, and a state of the soul in happi- ness or in misery until the time which is appointed of God that the dead shall come forth, and be reunited, both soul and body, and be brought to stand before God, and be judged according to their works. 2 2. Yea, this bringeth about the restoration of those things of which has been spoken by the mouths of the prophets. 23. The «soul shall be restored to the body, and the body to the soul; yea, and every limb and joint shall be restored to its body; yea, even a hair of the head shall not be lost; but all things shall be restored to their proper and perfect frame. 24. And now, my son, this is the restoration of which has been spoken by the mouths of the prophets — 25. And then shall the right- eous shine forth in the kingdom of God. 26. But behold, an awful ''death cometh upon the wicked; for they die as to things pertaining to things of righteousness; for they are unclean, and *no unclean thing g, ver. 13. Ti, see I, 2 Ne. 9. i, see c. j, see g, Jac. 4. k, see c. I, see d, 2 Ne. 2. m, vers, 19, 20. n, vers. 16, 18, 20. o, see g, Jac. 4. p, vers. 6, 9, 11 — 15. q, Al. ll-Al — 15. •41:2. See d, 2 Ne. 2. r, see q, Al. 12. s, Al. 11:37. Afioxrc B. C. 73. ALMA, 41. 297 can inherit the kingdom of God; but they are cast out, and con- signed to partake of the fruits of their labors or their works, which have been evil; and they drink the dregs of a bitter cup. CHAPTER 41. Alma to Corianton continued — What restoration signifies — Men to be judged according to their deeds and desires — Self-judgment. 1. And now, my son, I have somewhat to say concerning the restoration of which has been spoken; for behold, some have wrested the scriptures, and have gone far astray because of this thing. And I perceive that thy mind has been worried also con- cerning this thing. But behold, I will explain it unto thee. 2. I say unto thee, my son, that the plan of restoration is requisite with the justice of God; for it is requisite that all things should be restored to their proper order. Be- hold, it is requisite and just, ac- cording to the power and resur- rection of Christ, "that the soul of man should be restored to its body, and that every part of the body should be restored to itself. 3. And it is requisite with the justice of God that men should be judged according to their works; and "if their works were good in this life, and the desires of their hearts were good, that they should also, at the last day, be restored unto that which is good. 4. And ""if their works are evil they shall be restored unto them for evil. Therefore, all things shall be restored to their proper order, every thing to its natural frame — mortality "^raised to im- mortality, corruption to incor- ruption — raised to endless happi- ness to inherit the kingdom of God, or to ^endless misery to in- herit the kingdom of the devil, the one on one hand, the other on the other — 5. The one raised to ^happi- ness according to his desires of happiness, or good according to his desires of good; and the other to ^evil according to his desires of evil; for as he has desired to do evil all the day long even so shall he have his reward of evil when the night cometh. 6. And so it is on the other hand. If he hath repented of his sins, and Mesired righteousness until the end of his days, even so he shall be rewarded unto right- eousness. 7. These are they that are re- deemed of the Lord; yea, these are they that are taken out, that are delivered from that ^endless night of darkness; and thus they stand or fall; for behold, they are their own judges, whether to do good or do evil. 8. Now, the decrees of God are ^unalterable; therefore, the way is prepared that whosoever will may walk therein and be saved. 9. And now behold, my son, do not risk one more offense against your God upon those points of doctrine, which ye have hitherto risked to commit sin. 10. Do not suppose, because it has been spoken concerning resto- ration, that ye shall be restored from sin to happiness. Behold, I say unto you, wickedness *=never was happiness. 11. And now, my son, all men that are in a state of nature, or I would say, in a carnal state, are in the gall of bitterness and in the bonds of iniquity; they are a, see q^ Al. 40. h, vers. G, 7, 14. c, vers. 10 — 13, 15. dj Mos. 16:10. See d, 2 Ne. 2. e, see m, Jac. G. /, see 6. g, see c. h, see b. i, see m, Jac. 6. /, Morrn. »:19. k, vers. 11, 12. About B. C. 73. 298 ALMA, 42. without God in the world, and they have gone contrary to the nature of God; therefore, they are in a state 'contrary to the nature of happiness. 12. And now behold, is the meaning of the word restoration to take a thing of a natural state and place it in an unnatural state, or to place it in a state opposite to its nature? 13. O, my son, this is not the case; but th« meaning of the word '"restoration is to bring back again evil for evil, or carnal for carnal, or devilish for devilish — "good for that which is good; righteous for that which is righteous; just for that which is just; merci- ful for that which is merciful. 14. Therefore, my son, see that you are merciful unto your breth- ren; deal justly, judge right- eously, and do good continually; and if ye do all these things then shall ye receive your reward; yea, ye shall have mercy restored unto you again; ye shall have justice restored unto you again; ye shall have a righteous judgment re- stored unto you again; and ye shall have good rewarded unto you again. 15. For that which ye do send out shall return unto you again, and be restored; therefore, the word restoration "more fully con- demneth the sinner, and justifieth him not at all. CHAPTER 42. Ahna to Corianton continued — Jus- tice and mercy expounded — The tree of life — Mortality a period of proba- tion — Spiritual and temporal death — Repentance, atonement, law, punish- ment, all necessary. 1. And now, my son, I perceive there is somewhat more which doth worry your mind, which ye cannot understand — which is con- cerning the justice of God in the punishment of the sinner; for ye do try to suppose that it is in- justice that the sinner should be consigned to a state of misery. 2. Now behold, my son, I will explain this thing unto thee. For behold, after the Lord God sent our first parents forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground, from "whence they were taken — yea, he drew out the man, and he placed at the east end of the garden of Eden, cherubim, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the tree of life — 3. Now, we see that the man had become as God, knowing good and evil; and lest he should put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat and live forever, the Lord God placed cherubim and the flaming sword, that he should not partake of the fruit — 4. And thus we see, that there was a time granted unto man to repent, yea, a ^probationary time, a time to repent and serve God. 5. For behold, if Adam had put forth his hand immediately, and partaken of the tree of life, he would have ""lived forever, accord- ing to the word of God, having no space for repentance; yea, and also the word of God would have been •'void, and the great plan of salvation would have been frus- trated. 6. But behold, it was appointed unto man to die — therefore, as they were cut off from the tree of life they should be cut off from the face of the earth — and man became lost ^forever, yea, they became faTen man. I, vers. 10, 12. m, see c. n, see b. o, Al. 42:28. Chap. 42: a, see m, Mos. 2. b, see 2a, Al. 12. .", ver. 3. d. vers. 6. 8. Al. 12:23. 26. e. see w, Al. 12. About B. C. 73. ALMA, 42. 299 7. And now, ye see by this that our first parents were cut off both ^temporally and "spiritually from the presence of the Lord; and thus we see they became subjects to follow after their '^own will. 8. Now behold, it was not ex- pedient that man should be *re- claimed from this temporal death, for that would destroy the great plan of happiness. 9. Therefore, as the soul could %ever die, and the fall had brought upon all mankind a ^spir- itual death as well as a 'temporal, that is, they were cut off from the presence of the Lord, it was ex- pedient that mankind should be reclaimed from this spiritual death. 10. Therefore, as they had be- come carnal, sensual, and devil- ish, by nature, this '"probationary state became a state for them to prepare; it became a preparatory state. 11. And now remember, my son, if it were not for the plan of redemption, (laying it aside) as soon as they were "dead their "souls were miserable, being cut off from the presence of the Lord. 12. And now, there was no means to reclaim men from this fallen state, which man had brought upon himself because of his own disobedience; 13. Therefore, according to justice, the plan of redemption could not be brought about, only on conditions of repentance of men in this ^'probationary state, yea, this preparatory state; for except it were for these condi- tions, mercy could not take effect 'except it should destroy the work of justice. Now the work of jus- tice could not be destroyed; if so, God would 'cease to be God. 14. And thus we see that 'all mankind were fallen, and they were in the grasp of justice; yea, the justice of God, which con- signed them 'forever to be cut ofC from his presence. 1 5 . And now, the plan of mercy could not be brought about except an "atonement should be made; therefore God himself atoneth for the sins of the world, to bring about the plan of mercy, to "ap- pease the demands of justice, that God might be a perfect, just God, and a merciful God also. 16. Now, repentance could not come unto men except there were a punishment, which also was ""eternal as the *life of the soul should be, affixed opposite to the plan of happiness, which was as eternal also as the life of the soul. 17. Now, how could a man re- pent except he should sin? How could he sin if there was no law? How could there be a law save there was a punishment? 18. Now, there was a punish- ment affixed, and a just law giyen, which brought remorse of con- science unto man. 19. Now, if there was no law given — if a man murdered he should die — would he be afraid he would die if he should murder? 20. And also, if there was no law given against sin men would not be afraid to sin. 21. And if there was no law given, if ^men sinned what could justice do, or mercy either, for they would have no claim upon the creature? 22. But there is a law given, I and a punishment affixed, and a / see 6, 2 Ne. 2. g, see c, 2 Ne. 2. Ti, see I. 2 Ne. 2. i, see d. j, ver. 11. fc, see c 2 Ne. 2. I, see 6, 2 Ne. 2. m, see 2a, Al. 12. n, see I. o, see k. p, see 2a, Al. 12. q, see 2m, Al. 12. r, see /, 2 Ne. 11. s, see e and g, 2 Ne. 9. *, see to, Al 12 u, see f, 2 Ne. 2. v, see 2m, Al. 12. to, see m, Jac. 6. w, vers. 8. 9. See e and g, 2 Ne. 9 v, see j, Mos. 3. About B. C. 73. 300 ALMA, 43. repentance granted; which re- pentance, mercy claimeth; other- wise, 'justice claimeth the crea- ture and executeth the law, and the law inflicteth the punishment; if not so, the works of justice would be destroyed, and God would ^"cease to be God. 23. But God ceaseth not to be God, and mercy claimeth the peni- tent, and mercy cometh because of the ^''atonement; and the atonement bringeth to pass the ^'^resurrection of the dead; and the resurrection of the dead bring- eth back men into the presence of God; and thus they are "restored into his presence, to be judged ac- cording to their works, according to the law and justice. 24. For behold, justice exer- ciseth all his demands, and also mercy claimeth all which is her own; and thus, none but the truly penitent are saved. 25. What, do ye suppose that mercy can rob justice? I say unto you. Nay; not one whit. If so, God would -^cease to be God. 26. And thus God bringeth about his great and eternal pur- poses, which were prepared ^''f rom the foundation of the world. And thus cometh about the salvation and the redemption of men, and also their destruction and misery. 27. Therefore, O my son, who- soever will come may come and partake of the waters of life freely; and whosoever will not come the same is not compelled to come; but in the last day it shall be ^''restored unto him ac- cording to his deeds. 28. If he has desired to do evil, and has not repented in his days, behold, ^''evil shall be done unto him, according to the restoration of God. 29. And now, my son, I desire that ye should let these things trouble you no more, and only let your sins trouble you, with that trouble which shall bring you down unto repentance. 30. O my son, I desire 'Hhat ye should deny the justice of God no more. Do not endeavor to excuse yourself in the least point be- cause of your sins, by denying the justice of God; but do you let the justice of God, and his mercy^ and his long-suffering have full sway in your heart; and let it bring you down to the dust in humility. 31. And now, O my son, ye ar& called of God to preach the word unto this people. And now, my son, go thy way, declare the word with truth and soberness, that thou mayest bring souls unto re- pentance, that the great plan of mercy may have claim upon them. And may God grant unto you even according to my words. Amen. CHAPTER 43. Another Lamanite invasion — Armies of Moroni and Lehi surround and over' power the enemy. 1. And now it came to pass that the sons of Alma did go forth among the people, to declare the word unto them. And Alma, afcso, himself, could not rest, and he also went forth. 2. Now we shall say no more concerning their preaching, ex- cept that they preached the word, and the truth, according to the spirit of prophecy and revela- tion; and they preached after the "holy order of God by which they were called. 3. And now I return to an ac- count of the wars between the e, see 2m, Al. 12. 2a, see r, also /, 2 Ne. 11. 2b, see /, 2 Ne. 2. 2c, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2d, Al. 40:21 — 26. 2e, see /, 2 Ne. 11. 2/, see d, Mos. 4. 2g, Al. 41:15. 2h, see c, Al. 41. 2i, rer. 1. Chap. 43 : a, see y, Mos. 26. About B. C. 73. ALMA, 43. 301 Nephites and the Lamanites, In the *eighteenth year of the reign of the judges. 4. For behold, it came to pass that the "Zoramites became La- manites; therefore, in the com- mencement of the eighteenth year the people of the Nephites saw that the Lamanites were dom- ing upon them; therefore they made preparations for war; yea, they gathered together their armies in the ''land of Jershon. 5. And it eame to pass that the Lamanites came with their thou- sands; and they came into the ''land of Antionum, which is the *land of the Zoramites; and a man by the name of Zerahemnah was their leader. 6. And now, as the Amalekites were of a more wicked and mur- derous disposition than the La- manites were, in and of them- selves, therefore, Zerahemnah ap- pointed chief captains over the Lamanites, and they were all Amalekites and ^Zoramites. 7. Now this he did that he might preserve their "hatred towards the Nephites, that he might bring them into subjection to the accomplishment of his de- signs. 8. For behold, his designs were to stir up the Lamanites to anger against the Nephites; this he did that he might usurp great power over them, and also that he might gain power over the Nephites by bringing them into bondage. 9. And now the design of the Nephites was to support their lands, and their houses, and their wives, and their children, that they might preserve them from the hands of their enemies; and also that they might preserve th^ir rights and their privileges, yea, and also their "liberty, that they might worship God accord- ing to their desires. 10. For they knew that if they should fall into the hands of the Lamanites, that whosoever should worship God in spirit and in truth, the true and the living God, the Lamanites would de- stroy. 11. Yea, and they also knew the ^extreme hatred of the La- manites towards their brethren, who were the people of ^Anti- Nephi-Lehi, who were called the '^people of Ammon — and they would not take up arms, yea, they had entered 'into a covenant and they would not break it — there- fore, if they should fall into the hands of the Lamanites they would be destroyed. 12. And the Nephites would not suffer ""that they should be destroyed; therefore they gave them "lands for their inheritance, 13. And the people of Ammon did give unto the Nephites a "large portion of their substance to support their armies; and thus the Nephites were compelled, alone, to withstand against the Lamanites, who were a com- pound of Laman and Lemuel, and the sons of Ishmael, and all those who had dissented from the Nephites, who were Amalekites and ^Zoramites, and the descend- ants of the 'priests of Noah. 14. Now those descendants were as numerous, nearly, as were the Nephites; and thus the Nephites were obliged to contend with their brethren, even unto bloodshed. 15. And it came to pass as the armies of the Lamanites had b, see 2}, Al. 30. c, see q, Al, 27. d, see b, Al. 31. e, Al. 31 :3. f, see 2j, Al. 30. g, see n, Jac. 7. h, see w, Mos. 29. i, Al, 27 :2. j, see t, Al, 23, A;, Al. 27 :26, I, Al. 24:16 — 19, m, Al. 27:23, 24, n, Al, 27:22. o, Al. 27:24. p, see 2j, Al. 30. q, see /, Mos. 11. •About B. C. 74. 302 ALMA, 43. gathered together in the 'land of Antionum, behold, the armies of the Nephites were prepared to meet them in the *land of Jer- shon. 16. Now, the leader of the Ne- phites, or the man who had been appointed to be the chief captain over the Nephites — now the chief captain took the command of all the armies of the Nephites — and his name was Moroni; 17. And Moroni took all the command, and the government of their wars. And he was only twenty and five years old when he was appointed chief captain over the armies of the Nephites. 18. And it came to pass that he met the Lamanites in the 'bor- ders of Jershon, and his people were armed "with swords, and with cimeters, and all manner of weapons of war. 19. And when the armies of the Lamanites saw that the people of Nephi, or that Moroni, had prepared his people with breast- plates and with arm-shields, yea, and also shields to defend their heads, and also they were dressed with thick clothing — 20. Now the army of Zera- hemnah was not prepared with any such thing; they had only their swords and their cimeters, their bows and their arrows, their stones and their slings; and they were naked, '^^save it were a skin which was girded about their loins; yea, all were naked, save it were the Zoramites and the Amalekites; 21. But they were not armed with breastplates, nor shields — therefore, they were exceedingly afraid of the armies of the Ne- phites because of their armor, notwithstanding their number being so much greater than the Nephites. 22. Behold, now it came to pass that they durst not come against the Nephites in the ""bor- ders of Jershon; therefore they departed out of the 'land of An- tionum into the wilderness, and took their journey round about in the wilderness, away by the head of the >'river Sidon, that they might come into the 'land of Manti and take possession of the land; for they did not suppose that the armies of Moroni would know whither they had gone. 23. But it came to pass, as soon as they had departed into the wilderness Moroni sent spies into the wilderness to watch their camp; and Moroni, also, know- ing of the prophecies of Alma, sent certain men unto him, de- siring him that he should inquire of the Lord whither the armies of the Nephites should go to defend themselves against the Laman- ites. 24. And it came to pass that the word of the Lord came unto Alma, and Alma informed the messengers of Moroni, that the armies of the Lamanites were marching round about in the wil- derness, that they might come over into the -"land of Manti, that they might commence an attack upon the weaker part of the peo- ple. And those messengers went and delivered the message unto Moroni. 25. Now Moroni, leaving a part of his army in the ^"land of Jer- shon, lest by any means a part of the Lamanites should come into that land and take possession of the city, took the remaining part r, see 6, Al. 31. a, see q, Al. 27. t, see q, Al. 27. u, see /, Al. 2. v, ver. 37. Enos 20. Al. 3 :4, 5. w, see q, Al. 27. x, see b, Al. 31. y, see g, Al. 2. 2, see h, Al. 16. 2a, see h, Al. 16. 2ft, see q, Al. 27. About B. C. 74. ALMA, 43. 303 of his army and marched over into the ^^and of Manti. 2 6. And he caused that all the people in that quarter of the land should gather themselves to- gether to battle against the La- manites, to defend their lands and their country, their rights and their liberties; therefore they were prepared against the time of the coming of the Lamanites. 27. And it came to pass that Moroni caused that his army should be secreted in the valley which was near the bank of the -''river Sidon, which was on the west of the river Sidon in the wilderness. 28. And Moroni placed spies round about, that he might know when the camp of the Lamanites should come. 29. And now, as Moroni knew the intention of the Lamanites, that it was their -^intention to destroy their brethren, or to sub- ject them and bring them into bondage that they might estab- lish a kingdom unto themselves over all the land; 30. And he also knowing that it was the -^only desire of the Nephites to preserve their lands, and their liberty, and their church, therefore he thought it no sin that he should defend them by stratagem; therefore, he found by his ^''spies which course the Lamanites were to take. 31. Therefore, he divided his army and brought a part over into the valley, and concealed them on the east, and on the south of the -"hill Riplah; 32. And the remainder he con- cealed in the west valley, on the west of the -'river Sidon, and so down into the ^^borders of the land Manti. 33. And thus having placed his army according to his desire, he was prepared to meet them. 34. And it came to pass that the Lamanites came up on the north of the -^hill, where a part of the army of Moroni was con- cealed. 35. And as the Lamanites had passed the -'hill Riplah, and came into the valley, and began to cross the ^""river Sidon, the army which was concealed on the south of the hill, which was led by a man whose name was Lehi, and he led his army forth and encircled the Lamanites about on the east in their rear. 36. And it came to pass that the Lamanites, when they saw the Nephites coming upon them in their rear, turned them about and began to contend with the army of Lehi. 37. And the work of death commenced on both sides, but it was more dreadful on the part of the Lamanites, for their -"naked- ness was exposed to the heavy blows of the l^ephites ^^with their swords and their cimeters, which brought death almost at every stroke. 38. While on the other hand, there was now and then a man fell among the Nephites, by their swords and the loss of blood, they being shielded from the more vital parts of the body, or the more vital parts of the body being shielded from the strokes of the Lamanites, ^''by their breastplates, and their arm- shields, and their head-plates; and thus the Nephites did carry 2c, see h, Al. 16. 2d, see g, Al. 2. 2e, vers. 8, 10. 2/, vers. 9, 45, 48, 49. See m, Mos. 29. Al. 44:5. 40:12—20. 48:10 — IG. 2g, vers. 23, 28. 2h, vers. 34, 35. 2t, see g, Al. 2. 2j, see /(, Al. 16. 2k, vers. 31, 35. 21, vers. 31, G4. 2m, see g, Al. 2. 2n, ver. 20. See v. 2o, ver. 18. 2p, vers. 19, 21, 44. Al. 44:9. 46:13. 49:6, 24 He. 1:14. Morm. 6:9. ABOUT B. C. 74. 304 ALMA, 43. on the work of death among the Lamanltes. 39. And it came to pass that the Lamanites became fright- ened, because of the great de- struction among them, even until they began to flee towards the -«river Sidon. 40. And they were pursued by Lehi and his men; and they were driven by Lehi into the wa- ters of Sidon, and they crossed the waters of Sidon. And Lehi retained his armies upon the ^'bank of the river Sidon that they should not cross. 41. And it came to pass that Moroni and his army met the La- manites in the -^valley, on the *'other side of the river Sidon, and began to fall upon them and to slay them. 42. And the Lamanites did flee again before them, -"towards the land of Manti; and they were met again by the armies of Moroni. 43. ]^ow in this case the La- manites did flght exceedingly; yea, never had the Lamanites been known to fight with such exceeding great strength and courage, no, not even from the beginning. 44. And they were inspired by the ^"Zoramites and the Amalek- ites, who were their chief cap- tains and leaders, and by Zera- hemnah, who was their chief cap- tain, or their chief leader and commander; yea, they did flght like dragons, and many of the Nephites were slain by their hands, yea, for they did smite in two -"'many of their head-plates, and they did pierce many of their breastplates, and they did smite off many of their arms; and thus the Lamanites did smite In their fierce anger. 45. Nevertheless, the Nephites were inspired by a better cause, for they were not fighting for monarchy nor power but they were "'fighting for their homes and their liberties, their wives and their children, and their all, yea, for their rites of worship and their church. 46. And they were doing that which they felt was the duty which they owed to their God; for the Lord had said unto them, and also unto their fathers, that: ^^Inasmuch as ye are not guilty of the first offense, neither the second, ye shall not suffer your- selves to be slain by the hands of your enemies. 47. And again, the Lord has said that: Ye shall defend your families even unto bloodshed. Therefore for this cause were the Nephites contending with the La- manites, to ^Mefend themselves, and their families, and their lands, their country, and their rights, and their religion. 48. And it came to pass that when the men of Moroni saw the '^"fierceness and the anger of the Lamanites, they were about to shrink and flee from them. And Moroni, perceiving their intent, sent forth and inspired their hearts with these thoughts — ^yea, the ^"thoughts of their lands, their liberty, yea, their freedom from bondage. 49. And it came to pass that they turned upon the Lamanites, and they cried with one voice unto the Lord their God, ^^for their liberty and their freedom from bondage. 50. And they began to stand 2q, see g, Al. 2. 2r, ver. 27. 2s, ver. 32, 2^ ver. 32. 2u, ver. 32. See h, Al. 16. ^^'Jf^-A' S"'' see 2p. 2x, vers. 30, 47. Al. 44:5. 2y, D. & 0. 98:23—48. Al. 48:14 — 16. 2z, see 2/. 3a, ver. 44. 3&, see 2/. 3c, see 2/. About B. C. 74. ALMA, 44. 305 against the Lamanites with power; and in that selfsame hour that they cried unto the Lord for their freedom, the Lamanites be- gan to flee before them; and they fled even to the ^"waters of Sidon. 51. Now, the Lamanites were more numerous, yea, by more than double the number of the Nephites; nevertheless, they were driven insomuch that they were gathered together in one body in the ^^valley, upon the ^^bank by the river Sidon. 52. Therefore the armies of Moroni encircled them about, yea, even on both sides of the river, for behold, on the east were the men of Lehi. 53. Therefore when Zerahem- nah saw the men of Lehi on the east of the river Sidon, and the armies of Moroni on the west of the river Sidon, that they were encircled about by the Nephites, they were struck with terror. 54. Now Moroni, when he saw their terror, commanded his men that they should stop shedding their blood. CHAPTER 44. Moroni's ynagnanimity — Zerahemnah rejects his peace offer, but is com- pelled to accept terms — Lamanites make covenant of peace — End of Alma's record. 1. And it came to pass that they did stop and withdrew a pace from them. And Moroni said unto Zerahemnah: Behold, Zerahemnah, that we do not de- sire to be men of blood. Ye know that ye are in our hands, yet we do not desire to slay you. 2. Behold, we have not come out to battle against you that we might shed your blood for power; neither do we desire to bring any one to the yoke of bondage. But this is the "very cause for which ye have come against us; yea, and ye are angry with us because of our religion. 3. But now, ye behold that the Lord is with us; and ye behold that he has delivered you into our hands. And now I would that ye should understand that this is done unto us ''because of our re- ligion and our faith in Christ. And now ye see that ye cannot destroy this our faith. 4. Now ye see that this is the true faith of God; yea, ye see that God will support, and keep, and preserve us, so long as we are faithful unto him, and unto our faith, and our religion; and never will the Lord '^suffer that we shall be destroyed except we should fall into transgression and deny our faith. 5. And now, Zerahemnah, I command you, in the name of that all-powerful God, who has strengthened our arms that we have gained power over you, "^by our faith, by our religion, and by our rites of worship, and by our church, and by the sacred support which we owe to our wives and our children, by that liberty which binds us to our lands and our country; yea, and also by the maintenance of the sacred word of God, to which we owe all our happiness; and by all that is most dear unto us — 6. Yea, and this is not all; I command you by all the desires which ye have for life, that ye deliver up your weapons of war unto us, and we will seek not your blood, but we will spare your lives, if ye will go your way and come not again to war against us. M, see g, Al. 2. 3e, ver. 32. 3/, ver. 32. 43:49, 50. c, see ^i, 2 Ne. 1. d, see 2/, Al. 43. Chap. 44: a, Al. 43:8. B, Al. About B. C. 74. 306 ALMA, 44. 7. And now, if ye do not this, behold, ye are in our hands, and I will command my men that they shall fall upon you, and inflict the wounds of death in your bodies, that ye may become ex- tinct; and then we will see w^ho shall have power over this peo- ple; yea, we will see who shall be brought into bondage. 8. And now it came to pass that when Zerahemnah had heard these sayings he came forth and delivered ^up his sword and his cimeter, and his bow into the hands of Moroni, and said unto him: Behold, here are our weapons of war; we will deliver them up unto you, but we will not suffer ourselves to ''take an oath unto you, which we know that we shall break, and also our chil- dren; but take our weapons of war, and suffer that we may de- part into the wilderness; other- wise we will retain our swords, and we will perish or conquer. 9. Behold, we are not of your taith; we do not believe that it is God that has delivered us into your hands; but we believe that it is your cunning that has pre- served you from our swords. Behold, "it is your breastplates and your shields that have pre- served you. 10. And now when Zerahem- nah had made an end of speak- ing these words, Moroni returned the sword and the weapons of war, which he had received, unto Zerahemnah, saying: Behold, we will end the conflict. 11. Now I cannot recall the words which I have spoken, therefore as the Lord liveth, ye shall not depart ''except ye depart with an oath that ye will not re- turn again against us to war. Now as ye are in our hands we will spill your blood upon the ground, or ye shall submit to the conditions which I have pro- posed. 12. And now when Moroni had said these words, Zerahemnah re- tained his sword, and he was angry with Moroni, and he rushed forward that he might slay Mo- roni; but as he raised his sword, behold, one of Moroni's soldiers smote it even to the earth, and it broke by the hilt; and he also smote Zerahemnah that he Hook off his scalp and it fell to the earth. And Zerahemnah with- drew from before them into the midst of his soldiers. 13. And it came to pass that the soldier who stood by, who smote off the scalp of Zerahem- nah, took up the scalp from off the ground by the hair, and laid it upon the point of his sword, and stretched it forth unto them, saying unto them with a loud voice: 14. ^Even as this scalp has fallen to the earth, which is the scalp of your chief, so shall ye fall to the earth except ye will deliver up your weapons of war and depart with a ''covenant of peace. 15. Now there were many, when they heard these words and saw the 'scalp which was upon the sword, that were struck with fear; and many came forth and threw down their weapons of war at the feet of Moroni, and en- tered into a covenant of peace. And as many as entered into a ""covenant they suffered to depart into the wilderness. 16. Now it came to pass that Zerahemnah was exceeding wroth, and he did stir up the remainder e, Al. 43:20, /, vers. 6. 11. 15. 19, 20. g, see 2p, Al. 43. 13 — 15. ;, ver. 18. fc, see /. I, see i. m, see /. ft, see /. (, vers. About B. C. 74. ALMA, 45. 307 of his soldiers to anger, to con- tend more powerfully against the Nephites. 17. And now Moroni was angry, because of the stubbornness of the Lamanites; therefore he commanded his people that they should fall upon them and slay them. And it came to pass that they began to slay them; yea, and the Lamanites did contend with their swords and their might. 18. But behold, their "naked skins and their bare heads were exposed to the sharp swords of the Nephites; yea, behold they were pierced and smitten, yea, and did fall exceedingly fast be- fore the swords of the Nephites; and they began to be swept down, even as the "soldier of Moroni had prophesied. 19. Now Zerahemnah, when he saw that they were all about to be destroyed, cried mightily unto Moroni, promising that he would covenant and also his peo- ple with them, if they would spare the remainder of their lives, that they ^never would come to war again against them. 20. And it came to pass that Moroni caused that the work of death should cease again among the people. And he took the weapons of war from the Laman- ites; and 'after they had entered into a covenant with him of peace they were suffered to de- part into the wilderness. 21. Now the number of their dead was not numbered because of the greatness of the number; yea, the number of their dead was exceeding great, both on the Nephites and on the Lamanites. 22. And it came to pass that they did cast their dead into the 'waters of Sidon, and they have gone forth and are buried In the depths of the sea. 2 3. And the armies of the Ne- phites, or of Moroni, returned and came to their houses and their lands. 24. And thus *ended the eight- eenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. And thus ended the record of Alma, which was written upon the 'plates of Nephi. The account of the people of Ne- phi, and their wars and dissensions, in the days of Helaman, according to the record of Helaman, which he Jcept in his days. Comprising chapters 45 to 62 inclusive, CHAPTER 45. Nephite extinction again foretold — Alma's departure compared to that of Moses — Dissension in the church. 1. Behold, now it came to pass that the people of Nephi were exceedingly rejoiced, because the Lord had again delivered them out of the hands of their enemies; therefore they gave thanks unto the Lord their God; yea, and they did "fast much and ^pray much, and they did worship God with exceeding great joy. 2. And it came to pass in the nineteenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, that Alma came unto his son Helaman and said unto him: Believest thou the words which I spake unto thee ''concerning those records which have been kept? 3. And Helaman said unto him: Yea, I believe. 4. And Alma said again: Be- lievest thou in Jesus Christ, who shall come? n, see v, Al. 43. o, ver. 14. p, see /. g, see /. r, see g, Al. 2. s, see /, 1 Ne. 1. Chap. 45: a, see t. Mos. 27. 6, see e, 2 Ne. 32. c, Al. 37. • B. C. 73. 308 ALMA. 45. 5. And he said: Yea, I believe all the words which thou hast spoken. 6. And Alma said unto him again: Will ye keep my com- mandments? 7. And he said: Yea, I wjll keep thy commandments with all my heart. 8. Then Alma said unto him: Blessed art thou; and the Lord shall prosper thee in this land. 9. But behold, I have some- what to prophesy unto thee; but what I prophesy unto thee ye shall not make known; yea, what I prophesy unto thee shall not be made known, even until the prophecy is fulfilled; therefore write the words which I shall say. 10. And these are the words: Behold, I perceive that this very people, the Nephites, according to the spirit of revelation which is in me, in ''four hundred years from the time that Jesus Christ shall manifest himself unto them, shall ^dwindle in unbelief. 11. Yea, and then shall they see wars and pestilences, yea, famines and bloodshed, even until the people of Nephi shall become ^extinct — 12. Yea, and this because they shall dwindle in unbelief and fall Into the works of darkness, and lasciviousness, and all manner of iniquities; yea, I say unto you, that because they shall sin against so great light and knowl- edge, yea, I say unto you, that from that day, even the 'fourth generation shall not all pass away before this great iniquity shall come. 13. And when that great day cometh, behold, the time very soon cometh that those who are now, or the seed of those who are now numbered among the people of Nephi, shall no more be num- bered among the people of Nephi. 14. But whosoever remaineth, and is not destroyed in that great and dreadful day, shall be *num- bered among the Lamanites, and shall become like unto them, all, save it be a few who shall be called the disciples of the Lord; and them shall the Lamanites pursue even *until they shall be- come extinct. And now, because of iniquity, this prophecy shall be fulfilled. 15. And now it came to pass that after Alma had said these things to Helaman, he blessed him, and also his other sons; and he also blessed the earth for the righteous' sake. 16. And he said: Thus saith the Lord God — 'Cursed shall be the land, yea, this land, unto every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, unto destruction, which do wickedly, when they are fully ripe; and as I have said so shall it be; for this is the cursing and the blessing of God upon the land, for the Lord cannot look upon sin with the least degree of allowance. 17. And now, when Alma had said these words he blessed the church, yea, all those who should stand fast in the faith from that time henceforth. 18. And when Alma had done this he departed out of the ''land of Zarahemla, as if to go into the land of Melek. And it came to pass that he was never heard of more; as to his death or burial we know not of. d, see d, 1 Ne. 12. e, Moro. 9. /, 2 Ne. 26:10. Monn. 6. g, see d, 1 Ne. 12. *, 1 Ne. 13 :31. Moro. 9 :24. i, ijoro. I :l — 3. ;, see d, 2 Ne. 1. fe, Om. 13. I, see c, AU 9, ' P, C, 73, ALMA, 46. 309 19. Behold, this we know, that he was a righteous man; and the saying went abroad in the church that he was taken up by the Spirit, or buried by the hand of the Lord, even as Moses. But behold, the scriptures saith the Lord took Moses unto himself; and we suppose that he has also received Alma in the spirit, unto himself; therefore, for this cause we know nothing concerning his death and burial. 20. And now it came to pass in the *commencement of the nineteenth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, that Helaman went forth among the people to declare the word unto them. 21. For behold, because of their wars with the Lamanites and the many little dissensions and disturbances which had been among the people, it became expedient that the word of God should be declared among them, yea, and that a regulation should be made throughout the church. 22. Therefore, Helaman and his brethren went forth to estab- lish the church again in all the land, yea, in every city through- out all the land which was pos- sessed by the people of Nephi. And it came to pass that they did appoint ""priests and teachers throughout all the land, over all the churches. 23. And now it came to pass that after Helaman and his brethren had appointed priests and teachers over the churches that there arose a dissension among them, and they would not give heed to the words of Hela- man and his brethren ; 24. But they grew proud, being lifted up in their hearts, because of their exceeding great riches; therefore they grew rich in their own eyes, and would not give heed to their words, to walk uprightly before God. CHAPTER 46. Amalickiah conspires to be king — Moroni and the title of liberty — The people covenant to maintain freedom — Flight of Am,alickiah. 1. And it came to pass that as many as would not hearken to the words of Helaman and his brethren were gathered together against their brethren. 2. And now behold, they were exceeding wroth, insomuch that they were determined to slay them. 3. Now the leader of those who were wroth against their brethren was a large and a strong man; and his name was Amalickiah. 4. And Amalickiah was de- sirous to be a king; and those people who were wroth were also desirous that he should be their king; and they were the greater part of them the lower judges of the land, and they were seeking for power. 5. And they had been led by the flatteries of Amalickiah, that if they would support him and establish him to be their king that he would make them rulers over the people. 6. Thus they were led away by Amalickiah to dissensions, not- withstanding the preaching of Helaman and his brethren, yea, notwithstanding their exceeding great care over the church, for they were "high priests over the church. 7. And there were many in the church who believed in the flat- m, see c, Mos. 6, Chap. 46 : a, see g. Uos. 36, • B. C. 73. 310 ALMA, 46. tering words of Amalickiah, therefore they dissented even from the church; and thus were the affairs of the people of Nephi exceedingly precarious and dan- gerous, notwithstanding their "great victory which they had had over the Lamanites, and their great rejoicings which they had had because of their deliver- ance by the hand of the Lord. 8. Thus we see how quick the children of men do forget the Lord their God, yea, how quick to do iniquity, and to be led away by the evil one. 9. Yea, and we also see the great wickedness one very wicked man can cause to take place among the children of men. 10. Yea, we see that Ama- lickiah, because he was a man of cunning device and a man of many flattering words, that he led away the hearts of many people to do wickedly; yea, and to seek to destroy the church of God, and to destroy the ""foundation of lib- erty which God had granted unto them, or which blessing God had sent upon the face of the land for the righteous' sake. 11. And now it came to pass that when Moroni, who was the ''chief commander of the armies of the Nephites, had heard of these dissensions, he was angry with Amalickiah. 12. And it came to pass that he *rent his coat; and he took a piece thereof, and wrote upon it — ^In memory of our God, our re- ligion, and freedom, and our peace, our wives, and our chil- dren — and he fastened it upon the end of a pole. 13. And he "fastened on his head-plate, and his breastplate, and his shields, and girded on his armor about his loins; and he took the pole, which had on the end thereof his rent coat, (and he called it the "title of liberty) and he bowed himself to the earth, and he *prayed mightily unto his God for the blessings of ^liberty to rest upon his brethren, so long as there should a band of ''Christians remain to possess the land — 14. For thus were all the true believers of Christ, who belonged to the church of God, called by those who did not belong to the church. 15. And those who did belong to the church were faithful; yea, all those who were true believers in Christ took upon them, gladly, the name of Christ, or Christians as they were called, because of their belief in Christ who should come. 16. And therefore, at this time, Moroni prayed that the cause of the Christians, and the 'freedom of the land might be favored. 17. And it came to pass that when he had "poured out his soul to God, he named all the land which was "south of the "land Desolation, yea, and in fine, all the land, both ^on the north and on the south — A chosen land, and the 'land of liberty. 18. And he said: Surely God shall not suffer that we, who are despised because we take upon us the "^name of Christ, shall be trod- den down and destroyed, until we bring it upon us by our own transgressions, 19. And when Moroni had said 6, Al. chaps. 43. 44. c, see m, Mos. 29. d. Al. 43:16. e, vers. 13, 21 — 27. /, see 2f, Al, 43. g, see 2p, Al, 43. h, see 2/, Al. 43. i, see e, 2 Ne. 32, ;, see 2/, Al. 43. k, vers. 14 — 16, Al. 48:10, /, see 2f, Al. 43. m, see e, 2 Ne, 32. n, 3 Ne. 3:24. Morm, 3:5. o, see 21, Al. 22, p, Al, 22:31. 63:4. q, see 2/. Al. 43. r, see e, Mos. 6. B. C. 73, ALMA, 46. 311 these words, he went forth among the people, waving the *rent part of his garment in the air, that all might see the 'writing which he had written upon the rent part, and crying with a loud voice, say- ing: 20. Behold, whosoever will maintain this title upon the land, let them come forth in the strength of the Lord, and enter into a covenant that they will "maintain their rights, and their religion, that the Lord God may bless them. 21. And it came to pass that when Moroni had proclaimed these words, behold, the people came running together with their armor girded about their loins, "rending their garments in token, or as a covenant, that they would not forsake the Lord their God; or, in other words, if they should transgress the commandments of God, or fall into transgression, and be ashamed to take upon them the *"name of Christ, the Lord should rend them even as they had ^rent their garments. 22. Now this was the covenant which they made, and they cast their garments at the feet of Mo- roni, saying: We covenant with our God, that we shall be de- stroyed, even as our brethren in the "land northward, if we shall fall into transgression; yea, he may cast us at the feet of our enemies, even as we have cast our garments at thy feet to be trodden under foot, if we shall fall into transgression. 23. Moroni said unto them: Behold, we are a remnant of the seed of Jacob; yea, we are a rem- nant of the seed of Joseph, whose 'coat was rent by his brethren into many pieces; yea, and now behold, let us remember to keep the commandments of God, or our garments shall be rent by our brethren, and we be cast into prison, or be sold, or be slain. 24. Yea, let us preserve our ^''liberty as a remnant of Joseph; yea, let us remember the words of Jacob, before his death, for behold, he saw that a part of the remnant of the coat of Joseph was preserved and had not de- cayed. And he said — ^"Even as this remnant of garment of my son hath been preserved, so shall a remnant of the seed of my son be preserved by the hand of God, and be taken unto himself, while the remainder of the seed of Joseph shall perish, even as the remnant of his garment. 2 5. Now behold, this giveth my soul sorrow; nevertheless, my soul hath joy in my son, be- cause of that part of his seed which shall be taken unto God. 2 6. Now behold, this was the language of Jacob. 27. And now who knoweth but what the remnant of the seed of Joseph, which shall perish as his garment, are those who have dis- sented from us? Yea, and even it shall be ourselves if we do not stand fast in the faith of Christ. 28. And now it came to pass that when Moroni had said these words he went forth, and also sent forth in all the parts of the land where there were dissen- sions, and gathered together all the people who were desirous to maintain their ^""liberty, to stand against Amalickiah and those who had dissented, who were called Amalickiahites. 29. And it came to pass that :36. e, Mos. &— 5. /, Mos. 3 :17. See 37. i, Al. 13 -.2-4, 25. 39:19. j, see e, Aboux B. C. 80. 370 HELAMAN, 5. of God, to teach the word of God among all the people of Nephi, beginning at the *^city Bountiful; 15. And from thenceforth to the 'city of Gid; and from the city of Gid to the "*city of Mul'ek; 16. And even from one city to another, until they had gone forth among all the people of Nephi who were in the "land southward; and from thence into the "land of Zarahemla, ^among the Laman- ites. 17. And it came to pass that they did preach with great power, insomuch that they did confound many of *those dissenters who had gone over from the Nephites, Insomuch that they came forth and did confess their sins and were '^baptized unto repentance, and immediately returned to the 'Nephites to endeavor to repair unto them the wrongs which they had done. 18. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did preach unto the Lamanites with such great power and authority, for they had power and authority given unto them that they might speak, and they also had what they should speak given unto them — 19. Therefore they did speak unto the great astonishment of the Lamanites, to the convincing them, insomuch that there were eight thousand of the Lamanites who were in the *land of Zara- hemla and round about 'baptized unto repentance, and were con- vinced of the wickedness of the "traditions of their fathers. 20. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did proceed from thence to go to the "land of Nephi. 21. And it came to pass that they were taken by an army of the Lamanites and cast into prison; yea, even in that same prison "'in which Ammon and his brethren were cast by the ser- vants of Limhi. 22. And after they had been cast into prison many days with- out food, behold, they went forth into the prison to take them that they might slay them. 23. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi were encircled about as if by fire, even inso- much that *they durst not lay their hands upon them for fear lest they should be burned. Never- theless, Nephi and Lehi were not burned; and they were as stand- ing in the midst of fire and were not burned. 24. And when they saw that they were encircled about with a pillar of fire, and that it burned them not, their hearts did take courage. 25. For they saw that the La- manites durst not lay their hands upon them; neither durst they come near unto them, but stood as if they were struck dumb with amazement. 26. And it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi did stand forth and began to speak unto them, saying: Fear not, for behold, it is God that has shown unto you this marvelous thing, in the which is shown unto you that ye cannot lay your hands on us to slay us. 27. And behold, when they had said these words, the earth shook exceedingly, and the walls of the prison did shake as if they were about to tumble to the earth; but behold, they did not fall. And behold, they that were in the prison were Lamanites and Ne- phites who were dissenters. k, see 2k, Al. 22. I, see 2c, Al. 51. m, see 2d, Al. 51. n, see n, Al. 46. o, Om. 13. p. He. 4:5. q. He. 4:2, 4. r, see u, 2 Ne. 9. 8, Cm. 13. t, see u, 2 N«. 9. tt, see n, Jac. 7. v, see 6, 2 Ne. 5. to, Mos. 7:6 — 8. 21:22 — ^24. x, ver. 25. About B. C. 30. HELAMAN, 5. 371 2S. And it came to pass that they were overshadowed with a cloud of darkness, and an awful solemn fear came upon them. 29. And it came to pass that there came a voice as if it were above the cloud of darkness, say- ing: Repent ye, repent ye, and seek no more to destroy my ser- vants whom I have sent unto you to declare good tidings. 30. And it came to pass when they heard this voice, and beheld that it was not a voice of thun- der, neither was it a voice of a great tumultuous noise, but be- hold, "it was a still voice of per- fect mildness, as if it had been a whisper, and it did pierce even to the very soul — 31. And notwithstanding the mildness of the voice, behold the earth shook exceedingly, and the walls of the prison trembled again, as if it were about to tum- ble to the earth; and behold the cloud of darkness, which had overshadowed them, did not dis- perse — 32. And behold the voice came again, saying: Repent ye, repent ye, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand; and seek no more to destroy my servants. And it came to pass that the earth shook again, and the walls trembled. 33. And also again the third time the voice came, and did speak unto them marvelous words which cannot be uttered by man; and the walls did tremble again, and the earth shook as if it were about to divide asunder. 34. And it came to pass that the Lamanites could not flee be- cause of the cloud of darkness which did overshadow them; yea, and also they were immovable because of the fear which did come upon them. 35. Now there was one among them who was a Nephite by birth, who had ocice belonged to the church of God but had dissented from them. 36. And it came to pass that he turned him about, and behold, he saw through the cloud of dark- ness the faces of Nephi and Lehi; and behold, they did shine exceed- ingly, even as the faces of angels. And he beheld that they did lift their eyes to heaven; and they were in the attitude as if talking or lifting their voices to some being whom they beheld. 37. And it came to pass that this man did cry unto the multi- tude, that they might turn and look. And behold, there was power given unto them that they did turn and look; and they did behold the faces of Nephi and Lehi. 38. And they said unto the man: Behold, what do all these things mean, and who is it with whom these men do converse? 39. Now the man's name was Aminadab. And Aminadab said unto them: They do converse with the angels of God. 40. And it came to pass that the Lamanites said unto him: What shall we do, that this cloud of darkness may be re- moved from overshadowing us? 41. And Aminadab said unto them: You must repent, and cry unto the voice, even until ye shall have faith in Christ, who was taught unto you by Alma, and Amulek, and Zeezrom; and when ye shall do this, the cloud of darkness shall be removed from overshadowing you. 42. And it came to pass that they all did begin to cry unto the voice of him who had shaken the earth; yea, they di4 cry even until V, 3 Ne, XI :3. About B. C. 30. 372 HELAMAN, 6. the cloud of darkness was dis- persed. 43. And it came to pass that when they cast their eyes about, and saw that the cloud of dark- ness was dispersed from over- shadowing them, behold, they saw that they were encircled about, yea every soul, by a pil- lar of fire. 44. And Nephi and Lehi were in the midst of them; yea, they were encircled about; yea, they were as if in the midst of a flam- ing fire, yet it did harm them not, neither did it take hold upon the walls of the prison; and they were filled with that joy which is unspeakable and full of glory. 45. And behold, the ^Holy Spirit of God did come down from heaven, and did enter into their hearts, and they were filled as if with fire, and they could speak forth marvelous words. 46. And it came to pass that there came a voice unto them, yea, a pleasant voice, as if it were a whisper, saying: 47. Peace, peace be unto you, because of your faith in my Well Beloved, who was from the ""foundation of the world. 48. And now, when they heard this they cast up their eyes as if to behold from whence the voice came; and behold, they saw the heavens open; and angels came down out of heaven and minis- tered unto them. 4 9 , And there were about three hundred souls who saw and heard these things; and they 'were bidden to go forth and marvel not, neither should they doubt. 50. And it came to pass that they did go forth, and did minis- ter unto the people, declaring throughout all the regions round about all the things which they had heard and seen, insomuch that the more part of the La- manites were convinced of them, because of the greatness of the evidences which they had re- ceived. 51. And as many as were convinced did lay down their weapons of war, and also their -^hatred and the tradition of their fathers. 52. And it came to pass that they did ^""yield up unto the Ne- phites the lands of their posses- sion. CHAPTER 6. Lamanites send missionaries to Ne- phites — Peace mid freedom abound — The land Lehi and the land Mulek — Cezoram and his son murdered — Gadianton robbers seize government. 1. And it came to pass that when the sixty and second year of the reign of the judges *had ended, all these things had hap- pened and the Lamanites had be- come, the more part of them, a righteous people, insomuch that their righteousness did exceed that of the Nephites, because of their firmness and their steadi- ness in the faith. 2. For behold, there were many of the Nephites who had become hardened and impenitent and grossly wicked, insomuch that they did reject the word of God and all the preaching and prophesying which did come among them. 3. Nevertheless, the people of the church 'did have great joy be- cause of the conversion of the Lamanites, yea, because of the church of^God, which had been established among them. And they did fellowship one with an- other, and did rejoice one with another, and did have great joy. z, 3 Ne. 9:20. Eth. 12:14. 2a, soe d, Mos. 4. 2b, see n, Jac. 7. 2c, He. 4:5. 9, 10, 18, 19. • B. C. 29. HELAMAN, 6. 373 4. And it came to pass that many of the Lamanites did pome down into the "land of Zara- hemla, and did declare unto the people of the Nephites the man- ner of their conversion, and did exhort them to faith and re- pentance. 5. Yea, and many did preach with exceedingly great poyer and authority, unto the bringing down many of them into the depths of humility, to be the humble followers of God and the Lamb. 6. And it came to pass that many of the Lamanites did go into the ''land northward; and also Nephi and Lehi went into the land northward, to preach unto the people. And thus ended the sixty and third year. 7. And behold, there was peac.e in all the land, insomuch that the Nephites did go into whatsoever part of the land they would, whether among the Nephites or the Lamanites. 8. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did also go whitherso- ever they would, whether it were among the Lamanites or among the Nephites; and thus they did have free intercourse one with another, to buy and to sell, and to get gain, according to their desire. 9. And it came to pass that they became exceeding rich, both the Lamanites and the Nephites; and they did have an '^exceeding plenty of gold, and of silver, and of all manner of precious metals, both in the ''land south and in the *land north. 10. Now the land south was 'called Lehi, and the land north was ^caHed Mulek, which was after the ''son of Zedekiah; for the Lord did bring *TVIulek into the land north, and ^Lehi into the land south. 11. And behold, there was ''all manner of gold in both these lands, and of silver, and of pre- cious ore of every kind; and there were also curious workmen, who did work all kinds of ore and did refine it; and thus they did become rich. 12. They did raise grain in abundance, both in the north and in the south; and they did flourish exceedingly, both in the north and in the south. And they did multiply and wax exceedingly strong in the land. And they did raise many flocks and herds, yea, many fatlings. 13. Behojd their women 'did toil and spin, and did make all manner of cloth, of fine-twined linen and cloth of every kind, to clothe their nakedness. And thus the sixty and fourth year did pass away in peace. 14. And in the * sixty and fifth year they did also have great joy and peace, yea, much preaching and many prophecies concerning that which was to come. And thus passed away the sixty and fifth year. 15. And it came to pass that in the t sixty and sixth year of the reign of the judges, behold, "'Cezoram was murdered by an unknown hand as he sat upon the judgment-seat. And it came to pass that in the same year, that his son, who had been ap- pointed by the people in his stead, was also murdered. And thus ended the sixty and sixth year. 16. And in the Jcommence- ment of the sixty and seventh a. Cm. 13. h, see j), Al. 46. c, see n, 1 Ne. 18. d, see n, Al. 40. e, see p, Al. 46. /, Al. 50 :25. g, Al. 51 :26, h. Cm. 14, 15. i, see e. j, see d. k, see n, 1 Ne. 18. Ij see c, Mos. 10. m. He. 5 :1. * B. C. 27. t B. C. 26. t B. C. 25. 374 HELAMAN, 6. year the people began to grow exceedingly wicked again. 17. For behold, the Lord had blessed them so long with the riches of the world that they had not been stirred up to anger, to wars, nor to bloodshed; there- fore they began to set their hearts upon their riches; yea, they began to seek to get gain that they might be lifted up one above another; therefore they be- gan to "commit secret murders, and to rob and to plunder, that they might get gain. 18. And now behold, those murderers and plunderers were a band who had been formed by Kishkumen and Gadianton. And now it had come to pass that there were many, even among the Nephites, of "Gadianton's band. But behold, they were more numerous among the more wicked part of the Lamanites. And they were called Gadianton's robbers and murderers. 19. And it was they who did murder the ^chief judge Cezoram, and «his son, while in the judg- ment-seat; and behold, they were not found. 20. And now it came to pass that when the Lamanites found that there were robbers among them they were exceeding sorrow- ful; and they did use every means in their power to destroy them off the face of the earth. 21. But behold, Satan did stir up the hearts of the more part of the Nephites, insomuch that they did unite with those '^bands of robbers, and did enter into their covenants and their oaths, that they would protect and pre- serve one another in whatso- ever difficult circumstances they should be placed, that they should not suffer for their murders, and their plunderings, and their steal- ings. 22. And it came to pass that they did have their signs, yea, their 'secret signs, and their se- cret words; and this that they might distinguish a brother who had entered into the covenant, that whatsoever wickedness his brother should do he should not be injured by his brother, nor by those who did belong to his band, who had taken this covenant. 23. And thus they might mur- der, and plunder, and steal, and commit whoredoms and all man- ner of wickedness, contrary to the laws of their country and also the laws of their God. 24. And whosoever of those who belonged to their band should reveal unto the world of their wickedness and their abom- inations, should be tried, not ac- cording to the laws of their coun- try, but according to the laws of their wickedness, which had been given by Gadianton and Kish- kumen. 25. Now behold, it is these 'secret oaths and covenants which Alma commanded his son should not go forth unto the world, lest they should be a means of bringing down the peo- ple unto destruction. 26. Now behold, those secret oaths and covenants did not come forth unto Gadianton from the records which were delivered unto Helaman; but behold, they were put into the heart of Ga- dianton by that "same being who did entice our first parents to partake of the forbidden fruit — 27. Yea, that same being who did plot with Cain, that if he would murder his brother Abel it n, see i, 2 Ne. 10. o. He. 2:12, 13. p, ver. 15. q, ver, 15. r, see i, 2 Ne. 10. », Al. 37:27. *, Al. 37:27—32. u, 1\ of G. P., Moses 4:6 — 12. About B. C. 25. HELAMAN, 6. 375 should not be known unto the world. And he did "plot with Cain and his followers from that time forth, 28. And also it is that same being who put it into the hearts of the people to '"build a tow,er sufficiently high that they might get to heaven. And it was that same being who led on the people who came from that tower 'into this land; who spread the works of darkness and abominations over all the face of the land, until he dragged the people down to an ''entire destruction, and to an 'everlasting hell. 29. Yea, it is that same being who put it into the heart of ^"Ga- dianton to still carry on the work of darkness, and of secret mur- der; and he has brought it forth from the beginning of man even down to this time. 30. And behold, it is he who is the author of all sin. And behold, he doth carry on his works of darkness and secret murder, and doth hand down their plots, and their oaths, and their covenants, and their plans of awful wickedness, from gen- eration to generation according as he can get hold upon the hearts of the children of men. 31. And now behold, he had got great hold upon the hearts of the Nephites; yea, insomuch that they had become exceedingly wicked; yea, the more part of them had turned out of the way of righteousness, and did trample under their feet the command- ments of God, and did turn unto their own ways, and did build up unto themselves idols of their gold and their silver. 32. And it came to pass that all these iniquities did come unto them in the space of not many years, insomuch that a more part of it had come unto them in the sixty and seventh year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. 33. And they did grow in their iniquities in the * sixty and eighth year also, to the great sorrow and lamentation of the righteous. 34. And thus we see that the Nephites did begin to dwindle in unbelief, and grow in wickedness and abominations, while the La- manites began to grow exceed- ingly in the knowledge of their God; yea, they did begin to keep his statutes and commandments, and to walk in truth and upright- ness before him. 35. And thus we see that the Spirit of the Lord began to with- draw from the Nephites, because of the wickedness and the hard- ness of their hearts. 36. And thus we see that the Lord began to pour out his Spirit upon the Lamanites, be- cause of their easiness and will- ingness to believe in his words. 37. And it cdme to pass that the Lamanites did hunt the ^^band of robbers of Gadianton; and they did preach the word of God among the more wicked part of them, insomuch that this band of robbers was utterly destroyed from among the Lamanites. 38. And it came to pass on the other hand, that the Nephites did build them up and support them, beginning at the more wicked part of them, until they had overspread all the land of the Nephites, and had seduced the more part of the righteous until they had come down lo believe in their works and partake of their spoils, and to join with them in V, p. of G. P., Moses 5:29 — 31. w, see Eth. 1. x. Book of Ether. 15—25. z, see k, 1 Ne. 15. 2o, He. 2:10—13. 26, see i, 2 Ne. 10. V, Eth. 8:9, • B. C. 24. 376 HELAMAN, 7. their secret murders and combi- nations. 39. And thus they did obtain the sole management of the gov- ernment, insomuch that they did trample under their feet and smite and rend and turn their backs upon the poor and the meek, and the humble followers of God. 40. And thus we see that they were in an awful state, and ripen- ing for an everlasting destruc- tion. 41. And It came to pass that thus ended the sixty and eighth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephl. The Prophecy of Nepht, the son OF Helaman. — God threatens the peo- ple of Nephi that he will visit them in his anger, to their utter destruction except they repent of their wicked- ness. God smiteth the people of Nephi with pestilence; they repent and turn unto him. Samuel, a La- manite, prophesies unto the Nephites. Comprising chapters 7 to 16 inclusive. CHAPTER 7. 27ephij rejected by the people ixi the norths returns to Zarahemla — From his garden tower he prays to God and addresses the multitude. 1. Behold, now it came to pass in the * sixty and ninth year of the reign of the judges over the people of the Nephites, that Ne- phi, the son of Helaman, returned to the "land of Zarahemla from the ^land northward. 2. Fbr he had been forth among the people who were in the land northward, and did preach the word of God unto them, and did prophesy many things unto them; 3. And they did reject all his words, insomuch that he could not stay among them, but re- turned again unto the land of his nativity. 4. And seeing the people in a state of such awful wickedness, and those *^Gadianton robbers filling the judgment-seats — hav- ing usurped the power and au- thority of the land; laying aside the commandments of God, and not in the least aright before him; doing no justice unto the children of men; 5. Condemning the righteous because of their righteousness; letting the guilty and the wicked go unpunished because of their money; and moreover to be held in office at the head of govern- ment, to rule and do according to their wills, that they might get gain and glory of the world, and, moreover, that they might the more easily commit adultery, and steal, and kill, and do ac- cording to their own wills — 6. Now this great iniquity had come upon the Nephites, in the space of not many years; and when Nephi saw it, his heart was swollen with sorrow within his breast; and he did exclaim in the agony of his soul: 7. Oh, that I could have had my days in the days when my father Nephi first came out of the land of Jerusalem, that I could have joyed with him in the •'promised land; then were his people easy to be entreated, firm to keep the commandments of God, and slow to be led to do iniquity; and they were quick to hearken unto the words of the Lord^- 8. Yea, if my days could have been in those days, th^n would a, Om, 13, &, Bee p, AU 46. c, see i, 2 Ne. 10. He. 2 :10 — 13. (f, see o, 1 Ne. 2. • B. O. 23. HELAMAN, 7. 377 my soul have had joy in the righteousness of my brethren. 9. But behold, I am consigned that these are my days, and that my soul shall be filled with sor- row because of this the wicked- ness of my brethren. 10. And behold, now it came to pass that it was upon a tower, which was in the garden of Ne- phi, which was by the highway which led to the chief market, which was in the *city of Zara- hemla; therefore, Nephi had bowed himself upon the tower which was in his garden, which tower was also near unto the garden gate by which led the highway. 11. And it came to pass that there were certain men passing by and saw Nephi as he was pouring out his soul unto God upon the tower; and they ran and told the people what they had seen, and the people came together in multitudes that they might know the cause of so great mourning for the wickedness of the people. 12. And now, when Nephi arose he beheld the multitudes of peo- ple who had gathered together. 13. And it came to pass that he opened his mouth and said unto them: Behold, why have ye gathered yourselves together? That I may tell you of your ini- quities? 14. Yea, because I have got upon my tower that I might pour out my soul unto my God, be- cause of the exceeding sorrow of my heart, which is because of your iniquities! 15. And because of my mourn- ing and lamentation ye have gath- ered yourselves together, and do marvel; yea, and ye have great need to marvel; yea, ye ought to marvel because ye are given away that the devil has got so great hold upon your hearts. 16. Yea, how could you have given way to the enticing of him who is seeking to hurl away your souls down to 'everlasting misery and endless wo? 17. O repent ye, repent ye! Why will ye die? Turn ye, turn ye unto the Lord your God. Why has he forsaken you? 18. It is because you have hardened your hearts; yea, ye will not hearken unto the voice of the ^good shepherd; yea, ye have provoked him to anger against you. 19. And behold, instead of gathering you, except ye will re- pent, behold, he shall scatter you forth that ye shall become meat for dogs and wild beasts. 20. O, how could you have for- gotten your God in the very day that he has delivered you? 21. But behold, it is to get gain, to be praised of men, yea, and that ye might get gold and silver. And ye have set your hearts upon the riches and the vain things of this world, for the which ye do murder, and plun- der, and steal, and bear false witness against your neighbor, and do all manner of iniquity. 22. And for this cause wo shall come unto you except ye shall repent. For if ye will not repent, behold, this great city, and also all those great cities which are round about, which are in the land of our possession, shall be taken away that ye shall have no place in them; for be- hold, the Lord will not grant unto you strength, as he has hitherto done, to withstand against your enemies. 23. For behold, thus saith the e. Ova. 13. f, see m, Jac. 6. g, see 2e, Al. 5. 26 Between B. O. 23 AND 20, 378 HELAMAN, 8. Lord: I will not show unto the wicked of my strength, to one more than the other, save it be unto those who repent of their sins, and hearken unto my words. Now therefore, I would that ye should behold, my brethren, that it shall be better for the Laman- ites than for you except ye shall repent. 24. For behold, they are more righteous than you, for they have not sinned against that great knowledge which ye have re- ceived; therefore the Lord will be merciful unto them; yea, he will "lengthen out their days and in- crease their seed, even when thou Shalt be ^utterly destroyed except thou Shalt repent. 25. Yea, wo be unto you be- cause of that great abomination which has come among you; and ye have united yourselves unto it, yea, to that ^secret band which was established by Gadianton! 26. Yea, wo shall come unto you because of that pride which ye have suffered to enter your hearts, which has lifted you up beyond that which is good because of your exceeding great riches! 27. Yea, wo be unto you be- cause of your wickedness and abominations! 2 8. And except ye repent ye shall perish; yea, even your lands shall be taken from you, and ye shall be Mestroyed from off the face of the earth. 29. Behold now, I do not say that these things shall be, of my- self, because it Is not of myself that I know these things; but behold, I know that these things are true because the Lord God has made them known unto me, therefore I testify that they shall be. CHAPTER 8. Nephi's address continued — Corrupt judges vainly endeavor to incite peo- ple against him — By inspiration he announces the murder of the chief judge. 1. And now it came to pass that when Nephi had said these words, behold, there were men who were judges, who also be- longed to the "secret band of Gadianton, and they were angry, and they cried out against him, saying unto the people: Why do ye not seize upon this man and bring him forth, that he may be condemned according to the crime which he has done? 2. Why seest thou this man, and hearest him revile against this people and against our law? 3. For behold, Nephi had spok- en unto them concerning the cor- ruptness of their law; yea, many things did Nephi speak which cannot be written; and nothing did he speak which was contrary to the commandments of God. 4. And those judges were an- gry with him because he spake plainly unto them concerning their "secret works of darkness; nevertheless, they durst not lay their own hands upon him, for they feared the people lest they should cry out against them. 5. Therefore they did cry unto the people, saying: Why do you suffer this man to revile against us? For behold he doth condemn all this people, even unto destruc- tion; yea, and also that these our ^great cities shall be taken from us, that we shall have no place in them. 6. And now we know that this is impossible, for behold, we are powerful, and our cities great, therefore our enemies can have no power over us. h, see /, Al. 9. i, see m, Al. 9. j, see c. See aVo t, 2 Ne. 10. k, see m, Al. 9. Chap. 8 : a, see 6. See also i, 2 Ne. 10. 6, see i, 2 Ne. 10. c. He. 7 :22. BXXWMN B. C. 23 AND 20. HELAMAN, 8. 379 7. And it came to pass that thus they did stir up the peo- ple to anger against Nephi, and raised contentions among them; for there were some who did cry- out: Let this man alone, for he is a good man, and those things which he saith will surely- come to pass except we repent; 8. Yea, behold, all the judg- ments will come upon us which he has testified unto us; for we know that he has testified aright unto us concerning our iniquities. And behold they are many, and he knoweth as well all things which shall befall us as he knoweth of our iniquities; 9. Yea, and behold, if he had not been a prophet he could not have testified concerning those things. 10. And it came to pass that those people who sought to de- stroy Nephi were compelled be- cause of their fear, that they did not lay their hands on him; therefore he began again to speak unto them, seeing that he had gained favor in the eyes of some, insomuch that the re- mainder of them did fear. 11. Therefore he was con- strained to speak more unto them saying: Behold, my brethren, have ye not read that God gave power unto one man, even Moses, to smite upon the waters of the Red Sea, and they parted hither and thither, insomuch that the Israelites, who were our fathers, came through upon dry ground, and the waters closed upon the armies of the Egyptians and swal- lowed them up? 12. And now behold, if God gave unto this man such power, then why should ye dispute among yourselves, and say that he hath given unto me no power whereby I may ''know concerning the judgments that shall come upon you except ye repent? 13. But, behold, ye not only deny my words, but ye also deny all the words which have been spoken by our fathers, and also the words which were spoken by this man, Moses, who had such great power given unto him, yea, the words which he hath spoken concerning the coming of the Messiah. 14. Yea, did he not bear rec- ord that the Son of God should come? And as he ^lifted up the brazen serpent in the wilderness, even so shall he be lifted up who should come. 15. And as many as should look upon that serpent should live, even so as many as should Look upon the Son of God with faith, having a contrite spirit, might live, even unto that life which is eternal. 16. And now behold, Moses did not only testify of these things, but also all the holy prophets, from his days even to the days of Abraham. 17. Yea, and behold, Abraham saw of his coming, and was filled with gladness and did rejoice. 18. Yea, and behold I say U'Uto you, that Abraham not only knew of these things, but there were many before the days of Abraham who were called by the ''order of God; yea, even after the order of his Son; and this that it should be shown unto the people, a great many thousand years before his coming, that even redemption should come unto them. 19. And now I would that ye should know, that even since the d. He. 7:28, 29. 84 :6 — 16. e. Al. 33:10 — 22. /, see g, Mos. 26. Al. 13:19. D. & C. Between B. C. 23 anp 20. 380 HELAMAN, 9. days of Abraham there have been many prophets that have testified these things; yea, behold, the prophet "Zenos did testify boldly; for the which he was slain. 20. And behold, also "Zenock, and also *Ezias, and also Isaiah, and Jeremiah, (Jeremiah being that same prophet who testified of the destruction of Jerusalem) and now we know that Jerusalem was destroyed according to the words of Jeremiah. O then why not the Son of God come, accord- ing to his prophecy? 21. And now will you dispute that Jerusalem was destroyed? Will ye say that the sons of Zede- kiah were not slain, all except it were •'Mulek? Yea, and do ye not behold that the seed of Zedekiah are with us, and they were driven out of the land of Jerusalem? But behold, this is not all — 22. Our father Lehi was driven out of Jerusalem because he tes- tified of these things. Nephi also testified of these things, and also almost all of our fathers, even down to this time; yea, they have testified of the coming of Christ, and have looked forward, and have rejoiced in his day which is to come. 23. And behold, he is God, and he is with them, and he did man- ifest himself unto them, that they were redeemed by him; and they gave unto him glory, because of that which is to come. 24. And now, seeing ye know these things and cannot deny them except ye shall lie, there- fore in this ye have sinned, for ye have rejected all these things, notwithstanding so many evi- dences which ye have received; yea, even ye have received all things, both things in heaven, and all things which are in the earth, as a witness that they are true. 2 5. But behold, ye have re- jected the truth, and rebelled against your holy God; and even at this time, instead of laying up for yourselves '■treasures in heaven, where nothing doth cor- rupt, and where nothing can come which is unclean, ye are heaping up for yourselves wrath against the day of judgment. 26. Yea, even at this time ye are ripening, because of your murders and your fornication and wickedness, for everlasting destruction; yea, and except ye repent it will come unto you soon. 27. Yea, behold it is now even at your doors; yea, go ye in unto the judgment-seat, and search; and behold, your judge is mur- dered, and he lieth in his blood; and he hath been murdered 'by his brother, who seeketh to sit in the judgment-seat. 28. And behold, they both be- long to your ""secret band, whose author is Gadianton and the evil one who seeketh to destroy the souls of men. CHAPTER 9. Nephi's word verified — Chief judge found dead at the judgment-seat — Nephi and five others accused — Their innocence established — The murderer made known. 1. Behold, now it came to pass that when Nephi had spoken these words, certain men who were among them ran to the judgment-seat; yea, even there were "five who went, and they said among themselves, as they went: g, see h, 1 Ne. 19. h, see g, 1 Ne. 19. i, D. & C. 84:11 — 13. j, He. 6:10. Om. 13. Ezek. 17 :22, 23. Cm. 14. k, see c. He. 5. I, He 9 :6. 2G — 38. m, see i. 2 Ne. 10. Chap. 9; vers. 7 — 9, 12 — 18. Between b. C. 23 and 20. HELAMAN, 9. 3S1 2. Behold, now we will know of a surety whether this man be a prophet and God hath com- manded him to prophesy such marvelous things unto us. Be- hold, we do not believe that he hath; yea, we do not believe that he is a prophet; nevertheless, if this thing which he has said con- cerning the chief judge be true, that he be dead, then will we believe that the other words which he has spoken are true. 3. And it came to pass that they ran in their might, and came in unto the judgment-seat; and behold, the chief judge had fallen to the earth, and did "lie in his blood. 4. And now behold, when they saw this they were astonished ex- ceedingly, insomuch that they fell to the earth; for they had not believed the words which Nephi had spoken concerning the chief judge. 5. But now, when they saw they believed, and fear came upon them lest all the judgments which Nephi had spoken should come upon the people; therefore they did quake, and had fallen to the earth. 6. Now, immediately when the judge had been murdered — he being stabbed by "his brother by a garb of secrecy, and he fled, and the servants ran and told the peo- ple, raising the cry of murder among them; 7. And behold the people did gather themselves together unto the place of the judgment-seat — and behold, to their astonishment they saw those •'five men who had fallen to the earth. 8. And now behold, the people knew nothing concerning the multitude who had gathered to- gether at the *garden of Nephi; therefore they said among them- selves: 'These men are they who have murdered the judge, and God has smitten them that they could not flee from us. 9. And it came to pass that they laid hold on them, and bound them and cast them into prison. And there was a proc- lamation sent abroad that the judge was slain, and that the murderers had been taken and were cast into prison. 10. And it came to pass that on the morrow the people did assemble themselves together to mourn and to "fast, at the burial of the great chief judge who had been slain. 11. And thus also those judges who were at the garden of Nephi, and heard his words, were also gathered together at the burial. 12. And it came to pass that they inquired among the people, saying: Where are the "five who were sent to inquire concerning the chief judge whether he was dead? And they answered and said: Concerning the five whom ye say ye have sent, we know not; but there are five who are the murderers, whom we have cast into prison. 13. And It came to pass that the judges desired that they should be brought; and they were brought, and behold they were the *five who were sent; and behold the judges inquired of them to know concerning the matter, and they told them all that they had done, saying: 14. We ran and came to the place of the judgment, and when we saw all things even as Nephi had testified, we were astonished insomuch that we fell to the h. He. 8 :27. c, see I, He. 8. d, see o, e. He. 7 :10, 11, 14. f, see a. g, see t, Mos. 27. h, see a. i, see a. BvrwssN 3. G, 23 and 20> 382 HELAMAN, 9. earth; and when we were recov- ered from our astonishment, be- hold they ^cast us into prison. 15. Now, as for the murder of this man, we know not who has done it; and only this much we know, we ran and came accord- ing as ye desired, and behold he was ''dead, according to the words of Nephi. 16. And now it came to pass that the judges did expound the matter unto the people, and did cry out against Nephi, saying: Behold, we know that this Nephi must have agreed with some one to slay the judge, and then he might declare it unto us, that he might convert us unto his faith, that he might raise himself to be a great man, chosen of God, and a prophet. 17. And now behold, we will detect this man, and he shall confess his fault and make known unto us the true murderer of this judge. 18. And it came to pass that the 'five were liberated on the day of the burial. Nevertheless, they did rebuke the judges in the words which they had spoken against Nephi, and did contend with them one by one, insomuch that they did confound them. 19. Nevertheless, they caused that Nephi should be taken and bound and brought before the multitude, and they began to question him in divers ways that they might cross him, that they might accuse him to death — 20. Saying unto him: Thou art confederate; who is this man that hath done this murder? Now tell us, and acknowledge thy fault; saying, Behold here is money; and also we will grant unto thee thy life If thou wilt tell us, and acknowledge the agree- ment which thou hast made with him. 21. But Nephi said unto them: O ye fools, ye uncircumcised of heart, ye blind, and ye stiff- necked people, do ye know how long the Lord your God will suffer you that ye shall go on in this your way of sin? 22. O ye ought to begin to howl and mourn, because of the great destruction which at this time doth await you, except ye shall repent. 23. Behold ye say that I have agreed with a man that he should murder Seezoram, our chief judge. But behold, I say unto you, that this is because I have testified unto you that ye might know concerning this thing; yea, even for a witness unto you, that I did know of the wickedness and abominations which are among you. 24. And because I have done this, ye say that I have agreed with a man that he should do this thing; yea, because I showed unto you this sign ye are angry with me, and seek to destroy my life. 25. And now behold, I will show unto you another sign, and see if ye will in this thing seek to destroy me. 26. Behold I say unto you: Go to the house of Seantum, who is the ""brother of Seezoram, and say unto him — 27. Has Nephi, the pretended prophet, who doth prophesy so much evil concerning this people, agreed with thee, in the which ye have murdered Seezoram, who is your brother? 28. And behold, he shall say unto you, Nay. 29. And ye shall say unto kim: Have ye murdered your brother? j, ver. 9, k, He. 8:37. l^ Bee a. m, see I. He. 8, Betwjijjn B. C. 29 ANP 80, HELAMAN, 10. 383 30. And he shall stand with fear, and wist not what to say. And behold, he shall deny unto you; and he shall make as if he were astonished; nevertheless, he shall declare unto you that he is innocent. 31. But behold, ye shall exam- ine him, and ye shall find blood upon the skirts of his cloak. 32. And when ye have seen this, ye shall say: From whence Cometh this blood? Do we not know that it is the blood of your brother? 33. And then shall he tremble, and shall look pale, even as if death had come upon him. 34. And then shall ye say: Because of this fear and this paleness which has come upon your face, behold, we know that thou art guilty. 35. And then shall greater fear come upon him; and then shall he confess unto you, and deny no more that he has done this mur- der. 36. And then shall he say unto you, that I, Nephi, know nothing concerning the matter save it were given unto me by the power of God. And then shall ye know that I am an honest man, and that I am sent unto you from God. 37. And it came to pass that they went and did, even accord- ing as Nephi had »aid unto them. And behold, the words which he had said were true; for accord- ing to the words he did deny; and also according to the words he did confess. 38. And he was brought to prove that he himself was the very murderer, insomuch that the five were set at liberty, and also was Nephi. 39. And there were some of the Nephites who believed on the words of Nephi; and there were some also, who believed because o€ the testimony of the •^five, for they had been converted while they were in prison. 40. And now there were some among the people, who said that Nephi was a prophet. 41. And there were others who said: Behold, he is a god, for except he was a god he could not know of all things. For be- hold, he has told us the thoughts of our hearts, and also has told us things; and even he has brought unto our knowledge the true murderer of our chief judge. CHAPTER 10. Nephi is comforted hy the Lord with protnise of great power — He preaches repentance and warns the wicked of impending judgments. 1. And it came to pass that there arose a division among the people, insomuch that they divided hither and thither and went their ways, leaving Nephi alone, as he was standing in the midst of them. 2. And it came to pass that Nephi went his way towards his own house, pondering upon the things which the Lord had shown unto him. 3. And it came to pass as he was thus pondering — being much cast down because of the wicked- ness of the people of the Ne- phites, their "secret works of darkness, and their murderings, and their plunderings, and all manner of iniquities — and it came to pass as he was thus pon- dering in his heart, behold, a voice came unto him saying: 4. Blessed art thou, Nephi, for those things which thou hast done; for I have beheld how thou hast with unwearyingness n, see a. Chap. 10: a, see {, 2 Ne. 10. BfiTWBi:^ B. C. 23 AND 20. 384 HELAMAN, 10. declared the word, which I have given unto thee, unto this people. And thou hast not feared them, and hast not sought thine own life, but hast sought my will, and to keep my commandments. 5. And now, because thou hast done this with such unwearying- ness, behold, I will bless thee for- ever; and I will make thee mighty in word and in deed, in faith and in works; yea, even that all things shall be done unto thee according to thy word, for thou Shalt not ask that which is con- trary to my will. 6. Behold, thou art Nephi, and I am God. Behold, I declare it unto thee in the presence of mine angels, that ye shall have power over this people, and shall smite the earth with ^famine, and with pestilence, and destruction, according to the wickedness of this people. 7. Behold, I give unto you power, that whatsoever ye shall seal on earth shall be sealed in heaven; and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven; and thus shall ye have power among this people. 8. And thus, if ye shall say unto this temple it shall be rent in twain, it shall be done. 9. And if ye shall say ""unto this mountain. Be thou cast down and become smooth, it shall be done. 10. And behold, if ye shall say that God shall smite this people, it shall come to pass. 11. And now behold, I com- mand you, that ye shall go and declare unto this people, that thus saith the Lord God, who is the Almighty: Except ye repent ye shall be smitten, ''even unto destruction. 12. And behold, now it came to pass that when the Lord had spoken these words unto Nephi, he did stop and did not go unto his own house, but did return unto the multitudes who were scattered about upon the face of the land, and began to declare unto them the word of the Lord which had been spoken unto him, concerning their destruction if they did not repent. 13. Now behold, notwithstand- ing that great miracle which Ne- phi had done in telling them ^concerning the death of the chief judge, they did harden their hearts and did not hearken unto the words of the Lord. 14. Therefore Nephi did declare unto them the word of the Lord, saying: Except ye repent, thus saith the Lord, ye shall be ^smit- ten even unto destruction. 15. And it came to pass that when Nephi had declared unto them the word, behold, they did still harden their hearts and would not hearken unto his words; therefore they did revile against him, and did seek to lay their hands upon him that they might cast him into prison. 16. But behold, the power of God was with him, and they could not take him to cast him into prison, for he was taken by the Spirit and "conveyed away out of the midst of them. 17. And it came to pass that thus he did go forth Mn the Spirit, from multitude to multitude, de- claring the word of God, even until he had declared it unto them all, or sent it forth among all the people. 18. And it came to pass that they would not hearken unto his words; and there began to be b. He. 11:4—18. c, Eth. 12:30. See c, Jae. 4. Matt. 17:20. d, vers. 12 — 14. c. He. 8:27. 9:26 — 38. /, ver. 11. g. Acts 8:39, 40. h, ver 16. Between B. C. 23 and 20. HELAMAN, 11. 385 contentions, insomuch that they were divided against themselves and began to slay one another with the sword. 19. And thus ended the seventy and first year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. CHAPTER 11. A great famine — The people turn to the Lord and are again prospered — Dissension and strife follow — The Gadianton band revived. 1. And now it came to pass in the *seventy and second year of the reign of the judges that the contentions did increase, inso- much that there were wars throughout all the land among all the people of Nephi. 2. And it was this "secret band of robbers who did carry on this work of destruction and wicked- ness. And this war did last all that year; and in the t seventy and third year it did also last. 3. And it came to pass that in this year Nephi did cry unto the Lord, saying: 4. O Lord, do not suffer that this people shall be destroyed by the sword; but O Lord, rather let there be a ^famine in the land, to stir them up in remembrance of the Lord their God, and per- haps they will repent and turn unto thee. 5. And so it was done, accord- ing to the words of Nephi. And there was a great famine upon the land, among all the people of Nephi. And thus in the {seventy and fourth year the famine did continue, and the work of de- struction did cease by the sword but became sore by famine. 6. And this work of destruc- tion did also continue in the §sev- enty and fifth year. For the earth was smitten that it was dry, and did not yield forth grain in the season of grain; and the whole earth was smitten, even among the Lamanites as well as among the Nephites, so that they were smitten that they did perish by thousands in the more wicked parts of the land. 7. And it came to pass that the people saw that they were about to perish by famine, and they began to remember the Lord their God; and they began to remem- ber the words of Nephi. 8. And the people began to plead with their chief judges and their leaders, that they would say unto Nephi: Behold, we know that thou art a man of God, and therefore cry unto the Lord our God that he turn away from us this famine, lest all the words which thou hast spoken ''concern- ing our destruction be fulfilled. 9. And it came to pass that the judges did say unto Nephi, according to the words which had been desired. And it came to pass that when Nephi saw that the people had repented and did humble themselves in sackcloth, he cried again unto the Lord, saying: 10. O Lord, behold this people repenteth; and they have swept away the ''band of Gadianton from amongst them insomuch that they have become extinct, and they have concealed their secret plans in the earth. 11. Now, O Lord, because of this their humility wilt thou turn away thine anger, and let thine anger be appeased in the de- struction of those wicked men whom thou hast already de- stroyed . 12. O Lord, wilt thou turn a, see t, 2 Ne, 10. 6, see 6, He. 10. c. He. 10:11 — 14. d, see i, 2 Ne. 10, * B. C. 20. t B. C. 19. t B. C. 18. § B. D. 17. S86 HELAMAN, 11. away thine anger, yea, thy fierce anger, and cause that this famine may cease in this land * 13. O Lord, wilt thou hearken unto me, and cause that it may be done according to my words, and send forth rain upon the face of the earth, that she may bring forth her fruit, and her grain in the season of grain. 14. O Lord, thou didst hearken unto my words when I said, Let there be a ^famine, that the pesti- lence of the sword might cease; and I know that thou wilt, even at this time, hearken unto my words, for thou saidst that, If this people repent I will spare them. 15. Yea, O Lord, and thou seest that they have repented, because of the famine and the pestilence and destruction which has come unto them. 16. And now, O Lord, wilt thou turn away thine anger, and try again if they will serve thee? And if so, O Lord, thou canst bless them according to thy words which thou hast said. 17. And it came to pass that in the * seventy and sixth year the Lord did turn away his anger from the people, and caused that rain should fall upon the earth, insomuch that it did bring forth her fruit in the season of her fruit. And it came to pass that it did bring forth her grain in the season of her grain. 18. And behold, the people did rejoice and glorify God, and the whole face of the land was filled with rejoicing; and they did no more seek to destroy Nephi, but they did esteem him as a great prophet, and a man of God, hav- ing ^great power and authority *riven unto him from God. 19. And behold, Lehl, his brother, was not a whit behind him as to things pertaining to righteousness. 20. And thus it did come to pass that the people of Nephi be- gan to prosper again in the land, and began to build up their waste places, and began to multiply and spread, even until they did cover the whole face of the land, both on the "northward and on the "southward, from the sea west to the sea east. 21. And it came to pass that the seventy and sixth year did end in peace. And the seventy and seventh year began in peace; and the church did spread throughout the face of all the land; and the more part of the people, both the Nephites and the Lamanites, did belong to the church; and they did have exceeding great peace in the land; and thus ended the seventy and seventh year. 22. And also they had peace in the seventy and eighth year, save it were a few contentions con- cerning the points of doctrine which had been laid down by the prophets. 23. And in the t seventy and ninth year there began to be much strife. But it came to pass that Nephi and Lehi, and many of their brethren who knew con- cerning the true points of doc- trine, having many revelations daily, therefore they did preach unto the people, insomuch that they did put an end to their strife in that same year. 24. And it came to pass that in the ^eightieth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi, there were a certain num- ber of the dissenters from the people of Nephi, who had some \ see b. He. 10. /, He. 10:5 — 11. a, see p, Al. 46. h, see n, Al. 46. <■ 'P- C. 16. t B. C. 13. t B. C. 12. HELAMAN, 11. 387 years before gone over unto the Lamanites, and taken upon them- selves the name of Lamanites, and also a certain number who were real descendants of the La- manites, being stirred up to anger by them, or by those dissenters, therefore they commenced a war with their brethren. 25. And they did commit mur- der and plunder; and then they would retreat back into the moun- tains, and into the wilderness and secret places, hiding themselves that they could not be discov- ered, receiving daily an addition to their numbers, inasmuch as there were dissenters that went forth unto them. 26. And thus in time, yea, even in the space of not many years, they became an exceeding great band of robbers; and they did search out all the ^secret plans of Gadianton; and thus they became robbers of Gadianton. 27. Now behold, these robbers did make great havoc, yea, even great destruction among the peo- ple of Nephi, and also among the people of the Lamanites. 28. And it came to pass that it was expedient that there should be a stop put to this work of de- struction; therefore they sent an army of strong men into the wil- derness and upon the ^mountains to search out this band of robbers, and to destroy them. 29. But behold, it came to pass that in that same year they were driven back even into their own lands. And thus ended the eight- ieth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. 30. And it came to pass in the ♦commencement of the eighty and first year they did go forth again against this band of robbers, and did destroy many; and they were also visited with much destruc- tion. 31. And they were again obliged to return out of the wilderness and out of the mountains unto their own lands, because of the exceeding greatness of the num- bers of those robbers who in- fested the mountains and the wilderness. 32. And it came to pass that thus ended this year. And the robbers did still increase and wax strong, insomuch that they did defy the whole armies of the Ne- phites, and also of the Laman- ites; and they did cause great fear to come unto the people upon all the face of the land. 33. Yea, for they did visit many parts of the land, and did do great destruction unto them; yea, did kill many, and did carry away others captive into the wil- derness, yea, and more especially their women and their children. 34. Now this great evil, which came unto the people because of their iniquity, did stir them up again in remembrance of the Lord their God. 35. And thus ended the eighty and first year of the reign of the judges. 36. And in the eighty and sec- ond year they began again to for- get the Lord their God. And in the eighty and third year they began to wax strong in iniquity. And in the eighty and fourth year they did not mend their ways. 37. And it came to pass in the teighty and fifth year they did wax stronger and stronger in their pride, and in their wickedness; and thus they were ripening again for destruction. 38. And thus ended the eighty and fifth year. i, see i, 2 Ne. 10. j, ver. 25. • B. C. 11. t B. C. 7. 388 HELAMAN, 12. CHAPTER 12. Human frailty and the goodness and power of God — Blessed are the peni- tent — Men to be judged according to their works. 1. And thus we can behold how false, and also the unsteadiness of the hearts of the children of men; yea, we can see that the Lord in his great infinite good- ness doth bless and prosper those who put their trust in him. 2. Yea, and we may see at the very time when he doth prosper his people, yea, in the increase of their fields, their flocks and their herds, and in "gold, and in silver, and in all manner of precious things of every kind and art; sparing their lives, and deliver- ing them out of the hands of their enemies; softening the hearts of their enemies that they should not declare wars against them; yea, and in fine, doing all things for the welfare and happi- ness of his people; yea, then is the time that they do harden their hearts, and do forget the Lord their God, and do trample under their feet the Holy One — yea, and this because of their ease, and their exceedingly great prosperity. 3. And thus we see that except the Lord doth chasten his people with many afllictions, yea, except he doth visit them with death and with terror, and with famine and with all manner of pestilence, they will not remember him. 4. O how foolish, and how vain, and how evil, and devilish, and how quick to do iniquity, and how slow to do good, are the children of men ; yea, how quick to hearken unto the words of the evil one, and to set their hearts upon the vain things of the world! 5. Yea, how quick to be lifted up in pride; yea, how quick to boast, and do all manner of that which is iniquity; and how slow are they to remember the Lord their God, and to give ear unto his counsels, yea, how slow to walk in wisdom's paths! 6. Behold, they do not desire that the Lord their God, who hath created them, should rule and reign over them; notwithstand- ing his great goodness and his mercy towards them, they do set at naught his counsels, and they will not that he should be their guide. 7. O how great is the nothing- ness of the children of men; yea, even they are less than the dust of the earth. 8. For behold, the dust of the earth moveth hither and thither, to the dividing asunder, at the command of our great and ever- lasting God. 9. Yea, behold at his voice do the hills and the mountains tremble and quake. 10. And by the power of his voice they are broken up, and be- come smooth, yea, even like unto a valley. 11. Yea, by the power of his voice doth the whole earth shake; 12. Yea, by the power of his voice, do the foundations rock, even to the very center. 13. Yea, and if he say unto the earth — Move — it is moved. 14. Yea, if he say unto the earth — Thou shalt go back, that it "lengthen out the day for many hours — it is done; 15. And thus, according to his word the earth goeth back, and it appeareth unto man that the sun standeth still; yea, and behold, a, see n, 1 Ne. 3 8. ft. Josh. 10:12—14. Al. 30. 2 Kings 20:8—11. Isa. 38:7, 8. See 2o, About B. C. 7. HELAMAN, 13. 38d this is so; for surely it is the earth that moveth and not the sun. 16. And behold, also, if he say unto the waters of the great deep — ^Be thou dried up — it is done. 17. Behold, if he say unto this mountain — Be thou raised up, and '^come over and fall upon that city, that it be buried up — behold it is done. 18. And behold, if a man hide up a treasure in the earth, and the Lord shall say — *Let it be accursed, because of the iniquity of him who hath hid it up — behold, it shall be accursed. 19. And if the Lord shall say — Be thou accursed, that no man shall find thee from this time henceforth and forever — behold, no man getteth it henceforth and forever. 20. And behold, if the Lord shall say unto a man — Because of thine iniquities, thou shalt be 'accursed forever — it shall be done. 21. And if the Lord shall say — Because of thine iniquities thou Shalt be cut off "from my presence — he will cause that it shall be so. 22. And wo unto him to whom he shall say this, for it shall be unto him that will do iniquity, and he cannot be saved; there- fore, for this cause, that men might be saved, hath repentance been declared. 23. Therefore, blessed are they who will repent and hearken unto the voice of the Lord their God; for these are they that shall be saved. 24. And may God grant, in his great fulness, that men might be brought unto repentance and good works, that they might be restored unto grace for grace, according to their works. 25. And I would that all men might be saved. But we read that in the great and last day there are some who shall be cast out, yea, who shall be cast off ''from the presence of the Lord; 26. Yea, who shall be con- signed to a state of ^endless misery, fulfilling the words which say: They that have done good shall have everlasting life; and they that have done evil shall have ^everlasting damnation. And thus it is. Amen. The prophecy of Samuel, the Laman- ite, to the Nephites. Comprising chapters 13 to 15 inclusive. CHAPTER 13. Samuel proclaims his prophecies from the city wall — Sword of justice to fall on fourth generation — Nephite cities spared for sake of the righteous — Land to be cursed — Slippery treas- ures. 1. And now it came to pass in the * eighty and sixth year, the Nephites did still remain in wick- edness, yea, in great wickedness, while the Lamanites did observe strictly to keep the command- ments of God, according to the "law of Moses. 2. And it came to pass that in this year there was one Samuel, a Lamanite, came into the ''land of Zarahemla, and began to preach unto the people. And it came to pass that he did preach, many days, repentance unto the people, and they did cast him out, and he was about to return to his own land. c, Isa. 44 :27. 51 :10. d, 3 Ne. 8 :10, 25. 9 :5, 6, 8. e, ver. 19. He. 13 :17— 23, 30—37. Morm. 1:17—19. 2:10 — 14. Eth, 14:1, 2. /, see k, Jac. 6. g, vers. 25, 26, See 6, 1 Ne. 2. h, see g. i, see m, Jac. 6. j, see m, Jac. 6. Chap. 13 : a, see o, 2 Ne. 25. &, Om. 13. • B. C, 6. 390 HELAMAN, 13. 3. But behold, the voice of the Lord came unto him, that he should return again, and prophesy unto the people what- soever things should come into his heart, 4. And it came to pass that they would not suffer that he should enter into the city; there- fore he went and got upon the wall thereof, and stretched forth his hand and cried with a loud voice, and prophesied unto the people whatsoever things the Lord put into his heart. 5. And he said unto them: Be- hold, I, Samuel, a Lamanite, do speak the words of the Lord which he doth put into my heart; and behold he hath put it into my heart to say unto this people that the sword of justice hangeth over this people; and ''four hundred years pass not away save the sword of justice lalleth upon this people. 6. Yea, heavy destruction await- eth this people, and it surely Cometh unto this people, and nothing can save this people save it be repentance and faith on the Lord Jesus Christ, who surely shall come into the world, and shall suffer many things and shall be slain for his people. 7. And behold, an angel of the Lord hath declared it unto me, and he did bring glad tidings to my soul. And behold, I was sent unto you to declare it unto you also, that ye might have glad ti- dings; but behold ye ''would not receive me. 8. Therefore, thus saith the Lord: Because of the hardness of the hearts of the people of the Nephites, except they repent I will take away my word from them, and I will withdraw my Spirit from them, and I will suffer them no longer, and I will turn the hearts of their brethren against them. 9. And 'four hundred years shall not pass away before I will cause that they shall be smitten; yea, I will visit them with the sword and with famine and with pestilence. 10. Yea, I will visit them in my fierce anger, and there shall be those of the fourth generation who shall live, of your enemies, to behold your utter destruction; and this shall surely come except ye repent, saith the Lord; and those of the fourth generation shall visit your destruction. 11. But if ye will repent and return unto the Lord your God I will turn away mine anger, saith the Lord; yea, thus saith the Lord, blessed are they who will repent and turn unto me, but wo unto him that repenteth not. 12. Yea, 'wo unto this great city of Zarahemla; for behold. It is because of those who are right- eous that it is saved; yea, wo unto this great city, for I per- ceive, saith the Lord, that there are many, yea, even the more part of this great city, that will harden their hearts against me, saith the Lord. 13. But blessed are they who will repent, for them will I spare. But behold, if it were not for the righteous who are in this great city, behold, I would cause that fire should come down out of heaven and destroy it. 14. But behold, it is for the righteous' sake that it is spared. But behold, the time cometh, saith the Lord, that when ye shall cast out the righteous from among you, than shall ye be ripe for destruction; yea, wo be unto this groit city because of the wicked- er see d, 1 Ne. 12. d, ver. 2. e, see d, 1 Ne. 12, /, 3 Ne. 8:8, 24. 9:3. Abovt B. 0. 6. HELAMAN, 13. 391 ness and abominations which are in her. 15. Yea, and wo be unto the ^city of Gideon, for the wicked- ness and abominations which are in her. 16. Yea, and wo be unto all the cities which are in the land round about, which are possessed by the Nephites, because of the wickedness and abominations which are in them. 17. And behold, a "^curse shall come upon the land, saith the Lord of Hosts, because of the peo- ples' sake who are upon the land, yea, because of their wickedness and their abominations. 18. And it shall come to pass, saith the Lord of Hosts, yea, our great and true God, that whoso shall hide up treasures in the earth shall find them again no more, because of the great curse of the land, save he be a righteous man and shall hide It up unto the Lord. 19. For I will, saith the Lord, that they shall hide up their treasures unto me; and cursed be they who hide not up their treas- ures unto me; for none hideth up their treasures unto me save it be the righteous; and he that hideth not up his treasures unto me, *cursed is he, and also the treas- ure, and none shall redeem it be- cause of the curse of the land. 20. And the day shall come that they shall hide up their treasures, because they have set their hearts upon riches; and be- cause they have set their hearts upon their riches, I will hide up their treasures when they shall flee before their enemies; because they will not hide them up unto me, cursed be they and also their treasures; and in that day shall they be smitten, saith the Lord. 21. Behold ye, the people of this great city, and hearken unto my words; yea, hearken unto the words which the Lord saith; for behold, he saith that ye are cursed because of your riches, and also are your riches cursed because ye have set your hearts upon them, and have not hearkened unto the words of him who gave them unto you. 22. Ye do not remember the Lord your God in the things with which he hath blessed you. but ye do always remember your riches, not to thank the Lord your God for them; yea, your hearts are not drawn out unto the Lord, but they do swell with great pride, unto boasting, and unto great swelling, envyings, strifes, malice, persecutions, and murders, and all manner of iniquities. 23. For this cause hath the Lord God caused that a curse should come upon the land, and also upon your riches, and this because of your iniquities. 24. Yea, wo unto this people, because of this time which has arrived, that ye do ^cast out the prophets, and do mock them, and cast stones at them, and do slay them, and do all manner of in- iquity unto them, even as they did of old time. 25. And now when ye talk, ye say: If our days had been in the days of our fathers of old, we would not have slain the proph- ets; we would not have stoned them, and cast them out. 26. Behold ye are worse than they; for as the Lord liveth, if a prophet come among you and de- clareth unto you the word of the Lord, which testifieth of your sins and iniquities, ye are angry with y. Bee m, Al. 2. h, see e, He. 12. i, see e. He. 12. j, ver. 26. He. 16:6. About B. C. 6. 392 HELAMAN, 13. him, and cast him out and seek all manner of ways to destroy him; yea, you will say that he is a false prophet, and that he is a sinner, and of the devil, because he testifieth that your deeds are evil. 27. But behold, if a man shall come among you and shall say: Do this, and there is no iniquity; do that and ye shall not suffer; yea, he will say: Walk after the pride of your own hearts; yea, walk after the pride of your eyes, and do whatsoever your heart de- sireth — and if a man shall come among you and say this, ye will receive him, and say that he is a prophet. 28. Yea, ye will lift him up, and ye will give unto him of your substance; ye will give unto him of your gold, and of your silver, and ye will clothe him with costly apparel; and because he speaketh flattering words unto you, and he saith that all is well, then ye will not find fault with him. 29. O ye wicked and ye per- verse generation; ye hardened and ye stiffnecked people, how long will ye suppose that the Lord will suffer you? Yea, how long will ye suffer yourselves to be led by foolish and blind guides? Yea, how long will ye choose darkness rather than light? 30. Yea, behold, the anger of the Lord is already kindled against you; behold, he hath *cursed the land because of your Iniquity. 31. And behold, the time com- eth that he curseth your riches, that they become 'slippery, that ye cannot hold them; and in the days of your poverty ye cannot re- tain them. 32. And In the days of your poverty ye shall cry unto the Lord; and in vain shall ye cry, for your desolation is already come upon you, and your destruc- tion is made sure; and then shall ye weep and howl in that day, saith the Lord of Hosts. And then shall ye lament, and say: 33. ""O that I had repented, and had not killed the prophets, and stoned them, and cast them out. Yea, in that day ye shall say: O that we had remembered the Lord our God in the day that he gave us our riches, and then they would not have become slippery that we should lose them; for be- hold, our riches are gone from us. 34. Behold, we lay a tool here and on the morrow it is gone; and behold, our swords are taken from us in the day we have sought them for battle. 35. Yea, we have hid up our treasures and they have slipped away from us, because of the curse of the land. 3 6. O chat we had repented in the day that the word of the Lord came unto us; for behold the land is cursed, and "all things are be- come slippery, and we cannot hold them. 37. Behold, we are surrounded by "demons, yea, we are encircled about by the angels of him who hath sought to destroy our souls. Behold, our iniquities are great. O Lord, canst thou not turn away thine anger from us? And this shall be your language in those days. 38. But behold, your ^days of probation are past; ye have pro- crastinated the day of your sal- vation until it is everlastingly too late, and your 'destruction k, see e. He. 12. I, vers. 33 — 37. Morm. 1:17 — 19. 2:10 — 15. n, see i. o, Morm. 2:10. p, Morm. 2:13 — 15. See e. He. 12. m, Morm. q, Morm. 2:15. About B. C. 6. HELAMAN, 14. 393 is made sure; yea, for ye have sought all the days of your lives for that which ye could not ob- tain; and ye have sought for hap- piness in doing iniquity, which thing is •'contrary to the nature of that righteousness which is in our great and Eternal Head. 39. O ye people of the land, that ye would hear my words! And I pray that the anger of the Lord be turned away from you, and that ye would repent and be saved. CHAPTER 14. Samuel the Lamanite predicts the Christ — The sign of Christ's birth to he given in five years — Sign of his death also foretold. 1. And now it came to pass that Samuel, the Lamanite, did prophesy a great many more things which cannot be written. 2. And behold, he said unto them: Behold, I give unto you a sign; for "five years more cometh, and behold, then cometh the Son of God to redeem all those who shall believe on his name. 3. And behold, this will I give unto you for a sign at the time of his coming; for behold, there shall be great lights in heaven, insomuch that in the night before he cometh there shall be *no dark- ness, insomuch that it shall ap- pear unto man as if it was day. 4. Therefore, there shall be one day and a night and a day, as if it were one day and there were no night; and this shall be unto you for a sign; for ye shall know of the rising of the sun and also of its setting; therefore they shall know of a surety that there shall be two days and a night; never- theless the night shall not be darkened; and it shall be the night before he is born. 5. And behold, there shall a "new star arise, such an one as ye never have beheld; and this also shall be a sign unto you. 6. And behold this is not all, there shall be ''many signs and wonders in heaven. 7. And it shall come to pass that ye shall all be amazed, and wonder, insomuch that ye shall *fall to the earth. 8. And it shall come to pass that whosoever shall believe on the Son of God, the same shall have everlasting life. 9. And behold, thus hath the Lord 'commanded me, by his angel, that I should come and tell this thing unto you; yea, he hath commanded that I should prophesy these things unto you; yea, he hath said unto me: Cry unto this people, repent and pre- pare the way of the Lord. 10. And now, because I am a Lamanite, and have spoken unto you the words which the Lord hath commanded me, and because it was hard against you, ye are angry with me and do seek to destroy me, and have "cast me out from among you. 11. And ye shall hear my words, for, for this intent have I come up '^upon the walls of this city, that ye might hear and know of the judgments of God which do await you because of your iniquities, and also that ye might know the conditions of repentance; 12. And also that ye might know of the coming of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, the *Fa- ther of heaven and of earth, the Creator of all things from the be- ginning; and that ye might know r, Al. 41:10—12. Chap. 14: c, 3 Ne. 1:5—21. &, ver. 4. 3 Ne. 1:8, 13—20;. c, 3 Ne. 1:21. d, 3 Ne. 1:20. 2:1 — 3. e, 3 Ne. 1:16, 17. /, He. 13:3, 7. g. He. 13:2. h. He. 13:4. i, Mos. 3:8. 15:4. Al. 11:39. 3 Ne. 9:15. Eth. 4:7. About B. C. 6. 394 HELAMAN, 14. of the signs of his coming, to the intent that ye might believe on his name. 13. And if ye believe on his name ye will repent of all your sins, that thereby ye may have a remission of them through his merits. 14. And behold, again, another sign I give unto you, yea, a sign of his death. 15. For behold, he surely must die that salvation may come; yea, it behooveth him and becometh expedient that he dieth, to bring to pass the ^resurrection of the dead, that thereby men may be brought into the presence of the Lord. 16. Yea, behold, this death bringeth to pass the resurrection, and redeemeth ''all mankind from the first death — that spiritual death; for all mankind, by the fall of Adam being cut off from the presence of the Lord, are con- sidered as dead, 'both as to things temporal and to things spiritual. 17. But behold, the resurrec- tion of Christ redeemeth man- kind, yea, even ""all mankind, and bringeth them back into the presence of the Lord. 18. Yea, and it bringeth to pass the condition of repentance, that whosoever repenteth the same is not hewn down and cast into the fire; but whosoever re- penteth not is hewn down and cast into the fire; and there Com- eth upon them "again a spiritual death, yea, a second death, for they are cut off "again as to things pertaining to righteousness. 19. Therefore repent ye, re- pent ye, lest by knowing these things and not doing them ye shall suffer yourselves to come under condemnation, and ye are brought down unto this "second death. 20. But behold, as I said unto you 'concerning another sign, a sign of his death, behold, in that day that he shall suffer death "^the sun shall be darkened and refuse to give his light unto you; and also the moon and the stars; and there shall be no light upon the face of this land, even from the time that he shall suffer death, for the space of three days, to the time that he shall rise again from the dead. 21. Yea, at the time that he shall yield up the ghost there *shall be thunderings and light- nings for the space of many hours, and the earth shall shake and tremble; and the 'rocks which are upon the face of this earth, which are both above the earth and beneath, which ye know at this time are solid, or the more part of it is one solid mass, shall be broken up; 22. Yea, they shall be rent in twain, and shall ever after be "found in seams and in cracks, and in broken fragments upon the face of the whole earth, yea, both above the earth and beneath. 23. And beheld, there shall be great ''tempests, and there shall be many mountains ""laid low, like unto a valley, and there shall be many places which are now called valleys which shall become mountains, whose height is great. 24. And many 'highways shall be broken up, and "many cities shall become desolate. j, see d, 2 Ne. 2, Ic, see j, 2 Ne. 9. I, see 6 and c, 2 Ne. 2. m, see ;, 2 Ne. 9. n, see p, Al. 12. o, see q, Al. 12. p, see p, Al. 12. q, ver. 14. r, see i, 1 Ne. 19. 8, vers. 26, 27. 1 Ne. 12:4. 19:11, 12. 3 Ne. 8:5—7. 19. t, 1 Ne. 12:4. 19:12. 3 Ne. 8:1S. 10:9. u, 3 Ne. 8:18. v, 1 Ne. 19:11. 3 Ne. 8:6, 12, 19. 10:14. w, 1 Ne. 12:4. 19:11. 3 Ne. 8:10 — 19. w, 3 Ne. 8:13. y, 1 Ne. 12:4. 3 Ne. 8:8 — 10. 14. 24, 25. 9:3 — 12. 10:7. About B. C. 6. HELAMAN, 15. 395 25. And *many graves shall be opened, and shall yield up many of their dead; and ^''many saints shall appear unto many. 26. And behold, thus hath the angel spoken unto me; for he said unto me that there ^^should be thunderings and lightnings for the space of many hours. 27. And he said unto me that while the thunder and the light- ning lasted, and the tempest, that these things should be, and that darkness should cover the face of the whole earth for the space of ^^'three days. 28. And the angel said unto me that many shall see greater things than these, to the intent that they might believe that these signs and these wonders should come to pass upon all the face of this land, to the intent that there should be no cause for unbelief among the children of men — 29. And this to the intent that whosoever will believe might be saved, and that whosoever will not believe, a righteous judgment might come upon them; and also if they are condemned they bring upon themselves their own con- demnation. 30. And now remember, re- member, my brethren, that who- soever perisheth, perisheth unto himself; and whosoever doeth in- iquity, doeth it unto himself; for behold, ye are ^''free; ye are per- mitted to act for yourselves; for behold, God hath given unto you a knowledge and he hath made you free. 31. He hath given unto you that ye might know good from evil, and he hath given unto you that ye might choose life or death; and ye can do good and be ^^restored unto that which is good, or have that which is good restored unto you; or ye can do evil, and have that which is evil restored unto you. CHAPTER 15. Saviuel the Lamanite continues his warning words — A remnant of his people to be preserved — Nephites to be utterly destroyed unless they repent. 1. And now, my beloved breth- ren, behold, I declare unto you that except ye shall repent your "houses shall be left unto you desolate. 2. Yea, except ye repent, your women shall have great cause to mourn in the day that they shall give suck; for ye shall attempt to flee and there shall be no place for refuge; yea, and wo unto them which are with child, for they shall be heavy and cannot flee; therefore, they shall be trod- den down and shall be left to perish. 3. Yea, wo unto this people who are called the people of Nephi except they shall repent, when they shall see all these signs and wonders which shall be showed unto them; for behold, they have been a chosen people of the Lord; yea, the people of Nephi hath he loved, and also hath he chastened them; yea, in the days of their iniquities hath he chastened them because he loveth them. 4. But behold my brethren, the Lamanites hath he hated because their deeds have been evil con- tinually, and this because of the iniquity of the Hradition of their fathers. But behold, salvation hath come unto them through the preaching of the Nephites; and for this intent hath the Lord pro- longed their days. 5. And I would that ye should z, see g, Jac. 4. 2a, 3 Ne. 23 :7— 13. 2b, see s. 2c, see i, 1 Ne. 19. 2d, see I, 2 Ne. 2. 2e, Al. 41. Chap. 15: a, see y. He. 14. b, see n, Jac. 7. About B. C. 6. 396 HELAMAN, 15. behold that the more part of them are in the path of their duty, and they do walk circumspectly be- fore God, and they do observe to keep his commandments and his statutes and his judgments ac- cording to the ''law of Moses. 6. Yea, I say unto you, that the more part of them are doing this, and they are striving with un- wearied diligence that they may bring the remainder of their brethren to the knowledge of the truth; therefore there are many who do add to their numbers daily. 7. And behold, ye do know of yourselves, for ye have witnessed it, that as many of them as are brought to the knowledge of the truth, and to know of the "^wicked and abominable traditions of their fathers, and are led to believe the holy scriptures, yea, the proph- ecies of the holy prophets, which are written, which leadeth them to faith on the Lord, and unto repentance, which faith and re- pentance bringeth a change of heart unto them — 8. Therefore, as many as have come to this, ye know of your- selves are firm and steadfast in the faith, and in the thing where- with they have been made free. 9. And ye know also that they have ^buried their weapons of war, and they fear to take them up lest by any means they should sin; yea, ye can see that they fear to sin — for behold they will suffer themselves that they be trodden down and 'slain by their enemies, and will not lift their swords against them, and this be- cause of their faith in Christ. 10. And now, because of their steadfastness when they do be- lieve in that thing which they do believe, for because of their firm- ness when they are once enlight- ened, behold, the Lord shall bless them and prolong their days, not- withstanding their iniquity — 11. Yea, even if they should dwindle in unbelief the Lord shall "prolong their days, until the time shall come which hath been spoken of by our fathers, and also by the prophet ''Zenos, and many other prophets, concerning the restora- tion of our brethren, the Laman- ites, again to the knowledge of the truth — 12. Yea, I say unto you, that in the latter times the ^promises of the Lord have been extended to our brethren, the Lamanites; and notwithstanding the many aflflictions which they shall have, and ^notwithstanding they shall be driven to and fro upon the face of the earth, and be hunted, and shall be smitten and scat- tered abroad, having no place lor refuge, the Lord shall be merciful unto them. 13. And this is according to the prophecy, that they shall be brought to the true knowledge, which is the knowledge of their Redeemer, and their great and ^true shepherd, and be numbered among his sheep. 14. Therefore I say unto you, it shall be better for them than for you except ye repent. 15. For behold, had the mighty works been shown unto them which have been shown unto you, yea, unto them who have dwin- dled in unbelief because of the traditions of their fathers, ye can see of yourselves that they never would again have dwindled in un- belief. c, see 0, 2 Ne. 25. d, see n, Jac. 7. e, Al. 24:17—19. /, Al. 24:21—23. o, Enos 13. See c, 2 Ne. 27. h, see h, 1 Ne. 19. i, Enos 13. See c, 2 Ne. 27. j, Morm. 5:15. kt see 2e, Al. 5. About B. C. 6. HELAMAN, 16. 397 16. Therefore, saith the Lord: I will not utterly destroy them, but I will cause that in the day of my wisdom they shall 'return again unto me, saith the Lord. 17. And now behold, saith the Lord, concerning the people of theNephites: If they will not re- pent, and observe to do my will, I will ""utterly destroy them, saith the Lord, because of their unbelief notwithstanding the many mighty works which I have done among them; and as surely as the Lord liveth shall these things be, saith the Lord. CHAPTER 16. Some of the Nephites join the church of Christ — The majority reject Sam- uel's testimony — They attempt to as- sault and bind hifn — He escapes and returns to his own country — Nephi's further m,inistry — Skepticism abounds. 1. And now, it came to pass that there were many who heard the words of Samuel, the La- manite, which he spake upon the "walls of the city. And as many as believed on his word went forth and sought for Nephi; and when they had come forth and found him they confessed unto him their sins and denied not, desiring that they might be ^bap- tized unto the Lord. 2. But as many as there were who did not believe in the words of Samuel were angry with him; and they cast stones at him upon the wall, and also many shot ar- rows at him as he stood upon the wall; but the Spirit of the Lord was with him, insomuch that they could not hit him with their stones neither with their arrows. 3. Now when they saw this, that they could not hit him, there were many more who did believe on his words, insomuch that they went away unto Nephi to be bap- tized. 4. For behold, Nephi was bap- tizing, and prophesying, and preaching, crying repentance unto the people, showing signs and wonders, working miracles among the people, that they might know that the Christ must shortly come — 5. Telling them of things which must shortly come, that they might know and remember at the time of their coming that they had been made known unto them beforehand, to the intent that they might believe; therefore as many as believed on the words of Samuel went forth unto him to be baptized, for they came re- penting and confessing their sins. 6. But the more part of them did not believe in the words of Samuel; therefore when they saw that they could '^not hit him with their stones and their arrows, they cried unto their captains, saying: Take this fellow and bind him, for behold he hath a devil; and because of the power of the devil which is in him we cannot hit him with our stones and our ar- rows; therefore take him and bind him, and away with him. 7. And as they went forth to lay their hands on him, behold, he did cast himself down from the ''wall, and did flee out of their lands, yea, even unto his own country, and began to preach and to prophesy among his own peo- ple. 8. And behold, he was never heard of more among the Ne- phites; and thus were the affairs of the people. 9. And thus ended the eighty and sixth year of the reign of the 1, Enos 13. Also c, 2 Ne. 27. m, see m, Al. 9. u, 2 Ne. 9. c, ver. 2. d. He. 13 :4. Chap. 16 : a. He. 13 :4. b, see About B. C. 6. 398 HELAMAN, 16. Judges over the people of Nephi. 10. And thus ended also the ♦eighty and seventh year of the reign of the judges, the more part of the people remaining in their pride and wickedness, and the lesser part walking more circum- spectly before God. 11. And these were the condi- tions also, in the eighty and eighth year of the reign of the judges. 12. And there was but little alteration in the affairs of the people, save it were the people began to be more hardened in in- iquity, and do more and more of that which was contrary to the commandments of God, in the eighty and ninth year of the reign of the judges. 13. But it came to pass in the fninetieth year of the reign of the judges, there were great signs given unto the people, and won- ders; and the words of the proph- ets began to be fulfilled. 14. And ^angels did appear unto men, wise men, and did de- clare unto them glad tidings of great joy; thus in this year the scriptures began to be fulfilled. 15. Nevertheless, the people began to harden their hearts, all save it were the most believing part of them, both of the Nephites and also of the Lamanites, and began to depend upon their own strength and upon their own wis- dom, saying: 16. Some things they may have guessed right, among so many; but behold, we know that all these great and marvelous works can- not come to pass, of which has been spoken. 17. And they began to reason and to contend among themselves, saying: 18. That it is not reasonable that such a being as a Christ shall come; if so, and he be the Son of God, 'the Father of heaven and of earth, as it has been spoken, why will he not show himself unto us as well as unto them who shall be at Jerusalem? 19. Yea, why will he not show himself in this land as well as in the land of Jerusalem? 20. But behold, we know that this is a wicked tradition, which has been handed down unto us by our fathers, to cause us that we should believe in some great and marvelous thing which should come to pass, but not among us, but in a land which is far distant, a land which we know not; there- fore they can keep us in igno- rance, for we cannot witness with our own eyes that they are true. 21. And they will, by the cun- ning and the mysterious arts of the evil one, work some great mystery which we cannot under- stand, which will keep us down to be servants to their words, and also servants unto them, for we depend upon them to teach us the word; and thus will they keep us in ignorance if we will yield our- selves unto them, all the days of our lives. 22. And many more things did the people imagine up in their hearts, which were foolish and vain; and they were much dis- turbed, for Satan did stir them up to do iniquity continually; yea, he did go about spreading rumors and contentions upon all the face of the land, that he might harden the hearts of the people against that which was good and against that which should come. 23. And "notwithstanding the signs and the wonders which were wrought among the people of the Lord, and the many miracles e, Al. 13 :26. /, see a, Mos. 3. g, ver. 13. • B. O. 5. t B. C. 2. 3 NEPHI, 1. 399 which they did, Satan did get great hold upon the hearts of the people upon all the face of the land. 24. And thus * ended the nine- tieth year of the reign of the judges over the people of Nephi. 25. And thus ended the book of Helaman, according to the rec- ord of Helaman and his sons. THIRD NEPHI THE BOOK OF NEPHI THE SON OF NEPHI, WHO WAS THE SON OF HELAMAN And Helaman was the son of Helaman, who was the son of Alma, who was the son of Alma, being a descendant of Nephi who was the son of Lehi, who came out of Jerusalem in the first year of the reign of Zedekiah, the Icing of Judah. CHAPTER 1. Nephi, son of Helaman, departs — Signs given of the Savior's birth — Opposite effects manifest — Again, the Gadianton band. 1. Now it came to pass that the fninety and first year had passed away and it was "six hundred years from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem; and it was in the year that Lachoneus was the chief judge and the governor over the land. 2. And Nephi, the son of Hela- man, had departed out of the land of "Zarahemla, giving charge unto his son Nephi, who was his eldest son, concerning the "plates of brass, and all the records which had been kept, and ''all those things which had been kept sacred from the departure of Lehi out of Jerusalem. 3. Then he departed out of the land, and 'whither he went, no man knoweth; and his son Nephi did keep the records in his stead, yea, the record of this people. 4. And it came to pass that in the commencement of the ninety and second year, behold, the prophecies of the prophets began to be fulfilled more fully; for there began to be ^greater signs and greater miracles wrought among the people. 5. But there were some who began to say that the time was past for the words to be fulfilled, which were ^'spoken by Samuel, the Lamanite. 6. And they began to rejoice over their brethren, saying: Be- hold the time is past, and the words of Samuel are not fulfilled; therefore, your joy and your faith concerning this thing hath been vain. 7. And it came to pass that they did make a great uproar throughout the land; and the peo- ple who believed began to be very sorrowful, lest by any means those things which had been spoken might not come to pass. 8. But behold, they did watch steadfastly "for that day and that night and that day which should be as one day as if there were no night, that they might know that their faith had not been vain. 9. Now it came to pass that there was a day set apart by the unbelievers, that all those who be- a, 1 Ne. 10:4. b, Om. 13. c, see a, 1 Ne. 3. d, Al. 37. e, 3 Ne. 2:9. /, He. 16:13. 23. g. He. 14:2—7. h. He. 14:3, 4. • B. C. 1. t A. D. 1. 400 3 NEPHI, 1. lieved in those traditions ^should be put to death except the ^sign should come to pass, which had been given by Samuel the prophet. 10. Now it came to pass that when Nephi, the son of Nephi, saw this wickedness of his peo- ple, his heart was exceedingly sorrowful. 11. And it came to pass that he went out and bowed himself down upon the earth, and cried mightily to his God in behalf of his people, yea, those who were about ''to be destroyed because of their faith in the tradition of their fathers. 12. And it came to pass that he cried mightily unto the Lord, all the day; and behold, the voice of the Lord came unto him, say- ing: 13. Lift up your head and be of good cheer; for behold, the time is at hand, and on 'this night shall the sign be given, and on the morrow come I into the world, to show unto the world that I will fulfil all that which I have caused to be spoken by the mouth of my holy prophets. 14. Behold, I come unto my own, to fulfil all things which I have made known unto the chil- dren of men ""from the founda- tion of the world, and to do the will, both of the Father and of the Son — "of the Father because of me, and "of the Son because of my flesh. And behold, the time is at hand, and ^this night shall the sign be given. 15. And it came to pass that the words which came unto Nephi were fulfilled, according as they had been spoken; for behold, 'at the going down of the sun there was no darkness; and the people began to be astonished because there was no darkness when the night came. 16. And there were many, who had not believed the words of the prophets, who ''fell to the earth and became as if they were dead, for they knew that the great 'plan of destruction which they had laid for those who believed in the words of the prophets had been frustrated; for the signal which had been given was already at hand. 17. And they began to know that the Son of God must shortly appear; yea, in fine, all the peo- ple upon the face of the whole earth from the west to the east, both in the land 'north and in the land "south, were so exceed- ingly astonished that they ''fell to the earth. 18. For they knew that the prophets had testified of these things for many years, and that the sign which had been given was already at hand; and they began to fear because of their in- iquity and their unbelief. 19. And it came to pass that there was "'no darkness in all that night, but it was as light as though it was mid-day. And it came to pass that the sun did rise in the morning again, according to its proper order; and they knew that it was the day that the Lord should be born, because of the sign which had been given. 20. And it had come to pass, yea, all thipgs, every whit, accord- ing to the words of the prophets. 21. And it came to pass also that a 'new star did appear, ac- cording to the word. 22. And it came to pass that from this time forth there began i, vers. 11, 16. j. He. 14:2 — 7. k, vers. 9, 16. I, ver. 8. He. 14:3. 4. m, see d, Mos. 4. n, see c, Mos. 15. o, see 6, Mos. 3. p. He. 14:3, 4. q. He. 14:3, 4. r, ver. 17. He. 14 :7. 8, vers. 9. 11. t, see p, Al. 46. u, see n, Al. 46. v, ver. 16. He. 14:7. tc. He. 14:3. 4. x. He. 14:5. A. D. 1. 3 NEPHl, 2. 401 to be lyings sent forth among the people, by Satan, to harden their hearts, to the intent that they might not believe in those signs and wonders which they had seen; but notwithstanding these lyings and deceivings the more part of the people did be- lieve, and were converted unto the Lord. 23. And it came to pass that Nephi went forth among the peo- ple, and also many others, "bap- tizing unto repentance, in the which there was a great remis- sion of sins. And thus the people began again to have peace in the land, 24. And there were no conten- tions, save it were a few that be- gan to preach, endeavoring to prove by the scriptures that it was no more expedient to observe the law of Moses. Now in this thing they did err, having not understood the scriptures. 25. But it came to pass that they soon became converted, and were convinced of the error which they were in, for it was made known unto them that the ''law was not yet fulfilled, and that it must be fulfilled in every whit; yea, the word came unto them that it must be fulfilled; yea, that one jot or tittle should not pass away till it should all be fulfilled; therefore in this same year were they brought to a knowledge of their error and did confess their faults. 26. And thus the ninety and second year did pass away, bring- ing glad tidings unto the people because of the signs which did come to pass, according to the words of the prophecy of all the holy prophets. 27. And it came to pass that the ninety and third year did also pass away in peace, save it were for the ""Gadianton robbers, who dwelt upon the mountains, who did infest the land; for so strong were their holds and their secret places that the people could not overpower them; there- fore they did commit many mur- ders, and did do much slaughter among the people. 28. And it came to pass that in the ninety and fourth year they began to increase in a great de- gree, because there were many dissenters of the Nephites who did flee unto them, which did cause much sorrow unto those Nephites who did remain in the land. 29. And there was also a cause of much sorrow among the La- manites; for behold, they had many children who did grow up and began to wax strong in years, that they became for themselves, and were led away by some who were Zoramites, by their lyings and their flattering words, to join those Gadianton robbers. 30. And thus were the Laman- ites afflicted also, and began to decrease as to their faith and righteousness, because of the wickedness of the rising gener- ation. CHAPTER 2. Nephite degeneracy — White Laman- ites — Both peoples unite for defence against robbers and murderers. 1. And it came to pass that thus passed away the ninety and fifth year also, and the people began to forget "those signs and wonders which they had heard, and began to be less and less as- tonished at a sign or a wonder from heaven, insomuch that they y, soe u, 2 N 3 Ne. 1:8. 13— e, 9. 21. «, see 0, 2 Ne. 25. 2a, He. 2:11 — 13. Chap. 2 a. He. 14 :3 — 7. A. D. 3 — 5. 402 3 NEPHI, 2. began to be hard in their hearts, and blind in their minds, and be- gan to disbelieve all which they had heard and seen — 2. Imagining up some vain thing in their hearts, that it was wrought by men and by the power of the devil, to lead away and deceive the hearts of the people; and thus did Satan get possession of the hearts of the people again, insomuch that he did blind their eyes and lead them away to believe that the doctrine of Christ was a foolish and a vain thing. 3. And it came to pass that the people began to wax strong in wickedness and abominations; and they did not believe that there should be any more signs or wonders given; and Satan did go about, leading away the hearts of the people, tempting them and causing them that they should do great wickedness in the land. 4. And thus did pass away the ninety and sixth year; and also the ninety and seventh year; and also the ninety and eighth year; and also the ninety and ninth year; 5. And also an hundred years had passed away since the days of "Mosiah, who was king over the people of the Nephites. 6. And six hundred and nine years had passed away since Lehi left Jerusalem. 7. And nine years had passed away from the time when the 'sign was given, which was spoken of by the prophets, that Christ should come into the world. 8. Now the Nephites began to ''reckon their time from this pe- riod when the sign was given, or from the coming of Christ; there- fore, nine years had passed away. 9. And Nephi, who was the fa- ther of Nephi, who had the charge of the records, Mid not re- turn to the land of 'Zarahemla, and could nowhere be found in all the land. 10. And it came to pass that the people did still remain in wickedness, notwithstanding the much preaching and prophesying which was sent among them; and thus passed away the tenth year also; and the eleventh year also passed away in iniquity. 11. And it came to pass in the thirteenth year there began to be wars and contentions through- out all the land; for the ''Gadian- ton robbers had become so nu- merous, and did slay so many of the people, and did lay waste so many cities, and did spread so much death and carnage through- out the land, that it became ex- pedient that all the people, both the Nephites and the Lamanites, should take up arms against them. 12. Therefore, all the Laman- ites who had become converted unto the Lord did unite with their brethren, the Nephites, and were compelled, for the safety of their lives and their women and their children, to take up arms against those Gadianton robbers, yea, and ''also to maintain their rights, and the privileges of their church and of their worship, and their freedom and their liberty. 13. And it came to pass that before this thirteenth year had passed away the Nephites were threatened with utter destruction because of this war, which had become exceedingly sore. 14. And it came to pass that those Lamanites who had united b, Mos. 29 :46. 47. c, see a. d, ver. 7. e, 3 Ne. 1 :2, 3. f. Cm. 13, g. He. 2 :11— 13. ft, see m, Mos. 29. A. D. 10—14. 3 NEPHI, 3. 403 with the Nephites were numbered among the Nephites; 15. And Hheir curse was taken from them, and their skin became ^ white like unto the Nephites; 16. And their young men and their daughters became exceed- ingly fair, and they were num- bered among the Nephites, and were called Nephites. And thus ended the thirteenth year. 17. And it came to pass in the commencement of the fourteenth year, the war between the ''rob- bers and the people of Nephl did continue and did become exceed- ingly sore; nevertheless, the peo- ple of Nephi did gain some advan- tage of the robbers, insomuch that they did drive them back out of their lands into the mountains and into their secret places. 18. And thus ended the four- teenth year. And in the ♦fif- teenth year they did come forth against the people of Nephi; and because of the wickedness of the people of Nephi, and their many contentions and dissensions, the Gadianton robbers did gain many advantages over them. 19. And thus ended the fif- teenth year, and thus were the people in a state of many afldic- tions; and the sword of destruc- tion did hang over them, inso- much that they were about to be smitten down by it, and this because of their iniquity. CHAPTER 3. Lachoneus, governor of the land, receives epistle from Oiddianhi, the robber chieftain — Surrender demanded — Lachoneus ignores demand and pre' pares for defence. 1. And now it came to pass that in the sixteenth year from the coming of Christ, "Lachoneus, the governor of the land, received an epistle from the leader and the governor of this band of rob- bers; and these were the words which were written, saying: 2. Lachoneus, most noble and chief governor of the land, be- hold, I write this epistle unto you, and do give unto you ex- ceeding great praise because of your firmness, and also the firm- ness of your people, in maintain- ing that which ye suppose to be your "right and liberty; yea, ye do stand well, as if ye were sup- ported by the hand of a god, in the defence of your liberty, and your property, and your country, or that which ye do call so. 3. And it seemeth a pity unto me, most noble Lachoneus, that ye should be so foolish and vain as to suppose that ye can stand against so many brave men who are at my command, who do now at this time stand in their arms, and do await with great anxiety for the word — Go down upon the Nephites and destroy them. 4. And I, knowing of their un- conquerable spirit, having proved them in the field of battle, and knowing of their everlasting ha- tred towards you because of the many wrongs which ye have done unto them, therefore if they should come down against you they would visit you with utter destruction. 5. Therefore I have written this epistle, sealing it with mine own hand, feeling for your welfare, because of your firmness in that which ye beiieve to be right, and your noble spirit in the field of battle. 6. Therefore I write unto you, desiring that ye would yield up unto this my people, your cities. i, see d, 1 Ne. 2. /, Bee /. 2 Ne. 30. k. He. 2:11—13. hf see m, Mos, 29, Chap. 3; a, 3 Ne. 1:1. • A. D. 15. 404 3 NEPHI, 3. your lands, and your possessions, rather than that they should visit you with the sword and that destruction should come upon you. 7. Or in other words, yield yourselves up unto us, and unite with us and become acquainted with our '^secret works, and be- come our brethren that ye may be like unto us — not our slaves, but our brethren and partners of all our substance. 8. And behold, I swear unto you, if ye will do this, with an oath, ye shall not be destroyed; but if ye will not do this, I swear unto you with an oath, that on the morrow month I will com- mand that my armies shall come down against you, and they shall not stay their hand and shall spare not, but shall slay you, and shall let fall the sword upon you even until ye shall become extinct. 9. And behold, I am Giddian- hi; and I am the governor of this the ''secret society of Gadianton; which society and the works thereof I know to be good; and they are of ancient date and they have been handed down unto us. 10. And I write this epistle Tinto you, Lachoneus, and I hope that ye will deliver up your lands and your possessions, without the shedding of blood, that this my people may recover their rights and government, who have dis- sented away from you because of your wickedness in retaining from them their rights of govern- ment, and except ye do this, I will avenge their wrongs. I am Gid- dianhi. 11. And now it came to pass when Lachoneus received this epistle he was exceedingly aston- ished, because of the boldness of Giddianhi demanding the posses- sion of the land of the Nephites, and also of threatening the peo- ple and avenging the wrongs of those that had received no wrong, save it were they had wronged themselves by dissenting away unto those wicked and abom- inable robbers. 12. Now behold, this Lachoneus, the governor, was a just man, and could not be frightened by the demands and the threatenings of a robber; therefore he did not hearken to the epistle of Gid- dianhi, the governor of the rob- bers, but he did cause that his people should cry unto the Lord for strength against the time that the robbers should come down against them. 13. Yea, he sent a proclama- tion among all the people, that they should *gather together their women, and their children, their flocks and their herds, and all their substance, save it were their land, unto one place. 14. And he caused that 'forti- fications should be built round about them, and the strength thereof should be exceeding great. And he caused that armies, both of the Nephites and of the Lamanites, or of all them who were numbered among the Ne- phites, should be placed as guards round about to watch them, and to guard them from the robbers day and night. 15. Yea, he said unto them: As the Lord liveth, except ye re- pent of all your iniquities, and cry unto the Lord, ye will in nowise be delivered out of the hands of those ^'Gadianton rob- bers. 16. And so great and marvel- r, see i, 2 Ne. 10. d. see i, 2 Ke. 10. c, vers. 22 — 24. /, see c. Al. 48. g, He. 2:11—13. A. D. 16. 3 NEPHI, 3. 405 ous were the words and prophe- cies of Lachoneus that they did cause fear to come upon all the people; and they did exert them- selves in their might to do ac- cording to the words of Lachon- eus. 17. And it came to pass that Lachoneus did appoint chief cap- tains over all the armies of the Nephites, to command them at the time that the robbers should come down out of the wilderness against them. 18. Now the chief est among all the captains and the great com- mander of all the armies of the Nephites was appointed, and his name was ''Gidgiddoni. 19. Now it was the custom among all the Nephites to ap- point for their chief captains, (save it were in their times of wickedness) some one that had the spirit of revelation and also prophecy; therefore, this Gidgid- doni was a great prophet among them, as also was the chief judge. 20. Now the people said unto Gidgiddoni: Pray unto the Lord, and let us go up upon the moun- tains and into the wilderness, that we may fall upon the rob- bers and destroy them in their own lands. 21. But Gidgiddoni saith unto them: The Lord forbid; for if we should go up against them the Lord would deliver us into their hands; therefore we will prepare ourselves in the center of our lands, and we will gather all our armies together, and we will not go against them, but we will wait till they shall come against us; therefore as the Lord liveth, if we do this he will de- liver them into our hands. 22. And it came to pass in the ♦seventeenth year, in the latter end of the year, the proclamation of ^Lachoneus had gone forth throughout all the face of the land, and they had taken their Worses, and their ''chariots, and their cattle, and all their flocks, and their herds, and their grain, and all their substance, and did march forth by thousands and by tens of thousands, until they had all gone forth to the place which 'had been appointed that they should gather themselves together, to defend themselves against their enemies. 23. And the land which was ap- pointed was the ""land of Zara- hemla and the "land Bountiful, yea, to the line which was be- tween the land Bountiful and the land "Desolation. 24. And there were a great many thousand people who were called Nephites, who did gather themselves together in this land. Now Lachoneus did cause that they should gather themselves together in the land ^southward, because of the great curse which was upon the «land northward. 25. And they did "-fortify them- selves against their enemies; and they did dwell in one land, and in one body, and they did fear the words which had been spoken by Lachoneus, insomuch that they did repent of all their sins; and they did put up their prayers unto the Lord their God, that he would deliver them in the time that their enemies should come down against them to battle. 2 6. And they were exceedingly sorrowful because of their enemy. And 'Gidgiddoni did cause that they should make weapons of h, vers. 20, 21, 26. 3 Ne. 4:13, 24. 20. i, 3 Ne. 1:1. j, see m, 1 Ne. 18. k, see I, Al. 18. I, vers. 13. 23. 24. m, Om. 13. n, see 2k, Al. 22. o, see 21, Al. 22. p, see n, Al. 46. q, see p, Al. 46 '-, tce c, Al. 48. », see h. • A. D. 17. 406 3 NEPHI, 4 and "horses and cattle, and flocks of every kind, that Ihey might subsist for the space of seven years, in the which time they did hope to destroy the robbers from off the face of the land; and thus the eighteenth year did pass away. 5. And it came to pass that in the nineteenth year Giddianhi found that it was expedient that he should go up to battle against the Nephltes, for there was no way that they could subsfst save it were to plunder and rob and murder. 6. And they durst not spread themselves upon the face of the land insomuch that they could raise grain, lest the Nephites should come upon them and slay them; therefore Giddianhi gave commandment unto his armies that in this year they should go up to battle against the Nephites. 7. And it came to pass that they did come up to battle; and it was in the sixth month; and behold, great and terrible was the day that they did come up to battle; and they were girded about after the manner of rob- bers; and they had a lamb-skin about their loins, a-ad they were dyed in blood, and their heads were shorn, and they had head- plates upon them; and great and terrible was the appearance of the armies of Giddianhi, because of their armor, and because of their being dyed in blood. 8. And it came to pass that the armies of the Nephites, when they aw the appearance of the army of Giddianhi, had all fallen to the earth, and did lift their cries to the Lord their God, that he would spare them and deliver them out of the hands of their enemies. t, see 2p, Al. 43. Chap. 4: a. He, 2:11 — 13. b, see n, Al. 46. r, see p, Al. d, 3 Ne. 3:13. 14, 22—24. e, see m, 3 Ne. 18. /. see d. g, vers. 16 — 18. h, see m, 1 Ne, 18. A. D. 18 — 19. war of 'every kind, and they should be strong with armor, and with shields, and with bucklers, after the manner of his instruc- tion. CHAPTER 4. The rothers 'beaten and their leader slain — His successor, Zenmari- hah, hanged — Gidgiddoni's military proweas. 1. And it came to pass that in the latter end of the eighteenth year those "armies of robbers had prepared for battle, and began to come down and to sally forth from the hills, and out of the mountains, and the wilderness, and their strongholds, and their secret places, and began to take possession of the lands, both which were in the land ^south and which were in the land '^north, and began to take posses- sion of all the lands which had been ''deserted by the Nephites, and the cities which had been left desolate. 2. But behold, there were no wild beasts nor game in those lands which had been deserted by the Nephites, and there was no game for the robbers ^save it were in the wilderness. 3. And the robbers could not exist save it were in the wilder- ness, for the want of food; for the Nephites had left their lands desolate, and had gathered their flocks and their herds and all their substance, and they were in '"one body. 4. Therefore, there was no chance for the robbers to plunder and to obtain food, save it were to come up in open battle against the Nephites; and the Nephites being in one body, and having so great a number, and having "re- served for themselves provisions, 46. 3 NEPHI, 4. 407 9. And it came to pass that when the armies of Giddianhi saw this they began to shout with a loud voice, because of their joy, for they had supposed that the Nephites had fallen with fear because of the terror of their armies. 10. But in this thing they were disappointed, for the Ne- phites did not fear them; but they did fear their God and did supplicate him for protection; therefore, when the armies of Giddianhi did rush upon them they were prepared to meet them; yea, in the strength of the Lord they did receive them. 11. And the battle commenced in this the sixth month; and great and terrible was the battle there- of, yea, great and terrible was the slaughter thereof, insomuch that there never was known so great a slaughter among all the people of Lehi since he left Je- rusalem. 12. And notwithstanding the Hhreatenings and the oaths which Giddianhi had made, behold, the Nephites did beat them, insomuch that they did fall back from before them. 13. And it came to pass that ^Gidgiddoni commanded that his armies should pursue them as far as the borders of the wilderness, and that they should not spare any that should fall into their hands by the way; and thus they did pursue them and did slay them, to the borders of the wil- derness, even until they had ful- filled the commandment of Gid- giddoni. 14. And it came to pass that Giddianhi, who had stood and fought with boldness, was pur- sued as he fled; and being weary because of his much fighting he was overtaken and slain. And thus was the end of Giddianhi the robber. 15. And it came to pass that the armies of the Nephites did return again to their place of se- curity. And it came to pass that this nineteenth year did pass away, and the robbers did not come again to battle; neither did they come again in the twentieth year. 16. And in the *twenty and first year they did not come up to battle, but they came up on all sides to lay siege round about the people of Nephi; for they did suppose that if they should cut off the people of Nephi from their lands, and should hem them in on every side, and if they should cut them off from all their out- ward privileges, that they could cause them to yield themselves up according to their wishes. 17. Now they had appointed unto themselves another leader, whose name was Zemnarihah; therefore it was Zemnarihah that did cause that this siege should take place. 18. But behold, this was an advantage to the Nephites; for it was impossible for the robbers to lay siege sufficiently long to have any effect upon the Nephites, be- cause of Hheir much provision which they had laid up in store. 19. Because of the scantiness of provisions among the robbers — for behold, they had nothing save it were meat for their sub- sistence, which meat they did obtain in the wilderness; 20. And it came to pass that the wild game became scarce in the wilderness — insomuch that the robbers were about to perish with hunger. 21. And the Nephites were con- i, 3 Ne. 3 :4 — 10. /, see h, 3 Ne. 3. k, vter. 4. • A. D. 21. 408 3 NEPHI. 5. tinually marching out by day and by night, and falling upon their armies, and cutting them off by thousands and by tens of thou- sands. 22. And thus it became the desire of the people of Zemnari- hah to withdraw from their de- sign, because of the great destruc- tion which came upon them by night and by day. 23. And it came to pass that Zemnarihah did give command unto his people that they should withdraw themselves from the siege, and march into the fur- thermost parts of the land 'north- ward. 24. And now, Gidgiddoni being aware of their design, and know- ing of their weakness because of the want of food, and the great slaughter which had been made among them, therefore he did send out his armies in the night- time, and did cut off the way of their retreat, and did place his armies in the way of their retreat. 25. And this did they do in the night-time, and got on their march beyond the robbers, so that on the morrow, when the robbers began their march, they were met by the armies of the Ne- phites both in their front and in their rear. 26. And the robbers who were on the south were also cut off in their places of retreat. And all these things were done by com- mand of Gidgiddoni. 27. And there were many thou- sands who did yield themselves up prisoners unto the Nephites, and the remainder of them were slain. 28. And their leader, Zemnari- hah, was taken and hanged upon a tree, yea, even upon the top thereof until he was dead. And when they had hanged him until he was dead they did fell the tree to the earth, and did cry with a loud voice, saying: 29. May the Lord preserve his people in righteousness and in holiness of heart, that they may cause to be felled to the earth all who shall seek to slay them be- cause of power and ""secret com- binations, even as this man hath been felled to the earth. 30. And they did rejoice and cry again with one voice, saying: May the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, protect this people in righteousness, so long as they shall call on the name of their God for protection. 31. And it came to pass that they did break forth, all as one, in singing, and praising their God for the great thing which he had done for them, in preserving them from falling into the hands of their enemies. 32. Yea, they did cry: Ho- sanna to the Most High God. And they did cry: Blessed be the name of the Lord God Almighty, the Most High God. 33. And their hearts were swollen with joy, unto the gush- ing out of many tears, because of the great goodness of God in de- livering them out of the hands of their enemies; and they knew it was because of their repentance and their humility that they had been delivered from an everlast- ing destruction. CHAPTER 5. Nephites repent and seek to end works of wickedness — Morynon's ac- count of himself and of the plates kept by him — Another allusion to the gath- ering of Israel. 1. And now behold, there was I, see p, Al. 46. m, see t, 2 Ne. 10. A. D. 21—22. 3 NEPHI, 5. 409 not a living soul among all the people of the Nephites who did doubt in the least the words of all the holy prophets who had spoken; for they knew that it must needs be that they must be fulfilled. 2. And they knew that it must be expedient that Christ had come, because of the many signs which had been given, according to the words of the prophets; and because of the things which had come to pass already they knew that it must needs be that all things should come to pass ac- cording to that which had been spoken. 3. Therefore they did forsake all their sins, and their abomina- tions, and their whoredoms, and did serve Grod with all diligence day and night, 4. And now it came to pass that when they had taken all the robbers prisoners, insomuch that none did escape who were not slain, they did cast their prisoners into prison, and did cause the word of God to be preached unto them; and as many as would repent of their sins and enter into a covenant that they would murder no more were set at liberty. 5. But as many as there were who did not enter into a cove- nant, and who did still continue to have those "secret murders in their hearts, yea, as many as were found breathing out threatenings against their brethren were con- demned and punished according to the law. 6. And thus they did put an end to all those wicked, and se- cret, and abominable combina- tions, in the which there was so much wickedness, and so many murders committed. 7. And thus had the twenty and second year passed away, and the twenty and third year also, and the twenty and fourth, and the twenty and fifth; and thus had * ''twenty and five years passed away. 8. And there had many things transpired which, in the eyes of some, would be great and mar- velous; nevertheless, they cannot all be written in this book; yea, '"this book cannot contain even a hundredth part of what was done among so many people in the space of twenty and five years ; 9. But behold there are ''rec- ords which do contain all the pro- ceedings of this people; and a shorter but true account was given by Nephi. 10. Therefore I have made my record of these things according to the ^record of Nephi, which was engraven on the plates which were called the '^plates of Nephi. 11. And behold, I do make the record on ^'plates which I have made with mine own hands. 12. And behold, I am called Mormon, being called after the ''land of Mormon, the land in which *Alma did establish the church among the people, yea, the first church which was estai)- lished among them after their transgression. 13. Behold, I am a disciple of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. I have been called of him to declare his word among his people, that they might have everlasting life. 14. And it hath become expe- dient that I, according to the will of God, that the prayers of those a, see i. 2 Ne. 10. 6, 3 Ne. 2:8. c, vers. 10, 11. W. of Morm. 5 — 7, 9. He. 3:14. d. He. 3:13, 15, IG. e. He. 2:14. f, see /, 1 Ne. 1. g, vers. 14—18. W. of Morm. 1 — 11. He. 3:13 — 17. Morm. 1:1. 3:16 — 22. 5:9, 12, 13. 7:8 — 10. 8:5, 12 — 16. ft, see 6, Mos. 18. t, Mos. 18. • A. D. 21 — 26. 410 3 NEPHI, 6. who have gone hence, who were the holy ones, should be fulfilled according to their faith, should make a record of these things which have been done — 15. Yea, a ^small record of that which hath taken place from the time that Lehi left Jerusalem, even down until the present time. 16. Therefore I do make my record from the accounts which have been given by those who were before me, until the com- mencement of my day; 17. And then I do make a 'rec- ord of the things which I have seen with mine own eyes. 18. And I know the record which I make to be a just and a true record; nevertheless there are many things which, accord- ing to our language, we are not able to write. 19. And now I make an end of my saying, which is of myself, and proceed to give my account of the things which have been before me. 2 0. I am Mormon, and a pure descendant of Lehi. I have rea- son to bless my God and my Savior Jesus Christ, that he brought our fathers out of the land of Jerusalem, (and no one knew it save it were himself and those whom he brought out of that land) and that he hath given me and my people so much knowl- edge unto the salvation of our souls. 21. Surely he hath blessed the house of Jacob, and hath been merciful unto the seed of Joseph. 22. And ""insomuch as the chil- dren of Lehi have kept his com- mandments he hath blessed them and prospered them aocording to his word. 23. Yea, and surely shall he again bring a "remnant of the seed of Joseph to the knowledge of the Lord their God. 24. And as surely as the Lord liveth, will he gather in from the four quarters of the earth "all the remnant of the seed of Jacob, who are scattered abroad upon all the face of the earth. 25. And as he hath covenanted with all the house of Jacob, even so shall the covenant wherewith he hath covenanted with the house of Jacob be fulfilled in his own due time, unto the restor- ing all the house of Jacob unto the knowledge of the covenant that he hath covenanted with them. 26. And then shall they know their Redeemer, who is Jesus Christ, the Son of God; and then shall they be gathered in from the four quarters of the earth unto their own lands, from whence they have been dispersed; yea, as the Lord liveth so shall it be. Amen. CHAPTER 6. The people are prospered — Pride^ wealth, and class distinctions follow — The church rent by dissension — Deeds of darkness. 1. And now it came to pass that the people of the Nephites did all return to their own lands in the *twenty and sixth year, every man, with his family, his flocks and his herds, his "horses and his cattle, and all things whatsoever did belong unto them. 2. And it came to pass that they had not eaten up all their provisions; therefore they did take with them all that they had not devoured, of all their grain of every kind, and their gold, and their silver, and all their k, see g. I, Monn. 1 — 7. m, see h, 2 Ne. 1. n, see g, 2 Ne. 3. o, see e, 1 Ne. 15. Chap. 6 : a, see m, 1 Ne. 18. • A. D. 26. 3 NEPHI, 6. 411 precious things, and they did re- turn to their own lands and their possessions, both on the north and on the south, both on the "land northward and on the ''land southward. 3. And they granted unto those robbers who had "entered into a covenant to keep the peace, of the band who were desirous to re- main Lamanites, lands, accord- ing to their numbers, that they might have, with their labors, wherewith to subsist upon; and thus they did establish peace in all the land. 4. And they began again to prosper and to wax great; and the twenty and sixth and seventh years passed away, and there was great order in the land; and they had formed their laws according to equity and justice. 5. And now there was nothing in all the land to hinder the people from prospering contin- ually, except they should fall into transgression. 6. And now it was "Gidgiddoni, and the 'judge, Lachoneus, and those who had been appointed leaders, who had established this great peace in the land. 7. And it came to pass that there were many cities built anew, and there were many old cities repaired. 8. And there were "many high- ways cast up, and many roads made, which led from city to city, and from land to land, and from place to place. 9. And thus passed away the twenty and eighth year, and the people had continual peace. 10. But it came to pass in the twenty and ninth year there be- gan to be some disputings among the people; and some were lifted up unto pride and boastings because of their exceeding great riches, yea, even unto great per- secutions; 11. For there were many ^mer- chants in the land, and also many ^lawyers, and many officers. 12. And the people began to be distinguished by ranks, accord- ing to their riches and their chances for learning; yea, some were ignorant because of their poverty, and others did receive great learning because of their riches. 13. Some were lifted up in pride, and others were exceed- ingly humble; some did return railing for railing, while others would receive railing and perse- cution and all manner of afflic- tions, and would not turn and revile again, but were humble and penitent before God. 14. And thus there became a great inequality in all the land, insomuch that the church began to be broken up; yea, insomuch that in the thirtieth year the church was broken up in all the land save it were among a few of the Lamanites who were con- verted unto the true faith; and they would not depart from it, for they were firm, and steadfast, and immovable, willing with all diligence to keep the command- ments of the Lord. 15. Now the cause of this ini- quity of the people was this — Satan had great power, unto the stirring up of the people to do all manner of iniquity, and to the puffing them up with pride, tempting them to seek for power, and authority, and riches, and the vain things of the world. b, see p, Al. 46. c, see n, Al. 46. d, 3 Ne. 5:4. e, see h, 3 Ne. 3. /, 3 Ne. 1:1. 3:1. g. He. 14:24. 3 Ne. 8:13. h. He. 6:8. i, vers. 21, 22, 27. Al. 10:14, 15, 17, 27, 32. 14:5, 18, 23 27. A. D. 29—30. 412 3 NEPHI. 6. 16. And thus Satan did lead away the hearts of the people to do all manner of iniquity; there- fore they had enjoyed peace but a few years. 17. And thus, in the com- mencement of the thirtieth year — the people having been de- livered up for the space of a long time to be carried about by the temptations of the devil whither- soever he desired to carry them, and to do whatsoever iniquity he desired they should — and thus in the commencement of this, the thirtieth year, they were in a state of awful wickedness. 18. Now they did not sin Ignorantly, for they knew the will of God concerning them, for it had been taught unto them; therefore they did wilfully rebel against God, 19. And now it was in the days of Lachoneus, the son of ''Lachon- eus, for Lachoneus did fill the seat of his father and did govern the people that year. 20. And there began to be men Inspired from heaven and sent forth, standing among the people in all the land, preaching and testifying boldly of the sins and iniquities of the people, and tes- tifying unto them concerning the redemption which the Lord would make for his people, or in other words, the resurrection of Christ; and they did testify boldly of his death and sufferings. 21. Now there were many of the people who were exceeding angry because of those who tes- tified of these things; and those who were angry were chiefly the chief judges, and they who had been 'high priests and *"lawyers; yea, all those who were lawyers were angry with those who testi- fied of these things. 22. Now there was no "lawyer nor judge nor °high priest that could- have power to condemn any one to death save their condem- nation was signed by the ^gov- ernor of the land. 23. Now there were many of those who testified of the things pertaining to Christ who testified boldly, who were taken and put to death secretly by the judges, that the knowledge of their death came not unto the ^governor of the land until after their death. 24. Now behold, this was con- trary to the laws of the land, that any man should be put to death except they had power from the governor of the land — 25. Therefore a complaint came up unto the land of ""Zarahemla, to the governor of the land, against these judges who had condemned the prophets of the Lord unto death, not according to the law. 2 6. Now it came to pass that they were taken and brought up before the judge, to be judged of the crime which they had done, according to the law which had been given by the 'people. 27. Now it came to pass that those judges had many friends and kindreds; and the remainder, yea, even almost all the 'lawyers and the "high priests, did gather themselves together, and unite with the kindreds of those judges who were to be tried according to the law. 28. And they did enter into a covenant one with another, yea, even into that covenant which was given by them of old, which covenant was given and admin- f. 3 Ne. 2:8. Mos. 26. P. ver. Mos. 26. k, 3 Ne. 1:1. 19. Qj ver. 19. I, see g, Mos. 26. m, see i. r, Om. 13. 8, see e, Mos. 29. n, see t. o, see g, t, see i. u, see g, A. D. 29—30. 3 NEPHI, 7. 413 istered by the devil, to combine against all righteousness. 29. Therefore they did com- bine against the people of the Lord, and enter into a covenant to destroy them, and to deliver those who were guilty of mur- der from the grasp of justice, which was about to be adminis- tered according to the law. 30. And they did set at de- fiance the law and the rights of their country; and they did cove- nant one with another to destroy the governor, and to establish a king over the land, that the land should no more be at ^liberty but should be subject unto kings. CHAPTER 7. Chief judge murdered and govern- ment overthrown — Division into tribes — King Jacob — Nephi's powerful min- istry. 1. Now behold, I will show unto you that they did not estab- lish a king over the land; but in this same year, yea, the thirtieth year, they did destroy upon the judgment-seat, yea, did murder the chief judge of the land. 2. And the people were divided one against another; and they did separate one from another into tribes, every man according to his family and his kindred and friends; and thus they did de- stroy the government of the land. 3. And every tribe did appoint a chief or a leader over them; and thus they became tribes and leaders of tribes. 4. Now behold, there was no man among them save he had much family and many kindreds and friends; therefore their tribes became exceeding great. 5. Now all this was done, and there were no wars as yet among them; and all this iniquity had come upon the people because they did yield themselves unto the power of Satan. 6. And the regulations of the government were destroyed, be- cause of the "secret combination of the friends and kindreds of those who murdered the prophets. 7. And they did cause a great contention in the land, insomuch that the more righteous part of the people had nearly all become wicked; yea, there were but few righteous men among them. 8. And thus *six years had not passed away since the more part of the people had turned from their righteousness, like the dog to his vomit, or like the sow to her wallowing in the mire. 9. Now this ''secret combina- tion, which had brought so great iniquity upon the people, did gather themselves together, and did place at their head a man whom they did call Jacob; 10. And they did call him their king; therefore he became a king over this wicked band; and he was one of the chiefest who had given his voice against the prophets who testified of Jesus. 11. And it came to pass that they were not so strong in num- ber as the tribes of the people, who were united together save it were their leaders did establish their laws, every one according to his tribe; nevertheless they were enemies; notwithstanding they were not a righteous people, yet they were united in the hatred of those who had entered into a covenant to des'troy the govern- ment. 12. Therefore, Jacob seeing that their enemies were more nu- V, see m, Mos. 29. Ne. 10. Chap. 7: o, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 6, 3 Ne. 5:7. c, see i, 2 A. D. 29—30. 414 3 NEPHI, 7. merous than they, he being the king of the band, therefore he commanded his people that they should take their flight into the northernmost part of the land, and there build up unto them- selves a kingdom, until they were joined by dissenters, (for he flat- tered them that there would be many dissenters) and they be- come sufficiently strong to con- tend with the tribes of the peo- ple; and they did so. 13. And so speedy was their march that it could not be im- peded until they had gone forth out of the reach of the people. And thus ended the thirtieth year; and thus were the affairs of the people of Nephi. 14. And it came to pass in the thirty and first year that they were divided into tribes, every man according to his family, kin- dred and friends; nevertheless they had come to an agreement that they would not go to war one with another; but they were not united as to their laws, and their manner of government, for they were established according to the minds of those who were their chiefs and their leaders. But they did establish very strict laws that one tribe should not trespass against another, inso- much that in some degree they had peace in the land; neverthe- less, their hearts were turned from the Lord their God, and they did ''stone the prophets and did cast them out from among them. 15. And it came to pass that Nephi — having been visited by angels and also the voice of the Lord, therefore having seen an- gels, and being eye-witness, and having had power given unto him that he might know con- cerning the ministry of Christ, and also being eye-witness to their 'quick return from right- eousness unto their wickedness and abominations; 16. Therefore, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts and the blindness of their minds — went forth among them in that same year, and began to testify, boldly, repentance and remission of sins through faith on the Lord Jesus Christ. 17. And he did minister many things unto them; and all of them cannot be written, and a part of them would not suffice, therefore they are not written in this book. And Nephi did min- ister with power and with great authority. 18. And it came to pass that they were angry with him, even because he had greater power than they, for it were not pos- sible that they could disbelieve his words, for so great was his faith on the Lord Jesus Christ that ^angels did minister unto him daily. 19. And in the name of Jesus did he cast out devils and unclean spirits; and even his "brother did he raise from the dead, after he had been stoned and suffered death by the people. 20. And the people saw it, and did witness of it, and were angry with him because of his power; and he did also do many more miracles, in the sight of the peo- ple, in the name of Jesus. 21. And it came to pass that the thirty and first year did pass away, and there were but few who were converted unto the Lord; but as many as were converted did truly signify unto the people that they had been visited by the power and Spirit of God, which d, rer. 19. 3 Ne. 6:23—25. e, yer. 8. f, ver. 15. g, 3 Ne. 19:4. A. P. 31—32, 3 NEPHI, 8. 415 was in Jesus Christ, in whom they believed. 22. And as many as had '■devils cast out from them, and were healed of their sicknesses and their infirmities, did truly mani- fest unto the people that they had been wrought upon by the Spirit of God, and had been healed; and they did show forth signs also and did do some mira- cles among the people. 23. Thus passed away the thir- ty and second year also. And Nephi did cry unto the people in the commencement of the thirty and third year; and he did preach unto them repentance and remis- sion of sins. 24. Now I would have you to remember also, that there were none who were brought unto re- pentance who were not ^baptized with water. 25. Therefore, there were or- dained of Nephi, men unto this ministry, that all such as should come unto them should be bap- tized with water, and this as a witness and a testimony before God, and unto the people, that they had repented and received a remission of their sins. 26. And there were many in the commencement of this year that were ^baptized unto repent- ance; and thus the more part of the year did pass away. CHAPTER 8. Christ's crucifixion attested "by pre- dicted signs — Tempest and earth- quake, whirlwind and fire — A great and terrible destruction — Three days of darkness. 1. And now it came to pass that according to our record, and we know our record to be true, for behold, it was a 'just man who did keep the record — for he truly did ''many miracles in the name of Jesus; and there was not any man who could do a miracle in the name of Jesus save he were cleansed every whit from his iniquity — 2. And now it came to pass, if there was no mistake made by this man in the reckoning of our time the '^thirty and third year had passed away; 3. And the people began to look with great earnestness for the sign which had been given by the prophet Samuel, the La- manite, yea, for the time that there should be ''darkness for the space of three days over the face of the land. 4. And there began to be great doubtings and disputations among the people, notwithstand- ing so many signs had been given. 5. And it came to pass in the thirty and fourth year, in the first month, on the fourth day of the month, there arose a great storm, such an one as never had been known in all the land. 6. And there was also a ''great and terrible tempest; and there was "terrible thunder, insomuch that it did shake the whole earth as if it was about to divide asun- der. 7. And there were exceeding ''sharp lightnings, such as never had been known in all the land. 8. And the *city of Zarahemla did take fire. 9. And the ^city of Moroni did sink into the depths of the sea, and the inhabitants thereof were drowned. ft, ver. 19. i, see «, 2 Ne. 9. », 3 Ne. 7:19, 20. c, 3 Ne. 2:8. 2:8. /, see v. He. j, see k, Al. 50. 10:9. e, 3 Ne 13. Al. 2:26. ;, see u, 2 Ne. 9. Chap. 8: a, 3 Ne. 23:7, 12. d, ver. 23. 1 Ne. 19:10. He. 14:20, 27. 3 Ne. 14. g, see s. He. 14. h, see fc, 1 Ne. 19. t. Cm. A. D. 32—34. 416 3 NEPHI, 8. 10. And the earth was carried up upon the ''city of Moronihah, that in the place of the city there became a great mountain. 11. And there was a great and terrible destruction in the land 'southward. 12. But behold, there was a more great and terrible destruc- tion in the land '"northward; for behold, the whole face of the land was changed, because of the "tempest and the "whirlwinds, and the ''thunderings and the ^lightnings, and the exceeding great quaking of the whole earth; 13. And the "^highways were broken up, and the level roads were spoiled, and many smooth places ^became rough. 14. And many great and nota- ble cities were 'sunk, and many were "burned, and many were shaken till the buildings thereof had 'fallen to the earth, and the inhabitants thereof were slain, and the places were left desolate. 15. And there were some cities which remained; but the damage thereof was exceeding great, and there were many in them who were slain. 16. And there were some who were carried away in the "'whirl- wind; and whither they went no man knoweth, save they know that they were carried away. 17. And thus the face of the whole earth became deformed, be- cause of the 'tempests, and the I'thunderings, and the nightnings, and the quaking of the earth. 18. And behold, the ^''rocks were rent in twain; they were broken up upon the face of the whole earth, insomuch that they were found in -''broken frag- ments, and in seams and in cracks, upon all the face of the land. 19. And it came to pass that when the "'"thunderings, and the -"^lightnings, and the -''storm, and the -''tempest, and the quakings of the earth did cease — for be- hold, they did last for about the space of ^"three hours; and it was said by some that the time was greater; nevertheless, all these great and terrible things were done in about the space of three hours — and -''then behold, there was darkness upon the face of the land. 20. And it came to pass that there was thick darkness upon all the face of the land, insomuch that the inhabitants thereof who had not fallen could -*feel the vapor of darkness; 21. And there could be no light, because of the darkness, neither candles, neither torches; neither could there be fire kin- dled with their fine and exceed- ingly dry wood, so that there could not be any light at all; 22. And there was not any light seen, neither fire, nor glim- mer, neither the sun, nor the moon, nor the stars, for so great were the mists of darkness which were upon the face of the land. 23. And it came to pass that it did last for the space of ^Hhree days that there was no light seen; and there was great mourn- ing and howling and weeping among all the people continually; Tc, rer. 25. He. 12:1T. 3 Ne. 9:5. I, see n, Al. 46. m, see p, Al. 4«. n, see v. He. 14. 0, ver. 16. 3 Ne. 10:13, 14. p, see s. He. 14. q, see fc, 1 Ne. 19. r, see g, 3 Ne. 6. «, 1 Ne. 12:4. t, 1 Ne. 11:4. u, 1 Ne. 12:4. v, 1 Ne. 11:4. w, ver. 12. X, see V, He. 14, y, see s. He. 14. z, see k, 1 Ne. 19. 2a, see t. He, 14. 2h, He. 14:22. 2c, see s, He, 14, 2d, see k, 1 Ne. 19, 2e, ver. 5. 2f, see v. He. 14. 2g, Luke 23:44, 45. 2A, see i, 1 Ne. 19. 2i, vers. 3. 22, 23. 1 Ne. 12:5. 19:11. He. 14:20, 27. 3 Ne. 10:9. 2j, see i, 1 Ne. 19. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 9. 417 yea, great were the groanings of the people, because of the dark- ness and the great destruction which had come upon them. 24. And in one place they were heard to cry, saying: O that we had repented before this great and terrible day, and then would our brethren have been spared, and they would not have been -'-'burned in that great city Zarahemla. 25. And in another place they were heard to cry and mourn, saying: O that we had repented before this great and terrible day, and had not killed and stoned the prophets, and cast them out; then would our moth- ers and our fair daughters, and our children have been spared, and not have been buried up in that great 2'cityMoronihah. And thus were the bowlings of the people great and terrible. CHAPTER 9. The voice of God proclaims the ex- tent of the disaster and declares the causes thereof — The Law of Moses fulfilled — The acceptable sacrifice of a broken heart and a contrite spirit. 1. And it came to pass that there was a "voice heard among all the inhabitants of the earth, upon all the face of this land, crying: 2. Wo, wo, wo unto this peo- ple; wo unto the inhabitants of the whole earth except they shall repent; for the devil laugheth, and his angels rejoice, because of the slain of the fair sons and daughters of my people; and it is because of their iniquity and abominations th^t they are fallen! 3. Behold, that ^great city Zarahemla have I ''burned with fire, and the inhabitants thereof. 4. And behold, that great "city Moroni have I caused to be *sunk in the depths of the sea, ^nd the inhabitants thereof to be drowned. 5. And behold, that great 'city Moronihah have I covered with earth, and the inhabitants there- of, to hide their iniquities and their abominations from before my face, that the blood of the prophets and the saints shall not come any more unto me against them. 6. And behold, the city of Gil- gal have I caused to be sunk, and the inhabitants thereof to be buried up in the depths of the earth; 7. Yea, and the city of Onihah and the inhabitants thereof, and the city of Mocum and the in- habitants thereof, and the ''city of Jerusalem and the inhabitants thereof; and waters have I caused to come up in the stead thereof, to hide their wickedness and abominations from before my face, that the blood of the proph- ets and the saints shall not come up any more unto me against them. 8. And behold, the city of Gad- iandi, and the city of Gadiom- nah, and the city of Jacob, and the city of Gimgimno, all these have I caused to be sunk, and made "hills and valleys in the places thereof; and the inhabi- tants thereof have I buried up in the depths of the earth, to hide their wickedness and abomina- tions from before my face, that the blood of the prophets and the saints should not come up any more unto me against them. 9. And behold, that great city 2k. ver. 8. He. 13:12—14. 21, see k. Chap. 9: a, 1 Ne. 19:11. b, Ora. 13. c. 3 Ne. S:S. rf, see k; Al. 50. c, 3 Ne. 8:?. /, see k, 3 No. 8. g, see b, Al. 21. h, 1 Ne. 19:11. He. 12:17. 11:23. 3 Ne. 8 :■>. 10:13, 14. A. D. 34, 418 3 NEPHI, 9. Jacobugath, which was inhabited by the people of king Jacob, have I caused to be ^burned with fire because of their sins and their wickedness, which was above all the wickedness of the whole earth, because of their ^secret murders and combinations; for it was they that did destroy the ''peace of my people and the gov- ernment of the land; therefore I did cause them to be burned, to destroy them from before my face, that the 'blood of the prophets and the saints should not come up unto me any more against them. 10. And behold, the city of Laman, and the city of Josh, and the city of Gad, and the city of Kishkumen, have I caused to be '"burned with fire, and the inhab- itants thereof, because of their wickedness in casting out the prophets, and stoning those whom I did send to declare unto them concerning their wickedness and their abominations. 11. And because they did cast them all out, that there were none righteous among them, I did send down "fire and destroy them, that their wickedness and abominations might be hid from before my face, that the blood of the prophets and the saints whom I sent among them might not cry unto me from the ground against them. 12. And many great destruc- tions have I caused to come upon this land, and upon this people, because of their wickedness and their abominations. 13. O all ye that are spared because ye were more righteous than they, will ye not now re- turn unto me, and repent of your sins, and be converted, that I may heal you? 14. Yea, verily I say unto you, if ye will come unto me ye shall have eternal life. Behold, mine arm of mercy is extended towards you, and whosoever will come, him will I receive; and blessed are those who come unto me. 15. Behold, I am Jesus Christ the Son of God. I "created the heavens and the earth, and all things that in them are. I was with the Father from the begin- ning. ^I am in the Father, and the Father in me; and Hn me hath the Father glorified his name. 16. I came unto ''my own, and my own received me not. And the scriptures 'concerning my coming are fulfilled. 17. And as many as have re- ceived me, to them have I 'given to become the sons of God; and even so will I to as many as shall believe on my name, for behold, by me "redemption cometh, and 'in me is the law of Moses ful- filled. 18. I ""am the light and the life of the world. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. 19. And ye shall offer up unto me 'no more the shedding of blood; yea, your sacrifices and your burnt offerings shall be done away, for I will accept none of your sacrifices and your burnt offerings. 20. And ye shall offer for a sacrifice unto me a broken heart and a contrite spirit. And whoso cometh unto me with a broken heart and a contrite spirit, him i, ver. 10. 1 Ne. 12:4. 3 Ne. S:14. ;, see i, 2 Ne. 10. Tc, 3 Ne. 7:9—13. I, 3 Ne. 6:23 — 25. 7:10. jh, see i. n, see i. o, Mos. 3:8. 4:2. See i. He. 14. p, 3 Ne. 11:27. 19:23, 29. Eth. 3:14. q, 3 Ne. 11:7. 11. r, John 1:11. s, 3 Ne. 15:4. 5. t, John 1:12. u, ver. 21. 2 Ne. 31:21. Mos. 3:17. 4:7, 8. See d, Mos. 5. v, 3 Ne. 15 :2 — 8. w, see m, Mos. 16. x, 3 Ne. 15 :2 — 8. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 10. 419 will I baptize "with fire and with the Holy Ghost, even as the La- manites, because of their faith in me at the time of "their conver- sion, were baptized with fire and with the Holy Ghost, and they knew it not. 21. Behold, I have come unto the world to bring ^"redemption unto the world, to save the world from sin. 22. Therefore, whoso repenteth and Cometh unto me as a ^Hittle child, him will I receive, for of such is the kingdom of God. Be- hold, for such I have laid down my life, and have taken it up again.; therefore repent, and come unto me ye ends of the earth, and be saved. CHAPTER 10. Silence in the land — Again the voice from heaven — The darkness disperses — Only the more righteous of the people are spared. 1. And now behold, it came to pass that all the people of the land did "hear these sayings, and did witness of it. And after these sayings there was silence in the land for the space of many hours; 2. For so great was the as- tonishment of the people that they did cease lamenting and howling for the loss of their kin- dred which had been slain; therefore there was silence in all the land for the space of many hours. 3. And it came to pass that there came a voice again unto the people, and all the people did hear, and did witness of it, saying: 4. O ye people of these ''great cities which have fallen, who are descendants of Jacob, yea, who are of the house of Israel, how oft have I gathered you as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and have nourished you. 5. And again, how oft would I have gathered you as a hen gath- ereth her chickens under her wings, yea, O ye people of the house of Israel, who have fallen; yea, O ye people of the house of Israel, ye that dwell at Jerusalem, as ye that have fallen; yea, how oft would I have gathered you as a hen gathereth her chickens, and ye would not. 6. O ye house of Israel whom I have '"spared, how oft will I gather you as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, if ye will repent and return unto me with full purpose of heart. 7. But if not, O house of Israel, the places of your dwell- ings shall become desolate until the "time of the fulfilling of the covenant to your fathers. 8. And now it came to pass that after the people had heard these words, behold, they began to weep and howl again because of the loss of their kindred and friends. 9. And it came to pass that thus did the nhree days pass away. And it was in the 'morn- ing, and the darkness dispersed from off the face of the land, and the earth did cease to tremble, and the "rocks did cease to rend, and the dreadful groanings did cease, and all the tumultuous noises did pass away. 10. And the earth did cleave y, 1 Ne. 10:17, 19, 22. 13:37. 2 Ne. 31:11—14, 17, 18. 32:2—5. 33:1, 2. Jac. 6:8. 7:12. Al. 13:28. 34:38. 36:24. He. 5:45. 3 Ne. 7:21. 11:35. 36. 12:1. 2. 15:23. 1G:4, 6. 18:37. 19:9, 13, 14, 20—22. 26:17. 28:11, 18. 30:2. 4 Ne. 1, 3, 48. Morm. 1:14. 7:10. Eth. 5:4. 12:14, 23, 41. Moro. 2. 3:4. 4:3. 5:2. 6:4, 9. 7:32, 36. 8:7, 9, 23, 20. 10:4—7, 9—19. z. He. 5:45. Eth. 12.14. 2a, see u. 2b, 3 Ne. 11:37, 38. Chap. 10: a, 1 Ne. 19:11. b, 3 Ne. 8:8—16, 24, 25. 9:3—12. c, vers. 12, 13. 3 Ne. 9:13. d, see e, 1 Ne. 15. e, see i, 1 Ne. 19. /, 3 Ne. 8:19—23. g, see t. He. 14. A. D. 34. 420 3 NEPHI, 11. together again, that it stood; and the mourning, and the weeping, and the wailing of the people who were spared alive did cease; and their mourning was turned into joy, and their lamentations into the praise and thanksgiving unto the Lord Jesus Christ, their Re- deemer. 11. And thus far were the "scriptures fulfilled which had been spoken by the prophets. 12. And it was the *more right- eous part of the people who were saved, and it was they who re- ceived the prophets and stoned them not; and it was they who had not shed the blood of the saints, who were spared — 13. And they were spared and were %ot sunk and buried up in the earth; and they were ''not drowned in the depths of the sea; and th€y were 'not burned by fire, neither were they fallen upon and crushed to death; and they were not carried away in the "'whirlwind; neither were they overpowered by the "vapor of smoke and of darkness. 14. And now, whoso readeth, let him understand; he that hath the scriptures, let him "search them, and see and behold if all these deaths and destructions by ^fire, and by «smoke, and by '^tempests, and by 'whirlwinds, and by the 'opening of the earth to receive them, and all these things are not unto the fulfilling of the prophecies of many of the holy prophets. 15. Behold, I say unto you. Yea, many have testified of these things at the coming of Christ, and were slain because they tes- tified of these things. 16. Yea, the prophet "Zenos did testify of these things, and also 'Zenock spake concerning these things, because they testified par- ticularly concerning us, who are the remnant of their seed. 17. Behold, our father Jacob also testified "'concerning a rem- nant of the seed of Joseph. And behold, are not we a remnant of the seed of Joseph? And these things which testify o-f us, are they not written upon the 'plates of brass which our father Lehi brought out of Jerusalem? 18. And it came to pass that in the ending of the thirty and fourth year, behold, I will show unto you that the people of Ne- phi who were spared, and also those who had been called La- manites, who had been spared, did have great favors shown unto them, and great blessings poured out upon their heads, insomuch that soon after the ascension of Christ into heaven he did truly manifest himself unto them — 19. "Showing his body unto them, and ministering unto them; and an account of his ministry shall be ''given hereafter. There- fore for this time I make an end of my sayings. Jesus Christ did show himself ^into the people of Nephi, as the multitude were gathered together in the land Bountiful, and did minister unto them; and on this wise did he show himself unto them. Comprising chapters 11 to 26 inclusive. CHAPTER 11. The Eternal Father proclaims the Christ — The Resurrected Christ ap- h, 1 Ne. 12:4, 5. 19:10 — 12. He. 14:20 — 28. i, ver. 13. 3 Ne. 9:13. j, 3 Ne. 8:9. 9:4—8. fc, 3Ne. 8:9. 9:4,7. ?, 3 Ne. 8 :8, 24. 9:3,9,10. m^ ver. 14. 3 Ne. 8:16. n, see 2i, 3 Ne. 8. o, see h, p, see I. q, sec 21, 3 Ne. 8. r, see v. He. 14. 8, see m. t, see h, 3 Ne. 9. u, see U, 1 Ne, 19. v, see g, 1 Ne. 19. w, Al. 46 :24 — 26. 3 Ne. 20 :22, x. see a, 1 Ne. 3. v, see 6, 1 Ne, 12, z, 3 Ne. chaps. 11 — 30. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 11. 421 pears — The multitude permitted to feel his wounds — Mode of baptism prescribed — Contention and disputa- tion forbidden — Christ the rock. 1. And now it came to pass that there were a great multitude gathered tog.ether, of the people of Nephi, round about the "tem- ple which was in the "land Boun- tiful; and they were marveling and wondering one with another, and were showing one to another the '■great and marvelous change which had taken place. 2. And they were also convers- ing about this Jesus Christ, of whom the "sign had been given concerning his death. 3. And it came to pass that while they were thus conversing one with another, they heard a voice as if it came out of heaven; and they cast their eyes round about, for they understood not the voice which they heard; and it was not a harsh voice, neither was it a loud voice; nevertheless, and notwithstanding it being a *small voice it did pierce them that did hear to the center, inso- much that there was no part of their frame that it did not cause to quake; yea, it did pierce them to the very soul, and did cause their hearts to burn. 4. And it came to pass that again they heard the voice, and they understood it not. 5. And again the third time they did hear the voice, and did open their ears to hear it; and their eyes were towards the sound thereof; and they did look st^dfastly towards heaven, from whence the sound came. 6. And behold, the third time they did understand the voice wljich they heard; and it said unto them: 7. Behold my Beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased, in whom I ^have glorified my name — hear ye him. 8. And it came to pass, as they understood they cast their eyes up again towards heaven; and be- hold, they saw a 'Man descending out of heaven; and he was clothed in a white robe; and he came down and stood in the midst of them; and the eyes of the whole multitude were turned upon him, and they durst not open their mouths, even one to another, and wist not what it meant, for they thought it was an angel that had appeared unto them. 9. And it came to pass that he stretched forth his hand and spake unto the people, saying: 10. Behold, I am Jesus Christ, whom the prophets testified shall come into the world. 11. And behold, ''I am the light and the life of the world; and I have drunk out of that *bitter cup which the Father hath given me, and have ^glorified the Fa- ther in taking upon me the "'sins of the world, in the which I have suffered the will of the Father in all things from the beginning. 12. And it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words the whole multitude fell to the earth; for they remembered that it had been 'prophesied among them that Christ should show himself unto them after his ascension into heaven. 13. And it came to pass that the Lord spake unto them say- ing: 14. Arise and come forth unto a, see h, 2 Ne. 5. 6, see 2k, Al. 22. c, 3 Ne. 8:11 — 14. d. He. 14:20 — 27. 3 Ne. 8:5—25. 9:10, e. He. 5:30, 31, 46, 47. /, ver. 11. 3 Ne. 9:15. g, see 6, 1 Ne. 12. h, see m, Mos. 16. i, John 18:11. j, yer. 7. 3 Ne. 9:15. k, ver. 14. 3 Ne. 9 :21. John 1 :29. I, see &, X Ne. t2. A. D. 34. 422 3 NEPHL 11. me, that ye may ""thrust your hands into my side, and also that ye may feel the prints of the nails in my hands and in my feet, that ye may know that I am the God of Israel, and the "God of the whole earth, and have been slain for the ''sins of the world. 15. And it came to pass that the multitude went forth, and ^thrust their hands into his side, and did feel the prints of the nails in his hands and in his feet; and this they did do, going forth one by one until they had all gone forth, and did see with their eyes and did feel with their hands, and did know of a surety and did bear record, that it was he, of whom it was written by the ^prophets, that should come. 16. And when they had all gone forth and had witnessed for themselves, they did cry out with one accord, saying: 17. Hosanna! Blessed be the name of the ''Most High God ! And they did fall down at the feet of Jesus, and did worship him. 18. And it came to pass that he spake unto Nephi (for *Nephi was among the multitude) and he commanded him that he should come forth. 19. And Nephi arose and went forth, and bowed himself before the Lord and did 'kiss his feet. 20. And the Lord commanded him that he should arise. And he arose and stood before him. 21. And the Lord said unto him: I give unto you "power that ye shall ^baptize this people when I am ""again ascended into heaven. 22. And again the Lord called others, and said unto them like- wise; and he gave unto them 'power to baptize. And lie said unto them: On this wise shall yo baptize; and there shall be "no disputations among you. 2 3. Verily I say unto you, that whoso repenteth of his sins through your words, and desireth to be baptized in my name, on this wise shall ye baptize them — Behold, ye shall go down and "stand in the water, and in my name shall ye baptize them. 24. And now behold, these are the words which ye shall say, calling them by name, saying: 25. Having -"authority given me of Jesus Christ, -^I baptize you in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 26. And then shall ye immerse them in the water, and come forth again out of the water. 27. And after this manner shall ye baptize in my name; for be- hold, verily I say unto you, ^Hhat the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost are one; -''and I am in the Father, and the Father in me, and the Father and I are -^one. 2 8. And according as I have commanded you -'thus shall ye baptize. And there shall be ^"no disputations among you, as there have hitherto been; neither shall there be disputations among you concerning the points of my doc- trine, as there have hitherto been. 29. For verily, verily I say unto you, he that hath the spirit of -''contention is not of me, but is of the devil, who is the father of contention, and he stirreth up the hearts of men to contend with anger, one with another. 30. Behold, this is not my doc- m, ver. 15. John 20:27. n, see 26^ Mos. 7. o, see k. p, rer. 14. q, ver. 10. r, see 26, Mos. 7. s, 3 Ne. 1:2. 3, 10. 7:15, 20, 23 — 26. t, 3 Ne, 17:10. u, see g, Mos. 18. V, see «, 2 Ne. 9. ic, 3 Ne. 18 :39. x, see g, Mos. 18. y, vers. 28 — 30. 3 Ne. 18:34. z, Mos. 18:32. 3 Ne. 19:10 — 13, 2a, see g, Mos. 18. 2b, see u, 2 Ne. 9. 2c, see fc, 2 Ne. 31. 2d, see p, 3 Ne. 9. 2e, see fc, 2 Ne. 31. 2f, vers. 25, 26. 2g, vers. 22, 29, 30. 2h, vers. 22, 28, 30. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 12. 423 trine, to stir up the hearts of men with anger, one against another; but this is my doctrine, that ^^such things should be done away. 31. Behold, verily, verily, I say unto you, I will declare unto you my doctrine. 32. And this is my doctrine, and it is the doctrine which the Father hath given unto me; ^•'and I bear record of the Father, and the Father beareth record of me, and the Holy Ghost beareth rec- ord of the Father and me; and I bear record that the Father com- mandeth all men, everywhere, to repent and believe in me. 33. And whoso believeth in me, and is -''baptized, the same shall be saved; and they are they who shall inherit the kingdom of God. 34. And whoso believeth not in me, and is not baptized, shall be damned. 35. Verily, verily, I say unto you, that this is my doctrine, ^'and I bear record of it from the Father; and 2"»whoso believeth in me believeth in the Father also; and unto him will the Father ^"bear record of me, for he will visit him ""with fire and with the Holy Ghost. 36. And thus will the Father ^^bear record of me, and the Holy Ghost will bear record unto him of the Father and me; ^«for the Father, and I, and the Holy Ghost are one. 37. And again I say unto you, ye must repent, and become as a little child, and be ^''baptized in my name, or ye can in nowise re- ceive these things. 38. And again I say unto you, ye must repent, and be baptized in my name, and become as a ^*little child, or ye can in nowise inherit the kingdom of God. 39. Verily, verily, I say unto you, that this is my doctrine, and whoso buildeth upon this build- eth upon my rock, and ^'the gates of hell shall not prevail against them. 40. And whoso shall declare more or less than this, and estab- lish it for my doctrine, the same Cometh of evil, and is not built upon my rock; but he buildeth upon a ^"sandy foundation, and the gates of hell stand open to receive such when the floods come and the winds beat upon them. 41. Therefore, go forth unto this people, and declare the words which I have spoken, unto the ends of the earth. CHAPTER 12. The Savior's teachings to the Ne- phites — He calls and commissions the twelve disciples — His words to the multitude — The Sermon on the Mount retold — Compare Mattheio 5. 1. And it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words unto "Nephi, and to those who had been called, (now the number of them who had been called, and received "power and authority to baptize, was ''twelve) and behold, he stretched forth his hand unto the multitude, and cried unto them, saying: Blessed are ye if ye shall give heed unto the words of these twelve whom I have chosen from among you to minister unto you, and to be your servants; and unto them I have ''given power that they may bap- tize you with water; and after 2i, vers. 22, 28, 29. 2}, vers. 35, 36. 3 Ne. 28:11. Eth. 5:4. 2k, see u, 2 Ne. 9. 2!!, vers. 32, 36. 2m, Etb, 4:12. 2n, vers. 32, 36. 2o, see y, 3 Ne. 9. 2p, see 2/. 2q, see k, 2 Ne. 31. 2r, see u, 2 Ne. 9. 2s, see 2b, 3 Ne. 9. 2t, Matt. 16:18. 3 Ne. 18:12, 13. 2u, Matt. 7:24—27. 3 Ne, 14:24 — 27. 18:12, 13. Chap. 12: a, see 8, 3 Ne. 11. 6, see g, Mos. 18. c, 3 Ne. 13:25. 15:11. 18:1 — 17, 26 — 39. 19:4 — 36. 20:1 — 6. 26:17. Chaps. 27, 28. 4 Ne. 1, 5, 13. 14, 30 — 33, 37, 44, 46. Morm. 1 :'13. 3:19. 8:10, 11. 9:22, 25. Eth. 12:17. Moro. 2:3. d, see g, Mos. 18. A. D. 34. 424 3 NEPHI, 12. that ye are baptized with water, behold, I will baptize you '^with fire and with the Holy Ghost; therefore blessed are ye if ye shall believe in me and be bap- tized, after that ye have seen me and know that I am. 2. And again, more blessed are they who shall believe in your words because that ye shall testify that ye have seen me, and that ye know that I am. Yea, blessed are they who shall believe in your words, and come down into the depths of humility and be ^bap- tized, for they shall be visited <'with fire and with the Holy Ghost, and shall receive a remis- sion of their sins. 3. Yea, blessed are the ''poor in spirit who come unto me, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 4. And again, blessed are all they that mourn, for they shall be comforted. 5. And blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth. 6. And blessed are all they who do hunger and thirst after right- eousness, for they shall be ^filled with the Holy Ghost. 7. And blessed are the merci- ful, for they shall obtain mercy. 8. And blessed are all the pure in heart, for they shall see God. 9. And blessed are all the peace- makers, for they shall be called the children of God. 10. And blessed are all they who are ^persecuted for my name's sake, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 11. And blessed are ye when men shall revile you and perse- cute, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake; 12. For ye shall have ^great joy and be exceeding glad, for great shall be your reward in heaven; for so persecuted they the prophets who were before you. 13. Verily, verily, I say unto you, I give unto you to be the salt of the earth; but if the salt shall lose its savor wherewith 'shall the earth be salted? The salt shall be thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and to be trodden under foot of men. 14. Verily, verily, I say unto you, I give unto you to be the light of this people. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. 15. Behold, do men light a candle and put it under a bushel? Nay, but on a candlestick, and it giveth light to all that are in the house; 16. Therefore let your light so shine before this people, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven. 17. Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the proph- ets. I am not come to destroy but to fulfil; 18. For verily I say unto you, one jot nor one tittle "*hath not passed away from the law, but in me it hath all been fulfilled. 19. And behold, I have given you the law and the command- ments of my Father, that ye shall believe in me, and that ye shall repent of your sins, and come unto me with a "broken heart and a contrite spirit. Behold, ye have the commandments before you, and the °law is fulfilled. 20. Therefore come unto me and be ye saved; for verily I say unto you, that except ye shall keep my ^commandments, which e, see y, 3 Ne. 9. 1, see u, 2 Ne. 9. g, see y, 3 Ne. 9. h, Matt. 5 :3. i. Matt. 5:6. ;, Matt. 5:10. Tc, Matt. ^ :12. I, Matt. 5:13. m, Matt. 5:18. n, 3 Ne. 9:20. ■ " " ' " K:4 — 10. p, ver. 19. 3 Ne. 15:10. A. D. 34. o, vers. 18. 46. 3 Ne. 9:17. 3 NEPHI, 12. 425 I have commanded you at this time, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven. 21. Ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, and it is also written before you, that thou Shalt not kill, and who- soever shall kill shall be in dan- ger of the 'judgment of God; 22. But I say unto you, that whosoever is angry with his brother shall be in danger of '^his judgment. And whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council; and whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire. 23. Therefore, if ye shall come unto me, or shall desire to come unto me, and rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee — 24. Go thy way unto thy brother, and first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come unto me with full purpose of heart, and I will receive you. 25. Agree with thine adversary quickly while thou art in the way with him, lest at any time he shall get thee, and thou shalt be cast into prison. 26. Verily, verily, I say unto thee, thou shalt by no means come out thence until thou hast paid the uttermost 'senine. And while ye are in prison can ye pay even one senine? Verily, verily, I say unto you. Nay. 27. Behold, it is written by them of old time, that thou shalt not commit adultery; 28. But I say unto you, that whosoever looketh on a woman, to lust after her, hath committed adultery already in his heart, 29. Behold, I give unto you a commandment, that ye suffer "none of these things to enter into your heart; 30. For it is better that ye should deny yourselves of these things, wherein ye will take up your cross, than that ye should be cast into hell. 31. It hath been written, that whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement. 32. Verily, verily, I say unto you, that whosoever *'shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery; and whoso shall marry her who is divorced committeth adultery. 33. And again it is written, thou shalt not forswear thyself, but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths; 34. But verily, verily, I say ^nto you, swear not at all; neither by heaven, for it is God's throne; 35. Nor by the earth, for it is his footstool; 36. Neither shalt thou swear by the head, because thou canst not make one hair black or white; 37. But let your communica- tion be Yea, yea; Nay, nay; for whatsoever cometh of more than these is evil. 38. And behold, it is written, an eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth; 39. But I say unto you, that ye shall not resist evil, but who- soever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also; 40. And if any man will sue thee at the law and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloak also; 41. And whosoever shall com- q. Matt, 5:21. r. Matt, 5:22. s. Matt. 5:23, 24. #,.see c, Al. 11. u, D, & C. 42:23. 43:16, 17. See i, 2 Ne. 28. v. Matt. 5:32. Mark 10:11, 12. Luke 16:18. A, D. 34. 426 3 NEPHI, 13. pel thee to go a mile, go with him twain. 42. Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn thou not away. 43. And behold it is written also, that thou shalt love thy neighbor and hate thine enemy; 44. But behold I say unto you, love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them who despitefully use you and persecute you; 45. That ye may be the chil- dren of your Father who is in heaven; for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good. 46. Therefore those things which were of old time, which were under the law, in me are «'all fulfilled. 47. Old things 'are done away, and all things have become new. 48. Therefore I would that ye should be perfect even "as I, or your Father who is in heaven is perfect. CHAPTER 13. The Savior's sermon to the Nephites continued — His commandments to the twelve — Compare Matthew 6. 1. Verily, verily, I say that I would that ye should do alms unto the poor; but take heed that ye do not your alms before men to be seen of them; otherwise ye have no reward of your Father who is in heaven. 2. Therefore, when ye shall do your alms do not sound a trumpet before you, as will hypocrites do in the "synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, they have their reward. 3. But when thou doest alms let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth; 4. That thine alms may be in secret; and thy Father who seeth in secret, himself shall reward thee openly. 5. And when thou prayest thou shalt not do as the hypocrites, for they love to pray, standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you, they have their reward. 6. But thou, when thou pray- est, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father who is in secret; and thy Father, who seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly. 7. But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen, for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. 8. Be not ye therefore like unto them, for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of be- fore ye ask him. 9. After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be thy name. 10. Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. 11. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. 12. And lead us not into temp- tation, but deliver us from evil. 13. For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, forever. Amen. 14. For, if ye forgive men their trespasses your heavenly Father will also forgive you; 15. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses neither will your Father forgive your trespasses. 16. Moreover, when ye "fast be not as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance, for they disfigure their faces that they may appear w, see 0. X, 3 Ne. 15:2, 3. y. Matt. 5:48. 3 Ne. 19:25 — 29. 27:27. Chap. 13 : a, see u, Al. 16. l>, see t, Mos. 27. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 14. 427 unto men to fast. Verily I say unto you, they have their reward. 17. But thou, when thou fast- est, anoint thy head, and wash thy face; 18. That thou appear not unto men to fast, but unto thy Father, who is in secret; and thy Father, who seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly. 19. Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and thieves break through and steal; 20. But lay up for your- selves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth cor- rupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal. 21. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. 22. The light of the body is the eye; if, therefore, thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. 23. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If, therefore, the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness! 24. No man can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will hold to the one and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and Mammon. 25. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words he looked upon the twelve whom he had chosen, and said unto them: Remember the words which I have spoken. For behold, ''ye are they whom I have chosen to minister unto this peo- ple. Therefore I say unto you, take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? 26. Behold the fowls of the air, for they sow not, neither do they reap nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? 27. Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? 28. And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; 29. And yet I say unto you, that even Solomon, in all his glory, was not arrayed like one of ihese. 30. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which to- day is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, even so will he clothe you, if ye are not of little faith. 31. Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or. Where- withal shall we be clothed? 32. For your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. 33. But seek ye first the king- dom of God and his righteous- ness, and all these things shall be added unto you. 34. Take therefore no thought for the morrow, for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient is the day unto the evil thereof. CHAPTER 14. The Savior's sermon continued — Further instructions to the multitude — Compare Matthew 7. 1. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words he turned again to the multitude, and did open his mouth unto them again, saying: c. Matt. 6:25. See c, 3 Ne. 12. A. D. 34. 428 3 NEPHI, 14. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Judge not, that ye be not Judged. 2. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. 3. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 4. Or how wilt thou say to thy brother: Let me pull the mote out of thine eye — and behold, a beam is in thine own eye? 5. Thou hypocrite, first cast the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast the mote out of thy brother's eye. 6. Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you, 7. "Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. 8. For every one that asketh, receiveth; and he that seek- eth, findeth; and to him that knocketh, it shall be opened. 9. Or what man is there of you, who, if his son ask bread, will give him a stone? 10. Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? 11. If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto yojur children, how much more shall your Father who is in heaven give good things to them that ask him? 12. Therefor-e, all things what- soever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them, for this is the law and the prophets. 13. Enter ye in at the ^strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, which leadeth to destruction, and many there be who go in thereat; 14. Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. 15. Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep's cloth- ing, but inwardly they are raven- ing wolves. 16. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 17. Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. 18. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. 19. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. 20. Wherefore, by their fruits ye shall know them. 21. Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father who is in heaven. 22. Many will say to me in that day: Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name, and in thy name have cast out devils, an*d in thy name done many won- derful works? 23. And then will I profess unto them: I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity. 24. Therefore, whoso heareth these sayings of mine and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, who built his house upon a rock — 25. And the "rain descended, and the floods came, and the o, 3 Ne. 27:29 B. see 2a. 2 Ne. 9. .3 Ne. 27:33. c, see e. Al. 26. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 15. 429 winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not, for it was founded upon a rock. 26, And every one that heareth these sayings of mine and doeth them not shall be likened unto a foolish man, who built his house upon the sand — 27. And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell, and great was the fall of it. CHAPTER 15. The Law of Moses superseded — The Giver of the Law fulfils the Law — The sheep of another fold. 1. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had ended these sayings he cast his eyes round about on the multitude, and said unto them: Behold, ye have heard the things which I "taught before I ascended to my Father; therefore, whoso remembereth these sayings of mine and doeth them, him will I ''raise up at the last day. 2. And it came to pass that when Jesus had said these words he perceived that there were some among them who marveled, and wondered what he would concerning the ''law of Moses; for they understood not the "^saying that old things had passed away, and that all things had become new. 3. And he said unto them: Marvel not that I said unto you that old things had passed away, and that all things had become new. 4. Behold, I say unto you that the *law is fulfilled that was given unto Moses. 5. Behold, ^I am he that gave the law, and I am he who cove- nanted with my people Israel; therefore, the "law in me is ful- filled, for I have come to fulfil the law; therefore it hath an end. 6. Behold, I do "not destroy the prophets, for as many as have not been fulfilled in me, verily I say unto you, shall all be fulfilled. 7. And because I said unto you that *old things have passed away, I do not destroy that which hath been spoken concerning things which are to come. 8. For behold, the ^covenant which I have made with my peo- ple is not all fulfilled; but the *^law which was given unto Moses hath an end in me. 9. Behold, I am the law, and the 'light. Look unto me, and endure to the end, and ye shall live; for unto him that ""endureth to the end will I give eternal life. 10. Behold, I have given unto you the commandmentsi there- fore keep my commandments. And this is the law and the proph- ets, for they truly testified of me. 11. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he said unto "those twelve whom he had chosen: -12. Ye are my disciples; and ye are a light unto this people, who are a remnant of the house of Joseph. 13. And behold, "this is the land of your inheritance; and the Father hath given it unto you. 14. And not at any time hath the Father given me command- ment that I should tell it unto your brethren at Jerusalem. 15. Neither at any time hath the Father given me command- er Matt, chaps. 5 — 7. 6, see p, Mos. 23. c, see o, 2 Ne. 25. d, 3 Ne. 12:46, 47. e, 3 Ne. 9:17. /, 1 Cor. 10:4. g, 3 Ne. 12:46, 47. h, vers. 7, 8. 3 Ne. 20:11, 12. 23:1—3. i. 3 Ne. 12:46, 47. ;, 3 Ne. 5:24—26. 16:5. See e, 1 Ne. 15. k, see o, i Ne. 25. I, see m, Mos. 16. m, see 2 Ne. 31:20. n, 3 Ne. 12:1. o, see k, 1 Ne. 18. A. D. 34. 430 3 NEPHI, 16. ment that I should tell unto them concerning the ^other tribes of the house of Israel, whom the Father hath led away out of the land. 16. This much did the Father command me, that I should tell unto them: 17. That 'other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. 18. And now, because of stiff- neckedness and unbelief they un- derstood not my word; therefore I was commanded to say no more of the Father concerning this thing unto them. 19. But, verily, I say unto you that the Father hath commanded me, and I tell it unto you, that ye were separated from among them because of their iniquity; there- fore it is because of their iniquity that they know not of you. 2 0. And verily, I say unto you again that the '^other tribes hath the Father separated from them; and it is because of their iniquity that they know not of them. 21. And verily I say unto you, that ''ye are they of whom I said: Other sheep I have which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. 22. And they understood me not, for they supposed it had been the Gentiles; for they un- derstood not that the Gentiles should be 'converted through their preaching. 23. And they understood me not that I said they shall hear my voice; and they understood me not that the Gentiles should not at any time hear my voice — that I should not manifest myself unto them "save it were by the Holy Ghost. 24. But behold, ye have both heard my voice, and seen me; and ye are my 'sheep, and ye are num- bered among those whom the Father hath given me. CHAPTER 16. Yet another fold to hear the Savior — Blessings upon the believing Gen- tiles — The state of those who reject the Gospel — The prophet Isaiah cited. 1. And verily, verily, I say unto you that I have "other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem, neither in any parts of that land round about whither I have been to minister. 2. For they of whom I speak are they who have ''not as yet heard my voice; neither have I at any time manifested myself unto them. 3. But I have received a com- mandment of the Father that I shall go unto them, and that they shall ""hear my voice, and shall be numbered among my sheep, that there may be one fold and one shepherd; therefore I go to show myself unto them. 4. And I command you that ye shall write these sayings after I am gone, that if it so be that my people at Jerusalem, they who have seen me and been with me in my ministry, do not ask the Father in my name, that they may receive a knowledge of you by the Holy Ghost, and also of the ''other tribes whom they know not of, that these sayings which ye shall write shall be kept and shall be manifested '^unto the V, ver. 20. 2 Ne. 21:12. 3 Ne. lfi:l — *. 17:4. q, vers. 21 — 24. John 10:16. r, see p. s, ver. 17. *, Acts 10:34 — 43. «, Acts 10:44, 48. v, vers. 17, 21. Chap. 16: a, see p, 3 Ne. 15. h, 3 Ne. 15:17, 21, 23, 24. c, see 6. d, see p, 3 Ne. 15. e, see c, 2 Ne. 27. A. D. 34, 3 NEPHI, 16. 431 Gentiles, that through the 'ful- ness of the Gentiles, the remnant of their seed, who shall be scat- tered forth upon the face of the earth because of their unbelief, may be brought in, or may be brought to a knowledge of me, their Redeemer. 5. And *'then will I gather them in from the four quarters of the earth; and then will I fulfil the ''covenant which the Father hath made unto all the people of the house of Israel. 6. And blessed are the Gen- tiles, because of their belief in me, in and *of the Holy Ghost, which witnesses unto them ^of me and of the Father. 7. Behold, because of their be- lief in me, saith the Father, and because of the unbelief of you, O house of Israel, in the '^latter day shall the truth come unto the Gentiles, that the fulness of these things shall be made known unto them. 8. But 'wo, saith the Father, unto the unbelieving of the Gen- tiles — for notwithstanding they have come forth upon the face of this land, and have scattered my people who are of the house of Israel; and my people who are of the house of Israel have been cast out from among them, and have been trodden under feet by them; 9. And because of the mercies of the Father unto the Gentiles, and also the judgments of the Father upon my people who are of the house of Israel, verily, verily, I say unto you, that '"after all this, and I have caused my people who are of the house of Israel to be smitten, and to be afflicted, and to be slain, and to be cast out from among them, and to become hated by them, and to become a hiss and a by- word among them — 10. And thus commandeth the Father that I should say unto you: At that day when the Gen- tiles shall sin against my "gospel, and shall be lifted up in the pride of their hearts above "all nations, and above all the people of the whole earth, and shall be filled with all manner of lyings, and of deceits, and of mischiefs, and all manner of hypocrisy, and murders, and 'priestcrafts, and 'whoredoms, and of ""secret abom- inations; and if they shall do all those things, and shall reject the ^fulness of my gospel, behold, saith the Father, I will 'bring the fulness of my gospel from among them. 11. And then will I remember my covenant which I have made unto my people, O house of Israel, and I will bring my gospel unto "them. 12. And I will show unto thee, O house of Israel, that the Gen- tiles shall not have power over you; but I will remember my ''covenant unto you, O house of Israel, and ye shall come unto the ^knowledge of the fulness of my gospel. 13. But if the Gentiles will re- pent and return unto me, saith the Father, behold they shall be 'numbered among my people, O house of Israel. 14. And I will not suffer my people, who are of the house of Israel, to go through among /, 1 Ne. 10:14. See c, 2 Ne. 27. ff, see e, 1 Ne. 15. Ji, see j, 3 Ne. 15, i, see u, 3 Ne. 15. j, 3 Ne. 11 :32, 35, 36. k, see c, 2 Ne. 27. I, 2 Ne. 28 :32. See d, 1 Ne. 14. m, see j, 2 Ne. 26. n, 1 Ne. 13:34, 36. 3 Ne, 27:9 — 12. o, Morm. 8:35—41. p, 2 Ne. 26:59. q, see i, 2 Ne, 28, r, see i, 2 Ne. 10, s, see n. t, 3 Ne, 20:27, 28. u, see Iff 3 Ne. 20:29. v, see j, 3 Ne. 15. w. He. 15:13. x, 2 Ne. 10:18, 19. 3 Ne. 21:22 — 25. Chap. 30. A. D. 34. 432 3 NEPHI, 17. them down, them, and tread saith the Father. 15. But if they will not turn unto me, and hearken unto my voice, I will suffer them, yea, I will suffer my people, O house of Israel, that they shall go through among them, and shall tread them down, and they shall be as "'salt that hath lost its savor, which is thenceforth good for nothing but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of my peo- ple, O house of Israel. 16. Verily, verily, I say unto you, thus hath the Father com- manded me — that -I should give unto this people this land for their inheritance. 17. And then the words of the prophet Isaiah shall be fulfilled, which say: 18. ^''Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice to- gether shall they sing, for they shall see eye to eye when the Lord shall bring again Zion. 19. Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Je- rusalem; for the Lord hath com- forted his people, he hath re- deemed Jerusalem. 20. The Lord hath made bare his holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of God. CHAPTER 17. The Savior's instructions continued — -The lost tribes — The Savior heals the sick and blesses little children — A marvelous and touching scene. 1. Behold, now it came to pass that when Jesus had spol?en these words he looked round about again on the multitude, and he said unto them: Behold, my time is at hand. 2. I perceive that ye are weak, that ye cannot understand all my words which I am commanded of the Father to speak unto you at this time. 3. Therefore, go ye unto your homes, and ponder upon the things which I have said, and ask of the Father, in my name, that ye may understand, and prepare your minds for the morrow, and I come unto you again. 4. But now I "go unto the Fa- ther, and also to show myself unto the 4ost tribes of Israel, for they are not lost unto the Fa- ther, for he knoweth whither he hath taken them. 5. And it came to pass that when Jesus had thus spoken, he cast his eyes round about again on the multitude, and beheld they were in tears, and did look steadfastly upon him as if they would ask him to tarry a little longer with them. 6. And he said unto them: Be- hold, my bowels are filled with compassion towards you. 7. "Have ye any that are sick among you? Bring them hither. Have ye any that are lame, or blind, or halt, or maimed, or leprous, or that are withered, or that are deaf, or that are afflicted in any manner? Bring them hither and I will heal them, for I have compassion upon you; my bowels are filled with mercy. 8. For I perceive that ye de- sire that I should show unto you what I have done unto your brethren at Jerusalem, for I see that your faith is "^sufficient that I should heal you. 9. And it came to pass that when he had thus spoken, all the multitude, with one accord, did go fo-rth with their sick and their afflicted, and their lame, and with y, 3 Ne. 12:13. z, see o, 3 Ne. 15. 18 :39. b, see p, 3 Ne. 15. c, vers. 9, 10. 2a, Isa. 52 :8 — 10. Chap. 17 : a, 3 Ne. d, 2 Ne. 27:23. Eth. 12:12. A. D. 34. 3 NBPHI, 17. 433 their blind, and with their dumb, and with all them that were af- flicted in any manner; and he did *heal them every one as they were brought forth unto him. 10. And they did all, both they who had been healed and they who were whole, bow down at his feet, and did worship him; and as many as could come for the multitude did '^kiss his feet, insomuch that they did bathe his feet with their tears. 11. And it came to pass that he commanded that their ^'little children should be brought. 12. So they brought their lit- tle children and set them down upon the ground round about him, and Jesus stood in the midst; and the multitude gave way till they had all been brought unto him. 13. And it came to pass that when they had all been brought, and Jesus stood in the midst, he commanded the multitude that they should ''kneel down upon the ground. 14. And it came to pass that when they had knelt upon the ground, Jesus groaned within himself, and said: Father, I am Hroubled because of the wicked- ness of the people of the house of Israel. 15. And when he had said these words, he himself also ^knek upon the earth; and behold he prayed unto the Father, and the things which he prayed can- not be written, and the multi- tude did bear record who heard him. 16. And after this manner do they bear record: *^The eye hath never seen, neither hath the ear heard, before, so great and mar- velous things as we saw and heard Jesus speak unto the Father; 17. And no tongue can speak, neither can there be written by any man, neither can the hearts of men conceive so great and mar- velous things as we both saw and heard Jesus speak; and no one can conceive of the joy which filled our souls at the time we heard him pray for us unto the Father. 18. And it came to pass that when Jesus had made an end of praying unto the Father, he arose; but so great was the joy of the multitude that they were overcome. 19. And it came to pass that Jesus spake unto them, and bade them arise. 20. And they arose from the earth, and he said unto them: Blessed are ye because of your faith. And now behold, my joy is full. 2 1. And when he had said these words, he wept, and the multi- tude bare record of it, and 'he took their little children, one by one, and blessed them, and prayed unto the Father for them. 22. And when he had done this he wept again; 23. And he spake unto the multitude, and said unto them: Behold your little ones. 24. And as they looked to be- hold they cast their eyes towards heaven, and they saw the heavens open, and they saw angels de- scending out of heaven as it were in the midst of fire; and they came down and encircled those little ones about, and they '"were encircled about with fire; and the angels did minister unto them. 25. Aij.d the multitude did see e, 3 Ne. 26:15, /, 3 Ne. 11:19. g, vers. 12, 21. 23, 24. 3 Ne. 20:14. 16. Ti, 3 Ne. 19:6. 16, 17. i, 3 Ne. 27:32. j., 3 Ne. 19:19, 27. fc, 3 Ne. 19:32—34. I, see g. m, see g. A. D. 34. 434 3 NEPHI, 18. and hear and bear record; and they know that their record is true for they all of them did see and hear, erery man for himself; and they were in number about two thousand and five hundred souls; and they did consist of men, women, and children. CHAPTER 18. Sacrament of bread and wine in- stituted among flie Nephites — Neces- sity of prayer emphasised — Authority given to confer the Holy Ghost. 1. And it came to pass that Jesus commanded his "disciples that they should bring forth "some bread and wine unto him. 2. And while they were gone for bread and wine, he com- manded the multitude that they should sit themselves down upon the earth. 3. And when the disciples had come with bread and wine, he took of the bread and brake and blessed it; and he gave unto the disciples and commanded that they should eat. 4. And when they had eaten and were filled, he commanded that they should give unto the multitude. 5. And when the multitude had eaten and were filled, he said unto the disciples: Behold there shall one be ''ordained among you, and to him will I give power that he shall break bread and bless it and give it unto the people of my church, unto all those who shall believe and ''be baptized in my name. 6. And this shall ye always ob- serve to do, even as I have done, even as Fhave broken bread and blessed it and given it unto you. 7. And this shall ye do in ''re- membrance of my body, which 1 have shown unto you. And it shall be a testimony unto the Fa- ther that ye do always remember me. And if ye do ^always remem- ber me ye shall have my Spirit to be with you. 8. And it came to pass that when he said these words, he commanded his disciples that they should take of the wine of the cup and drink of it, and that they should also give unto the multi- tude that they might drink of it. 9. And it came to pass that they did so, and did drink of it and were filled; and they gave unto the multitude, and they did drink, and they were filled. 10. And when the disciples had done this, Jesus said unto them: Blessed are ye for this thing which ye have done, for this is fulfilling my command- ments, and this doth witness unto the Father that ye are willing to do that which I have commanded you. 11. And this shall ye always do to those who repent and are ^baptized in my name; and ye shall do it in '•remembrance of my blood, which I have shed for you, that ye may witness unto the Father that ye do always remem- ber me. And if ye do ^always remember me ye shall have my Spirit to be with you. 12. And I give unto you a com- mandment that ye shall do these things. And if ye shall always do these things blessed are ye, for ye are built upon my rock. 13. But whoso among you shall do more or less than these •'are not built upon my rock, but are built upon a sandy founda- tion; and when the rain descends, a, see c, 3 Ne. 12. ft, vers. 2 — 14. 28 — 34. 3 Ne. 20:3 — 9. 26:13. 4 Ne. 27. Moan. 9:29. Moro. chaps. 4, 5. c, 4 Ne. 14. See g, Mos. IS. Monn. 3:4. d, see u, 2 Ne. 9. e, ver. 11. 3 Ne. 20:8. Moro. 4:3. 5:2. f, ver. 11. Moro. 4:3. 5:2. g, see u, 2 Ne. 9. h, see e. i, see /. ;, see e, Al. 26. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 18. 435 and the floods come, and the winds blow, and beat upon them, they shall fall, and the gates of hell are ready open to receive them. 14. Therefore blessed are ye if ye shall keep my commandments, which the Father hath com- manded me that I should give unto you. 15. Verily, verily, I say unto you, ye must watch and ''pray always, lest ye be tempted by the devil, and ye be led away captive by him. 16. And as I have prayed among you even so shall ye pray in my church, among my people who do repent and are baptized in my name. Behold 'I am the light; I have set an example for you. 17. And it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words unto his disciples, he turned again unto the multitude and said unto them: 18. Behold, verily, verily, I say unto you, ye must watch and "•pray always lest ye enter into temptation; for Satan desireth to have you, that he may sift you as wheat. 19. Therefore ye must always pray unto the Father in my name; 20. And whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, which is right, believing that ye shall receive, behold it shall be given unto you. 21. "Pray in your families unto the Father, always in my name, that your wives and your chil- dren may be blessed. 22. And behold, ye shall meet together oft; and ye shall not forbid any man from coming unto you when ye shall meet to- gether, but suffer them that they may come unto you and forbid them not; 23. But ye shall pray for them, and shall not cast them out; and if it so be that they come unto you oft ye shall pray for them unto the Father, in my name. 24. Therefore, hold up your light that it may shine unto the world. Behold I am the "light which ye shall hold up — that which ye have seen me do. Be- hold ye see that I have prayed unto the Father, and ye all have witnessed. 25. And ye see that I have commanded that ^none of you should go away, but rather have commanded that ye should come unto me, that ye might Heel and see; even so shall ye do unto the world; and whosoever breaketh this commandment suffereth him- self to be led into temptation. 26. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he turned his eyes again upon the ""disciples whom he had chosen, and said unto them: 27. Behold verily, verily, I say unto you, I give unto you another commandment, and then I must go unto my Father that I may ful- fil "other commandments which he hath given me. 28. And now behold, this is the commandment which I give unto you, that ye shall not suffer any one knowingly to 'partake of my flesh and blood unworthily, when ye shall minister it; 29. For whoso eateth and drinketh my flesh and blood unworthily eateth and drinketh k, see e, 2 Ne. 32. I, see m, Mos. 16. m, see e, 2 Ne. 32. n, Al. 34:21. See e, 2 Ne. 32. 0, see m, Mos. 16. p, vers. 22, 23. q, 3 Ne. 11 :14, 16. r, see c, 3 Ne. 12. Sf 3 Ne. 16:3. t, vers. 29, 30. 3 fJe, 20 ;8. Morm. 9:29. A. D. 34. 436 3 NEPHI, 19. damnation to his soul; therefore if ye know that a man is unwor- thy to eat and drink of my flesh and blood ye shall forbid him. 30. Nevertheless, ye shall not cast him out from among you, but ye shall minister unto him and shall pray for him unto the Father, in my name; and if it so be that he repenteth and is "bap- tized in my name, then shall ye receive him, and shall minister unto him of my flesh and blood. 31. But if he repent not he shall not be numbered among my people, that he may not destroy my people, for behold I "know my sheep, and they are numbered. 32. Nevertheless, ye shall not cast him out of your *^syna- gogues, or your places of worship, for unto such shall ye continue to minister; for ye know not but what they will return and re- pent, and come unto me with full purpose of heart, and I shall heal them; and ye shall be the means of bringing salvation unto them, 33. Therefore, keep these say- ings which I have commanded you that ye come not under con- demnation; for wo unto him whom the Father condemneth. 34. And I give you these com- mandments because of the dispu- tations which have been among you. And blessed are ye if ye have 'no disputations among you. 3 5, And "now I go unto the Father, because it is expedient that I should go unto the Father for your sakes. 3 6, And it came to pass that when Jesus had made an end of these sayings, he touched with his hand the disciples whom he had chosen, one by one, even until he had touched them all, and spake unto them as he touched them, 37. And the multitude heard not the words which he spake, therefore they did not bear rec- ord; but the disciples bare record that he gave them ''power to give the =°Holy Ghost. And I will show unto you ^''hereafter that this record is true. 3 8. And it came to pass that when Jesus had touched them all, there came a cloud and over- shadowed the multitude that they could not see Jesus, 39. And while they were over- shadowed he departed from them, and ascended into heaven. And the -'"disciples saw and did bear record that he ascended again into heaven. CHAPTER 19. Names of the Nephite twelve — Their baptism — The Holy Ghost given — The Savior's second visitation — An in- effable outpouring of prayer. 1. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had "ascended into heaven, the multitude did disperse, and every man did take his wife and his children and did return to his own home. 2. And it was noised abroad among the people immediately, before it was yet dark, that the multitude had seen Jesus, and that he had ministered unto them, and that he would also show himself on the ''morrow unto the multitude, 3. Yea, and even all the night it was noised abroad concerning Jesus; and insomuch did they send forth unto the people that there were many, yea, an exceed- ing great number, did labor ex- u, see u, 2 Ne. 9. v, 1 Ne. 22:25. to, see v, Al. IG. x, 3 Ne. 11:28 — 30, y, 3 Ne. 17:4. z, Moro. 2. 2a, see y, 3 Ne. 9. 2b, Moro, 2. 2c, see c, 3 Ne. 12. Chap. 19: a, 3 Ne. 18:39, b, 3 Ne. 17:3, A, D, 34, 3 NEPHI, 19. 437 ceedingly all that night, that they might be on the morrow in the place where Jesus should show himself unto the multitude. 4. And it came to pass that on the morrow, when the multitude was gathered together, behold, Nephi and '^his brother whom he had raised from the dead, whose name was Timothy, and also his son, whose name was Jonas, and also Mathoni, and Mathonihah, his brother, and Kumen, and Kumenonhi, and Jeremiah, and Shemnon, and Jonas, and Zede- kiah, and Isaiah — now these were the names of the "disciples whom Jesus had chosen — and it came to pass that they went forth and stood in the midst of the multi- tude. 5. And behold, the multitude was so great that they did cause that they should be separated into twelve bodies. 6. And the twelve did teach the multitude; and behtDld, they did cause that the multitude should ^kneel down upon the face of the earth, and should pray unto the Father in the name of Jesus. 7. And the disciples did pray unto the Father also in the name of Jesus. And it came to pass that they arose and ministered unto the people. 8. And when they had minis- tered those same words which Jesus had spoken — nothing ^vary- ing from the words whi6h Jesus had spoken — behold, they knelt again and prayed to the Father in the name of Jesus. 9. And they did pray for that which they most desired; and they desired that the ^Holy Ghost should be giveji unto them. 10. And when they had thus prayed they went down unto the water's edge, and the multitude followed them. 11. And it came to pass that Nephi went down into the water and was baptized. 12. And he came up out of the water and began to baptize. And he baptized all those whom Jesus had chosen. 13. And it came to pass when they were '^all baptized and had come up out of the water, the 'Holy Ghost did fall upon them, and they were filled with the Holy Ghost and with fire. 14. And behold, they were ^en- circled about as if it were by fire; and it came down ^'from heaven, and the multitude did witness it, and did bear record; and angels did come down out of heaven and did minister unto them. 15. And it came to pass that while the angels were minister- ing unto the disciples, behold, Jesus came and stood in the midst and ministered unto them. 16. And it came to pass that he spake unto the multitude, and commanded them that they should 'kneel down again upon the earth, and also that his disciples should kneel down upon the earth. 17. And it came to pass that when they had all knelt down upon the earth, he commanded his disciples that "'they should pray. 18. And behold, they began to pray; and they did pray unto Jesus, calling him their Lord and their God. 19. And it came to pass that Jesus departed out of the midst of them, and went a little way off c, 3 Ne. 7:19. d, see c, 3 Ke. 12. e, see Ji„ 3 Ne. 17. f, 3 Ne.. chaps. 11—18. g, see y, 3 Ne. 9. h, see u, 2 Ne. 9. i, see y, 3 Ne. 9. j. He. 5':S3, 24, 36, 43 — 15. 3 Ne. 17:24. k. He. 5 An. I, see 7i, 3 Ne. 17. m, see e, 2 Ne. 32. A. D. 34. 438 3 NEPHI, 19. from them and bowed himself to the earth, and he said: 20. Father, I thank thee that thou hast "given the Holy Ghost unto these whom I have chosen; and it is because of their belief in me that I have "chosen them out of the world. 21. Father, I pray thee that thou wilt pgive the Holy Ghost unto all them that shall believe in their words. 22. Father, thou hast given them the Holy Ghost because they believe in me; and thou seest that they believe in me because thou hearest them, and they pray unto me; and they pray unto me because I am with them. 23. And now Father, I pray unto thee for them, and also for all those who shall believe on their words, that they may be- lieve in me, that «I may be in them as thou, Father, art in me, that we may be ""one. 24. And it came to pass that when Jesus had thus prayed unto the Father, he came unto his disciples, and behold, they did still continue, without ceasing, to pray unto him; and they did not multiply many w^ords, for it was given unto them *what they should pray, and they were filled with desire. 25. And it came to pass that Jesus blessed them as they did pray unto him; and his counte- nance did smile upon them, and the light of his countenance did shine upon them, and behold they were as white as the countenance and also the garments of Jesus; and behold the whiteness thereof 'did exceed all the whiteness, yea, even there could be nothing upon earth so white as the whiteness thereof. 26. And Jesus said unto them: Pray on; nevertheless they did not cease to pray. 27. And he turned from them again, and went a little way off and bowed himself to the earth; and he prayed again unto the Father, saying: 2 8. Father, I thank thee that thou hast purified those whom I have chosen, because of their faith, and I pray for them, and also for them who shall believe on their words, that they may be purified in me, through faith on their words, even as they are purified in me. 29. Father, I pray not for the world, but for those whom thou hast given me out of the world, because of their faith, that they may be purified in me, that I may be "in them as thou. Father, art in me, that we may be one, that I may be glorified in them. 30. And when Jesus had spoken these words he came again unto his disciples; and behold they did pray steadfastly, without ceasing, unto him; and he did smile upon them again; and behold they were 'white, even as Jesus. 31. And it came to pass that he went again a little way off and prayed unto the Father; 32. And ""tongue cannot speak the words which he prayed, neither can be written by man the words which he prayed. 33. And the multitude did hear and do bear record; and their hearts were open and they did understand in their hearts the words which he prayed. 34. Nevertheless, so great and marvelous were the words which n, see y, 3 Ne. 9. o, see c, 3 Ne. 12. p, see y, 3 Ne. 9. g, see p, 3 Ne. 9. r, see k, 2 Ne. 31. 8, ver. 9. t, ver. 30. u, see p, 3 Ne. 9. v, ver. 25. w, 3 Ne. 17:16, IT. 26:14. 28:14, 16. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 20. 439 he prayed that they cannot be written, neither can they be ut- tered by man. 35. And it came to pass that when Jesus had made an end of praying he came again to the disciples, and said unto them: So great faith have I never seen among all the Jews; wherefore I could not show unto them so ^great miracles, because of their unbelief. 36. Verily I say unto you, there are none of them that have seen so great things as ye have seen; neither have they heard so great things as ye have heard. CHAPTER 20. Bread and wine, miraculously pro- vided, again administered — The rem- nant of Jacob — The Savior proclaims himself to he the prophet spoken of as like unto Moses — Many prophets cited. 1. And it came to pass that he commanded the multitude that they should cease to pray, and also his disciples. And he com- manded them that they should not cease to pray in their hearts. 2. And he commanded them that they should arise and stand up upon their feet. And they arose up and stood upon their feet. 3. And it came to pass that he "brake bread again and blessed it, and gave to the disciples to eat. 4. And when they had eaten he commanded them that they should break bread, and give unto the multitude. 5. And when they had given unto the multitude he also gave them wine to drink, and com- manded them that they should give unto the multitude. 6. Now, there had been no bread, neither wine, brought by the disciples, neither by the mul- titude; 7. But he truly gave unto them bread to eat, and also wine to drink. 8. And he said unto them: He that eateth this bread eateth of "my body to his soul; and he that drinketh of this wine drinketh of my blood to his soul; and his soul shall never hunger nor thirst, but shall be filled. 9. Now, when the multitude had all eaten and drunk, behold, they were ''filled with the Spirit; and they did cry out with one voice, and gave glory to Jesus, whom they both saw and heard. 10. And it came to pass that when they had all given glory unto Jesus, he said unto them: Behold now I finish the command- ment which the Father hath com- manded me concerning this peo- ple, who are a remnant of the house of Israel. 11. Ye remember that I spake unto you, and said that '*when the words of Isaiah should be ful- filled — behold they are written, ye have them before you, there- fore search them — 12. And verily, verily, I say unto you, that when they shall be fulfilled then is the fulfilling of the ^covenant which the Father hath made unto his people, O house of Israel. 13. And then shall the rem- nants, which shall be scattered abroad upon the face of the earth, be ''gathered in from the east and from the west, and from the south and from the north; and they shall be brought to the knowledge of the Lord their God, who hath redeemed them. 14. And the Father hath com- w, see d, 3 Ne. 17. Chap. 20: a, see 6, 3 Ne. 18. 6, see *, 3 Ne. 18. c, see y, 3 Ne. 9. d, 3 Ne. 16:17. Isa. 52:9, 10. e, see j, 3 Ne. 15. /, see e, 1 Ne. 15. 440 3 NEPHI, 20. manded me that I should give unto "you this land, for your in- heritance. 15. And I say unto you, that if the Gentiles do ''not repent after the ""blessing which they shall receive, after they have scattered "my people — 16. Then shall °ye, who are a remnant of the house of Jacob, go forth among them; and ye shall be in the midst of them who shall be many; and ye shall be among them as a lion among the beasts of the forest, and as a young lion among the flocks of sheep, who, if he goeth through both treadeth down and teareth in pieces, and none can deliver. 17. Thy hand shall be lifted up upon thine adversaries, and all thine enemies shall be cut off. 18. And I will ^gather my peo- ple together as a man gathereth his sheaves into the floor. 19. For I will make my people with whom the Father hath cove- nanted, yea, I will make thy horn iron, and I will make thy hoofs brass. And thou shalt beat in pieces many people; and I will consecrate their gain unto the Lord, and their substance unto the Lord of the whole earth. And behold, I am he who doeth it. 2 0. And it shall come to pass, saith the Father, that the sword of my justice shall hang over them at that day; and except they repent it shall fall upon them, saith the Father, yea, even upon «all the nations of the Gen- tiles. 21. And it shall come to pass that I will establish my people, O house of Israel. 22. And behold, this people will I establish "^in this land, unto the fulfilling of the 'covenant which I made with your father Jacob; and it shall be a 'New Jerusalem. And the "powers of heaven shall be in the midst of this people; yea, even '"I will be in the midst of you. 23. Behold, I am he of whom Moses spake, saying: "'A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass that every soul who will not hear that prophet shall be cut off from among the people. 24. Verily I say unto you, yea, and 'all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have tes- tified of me. 25. And behold, ye are the chil- dren of the prophets; and ye are of the house of Israel; and ye are of the covenant which the Father made with your fathers, saying unto Abraham: And "in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed. 26. The Father having raised me up unto you first, and sent me to bless you in turning away every one of you from his iniquities; and this because ye are tile chil- dren of the covenant — 27. And after that ye were blessed then fulfilleth the Father the covenant which he made with Abraham, saying: *In thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed — unto the pouring out of the ^*Holy Ghost through me upon the Gentiles, which blessing g, see o, 3 Ne. 15. h, see I, 3 Ne. 16. m, see c, 2 Ne. 27. n, 3 Ne. 16:10 — li. o, 3 Ne. 16:14, 15. 21:11—21. Morm. 5 :22— 24. Mic. 4:12, 13. 5:8—15. p^Mlc. 4:12, 13. g, see /, 1 Ne. 14. r, see o, 3 Ne. 15. s, Gen. 49 :22 — 26. t, 3 Ne. 21 :23, 24. Eth. 13:1—12. u. 3 Ne. 21:25. r, 3 Ne. 21:25. ic, see m, 1 Ne. 22. Deut. 18:15, IS, 19. Acts 3:19—26. x. Acts 3:19—26. y, ver. 27. Gen. 22:18. Acts 3:25. z, see y. 2. & C. 10:43. y, see e, 2 Ne. 3. z, see w, 3 Ne. 20. 2a, see o, 3 Ne. 20. 2b, vers, 11, 20, 21, 3 Ne. 20:4, 9. Chap. 30, Morm. 8:21, 41, 2c, see to, 3 Ne. 20. 2d, see 2b, 2e, 1 Ne. 14:12, 14. 2f, see ;, 3 Ne. 15. 2g, see x, 3 Ne. 16.. A. D, 34. 444 3 NEPHI, 22. among this the remnant of Jacob, unto whom I have given ^Hhis land for their inheritance; 23. And they shall ^'assist my people, the remnant of Jacob, and also as many of the house of Israel as shall come, that they may build a city, which shall be "■'called the New Jerusalem. 24. And then shall -Hhey as- sist my people that they may be gathered in, who are scattered upon all the face of the land, In unto the -""New Jerusalem. 25. And then shall the ""power of heaven come down among them; and I ""also will be in the midst. 26. And then shall the work of the Father commence at that day, even ^^when this gospel shall be preached among the remnant of this people. Verily I say unto you, at that day shall the work of the Father commence among all the dispersed of my people, yea, -'even the tribes which have been lost, which the Father hath led away out of Jerusalem. 27. Yea, the work shall com- mence among all the dispersed of my people, with the Father, to prepare the way whereby they may come unto me, that they may call on the Father in my name. 28. Yea, and then shall the work commence, with the Father, among all nations, in preparing the way whereby "''his people may be gathered home to the land of their inheritance, 29. And they shall go out from all nations; and they "'shall not go out in haste, nor go by flight, for I will go before them, saith the Father, and I will be their rearward. CHAPTER 22. The Savior further quotes the prophecies of Isaiah — Compare Isaiah 54. 1. And then shall that which is written come to pass: Sing, O "barren, thou that didst not bear; break forth into singing, and cry aloud, thou that didst not travail with child; for more are the chil- dren of the "desolate than the children of the married wife, saith the Lord. 2. ''Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the curtains of thy habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords and strengthen thy stakes; 3. For thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left, and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles and make the deso- late cities to be inhabited. 4. Fear not, for thou shalt not be ashamed; neither be thou con- founded, for thou shalt not be put to shame; for thou shalt forget the shame of thy youth, and shalt not remember the reproach of thy youth, and shalt not remember the reproach of thy widowhood any more. 5. For thy maker, thy husband, the Lord of Hosts is his name; and thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel — the God of the whole earth shall he be called. 6. For the Lord hath called ^thee as a woman forsaken and grieved in spirit, and a wife of youth, when thou wast refused, saith thy God. 7. For a small moment have I forsaken thee, but with great mercies will I ''gather thee. 8. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment, ^ut 2h, see 0, 3 Ne. 15. 2i, Eth. 13:10. 2j, vers. 24. 25. 3 Ne. 20:22. Eth. 13:1— 12. 2k, ver. 6. 2m, see 2j. 2n, 3 Ne. 20:22. 2o, 3 Ne. 20:22. 2p, see b, 2 Ne. 30. 2q, see p, 3 Ne. 15. 2r, see e, 1 Ne, 15. 2s, 3 Ne. 20;42. Isa. 52:11 — 15. Chap. 22: a', Zeph. 3:14. 6, Isa. 49:21. d, Isa. 49:19. 20. e, Isa. 62:4. /, see e, 1 Ne. 15. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 23. 445 with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the Lord thy Redeemer. 9. For this, the waters of Noah unto me, for as I have sworn that the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth, so have I sworn that I would not be wroth with thee. 10. For the "mountains shall depart and the hills be removed, but my kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the ''cove- nant of my people be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee. 11. O thou afflicted, Hossed with tempest, and not comforted*! Behold, I ^will lay thy stones with fair colors, and lay thy founda- tions with sapphires. 12. And I will make thy win- dows of agates, and thy gates of carbuncles, and all thy borders of pleasant stones. 13. And ^all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great shall be the peace of thy children. 14. In righteousness shalt thou be established; thou shalt be far from oppression for thou shalt not fear, and from terror for it shall not come near thee. 15. Behold, they shall surely gather together against thee, not by me; whosoever shall gather to- gether 'against thee shall fall for thy sake. 16. Behold, I have created the smith that bloweth the coals in the fire, and that bringeth forth an instrument for his work; and I have created the waster to de- stroy. 17. No weapon that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment thou shalt condemn. This is the heri- tage of the servants of the Lord, and their righteousness is of me, saith the Lord. CHAPTER 23. The Savior commands that omis- sions from, Nephite records be sup- plied — Prophecy of Samuel the La- manite added. 1. And now, behold, I say unto you, that ye ought to search these things. Yea, a command- ment I give unto you that ye search these things diligently; for great are the words of Isaiah. 2. For surely he spake as touching all things concerning my people wiiich are of the house of Israel; therefore it must needs be that he must speak also to the Gentiles. 3. And all things that he spake have been and shall be, even "according to the words which he spake. 4. Therefore give heed to my words; write the things which I have told you; and according to the time and the will of the Fa- ther Hhey shall go forth unto the Gentiles. 5. And whosoever will hearken unto my words and repenteth and is '^baptized, the same shall be saved. Search the prophets, for many there be that testify of these things. 6. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had said these words he said unto them again, after he had expounded all the scriptures unto them which they had received, he said unto them: Behold, other scriptures I would that ye should write, that ye have not. 7. And it came to pass that he ft. He. 12:8-^12. Isa. 40:4, 5. ft, see j, 3 Ne. 15. i, Isa. 49:21. j. Rev. 21:18 — 21. k, Isa. 60:21. Jfer. 31:33, 34. I, see j, 1 Ne. 22. Chap. 23: a, 2 Pet. 1:19— 21. 6, see c, 2 Ne. 27. c, see u, 2 Ne. 9. A. D. 34. 446 3 NEPHI, 24. said unto ''Nephi: Bring forth the record which ye have kept. 8. And'when Nephi had brought forth the records, and laid them before him, he cast his eyes upon them and said: 9. Verily I say unto you, I com- manded my servant Samuel, the Lamanite, that he should testify unto this people, that at the day that the Father should glorify his name in me that there were *many saints who should arise from the dead, and should ap- pear unto many, and should min- ister unto them. And he said unto them: Was it not so? 10. And his disciples answered him and said: Yea, Lord, Sam- uel did prophesy according to thy words, and they were all ful- filled. 11. And Jesus said unto them: How be it that ye have not writ- ten this thing, that many saints did arise and appear unto many and did minister unto them? 12. And it came to pass that Nephi remembered that this thing had not been written. 13. And it came to pass that Jesus commanded that it should be written; therefore it was writ- ten according as he commanded. 14. And now it came to pass that wh-en Jesus had expounded all the scriptures in one, which they had written, he commanded them that they should teach the things which he had expounded unto them. CHAPTER 24. Malachi's words given to the Ne- phites — The law of tithes and offer- ings — compare Malachi S. 1. And it came to pass that he commanded them that they should write the words which the Father had given unto Mala- chi, which he should tell unto them. And it came to pass that after they were written he ex- pounded them. And these are the words which he did tell unto them, saying: Thus said the Fa- ther unto Malachi — "Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me, and the Lord whom ye seek shall ^suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the cove- nant, whom ye delight in; behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of Hosts. 2. But who may ""abide the day of his coming, and who shall stand when he appeareth? For he is like a refiner's fire, and like fuller's soap. 3. And he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and he shall purify the •'sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and sil- ver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in right- eousness. 4. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years. 5. And I will come *near to you to judgment; and I ''will be a swift witness against the sorcer- ers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger, and fear not me, saith the Lord of Hosts. 6. For I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed. 7. Even from the days of your fathers ye are gone away from d, 3 Ne. 8:1. 2. e, see g, Jac. 4. He. 14!25. 2R. Chap. 24: a, D. & C. 45:9. Isa. 66:6. 40:3—5, 9 — 11. 59:20, 21. 6, Isa. 2:2 — 4. Mic. 4:4 — 4. 3 Ne. 20:22. 21:25. c, 3 Ne. 25. d, D. & C, sec. 13. 84:31 — 34. e, Ezek. 43:1. 2, 4 — 7. /, 3 Ne. 25:1, 3, 6. See w, 3 Ne. 20. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 25. 447 mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto me and I will return unto you, saith the Lord of Hosts. But ye say: Wherein shall we return? 8. Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed me. But ye say: Wherein have we robbed thee? In tithes and offerings. 9. Ye are cursed with a curse, for ye have robbed me, even this whole nation. 10. Bring ye "all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in my house; and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of Hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it. 11. And I will rebuke the de- vourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the fields, saith the Lord of Hosts. 12. And all nations shall call you blessed, for ye shall be a de- lightsome land, saith the Lord of Hosts. 13. Your words have been stout against me, saith the Lord. Yet ye say: What have we spoken against thee? 14. Ye have said: It is vain to serve God, and what doth it profit that we have kept his ordi- nances and that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of Hosts? 15. And now we call the proud happy; yea, they that work wick- edness are set up; yea, they that tempt God are even delivered. 16. Then they that feared the Lord spake ''often one to another, and the Lord hearkened and heard; and a *book of remem- brance was written before him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his name. 17. And they shall be mine, saith the Lord of Hosts, in that day when* I ^make up my jewels; and I will spare them as a man spareth his own son that serveth him. 18. Then shall ye return and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that serveth him not. CHAPTER 25. Malachi's words continued — Elijah and his mission — The great and dread- ful day of the Lord — Compare Mala- chi 4. 1. For behold, the day cometh that shall "burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of Hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch. 2. But unto you that *fear my name, shall the Son of Righteous- ness arise with healing in his wings; and ye shall go forth and grow up as '^calves in the stall. 3. And ye shall tread down the wicked; for they shall be ''ashes under the soles of your feet in the day that I shall do this, saith the Lord of Hosts. 4. Remember ye the law of Moses, my servant, which I com- manded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments. 5. Behold, I will send you ^Elijah the prophet before the ''coming of the great and dread- ful day of the Lord; 1 g, D. & C. 64:23. 119, 120. h, Moro. G :5, 6. i, 3 Ne. 27:25, 26. j, D. & C. 101:3. Chap. 25: a, ver. 3. 1 Ne. 22:15, 17, 18, 23. 2 Ne. 27:2. 30:10. Jac. 6:3. Isa. 24:6. 66:16. 6, 3 Ne. 24:16. c, 1 Ne. 22:24. d, ver. 1. e, D. & C. 110 :13. /, 3 Ne. 25 :3. A. D. 34. 448 3 NKPHI, 26. 6. And he shall "turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, les-t I come and smite the earth with a curse. CHAPTER 26. The Savior expounds all things from the beginning — Marvels spoken by the mouths of babes — The work of the disciples. 1. And now it came to pass that when Jesus had told these things he expounded them unto the multitude; and he did ex- pound all things unto them, both great and small. 2. And he saith: "These scrip- tures, which ye had not with you, the Father commanded that I should give unto you; for it was wisdom in him that they should be given unto future generations. 3. And he did expound all things, even from the beginning until the time that he should "come in his glory — yea, even all things which should come upon the face of the earth, even until the ""elements should melt with fervent heat, and the earth should be wrapt together as a scroll, and the heavens and the earth should pass away; 4. And even unto the great and last day, ''when all people, and all kindreds, and all nations and tongues shall stand before God, to be judged of their works, whether they be good or whether they be evil — 5. If they be good, to the *^res- urrectlon of everlasting life; and if they be evil, to the resurrec- tion of damnation; being on a parallel, the one on the one hand and the other on the other hand, according to the mercy, and the justice, and the holiness which is in Christ, who was ^be- fore the world began. 6. And now there cannot be written in this "book even a hun- dredth part of the things which Jesus did truly teach unto the people; 7. But behold the "plates of Nephi do contain the more part of the things which he taught the people. 8. And these things have I written, which are a Uesser part of the things which he taught the people; and I have written them to the intent that they may be brought again unto this people, ■'from the Gentiles, according to the words which Jesus hath spoken. 9. And when they shall have received this, which is expedient that they should have first, to try their faith, and if it shall so be that they shall believe Hhese things then shall the 'greater things be made manifest unto them. 10. And if it so be that they will not believe these things, then shall the greater things "'be with- held from them, unto their con- demnation. 11. Behold, I was about to write them, "all which were en- graven upon the plates of Nephi, but the Lord forbade it, saying: I will "try the faith of my people. 12. Therefore I, Mormon, do write the things which have been commanded me of the Lord. And now I, Mormon, make an end of my sayings, and proceed to write g, D. & C. 98:16, 17 Chap. 2G : a, 3 Ne. 24. 25. h, see /, 3 Ne. 25. c, Morm. 5;2S. 2 Pet. 1:10, 12. Isa. 24:1 — i. 17 — 20. Rev. 20:11. d, Mos. 16:1, 2, 10. Al. 12:12. 40r21. 3 Ne. 27:14, 15. Morm. 9:13, 14. e, Mos. 16:11. See d, 2 Ne. 2. /, s«e d, Mos. 4. g, W. of Morm. 5. He. 3:14. 3 Xe. 5:8. Etfa. 15:33. h, see /, 1 I^. 1. i, see g. j, see 6^ 2 Ne. 30. k, see i. I, D. & C. 128:18. Eth. 4:6 — 8, 13. m. Eth. 4 :8 — 10. n, ver. 7. o, Etb. 11 :6. A. D. 34. 3 NEPHI, 27. 449 the things which have been com- manded me. 13. Therefore, I would that ye should behold that the Lord truly did teach the people, for the space of three days; and after that he did show himself unto them oft, and did ^break bread oft, and bless it, and give it unto them. 14. And it came to pass that he did teach and minister unto the •children of the multitude of whom hath been spoken, and he did loose their tongues, and they did speak unto their fathers 'great and marvelous things, even greater than he had revealed unto the people; and he loosed their tongues that they could litter. 15. And it came to pass that after he had ascended into heaven — the second time that he showed himself unto them, and had gone unto the Father, after having *healed all their sick, and their lame, and opened the eyes of their blind and unstopped the ears of the deaf, and even had done all manner of cures among them, and raised a man from the dead, and had shown forth his power unto them, and had ascended unto the Father — 16. Behold, it came to pass on the morrow that the multitude gathered themselves together, and they both saw and heard these children; yea, *even babes did open their mouths and utter marvelous things; and the things which they did utter were forbid- den that there should not any man write them. 17. And it came to pass that the "disciples whom Jesus had chosen began from that time forth to ^baptize and to teach as many as did come unto them; and as nciany as were baptized in the name of Jesus were ^'filled with the Holy Ghost. 18. And many of them saw and heard unspeakable things, which are ""not lawful to be written. 19. And they taught, and did minister one to anotker; and they had "all things common among them, every man dealing justly, one with another. 20. And it came to pass that they did do all things even as Jesus had commanded them. 21. And they who were ^bap- tized in the name of Jesus -"were called the church of Christ. CHAPTER 27. Jesus Christ names his church — All things are written hy the Father — Meru to he judged hy what is written in the books. 1. And it came to pass that as the "disciples of Jesus were jour- neying and were preaching the things which they had both heard and seen, and were baptizing in the name of Jesus, it came to pass that the disciples were gath- ered together and were united in. mighty "prayer and ''fasting. 2. And Jesus again showed himself unto them, for they were praying unto the Father in his name; and Jesus came and stood in the midst of them, and said unto them: What will ye that I shall give unto you? 3. And they said unto him: Lord, we will that thou wouldst tell us the name whereby we shall call this church; for there are disputations among the peo- ple concerning this matter. 4. And the Lord said unto p, see b, 3 Ne. 18. q, see g, 3 Ne. 17- r, see w, 3 Ne. 19. s, 3 Ne. 17:7 — 10. t, see w, 3 Ne. 19. «, see c, 3 Ne. 12. v, 4 Ne. 1. See u, 2 Ne. 9. w, see y, 3 Ne. 9. X, see w, 3 Ne, 19. y, 4 Ne. 2, 3, 2&, 26. z, see u, 2 Ne. ^, 2c, see d, Mps. 26. Chap. 27 : a, see 'all the scriptures which give an account of all the marvelous works of Christ, ye would, according to the words of Christ, know that these things must surely come. 34. And wo be unto him that will 'Qot hearken unto the words of Jesus, and also to them whom he hath chosen and sent among them; for whoso receiveth not the words of Jesus and the words of those whom he hath sent re- ceiveth not him; and therefore he will not receive them at the last day; 35. And it would be better for them if they had not been born. For do ye suppose that ye can get rid of the justice of an offended God, who hath been trampled under feet of men, that thereby salvation might come? 36. And now behold, as I spake concerning those whom the Lord hath chosen, yea, even three who were ^"caught up into the heavens, that I knew not "''whether they were cleansed from mortality to immortality — 3 7. But behold, since I wrote, I have inquired of the Lord, and he hath made it manifest unto me that there must needs be a change wrought upon their bod- ies, or -'"else it needs be that they must taste of death; 38. Therefore, that they might not taste of death there was a change wrought upon their bod- ies, that they might -''not suffer pain nor sorrow save it were for the sins of the world. 39. Now this change was not equal to that which shall take place at the last day; but there was a change wrought upon them, insomuch that Satan could have no power over them, that he could not tempt them; and they were sanctified in the flesh, that they were holy, and that the ^^powers of the earth could not hold them. 40. And in this state they were to remain until the judgment day of Christ; and at that day they were to receive a -'^greater change, and to be received into the king- dom of the Father to go no more out, but to dwell with God eter- nally in the heavens. CHAPTER 29. Mormon's warning to those to7io spurn the words and works of the Lord. 1. And now behold, I say unto you that when the Lord shall see fit, in his wisdom, that these say- ings shall "come unto the Gen- v; xer. 9. w, vers. 30 — 33. x, see w. y, 3 Ne. 2G :6 — 12. z, Eth. 4:8 — 12. 2a, vers. 13 — 16. 2&, ver. 17. 2c, see d. 2d. ver. 9. 2e, ver. 20. 2t, ver. 8. Chap. 29: a, see c, 2 Ne. 27. A. D. 34 — 35. 3 NEPHI, 30. 455 tiles according to his word, then ye may know that the "covenant which the Father hath made with the children of Israel, concern- ing their restoration to the lands of their inheritance, is already beginning to be fulfilled. 2. And ye may know that the words of the Lord, which have been spoken by the holy proph- ets, shall all be fulfilled; and ye need not say that the Lord delays his coming unto the children of Israel. 3. And ye need not imagine in your hearts that the words which have been spoken are vain, for behold, the Lord will remember his covenant which he hath made unto his people of the house of Israel. 4. And ''when ye shall see these sayings coming forth among you, then ye need not any longer spurn at the doings of the Lord, for the sword of his justice is in his right hand; and behold, at that day, if ye shall spurn at his doings he will cause that ''it shall soon over- take you. 5. Wo unto him that spurneth at the doings of the Lord; yea, wo unto him that shall deny the Christ and his works! 6. Yea, *wo unto him that shall deny the revelations of the Lord, and that shall say the Lord no longer worketh by revelation, or by prophecy, or by gifts, or by tongues, or by healings, or by the power of the Holy Ghost! 7. Yea, and wo unto him that shall say at that day, to get gain, that there can be no miracle wrought by Jesus Christ; for he that doeth this shall become like unto the ''son of perdition, for whom there was no mercy, ac- cording to the word of Christ! 8. Yea, and ye need not any longer hiss, nor spurn, nor make game of the Jews, nor any of the remnant of the house of Israel; for behold, the Lord remember- eth his ^covenant unto them, and he will do unto them according to that which he hath sworn. 9. Therefore ye need not sup- pose that ye can turn the right hand of the Lord unto the left, that he may not ''execute judg- ment unto the fulfilling of the ^covenant which he hath made unto the house of Israel. CHAPTER 30. Mormon calls the Gentiles to re- pentance. 1. Hearken, O ye G.entiles, and hear the words of Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, which he hath commanded ''me that I should speak concerning you, for, behold he commandeth me that I should write, saying: 2. Turn, all ye Gentiles, from your wicked ways; and repent of your evil doings, of your "lyings and deceivings, and of your "whoredoms, and of your '^secret abominations, and your idolatries, and of your murders, and your "priestcrafts, and your envyings, and your strifes, and from all your wickedness and abomina- tions, and come unto me, and be ^baptized in my name, that ye may receive a remission of your sins, and be "filled with the Holy Ghost, that ye may be "numbered with my people who are of the house of Israel. 6, see j, 3 Ne. 15. Cj see ;, 2 Ne. 15. d, see 2b, 3 Ne. 21. e, Morm. 9:7 — 11, 15 — 26. Moro. 7:35 — 38. 10:19 — 29. /, 3 Ne. 27:32. g, see j, 3 Ne. 15. h, see 2b, 3 Ne. 21. i, see j, 3 Ne. 15. Chap. 30: a, 3 Ne. 5:12. 13. 6, 3 Ne. 21:19—21. c, see y, 2 Ne. 9. d, see i, 2 Ne. 10. e, see x, 2 Ne. 26. /, see u, 2 Ne. 9. g, see v, 3 Ne. 9. h, see x, 3 Ne. 16. A. D. 34 — 35. FOURTH NEPHI THE BOOK OF NEPHI WHO IS THE SON OF NEPHI ONE OF THE DISCIPLES OF JESUS CHRIST An account of the people of Nephi, according to his record. The church of Christ flourishes — Nephites and Lamanites converted — They have all things in common — Two centuries of righteousness followed by division and degeneracy — Amos and Ammaron in turn keep the records. 1. And it came to pass that the "thirty and fourth year passed away, and also the thirty and fifth, and behold the Misciples of Jesus had formed a church of Christ 'in all the lands round about. And as many as did come unto them, and did truly repent of their sins, were '"baptized in the name of Jesus; and they did also "receive the Holy Ghost. 2. And it came to pass in the thirty and sixth year, the people were all converted unto the Lord, upon all the face of the land, both Nephites and Lamanites, and there were no contentions and disputa- tions among them, and every man did deal justly one with another. 3. And they had 'all things common among them; therefore there were not rich and poor, bond and free, but they were all made free, and partakers of the ^heavenly gift. 4. And it came to pass that the thirty and seventh year passed away also, and there still con- tinued to be peace in the land. 5. And there were great and marvelous works "wrought by the disciples of Jesus, insomuch that they did heal the sick, and raise the dead, and cause the lame to walk, and the blind to receive their sight, and the deaf to hear; and all manner of miracles did they work among the children of men; and in nothing did they work miracles save it were in the name of Jesus. 6. And thus did the thirty and eighth year pass away, and also the thirty and ninth, and forty and first, and the forty and sec- ond, yea, even until forty and nine years had passed away, and also the fifty and first, and the fifty and second; yea, and even until fifty and nine years had passed away. 7. And the Lord did prosper them exceedingly in the land; yea, insomuch that they did build cities again where there had been cities burned. 8. Yea, even that great ''city Zarahemla did they cause to be built again. 9. But there were many cities which had *been sunk, and waters came up in the stead thereof; therefore these cities could not be renewed. 10. And now, behold, it came to pass that the people of Nephi did wax strong, and did multiply exceedingly fast, and became an exceedingly fair and delightsome people. 11. And they were married, and given in marriage, and were a, 3 Ne. 2 :6 — 8. 6, see c, 3 Ne. 12. c, see u, 2 Ne, 9. d, see y, 3 Nq. 9. e, see V, 3 Ne. 26. /, see y, 3 Ne. 9. g, see r, 3 Ne. 28. h, Om. 13. 3 Ne. 8;8, 24. 9:3. i, 3 Ne. 8!9. 9:4. 7. A. D. 36—60. 456 4 NEPHI. 457 blessed according to the multi- tude of the promises which the Lord had made unto them. 12. And they did not walk any more after the performances and ordinances of the ^law of Moses; but they did walk after 'the com- mandments which they had re- ceived from their Lord and their God, continuing in ^fasting and prayer, and in 'meeting together oft both to "'pray and to hear the word of the Lord. 13. And it came to pass that there was no contention among all the people, in all the land; but there were "mighty miracles wrought among the disciples of Jesus. 14. And it came to pass that the * seventy and first year passed away, and also the seventy and second year, yea, and in fine, till the seventy and ninth year had passed away; yea, even an hun- dred years had passed away, and the disciples of Jesus, whom he had chosen, had all gone to the "paradise of God, save it were the "three who should tarry; and there were other disciples or- dained in their stead; and also many of that generation had passed away. 15. And it came to pass that there was no contention in the land, because of the love of God which did dwell in the hearts of the people. 16. And there were no envy- Ings, nor strifes, nor tumults, nor whoredoms, nor lyings, nor mur- ders, nor any manner of-lascivi- ousness; and surely there could not be a happier people among all the people who had been created by the hand of God. 17. There were no robbers, nor murderers, neither were there Lamanites, nor any manner of -ites; but they were in one, the children of Christ, and heirs to the kingdom of God. ,^18. And how blessed were they! For the Lord did bless them in all their doings; yea, even they were blessed and prospered until fan hundred and ten years had passed away; and the first generation from Christ had passed away, and there was no contention in all the land. 19. And it came to pass that '"Nephl, he that kept this last record, (and he kept it upon the "plates of Nephi) died, and his son Amos kept it in his stead; and he kept it upon the plates of Nephi also. 20. And he kept it eighty and four years, and there was still peace in the land, save it were a small part of the people who had revolted from the church and taken upon them the name of La- manites; therefore there began to be Lamanites again in the land. 21. And it came to pass that Amos died also, (and it was an hundred and ninety and four years from the coming of Christ) and his son Amos kept the rec- ord in his stead; and he also kept it upon the plates of Nephi; and it was also written in the book of Nephi, which is this book. 22. And it came to pass that $two hundred years had passed away; and the second generation had all passed away save it were a few. 23. And now I, Mormon, would that ye should know that the peo- ple had multiplied, insomuch that they were spread upon all the face of the land, and that they j, see 0, 2 Ne. 25. 3 Ne. 9:19. 15:2 — 8. Tt, see *, Mos. 27. I, 8 Ne. 24:16. m, see e, 2 Ne. 32. n> see r. 8 Ne. 28. o> see I, 2 Ne. 9. p> see d, 3 Ne. 28. r, see Beading of 4 Neptl. 8, see /, 1 Ne. 1:17. • A. D. 72. t A. D. 111. t A. D. 201. 458 4 NEPHI. had become exceeding rich, be- cause of their prosperity in Christ. 24. And now, in this *two hun- dred and first y^ar there began to be among them those who were lifted up in pride, such as the wearing of costly apparel, and all manner of fine pearls, and of the fine things of the world. 25. And from that time forth they did have their goods and their substance 'no more common among them. 26. And they began to be divided into classes; and they began to build up churches unto themselves to get gain, and began to deny the true church of Christ. 27. And it came to pass that when ttwo hundred and ten years had passed away there were many churches in the land; yea, there were many churches which pro- fessed to know the Christ, and yet they did deny the more parts of his gospel, insomuch that they did receive all manner of wicked- ness, and did administer that which was sacred unto him to whom it had "been forbidden be- cause of unworthiness. 28. And this church did mul- tiply exceedingly because of in- iquity, and because of the power of Satan who did get hold upon their hearts. 29. And again, there was an- other church which denied the Christ; and they did persecute the true church of Christ, because of their humility and their belief in Christ; and they did despise them because of the many mira- cles which were wrought among them. 30. Therefore they did exercise power and authority over the "disciples of Jesus who did tarry with them, and they did cast them into prison; but by the power of the word of God, which was in them, the ""prisons were rent in twain, and they went forth doing mighty miracles among them. 31. Nevertheless, and notwith- standing all these miracles, the people did harden their hearts, and did seek to kill them, even as the Jews at Jerusalem sought to kill Jesus, according to his word. 32. And they did cast them into 'furnaces of fire, and they came forth receiving no harm. 33. And they also cast them into *'dens of wild beasts, and they did play with the wild beasts even as a child with a lamb; and they did come forth from among them, receiving no harm. 34. Nevertheless, the people did harden their hearts, for they were led by many priests and false prophets to build up many churches, and to do all manner of iniquity. And they did smite upon the people of Jesus; but the people of Jesus did not smite again. And thus they did dwin- dle in unbelief and wickedness, from year to year, even until two hundred and thirty years had passed away. 35. And now it came to pass in this year, yea, in the $-two hun- dred and thirty and first year, there was a great division among the people. 3 6. And it came to pass that in this year there arose a people who were called the Nephites, and they were true believers in Christ; and among them there were those who were called by the Lamanites — Jacobites, and Jo- sephites, and Zoramites; 37. Therefore the true be- lievers in Christ, and the true t, see V, 3 Ne. 26. w, 3 Ne. 1S:28, 29. v, see d, 3 Ne. 28. w, ver. 5. 3 Ne. 28:19. X, 3 Ne. 28:21. y, 3 Ne. 28:22. ♦ A. D. 201. t A. D. 211. % A. D. 231-. 4 NEPHI. 459 worshipers of Christ, (among whom were the ^three disciples of Jesus who should tarry) were called Nephites, and Jacobites, and Josephites, and Zoramites. 38. And it came to pass that they who rejected the gospel were called Lamanites, and Lemuel- ites, and Ishmaelites; and they did not dwindle in unbelief, but they did ^"wilfully rebel against the gospel of Christ; and they did teach their children that they should not believe, even as their fathers, from the beginning, did dwindle. 39. And it was because of the wickedness and abomination of their fathers, even as it was in the beginning. And they were taught to hate the children of God, even as the Lamanites were taught to ^""hate the children of Nephi from the beginning. 40. And it came to pass that *two hundred and forty and four years had passed away, and thus were the affairs of the people. And the more wicked part of the people did wax strong, and be- came exceedingly more numerous than were the people of God. 41. And they did still continue to build up churches unto them- selves, and adorn them with all manner of precious things. And thus did two hundred and fifty years pass away, and also two hundred and sixty years. 42. And it came to pass that the wicked part of the people began again to build up the ^"secret oaths and combinations of Gadianton. 43. And also the people who were called the people of Nephi began to be proud in their hearts, because of their exceeding riches, and become vain like unto their brethren, the Lamanites. 44. And from this time the ^''disciples began to sorrow for the sins of the world. 45. And it came to pass that when three hundred years had passed away, both the people of Nephi and the LamaniteS had be- come exceeding wicked one like unto another. 46. And it came to pass that the ^^robbers of Gadianton did spread over all the face of the land; and there were none that were righteous save it were the disciples of Jesus. And gold and silver did they lay up in store in abundance, and did traffic in all manner of traffic. 47. And it came to pass that after fthree hundred and five years had passed away, (and th.e people did still remain in wicked- ness) Amos died; and his brother, Ammaron, did keep the record in his stead. 48. And it came to pass that when Jthree hundred and twenty years had passed away, Ammaron, being constrained by the Holy Ghost, did hide up the records which were sacred — yea, even ^''all the sacred records which had been handed down from genera- tion to generation, which were sacred — even until the three hun- dred and twentieth year from the coming of Christ. 49. And he did hide them up unto the Lord, that they might come again ^^unto the remnant of the house of Jacob, according to the prophecies and the promises of the Lord. And thus is the end of the record of Ammaron. z, see d, 3 Ne. 28. 2a, 3 Ne. 27 .32. Morm. 1 :16. 2h, see n, Jac. 7. Ic, see i, 2 Ne. 10. He. 2:3 — 14. 2d, 3 Ne, 28:9. 1e, see 2c. 2/, Al. 37:2—4. He, 3:13, 15, 16. ^g, 3 Ne. 21 :26. • A. D. 245. t A. D. 306. % A. D. 331. THE BOOK OF MORMON CHAPTER 1. Atnmaron^s charge to Mormon re- specting the sacred engravings — War and wickedness — The three Nephite disciples depart — Mormon restrained from preaching — Predictions of Ahin- adi and Samuel the Lamanite fulfilled. 1. And now I, Mormon, make a record of the things which I have both seen and heard, and call it the "Book of Mormon. 2. And about the time that "Ammaron hid up the records unto the Lord, he came unto me, (I being about ten years of age, and I began to be learned some- what after the manner of the learning of my people) and Am- maron said unto me: I perceive that thou art a sober child, and art quick to observe; 3. Therefore, when ye are about twenty and four years old I would that ye should remember the things that ye have observed concerning this people; and when ye are of that age go to the land ''Antum, unto a hill which shall be called ''Shim; and there have I ^deposited unto the Lord all the sacred engravings concerning this people. 4. And behold, ye shall take £he ^plates of Nephi unto your- self, and the remainder shall ye leave in the place where they are; and ye shall engrave on the plates of Nephi ^all the things that ye have observed concerning this people. 5. And I, Mormon, being a descendant of "Nephi, (and my father's name was Mormon) I re- membered the things which Am- maron commanded me. 6. And it came to pass that I, being * eleven years old, was car- ried by my father into the *land southward, even to the ^land of Zarahemla. 7. The whole face of the land had become covered with build- ings, and the people were as nu- merous almost, as it were the sand of the sea. 8. And it came to pass in this year there began to be a war between the Nephites, who con- sisted of the Nephites and the Jacobites and the Josephites and the Zoramites; and this war was between the Nephites, and the La- manites and the Lemuelites and the Ishmaelites. 9. Now the Lamanites and the Lemuelites and the Ishmaelites were called Lamanites, and the two parties were Nephites and Lamanites. 10. And it came to pass that the war began to be among them in the borders of Zarahemla, by the ''waters of Sidon. 11. And it came to pass that the Nephites had gathered to- gether a great number of men, even to exceed the number of thirty thousand. And it came to pass that they did have in this same year a number of battles, in which the Nephites did beat the Lamanites and did slay many of them. 12. And it came to pass that the Lamanites withdrew their de- sign, and there was peace settled in the land; and peace did remain for the space of about four years, that there was no bloodshed. 13. But wickedness did prevail o, Morm. 2:17, 18. 5:9. 6, 4 Ne. 47 — 49. c, Morm. 2:17. d, Mtwm. 4:23. Eth. 9 :3. e, 4 Ne. 48. /, see f, 1 Ne. 1. g, Morm. 2 :18. h, 3 Ne. 5 :12, 20. See h. Mos. 18. i, see n, Al. 46. j, Om. 13. fc, see g, Al. 2. ♦About A. D. 322. 460 MORMON, 2. 461 upon the face of the whole land, insomuch that the Lord did take away his 'beloved disciples, and the work of miracles and of heal- ing did cease because of the in- iquity of the people. 14. And there were no gifts from the Lord, and the Holy Ghost did not come upon any, be- cause of their wickedness and unbelief. 15. And I, *being fifteen years of age and being somewhat of a sober mind, therefore I was visited of the Lord, and tasted and knew of the goodness of Jesus. 16. And I did endeavor to preach unto this people, but my mouth was shut, and I was for- bidden that I should preach unto them; for behold they had '"wil- fully rebelled against their God; and the "beloved disciples were taken away out of the land, be- cause of their iniquity. 17. But I did remain among them, but I was forbidden to preach unto them, because of the hardness of their hearts; and be- cause of the hardness of their hearts the land was "cursed for their sake. 18. And these ^Gadianton rob- bers, who were among the La- manites, did infest the land, inso- much that the inhabitants thereof began to hide up their treasures in the earth; and they became slippery, because the Lord had «cursed the land, that they could not hold them, nor retain them again. 19. And it came to pass that there were sorceries, and witch- crafts, and magics; and the power of the evil one was wrought upon all the face of the land, even unto the fulfilling of all the '^words of Abinadi, and also Sam- uel the Lamanite. CHAPTER 2. Mormon leads the Nephite armies — More of the Oadianton robbers — By treaty the land northward is given to the Nephites, and the land southward to the Laiiianites. 1. And it came to pass in that "same year there began to be a war again between the Nephites and the Lamanites. And not- withstanding I being young, was large in stature; therefore the people of Nephi appointed me that I should be their leader, or the leader of their armies. 2. Therefore it came to pass that fin my sixteenth year I did go forth at the head of an army of the Nephites, against the La- manites; therefore three hundred and twenty and six years ''had passed away. 3. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and twenty and seventh year the Lamanites did come upon us with exceeding great power, insomuch that they did frighten my armies; there- fore they would not fight, and they began to retreat towards the '^north countries. 4. And it came to pass that we did come to the city of Angola, and we did take possession of the city, and make preparations to defend ourselves against the La- manites. And it came to pass that we did ''fortify the city with our might; but notwithstanding all our fortifications the Laman- ites did come upon us and did drive us out of the city. 5. And they did also drive us forth out of the land of ©avid. I, 3 Ne. 28 :2 — 12. See d, 3 Ne. 28. m, see 2a, 4 Ne. n, see I. o, see d, 2 Ne. 1. p, see 2c, 4 Ne. q, see d, 2 Ne. 1. r. He. 13:18 — 23, 30 — 37. Morm. 2:10 — 15. Chap. 2: a, Morm. 1:12, 15. B, 3 Ne. 2:7, 8. c, see 2r, Al. 22. See also p, Al. 46. d. see c. Al. 48. * About A. D. 326. t A. D. 327 — 328. 462 MORMON, 2. 6. And we marched forth and came to the land of Joshua, which was in the borders west by the seashore. 7. And it came to pass that we did gather in our people as fast as it were possible, that we might get them together in one body. 8. But behold, the land was filled with '^robbers and with La- manites; and notwithstanding the great destruction which hung over my people, they did not re- pent of their evil doings; there- fore there was blood and carnage spread throughout all the face of the land, both on the part of the Nephites and also on the part of the Lamanites; and it was one complete revolution throughout all the face of the land. 9. And now, the Lamanites had a king, and his name was ^Aaron; and he came against us with an army of forty and four thousand. And behold, I withstood him with forty and two thousand. And it came to pass that I beat him With my army that he fled be- fore me. And behold, all this was done, and *three hundred and thirty years had passed away. 10. And it came to pass that the Nephites began to repent of their iniquity, and began to cry even as had been prophesied by "Samuel the prophet; for behold no man could keep that which was his own, for the thieves, and the robbers, and the murderers, and the magic art, and the witch- craft which was in the land. 11. Thus there began to be a mourning and a lamentation in all the land because of these things, and more especially among the people of Nephi. 12. And it came to pass that when I, Mormon, saw their lam- entation and their mourning and their sorrow before the Lord, my heart did begin to rejoice within me, knowing the mercies and the long-suffering of the Lord, therefore supposing that he would be merciful unto them that they would again become a righteous people. 13. But behold this my joy was vain, for their sorrowing was not unto repentance, because of the goodness of God ; but it was rather the sorrowing of the damned, be- cause the Lord would not always suffer them to take happiness in sin. 14. And they did not come unto Jesus with broken hearts and contrite spirits, but they did curse God, and wish to die. Never- theless they would struggle with the sword for their lives. 15. And it came to pass that my sorrow did return unto me again, and I saw that the day of grace was passed with them, both temporally and spiritually; for I saw thousands of them hewn down in open rebellion against their God, and heaped up as dung upon the face of the land. And thus fthree hundred and forty and four years had passed away, 16. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and forty and fifth year the Nephites did begin to flee before the Lamanites; and they were pursued until they came even to the land of Jashon, before it was possible to stop them in their retreat. 17. And now, the "city of Jash- on was near the land where Am- maron had deposited the records unto the Lord, that they might not be destroyed. And behold I had gone according to the word of Ammaron, and taken the e, see 2c, 4 Ne. /, Moro. 9:17. g, see r, Morm, 1. *, Morm. 1:3. 4:23. i, 4 Ne. 4«, 49. 'A. D. 331, tA. D. 345. MORMON, 3. 463 'plates of Nephi, and did make a record according to the words of Ammaron. 18. And upon the plates of Nephi I did make a '^full account of all the wickedness and abomi- nations; but upon 'these plates I did forbear to make a full account of their wickedness and abomina- tions, for behold, a continual scene of wickedness and abomina- tions has been before mine eyes ever since I have been sufficient to behold the ways of man. 19. And wo is me because of their wickedness; for my heart has been filled with sorrow be- cause of their wickedness, all my days; nevertheless, I know that I shall be '"lifted up at the last day. 20. And it came to pass that in this year the people of Nephi again were hunted and driven. And it came to pass that we were driven forth until we had come northward to the land which was called Shem. 21. And it came to pass that we did "fortify the city of Shem, and we did gather in our people as much as it were possible, thit perhaps we might save them from destruction. 22. Aad it came to pass in the *three hundred and forty and sixth year they began to come upon us again. 23. And it came to pass that I did speak unto my people, and did urge them with great energy, that they would stand boldly be- fore the Lamanites and fight for their wives, and their children, and their houses, and their homes. 24. And my words did arouse them somewhat to vigor, inso- much that they did not flee from before the Lamanites, but did stand with boldness against them. 25. And it came to pass that we did contend with an army of thirty thousand against an army of fifty thousand. And it came to pass that we did stand before them with such firmness that they did flee from before us. 2 6. And it came to pass that when they had fled we did pursue them with our armies, and did meet them again, and did beat them; nevertheless the strength of the Lord was not with us; yea, we were left to ourselves, that the Spirit of the Lord did not abide in us; therefore we had become weak like unto our brethren. 27. And my heart did sorrow because of this the great calamity of my people, because of their wickedness and their abomina- tions. But behold, we.did go forth against the Lamanites and then "robbers of Gadianton, until wen had again taken possession of theft lands of our inheritance. 28. And the t three hundred and forty and ninth year had passed away. And in the three hundred and fiftieth year wo made a treaty with the Lamaniteiii and the robbers of Gadianton, iri which we did get the lands of our inheritance divided. 29. And the Lamanites did give unto us the ^land northward, yea, even to the ^narrow passage which led into the '^land south- ward. And we did give unto the Lamanites all the land southward. CHAPTER 3. Nephites continue in wickedness — Mormon refuses to be their military leader — His address to future genera- tions — 71ie twelve to judge the house of Israel. 1. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did not come to /, Morm. 1 :4. See /, 1 Ne. 1. fc, Morm. 1:4. I, see g, 3 Ne. 5. m, see p, Mos. 23., «, see c, Al. 48. o, see 2c, 4 Ne. p, see c. q, see 2v, Al. 22. r, see n, Al. 46. ♦ A. D. 346. t A. D. 350,. 464 MORMON, 3. battle again *until ten years more had passed away. And be- hold, I had employed my people, the Nephites, in preparing their lands and their arms against the time of battle. 2. And it came to pass that the Lord did say unto me: Cry unto this people — Repent ye, and come unto me, and be ye "baptized, and build up again my church, and ye shall be spared. 3. And I did cry unto this peo- ple, but it was in vain; and they did not realize that it was the Lord that had spared them, and granted unto them a chance for repentance. And behold they did harden their hearts against the Lord their God. 4. And it came to pass that after this tenth yezLV had passed away, making, in the whole, three hundred and sixty years from the coming of Christ, the king of the Lamanites sent an epistle unto me, w^hich gave unto me to know that they were pre- paring to Gome again to battle against us. 5. And it came to pass that I did cause my people that they should gather themselves to- gether at the ''land Desolation, to H city which was in the borders, by the '"narrow pass which led into the ''land southward. 6. And there we did place our armies, that we might stop the armies of the Lamanites, that they might not get possession of any of our lands; therefore we did '■fortify against them with all our force. 7. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and sixty and first year the Lamanites did come dowm to the ^city of Desolation to battle against us; and it came to pass that in that year we did beat them, insomuch that they did re- turn to their own lands again. 8. And in the fthree hundred and sixty and second year they did come down again to battle. And we did beat them again, and did slay a great number of them, and their dead were cast into the sea. 9. And now, because of this great thing which my people, the Nephites, had done, they began to boast in their own strength, an^ began to swear before the heavens that they would avenge themselves of the blood of their brethren who had been slain by their enemies. 10. And they did swear by the heavens, and also by the throne of God, that they would go up to battle against their enemies, and would cut them off from the face of the land. 11. And it came to pass that I, Mormon, did utterly refuse from this time forth to be a commander and a leader of this people, be- cause of their wickedness and abomination. 12. Behold, I had led them, notwithstanding their wickedness I had led them many times to battle, and had loved them, ac- cording to the love of God which was in me, with all my heart; and my soul had been poured out in prayer unto my God all the day long for them'; never.theless, it was without faith, because of the hardness of their hearts. 13. And ^'thrice have I deliv- ered them out of the hands of their enemies, and they have re- pented not of their sins. 14. And when they had "sworn a, see u, 2 No. 9. b, see 21, Al. 22. c, see 2v, Al. 22. d, see n, Al. 46. e, see c, Al. 48. /> see 21, Al. 22. ff, vers. 7, 8, Morm. 2;27— 29. h, vers. 9, 10. • £. D. 360. t A. D. 362. MORMON, 4. 465 by all that had been forbidden them by our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, that they would go up unto their enemies to battle, and avenge themselves of the blood of their brethren, behold the voice of the Lord came unto me, saying: 15. Vengeance is mine, and I will repay; and because this peo- ple repented not after I had de- livered them, behold, they shall be *cut off from the face of the earth. 16. And it came to pass that I utterly refused to go up against mine enemies; and I did even as the Lord had commanded me; and I did stand as an idle witness to manifest unto the world the things which I saw and heard, ac- cording to the manifestations of the Spirit which had testified of things to come. 17. Therefore I ^ write unto you. Gentiles, and also unto you, house of Israel, when the work shall ^commence, that ye shall be about to prepare to return to the land of your inheritance; 18. Yea, behold, I write unto all the ends of the earth; yea, unto you, twelve tribes of Israel, who shall be judged according to your works 'by the twelve whom Jesus chose to be his disciples in the land of Jerusalem. 19. And I write also unto the remnant of this people, who shall also be judged '"by the twelve whom Jesus chose in this land; and "they shall be judged by the other twelve whom Jesus chose in the land of Jerusalem, 20. And these things doth the Spirit manifest unto me; there- fore I write unto you all. And for this cause I write unto you, that ye may know that ye must "all stand before the judgment- seat of Christ, yea, every soul who belongs to the wliole human family of Adam; and ye must stand to be judged of your works, whether they be good or evil; 21. And also that ye may be- lieve the gospel of Jesus Christ, which ye shall ^have among you; and also that the Jews, the cove- nant people of the Lord, shall have ^other witness besides him whom they saw and heard, that Jesus, whom they slew, was the very Christ and the ''very God. 22. And I would that I could persuade all ye ends of the earth to repent and prepare to stand before the judgment-seat of Christ. CHAPTER 4. Nephites begin a war of revenge upon Lamanites — Nephites no longer prevail — Sacred records taken from the hill Shim. 1. And now it came to pass that in the *three hundred and sixty and third year the Ne- phites did go up with their armies to battle against the La- manites, out of the "land Desola- tion. 2. And it came to pass that the armies of the Nephites were driven back again to the land of Desolation. And while they were yet weary, a fresh army of the Lamanites did come upon them; and they had a sore battle, inso- much that the Lamanites did take possession of the ^city Desola- tion, and did slay many of the Nephites, and did take many prisoners. i. Moral. 6. j, see c, 2 Ne. 27. k, see e, 1 Ne. 15. I, 1 Ne. 12:9. m, 1 Ne. 12:10. 3 Ne. 27:27. n, 1 Ne, 12:0. o, see d, 3 Ne, 2G, p, 1 Ne. 13:20 — 29, 41. 42. q, see k, 2 Ne, 25, r, 2 Ne. 26 :12, See b, Mos. 3, Chap. 4 : a, see 21, Al, 22. b, see 21, Al. 22, ♦ A. D. 363. 466 MORMON, 4. 3. And the remainder did flee and join the inhabitants of the ''city Teancum. Now the city Teancum lay in the borders by the seashore; and it was also near the ''city Desolation. 4. And it was because the armies of the Nephites went up unto the Lamanites that they be- gan to be smitten; for were it not for that, the Lamanites could have had no power over them. 5. But, behold, the judgments of God will overtake the wicked; and it is by the wicked that the wicked are punished; for it is the wicked that stir up the hearts of .:he children of men unto blood- shed. 6. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did make preparations to come against the city Tean- cum. 7. And it came to pass in the three hundred and sixty and fourth year the Lamanites did come against the *city Teancum, that tbey might take possession of the city Teancum also. 8. And it came to pass that they were repulsed and driven back by the Nephites. And when the Nephites saw that they had driven the Lamanites they did 'again boast of their strength; and they went forth in their own might, and took possession again of the "city Desolation. 9. And now all these things had been done, and there had been thousands slain on both sides, both the Nephites and the Lamanites. 10. And it came to pass that the three hundred and sixty and sixth year had passed away, and the Lamanites came again upon the Nephites to battle; and yet the Nephites repented not of the evil they had done, but persisted in their wickedness continually. 11. And it is impossible for the tongue to describe, or for man to write a perfect description of the horrible scene of the blood and carnage which was among the people, both of the Nephites and of the Lamanites; and every heart was hardened, so that they delighted in the shedding of blood continually. 12. And there never had been so great wickedness among all the children of Lehi, nor even among all the house of Israel, according to the words of the Lord, as was among this people. 13. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did take posses- sion of the "city Desolation, and this because their number did exceed the number of the Ne- phites. 14. And they did also march forward against the *city Tean- cum, and did drive the inhabi- tants forth out of her, and did take many prisoners both women and children, and did offer ^them up as sacrifices unto their idol gods. 15. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and sixty and seventh year, the Nephites being angry because the Laman- ites had ''sacrificed their women and their children, that they did go against the Lamanites with exceeding great anger, insomuch that they did beat again the La- laanites, and drive them out of their lands. 16. And the Lamanites did not come again against the Nephites until the three hundred and sev- enty and fifth year. 17. And in this year they did come down against the Nephites c, vers. 6, 7, 14. d, see 21, Al. 22. e, see c. /, Morin. 3 :9. g, see 21, Al. 22. hf see 21, Al. 22. if see c. j, vers. 15, 21. k, see ;. A. D. 364 — 375. MORMON, 5. 467 with all their powers; and they were not numbered because of the greatness of their number. 18. And from this time forth did the Nephites gain no power over the Lamanites, but began to be swept off by them even as a dew before the sun. 19. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did come down against the 'city Desolation; and there was an exceedingly sore bat- tle fought in the land Desolation, in the which they did beat the Nephites. 20. And they fled again from before them, and they came to the city Boaz; and there they did stand against the Lamanites with exceeding boldness, insomuch that the Lamanites did not beat them until they had come again the second time. 21. And when they had come the second time, the Nephites were driven and slaughtered with an exceedingly great slaughter; their women and their children were '"again sacrificed untt) idols. 22. And it came to pass that the Nephites did again flee from before them, taking all the in- habitants with fhem, both in towns and villages. 23. And now I, Mormon, seeing that the Lamanites were about to overthrow the land, therefore I did go to the hill "Shim, and did take up all the records which Ammaron had "hid up unto the Lord. CHAPTER 5. Mormon relents and again leads Nephites — Lamanites outnumber Ne- phites — Crime and carnage — Mor- mon's abridgment of the records. 1. And it came to pass that I did go forth among the Nephites, and did repent of the "oath which I had made that I would no more assist them; and they gave me command again of their armies, for they looked upon me as though I could deliver them from their afflictions. 2. But behold, I was without hope, for I knew the judgments of the Lord which should come upon them; for they repented not of their iniquities, but did strug- gle for their lives without calling upon that Being who created them. 3. And it came to pass that the Lamanites did come against us as we had fled to the city of Jordan; but behold, they were driven back that they did not take the city at that time. 4. And it came to pass that they came against us again, and we did maintain the city. And there were also other cities which were maintained by the Nephites, which strongholds did cut them off that they could not get into the country which lay before us, to destroy the inhabitants of our land. 5. But it came to pass that whatsoever lands we had passed by, and the inhabitants thereof were not gathered in, were de- stroyed by the Lamanites, and their towns, and villages, and cities were burned with flre; and thus three hundred and seventy and nine years passed away. 6. And it came to pass that in the three hundred and eightieth year the Lamanites did come again against us to battle, and we did stand against them boldly; but it was all in vain, for so great were their numbers that they did tread the people of the Ne- phites under their feet. 7. And it came to pass that we I, see 21, Al. 22. m, see ;. n, Morm. 1:3. Eth. 9:3. o. Bee 2/, 4 Ne. Ghap. 5: a, Morm. 3:11, 16. A. D. 375- -380. 468 MORMON, 5. did again take to flight, and those whose flight was swifter than the Lamanites' did escape, and those whose flight did not exceed the Lamanites' were swept down and destroyed. 8. And now behold, I, Mormon, do not desire to harrow up the souls of men in casting before them such an awful scene of blood and carnage as was laid be- fore mine eyes; but I, knowing that Hhese things must surely be made known, and that all things which are hid '^must be revealed upon the house-tops — 9. And also that a knowledge of these things must come unto the remnant of these people, and also unto the Gentiles, who the Lord hath said should '^scatter this people, and this people should be counted as naught among them — therefore I write a *small abridgment, daring not to give a full account of the things which I have seen, because of the commandment which I have re- ceived, and also that ye might not have too great sorrow because of the wickedness of this people. 10. And now behold, this I speak unto ''their seed, and also to the Gentiles who have care for the house of Israel, that realize and know from whence their blessings come. 11. For I know that such will sorrow for the calamity of the house of Israel; yea, they will sorrow for the destruction of this people; they will sorrow that this people had not repented that they might have been clasped in the arms of Jesus. 12. Now these things are writ- ten unto the remnant of the house of Jacob; and they are written after this manner, be- cause it is known of God that wickedness will not bring them forth unto them; and they are to be "hid up unto the Lord that they may come forth in his own due time. 13. And this is the command- ment which I have received; and behold, they shall ''come forth ac- cording to the commandment of the Lord, when he shall see fit, in his wisdom. 14. And behold, they shall go unto the unbelieving of the Jews; and for this intent shall they go — that they may be ^persuaded that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the Living God; that the Father may bring about, through his most Beloved, his great and eter- nal purpose, in ■'restoring the Jews, or all the house of Israel, to the land of their inheritance, which the Lord their God hath given them, unto the fulfilling of his covenant; 15. And also that the '^seed of this people may more fully be- lieve his 'gospel, which shall go forth unto them from the Gen- tiles; for this people shall be ""scattered, and shall "become a dark, a filthy, and a loathsome people, beyond the description of that which ever hath been amongst us, yea, even that which hath been among the Lamanites, and this because of their unbelief and "idolatry. 16. For behold, the Spirit of the Lord hath already ceased to strive with their fat^iers; and they are without Christ and God in the world; and they are driven about as chaff before the wind. 6, vers. 9 — 15. c, see c, 2 Ne, 27. d, vors. 19, 20. 1 Ne. 13:14. 22:7. 2 Ne. 1:11, 12. 10:18. 26:19. 3 Ne, 10:8, 9. 20:27, 28. e, see a, Morm. 1. f, 2 Ne. 1:31. g, Morm. 8:4, 13. 14. Moro. 10:2. h, see c, 2 Ne. 27. i, see /, 2 Ne. 25. j, see e, 1 Ne, 15. kj see /. I, 1 Ne. 18 :20 — ^29, 38 — il. Morm. 7 :8. 9. m, see d. n, see d^ 1 Ne. 2. o, see j, Morm. 4. A. D. 380 to 384. MORMON, 6. 469 17. They were once a delight- some people, and they had Christ for their shepherd ; yea, they were led even by God the Father. 18. But now, behold, they are led about by Satan, even as chaff is driven before the wind, or as a vessel is tossed about upon the waves, without sail or anchor, or without anything wherewith to steer her; and even as she is, so are they. 19. And behold, the Lord hath reserved their blessings, which they might have received in the land, for the Gentiles ^who shall possess the land. 20. But behold, it shall come to pass that they shall be ^driven and scattered by the Gentiles; and after they have been driven and scattered by the Gentiles, be- hold, '^then will the Lord remem- ber the covenant which he made unto Abraham and unto all the house of Israel. 21. And also the Lord will re- member the "prayers of the right- eous, which have been put up unto him for them. 22. And then, O ye Gentiles, how can ye stand before the power of God, except ye shall repent and turn from your evil ways? 23. Know ye not that ye are in the hands of God? Know ye not that he hath all power, and at his great command the 'earth shall be rolled together as a scroll? 24. Therefore, repent ye, and humble yourselves before him, lest he shall come out in justice against you — lest a "remnant of the seed of Jacob shall go forth among you as a lion, and tear you in pieces, and there is none to deliver. CHAPTER 6. The hill Cumorah and its rec- ords — The final struggle between the two nations — Lamannes victorious — Twenty-four Nephites survive. 1. And now I finish my record concerning the destruction of my people, the Nephites. And it came to pass that we did march forth before the Lamanites. 2. And I, Mormon, wrote an epistle unto the king of the La- manites, and desired of him that he would grant unto us that we might gather together our people unto the "land of Cumorah, by a hill which was called Cumorah, and there we could give them battle. 3. And it came to pass that the king of the Lamanites did grant unto me the thing which I de- sired. 4. And it came to pass that we did march forth to thB land of Cumorah, and we did pitch our tents round about the hill Cu- morah; and it was in a land of many waters, rivers, and foun- tains; and here we had hope to gain advantaf'e over the Laman- ites. 5. And *wlien Hhree hundred and eighty and four years had passed away, we had gathered in all the remainder of our people unto the land Cumorah. 6. And it came to pass that when we had gathered in all our people in one to the land of Cu- morah, behold I, Mormon, ''began to be old; and knowing it to be the last struggle of my people, and having been commanded of the Lord that I should not suf- p, 1 Ne. 13:12 — 19. 2 Ne. 1 :11. 10:10—14,18.19. 26:19,20. 30:3. q, see d. r, 3 Ne. 16:8—12. 21:1—11. 8, Enos 12 — 18, Morm. 8:24 — 26. Morm. 9:36, 37. t. see c, 3 Ke. 26. u, see o, 3 Ne. 20. Chap, 6: a, vers. 4 — 6, 11. Morm. 8:2. 6. 3 Ne. 2:7, 8. c, 4 Ne. 48. Morm. 1:2. 8:1. * A. D. 385. 470 MORMON, 6. fer the ''records which had been handed down by our fathers, which were sacred, to fall into the hands of the Lamanites, (for the Lamanites would destroy them) therefore I made ""this record out of the ^plates of Nephi, and "hid up in the ''hill Cumorah ^all the records which had been entrusted to me by the hand of the Lord, save it were ■'these few plates which I gave unto my son Moroni. 7. And it came to pass that my people, with their wives and their children, did now behold the armies of the Lamanites march- ing towards them; and with that awful fear of death which fills the breasts of all the wicked, did they await to receive them. 8. And it came to pass that they came to battle against us, and every soul was filled with terror because of the greatness of their numbers. 9. And it came to pass that they did fall upon my people *with the sword, and with the bow, and with the arrow, and with the ax, and with all manner of weapons of war. 10. And it came to pass that my men were hewn down, yea, even my ten thousand who were with me, and I fell wounded in the midst; and they passed by me that they did not put an end to my life. 11. And when they had gone through and hewn down all my people save it were twenty and four of us, (among whom was my son Moroni) and we having sur- vived the dead of our people, did behold on the morrow, when the Lamanites had returned unto their camps, from the top of the 'hill Cumorah, the ten thousand of my people who were hewn down, being led in the front by me. 12. And we also beheld the ten thousand of my people who were led by my son Moroni. 13. And behold, the ten thou- sand of Gidgiddonah had fallen, and he also in the midst. 14. And Lamah had fallen with his ten thousand; and Gilgal had fallen with his ten thousand; and Limhah had fallen with his ten thousand; and Joneam had fallen with his ten thousand; and Ca- menihah, and Moronihah, and Antionum, and Shiblom, and Shem, and Josh, had fallen with their ten thousand each. 15. And it came to pass that there were ten more who did fall by the sword, with their ten thou- sand each; yea, even all my peo- ple, save it were ""those twenty and four who were with me, and also a "few who had escaped into the south countries, and a few who had "dissented over unto the Lamanites, had fallen; and their flesh, and bones, and blood lay upon the face of the earth, being left by the hands of those who slew them to molder upon the land, and to crumble and to return to their mother earth. 16. And my soul was rent with anguish, because of the slain of my people, and I cried: 17. O ye fair ones, how could ye have departed from the ways of the Lord! O ye fair ones, how could ye have rejected that Jesus, who stood with open arms to re- ceive you! 18. Behold, if ye had not done this, ye would not have fallen. But behold, ye are fallen, and I mourn your loss. d, see 2f, 4 Ne. e, see a, Morm. 1. f, see /, 1 Ne. 1. g, see g, Morra, 5. h, see a. i, see 2f, 4 Ne. j, see a, Morm. 1. k, see 2p, Al. 43. I, see o. in, ver. 11. n, Morm. 8:2. 0, see h, Al. 45. A. D. 385. MORMON, 7. 471 19. O ye fair sons and daugh- ters, ye fathers and mothers, ye husbands and wives, ye fair ones, how is it that ye could have fallen! 20. But behold, ye are gone, and my sorrows cannot bring your return. 21. And the day soon cometh that your mortal must put on im- mortality, and these bodies which are now Smoldering in corruption must soon become incorruptible bodies; and then ye must stand before the judgment-seat of Christ, to be judged according to your works; and if it so be that ye are righteous, then are ye blessed with your fathers who have gone before you. 22. O that ye had repented be- fore this great destruction had come upon you. But behold, ye are gone, and the Father, yea, the Eternal Father of heaven, knoweth your state; and he doeth with you according to his justice and mercy. CHAPTER 7. Mormon affirms to Lamanites that they are of the house of Israel — Ad- inonishes them for their salvation. 1. And now, behold, I would speak somewhat unto the rem- nant of this people who are spared, if it so be that God may give unto them my words, that they may know of the things of their fathers; yea, I speak unto you, ye remnant of the house of Israel; and these are the words which I speak: 2. Know ye that ye are of the house of Israel. 3. Know ye that ye must come unto repentance, or ye cannot be saved. 4. Know ye that ye must lay down your weapons of war, and delight no more in the shedding of blood, and take them not again, save it be that God shall com- mand you. 5. Know ye that ye must come to the ^knowledge of your fathers, and repent of all your sins and iniquities, and believe in Jesus Christ, that he is the Son of God, and that he was slain by the Jews, and by the power of the Father he hath risen again, whereby he hath gained the ''victory over the grave; and also in him is the ''sting of death swallowed up. 6. And he bringeth to pass the ^resurrection of the dead, whereby man must be raised to stand be- fore his judgment-seat. 7. And he hath brought to pass the redemption of the world, whereby he that is found guilt- less before him at the judgment day hath it given unto him to dwell in the presence of God in his kingdom, to sing ceaseless praises with the ''choirs above, unto the Father, and unto the Son, and unto the Holy Ghost, which are ^one God, in a state of happiness which hath no end. 8. Therefore repent, and be ''baptized in the name of Jesus, and lay hold upon the gospel of Christ, which shall be set before you, not only in Hhis record but also in the record which shall come unto the Gentiles ^from the Jews, which record shall come from the Gentiles unto you. 9. For behold, ^'this is written for the intent that ye may be- lieve 'that; and if ye believe that ye will believe this also; and if ye believe this ye will '"know con- cerning your fathers, and also p, see d, 2 Ne. 2. Chap. 7 : 6, see g, 2 Ne. 3. c, see h, Mos. 16. d, see i, Mos. 16. e, see d, 2 Ne. 2. /, Mos. 2:28. g, see h, 2 Ne. 31. h, see u, 2 Ne. 9. i, see a, Morm. 1. j, see I, Morm. 5. k, 3 Ne. 5:12 — 17. See a, Morm. 1. I, see I, Morm. 5. m, see g, 2 Ne. 3. About A. D. 385. 472 MORMON, 8. the marvelous works which were wrought by the power of God among them. 10. And ye will also know that ye are a remnant of the seed of Jacob; therefore ye are numbered among the people of the first covenant; and if it so be that ye believe in Christ, and are "bap- tized, first with water, then "with fire and with the Holy Ghost, fol- lowing the example of our Savior, according to that which he hath commanded us, it shall be well with you in the day of judgment. Amen. CHAPTER 8. Moroni finishes his father's record — After the carnage of Cumorah — Mormon among the slain — Lamanites and robbers i^ossess the land — Mor- mon's record to come out of the earth — Conditions and calamities of latter days depicted. 1. Behold I, "Moroni, do finish the record of my father, Mormon, Behold, I have but few things to write, which things I have been commanded by my father. 2. And now it came to pass that after the ''great and tremen- dous battle at ""Cumorah, behold, the Nephites who had ''escaped into the country southward were hunted by the Lamanites, until they were all destroyed. 3. And my father also was killed by them, and I even remain alone to write the sad tale of the destruction of my people. But behold, they are gone, and I ful- fil the commandment of my fa- ther. And whether they will slay me, I know not. 4. Therefore I will write and ^hide up the records in the earth; and whither I go it mattereth not. 5. Behold, my father hath ^made this record, and he hath written the intent thereof. And behold, I would write it also if I had room upon the Opiates, but I have not; and ore I ha^e none, for I am alone. My father hath been ''slain in battle, and all my kinsfolk, and I have not friends nor whither to go; and 'how long the Lord will suffer that I may live I know not. 6. Behold, *four hundred years have passed away since the com- ing of our Lord and Savior. 7. And behold, the Lamanites have hunted my people, the Ne- phites, down from city to city and from place to place, even until they are •'no more; and great has been their fall; yea, great and marvelous is the destruction of my people, the Nephites. 8. And behold, it is the hand of the Lord which hath done it. And behold also, the Lamanites are at war one with another; and the whole face of this land is one continual round of murder and bloodshed; and no one knoweth the ''end of the war. 9. And now, behold, I say no rflore concerning them, for there are none save it be the Lamanites and 'robbers that do exist upon the face of the land. 10. And there are none that do know the true God save it be the ""disciples of Jesus, who did tarry in the land until the wickedness of the people was so great that the Lord would not suffer them to "remain with the people; and whether they be upon the face of the land no man knoweth. 11. But behold, my "father and I have seen them, and they have ministered unto us. n, see u, 2 Ne. 9. o, see y, 3 Ne. 9. Chap. 8: a, Morm. 6:6. Moro. 9:24. b, Morm. 6 :S — 15. c, see a, Morm. 6. d, Morm. 6 :15. e, see g, Morm. 5. /, see a, Morm. 1. g, Morm. 6:6. h, ver. 3. i, Moro. 1, 10:1, 2. j, see d, 1 Ne. 12. k, 1 Ne. 12:20 — 23. I, see 2c, 4 Ne. m, see d, 3 Ne. 28. n, Morm. 1:16. o, 3 Ne. 28:26. • A. D. 401. MORMON, 8. 473 12. And whoso receiveth ''this record, and shall not condemn it because of the imperfections which are in it, the same shall know of ^greater things than these. Behold, I am Moroni; and were it possible, I would make all things known unto you. 13. Behold, I make an end of speaking concerning this people. I am the son of Mormon, and my father was a ""descendant of Nephi. 14. And I am the same who *hideth up this record unto the Lord; the plates thereof are of no worth, because of the com- mandment of the Lord. For he truly saith that no one shall have them to get gain; but the record thereof is of great worth; and whoso shall bring it to light, *him will the Lord bless. 15. For none can have power to bring it to light save it be given him of God; for God wills that it shall be done with an eye single to his glory, or the welfare of the ancient and long dispersed cove- nant people of the Lord. 16. And blessed be "he that shall bring this thing to light; for it shall be brought out of dark- ness unto light, according to the word of God; yea, it shall be brought "out of the earth, and it shall shine forth out of darkness, and come unto the knowledge of the people; and it shall be done by the power of God. 17. And if there be faults they be the ""faults of a man. But be- hold, we know no fault; never- theless God knoweth all things; therefore, he that '"condemneth, let him be aware lest he shall be in danger of hell fire. 18. And he that saith: Show unto me, or ye shall be "smitten — let him beware lest he command- eth that which is forbidden of the Lord. 19. For behold, the same that judgeth rashly shall be judged rashly again; for according to his works shall his wages be; there- fore, he that smiteth shall be smitten again, of the Lord. 20. Behold what the scripture says — man shall not smite, neither shall he judge; for judgment is mine, saith the Lord, and ven- geance is mine also, and I will repay. 21. And he that shall breathe out wrath and striJ'es against the work of the Lord, and against the covenant people of the Lord who are the house of Israel, and shall say: We will destroy the work of the Lord, and the Lord will not remember his covenant which he hath made unto the house of Israel — the same is in danger to be ''hewn down and cast into the fire; 22. For the eternal purposes of the Lord shall roll on, until all his promises shall be fulfilled. 23. Search the prophecies of Isaiah. Behold, I cannot write them. Yea, behold I say unto you, that those saints who have gone before me, who have pos- sessed this land, shall cry, yea, even from the ""dust will they cry unto the Lord; and as the Lord liveth he will remember the cove- nant which he hath made with them. 24. And he knoweth their prayers, that they were in behalf of their brethren. And he know- eth their faith, for in "^his name p, 3 Ne. 5:8—11, 13—18. See a, Morm. 1. g, 3 Ne. 2G :C— 11. Eth. 4:8, 13. r. 3 Ne. 5:20. s, see s, 1 Ne. 13. Moro. 10:1, 2. t, see e, 2 Ne. 3. u, see e, 2 Ne. 3. V. see c, 2 Ne. 27. w, see Title-page. Morm. 9 :31, 33. Eth. 12 :22h— 28, 35. x, see Title-page. Vers. 19, 21. 2 Ne. 28:29, 30. 3 Ne. 29. Eth. 4:8—10. y, vers. 19, 20. e, see x. 2a, see «, Morm. 5. 2b, see c, Jac. 4. Between A. D. 400 and 421. 474 MORMON, 8. could they remove mountains; and in his name could they cause the earth to shake; and by the power of his word did they cause prisons to tumble to the earth; yea, even the fiery furnace could not harm them, neither wild beasts nor poisonous serpents, be- cause of the power of his word. 25. And behold, ^^their prayers were also in behalf of ^''him that the Lord should suffer to bring these things forth. 26. And no one need say they shall not come, for they surely shall, for the Lord hath spoken it; for 2«'out of the earth shall they come, by the hand of the Lord, and none can stay it; and it shall come in a day when it shall be said that "''miracles are done away; and it shall come even as if ^''one should speak from the dead. 27. And it shall come in a day when the ^''blood of saints shall cry unto the Lord, because of ^'secret combinations and the works of darkness. 28. Yea, it shall come in a day when the power of God shall be ^■'denied, and churches ^^become defiled and be lifted up in the pride of their hearts; yea, even in a day when leaders of churches and teachers shall rise in the pride of their hearts, even to the envying of them who belong to their churches. 29. Yea, it shall come in a day when ^ 'there shall be heard of fires, and tempests, and vapors of smoke in foreign lands; 30. And there shall also be "'"heard of wars, rumors of wars, and -"earthquakes in divers places. 31. Yea, it shall come in a day when there shall be great pollu- tions upon the face of the earth; there ^"shall be murders, and rob- bing, and lying, and deceivings, and whoredoms, and all manner of abominations; when there shall be many who will say. Do this, or do that, and it mattereth not, for the Lord will uphold such at the last day. But wo unto such, for they are in the gall of bitterness and in the bonds of iniquity. 32. Yea, it shall come in a day when there shall be churches built up that shall say: Come unto me, and for your money you shall be forgiven of your sins. 33. O ye wicked and perverse and stiffnecked people, -^why have ye built up churches unto yourselves to get gain? Why have ye "'transfigured the holy word of God, that ye might bring damnation upon your souls? Be- hold, look ye unto the ""^revela- tions of God; for behold, the time Cometh at that day when all these things must be fulfilled. 34. Behold, the Lord hath shown unto me -*great and mar- velous things concerning that which must shortly come, at that day when these things shall come forth among you. 35. Behold, I speak unto you as if ye were present, and yet ye are not. But behold, Jesus Christ hath shown you unto me, and I know your doing. 3 6. And I know that ye do walk in the ^'pride of your hearts; and there are none save a ^"few only who do not lift themselves up in 2d, pee e, 2 Ne. 3. 2€, see c, 2 Ne. 2 c, see s, Morrn. 5. 3 Ne. 29:7. M6rm. 8:28. 9:15 — 26. See r, 2 Ne. 26. 2g, 2 Ne. 26:15, 16. 33:13, Morm. 9:30. Moro. 10:27. 2h, see /, 2 Ne. 28. 2i, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 2j, see 2/. 2k, vers. 32—38. See q. 2 Ne. 26. 21, 1 Ne, 22:18, 2 Ne. 27:1 — 3. 2m, 1 Ne. 14:15 — 17. 22:13 — 15. Isa. 66:15. 16. 2n, 2 Ne. 27:2. 2o, 3 Ne, 16:10, 21:19. Chap. 30. 2p, see 2k. 2q, 1 Ne. 13:20 — 29, 32, 34, 35, 40, 41. 2r, 1 Ne. 14:18 — 27, Eth. 4:16. 2«, see i, 2 Ne. 25. 2t, 2 Ne, 28, 3 Ne. 16:10. 2u, 2 Ne. 28:14. Beiwssn a. D. 400 AND 421. MORMON, 9. 475 the pride of their hearts, unto the wearing of very fine apparel, unto envying, and strifes, and malice, and persecutions, and all manner of iniquities; and your churches, yea, even every one, have become polluted because of the pride of your hearts. 37. For behold, ye do love money, and your substance, and your fine apparel, and the adorn- ing of your churches, more than ye ^''love the poor and the needy, the sick and the afflicted. S8. O ye pollutions, ye hypo- crites, ye teachers, who sell your- selves for that which will canker, why have ye polluted the holy church of God? Why are ye ashamed to take upon you the ^"'name of Christ? Why do ye not think that greater is the value of an endless happiness than that misery which never dies — because of the praise of the world? 39. Why do ye adorn your- selves with that which hath no life, and yet ^^suffer the hungry, and the needy, and the naked, and the sick and the afflicted to pass by you, and notice them not? 40. Yea, why do ye build up your ^^/secret abominations to get gain, and cause that widows should mourn before the Lord, and also orphans to mourn before the Lord, and also the ^^blood of their fathers and their husbands to cry unto the Lord from the ground, for vengeance upon your heads? 41. Behold, the '"sword of ven- geance hangeth over you; and the time soon cometh that he aveng- eth the ^"blood of the saints upon you, for he will not suffer their cries any longer. CHAPTER 9. Moroni's address to unbelievers — Flis testimony concerning the Christ — The Nephite language known as re- formed Egyptian. 1. And now, I speak also con- cerning those who do not believe in Christ. 2. Behold, will ye believe in the day of your visitation — be- hold, when the Lord shall come, yea, even that great day when the "earth shall be rolled together as a scroll, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, yea, in that great day when ye shall be brought to stand before the Lamb of God — then will ye say that there is no God? 3. Then will ye longer deny the Christ, or can ye behold the Lamb of God? Do ye suppose that ye shall dwell with him un- der a consciousness of your guilt? Do ye suppose that ye could be happy to dwell with that holy Being, when your souls are racked with a consciousness of guilt that ye have ever abused his laws? 4. Behold, I say unto you that ye would be more miserable to dwell with a holy and just God, under a consciousness of your filthiness before him, than ye would to dwell with the damned souls in hell. 5. For behold, when ye shall be brought to see your nakedness be- fore God, and also the glory of God, and the holiness of Jesus Christ, it will kindle a flame of unquenchable fire upon you. 6. O then ye unbelieving, turn ye unto the Lord; cry mightily unto the Father in the name of Jesus, that perhaps ye may be found spotless, pure, fair, and white, having been cleansed by 2v, see I, Mos. 4. 2io, see e, Mos. 5. 2x, see I, Mos. 4. 2y, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 2z, see /, 2 Ne. 28. 3a, see k, 1 Ne. 14. 3b, see /, 2 Ne. 28. Chap. 9 : a, see c, 3 Ne. 26. Bbtwmn A. D. 400 AND 421. 476 MORMON, 9. the "blood of the Lamb, at that great and last day. 7. And again I speak unto you ■who deny the revelations of God, and say that they are done away, that there '^are no revelations, nor prophecies, nor gifts, nor healing, nor speaking with tongues, and the interpretation of tongues;- 8. Behold I say unto you, he that denieth these things know- eth not the gospel of Christ; yea, he has not read the scriptures; if so, he does not understand them. 9. For do we not read that God is the ''same yesterday, today, and forever, and in him there is no variableness neither shadow of changing? 10. And now, if ye have im- agined up unto yourselves a god who doth vary, and in whom there is shadow of changing, then have ye imagined up unto yourselves a god who is not a God of miracles. 11. But behold, I will show unto you a God of miracles, even the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob; and it is that same God who created the heavens and the earth, and all things that in them are. 12. Behold, he ^created Adam, and by ^Adam came the fall of man. And because of the fall of man came Jesus Christ, even the 'Father and the ''Son; and be- cause of Jesus Christ came the redemption of man. 13. An^ because of the redemp- tion of man, which came by Jesus Christ, they are brought back into the presence of the Lord; yea, this is wherein *all men are re- deemed, because the death of Christ bringeth to pass the •'resur- rection, which bringeth to pass a redemption from an *endless sleep, from which sleep all men shall be awakened by the power of God when the trump shall sound; and they shall come forth, both small and great, and all shall stand before his bar, being redeemed and loosed from this eternal band of death, which death is a temporal death. 14. And then cometh the judg- ment of the Holy One upon them; and then cometh the time that he that is 'filthy shall be filthy still; and he that is righteous shall be righteous still; he that is happy shall be happy still; and he that is unhappy shall be unhappy still. 15. And now, O all ye that have imagined up unto yourselves a god who can do '"no miracles, I would ask of you, have all these things passed, of which I have spoken? Has the end come yet? Behold I say unto you. Nay; and God has not ceased to be a God of miracles. 16. Behold, are not the things that God hath wrought marvelous in our eyes? Yea, and who can comprehend the marvelous works of God? 17. Who shall say that it was not a miracle that by his word the heaven and the earth should be; and by the power of his word man was created of the "dust of the earth; and by the power of his word have miracles been wrought? 18. And who shall say that Jesus Christ did not do many mighty miracles? And there were many mighty miracles wrought by the hands of the apostles. 19. And if there were miracles wrought then, why has God ceased 6, see /, 2 Ne. 2. c, see e, 3 Ne. 29. See 2/, Morm. 8. d, vers. 10. 10. 1 Ne. 10:18. 19. Al. 7:20. Moro. 8:18. e, see m, Mos. 2. /, 2 Ne. 2:18, 19. 21. 9:6 — 9. Mos. 3:26. 16:3 — 5. Al. 12:22, 26. He. 14:16. Eth. 3:13. Moro. 8:8. g, see c, Mos. 15. h, see b, Mos. 3. i, see ;, 2 Ne. 9. j, see d, 2 Ne. 2. k, see g, 2 Ne. 9. I, see 0, 2 Ne. 9. m, see c. n, see m, Mos. 2. Betwbkn A. D. 400 and 421. MORMON, 9. 477 to be a God of miracles and yet be an unchangeable Being? And behold, I say unto you he "chang- eth not; if so he would ''cease to be God; and he ceaseth not to be God, and is a God of miracles. 20. And the reason why he ceaseth to do miracles among the children of men is ^because that they dwindle in unbelief, and de- part from the right way, and know not the God in whom they should trust. 21. Behold, I say unto you that whoso believeth in Christ, doubt- ing nothing, ''whatsoever he shall ask the Father in the name of Christ it shall be granted him; and this promise is unto all, even unto the ends of the earth. 22. For behold, thus said Jesus Christ, the Son of God, unto his disciples 'who should tarry, yea, and also to 'all his disciples, in the hearing of the multitude: Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature; 2S. And he that believeth and is "baptized shall be saved, but he that believeth not shall be damned; 24. And *'these signs shall fol- low them that believe — in my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up ser- pents; and if they drink any deadly thing it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick and they shall recover; 25. And whosoever shall be- lieve in my name, doubting noth- ing, unto him will I confirm all my words, even unto the ends of the e^rth. 26. And now, behold, who can stand against the works of the Lord? Who can deny his say- ings? Who will rise up against the almighty power of the Lord? Who will despise the works of the Lord? Who will despise the chil- dren of Christ? Behold, all ye who are despisers of the works of the Lord, for ye shall ""wonder and perish. 27. O then despise not, and wonder not, but hearken unto the words of the Lord, and ask the Father in the name of Jesus for what things soever ye shall stand in need. Doubt not, but be be- lieving, and begin as in times of old, and come unto the Lord with all your heart, and work out your own salvation with fear and trem- bling before him. 2 8. Be wise in the days of your probation; strip yourselves of all uncleanness; ask not, that ye may consume it on your lusts, but ask with a firmness unshaken, that ye will yield to no temptation, but that ye will serve the true and living God. 29. See that ye are not '^bap- tized unworthily; see that ye par- take not of the sacrament of Christ "unworthily; but see that ye do all things in worthiness, and do it in the name of Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God; and if ye do this, and ^endure to the end, ye will in nowise be cast out. 30. Behold, I speak unto you as though I spake ^"from the dead; for I know that ye shall hear my words. 31. Condemn me not because of mine imperfection, neither my father, because of his imperfec- tion, neither them who have writ- ten before him; but rather give thanks unto God that he hath made manifest unto you ^*our 0, see d. p, see f, 2 Ne. 11. q, see d, 3 Ne. 17. See c. r, 3 Ne. 18 :20. s, see d, 3 Ne. 28. t, see c, 3 Ne. 12. u, see u, 2 Ne. 9. v, see c; also Mark 1G:17, 18. w,\er. 27. x, see u, 2 Ne. *9. y, see *, 3 Ne. 18. z, see h, 2 Ne. 31. 2a, see 2g, Morm. 8. 26, see w, Morm. 8. Between A. D. 400 and 421. 478 ETHER, 1. imperfections, that ye may learn to be more wise than we have been. 32. And now, behold, we have written this record according to our knowledge, in the characters which are called among us the ^"^reformed Egyptian, being hand- ed down and altered by us, ac- cording to our manner of speech. 33. And if ^''our plates had been sufficiently large we should have written in Hebrew; but the Hebrew hath been -''altered by us also; and if we could have written in Hebrew, behold, ye would have had -^no imperfection in our rec- ord. 34. But the Lord knoweth the things which we have written, and also that none other people knoweth our language; therefore he hath prepared ^"means for the interpretation thereof. 35. And these things ar^ writ- ten that we may rid our garments of the blood of our brethren, who have "dwindled in unbelief. 36. And behold, these things which we have desired concern- ing our brethren, yea, even their restoration to the knowledge of Christ, are "^according to the prayers of all the saints who have dwelt in the land. 37. And may the Lord Jesus Christ grant that their prayers may be answered according to their faith; and m^y God the Fa- ther remember the -^covenant which he hath made with the house of Israel; and may he bless them forever, through faith on the name of Jesus Christ. Amen. THE BOOK OF ETHER The record of the Jaredites, taken from the twenty-four plates found hy the people of Limhi in the days of king Mosiah. CHAPTER 1. The prophet Ether's genealogy — The great tower— Jared and his brother — Their language' not confounded — Pre- paring for migration as directed by the Lord. 1. And now I, Moroni, proceed to give an account of those an- cient inhabitants who were de- stroyed by the hand of the Lord upon the face of this "north coun- try. 2. And I take mine account from the twenty and four plates which were found by the people of Limhi, which is called the Book of Ether. 3. And as I suppose that the first part of this record, which speaks '^concerning the creation of the world, and also of Adam, and an account from that time even to the "^great tower, and whatso- ever things transpired among the children of men until that time, is had among the Jews — 4. Therefore I do not write those things which transpired from the days of Adam until that time; but they are had upon the plates; and whoso findeth them, the same will have power that he may get the full account. 5. But behold, I give not the full account, but a *part of the account I give, from the ''tower down until they were destroyed. 2c, see a, 1 Ne. 1. 2d. see a, Morm. 1. See g, Morin. 8. 2e, 1 Xe. 1 :2. 2f, see to, Morm. 8. 2g, Mos. 8:13 — 18. Eth. 3:23, 28. D. & C. 17:1. 2h, see d, 1 Ne. 2. 2i, Bee s, Morm. 5. 2j, see j, 3 Ne. 15. Chap. 1 : a, see p, Al. 46. 6, see k, Mos. 8. c, Mos. 28:17. d, vers. 5, 33. Om. 20 — 22. Mos. 28:17. e, Eth. 3:17. 15:33. /, see d. ETHER, 1. 479 6. And on this wise do I give the account. He that wrote this record was Ether, and he was a descendant of Coriantor. 7. Coriantor was the son of Moron. 8. And Moron was the son of Ethem. 9. And Ethem was the son of Ahah. 10. And Ahah was the son of Seth. 11. And Seth was the son of Shiblon. 12. And Shiblon was the son of Com. 13. And Com was the son of Coriantum. 14. And Coriantum was the son of Amnigaddah. 15. And Amnigaddah was the son of Aaron. 16. And Aaron was a descend- ant of Heth, who was the son of Hearthom. 17. And Hearthom was the son of Lib. 18. And Lib was the son of Kish. 19. And Kish was the son of Corom. 20. And Corom was the son of Levi. 21. And Levi was the son of Kim. 22. And Kim was the son of Morianton. 23. And Morianton was a de- scendant of Riplakish. 24. And Riplakish was the son of Shez. 25. And Shez was the son of Heth. 26. And Heth was the son of Com. 27. And Com was the son of Coriantum. 28. And Coriantum was the son of Emer. 2^. And Emer was the son of Omer. 30. And Omer was the son of Shule. 31. And Shule wa's the son of Kib. 32. And Kib was the son of Orihah, who was the son of Jared; 33. Which Jared came forth with his brother and their fam- ilies, with some others and their families, from the ^great tower, at the time the Lord ''confounded the language of the people, and swore in his wrath that Hhey should be scattered upon all the face of the earth; and according to the word of the Lord the peo- ple were scattered. 34. And the brother of Jared being a large and mighty man, and a man highly favored of the Lord, Jared, his brother, said unto him: Cry unto the Lord, that he will ^not confound us that we may not understand our words. 35. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did cry unto the Lord, and the Lord had com- passion upon Jared; therefore he did not confound the language of Jared; and Jared and his brother were not confounded. 36. Then Jared said unto his brother: Cry again unto the Lord, and it may be that he will turn away his anger from them who are our friends, that he con- found not their language. 37. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did cry unto the Lord, and the Lord had com- passion upon their friends and their families also, that they '^were not confounded. 38. And it came to pass that Jared spake again unto his broth- er, saying: Go and inquire of the Lord whether he will 'drive us g, see d. h, yers. 34 — 37. Gen. 11:7, 9. Cm. 22. Mos. 28:17. i, vers. 38 — 43. Cm. 22. Mos. 28:17. Gen. 11:8, 9. j, see ft. k, see ft. I, see I. 480 ETHER, 2. out of the land, and if he will drive us out of the land, cry unto him whither we shall go. And who knoweth but the Lord will carry us forth into a land which is choice above all the earth? And if it so be, let us be faithful unto the Lord, that we may receive it for our inheritance. 39. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did cry unto the Lord according to that which had been spoken by the mouth of Jared. 40. And it came to pass that the Lord did hear the brother of Jared, and had compassion upcx. him, and said unto him: 41. Go to and gather together thy flocks, both male and female, of every kind; and also of the seed of the earth of every kind; and "'thy families; and also Jared thy brother and his family; and "also thy friends and their fam- ilies, and the friends of Jared and their families. 42. And when thou hast done this thou Shalt go at the head of them down into the valley which is northward. And there will I meet thee, and I will go before thee "into a land which is choice above all the lands of the earth. 43. And there will I bless thee and thy seed, and raise up unto me of thy seed, and of the seed of thy brother, and they who shall go with thee, a great nation. And there shall be none ^greater than the nation which I will raise up unto me of thy seed, upon all the face of the earth. And thus I will do unto thee because this long time ye have cried unto me. CHAPTER 2. In the valley of Nimrod — Deseret, the honey bee — The Lord jjl gain talks Chap. «, Etb Eth. C:20. n, Eth. 6:1G. o, see a, 1 Ne. 2. p, 2: a, Eth. 1:42. &, Etb. 1:41. 6:4. 9:18, 1 1:42. /, vers. 5, 14. g, Etb. 1:42. With the hr other of Jared— Divine de- cree concerning the land of promise — 1 he place Moriancumer — Barges built. 1. And it came to pass that Jared and his brother, and their families, and also the friends of Jared and his brother and their families, went down into the val- ley which "was northward, (and the name of the valley was Nim- rod, being called after the mighty hunter) with their flocks which they had gathered together, male and female, of ^every kind. 2. And they did also lay snares and catch fowls of the air; and they did also prepare a vessel, in which they did carry with them the fish of the waters. 3. And they did also carry with them deseret, which, by inter- pretation, is a honey bee; and thus they did carry with them swarms of bees, and all manner of that which was upon the face of the land, "^seeds of every kind. 4. And it came to pass that when they had come down into the ''valley of Nimrod the Lord came Mown and talked with the brother of Jared; and he was in a ^cloud, and the brother of Jared saw him not. 5. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded them that they should go forth into the wilder- ness, yea, into that quarter where there never had man been. And it came to pass that the Lord did go ^before them, and did talk with them as he stood in a cloud, and gave directions whither they should travel. 6. And it came to pass that they did travel in the wilderness, and did build barges, in which they did cross many waters, being directed continually by the hand of the Lord. nth 15 "2 19.' c, Etb. 1:41. d, ver. 1. ETHER, 2. 481 7. And the Lord would not suf^ fer that they should stop beyond the sea in the wilderness, but he would that they should come forth even unto the Uand of promise, which was choice above all other lands, which the Lord God had preserved for a right- eous people. 8. And he had sworn in his wrath unto the brother of Jared, that whoso should possess this land of promise, from that time henceforth and forever, should serve him, the true and only God, or they should be swept off when the fulness of his wrath should come upon them. 9. And now, we can behold the ^decrees of God concerning this land, that it is a land of promise; and whatsoever nation shall pos- sess it shall serve God, or they shall be swept off when the ful- ness of his wrath shall come upon them. And the fulness of his wrath Cometh upon them when they are ripened in iniquity. 10. For behold, this is a land which is choice above all other lands; wherefore he that doth possess it shall serve God or shall be swept off; for it is the ever- lasting decree of God. And it is not until the fulness of iniquity among the children of the land, that they are swept off. 11. And this cometh unto you, O ye Gentiles, that ye may know the decrees of God — that ye may repent, and not continue in your iniquities until the fulness come, that ye may not bring down the fulness of the wrath of God upon you as the inhabitants of the land have hitherto done. 12. Behold, this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be ''free from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ, who hath been manifested by the things which we have written. 13. And now I proceed with my record; for behold, it came to pass that the Lord did bring Jared and his brethren forth even to that great sea which divideth the lands. And as they came to the sea they pitched their tents; and they called the name of the place Moriancumer; and they dwelt in tents, and dwelt in tents upon the seashore for the space of four years. 14. And it came to pass at the end of four years that the Lord came again unto the brother of Jared, and stood 'in a cloud and talked with him. And for the space of three hours did the Lord talk with the brother of Jared, and chastened him because he re- membered not to call upon the name of the Lord. 15. And the brother of Jared repented of the evil which he had done, and did call upon the name of the Lord for his brethren who were with him. And the Lord said unto him: I will forgive thee and thy brethren of their sins; but thou Shalt not sin any more, for ye shall remember that my Spirit will not always strive with man; wherefore, if ye will sin until ye are fully ripe ye shall be cut off from the presence of the Lord. And these "'are my thoughts upon the land which I shall give you for your inheritance; for it shall be a land choice above all other lands. 16. And the Lord said: Go to work and build, after the manner i, vers. 8. 12 — 15. See o, Eth. 1. Also see d, 2 Ne. 1. /, vers. 10, 11. See # k. 1 Ne. 13:19. 2 Ne. 1:7. 10:10 — 14. /, see /. m, see i. 482 ETHER, 3. of barges which ye have "hitherto built. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did go to work, and also his brethren, and built barges after the manner which they had built, according to the instructions of the Lord. And they were small, and they were light upon the water, even like unto the lightness of a fowl upon the water. 17. And they were built after a manner that they were exceed- ing "tight, even that they would hold water like unto a dish; and the bottom thereof was tight like unto a dish; and the sides thereof were tight like unto a dish; and the ends thereof were peaked; and the top thereof was tight like unto a dish; and the length thereof was the length of a tree; and the door thereof, when it was shut, was tight like unto a dish. 18. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared cried unto the Lord, saying: O Lord, I have performed the work which thou hast commanded me, and I have made the barges according as thou hast directed me. 19. And behold, O Lord, in them there is no light; whither shall we steer? And also we shall perish, for in them we cannot breathe, save it is the air which is in them; therefore we shall perish. 20. And the Lord said unto the brother of Jared: Behold, thou shalt make a hole in the top, and also in the ^bottom; and when thou shalt suffer for air thou Shalt unstop the hole and receive air. And if it be so that the water come in upon thee, behold, ye shall stop the hole, that ye may not perish in the flood. 21. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared did so, ac- cording as the Lord had com- manded. 22. And he cried again unto the Lord saying: O Lord, behold I have done even as thou hast commanded me; and I have pre- pared the vessels for my people, and behold there is no light in them. Behold, O Lord, wilt thou suffer that we shall cross this great water in darkness? 23. And the Lord said unto the brother of Jared: What will ye that I should do that ye may have light in your vessels? For be- hold, ye cannot have windows, for they will be dashed in pieces; neither shall ye take fire with you, for ye shall not go by the light of fire. 24. For behold, ye shall be as a whale ""in the midst of the sea; for the mountain waves shall dash upon you. Nevertheless, I will bring you up again out of the depths of the sea; for the winds have gone forth out of my mouth, and also the rains and the floods have I sent forth. 25. And behold, I prepare you against these things; for ye can- not cross this great deep save I prepare you against the waves of the sea, and the winds which have gone forth, and the floods which shall come. Therefore what will ye that I should prepare for you that ye may have light when ye are swallowed up in the depths of the sea? CHAPTER 3. The finger of the Lord — Jes^is Christ shows himself i7i the spirit to the brother of Jared — The luminotis stones — The interpreters — A record yet to come. 1. And it came to pass that the brother of Jared, (now the num- ber of the vessels which ha-d been n, ver. 6. o, Etb. 6 :7. q, vers. 24, 25. r, vet. 25. Etb. 6 -.6, 7, 10. ETHER, 3. 483 prepared was eight) went forth unto the mount, which they called the mount Shelem, because of its exceeding height, and did molten out of a rock sixteen small stones; and they were white and clear, even as transparent glass; and he did carry them in his hands upon the top of the mount, and cried again unto the Lord, saying: 2. O Lord, thou hast said Hhat we must be encompassed about by the floods. Now behold, O Lord, and do not be angry with thy servant because of his weak- ness before thee; for we know that thou art holy and dwellest in the heavens, and that we are unworthy before thee; because of •"the fall our natures have become evil continually; nevertheless, O Lord, thou hast given us a com- mandment that we must call upon thee, that from thee we may re- ceive according to our desires. 3. Behold, O Lord, thou hast smitten us because of our in- iquity, and hast driven us forth, and for these many years we have been in the wilderness; neverthe- less, thou hast been merciful unto us. O Lord, look upon me in pity, and turn away thine anger from this thy people, and suffer not that they shall go forth across this raging deep in darkness; but behold these ''things which I have molten out of the rock. 4. And I know, O Lord, that thou hast all power, and can do whatsoever thou wilt for the benefit of man; therefore touch these stones, O Lord, with Hhy finger, and prepare them that they may shine forth in dark- ness; and they shall shine forth unto us in the vessels which we have prepared, that we may have light while we shall cross the sea. 5. Behold, O Lord, thou canst do this. We know that thou art able to show forth great power, which looks small unto the un- derstanding of men. 6. And it came to pass that when the brother of Jared had said these words, behold, the Lord stretched forth his hand and touched the stones one by one with his finger. And the '"veil was taken from off the eyes of the brother of Jared, and he ''saw the finger of the Lord; and it was as the finger of a man, like unto fiesh and blood; and the brother of Jared fell down before the Lord, for he was struck with fear. 7. And the Lord saw that the brother of Jared had fallen to the earth; and the Lord said unto him: Arise, why hast thou fallen? 8. And he saith unto the Lord: I saw the finger of the Lord, and I feared lest he should smite me; for I knew not that the Lord had flesh and blood. 9. Aud the Lord said unto him: Because of thy faith thou hast seen that I shall take upon me flesh and blood; and never has man come before me with such exceeding faith as thou hast; for were it not so ye could not have seen my finger. Sawest thou more than this? 10. And he answered: Nay; Lord, show thyself unto me. 11. And the Lord said unto him: Believest thou the words which I shall speak? 12. And he answered: Yea, Lord, I know that thou speakest the truth, for thou art a God of truth, and canst not lie. 13. And when he had said these words, behold, the Lord showed himself unto him, and said: Because thou knowest these h, Eth. 2:24, 25. c, see f, Morm. 9, d. vers. 1, 4, 6. Eth. 6:2, 3, 10. e, vers. •— ®, 19. Eth. 12:10—21. /, vers. 19, 20. Btli. 12:10, 21. ff, B*© e. 484 ETHER, 3. things ye are redeemed "from the fall; therefore ye are brought back into my presence; therefore I show myself unto you. 14. Behold, I am he who was prepared *from the foundation of the world to redeem my people. Behold, I am Jesus Christ. I am ^the Father and the *^gon. In me shall all mankind have light, and that eternally, even they who shall believe on my name; and they shall become my sons and my daughters. 15. And 'never have I showed myself unto man whom I have created, for never has man be- lieved in me as thou hast. Seest thou that ye are created after mine own image? Yea, even "'all men were created in the begin- ning after mine own image. 16. Behold, this body, which ye now behold, is the "body of my spirit; and "man have I created after the body of my spirit; and even as I appear unto thee to be in the spirit will I appear unto my people in the flesh. 17. And now, as I, Moroni, said I could ^not make a full account of these things which are writ- ten, therefore it sufficeth me to say that Jesus showed himself unto this man in the spirit, even after the manner and in the like- ness of the same body even as he showed himself unto the Ne- phites. 18. And he ministered unto him even as he ministered unto the Nephites; and all this, that this man might know that he was God, because of the many great works which the Lord had showed unto him. 19. And because of the knowl- edge of this man he could not be kept from beholding ''within the veil; and he *saw the finger of Jesus, which, when he saw, he 'fell with fear; for he knew that it was the finger of the Lord; and he had faith no longer, for he knew, nothing doubting. 20. Wherefore, having this per- fect knowledge of God, he could not be kept "from within the veil; therefore he saw Jesus; and he did ^'minister unto him. 21. And it came to pass that the Lord said unto the brother of Jared: Behold, thou shalt not suffer these things which ye have seen and heard to go forth unto the world, until the ""time cometh that I shall glorify my name in the flesh; wherefore, ye shall treasure up the things which ye have seen and heard, and show it to no man. 22. And behold, when ye shall come unto me, ye shall ^write them and shall seal them up, that no one can interpret them; for ye shall write them in a language that they cannot be read. 23. And behold, these >'two stones will I give unto thee, and ye shall seal them up also with the things which ye shall write. 24. For behold, the ^language which ye shall write I have ^^con- founded; wherefore I will cause in my own due time that these stones shall ^''magnify to the eyes of men these things which ye shall write. 25. And when the Lord had said these words, he ^cgijowed unto the brother of Jared all the inhabitants of the earth which had been, and also all that would be; and he withheld them not h, Eth. 12:19, 21. i, see d, Mos. 4. j, see c, Mos. 15. Ti, see 6, Mos. 3. I, see D. &. C. 107:54. m, ver. IG. Mos. 7:27. Al. 18:34. n, 1 Ne. 11:11. o, see m. p, see e, Etli. 1. r, see /. 8, see e. t, ver. 6. u, see /. v, ver. 18. w, Eth. 4:1, 2. as, ver. 27. y, see n, Mos. 8. z, ver. 22. 2a. see ft. Eth. 1. 2&, see n, Mos. 8, 2c, ver. 26. Etb. 4 :4, ETHER, 4. 485 from his sight, even unto the ends of the earth, 26. For he had said unto him in times before, that if he would believe in him that he could show unto him all things — it should be shown unto him; therefore the Lord could not withhold anything from him, for he knew that the Lord could show him all things. 27. And the Lord said unto him: Write these things and 2'^seal them up; and I will show them in mine own due time unto the children of men. 28. And it came to pass that the Lord commanded him that he should ^^seal up the two stones which he had received, and show them not, until the Lord should show them unto the children of men. CHAPTER 4. The brother of Jared commanded to write — Moroni's solemn adm,onition — Cursed is he who contends against the word of the Lord — Whatsoever per- suades men to do good is of God. 1. And the Lord commanded the brother of Jared to go down out of the "mount from the pres- ence of the Lord, and write the things which he had seen; and they were ''forbidden to come unto the children of men until after that he should be lifted up upon the cross; and for this cause did king "Mosiah keep them, that they should not come unto the world until after Christ should show himself unto his people. 2. And after Christ truly had showed himself unto his people he commanded that they should be made manifest. ^ 3. And now, after that, they have all dwindled in unbelief; and there is none save it be the Lamanites, and they have re- jected the gospel of Christ; there- fore I am commanded that I should ''hide them up again in the earth. 4. Behold, I have written upon these plates the *very things which the brother of Jared saw; and there never were greater things made manifest than those which were made manifest unto the brother of Jared. 5. Wherefore the Lord hath commanded me to write them; and I have written them. And he commanded me that I should seal them up; and he also hath com- manded that I should seal up the interpretation thereof; wherefore I have sealed up the ^interpreters, according to the commandment of the Lord. 6. For the Lord said unto me: They shall not go forth unto the Gentiles ''until the day that they shall repent of their iniquity, and become clean before the Lord. 7. And in that day that they shall exercise faith in me, saith the Lord, ''even as the brother of Jared did, that they may become sanctified in me, then will I mani- fest unto them the things which the brother of Jared saw, even to the unfolding unto them all my revelations, saith Jesus Christ, the Son of God, Hhe Father of the heavens and of the earth, and all things that in them are. 8. And he that will contend against the word of the Lord, ^let him be accursed; and he that shall deny these things, let him be accursed; for unto them will I show *^no greater things, saith 2d, 2 Ne. 27:6 — 23. Chap. 4: a, Eth. 3:1. 8:14. Moro. 10:1, 2. 5:1. /, see n, Mos. 8. Mos, 3. Mos. 3:8. 4:2 Jc, vers. 13 — 16, 3 Ne, 26:6 — 12. Mos. 28:11 — 20, Al. 37:21—31. 2e, see n, Mos. 8. b, Eth. 3:21. c, Mos. 28:11 — 20. d, see s, 1 Ne. 13. Morm. e, vers. 5—7, 13— IG. 2 Ne, 27:6—11, 15, 17, 21, 22. Eth. g, vers. 7—16. 2 Ne. 27 :7, 8, 11, 21. h, Eth. 3. i, see a, 7:27. He. 16:18. /, 2Ne. 27:14. 28:29,30. 33:11—15. 486 ETHER, 4. Jesus Christ; for I am he who speaketh. 9. And at my command the heavens are opened and are shut; and at my word 'the earth shall shake; and at my command the inhabitants thereof shall pass away, even so as "'by fire. 10. And he that believeth not my words believeth not my dis- ciples; and if it so be that I do not speak, judge ye; for ye shall know that it is I that speaketh, at the last day. 11. But he that believeth these things which I have spoken, him will I visit with the "manifesta- tions of my Spirit, and he shall know and bear record. For be- cause of my Spirit he shall know that these things are true; for it persuadeth men to do good. 12. And whatsoever thing "per- suadeth men to do good is of me; for good cometh of none save it be of me. I am the same that leadeth men to all good; he that will not believe my words will ''not believe me — that I am; and he that will not believe me will not believe the Father who sent me. For behold, I am «the Fa- ther, I 'am the light, and the life, and the truth of the world. 13. Come unto me, O ye Gen- tiles, and I will show unto you the ^greater things, the knowl- edge which is hid up because of unbelief. 14. Come unto me, O ye house of Israel, and it shall be made manifest unto you how great things the Father hath laid up for you, from the foundation of the world; and it hath not come unto you, because of unbelief. 15. Behold, when ye shall rend that veil of unbelief which doth cause you to remain in your awful state of wickedness, and hardness of heart, and blindness of mind, then shall the 'great and mar- velous things which have been hid up from the "foundation of the world from you — yea, when ye shall call upon the Father in my name, with a broken heart and a contrite spirit, then shall ye know that the Father hath re- membered the "covenant which he made unto your fathers, O house of Israel. 16. And then shall my revela- tions which I have caused to be written by my servant "'John be unfolded in the eyes of all the people. Remember, when ye see these things, ye shall know that the time is at hand that they shall be made manifest in very deed. 17. Therefore, ''when ye shall receive this record ye may know that the work of the Father has commenced upon all the face of the land. 18. Therefore, repent all ye ends of the earth, and come unto me, and believe in my gospel, and be "baptized in my name; for he that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that be- lieveth not shall be damned; and -signs shall follow them that be- lieve in my name. 19. And blessed is he that is found faithful unto my name at the last day, for he shall be -"lifted up to dwell in the king- dom prepared for him ^''from the foundation of the world. And be- hold it is I that hath spoken it. Amen. Z, He. 12:8 — 18. 3 Ne. 26 :3. Morm. 5 :23. 9:2. m, see a, 3 Ne. 25. n, Eth. 5 :4. Moro. 10:4, 5. o, Moro. 7:5 — ^22. 10:6, 7. p, ver. 10. 3 Ne. 28:34, 35. q, see c, Mos. 15. r, see m, Mos. 16. 8, see fc. t, see i, 2 Ne. 25. u, see d, Mos. 4. v, see j, 3 Ne. 15. to, 1 Ne. 14:18 — 28. x, 3 Ne. 21:1 — 11, 26 — 29. y. see u, 2 Ne. 9. «, see e, 3 Ne. 29. See 2f, Morm. 8. 2a, see p, Mos. 23. 2b, see d, Mos. 4. ETHER, 5, 6. 487 CHAPTER 5. Moroni to the future translator of his writings. 1. And now I, Moroni, have written the words which were commanded me, according to my memory; and I have told "you the things which I have "sealed up; therefore touch them not in order that ''ye may translate; for that thing is forbidden you, ex- cept by and by it shall be wisdom in God. 2. And behold, ye may be priv- ileged that ye may show the plates unto ''those who shall assist to bring forth this work; 3. And unto ^three shall they be shown by the power of God; wherefore they shall know of a surety that these things are true. 4. And in the mouth of ''three witnesses shall these things be established; and the testimony of three, and this work, in the which shall be shown forth the ''power of God and also his word, '*of which the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost bear rec- ord — and all this shall stand as a testimony against the world at the last day. 5. And if it so be that they re- pent and come unto the Father in the name of Jesus, they shall be received into the kingdom of God. 6. And now, if I have no authority for these things, judge ye; for ye shall know that I have authority ^when ye shall see me, and we shall stand before God at the last day. Amen. CHAPTER 6. The story of the Jaredites continued — Their vessels lighted by miracle — Through the depths of the sea to the promised land — The people desire a king — Their leaders foresee evil but yield to the popular will — Death of Jared and his brother. 1. And now I, Moroni, proceed to give the record of Jared and his brother. 2. For it came to pass after the Lord had prepared "the stones which the brother of Jared had carried up into the mount, the brother of Jared came down out of the mount, and he did put forth the stones into the "vessels which were prepared, one in each end thereof; and behold, they did give light unto the vessels. 3. And thus the Lord caused "stones to shine in darkness, to give light unto men, women, and children, that they might not cross the great waters in dark- ness. 4. And it came to pass that when they had prepared all man- ner of food, that thereby they might subsist upon the water, and also food for their ''flocks and herds, and whatsoever beast or animal or fowl that they should carry with them — and it came to pass that when they had done all these things they got aboard of their vessels or barges, and set forth into the sea, commending themselves unto the Lord their God. 5. And it came to pass that the Lord God caused that there should be a ^furious wind blow upon the face of the waters, towards the promised land; and thus they were tossed upon the waves of the sea before the wind. 6. And it came to pass that they were many times buried in the depths of the sea, because of the mountain waves which broke upon them, and also the great a, 2 Ne, 27:7 — 12. &, see e, Eth. 4, c, see a. d, see d, 2 Ne. 11. e, ver. See c, 2 Ne. 11. /, see e. g, see t, 1 Ne. 13. See c, 3 Ne. 29. See 2f, Morm. ft, 3 Ne. 11 :32— 3G. i, see g, 2 Ne. 33. Chap. G : o^ see d, Eth. 3. 6, Eth. 3r c, see a, Eth. 3. d, see 6, Eth. 2. e, ver. 6. Eth. 2:24, 25, 488 ETHER, 6. and terrible tempests which were caused by the fierceness of the wind. 7. And it came to pass that when they were buried in the deep there was no water that could hurt them, their vessels being 'tight like unto a dish, and also they were tight like unto the ark of Noah; therefore when they were encompassed about by many waters they did cry unto the Lord, and he did bring them forth again upon the top of the waters. 8. And it came to pass that the wind did never cease to blow towards the promised lana while they were upon the waters; and thus they were driven forth be- fore the wind. 9. And they did sing praises unto the Lord; yea, the brother of Jared did sing praises unto the Lord, and he did thank and praise the Lord all the day long; and when the night came, they did not cease to praise the Lord. 10. And thus they were driven forth; and no monster of the sea could break them, neither whale that could mar them; and they did have "light continually, whether it was above the water or under the water. 11. And thus they were driven forth, three hundred and forty and four days upon the water. 12. And they did land upon the *shore of the promised land. And when they had set their feet upon the shores of the promised land they bowed themselves down upon the face of the land, and did humble themselves before the Lord, and did shed tears of joy before the Lord, because of the multitude of his tender mercies over them. 13. And it came to pass that they went forth upon the face of the land, and began to till the earth. 14. And Jared had four sons; and they were called Jacom, and Gilgah, and Mahah, and Orihah. 15. And the brother of Jared also begat sons and daughters. 16. And the friends of Jared and his brother were in number about twenty and two souls; and they also begat sons and daugh- ters before they came to the promised land; and therefore they began to be many. 17. And they were taught to walk humbly before the Lord; and they were also taught from on high. 18. And it came to pass that they began to spread upon the face of the land, and to multiply and to till the earth; and they did wax strong in the land. 19. And the brother of Jared began to be old, and saw that he must soon go down to the grave; wherefore he said unto Jared: Let us gather together our peo- ple that we may number them, that we may know of them what they will Mesire of us before we go down to our graves. 20. And accordingly the people were gathered together. Now the number of the sons and the daughters of the brother of Jared ^were twenty and two souls; and the number of sons and daugh- ters of Jared were twelve, he hav- ing four sons. 21. And it came to pass that they did number their people; and after that they had numbered them, they did desire of them the things which they would that they should do before they went down to their graves. 22. And it came to pass that /, Eth. 2:17, 20. g, Ste d, Eth. 3. ft, /, Eth. 1 :41. Eth. 7 :G. Al. 22 :29— 34. i, vers. 21, 22. ETHER, 7. 489 the people Mesired of them that they should anoint one of their sons to be a king over them. 23. And now behold, this was grievous unto them. And the brother of Jared said unto them: Surely this thing 'leadeth into captivity. 24. But Jared said unto his brother: Suffer them that they may have a king. And therefore he said unto them: Choose ye out from among our sons a king, even whom ye will. 25. And it came to pass that they chose even the firstborn of the brother of Jared; and his name was Pagag. And it came to pass that he refused and would not be their king. And the peo- ple would that his father should constrain him, but his father would not; and he commanded them that they should constrain no man to be their king. 26. And it came to pass that they chose all the brothers of Pagag, and they would not. 27. And it came to pass that neither would the sons of Jared, even all save it were one; and "•Orihah was anointed to be king over the people. 28. And he began to reign, and the people began to prosper; and they became exceedingly rich. 29. And it came to pass "that Jared died, and his brother also. 30. And it came to pass that Orihah did walk humbly before the Lord, and did remember how great things the Lord had done for his father, and also taught his people how great things the Lord had done for their fathers. CHAPTER 7. Orihah's righteous reign, followed b.y rehellion, usurpation and strife — The rival kingdoms of Shule and Cohor — Wickedness and idolatry — Prophets appear and the people re- pent. 1. And it came to pass that Orihah did execute judgment upon the land in righteousness all his days, whose days were exceeding many. 2. And he begat sons and daughters; yea, he begat thirty and one, among whom were twenty and three sons. 3. And it came to pass that he also begat ''Kib in his old age. And it came to pass that Kib reigned in his stead; and Kib begat '^Corihor. 4. And when Corihor was thirty and two years old he rebelled against his father, and went over and dwelt in the ''land of Nehor; and he begat sons and daughters, and they became exceeding fair; wherefore Corihor drew away many people after him. 5. And when he had gathered together an army he came up unto the land of ^Moron where the king dwelt, and took him cap- tive, which brought to pass the saying of the brother of Jared that they would be ^brought into captivity. *6. Now the land of "Moron, where the king dwelt, was near the land which is called "Desola- tion by the Nephites. 7. And it came to pass that Kib dwelt in captivity, and his people under Corihor his son, until he became exceeding old; nevertheless Kib begat Shule in his old age, while he was yet in captivity. 8. And it came to pass that Shule was angry with his brother; and Shule waxed strong, and be- came mighty as to the strength of k, vers.' 19, 21. I, Eth, 7:5. m, vers. 14, 30. Eth. 1:32. 7:1. n, ver, 19. Chap 7- b. vers. 3—10. Eth. 1:31, 32. c, vers, 3 — 15. d, ver. 9. e, vers, 6, 16, 17. Eth. 14:6, 11. /, Eth. 6:23. g, see e. h, see 21. Al. 22. 490 ETHER, 7. a man; and he was also mighty in judgment. 9. Wherefore, he came to the hill Ephraim, and he did molten out of the hill, and made swords out of *steel for those whom he had drawn away with him; and after he had armed them with swords he returned to the ^city Nehor, and gave battle unto his brother Corihor, by which means he obtained the kingdom and re- stored it unto his father Kib, 10. And now because of the thing which Shule had done, his father bestowed upon him the kingdom; therefore he began to reign in the stead of his father. 11. And it came to pass that he did execute judgment in right- eousness; and he did spread his kingdom upon all the face of the land, for the people had become exceeding numerous. 12. And it came to pass that Shule also begat many sons and daughters. 13. And Corihor repented of the many evils which he had done; wherefore Shule gave him power in his kingdom. 14. And it came to pass that Corihor had many sons and daughters. And among the sons of Corihor there was one whose name was Noah. 15. And it came to pass that Noah rebelled against Shule, the king, and also his father Corihor, and drew away Cohor his brother, and also all his brethren and many of the people. 16. And he gave battle unto Shule, the king, in which he did obtain the land of their *first in- heritance; and he became a king over that part of the land. 17. And it came to pass that he gave battle again unto Shule, the king; and he took Shule, the king, and carried him away cap- tive into 'Moron. 18. And it came to pass as he was about to put him to death, the sons of Shule crept into the house of Noah by night and slew him, and broke down the door of the prison and brought out their father, and placed him upon his throne in his own kingdom. 19. Wherefore, the son of Noah did build up his kingdom in his stead; nevertheless they did not gain power any more over Shule the king, and the people who were under the reign of Shule the king did prosper exceedingly and wax great. 20. And the country was di- vided; and there were two king- doms, the kingdom of Shule, and the kingdom of Cohor, the son of Noah. 21. And Cohor, the son of Noah, caused that his people should give battle unto Shule, in which Shule did beat them and did slay Cohor. 22. And now Cohor had a son who was called Nimrod; and Nim- rod gave up the kingdom of Cohor unto Shule, and he did gain favor in the eyes of Shule; wherefore Shule did bestow great favors upon him, and he did do in the kingdom of Shule according to his desires. 23. And also in the reign of Shule there ♦"came prophets among the people, who were sent from the Lord, prophesying that the wickedness and idolatry of the people was bringing a curse upon the land, and they should be destroyed if they did not re- pent. 24. And it came to pass that the people did revile against the prophets, and did mock them. And it came to pass that king it see Cj 1 Ne. 16. j, ver. 4. k, ver. 17. See e. I, see k. m, vers. 24 — 26. ETHER, 8. 491 Shule did execute judgment against all those who did revile against the prophets. 25. And he did execute a law throughout all the land, which gave power unto the prophets that they should go whithersoever they would; and by this cause the peo- ple were brought unto repentance. 26. And because the people did repent of their iniquities and idolatries the Lord did spare them, and they began to prosper again in the land. And it came to pass that Shule begat sons and daughters in his old age. 27. And there were no more wars in the days of Shule; and he remembered the great things that the Lord had done for his fathers in bringing them "across the great deep into the promised land; wherefore he did execute judgment in righteousness all his days. CHAPTER 8. The good king Otner — His son Jared conspires with Akish to obtain the crown — Strife and bloodshed — Secret and murderous combinations — Modern Gentiles warned against such. 1. And it came to pass that he begat Omer, and Omer reigned in his stead. And Omer begat Jared; and Jared begat sons and daughters. 2. And Jared rebelled against his father, and came and dwelt in the land of Heth. And it came to pass that he did flatter many people, because of his cunning words, until he had gained the half of the kingdom. 3. And when he had gained the half of the kingdom he gave battle unto his father, and he did carry away his father into cap- tivity, and did make him serve in captivity; 4. And now, in the days of the reign of Omer he was in captivity the half of his days. And it came to pass that he begat sons and daughters, among whom were Esrom and Coriantumr; 5. And they were exceedingly angry because of the doings of Jared their brother, insomuch that they did raise an army and gave battle unto Jared. And it came to pass that they did give battle unto him by night. 6. And it came to pass that when they had slain the army of Jared they were about to slay him also; and he plead with them that they would not slay him, and he would give up the kingdom unto his father. And it came to pass that they did grant unto him his life. 7. And now Jared became ex- ceeding sorrowful because of the loss of the kingdom, for he had set his heart upon the kingdom and upon the glory of the world. 8. Now the daughter of Jared being exceeding expert, and see- ing the sorrows of her father, thought to devise a plan whereby she could redeem the kingdom unto her father. 9. Now the daughter of Jared was exceeding fair. And it came to pass that she did talk with her father, and said unto him: Whereby hath my father so much sorrow? Hath he not read the "record which our fathers brought across the great deep? Behold, is there not an account concern- ing them of old, that they by their ''secret plans did obtain kingdoms and great glory? 10. And now, therefore, let my father send for Akish, the son of Kimnor; and behold, I am fair, and I will dance before him, and n, Eth. 6:1 — 12. Chap. 8: o, Eth. 1:3. b, ver. 15. P. of G. P., Moses 5:18 — 33. He. 6:27. See i, 2 Ne. 10. 492 ETHER, 8. I will please him, that he will de- sire me to wife; wherefore if he shall desire of thee that ye shall give unto him me to wife, then shall ye say: I will give her if ye will bring unto me the head of my father, the king. 11. And now Omer was a friend to Akish; wherefore, when Jared had sent for Akish, the daughter of Jared danced before him that she pleased him, inso- much that he desired her to wife. And it came to pass that he said unto Jared: Give her unto me to wife. 12. And Jared said unto him: I will give her unto you, if ye will bring unto me the head of my father, the king. 13. And it came to pass that Akish gathered in unto the house of Jared all his kinsfolk, and said unto them: Will ye swear unto me that ye will be faithful unto me in the thing which I shall de- sire of you? 14. And it came to pass that they all ""sware unto him, by the God of heaven, and also by the heavens, and also by the earth, and by their heads, that whoso should vary from the assistance which Akish desired should lose his head; and whoso should di- vulge whatsoever thing Akish made known unto them, the same should lose his life. 15. And it came to pass that thus they did agree with Akish. And Akish did administer unto them the oaths which were given by "^them of old who also sought power, which had been handed down even from Cain, who was a murderer from the beginning. 16. And they were kept up by the power of the devil to admin- ister these oaths unto the people, to keep them in darkness, to help such as sought power to gain power, and to murder, and to plunder, and to lie, and to commit all manner of wickedness and whoredoms. 17. And it was the daughter of Jared who put it into his heart to search up these things of old; and Jared put it into the heart of Akish; wherefore, Akish admin- istered it unto his kindred and friends, leading them away by fair promises to do whatsoever thing he desired. 18. And it came to pass that they formed a ^secret combina- tion, even as they of old; which combination is most abominable and wicked above all, in the sight of God; 19. For the Lord worketh not in secret combinations, neither doth he will that man should shed blood, but in all things hath for- bidden it, from the beginning of man. 20. And now I, Moroni, do not write the manner of their oaths and combinations, for it hath been made known unto me that they are had among all people, and they are had among the La- manites. 21. And they have caused the destruction of this people of whom I am now speaking, and also the destruction of the peo- ple of Nephi. 22. And whatsoever nation shall uphold such secret combina- tions, to get power and gain, until they shall spread over the nation, behold, they shall be destroyed; for the Lord will not suffer that the ''blood of his saints, which shall be shed by them, shall al- ways cry unto him from the ground for vengeance upon them and yet he avenge them not. 23. Wherefore, O ye Gentiles, c, see i, 2 Ne. 10. d, see b. c, see i, 2 Ne. 10. f, see /, 2 Ne. 28. ETHER, 9. 493 It Is wisdom in God that these things should be shown unto you, that thereby ye may repent of your sins, and suffer not that these ''njurderous combinations shall get above you, which are buil^ up to get power and gain — and the work, yea, even the work of destruction come upon you, yea, even the ''sword of the jus- tice of the Eternal God shall fall upon you, to your overthrow and destruction if ye shall suffer these things to be. 24. Wherefore, the Lord com- mandeth you, when ye shall see these things come among you that ye shall awake to a sense of your awful situation, because of this 'secret combination which shall be among you; or v/o be unto it, because of the ■'blood of them who have been slain; for they cry from the dust for ven- geance upon it, and also upon those who built it up. 25. For it cometh to pass that whoso buildeth it up seeketh to ''overthrow the freedom of all lands, nations, and countries; and it bringeth to pass the de- struction of all people, for it is built up by the devil, who is the father of all lies; even that same liar who beguiled our first pa- rents, yea, even that same liar who hath caused man to commit murder from the beginning; who hath hardened the hearts of men that they have murdered the prophets, and stoned them, and cast them out from the beginning. 26. Wherefore, I, Moroni, am commanded to write these things that evil may be done away, and that the time may come that 'Satan may have no power upon the hearts of the children of men, but that they may be persuaded to do good continually, that they may come unto the fountain of all righteousness and be saved. CHAPTER 9. Omer loses and regains his crown — Enter's prosperous reign — Cureloms and ctimoms, animals of that period — Sundry kings — Famine and poisonous serpents. 1. And now I, Moroni, proceed with my record. Therefore, be- hold, it came to pass that because of the "secret combinations of Akish and his friends, behold, they did overthrow the kingdom of Omer. 2. Nevertheless, the Lord was merciful unto Omer, and also to his sons and to his daughters who did not seek his destruction. 3. And the Lord warned Omer in a dream that he should depart out of the land; wherefore Omer departed out of the land with his family, and traveled many days, and came over and passed by the ''hill of Shim, and came over by the place where the Nephites ''were destroyed, and from thence eastward, and came to a place which was called Ablom, by the seashore, and there he pitched his tent, and also his sons and his daughters, and all his household, save it were Jared and his family. 4. And it came to pass that Jared was anointed king over the people, by the hand of wicked- ness; and he gave unto Akish his daughter to wife. 5. And it came to pass that Akish sought the life of his fa- ther-in-law; and he applied unto those whom he had sworn by the *oath of the ancients, and they obtained the head of his father- in-law, as he sat upon his throne, giving audience to his people. g, see t, 2 Ne. 10. 7i, Pee k, 1 Ne. 14. i, k, vers. 21, 22. I, see n, 2 Ne. 30. Chap. 9: c, Morm. 6:1 — 15. e, see i, 2 Ne. 10. see i, 2 Ne. 10. j, see /, 2 Ne. 28. a, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 6, see d, Morm. 1. 494 ETHER, 9. 6. For so great had been the spreading of this wicked and secret society that it had cor- rupted the hearts of all the peo- ple; therefore Jared was mur- dered upon his throne, and Akish reigned in his stead. 7. And it came to pass that Akish began to be jealous of his son, therefore he shut him up in prison, and kept him upon little or no food until he had suffered death. 8. And now the brother of him that suffered death, (and his name was Nimrah) was angry with his father because of that which his father had done unto liis brother, 9. And it came to pass that Nimrah gathered together a small number of men, and fled out of the land, and came over and dwelt ''with Omer. 10. And it came to pass that Akish begat other sons, and they won the hearts of the people, not- withstanding they had sworn unto him to do all manner of iniquity according to that which he de- sired. 11. Now the people of Akish were desirous for gain, even as Akish was desirous for power; wherefore, the sons of Akish did offer them money, by which means they drew away the more part of the people after them. 12. And there began to be a war between the sons of Akish and Akish, which lasted for the space of many years, yea, unto the destruction of nearly all the people of the kingdom, yea, even all, save it were thirty souls, and they who fled with the house of Omer. 13. Wherefore, Omer was re- stored again to the ''land of his inheritance. 14. And it came to pass that Omer began to be old; neverthe- less, in his old age he begat Emer; and he anointed Emer to be king to reign in his stead. 15. And after that he had anointed Emer to be king he saw peace in the land for the space of two years, and he died, having seen exceeding many days, which were full of sorrow. And it came to pass that Emer did reign in his stead, and did fill the steps of his father. 16. And the Lord began again to take the curse from off the land, and the house of Emer did prosper exceedingly under the reign of Emer; and in the space of sixty and two years they had become exceeding strong, inso- much that they became exceeding rich — 17. Having "all manner of fruit, and of grain, *and of silks, and of fine linen, %nd of gold, and of silver, and of precious things; 18. And also ''all manner of cattle, of oxen, and cows, and of sheep, and of swine, and of goats, and also many other kinds of animals which were useful for the food of man. 19. And they also had 'horses, and asses, and there were ele- phants and cureloms and cumoms; all of which were useful unto man, and more especially the ele- phants and cureloms and cumoms. 20. And thus the Lord did pour out his blessings upon this land, which was "'choice above all other lands; and he commanded that whoso should possess the land should possess it unto the Lord, or they should be "destroyed when /, ver. 3. g, see e, Eth. 7. h, Eth. 1:41. i, Eth. 10:24. ;, Eth. 10:12, 23. Tc, vers. 31, 34. Eth. 10:12, 19, 20, 26. I, see m, 1 Ne. 18. m, see i, Etb. 2. n, Eth. 2:8—11. ETHER, 9. 495 they were ripened in iniquity; for up6n such, saith the Lord: I will pour out the fulness of my wrath. 21. And Emer did execute judgment in righteousness all his days, and he begat many sons and daughters; and he begat Corian- tum, and he anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead. 22. And after he had anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead he lived four years, and he saw peace in the land; yea, and he even saw the Son of Righteous- ness, and did rejoice and glory in his day; and he died in peace. 23. And it came to pass that Coriantum did walk in the steps of his father, and did build many mighty cities, and did administer that which was good unto his peo- ple in all his days. And it came to pass that he had no children even until he was exceeding old. 24. And it came to pass that his wife died, being an hundred and two years old. And it came to pass that Coriantum took to wife, in his old age, a young maid, and begat sons and daughters; wherefore he lived until he was an hundred and forty and two years old. 25. And it came to pass that he begat Com, and Com reigned in his stead; and he reigned forty and nine years, and he begat Heth; and he also begat other sons and daughters. 26. And the people had spread again over all the face of the land, and there began again to be an exceeding great wicked- ness upon the face of the land, and Heth began to embrace the "secret plans again of old, to de- stroy his father. 27. And it came to pass that he did dethrone his father, for he slew him with his own sword; and he did reign in his stead. 28. And there came prophets in the land ^again, crying repent- ance unto them — that they must prepare the way of the Lord or there should come a curse upon the face of the land; yea, even there should be a «great famine, in which they should be destroyed if they did not repent. 29. But the people believed not the words of the prophets, but they cast them out; and some of them they cast into pits and left them to perish. And it came to pass that they did all these things according to the commandment of the king, Heth. 30. And it came to pass that there began to be a great dearth upon the land, and the inhabi- tants began to be destroyed ex- ceeding fast because of the dearth, for there was no rain upon the face of the earth. 31. And there came forth '■poi- sonous serpents also upon the face of the land, and did poison many people. And it came to pass that their flocks began to flee before the poisonous serpents, towards the land ^southward, which was called by the Nephiteis 'Zarahemla. 32. And it came to pass that there were many of them which did perish by the way; neverthe- less, there were some which fled into the land southward. 33. And it came to pass that the Lord did cause the serpents that they should pursue them no more, but that they should hedge up the way that the people could not pass, that whoso should at- tempt to pass might fall by the poisonous serpents. o, see i, 2 Ne. 10. p, ver. 29. Eth. 7:23. 11:1, 12, 20. q, vers. 30—35. r, vers- 32—34. Eth. 10:iy. 8, see n, Al. 46. t, Om. 13. 496 ETHER, 10. 34. An(J it came to pass that the people did follow the course of the beasts, and did devour the carcasses of them which fell by the way, until they had devoured them all. Now when the people saw that they must perish they began to repent of their iniquities and cry unto the Lord. 35. And it came to pass that when they had humbled them- selves sufficiently before the Lord he did send rain upon the face of the earth; and the people be- gan to revive again, and there began to be fruit in the north countries, and in all the countries round about. And the Lord dfd show forth his power unto them in preserving them from famine. CHAPTER 10. RiplaTcish the wrong-doer — Marian- ton the reforvier — Other monarchs and theif wars — The land southward a wilderness — The land northward inhabited. 1. And it came to pass that Shez, wh,o was a descendant of Heth — for Heth had perished by the famine, and all his household save it were Shez — wherefore, Shez began to build up again a broken people. 2. And it came to pass that Shez did remember the destruc- tion of his fathers, and he did build up a righteous kingdom; for he remembered what the Lord had done in bringing Jared and his brother "across the deep; and he did \yalk in the ways of the Lord; and he begat sons and daughters. 3. And his eldest son, whose name was Shez, did rebel against him; nevertheless, Shez was smit- ten by the hand of a robber, be- cause of his exceeding riches, which brought peace again unto his father. 4. And it came to pass that his father did build up many cities upon the face of the land, and the people began again to spread over all the face of the land. And Shez did live to an exceeding old age; and he begat Riplakish. And he died, and Riplakish reigned in his stead. 5. And it came to pass that Riplakish did not do that which was right in the sight of the Lord, for he did have ^many wives and concubines, and did lay that upon men's shoulders which was griev- ous to be borne; yea, he did tax them with heavy taxes; and with the taxes he did build many spacious buildings. 6. And he did erect him an ex- ceedingly beautiful throne; and he did build many prisons, and whoso would not be subject unto taxes he did cast into prison; and whoso was not able to pay taxes he did cast into prison; and he did cause that they should labor continually for their support; and whoso refused to labor he did cause to be put to death. 7. Wherefore he did obtain all his fine work, yea, even his fine gold he did cause to be refined in prison; and all manner of fine workmanship he did cause to be wrought in prison. And it came to pass that he did afllict the peo- ple with his ""whoredoms and abominations. 8. And when he had reigned for the space of forty and two years the people did rise up in rebellion against him; and there began to be war again in the land, insomuch that Riplakish was killed, and his descendants were driven out of the land. 9. And it came to pass after the space of many years, Morian- tou, (he being a descendant of a, Eth. 6:1—12. 7:27. 6, see k. I, and q, Jac. 2. c, see i, 2 Ne. 2S. ETHER, 10. 497 Kiplakish) gathered together an army of outcasts, and went forth and gave battle unto the people; and he gained power over many- cities; and the war became ex- ceeding sore, and did last for the space of many years; and he did gain power over all the land, and did establish himself king over all the land. 10. And after that he had es- tablished himself king he did ease the burden of the people, by which he did gain favor in the eyes of the people, and they did anoint him to be their king. 11. And he did do justice unto the people, but not unto himself because of his ''many whoredoms; wherefore he was cut off from the presence of the Lord. 12. And it came to pass that Morianton built up many cities, and the people became exceeding rich under his reign, both in buildings, and in *gold and silver, and in raising grain, and in ^flocks, and herds, and such things which had been restored unto them. 13. And Morianton did live to an exceeding great age, and then he begat Kim; and Kim did reign in the stead of his father; and he did reign eight years, and his fa- ther died. And it came to pass that Kim did not reign in right- eousness, wherefore he was not favored of the Lord. 14. And his brother did rise up in rebellion against him, by which he did bring him into captivity; and he did remain in captivity all his days; and he begat sons and daughters in captivity, and in his old age he begat Levi; and he died. 15. And it came to pass that Levi did serve in captivity after the death of his father, for the space of forty and two years. And he did make war against the king of the land, by which he did obtain unto himself the king- dom. 16. And .after he had obtained unto himself the kingdom he did that which was right in the sight of the Lord; and the people did prosper in the land; and he did live to a good old age, and begat sons and daughters; and he also begat Corom, whom he anointed king in his stead. 17. And it came to pass that Corom did that which was good in the sight o€ the Lord all his days; and he begat many sons and daughters; and after he had seen many days he did pass away, even like unto the rest of the earth; and Kish reigned in his stead. 18. And it came to pass that Kish passed away also, and Lib reigned in his stead. 19. And it came to pass that Lib also did that which was good in the sight of the Lord. And in the days of Lib the "poisonous serpents were destroyed. Where- fore they did go into the land ''southward, to hunt food for the people of the land, for the land was covered with ^animals of the forest. And Lib also himself be- came a great hunter. 20. And they built a great city by the narrow neck of land, by the place where the sea divides the land. 21. And they did preserve the land ^southward for a wilderness, to get game. And the whole face of the *^land northward was cov- ered with inhabitants. 2 2. And they were exceedingly industrious, and they did buy and d, see c. e, see /, Eth. 9. f, see k, Eth. 9. g, see r, Eth. 9. h, see n. Al. 46, tj Eth. 9:32. j, see n, Al. 46. fc, see p, Al. 46. 498 ETHER, 11. sell and traffic one with another, that they might get gain. 23. And they did work in all 'manner of ore, and they did make gold, and silver, and iron, and brass, and all manner of metals; and they did dig it out of the earth; wherefore, they did cast up ""mighty heaps of earth to get ore, of gold, and of silver, and of iron, and of copper. And they did work all manner of fine work. 24. And they did "have silks, and fine-twined linen; and they did work all manner of cloth, that they might clothe themselves from their nakedness. 25. And they did make all manner of "tools to till the earth, both to plow and to sow, to reap and to hoe, and also to thrash. 2 6. And they did make all man- ner of tools with which they did work their beasts. 27. And they did make all man- ner of weapons of war. And they did work all manner of work of exceedingly curious workman- ship. 28. And never could be a peo- ple more blessed than were they, and more prospered by the hand of the Lord. And they were in a land that was ^choice above all lands, for the Lord had spoken it. 29. And it came to pass that Lib did live many years, and be- gat sons and daughters; and he also begat Hearthom. 30. And it came to pass that Hearthom reigned in the stead of his father. And when Hearthom had reigned twenty and four years, behold, the kingdom was taken away from him. And he served many years in captivity, yea, even all the remainder of his days. 31. And he begat Heth, and Heth lived in captivity all his days. And Heth begat Aaron, and Aaron dwelt in captivity all his days; and he begat Amnigad- dah, and Amnigaddah also dwelt in captivity all his days; and he begat Coriantum, and Coriantum dwelt in captivity all his days; and he begat Com. 32. And it came to pass that Com drew away the half of the kingdom. And he reigned over the half of the kingdom forty and two years; and he went to battle against the king, Amgid, and they fought for the space of many years, during which time Com gained power over Amgid, and obtained power over the remain- der of the kingdom. 33. And in the days of Com there began to be robbers in the land; and they adopted the old plans, and administered "^oaths after the manner of the ancients, and sought again to destroy the kingdom. 34. Now Com did fight against them much; nevertheless, he did not prevail against them. CHAPTER 11. Jaredite prophets predict utter de- struction of their people except they repent — The warning unheeded. 1. And there came also in the days of Com "many prophets, and prophesied of the destruction of that great people except they should repent, and turn unto the Lord, and forsake their murders and wickedness. 2. And it came to pass that the prophets were rejected by the people, and they fled unto Com for protection, for the peo- ple sought to destroy them. 3. And they prophesied unto I, see j^ Eth. 9. m, see I. n, Eth. 0:17. o, ver. 25. p, see i, Eth. 2. q, see i, 2 Ne. 10. Chap. 11: a, see p, Eth. 9. ETHER, 11. 499 Com many things; and he was blessed in all the remainder of his days. 4. And he lived to a good old age, and begat Shlblom; and Shiblom reigned in his stead. And the brother of Shiblom re- belled against him, and there began to be an exceeding great war in all the land. 5. And it came to pass that the brother of Shiblom caused that "all the prophets who prophesied of the destruction of the people should be put to death; 6. And there was great calam- ity in all the land, for they had testiiied that a great curse should come upon the land, and also upon the people, and that there should be a great destruction among them, such an one as never had been upon the face of the earth, and their bones should be- come as heaps of earth upon the face of the land except they should repent of their wicked- ness. 7. And they hearkened not unto the voice of the Lord, be- cause of their <*wicked combina- tions; wherefore, there began to be wars and contentions in all the land, and also many famines and pestilences, insomuch that there was a great destruction, such an one as never had been known upon the face of the earth; and all this came to pass in the days of Shiblom. 8. And the people began to re- pent of their iniquity; and inas- much as they did the Lord did have mercy on them. 9. And it came to pass that Shiblom was slain, and Seth was brought into captivity, and did dwell in captivity all his days. 10. And it came to pass that Ahah, his son, did obtain the kingdom; and he did reign over the people all his days. And he did do all manner of iniquity in his days, by which he did cause the shedding of much blood; and few were his days. 11. And Ethem, being a de- scendant of Ahah, did obtain the kingdom; and he also did do that which was wicked in his days. 12. And it came to pass that in the days of Ethem there came ^many prophets, and prophesied again unto the people; yea, they did prophesy that the Lord would utterly destroy them from off the face of the earth except they repented of their iniquities. 13. And it came to pass that the people hardened their hearts, and would not hearken unto their words; and the prophets mourned and withdrew from among the people. 14. And it came to pass that Ethem did execute judgment in wickedness all his days; and he begat Moron. And it came to pass that Moron did reign in his stead; and Moron did that which was wicked before the Lord. 15. And it came to pass that there arose a rebellion among the people, because of that ''secret combination which was built up to get power and gain; and there arose a mighty man among them in iniquity, and gave battle unto Moron, in which he did overthrow the half of the kingdom; and he did maintain the half of the king- dom for many years. 16. And it came to pass that Moron did overthrow him, and did obtain the kingdom again. 17. And it came to pass that there arose another mighty man; and he was a descendant of the brother of Jared. 18. And it came to pass that he 6, yer. 1. i, see i, 2 Ne. 10. e, see p, Eth. 9. /, see i, 2 Ne. 10. 500 ETHER, 12. did overthrow Moron and obtain the kingdom; wherefore, Moron dwelt In captivity all the remain- der of his days; and he begat Coriantor. 19. And it came to pass that Coriantor dwelt in captivity all his days. 20. And in the days of Corian- tor there ^also came many proph- ets, and prophesied of great and marvelous things, and cried re- pentance unto the people, and ex- cept they should repent the Lord God would execute judgment against them to their utter de- struction; 21. And that the Lord God would send or bring forth "an- other people to possess the land, by his power, after the manner by which he brought their fathers. 22. And they did reject aH the words of the prophets, because of their ^secret society and wicked abominations. 23. And it came to pass that Coriantor begat Ether, and he died, having dwelt in captivity all his days. CHAPTER 12. The prophet Ether and king Corian- turnr — The Jaredite and Nephite lan- guages — God gives weaknesses that men may be humble — Moroni's fare- well to the Gentiles. 1. And it came to pass that the days of Ether were in the days of Coriantumr; and Coriantumr was king over all the land. 2. And Ether was a prophet of the Lord; wherefore Ether came forth in the days of Coriantumr, and began to prophesy unto the people, for he could not be re- strained because of the Spirit of the Lord which was in him. 3. For he did cry from the morning, even until the going down of the sun, exhorting the people to believe in God unto re- pentance lest they "should be de- stroyed, saying unto them that by faith all things are fulfilled — 4. Wherefore, whoso believeth in God might with ^surety hope for a better world, yea, even a place at the right hand of God, which hope cometh of faith, mak- eth an anchor to the souls of men, which would make them sure and steadfast, always abounding in good works, being led to glorify God. 5. And it came to pass that Ether did prophesy great and marvelous things unto the people, which they did not believe, be- cause they saw them not. 6. And now, I, Moroni, would speak somewhat concerning these things; I would show unto the world that faith is things which are hoped for and not seen; wherefore, dispute not because ye see not, for ye receive no witness until after the trial of your faith. .7. For it was by faith that Christ showed himself unto our fathers, after he had risen from the dead; and he showed not him- self unto them until after they had faith in him; wherefore, it must needs be that some had faith in him, for he showed him- self not unto the world. 8. But because of the faith of men he has shown himself unto the world, and glorified the name of the Father, and prepared a way that thereby others might be par- takers of the heavenly gift, that they might hope for those things which they have not seen. 9. Wherefore, ye may also have hope, and be partakers of the gift, if ye will but have faith. 10. Behold it was by faith that g, see p, Eth. 9. h, Eth. 13:20, 21. i, see i, 2 Ne. 10. Chap. 12: a, Eth. 11:12, 20 — 22. b, vers. 6, 8, 0, 32. Moro. 7:40—44. 8:26. 10:20 — 22, ETHER, 12. 501 they of old were called ''after the holy order of God. 11. Wherefore, hy faith was the law of Moses giveu. But in the gift of his Son hath God pre- pared a more excellent way; and it is by faith that it hath been fulfilled. 12. For if there be no faith among the children of men God can do ''no miracle among them; wherefore, he showed not himself until after their faith. 13. Behold, it was the faith of Alma and Amulek that caused the ^prison to tumble to the earth. 14. Behold, it was the faith of Nephi and Lehi that 'wrought the change upon the Lamanites, that they were baptized with fire and with the Holy Ghost. 15. Behold, it was the 'faith of Ammon and his brethren which wrought so great a miracle among the Lamanites. 16. Yea, and even all they who wrought miracles wrought them by faith, even those who were be- fore Christ and also those who were after. 17. And it was by faith that the three disciples obtained a promise that they should ''not taste of death; and they obtained not the promise until after their faith. 18. And neither at any time hath any wrought miracles until after their faith; wherefore they first believed in the Son of God. 19. And there were many whose faith was so exceeding strong, even before Christ came, who could not be kept from ^within the veil, but truly saw with their eyes the things which they had beheld with an eye of faith, and they were glad. 20. And behold, we have seen in this record that one of these was the brother of Jared; for so great was his faith in God, that when God put ^forth his finger he could not hide it from the sight of the brother of Jared, because of his word which he had spoken unto him, which word he had ob- tained by faith. 21. And after the brother of Jared had beheld the finger of the Lord, because of the ''promise which the brother of Jared had obtained by faith, the Lord could 'not withhold anything from his sight; wherefore he showed him all things, for he could "*no longer be kept without the veil. 22. And it is by faith that my fathers have obtained the "prom- ise that these things should come unto their brethren through the Gentiles; therefore the Lord hath commanded me, yea, even Jesus Christ. 23. And I said unto him: Lord, the Gentiles will "mock at these things, because of our weakness in writing; for Lord thou hast made us mighty in word by faith, but thou hast not made us mighty in writing; for thou hast made all this people that they could speak much, because of the Holy Ghost which thou hast given them; 24. And thou hast made us that we could write but little, be- cause of the ^awkwardness of our hands. Behold, thou hast not made us mighty in writing like unto the brother of Jared, for thou madest him that the things ^which he wrote were mighty even as thou art, unto the over- powering of man to read them. 25. Thou hast also made our c, see g, Mos. 26. d, soe d, 3 Ne. 17. e, Al. 14 :2G— 29. /, He. 5:20—52. 3 No. 9:20. g, Al. 17:29— 3&. h, see d, 8 Ne. 28. i, see /, Eth. 3. j, see e, Eth. 3. Tc, Eth. 3:26. I, Eth. 3:25. 26. m, see /, Eth. 3. n, Enos 13. o, vers. 26 — 28. See w, Morm. 8. p, see w^ Morm. 8. q, Eth. 3 :27. 4 :1. 502 ETHER, 12. words powerful and great, even that we ""cannot write them; wherefore, when we write we be- hold our weakness, and stumble because of the placing of our words; and I fear lest the Gen- tiles shall *mock at our words. 26. And when I had said this, the Lord spake unto me, say- ing: Fools mock, but they shall mourn; and my grace is sufficient for the meek, that they shall take no advantage of your weakness; 27. And if men come unto me I will show unto them their weak- ness. I give unto men weakness that they may be humble; and my grace is sufficient for all men that humble themselves before me; for if they humble them- selves before me, and have faith in me, then will I make weak things become strong unto them. 28. Behold, I will show unto the Gentiles their weakness, and I will show unto them that faith, hope and charity bringeth unto me — the fountain of all right- eousness. 29. And I, Moroni, having heard these words, was comforted, and said: O Lord, thy righteous wvll be done, for I know that thou workest unto the children of men according to their faith; 30. For the brother of Jared said unto the mountain Zerin, Remove — and 'it was removed. And if he had not had faith it would not have moved; where- fore thou workest after men have faith. 31. For thus didst thou mani- fest thyself unto thy disciples; for after they had faith, and did speak in thy name, thou didst show thyself unto them in great power. 32. And I also remember that thou hast said that thou hast pre- pared a house for man, yea, even among the "mansions of thy Fa- ther, in which man might have a more excellent "hope; wherefore man must hope, or he cannot re- ceive an inheritance in the place which thou hast prepared. 33. And again, I remember that thou hast said that thou hast loved the world, even unto the laying down of thy life for the world, that thou mightest take it again to prepare a place for the children of men. 34. And now I know that this love which thou hast had for the children of men is charity; where- fore, except men shall have ^char- ity they cannot inherit that place which thou hast prepared in the mansions of thy Father. 35. Wherefore, I know by this thing which thou hast said, that if the Gentiles have not charity, because of our weakness, that thou wilt prove them, and take away their talent, yea, even that which they have received, and give unto them who shall have more abundantly. 3 6. And it came to pass that I prayed unto the Lord that he would give unto the Gentiles grace, that they might have char- ity. 37. And it came to pass that the Lord said unto me: If they have not charity it mattereth not unto thee, thou hast been faith- ful; wherefore, thy garments shall be made clean. And because thou hast 'seen thy weakness thou shalt be made strong, even unto the sit- ting down in the place which I have prepared in the ^'mansions of my Father. 38. And now I, Moroni, bid farewell unto the Gentiles, yea. r, ver^. 23, 24, 40, 2 Ne. 33 :1. s, vers. 23, 27. t, see c, Jac. 4. u, rers. 33, 34, 37. Enos 27. v, see b. to, vers. 35 — 37. x, vers. 26 — 28, 35, 40. y, see u. ETHER, 13. 503 and also unto my brethren whom I love, until we shall meet be- fore the judgment-seat of Christ, where all men shall know that my garments are not spotted with your blood. 39. And then shall ye know that I have seen Jesus, and that he hath talked with me face to face, and that he told me in plain humility, even as a man telleth another in mine own language, concerning these things; 40. And only a *few have I written, because of my weakness in writing. 41. And now, I would com- mend you to seek this Jesus of whom the prophets and apostles have written, that the grace of God the Father, and also the Lord Jesus Christ, and the Holy Ghost, which beareth ^"record of them, may be and abide in you forever. Amen. CHAPTER 13. Moroni continues the Jaredite his- tory — Ether and his predictions — His life sought — He dwells in the cavity of a rock — Views by night the de- struction falling upon his people. 1. And now I, Moroni, proceed to finish my record concerning the destruction of the people of whom I have been writing. 2. For behold, they rejected all the words of Ether; for he truly told them of all things, from the beginning of man; and that after the waters had receded from off the face of this land it became a choice land above all other lands, a chosen land of the Lord; where- fore the Lord would have that all men should serve him who dwell upon the face thereof; 3. And that it was the "place of the New Jerusalem, which should ''come down out of heaven, and the holy sanctuary of the Lord. 4. Behold, Ether saw the days of Christ, and he spake concern- ing a "New Jerusalem upon this land. 5. And he spake also concern- ing the house of Israel, and the Jerusalem from whence "^Lehi should come — after it should be destroyed it should be built up again, a "holy city unto the Lord; wherefore, it could not be a new Jerusalem for it had been in a time of old; but it should be built up again, and become a holy city of the Lord; and it should be built unto the house of Israel. 6. And that a ^New Jerusalem should be built up upon this land, unto the remnant of the seed of Joseph, for which things there has been a type. 7. For as Joseph brought his father down into the land of Egypt, even so he died there; wherefore, the Lord brought a remnant of the seed of Joseph out of the land of Jerusalem, that he might be merciful unto the seed of Joseph that ''they should perish not, even as he was merci- ful unto the father of Joseph that he should perish not. 8. Wherefore, the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of Hheir inheritance; and they shall build up a *holy city unto the L^ord, like unto the Jeru- salem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come when the earth shall pass away. 9. ^And there shall be a new heaven and a new earth; and z, see e, Eth. 1. 2a, 3 Ne. 11 :32, 36. Chap. 13 : a, see t, 3 Ne. 20. 6, ver. 10. Rev. 3:12. 21:2. c, see t, 3 Ne. 20. d, 1 Ne. chaps. 1— d8. e, ver. 11. Rev. 21 :10— 27. /, see t, 3 Ne. 20. g, 2 Ne. 3 :5— 24. Al. 46 :24 — ^26. h, see o, 3 Ne. 15. i, see t, 3 Ne. 20. j. Rev. 21:1. 504 ETHER, 13. they shall be like unto the old save the old have passed away, and all things have become new. 10. And ''then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are they who dwell therein, for it is they whose garments are white through the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who are 'numbered among the remnant of the seed of Joseph, who were of the house of Israel. 11. And ""then also cometh the Jerusalem of old; and the inhabi- tants thereof, blessed are they, for they have been washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who were scattered and gathered in from the four quar- ters of the earth, and from the "north countries, and are par- takers of the fulfilling of the covenant which God made with their father, Abraham. 12. And when tkese things come, bringeth to pass the scrip- ture which saith, "there are they who were first, who shall be last; and there are they who were last, who shall be first. 13. And I was about to write more, but I am forbidden; but great and marvelous were the prophecies of Ether; but they es- teemed him as naught, and cast him out; and he hid himself in the ^cavity of a rock by day, and by 'night he went forth viewing the things which should come upon the people. 14. And as he dwelt in the cavity of a rock he made the '"re- mainder of this record, viewing the destructions which came upon the people, by night. 15. And it came to pass that in that same year in which he was cast out from among the peo- ple there began to be a great war among the people, for there were many who rose up, who were mighty men, and sought to de- stroy Coriantumr by their 'secret plans of wickedness, of which hath been spoken. 16. And now Coriantumr, hav- ing studied, himself, in all the arts of war and all the cunning of the world, wherefore he gave battle unto them who sought to destroy him. 17. But he repented not, nei- ther his fair sons nor daughters; neither the fair sons and daugh- ters of Cohor; neither the fair sons and daughters of Corihor; and in fine, there were none of the fair sons and daughters upon the face of the whole earth who repented of their sins. 18. Wherefore, it came to pass that in the first year that Ether dwelt in the 'cavity of a rock, there were many people who were slain by the sword of those "secret combinations, fighting against Coriantumr that they might ob- tain the kingdom. 19. And it came to pass that the sons of Coriantumr fought much and bled much. 20. And in the second year tho word of the Lord came to Ether, that he should go and prophesy unto Coriantumr that, if he would repent, and all his household, the Lord would give unto him his kingdom and spare the people — 21. Otherwise they should be destroyed, and all his household save it were himself. And he should only live to see the ful- filling of the prophecies which had been spoken concerning ''an- other people receiving the land for their inheritance; and Corian- tumr should receive a Burial by them; and every soul should be k, see 6. I, see x, 3 Ne. 16. m, see e. n, D. & C. 133:26 — 35. o, 1 Ne. 13:42. V, vers. 14, 18. 22. q, ver. 14. Eth. 15:13. r, E^h. 15:33. 8, see i, 2 Ne. 10. tt see p. XI, see i, 2 Ne. 10. v. Cm. 21. ETHER. 14. 505 ♦'destroyed save it were Corian- tumr. 22. And it came to pass that Coriantumr repented not, neither his household, neither the peo- ple; and the wars ceased not; and they sought to kill Ether, but he fled from before them and hid again in the ^cavity of the rock. 23. And it came to pass that there arose up Shared, and he also gave battle unto Coriantumr; and he did beat him, insomuch that in the third year he did bring him into captivity. 24. And the sons of Corian- tumr, in the fourth year, did beat Shared, and did obtain the king- dom again unto their father. 25. Now there began to be a war upon all the face of the land, every man with his band fighting for that which he desired. 26. And there were robbers, and in fine, all manner of wicked- ness upon all the face of the land. 27. And it came to pass that Coriantumr was exceedingly angry with Shared, and he went against him with his armies to battle; and they did meet in great anger, and they did meet in the valley of Gilgal ; and the battle became ex- ceeding sore. 28. And it came to pass that Shared fought against him for the space of three days. And it came to pass that Coriantumr beat him, and did pursue him until he came to the plains of Heshlon. 29. And it came to pass that Shared gave him battle again upon the plains; and behold, he did beat Coriantumr, and drove him back again to the valley of Gil^l. 30. And Coriantumr gave Shared battle again in the valley of Gilgal, in which he beat Shared and slew him. 31. And Shared wounded Cor- iantumr in his thigh, that he did not go to battle again for the space of two years, in which time all the people upon the face of the land were shedding blood, and there was none to restrain them. CHAPTER 14. A curse upon the land — Continued strife mid bloodshed — Coriantumr not to fall by the sword. 1. And now there began to be a great "curse upon all the land because of the iniquity of the peo- ple, in which, if a man should lay his tool or his sword upon his shelf, or upon the placo whither he would keep it, behold, upon the morrow, he could not find it, so great was the curse upon the land. 2. Wherefore every man did cleave unto that which was his own, with his hands, and would not borrow neither would he lend; and every man kept the hilt of his sword in his right hand, in the defence of his property and his own life and of his wives and children. 3. And now, after the space of two years, and after the death of Shared, behold, there arose th© brother of Shared and he gave battle unto Coriantumr, in which Coriantumr did beat him and did pursue him to the wilderness of Akish. 4. And it came to pass that the brother of Shared did give battle unto him in the wilderness of Akish; and the battle became ex- ceeding sore, and many thousands fell by the sword. 5. And it came to pass that Coriantumr did lay siege to the wilderness; and the brother of Shared did march forth out of the wilderness by ntght, and slew a w, Eth. 15 :29 — 32. x, see p. Chap. 14 : a, see K, He. 13. 506 ETHER, 14. part of the army of Coriantumr, as they were drunken. 6. And he came forth to the 'land of Moron, and placed him- self upon the throne of Corian- tumr, 7. And it came to pass that Coriantumr dwelt with his army in the wilderness for the space of two years, in which he did receive great strength to his army. 8. Now the brother of Shared, whose name was Gilead, also re- ceived great strength to his army, because of '^secret combinations. 9. And it came to pass that his high priest murdered him as he sat upon his throne. 10. And it came to pass that one of the secret combinations murdered him in a secret pass, and obtained unto himself the kingdom; and his name was Lib; and Lib was a man of great stature, more than any other man among all the people. 11. And it came to pass that in the first year of Lib, Corian- tumr came up unto the ^land of Moron, and gave battle unto Lib. 12. And it came to pass that he fought with Lib, in which Lib did smite upon his arm that he was wounded; nevertheless, the army of Coriantumr did press for- ward upon Lib, that he fled to the borders upon the seashore. 13. And it came to pass that Coriantumr pursued him; and Lib gave battle unto him upon the seashore. 14. And it came to pass that Lib did smite the army of Corian- tumr, that they fled again to the wilderness of Akish. 15. And it came to pass that Lib did pursue him until he came to the plains of Agosh. And Coriantumr had taken all the people with him as he fled before Lib in that quarter of the land whither he fled. 16. And when he had come to the plains of Agosh he gave bat- tle unto Lib, and ^he smote upon him until he died; nevertheless, the brother of Lib did come against Coriantumr in the stead thereof, and the battle became exceeding sore, in the which Coriantumr fled again before the army of the brother of Lib. 17. Now the name of the broth- er of Lib was called Shiz. And it came to pass that Shiz pursued after Coriantumr, and he did overthrow many cities, and he did slay both women and children, and he did burn the cities. 18. And there went a fear of Shiz throughout all the land; yea, a cry went forth throughout the land — Who can stand before the army of Shiz? Behold, he sweep- eth the earth before him! 19. And it came to pass that the people began to flock together in armies, throughout all the face of the land. 20. And they were divided; and a part of them fled to the arnay of Shiz, and a part of them fled to the army of Coriantumr. 21. And so great and lasting had been the war, and so long had been the scene of bloodshed and carnage, that the whole face of the land was covered with the bodies of the dead. 22. And so swift and speedy was the war that there was none left to bury the dead, but they did march forth from the shed- ding of blood to the shedding of blood, leaving the bodies of both men, women, and children strewed upon the face of the land, to become a prey to the worms of the flesh. 23. And the scent thereof went 6, see e, Eth. 7. c, see i, 2 Ne. 10. d, see e, Eth. 7. ETHER, 15- 507 forth upon the face of the land, even upon all the face of the land; wherefore the people be- came troubled by day and by night, because of the scent there- of. 24. Nevertheless, Shiz did not cease to pursue Coriantumr; for he had sworn to avenge himself upon Coriantumr of the ^blood of his brother, who had been slain, and the word of the Lord which came to Ether that Coriantumr should ''not fall by the sword. 25. And thus we see that the Lord did visit them in the ful- ness of his wrath, and their wickedness and abominations had prepared a way for their everlast- ing destruction. 26. And it came to pass that Shiz did pursue Coriantumr east- ward, even to the borders of the seashore, and there he gave battle unto Shiz for the space of three days. 27. And so terrible was the de- struction among the armies of Shiz that the people began to be frightened, and began to flee be- fore the armies of Coriantumr; and they fled to the land of Cori- hor, and swept off the inhabitants before them, all them that would not join them. 28. And they pitched their tents in the valley of Corihor; and Coriantumr pitched Ms tents in the valley of Shurr. Now the val- ley of Shurr was near the hill Comnor; wherefore, Coriantumr did gather his armies together upon the hill Comnor, and did sound a trumpet unto the armies of Shiz to invite them forth to battle. 29. And it came to pass that they came forth, but were driven again; and they came the second time, and they were driven again the second time And it came to pass that they came again the third time, and <;he battle became exceeding sore. 30. And it came to pass that Shiz smote upon Coriantumr that he gave him many deep wounds; and Coriantumr, having lost his blood, fafinted, and was carried away as though he were dead. 3 1 . Now the loss of men women and children on both sides was so great that Shiz commanded his people that they should not pur- sue the armies oi Coriantumr; wherefore, they returned to their camp. CHAPTER 15. The hill Bamah or Cumorah — Prep- arations for a mighty struggle — Mil- lions go down to death — Shiz slain by Coriantumr — Ether's concluding words — End of the Jaredite record. 1. And it came to pass when Coriantumr had recovered of his wounds, he began to remember the "words which Ether had spoken unto him. 2. He saw that there had been slain by the sword already nearly two millions of his people, and he began to sorrow in his heart; yea, there had been slain two millions of mighty men, and also their wives and their children. 3. He began to repent of the evil which he had done; he began to remember the words which had been spoken by the mouth of all the prophets, and he saw them that they were fulfilled thus far, every whit; and his soul mourned and refused to be comforted. 4. And it came to pass that he wrote an epistle unto Shiz, de- siring him that he would spare the people, and he would give up the kingdom for the sake of the lives of the people, 5. And it came to pass that e, ver. IG. /, Eth. 13:21. Chap. 15: a, Eth. 13:20, 21. 508 ETHER, 15. when Shiz had received his epistle he wrote an epistle unto Ck)rian- tumr, that if he would give him- self up, that he might slay him with his own sword, that he would spare the lives of the people. 6. And it came to pass that the people repented not of their in- iquity; and the people of Corian- tumr were stirred up to anger against the people of Shiz; and the people of Shiz were stirred up to anger against the people of Coriantumr; wherefore, the peo- ple of Shiz did give battle unto the people of Coriantumr. 7. And when Coriantumr saw that he was about to fall he fled again before the people of Shiz. 8. And it came to pass that he came to the waters of Ripliancum, which, by interpretation, is large, or to exceed all; wherefore, when they came to these waters they pitched their tents; and Shiz also pitched his tents near unto them; and therefore on the morrow they did come to battle. 9. And it came to pass that they fought an exceedingly sore battle, in which Coriantumr was wounded again, and he fainted with the loss of blood. 10. And it came to pass that the armies of Coriantumr did press upon the armies of Shiz that they beat them, that they caused them to flee before them; and they did flee "^southward, and did pitch their tents in a place which was called Ogath. 11. And it came to pass that the army of Coriantumr did pitch their tents by the hill Ramah; and it was that same hill where my father Mormon did ^hide up the records unto the Lord, which were sacred. 12. And it came to pass that they did gather together all the people upon all the face of the land, who had not been slain, save it was Ether. 13. And it came to pass that Ether "did behold all the doings of the people; and he beheld that the people who were for Corian- tumr were gathered together to the army of Coriantumr; and the people who were for Shiz were gathered together to the army of Shiz. 14. Wherefore, they were for the space of four years gathering together the people, that they might get all who were upon the face of the land, and that they might receive all the strength which it was possible that they could receive. 15. And it came to pass that when they were all gathered to- gether, every one to the army which he would, with their wives and their children — both men women and children being "armed with weapons of war, having shields, and breastplates, and head-plates, and being clothed after the manner of war — they did march forth one against an- other to battle; and they fought all that day, and conquered not. 16. And it came to pass that when it was night they were weary, and retired to their camps; and after they had retired to their camps they Hook up a howling and a lamentation for the loss of the slain of their people; and so great were their cries, their bowl- ings and lamentations, that they did rend the air exceedingly. 17. And it came to pass that on the morrow they did go again to battle, and great and terrible was that day; nevertheless, they con- quered not, and when the night came again they did ^rend the air with their cries, and their howl- d, see Oj Morm. 6. f, Morin. 6:6. g, Eth. 13:14. ;;, Etb. 10:27. i, ver. 17. j, ver. 16. ETHER, 15. 509 Ings, and their mournings, for the loss of the slain of their people. 18. And it came to pass that Coriantumr wrote "again an epis- tle unto Shiz, desiring that he would not come again to battle, but that he would take the king- dom, and spare the lives of the people. 19. But behold, the Spirit of the Lord had ceased striving with them, and Satan had fuil power over the hearts of the people; for they were given up unto the hard- ness of their hearts, and the blind- ness of their minds that they might be destroyed; wherefore they went again to battle. 20. And it came to pass that theiy fought all that day, and when the night came they slept upon their swords. 21. And on the morrow they fought even until the night came, 22. And when the night came they were drunken with anger, even as a man who is drunken with wine; and they slept again upon their swords. 23. And on the morrow they fought again; and when the night came they had all fallen by the sword save it were fifty and two of the people of Coriantumr, and sixty and nine of the people of Shiz. 24. And it came to pass that they slept upon their swords that night, and on the morrow they fought again, and they contended in their might with their swords and with their shields, all that day. 25. And when the night came there were thirty and two of the people of Shiz, and twenty and seven of the people of Corian- tumr. 26. And it came to pass that they ate and slept, and prepared for death on the morrow. And they were large and mighty men as to the strength of men. 27. And it came to pass that they fought for the space of three hours, and they fainted with the loss of blood. 28. And it came to pass that when the men of Coriantumr had received suflScient strength that they could walk, they were about to flee for their lives; but behold, Shiz arose, and also his men, and he swore in his wrath that he would slay Coriantumr or he would perish by the sword. 29. Wherefore, he did pursue them, and on the morrow he did overtake them; and they fought again with the sword. And it came to pass that when they had all fallen by the sword, save it were Coriantumr and Shiz, be- hold Shiz had fainted with the loss of blood. 30. And it came to pass that when Coriantumr had leaned upon his sword, that he rested a little, he smote off the head of Shiz. 31. And it came to pass that after he had smitten off the head of Shiz, that Shiz raised upon his hands and fell; and after that he had struggled for breath, he died. 32. And it came to pass that 'Coriantumr fell to the earth, and became as if he had no life. 33. And the Lord spake unto Ether, and said unto him: Go forth. And he went forth, and beheld that the words of the Lord had all been fulfilled; and he ""fin- ished his record; (and the "hun- dredth part I have not written) and he hid them in a manner that the "people of Limhi did find them. 34. Now the last words which are written by Ether are these: k, ver. 4. I, Dm. 20 — 22. m, Eth. 13 :14. n, see e, Etb. 1. o, see fc, Moa. 8. 610 MORONI, 1. 2, 3. Whether the Lord will that I be translated, or that I suffer the will of the Lord in the flesh, it mattereth not, if it so be that I am saved in the kingdom of God. Amen. THE BOOK OP MORONI CHAPTER 1. Moroni's desolate state — He loriteSj hoping for the welfare of the Laman- itea. 1. Now I, Moroni, after having made an end of "abridging the ac- count of the people of Jared, I had supposed not to have written more, but I have not as yet per- ished; and I make not myself known to the Lamanites lest they should destroy me. 2. For behold, their wars are ^exceedingly fierce among them- selves; and because of their hatred they put to death every Nephite that will not deny the Christ. 3. And I, Moroni, will not deny the Christ; wherefore, I wander whithersoever I can for the safety of mine own life. 4. Wherefore, I write a few more things, contrary to that which I had supposed; for I had supposed not to have written any more; but I write a few more things, that perhaps they may be of ''worth unto my brethren, the Lamanites, in some future day, according to the will of the Lord. CHAPTER 2. Concerning the bestowal of the Holy Qhost by the Nephite twelve. 1. The words of Christ, which he spake unto his "disciples, the twelve whom he had chosen, as he laid his hands upon them — 2. And he called them by name, saying: Ye shall call on the Fa- ther in my name, in mighty prayer; and after ye have done this ye shall have power that to him upon whom ye shall lay your hands, V© shall give the Holy Ghost; and in my name shall ye give it, for thus do mine apostles. 3. Now Christ spake these words UEto them at the time of his first appearing; and the mul- titude ''heard it not, but the dis- ciples heard it; and on as many as they ''laid their hands, fell the Holy Ghost. CHAPTER 3. Concerning the ordination of priests and teachers. 1. The manner which the "dis- ciples, who were called the elders of the church, ''ordained priests and teachers — 2. After they had prayed unto the Father in the name of Christ, they laid their hands upon them, and said: 3. In the name of Jesus Christ I ordain you to be a priest, (or, if he be a teacher) I ordain you to be a teacher, to preach re- pentance and remission of sins through Jesus Christ, by the en- durance of faith on his name to the end. Amen. 4. And after this manner did they ordain priests and teachers, according to the gifts and call- ings of God unto men; and they a, see Book of Ether, b, 1 Ne. 12:20—23. Morm. 5:15. c, 2 Ne. 3:7. 11. 12, 19 — 21. See c, 2 Ne. 27. Chap. 2 : a, see c, 3 Ne. 12. 6, ver, 3. 3 Ne. 18 :37. c, 3 Ne. 18:37. d, see 6. Chap. 3: a, see c, 3 Ne. 12. b, vers. 2 — i. See c. Mot. 6. BXIWXKK A. D. 400 AND 421. MORONI, 4, 5, 6. 511 ordained them by the "power of the Holy Ghost, which was in them. CHAPTER 4. Mode of administering the sacra- mental bread. 1. The manner of their "elders and priests administering the "flesh and blood of Christ unto the church; and they adminis- tered it according to the com- mandments of Christ; wherefore we know the manner to be true; and the elder or priest did min- ister it — 2. And they did "kneel down with the church, and pray to the Father in the name of Christ, saying: 3. O God, the Eternal Father, we ask thee in the name of thy Son, Jesus Christ, to bless and sanctify this bread to the souls of all those who partake of it; that they may eat in remembrance of the ''body of thy Son, and wit- ness unto thee, O God, tfie Eter- nal Father, that they are willing to take upon them the ^name of thy Son, and always remember him, and keep his commandments which he hath given them, that they may always have his Spirit to be with them. Amen. CHAPTER 5. Mode of administering the sacra- mental wine. 1. The manner of administer- ing the wine — Behold, th^y took the cup, and said: 2. O God, the Eternal Father, we ask thee, in the name of thy Son, Jesus Christ, to bless and sanctify this wine to the souls of all those who drink of it, that they may do it in remembrance ef the. "blood of thy Son, which was shed for them; that they may witness unto thee, O God, the Eternal Fa- ther, that they do always remem- ber him, that they may have his Spirit to be with them. Amen. CHAPTER 6. Conditions and mode of baptism — Church discipline. 1. And now I speak concerning baptism. Behold, "elders, "priests, and teachers were baptized; and they were not "baptized save they brought forth fruit meet that they were worthy of it. 2. Neither did they receive any unto baptism save they came forth with a broken heart and a contrite spirit, and witnessed unto the church that they truly re- pented of all their sins. 3. And none were received unto baptism save they took upon them the ''name of Christ, having a de- termination to serve him to the end. 4. And after they had been re- ceived unto baptism, and were wrought upon and cleansed by the ^power of the Holy Ghost, they were numbered among the people of the church of Christ; and their names were taken, that they might be remembered and nour- ished by the good word of God, to keep them in the right way, to keep them continually watchful unto 'prayer, relying alone upon the merits of Christ, who was the author and the finisher of their faith. 5. And the church did meet to- gether oft, to *'fast and to pray, and to speak one with another concerning the welfare of their souls. c, 1 Ne. IS :37. Moro. 6 :9, Chap. 4 : a, Moro. 3 :1. &, see t, 3 Ne. 18. c, D. & C. 20:76. d, see t, 3 Ne. 18. e, see e, Mos. 5. Chap. 5: a, see t, 3 Ne. 18. D. & C. 20:79. 27:2 — 4. Chap. 6: a, Moro. 3:1. h, see c, Mos. 6. c, see u, 2 Ne. 9. df see e, Mos. 5. e, see y, 3 Ne. 0. /, see e, 2 Ne. 32. g, see t, Mos. 27. Bbiwbin a. D. 400 AlfO 421. 512 MORONI, 7. 6. And they did meet together oft to "partake of bread and wine, in remembrance of the Lord Jesus. 7. And they were strict to ob- serve that there should be no in- iquity among them; and whoso was found to commit iniquity, and Hhree witnesses of the church did condemn them before the elders, and if they repented not, and con- fessed not, their names were blotted out, and they were not numbered among the people of Christ. 8. But as ^oft as they repented and sought forgiveness, with real intent, they were forgiven. 9. And their meetings were conducted by the church after the manner of the wordings of the Spirit, and by the power of the Holy Ghost; for as the ''power of the Holy Ghost led them whether to preach, or to exhort, or to pray, or to supplicate, or to sing, even so it was done. CHAPTER 7. Moroni presents Mormon's teachings on faith, hope, charity. 1. And now I, Moroni, write a few of the words of my father Mormon, which he spake "con- cerning faith, hope, and charity; for after this manner did he speak unto the people, as he taught them in the ^synagogue which they had built for the place of worship. 2. And now I, Mormon, speak unto you, my beloved brethren; and it is by the grace of God the Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, and his holy will, because of the ''gift of his calling unto me, that I am permitted to speak unto you at this time. 3. Wherefore, I would speak unto you that are of the church, that are the peaceable followers of Christ, and that have obtained a sufficient hope by which ye can enter into the rest of the Lord, from this time henceforth until ye shall rest with him in heaven. 4. And now my brethren, I judge these things of you because of your peaceable walk with the children of men. 5. For I remember the word of God, which saith ''by their works ye shall know them; for if their works be good, then they are good also. 6. For behold, God hath said a man being evil cannot do that which is good; for if he offereth a gift, or prayeth unto God, ex- cept he shall do it with real in- tent it profiteth him nothing. 7. For behold, it is not counted unto him for righteousness. 8. For behold, if a man being evil giveth a gift, he doeth it grudgingly; wherefore it is count- ed unto him the same as if he had retained the gift; wherefore he is counted evil before God. 9. And likewise also is it count- ed evil unto a man, if he shall pray and not with real intent of heart; yea, and it profiteth him nothing, for God receiveth none such. 10. Wherefore, a man being evil cannot do that which is good; neither will he give a good gift. 11. For behold, a bitter foun- tain cannot bring forth good water; neither can a good foun- tain bring forth bitter water; wherefore, a man being a servant of the devil cannot follow Christ; and if he follow Christ he cannot be a servant of the devil. h, see b, 3 Ne. 18. i, D. & C. 42:80. 81. /, Mos. 26.:31. k, see c, Moro. 3. Chap. 7: a, vers. 21 — 39,40 — 44,45 — 48. Eth. 12:3 — 37. Moro. 8 U4, 26. 10:20 — 23. 6, see u, Al. 16- c, 3 Ne. 5 :13. d, 3 Ne. 14 :15 — 20. Between A. D. 400 and 421. MORONI, 7. 613 12. Wherefore, *all things which are good cometh of God; and that which is evil cometh of the devil; for the devil is an enemy unto God, and fighteth against him continually, and in- viteth and enticeth to sin, and to do that which is evil continually. 13. But behold, that which is of God inviteth and enticeth to do good continually; wherefore, every thing which inviteth and enticeth to do good, and to love God, and to serve him, is inspired of God. 14. Wherefore, take heed, my beloved brethren, that ye do '^not judge that which is evil to be of God, or that which is good and of God to be of the devil. 15. For behold, my brethren, it is given unto you to judge, that ye may know good from evil; and the way to judge is as plain, that ye may know with a perfect knowledge, as the daylight is from the dark night. 16. For behold, the Spirit of Christ is given to every man, that he may know good from evil; wherefore, I show unto you the way to judge; for "every thing which inviteth to do good, and to persuade to believe in Christ, is sent forth by the power and gift of Christ; wherefore ye may know with a perfect knowledge it is of God. 17. But whatsoever thing per- suadeth men to do evil, and be- lieve not in Christ, and deny him, and serve not God, then ye may know with a perfect knowledge it is of the devil; for after this manner doth the devil work, for he persuadeth no man to do good, no, not one; neither do his angels; neither do they who subject them- selves untQ him. 18. And now, my brethren, seeing that ye know the light by which ye may judge, which light is the light of Christ, see that ye do not "judge wrongfully; for with that same judgment which ye judge ye shall also be judged. 19. Wherefore, I beseech of you, brethren, that ye should search diligently in the light of Christ that ye may know good from evil; and if ye will lay hol'd upon every good thing, and con- demn it not, ye certainly will ue a child of Christ. 20. And now, my brethren, how is it possible that ye can lay hold upon every good thing? 21. And now I come to that ^faith, of which I said I would speak; and I will tell you the way whereby ye may lay hold on every good thing. 22. For behold, God knowing all things, ^being from everlast- ing to everlasting, behold, he sent angels to minister unto the chil- dren of men, to make manifest concerning the coming of Christ; and in Christ there should come every good thing. 23. And God also declared unto prophets, by his own mouth, that Christ should come. 24. And behold, there were divers ways that he did manifest things unto the children of men, which were good; and all things which are good cometh of Christ; otherwise men were fallen, and there could 'no good thing come unto them. 2 5. Wherefore, by the minis- tering of angels, and by every word which proceeded forth out of the mouth of God, men began to exercise faith in Christ; and thus by ""faith, they did lay hold upon every good thing; and thus e, see o, Eth. 4. /, ver. 18. 3 Ne. 14:2 i, see a. j, see r, 2 Ne. 9. k, see a, Mos. 3 Morm. 8:19. g, see o, Eth. 4. h, see /. Ij see b and c, 2 Ne. 2. m, see a. Bbtwbbn a. D. 400 AND 421. 514 MORONI, 7. it was until the coming of Christ. 26. And after that he came men also were saved by faith in his name; and by faith, they be- come the sons of God. And as sure as Christ liveth he spake these words unto our fathers, say- ing: "Whatsoever thing ye shall ask the Father in my name, which is good, in faith believing that ye shall receive, behold, it shall be done unto you. 27. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, have miracles ceased because Christ hath ascended into heaven, and hath sat down on the right hand of God, to "claim of the Father his rights of mercy which he hath upon the cbildren of men? 28. For he hath answered the ends of the law, and he claimeth all those who have ^faith in him; and they who have faith in him will cleave unto every good thing; wherefore he 'advocateth the cause of the children of men; and he dwelleth eternally in the heavens. 29. And because he hath done this, my beloved brethren, 'have miracles ceased? Behold I say unto you, Nay; neither have angels 'ceased to minister unto the children of men. 30. For behold, they are sub- ject unto him, to minister accord- ing to the word of his command, showing themselves unto them of strong faith and a firm mind in every form of godliness. 31. And the office of their ministry is to call men unto re- pentance, and to fulfil ai;id to do the work of the covenants of the Father, which he hath made unto the children of men, to prepare the way among the children of men, by declaring the word of Christ unto the chosen vessels of the Lord, that they may bear tes- timony of him. 32. And by so doing, the Lord God prepareth the way that the residue of men may have faith in Christ, that the 'Holy Ghost may have p-lace in their hearts, accord- ing to the power thereof; and after this manner bringeth to pass the Father, the "covenants which he hath made unto the children of men. 33. And Christ hath said: If ye will have faith in me ye shall have power to do whatsoever thing is expedient in me, 34. And he hath said: "Repent all ye ends of the earth, and come unto me, and be '^baptized in my name, and have faith in me, that ye may be saved. 35. And now, my beloved breth- ren, if this be the case that these things are true which I have spoken unto you, and God will show unto you, 'with power and great glory at the last day, that they are true, and if they are true has the "day of miracles ceased? 36. Or have angels ^ceased to appear unto the children of men"? Or has he ^"withheld the power of the Holy Ghost from them? Or will he, so long as time shall last, or the earth shall stand, or there shall be one man upon the face thereof to be saved? 37. Behold I say unto you. Nay; for it is by ^^faith that miracles are wrought; and it is by faith that -''angels appear and minister unto men; wherefore, if these things have ceased wo be unto the children of men, for it is MORONI, 8. 515 "because of unbelief, and all is vain. 38. For no man can be saved, according to the words of Christ, save they shall have faith in his name; wherefore, if these things have ceased, then has ^^faith ceased also; and awful is the state of man, for they are as though there had been no re- demption made. 39. But behold, my beloved brethren, I judge better things of you, for I judge that ye have faith in Christ because of your meek- ness;' for if ye have not faith in him then ye are not fit to be num- bered among the people of his church. 40. And again, my beloved brethren, I would speak unto you concerning ^''hope. How is it that ye can attain unto faith, save ye shall have hope? 41. And what is it that ye shall hope for? Behold I say unto you that ye shall &av6 hope through the ^"atonement of Christ and the power of his resurrection, to be ^''raised unto life eternal, and this because of your faith in him ac- cording to the promise. 42. Wherefore, if a man have faith he must needs have hope; for without faith there cannot be any hope. 43. And again, behold I say unto you that he cannot have faith and hope, save he shall be meek, and lowly of heart. 44. If so, his faith and hope is vain, for none is acceptable be- fore God, save the meek and lowly in heart; and if a man be meek and lowly in heart, and confesses by the power of the Holy Ghost that Jesus is the Christ, he must needs have ^'charity; for if he have not charity he is nothing; wherefore he must needs have charity. 45. And charity suffereth long, and is kind, and envieth not, and is not puffed up, seeketh nqt her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil, and rejoicetti not in iniquity but rejoiceth in the truth, beareth all things, believ- eth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things. 46. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, if ye have not charity, ye are nothing, for charity never faileth. Wherefore, cleave unto charity, which is the greatest of all, for all things must fail — 47. But charity is the»pure love of Christ, and it endureth for- ever; and whoso is found pos- sessed of it at the last day, it shall be well with him. 48. Wherefore, my beloved brethren, pray unto the Father with all the energy of heart, that ye may be filled with this love, which he hath bestowed upon aii who are true followers of his Son, Jesus Christ; that ye may become the sons of God; that when he shall appear we shall ^^be like him, for we shall see him as he is; that we may have this hope; that we may be purified ^*even as he is pure. Amen. CHAPTER 8. Mormon's epistle to Moroni — Little children have no need of repentance or baptiS7n. 1. An epistle of my father Mormon, written to me, Moroni; and it was written unto me soon after my calling to the ministry. And on this wise did he write unto me, saying: 2. My beloved son, Moroni, I rejoice exceedingly that your 2d, ver. 38. Moro. 10:19, 23—27. 2e, see 2d. 2f, see a. 2g, see /, 2 Ne. 2. 2k, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2i, see o. 2;, 3 Ne. 27:27. 1 John 3:2. 2k. 3 Ne. 19:28, 29. Between A. D. 400 and 421. 516 MORONI, 8. Lord Jesus Christ hath been mindful of you, and hath called you to his ministry, and to his holy work. 3. I am mindful of you always in my prayers, continually pray- ing unto God the Father in the name of his Holy Child, Jesus, that he, through his infinite good- ness and grace, will keep you through the "endurance of faith on his name to the end. 4. And now, my son, I speak unto you concerning that which grieveth me exceedingly; for it grieveth me that there should disputations rise among you. 5. For, if I have learned the -truth, there have been disputa- tions among you concerning the ''baptism of your little children. 6. And now, my son, I desire that ye should labor diligently, that this gross error should be removed from among you; for, for this intent I have written this epistle. 7. For immediately after I had learned these things of you I in- quired of the Lord concerning the matter. And the word of the Lord came to me by the '"power of the Holy Ghost, saying: 8. Listen to the words of Christ, your Redeemer, your Lord and your God. Behold, I came into the world not to call the right- eous but sinners to repentance; the whole need no physician, but they that are sick; wherefore, little children are whole, for they are not capable of committing sin; wherefore the curse of Adam is ''taken from them in me, that it hath no power over them; and the *law of circumcision is done away in me. 9. And after this manner did the Holy Ghost manifest the word of God unto me; where- fore, my beloved son, I know that it is 'solemn mockery before God, that ye should baptize little chil- dren. 10. Behold I say unto you that this thing shall ye teach — re- pentance and baptism unto those who are accountable and capable of committing sin; yea, teach parents that they must repent and be baptized, and humble them- selves as their little children, and they shall all be saved with their little children. 11. And their little children need no repentance, neither bap- tism. Behold, baptism is unto re- pentance to the fulfilling the com- mandments unto "the remission of sins. 12. But little children are alive in Christ, even "from the foun- dation of the world; if not so, God is a partial God, and also a changeable God, and a respecter to persons; for how many little children have died without bap- tism! 13. Wherefore, if little chil- dren could not be saved without baptism, these must have gone to an endless hell. 14. Behold I say unto you, that he that supposeth that little children need baptism is in the gall of bitterness and in the bonds of iniquity; for he hath ^neither faith, hope, nor charity; where- fore, should he be cut off while in the thought, he must go down to ^hell. 15. For awful is the wicked- ness to suppose that God saveth one child because of baptism, and the other must perish because he hath no baptism. 16. Wo be unto them that shall pervert the ways of the Lord a, see h, 2 Ne 17:9 — 14. /, vers Moro. 7. j, see 31. b, vers, rs. 14, 23. g k, 1 Ne. 15. -26. c,, see c, Moro. 3. d, see m, Mos. 3. e. Gen. g, 3 Ne. 12:2. 30:2. h, see d, Mos. 4. i, see o, Bbtwexn a. D. 400 AND 421. MORONI, 8. 517 after this manner, for they shall perish except they repent. Be- hold, I speak with boldness, hav- ing authority from God; and I fear not what man can do; for perfect love casteth out all fear. 17. And I am filled with char- ity, which is everlasting love; wherefore, all children are alike unto me; wherefore, I love little children with a perfect love; and they are all alike and ''partakers of salvation. 18. For I know that God is not a partial God, neither a change- able being; but he is 'unchange- able from "'all eternity to all eternity. 19. Little children cannot re- pent; wherefore, it is awful wick- edness to deny the pure mercies of God unto them, for they are "all alive in him because of his "mercy. 20. And he that saith that little children need baptism denieth the mercies of Christ, and setteth at naught the ^atonement of him and the power of his redemption. 21. Wo unto such, for they are in danger of death, «hell, and an endless torment. I speak it boldly; God hath commanded me. Listen unto them and give heed, or they stand against you at the judgment-seat of Christ. 22. For behold that all little children are ""alive in Christ, and also all *they that are without the law. For the power of redemp- tion Cometh on all them that have no law; wherefore, he that is not condemned, or he that is under no condemnation, cannot repent; and unto such baptism availeth nothing — 23. But it is 'mockery before God, denying the "mercies of Christ, and the power of his Holy Spirit, and putting trust in dead works. 24. Behold, my son, this thing ought not to be; for repentance is unto them that are under con- demnation and under the curse of a broken law. 25. And the first fruits of re- pentance is baptism; and baptism Cometh by faith unto the fulfil- ling the commandments; and the "fulfilling the commandments bringeth remission of sins; 26. And the remission of sins bringeth meekness, and lowliness of heart; and because of meek- ness and lowliness of heart com- eth the ^visitation of the Holy Ghost, which Comforter filleth 'with hope and perfect love, which love endureth by diligence unto sprayer, until the end shall come, when all the saints shall dwell with God. 2 7. Behold, my son, I will write unto you again if I go not out soon against the Lamanites. Behold, the pride of this nation, or the people of the Nephites, hath proven their destruction ex- cept they should repent. 28. Pray for them, my son, that repentance may come unto them. But behold, I fear lest the Spirit hath ceased striving with them; and in this part of the land they are also seeking to put down all power and authority which com- eth from God; and they are "^denying the Holy Ghost. 29. And after rejecting so great a knowledge, my son, they must perish soon, unto the fulfilling of the prophecies which were -"spoken by the prophets, as well as the words of our Savior him- self. kj see m, Mos. 3. I, see d, Morm. 9. m, see a, Mos. 3. n, \er. 22. o, vers. 20, 23. p, see fj 2 Ne. 2. q, see k, 1 Ne. 15. r, ver. 19. s, see j, Mos. 3. t, see /. u, vers. 19, 20, 23. V, see g. w, see y, 3 Ne. 9. x, see a, Moro. 7. v, see e, 2 Ne. 32. z, Al. 39:5, 6. 2o, see d, 1 Ne. 12. Bbtwebn A. D. 400 and 421. 618 MORONI, 9. 30. Farewell, my son, until I shall write unto you, or shall meet you again. Amen. CHAPTER 9. The second epistle of Mormon to his son, Moroni. Atrocities committed by Lamanites and Nephites — A Father's last and affectionate admonition. 1. My beloved son, I write unto you again that ye may know that I am yet alive; but I write some- what of that which is grievous. 2. For behold, I have had a sore battle with the Lamanites, in which we did not conquer; and Archeantus has fallen by the sword, and also Luram and Em- ron; yea, and we have lost a great number of our choice men. 3. And now behold, my son, I fear lest the Lamanites shall "destroy this people; for they do not repent, and Satan stirreth them up continually to anger one with another. 4. Behold, I am laboring with them continually; and when I speak the word of God with ''sharpness they tremble and an- ger against me; and when I use no sharpness they harden their hearts against it; wherefore, I fear nest the Spirit of the Lord hath ceased striving with them. 5. For so exceedingly do they anger that it seemeth me that they have no fear of death; and they have lost their love, one towards another; and they ''thirst after blood and revenge con- tinually. 6. And now, my beloved son, notwithstanding their hardness, let us labor diligently; for if we should cease to labor, we should be brought under condemnation; for we have a labor to perform whilst in this tabernacle of clay, that we may conquer the enemy of all righteousness, and rest our souls in the kingdom of God. 7. And now I write somewhat concerning the sufferings of this people. For according to the knowledge which I have received from Amoron, behold, the La- manites have many prisoners, which they took from the tower of Sherrizah; and there were men, women, and children. 8. And the husbands and fa- thers of those women and chil- dren they have slain; and they feed the women upon the flesh of their husbands, and the children upon the flesh of their fathers; and no water, save a little, do they give unto them. 9. And notwithstanding this great abomination of the Laman- ites, it doth not exceed that of our people in Moriantum. For behold, many of the daughters of the Lamanites have they taken prisoners; and after depriving them of that which was most dear and precious above all things, which is chastity and virtue — 10. And after they had done this thing, they did murder them in a most cruel manner, torturing their bodies even unto death; and after th'ey have done this, they devour their flesh like unto wild beasts, because of the hardness of their hearts; and they do it for a token of bravery. 11. O my beloved son, how can a people like this, that are with- out civilization — 12. (And only a few years have passed away, and they were a civil and a delightsome people) 13. But O my son, how can a people like this, whose delight is in so much abomination — a, see d, 1 Ne. 12. 6, see a, 1 Ne. 16. c, Moro. 8:2S. d, Morm. 4:11, 12. BeiTWEBN a. D. 400 AXD 421. MORONI, 9. 519 14. How can we expect that God will stay his hand in judg- ment against us? 15. Behold, my heart cries: Wo unto this people. Come out in judgment, O God, and hide their sins, and wickedness, and abominations from before thy face! 16. And again, my son, there are many widows and their daugh- ters who remain in Sherrizah; and that part of the provisions which the Lamanites did not carry away, behold, the army of Zenephi has carried away, and left them to wander whitherso- ever they can for food; and many old women do faint by the way and die. 17. And the army which' is with me is weak; and the armies of the Lamanites are betwixt Sherrizah and me; and as many as have fled to the army of *Aaron have fallen victims to their awful brutality. 18. O the depravity of my peo- ple! They are without order and without mercy. Behold, I am but a man, and I have but the strength of a man, and I cannot any longer enforce my commands. 19. And they have become strong in their perversion; and they are alike brutal, sparing none, neither old nor young; and they delight in everything save that which is good; and the suf- fering of our women and our chil- dren upon all the face of this land doth exceed everything; yea, tongue cannot tell, neither can it be written. 20. And now, my son, I dwell no longer upon this horrible scene. Behold, thou knowest the wicked- ness of this people; thou knowest that they are without principle, and past feeling; and their wick- edness doth exceed that of the Lamanites. - _ 21. Behold, my son, I. cannot recommend them unto God lest he should smite me. 22. But behold, my son, I rec- ommend thee unto God, and I trust in Christ that thou wilt be saved; and I pray unto God that he will 'spare thy life, to witness the return of his people unto him, or their utter destruction; for I know that they must perish ex- cept they repent and return unto him. 23. And if they perish it will be ''like unto the Jaredites, be- cause of the wilfulness of their hearts, seeking "for blood and revenge. 24. And if it so be that they perish, we know that many of our brethren have ^dissented over unto the Lamanites, and many more will also dissent over unto them; wherefore, write somewhat a few things, if thou art spared and I shall perish and not see thee; but I trust that I may see thee soon; for I have sacred rec- ords that I would ^deliver up unto thee. 25. My son, be faithful in Christ; and may not the things which I have written grieve thee, to weigh thee down unto death; but may Christ lift thee up, and may his sufferings and death, and the showing his body unto our fathers, and his mercy and long- suffering, and the hope of his glory and of eternal life, rest in your mind forever. 26. And may the grace of God the Father, whose throne is high in the heavens, and our Lord Jesus Christ, who sitteth on the right hand of his power, until all e, Morm. 2:9. /, Morm. 8;3. g, Eth. chaps. 13 — 15. h, ver. 5. Morm. 4:11, 12. A, 1 Ne. 13:31. AL 45:14. i, Morm. 6;6. BarcwssN A. D. 4T)0 AV9 421. 520 MORO things shall become subject unto him, be, and abide with you for- o-wo-r A m on MORONI, 10. ever. Amen. CHAPTER 10. Moroni's farewell to the Lamanites — Conditions on ivhich individual tes- timony of the truth of the Book of Mormon may be obtained — Moroni seals up the record of his people. 1. Now I, Moroni, write some- what as seemeth me good; and I write unto my brethren, the La- manites; and I would that they should know that *more than four hundred and twenty years have passed away since the "sign was given of the coming of Christ. 2. And I seal up Hhese records, after I have spoken a few words by way of exhortation unto you. 3. Behold, I would exhort you that when ye shall read these things, if it be wisdom in God that ye should read them, that ye would remember how merciful the Lord hath been unto the chil- dren of men, from the '"creation of Adam even down until the time that ye shall receive these things, and ponder it in your hearts. 4. And when ye shall receive these things, I would exhort you that ye would ask God, the Eter- nal Father, in the name of Christ, if these things are not true; and if ye shall ask with a sincere heart, with real intent, having faith in Christ, he will manifest the truth of it unto you, ''by the power of the Holy Ghost. 5. And by the power of the Holy Ghost ye may know the truth of all things. 6. And whatsoever thing is good is just and true; wherefore, nothing that is good denieth the Christ, but acknowledgeth that he is. 7. And ye may know that he is, by the power of the Holy Ghost; wherefore I would exhort you that ye deny '^not the power of God; for he worketh by power, 'accord- ing to the faith of the children of men, the ''same today and tomor- row, and forever. 8. And again, I exhort you, my brethren, that ye Meny not the gifts of God, for they are many; md they come from the same God. And there are different ways that these gifts are administered; but it is the same God who worketh all in all; and they are given by the manifestations of the Spirit of God unto men, to profit them. 9. ^For behold, to one is given by the Spirit of God, that he may teach the word of wisdom; 10. And to another, that he may teach the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; 11. And to another, exceeding great faith; and to another, the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; 12. And again, to another, that he may work mighty miracles; 13. And again, to another, that he may prophesy concerning all things; 14. And again, to another, the beholding of angels and minister- ing spirits; 15. And again, to another, all kinds of tongues; 16. And again, to another, the interpretation of languages and of divers kinds of tongues. 17. And all these gifts come by the Spirit of Christ; and they come unto every man severally, according as he will. 18. And I would exhort you, my beloved brethren, that ye re- a, 3 Ne. 2:8. i, Morm. 6:6. c, see m, Mos. 2. d, vers. 5, 7. See c, Moro. 3. e, see r, 2 Ne. 26. /, see d, 3 Ne. 17. g, see d, Morm. 9. h, see e, 3 Ne. 29. t. see e, 3 Ne. 29. 1 Cor. 12:8 — 11. D. & C. 46:8 — 30. * About A. D. 421. MORONI, 10. 521 member that ^every good gift Cometh of Christ. 19. And I would exhort you, my beloved brethren, that ye re- member that he is the ''same yes- terday, today, and forever, and that all these gifts of which I have spoken, which are spiritual, 'never will be done away, even as long as the world shall stand, only according to the unbelief of the children of men. 20. *"Wherefore, there must be faith; and if there must be faith there must also be hope; and if there must be hope there must also be charity. 21. And except ye have charity ye can in nowise be saved in the kingdom of God; neither can ye be saved in the kingdom of God if ye have not faith; neither can ye if ye have no hope. 22. And if ye have no hope ye must needs be in despair; and despair cometh because of in- iquity. 23. And Christ truly said unto our fathers: "If ye have faith ye can do all things which are ex- pedient unto me. 24. And now I speak unto all the ends of the earth — "that if the day cometh that the power and gifts of God shall be done away among you, it shall be because of unbelief. 25. And wo be unto the chil- dren of men if this be the case; for there shall be none that doeth good among you, no not one. For if there be one among you that doeth good, he shall work by the power and gifts of God. 26. And wo unto them who shall do these things away and die, for they die in their sins, and they cannot be saved in the king- dom of God; and I speak it ac- cording to the words of Christ; and I lie not. 27. And I exhort you tO re- member these thingg; for the time speedily cometh that ye shall ^know that I lie not, for ye shall see me at the bar of God; and the Lord God will say unto you: Did I not declare my words unto you, which were written by this man, like as one 'crying from the dead, yea, £ven as one speaking out of the dust? 28. I declare these things unto the fulfilling of the prophecies. And behold, they shall proceed forth out of the mouth of the everlasting God; and his word shall '^hiss forth from generation to generation. 29. And God shall *show unto you, that that which I have writ- ten is true. 30. And again I would exhort you that ye would come unto Christ, and lay hold upon every 'good gift, and "touch not the evil gift, nor the unclean thing. 31. And awake, and "arise from the dust, O Jerusalem; yea, and put on thy beautiful garments, O daughter of Zion; and strengthen thy stakes and enlarge thy bor- ders forever, that thou mayest ^no more be confounded, that the 'covenants of the Eternal Father which he hath made unto thee, O house of Israel, may be fulfilled. 32. Yea, come unto Christ, and be perfected in him, and deny yourselves of all ungodliness; and if ye shall deny yourselves of all ungodliness, and love God with all your might, mind and strength, then is his grace sufficient for you, that by his grace ye may be perfect in Christ; and if by the j, see 0, Eth. 4. k, see d, Morm. 9, I, see 2d, Moro. 7. m, see a, Moro. 7. n, Moro. 7 :33, o, see 2d^ Moro. 7, p, see g, 2 Ne. 3^. g, see s, Morm. 5. See also 2g, Morm. 8. r, see d, 2 Ne. 29. s, see g, 2 Ne. 33. t, see o, Eth. 4. u, 2 Ne. l&rlD. V, Isa. 52:1, 2. w, Etb. 13:8. ce, see j, 3 Ne. 15. About A. D. 421, 522 MORONI, 10. grace of God ye are perfect in Christ, ye can in "nowise deny the power of God. 33. And again, if ye by the grace of God are perfect in Christ, and deny not his power, then are ye sanctified in Christ by the grace of God, through the 'shed- ding of the blood of Christ, which is in the covenant of the Father unto the remission of your sins, that ye become holy, without spot. 34. And now I bid unto all, farewell. I soon go to rest in the ^''paradise of God, until my spirit and body shall again ^Teunite, and I am brought forth trium- phant through the air, to meet you before the ^'^pleasing bar of the great Jehovah, the Eternal Judge of both quick and dead. Amen, y, see e, 3 Ne. 29. z, see /, 2 Ne, 2. 2a, see I, 2 Ne. 9. Eev. 2:7. 26, see d, 2 Ne. 2. 2Ct Jac. 6:13. About A. D. 421. THE END SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS Figures at end of paragraphs denote pages. THE FIRST BOOK OF NEPHI Chap. 1 — Beginning of the record of Nephi, which dates from B. C. 600 — Lehi has a vision of the pillar of fire and the book of prophecy — He predicts the impending fate of Jerusalem, and foretells the coming of the Messiah — The Jews seek his life 1 Chap. 2 — Lehi departs with his family into the wilderness bordering on the Red Sea — Lehi's elder sons, Laman and Lemuel, murmur — His younger sons, Nephi and Sam, believe his words — The Lord's promises to Nephi 3 Chap. 3 — By command of the Lord, Lehi's sons are sent back to Jerusalem to obtain certain plates of brass — Laban refuses to deliver the plates 'and seeks to kill Nephi and his brothers — Laman and Lemuel reproved by an angel... 5 Chap. 4 — Nephi secures the plates by stratagem — by command of the Spirit he slays Laban with the latter's own sword — Zoram accompanies Nephi and his brothers into the wilderness.... 7 Chap. 5 — Sariah complains against Lehi — Both rejoice over their sons' return- Contents of the plates of brass — Lehi a descendant of Joseph — Laban also of that lineage — Lehi's prophecies 9 Chap. 6— JMephi's intent — He writes what is pleasing to God 10 Chap. 7 — Lehi's sons sent back 'to Jeru- salem — Ishmael and household agree to join Lehi's company — Dissension — Nephi, bound with cords, is freed through power of faith — His rebellious brethren repent 11 Chap. 8 — Lehi's dream of the tree, the river, and the rod of iron — Laman and Lemuel partake not of the fruit 13 Chap. 9 — Concerning the plates of Nephi — Two sets of records, one of the min- istry, the other of rulers, wars, etc.. 15 Chap. 10 — Lehi predicts the Babylonian captivity, and the coming of the Lamb of God — The house of Israel likened to an olive-tree — Dispersion and subse- quent gathering typified 16 Chap. 11 — Nephi and the Spirit of the Lord — Lehi's prophetic dream inter- preted — Nephi's vision of the Virgin and the Son of God — Christ's ministry foreshown 17 Chap. 12 — Nephi's vision of the land of promise — The future appearing of the Savior to the people of Nephi — Their righteousness, iniquity, and downfall foreseen 20 Chap. 13 — The nations of the Gentiles — A great and abominable church — Amer- ica's history foreshadowed — The Holy Bible to proceed from the Jews — The Book of Mormon to come forth unto the Gentiles t 22 Chap. 14 — Alternative blessing or curs- ing for the Gentiles — Two churches only — Doom of the mother of harlots — Mission of John the Revelator — End of Nephi's vision 25 Chap. 15 — Lehi's teachings interpreted by Nephi — The olive-tree — The tree of life —The word of God 28 Chap. 16 — Lehi's sons and Zoram inter- marry with the daughters of Ishmael— Th,e journey continued — The ball or di- rector given — Death of Ishmael 30 Chap. 17 — Irreantum or many waters — The Lord commands Nephi to build a ship — His brethren oppose him and are confounded 34 Chap. 18 — The ship completed — Jacob and Joseph — The voyage begun — Revelry and rebellion aboard — A storm at sea — Arrival in the promised land 38 Chap. 19 — Nephi's record of his people — Sundry prophets mentioned — Zenos and his predictions 40 Chap. 20 — Prophecies recorded on the plates of brass — Compare Isaiah 48.. 43 Chap. 21 — Isaiah's writings, as recorded upon the plates of brass, continued — Compare Isaiah 49 44 Chap. 22 — Nephi expounds the prophecies of Isaiah — Prediction of a mighty Gen- tile nation on. the promised land — Lehi's descendants to be nourished by the Gentiles — The fate of those who fight against Zion 46 THE SECOND BOOK OF NEPHI Chap. 1 — The promised land a land of liberty, blessed for the righteous but cursed for the wicked — Lehi's exhorta- tion 49 Chap. 2 — Lehi to his son Jacob — Opposi- tion necessary in all things — The for- bidden fruit and the tree of life — Adam fell that men might be — Messiah, the great Mediator, to redeem mankind 52 Chap. 3 — Lehi to his son Joseph— A prophecy by Joseph in Egypt — A choice seer foretold — The mission of Moses — Hebrew and Nephite scriptures 55 523 524 SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS Chap. 4— Lehi blesses the sons and daughters of Laman and Lemuel — Blessings upon Ishmael's household and upon Sam and his posterity — Death of Lehi— Further rebellion... 57 Chap. 5 — Nephi, warned of God, separates from those who seek his life — Zoram, Sam, Jacob and Joseph and others ac- company him — The sword of Laban — A temple built — Nephi a king or protector — The rebellious cursed with a dark skin — Priests and teachers are conse- crated 60 Chap. 6 — Jacob's exhortation to the peo- ple—He cites the prophecies of Isa- iah 62 Chap. 7 — Jacob's teachings continued- Compare Isaiah 50 64 Chap. 8 — Jacob's teachings continued — Compare Isaiah 51 65 Chap. 9 — Jacob's teachings continued — The atonement infinite — Where there is no law there is no punishment.. 66 Chap. 10 — Jacob's teachings continued — The coming of Christ— No kings upon the land of promise — They who fight against Zion shall perish 71 Chap. 11 — Jacob's teachings continued- Witnesses for the word of God— Types of the Redeemer., 73 Chap. 12— Prophecies as recorded on the brass plates — Compare Isaiah 2 74 Chap. l^Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 3 75 Chap. 14 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 4 76 Chap. 15— Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 5 77 Chap. 16— Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 6 78 Chap. 17— Scriptures from the brass plates continued— Compare Isaiah 7 79 Chap. 18 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 8 80 Chap. 19— Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 9 82 Chap. 20 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 10 83 Chap. 21— Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 11 85 Chap. 22 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 12 86 Chap. 23 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued— Compare Isaiah 13 86 Chap. 24 — Scriptures from the brass plates continued — Compare Isaiah 14 87 Chap. 25— Nephi's comments- His predic- tion of the scattering and subsequent gathering of Israel — Time of the Mes- siah's advent again specified.... 89 Chap. 26 — Nephi's predictions continued- Christ to come to the Nephites— Their final destruction— The days of the Gen- tiles 92 Chap. 27— Nephi's predictions continued— ■ God's judgments upon the wicked— The sealed book— The unlearned man —The three witnesses — A marvelous work and a wonder 95 Chap. 28 — Nephi's predictions continued — Latter-day churches and conditions — The kingdom of the devil to be shaken — The misleading precepts of men.. 98 Chap. 29 — Nephi's predictions continued — The Gentiles and the Bible— Other records — God's words to be gathered in one 100 Chap. 30 — Nephi's predictions continued — Converted Gentiles to be numbered with the covenant people — Jews and La- manites to believe — The wicked to be destroyed 102 Chap. 31^Nephi's predictions continued — Why the Savior would be baptized — The straight and narrow way 103 Chap. 32 — Nephi's predictions continued — The tongue of angels — Office of the Holy Ghost 105 Chap. 33 — Nephi's parting testimony — Not mighty in writing as in speaking — His great concern for his people.. 106 THE BOOK OF JACOB Chap. 1 — Nephites and Lamanites — Death of Nephi, son of Lehi — Hardness of heart and wicked practices 107 Chap. 2 — Jacob's denunciation of un- chastity ar\d other sins — Plurality of wives forbidden because of iniquity 109 Chap. 3 — Jacob's denunciation continued — Lamanites more righteous than Ne- phites — The former commended for fidelity in marriage — The latter again warned 112 Chap. 4 — Jacob's teachings continued — The law of Moses among the Nephites, pointing them to Christ — His rejection by the Jews foreseen 113 Chap. 5 — Jacob quotes the prophet Zenos — Allegory of the tame and wild olive- tree — Israel and the Gentiles 115 Chap. 6— Jacob expounds the allegory of the olive-tree — The pruning of the vine- yard 122 Chap. 7— Sherem, denying the Christ, demands a sign and is stricken — He confesses his sin and dies — A reforma- tion begins — Hatred of Lamanites for Nephites — Jacob gives the plates to his son Enos 123 THE BOOK OF ENOS The Lord's promise concerning a Ne- £hite record to come forth to the amanites — Character, condition, and wars of the two peoples 125 THE BOOK OF JAROM Jarom, son of Enos, keeps the records — The Nephites serve the Lord and are prospered 127 SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS 525 THE BOOK OF OMNI Comprising records kept by Omni, Amaron, Chemish, Abinadom, and Amaleki— Mosiah, the first, leaving the land of Nephi, discovers the land of Zarahemla, occupied by another colony from Jerusalem — He is made king — Coriantumr, the last of the Jaredites — King Benjamin— Other migrations 129 THE WORDS OF MORMON Mormon's abridgment and the smaller plates of Nephi — Relation of the fore- going part of the Book of Mormon to that which follows 132 THE BOOK OF MOSIAH Chap. 1 — King Beniamin's exhortation to his sons — Mosiah chosen to succeed his father — He receives the records, etc 134 Chap. 2 — King Benjamin builds a tower from which he addresses his people— The righteous reign of a God-fearing king 136 Chap. 3— King Benjamin's address con- tinued — Another prophecy of the Christ, — More concerning the atonement.. 139 Chap. 4 — King Beniamin's address con- cluded — The conditions of salvation — Man's dependence upon God— Liber- ality, wisdom and diligence enjoined 142 Chap. 5— Effect of king Benjamin's ad- dress — The people repent and enter into covenant with Christ, and are called "by his name 145 Chap. 6— Names of the people recorded— Priests appointed — Beginning of Mo- siah's reign— Death of king Benja- min 141 Chap. 7 — Expedition to the land of Lehi- . Nephi — Ammon and king Limhi — Peo- ple of Lehi-Nephi in bondage to La- manites 147 Chap. 8 — Ammon learns of the discovery of twenty-four gold plates with en- gravings — He suggests they be sub- mitted to king Mosiah, prophet and seer ISO Chap. 9— Beginning of the Record of Zeniff— ZenifT goes to possess the land of Lehi-Nephi— A spy among the Lamanites — The craftiness of king Laman 152 Chap. 10 — King Larnan dies — Zeniff and his people prevail against their op- pressors 153 Chap. 11— The wicked king Noah and his priests — The prophet Abinadi.denounces the prevailing wickedness — King Noah seeks his life 155 Chap. 12 — Abinadi, for denouncing evil- doers, is cast into prison — The false priests sit in judgment upon him — They are confounded 158 Chap. 13— Abinadi the prophet, protected by divine power, withstands the priests and cites the law and the gospel.. 160 Chap. 14 — Abinadi quotes Isaiah to the priests of king Noah — Compare Isaiah S3 162 Chap. 15 — Abinadi's prophecy— God him- self to come down and redeem his peo- ple — Why Jesus Christ is called the Father and the Son 163 Chap. 16— Abinadi's prophecy continued —Christ the only Redeemer — Resur- rection and judgment 165 Chap. 17— Martyrdom of Abinadi— While suffering death by fire he predicts retribution upon his murderers — Con- version of Alma 166 Chap. 18— The wate^rs of Mormon— Alma baptizes Helam and others — The church of Christ — King Noah sends an army to destroy Alma and his followers.... 167 Chap. 19— A futile search— Gideon's in- surrection — A Lamanite invasion — King Noah sufifers death by fire — His son Limhi a tributary monarch 170 Chap. 20— Priests of king Noah carry off daughters of the Lamanites— Laman- ites seek revenge upon king Limhi and his people — They are repulsed and pacified 172 Chap. 21— Abinadi's prophecy further ful- filled— Nephites in bondage suffer great affliction— The Lord softens the hearts of their enemies — More concerning the twenty-four plates 174 Chap. 22— Plan to throw off Lamanite yoke — Gideon's proposal — Lamanites made drunk— The captive people escape and go to Zarahemla — End of Zeniff's record • • 176 Chap. 23 — Alma refuses to be king — Land of Helam captured by Lamanites — Amulon, leader of king Noah's wicked priests, rules subject to the Lamanite monarch 178 Chap. 24 — Amulon persecutes Alma and his followers — The Lord makes their burdens light and delivers them from bondage — They go to Zarahemla.. 180 Chap. 25— Zarahemla, a descendant of Mulek— The record of Zeniff and the account of Alma read to the people-— Alma authorized to establish the church of Christ throughout the land 182 Chap. 26 — Concerning unbelievers and evil-doers — The Lord instructs Alma how to deal with them 184 Chap. 27 — Persecution forbidden and equality enjoined— Alma, the younger, and the four sons of Mosiah, among the unbelievers — Their miraculous con- version—They become preachers of righteousness 186 Chap. 28— Mosiah permits his sons to preach to the Lamanites — The twenty- four plates translated — Alma, the younger, made the custodian of the records ,..., 189 526 SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS Chap. 29 — King Mosiah discourses upon kingcraft — Recommends representative form of government — Judges elected — Death of Alma, the elder — Mosiah's death ends the reign of the Nephite kings 191 THE BOOK OF ALMA Chap. 1 — Nehor, an enemy of the church, slays Gideon, and is brought to judg- ment and executed — Priestcraft and persecution — Improved conditions — Priests and people equal 195 Chap. 2 — Amlici seeks to become Icing — Rejected by the majority, but is made king — He is defeated in battle — He joins the Lamanites — Alma slays Am- lici and routs his forces 198 Chap. 3 — The mark of the Amlicites, and the curse upon the Lamanites — An- other Nephite victory 201 Chap. 4 — Growth of the church — Pros- perity, pride, and iniquity — Nephihah made chief judge 203 Chap. S — Alma recounts the experience of the church — Denounces iniquity — Calls upon the people to repent 204 Chap. 6 — The reform movement, begun in Zarahemla, is carried to the city of Gideon 210 Chap. 7 — Alma's testimony of the Re- deemer — He commends the people for their righteousness 211 Chap. 8 — Alma's success in Melek — The people of Ammonihah cast him out — Comforted by an angel, he returns — Amulek joins him in the ministry — Great power given 213 Chap. 9 — Alma preaches to the people of Ammonihah and calls them to repent- ance — His testimony rejected 216 Chap. 10 — Amulek's lineage — Lehi a de- scendant of Joseph through Manasseh — Amulek tells of his conversion — His testimony — He denounces designing lawyers and judges — Zeezrom 219 Chap. 11 — Judges and their compensa- tion — Nephite coins and measures — Zeezrom confounded by Amulek.. 221 Chap. 12 — Amulek's testimony confirmed by Alma — Doctrine of the tree of life — The plan of redemption expounded" 224 Chap. 13 — Alma's discourse continued — The holy order of the S5n of God — High priests — Why ordained — Melchize- dek and Abraham 227 Chap. 14 — Alma and Amulek imprisoned — Their adherents persecuted — Deaths by fire — Zeezrom, now repentant, pleads their cause and is cast out — The proph- ets are delivered from prison — Their enemies slain 230 Chap. IS— Zeezrom, miraculously healed, joins the church and preaches — Many baptized — Alma and Amulek return to Zarahemla 233 Chap. 16 — A cry of war— The wicked city Ammonihah destroyed by Lamanites — Zoram and his sons rout the enemy — Desolation of Nehors— The churcli widely established 23-i Chap. 17— Ammon in the land of Ishmael — He becomes a servant to the king — His heroic rescue and defence of the king's flocks 237 Chap. 18 — King Lamoni^mistakes Ammon for the Great Spirit — He is taught concerning the true God — Overcome by the Spirit of the Lord, he falls as if dead 24* Chap. 19 — A wonderful conversion — Abish the Lamanite woman — Lamanite king and queen espouse the faith — Ammon establishes the church in Ishmael 243 Chap. 20 — Ammon and king Lamoni jour- ney to Middoni — They meet Lamoni's father who is king over all the land — Hostile at first, he relents and grants great favors 247 Chap. 21— Rejected by the Amalekites, Aaron and Muloki go to Middoni— They are imprisoned— Their release and mis- sionary labors — Ammon's further suc- cess — Synagogues built 249 Chap. 22— Aaron in the land of Nephi — The king and all his household con- verted — Country divided between Ne- phites and Lamanites 251 Chap. 23 — Religious freedom proclaimed — Many Lamanites converted — Amale- kites and Amulonites reject the truth — The Anti-Nephi-Lehies 255 Chap. 24 — Lamanites come against the people of God — Converted Lamanites refuse to take up arras — More conver- sions 256 Chap. 25 — Lamanite aggressions — Ven- geance by Amulonites — Martyrdoms — Further fulfilment of Abinadi's proph- ecy 259 Chap. 26 — Ammon glories in the Lord — Boasting in righteousness — He re- counts blessings to himself and his brethren 260 Chap. 27 — People of Anti-Nephi-Lehi seek safety in Zarahemla — They are called the people of Ammon — Land of Jershon given to them 264 Chap. 28 — Lamanites make war upon Ne- phites — A tremendous battle — Laman- ites defeated — Deep mourning 266 Chap. 29 — Alma's yearning desire to cry repentance to all — God's word is ap- portioned in wisdom — Alma rejoices over success of his brethren 267 Chap. 30— Korihor the Anti-Christ— Ex- pelled from Jershon and arrested at Gideon — Arraigned in Zarahemla — He demands a sign and is stricken dumb — His miserable death 268 Chap. 31— Alma heads a mission to re- claim the Zoramite dissenters — The SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS 527 Rameumptom or holy stand— The Zoramite form of worship 273 Chap. 32 — The poor hearken to message of salvation — Alma's commendation and discourse — Faith developed by desire to believe • 276 Chap. 33— Alma's discourse continued — True worship not confined to sanc- tuaries — The prophets Zenos and Ze- nock again cited 280 Chap. 34— Amulek's testimony— The great and last sacrifice — How mercy satisfies justice — Repentance not to be procras- tinated • • 281 Chap. 35 — Nephite missionaries retire to land of Jershon — Their Zoramite con- verts, expelled from their own coun- try, rejoin them — Preparations made for war 284 Chap. 36— Alma recounts his sinful past, his miraculous conversion, and his subsequent zeal in the ministry.. 286 Chap. 37 — Helaman entrusted with the records and other sacred relics — Gaze- lem — Liahona a type of the word of Christ , 288 Chap. 38 — Shiblon commended for faith- fulness, and counseled to observe meek- ness and self-control 292 Chap. 39 — Corianton reproved for harlotry — His sinful conduct had affected faith of the Zoramites — Christ's redemption retroactive .••• 293 Chap. 40 — Alma to Corianton continued — Resurrection universal — Separate states of righteous and wicked between death and resurrection — Paradise — A literal restoration assured 294 Chap. 41 — Alma to Corianton continued — What restoration signifies — Men to be judged according to their deeds and desires — Self-judgment .., 297 Chap. 42 — Alma to Corianton concluded — Justice and mercy expounded — The tree of life — Mortality a period of pro- bation — Spiritual and temporal death — Repentance, atonement, law, punish- ment, all necessary 298 Chap. 43 — Alma and his sons severally go forth to preach and teach — Another Lamanite invasion — Armies of Moroni 4nd Lehi overpower and surround the enemy 300 Chap. 44 — Moroni's magnanimity — Zera- hemnah rejects his peace offer, but is compelled .to accept terms— Lamanites make covenant of peace — End of Alma's record ,. . • . 305 Chap. 45— Nephite extinction again fore- told — Alma's departure compared to that of Moses — Dissension in the church 307 Chap. 46 — Amalickiah conspires to be kipg— Moroni and the title of liberty— His stirring' protest and appeal — The . people covenant to maintain freedom — Flight of Amalickiah. ...,,.,... 309 Chap. 47— Amalickiah, by treachery, becomes king of the Lamanites — His ^wful wickedness 313 Chap. 48 — Amalickiah incites Lamanites against Nephites — Moroni prepares for the conflict — A true patriot and a mighty man of God 316 Chap. 49 — Lamanites attack city of Noah —The invaders baffled and repulsed — Amalickiah's wrath over his failure — Prosperity oi the church 318 Chap. 50 — Moroni fortifies the line be- tween land of Zarahemla and land of Nephi — Morianton plans to occupy the land northward — He is killed by Tean- cum — Pahoran succeeds Nephihah,. 320 Chap. 51 — King-men and freemen — Paho- ran, chief judge, is sustained by the freemen — King- men suppressed — Amal- ickiah's invasion, defeat, and death 324 Chap. 52 — Ammoron succeeds Amlickiah — Moroni, with Teancum and Lehi, re- takes city of Mulek and wins great victory — Death ol Jacob, the Lamanite general 327 Ch^p. 53-^City Bountiful fortified— Ne- phite dissension gives advantage to enemy — Helaman and his two thousand stripling warriors 331 Chap. 54 — Ammoron asks for exchange of prisoners — Moroni grants re(juest upon conditions — The Lamanite king's angry reply 333 Chap. 55 — Moroni, incensed at Ammoron's false assertions, refuses to exchange prisoners — Strategy secures release of captured Nephites — City of Gid taken without bloodshed 335 Chap. 56 — HelamafT's epistle to Moroni — Wonderful faith and valor of the strip- ling Ammonites — Another great battle — Nephites victorious 337 Chap. 57— Helaman's epistle continued— Antiparah retaken — City^ of Cumeni surrenders — Lamanites driven to Manti — A miraculous ^ preservation — Escape of many Lamanite prisoners 341 Chap. 58 — Helaman's epistle concluded — Nephite operations before Manti — A Lamanite sortie — Gid and Teomner capture the city — Enemy withdraws 344 Chap. 59— Moroni writes to Pahoran, asking reenforcements for Helaman — City of Nephihah taken by Lamanites — Moroni's anger at seeming indiffer- ence of the government 347 Chap. 60— Moroni's second epistle to Pahoran — Complains of neglect — De- mands immediate help on peril of re- prisal 348 Chap. 61— Pahoran's patriotic reply— He exonerates himself and the freemen — He shows the Nephite state to be tottering — Governor appeals for mili- tary aid against rebels 352 Chap. 62— Moroni marches to relief of Pahoran— Zarahemla recaptured from 628 SYNOPSIS OF the rebels— Help sent to Helaman, Lehi, and Teancum — Lamanites con- centrate in land of Moroni — Teancum slays Ammoron, at cost of his own life — Lamanites driven out of the land 353 Chap. 63 — Shiblon succeeds Helaman — Death of Moroni — Hagoth, builder of ships — Nephite voyages to the land northward — Helaman, son of Helaman, keeps the records — Moronihah defeats Lamanites — End of Alma's account 358 THE BOOK OF HELAMAN Chap. 1 — Pahoran's sons contend for the judgment-seat — Pahoran the second is murdered by Kishkumen — Coriantumr, Nephite dissenter, is leader of the La- manites — Zarahemla captured and re- taken ....359 Chap. 2 — Helaman the second is ap- pointed chief judge — Kishkumen slain by Helaman's servant — Secret com- binations-:— The Gadianton robbers es- cape 362 Chap. 3 — More migrations to the north — A land of large waters — Buildings of cement — Many records kept — Helaman dies — His son, Nephi, succeeds him 363 Chap. 4 — Many dissensions in the church — Lamanites again invade land of Zara- hemla — The city captured— Nephites driven into the land Bountiful — Moronihah fortifies the way — Weak- ened by wickedness, the Nephites pre- vail not 366 Chap. 5— Nephi yields judgment- seat to Cezoram — With his brother Lehi he devotes himself to the ministry — Mar- velous manifestations — Converted La- manites restore conquered Nephite lands 368 Chap. 6 — Lamanites send missionaries to Nephites — Peace and freedom abound — The land Lehi and the land Mulek — Cezoram murdered — His son also mur- dered — Gadianton robbers seize govern- ment 372 Chap. 7— Beginning of the prophecy of Nephi, son of Helaman — Nephi, re- jected by the people in the north, re- turns to Zarahemla — From his garden tower he prays to God and addresses the multitude 376 Chap. 8 — Nephi's address continued — Corrupt judges vainly endeavor' to in- cite people against him — By inspira- tion he announces the murder of the chief judge ^.. 378 Chap. 9— Nephi's words verified — Chief judge found dead at the judgment- seat — Nephi and five others accused — Their innocence established — The mur- derer made known 380 Chap. 10 — Nephi is comforted by the Lord with promise of great power— CHAPTERS He preaches repentance and warns the wicked of impending judgments... 383 Chap. 11 — Further depredations by the secret band of robbers — A great fam- ine — The famishing people turn to the Lord and are again prospered — Dissen- sion and strife follow — The Gadianton band more active 385 Chap. 12 — Mormon's commentary on the condition of the people — Human frailty and the goodness and power of God — Blessed are the penitent — Men to be judged according to their works.. 388 Chap. 13 — Beginning of the prophecy of Samuel the Lamanite — Samuel pro- claims his prophecies from the city wall — Sword of justice to fall on fourth generation — Nephite cities spared for sake of the righteous — Land to be cursed — Slippery treasures 389 Chap. 14 — Samuel the Lamanite predicts the Christ — The signs of Christ's birth to be given in five years — Signs of his death also foretold 393 Chap. 15 — Samuel tne Lamanite con- tinues his warning words — A remnant of his people to be preserved — Nephites to be utterly destroyed unless they repent 395 Chap. 16 — Some of the Nephites join the church of Christ — The majority re- ject Samuel's testimony — They at- tempt to assault and bind him — He escapes and returns to his own coun- try — Nephi's further ministry — Skep- ticism abounds 397 THIRD NEPHI Chap. 1 — Nephi, son of Helaman, departs — Signs of the Savior's birth actually appear — Opposite eflFects manifest — Again, the Gadianton band 399 Chap. 2 — Nephite degeneracy — Nephite reckoning of time changed — White La- manites — Both peoples unite for de- fence against the bands of robbers and murderers 401 Chap. 3 — Lachoneus, governor of the land, receives epistle from Gaddianhi, the robber chieftain — Surrender de- manded — Lachoneus ignores demand and prepares for defence 403 Chap. 4 — The robbers beaten and their leader slain — His successor, Zemnari- hah, hanged — Gidgiddoni's military prowess 406 Chap. 5 — Nephites repent and seek to end works of wickedness — Mormon's account of himself and of the plates kept by him — Another allus-ion to the gathering of Israel 408 Chap. 6^The people are prospered — Pride, wealth, and class distinctions follow — The church rent by dissension — Deeds of darkness 410 Chap. T— Chief judge murdered and gov- ernment overthrown — Division into SYNOPSIS OF CHAPTERS 529 tribes— King Jacob— Nephi's powerful ministry 413 Chap. 8— Christ's crucifixion attested by predicted signs— Tempest and earth- quake, whirlwind and fire— A great and terrible destruction— Three days of darkness 415 Chap. 9— The voice of God proclaims the extent of the disaster and declares the causes thereof— The law of Moses ful- filled—The acceptable sacrifice of a broken heart and a contrite spirit.. 417 Chap. 10— Silence in the land for many hours— Again the voice from heaven— The darkness disperses— Only the more righteous ^of the people had been spared 419 Chap. 11— Beginning of the record of the personal ministry of the resurrected Christ among the Nephites— The Eter- nal Father proclaims the Christ — The Resurrected Christ appears— The mul- titude permitted to feel his wounds — Mode of baptism prescribed — Conten- tion and disputation forbidden — Christ the rock 420 Chap. 12— The Savior's teachings to the Nephites continued — He calls and corn- missions the twelve disciples — His words to the multitude— The Sermon on the Mount retold— Compare Mat- thew 5 423 Chap. 13— The Savior's sermon to the Nephites continued — His command- ments to the twelve — Compare Mat- thew 6 426 Chap. 14— The Savior's sermon continued — Further instructions to the multitude — Compare Matthew 7 427 Chap. IS— The Law of Moses superseded —The Giver of the Law fulfils the Law — The people there present were de- clared to be the sheep of another fold, spoken of to the Jews 429 Chap. 16— Yet another fold to hear the Savior — Blessings upon the believing Gentiles — The state of those who re- ject the Gospel— The prophet Isaiah cited 430 Chap. 17— The Savior's instructions con- tinued—The lost tribes of Israel— The Savior heals the sick and blesses little children — A marvelous and touching scene 432 Chap. 18— Sacrament of bread and wine instituted among the Nephites — Neces- sity of prayer emphasized — Authority given to the tVelve disciples to con- fer the Holy Ghost 434 Chap. 19— Names of the Nephite twelve —Their baptism— The Holy Ghost given — The Savior's second visitation — An ineffable outpouring of prayer 436 Chap. 20 — Bread and wine, miraculously provided, again administered — The rem- nant of Jacob — The Savior proclaims himself to be the prophet spoken of as like unto Moses — Many prophets cited 439 Chap. 21 — Sign of the Father's work — Glorious destiny of repentant Gentiles — Condemnation predicted for the im- penitent — The New Jerusalem 442 Chap. 22— The Savior further quotes the prophecies of Isaiah — Compare Isaiah 54 444 Chap. 23— The Savior commands that omissions from Nephite records be supplied— Prophecy of Samuel the La- manite added 445 Chap. 24— Malachi's words given to the Nephites— The law of tithes and offer- ings — Compare Malachi 3 446 Chap. 25— Malachi's words continued- Elijah and his mission— The great and dreadful day of the Lord— Compare Malachi 4 447 Chap. 26— The Savior expounds all things from the beginning— Marvels spoken by the mouths of babes— The work of the disciples 448 Chap. 27— Jesus Christ names his church — All things are written by the Fa- ther — Men to be judged by what is written in the books 449 Chap. 28— Each of the twelve is granted his heart's desire— Three elect to re- main on earth until the Lord comes in his glory — Marvelous manifestations to the three — They are made immune to death and disaster 452 Chap. 29— Marmon's warning to those who spurn the words and works of the Lord 454 Chap. 30 — Mormon calls the Gentiles to repentance 455 FOURTH NEPHI The church of Christ flourishes— Ne- phites and Lamanites converted — They have all things in common — Two cen- turies of righteousness followed by division and degeneracy — Amos and Ammaron in turn keep the records 456 THE BOOK OF MORMON Chap. 1— Ammaron's charge to Mormon respecting the sacred engravings — War and wickedness— The three Nephite disciples depart — Mormon restrained from preaching — Predictions of Abinadi and Samuel the Lamanite fulfilled.. 460 Chap. 2— Mormon leads the Nephite armies — More of the Gadianton rob- bers — By treaty the land northward is given to the Nephites, and the land southward to the Lamanites....... 461 Chap. 3 — Nephites continue in wicked- ness — Mormon refuses to be their mili- tary leader— His address to future gen- erations—The twelve to judge the house of Israel •. 463 630 SYNOPSIS OP CHAPTERS Chap. 4— Nephites begin a war of re- venge upon Lamanites — Nephites no longer prevail— The sacred record taken from the hill Shim 465 Chap. 5— Mormon relents and again leads Nephites — Lamanites outnumber Ne- phites— Crime and carnage— Mormon's abridgment of the records 467 Chap. 6— The hill Cumorah and its rec- ords — The final struggle between the two nations — Lamanites victorious — Twenty-four Nephites survive 469 Chap. 7— Mormon affirms to Lamanites that they are of Israel — Admonishes them for their salvation 471 Chap. 8 — Moroni finishes his father's rec- ord—After the carnage of Cumorah— Mormon among the slain — Lamanites and robbers possess the land — Mor- mon's record to come out of the earth —Conditions and calamities of latter days depicted 472 Chap. 9— Moroni's address to unbelievers — His testimony concerning the Christ — The Nephite language known as re- formed Egyptian 475 THE BOOK OF ETHER Chap. 1— The prophet Ether's genealogy — The great tower — Jared and his brother — Their language not confounded — Preparing for migration as directed by the Lord 478 Chap. 2— In the valley of Nimrod- Deseret, the honey bee— The Lord again talks with the brother of Jared — Divine decree concerning the land of promise — The place Moriancumer — Barges built -. 480 Chap. 3— The finger of the Lord— Jesus Christ shows himself in the spirit to the brother of Jared— The luminous stones— The interpreters— A record yet to come 482 Chap. 4 — The brother of Jared commanded to write — Moroni's solemn admonition — Cursed is he who contends against the word of the Lord— Whatsoever persuades men to do good is of God 485 Chap. 5— Moroni to the future translator of his writings 487 Chap. C— The story of the Jaredites con- tinued — Their vessels lighted by mir- acle — Through the depths of the sea to the promised land — The people de- sire a king — Their leaders foresee evil but yield to the popular will — Death of Jared and his brother..... 487 Chap. 7— Orihah's righteous reign, fol- lowed by rebellion, usurpation and strife — The rival kingdoms ol Shule and Cohor — Wickedness and idolatry — Prophets appear and the people re- pent 489 Chap. 8 — The p^ood king Omer — His son Jared conspires with Akish to obtain the crown — Strife and bloodshed — Secret and murderous combinations — Modern Gentiles warned against such dangers 491 Chap. 9 — Omer loses and regains his crown — Emer's prosperous reign — Cure- loms and cumoms, animals of that period — Sundry kings — Famine and poisonous serpents 493 Chap. 10 — Riplakish the wrong-doer — Morianton the reformer— Other mon- archs and their wars — The land south- ward a wilderness — The land north- ward inhabited 496 Chap. 11 — Jaredite prophets predict utter destruction of their people except they repent — The warning unheeded.... 498 Chap. 12— ^The prophet Ether atxd king Coriantumr — The Jaredite and Nephite languages — God gives weaknesses that men may be humble — Moroni's fare- well to the Gentiles 500 Chap. 13— "Moroni continues the Jaredite history — Ether and his predictions— His life sought— He dwells in the cav- ity of a rock — Views by night the destruction falling upon his people 503 Chap. 14— A curse upon the land— Con- tinued strife and bloodshed— Corian- tumr not to fall by the sword 505 Chap. 15 — The hill Ramah or Cumorah — Preparations for a mighty struggle — Millions go down to death — Shiz slain by Coriantumr — Ether's concluding words — End of the Jaredite record.. 507 THE BOOK OF MORONI Chap. 1 — Moroni's desolate state — He writes, hoping for the welfare of the Lamanites 510 Chap. 2 — Concerning the bestowal of the Holy Ghost by the Nephite twelve.. 510 Chap. 3 — Concerning the ordination of priests and teachers 510 Chap. 4 — Mode of administering the sac- ramental bread , 511 Chap. 5— -Mode of administering the sac- ramental wine 511 Chap. 6 — Conditions and mode of bap- tism—Church discipline 511 Chap. 7 — Moroni presents Mormon's teachings on faith, hope, charity.. 512 Chap. 8 — Mormon's epistle to Moroni — Little children have no need of re- pentance or baptism 515 Chap. 9 — The second epistle of Mormon to his son, Moroni — Atrocities com- mitted by Lamanites and Nephites — A father's last and affectionate ad- monition 518 Chap. 10 — Moroni's farewell to the La- manites — Conditions on which indi- vidual testimony of the truth of the Book of Mormon may be obtained— Moroni seals up the record of his people ....> 520 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY MOSTLY PROPER NAMES OF BOOK OF MORMON ORIGIN With some Biblical names included Aaron — ar'on Abel— a^bel Abinadi — a-bln'a-di Abinadom — a-bKn'a-dom Abish — a^blsh Ablom — ab'lom Abrah am — a^bra-ham Agosh — a'g6sh Aha — a'ha Ahah — a'ha Ahaz — a'hSz Aiath — a-i'ath Akish — a'klsh Alma — ai'ma Amaleki — a-marg-ki Amalekites — a-mal'S-kites Amalickiah — a-ma-li-ki'a Amalickiahites — a-ma-U-ki'a-hites Amaron — S,-ma'r6ii Amgid — Sm'gld Aminadab — a-mln'a-dab Aminadi — a-mln'a-di Amlici — am'U-ci Amlicites — iim'lI-citeB Ammah — 3,m'ma Ammaron — Sm 'ar-on Ammon — Sm'on Ammonites — am'on-ites Ammonihah — am-6n-i'ha Ammonihahites — Sm-on-ilia-hites Ammoron — am'6r-6n Amnigaddah — S.m-nl-gad'da Amnihu — 3,m-ni'hu Amnor — Sm'nor Amoron — S-mo'ron Amos — a'mos Amulek — am'u-l6k Amulon — Sm'u-ldn Amulonites — Sm 'u -I6n-ites Anathoth — an'a-thoth Angola — Sn-go 'la Ani-Anti — an'i-an'ti Anti-Nephi-Lehi — an'ti-nS'phl-le'hl Anti-Nephi-Lehies — an'ti-ne'phi-le'hies Antionmo — a,n-tI-6m'no Antion — Sn'ti-on Antionah — S,n-tI-on'a Antionum — Sn-tl-on'tim Antiparah — Sn-tl-pdr'a Antipas — a,n'tl-pas Antipus — Sn'tl-ptis 531 532 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY Antum — ftn'ttim Archeantus — ar-kfi-ftn'ttis Arpad — ar'pad Babylon— bab'I-lSn Bashan — ba'shan Benjamin — ben'ja-min Bethabara — beth-ab'a-ra Boaz — bo'Sz Bountiful — ^boun'tl-ftil Camenihah — karmg-ni'ha Carchemish — kar-k6m'Ish Cezoram — ce-zo'ram Chaldeans — kal-de'ftna Chemish — kgm'ish Cohor — ko'hor Com — k6m Comnor — kom'nor Corianton — ko-ri-an't5n Coriantor — ko-ri-a,n't6r Coriantum — ko-rl-an'ttim Coriantumr — ko-ri-an'tii-mtir Corihor — k6'ri-h6r Corom — ko'rOm Cumeni — ku-me'ni Cumom — kti'mom Cumorah — ku-mor'a Curelom — ku-relom Deseret — d6§-6r-6t' Desolation— d6s-o-la'tioD Edom — e'dom Elam — e'lam Elijah — e-li'ja Emer — e'mer Emron — 6m'r6n Enos — e'nSs Ephah — e'-fa Ephraim — ef 'ra-Im Esrom — 6s-r6m Ethem— eth'&D Ether — eth'er Ezias — e-zl'as Ezrom — 6z'r6m Gad — gad Gadiandi — gad-I-an'dl Gadianton — gad-I-an 't6n Gadionmah — gad-I-6m'na Gallim— galOlm Gazelem — ga'z6l-6m Geba — ge'ba Gebim — ge^blm Gibeah — gib 'e-a Gid— gid Giddonah — gid-do'na Giddianhi— gId-dl-anTiI Gidgiddonah — g!d-gId-do'na Gidgiddoni — gid-gld-do'nl Gilead— gU'e-ad Gilgah — gll'ga Gilgal— gli'gal * Gimgimno— gIm-glm'nO Gomorrah — go-m6r'r§ Hagoth — ha'gOth Hamath — ha'math Hearthom — he-ar'thSm Helam — he'lam Helaman — he'la-man Helem — heiSm Helorum — he-lo'rum Hem — hfim Hermounts — her'mounta Heshlon — h6sh'l6n Himni — him'ni Horeb — hor'gb Immanuel — Im-man'Q-Sl Irreantum — ir-re-an 'ttim Ishmaelites — Ish'ma-6l-itea Jacobites — ja'c6b-ites Jacobugath — j a-co-bu'gftth PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY 533 Jacom — jaTcSm Jared — jS'red Jaredites — j a'rSd-Ites Jarom — ja'rSm Jashon — j a'shSn Jeberechiah — j6b-€r-6-kI'a Jershon — jer'shSn Jonas — jo'nSiE Joneam — jS'ne'am Jordan — j6r'dan Josephites — jo's8f-ites Jothan — j 6'than Kib— Idb Kim — kTm Kimnor — kYm^n6r Kishkumen — ^klsh-ku'mSn Korihor — ^ko'ri-h6r Kumen — ^ku'mgn Kumenonhi — ^ku-m6n-5n'hl Laban — la'bS.n Lachoneus — ^la-kon'e-tis Laish — la'Ish Lamah — la'ma Laman — la'man Lamanites — la'm&n-ites Lamoni — ^la-mo'ni Lauram — ^lau'ram Lehi— leOJ Lehi-Nephi — leTii-ne'fi Lehonti — le-h6n'ti Lemuel — l6m'u-6l Lemuelites — Igm'u-fil-ites Liahona — le-a-ho'n§, Limhah — Um'ha Limber — llm'ber Limhi— limtl Limnah — lim-na M admenah — m&d-m6n'a Mahah — ma'ha Maher-shalal-hash-baz — maTier-shal-al-hash'baz Manasseh — m&n-Ss'sS Manti — mSn'tl Mathoni — m&-tho'ni Mathonihah — ma-tho-ni'ha Medes — mgdes Melchizedek — mfil-kiz '6-d6k Melek — me-l6k Michmash — mXk'mftsh Middoni — mld-do'nl Midian — ^ml'di-Sn Migron — mi'grOn Minon — mI'nOn Moab — mo'ab Mocum — moTiOm Moriancumer — mo-ri-Sn'ku-mer Morianton — mo-rl-Sn'tSn Moriantum — mo-rl-an'tiim Mormon — m6r'm6n Moron — mo'rSn Moroni — mo-ro'ni Moronihah — mo-ro-ni'ha Mosiah — mo-si'a Mulek — ^mu'lfik Muloki — ^mu-l6'ki Nahom — ^na'hftm Naphtali — naf'ta-li Nazareth — naz'a-rgth Neas — ne-as Nehor — ne'hor Nephi — ne'fi Nephihah — ^^ng-fl'ha Nephites — ne'fltes Neum — ne'um Nimrah — nlm'ra Nimrod— nIm'rSd Ogath — 6'gath Omer — o'mer Omner — Om'ner 534 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY Omni — Om'nl Onidah — o-ni'da Onihah — o-niTia Ophir — o'fer Oreb — o'rgb Orihah — 5-riTia Paanchi — pS-SnTcI Pachus — palctis Pacumeni — pa-kti'mg-nl Pagag— pa'gag Pahoran — pa-ho'ran Palestina — pal-6s-tl'na Pathros — pa'thrSa Pekah — ipe^ka Pharaoh — ^fa'ro Philistines — ffl-Is'tlns Rabbanah — rSb-ban'a Rahab — raTiab Ramah — ra'ma Ramath — ra'math Rameumptom — ram-e-timp't6m Riplah — rip la Riplakish — rip-la'klsh Ripliancum — rip-U-an^ktim Salem — saiSm Samaria — sS-ma'ri-a Sarah — sa'ra Sariah — si-ri'a Seantum — se-an'ttim Sebus — seTatis Seezoram — se-6-zo'-ram Shared — sha'rgd Shazer — sha'zer Shearj ashub — she-ar-j a'shtlb Shelem — shel'gm Shemlon — shfim ICn Shemnon — shgm'nOn Sherem — she'rfim Shemzah — sher-ri'zft Sheum — she'tlm Shez — shgz Shiblom — shlb 16m Shiblon— shibaon Shiloah — ehi lo-a Shilom — shil6m Shim — shim Shinmilon — shIm-nllOn Shinar — shi'nar Shiz — shiz Shule — shul Shum — shttm Shurr — shtir Sidom — sid'om Sidon — sid'fin Sinai — si'na-I Sinim — si'nim Siron — sI'rOn Tarshish— tar'shlsh Teancum — te-an Titim Teomner — te-Qm'ner Tubaloth— tQlDa-ldth Uriah — u-ri'a Uzziah — tlz-zl'a Zarahemla — za-ra-h6m1a Zebulun — z6b'u-liin Zeezrom — ze-€z 'r5m Zenmarihah — zfim-na-riTia Zenephi — ze'n6-fi Zeniff— ze'nif Zenoch — ze'nok Zenos — ze'nSs Zerahenmah — zfir-a-hgm'nH Zeram — ze'ram Zerim— ze'iim Ziff— zlf Zoram — zo'iflm Zoramites — zo'iftm-Itea INDEX Numbers refer to pages and verses. Thus, 189-34 indicates page 189, and verse 34 on that page. In general, the verse in which the beginning of the subject-matter occurs is the only one specified. Aaron, son of Mosiah, 189-34; chosen king by people; refuses kingdom, 191-2; goes to Jerusalem, 249-1; min- istry of, among Lamanites, 249-4; preaches atonement, 250-7; goes to Ani-Anti, 250-11; goes to Middoni, 250- 12; imprisoned in Middoni, 247-2, 250- 13; released, 250-14; preaches in syna- gogues, 250-16; goes to land of Nephi, 251-1; teaches the king, 251-2: rebukes Ammon, 261^10; meets Alma, 265-16. See also Mosiah, sons of. Aaron, Jaredite king, son of Heth, 479- 16, 498-31. Aaron, king of Lamanites, defeated by army of Mormon, 462-9; brutality of army of, 519-17. Aaron, city of, 214-13. 322-14. Abel, 374-27. Abhorrence, sin looked upon with, by the righteous, 229-12, 266-28, 70-49. Abinadi, prophesies to people of king Noah, 157-20, 158-1; brought before king Noah, 159-16, 166-6; imprisoned, 159-17; confounds questioners, 159-19; quotes Isaiah, 159-21, 162-1; quotes from ten commandments, 160-35, 161- 13; face of, shines, 160-5; preaches atonement, 161-28; foretells crucifixion, 163-7; proclaims divine justice, 165-1; preaches redemption and resurrection, 165-6; condemned by Noah, 160-1, 166- 1; prophesies death of many by fire, 167-15; first martyr by fire, 167-13, 260-11; means of blessing lo Alma, 185-15; words of, fulfilled, 173-21, 260- 9, 461-19. Abinadom, Nephite historian, son of Chemish, 130^10. Abish, a Lamanitish woman, conversion of, 245-16; calls people to house of king, 245 17; grieved because of tu- mult, 246-28; raises the queen, 246-29. Ablom, Omer pitches tent at, 493-3. Abominable church, the, 26-9. Abominable combinations, secret and, 67-9, 94-22 289-21, 409-6, 500-22. Abominations, the mother of, 26-9; of church of the. devil, 26-12; of Jews, 89-2; in last days, 95-1; to be dis- covered through a divin^ely prepared stone, 290-23; of Lamanites and Ne- Ehites not fully recorded, 364-14; of ,amanites and Nephites in days of Mormon, 518-9. Abraham, covenant with, 29-18, 36-40, 102-14; kindreds of earth blessed through, 29-18, 47-9, 440-25; God of, to be crucified, 41-10; and Isaac, simil- itude of God and Christ, 113-5; paid tithes, 229-15; saw of Christ's coming, 379-17. Abridgment, of Lehi's record, by Nephi, 2-17; of plates of Nephi, by Mormon, 132-3, 410-15; of Jaredite record, by Moroni, 478-5, 484-17, 509-33. Abyss, the, of spiritual darkness, 188- 29, 261-3. Account, made by Nephi, 2-17; by Zenifif, 152; of Alma and his people, 178; of sons of Mosiah, 237; of Aaron and brethren, 249; by Helaman, 307. Accountable, baptism for those only who are, 516-10. Accursed, treasure may be, 389-18; all who contend against the Lord may be, 485-8. Act, to, or to be acted upon, 53-13, 55- 26; mankind free to, 227-31, 395-30. Adam, fell that man might be, 54-25; his children redeemed, 68-21, 142-7; fell by partaking of forbidden fruit, 226-22; restrained from partaking of tree of life, 298-3; account of, on Jare- dite plates, 478-4. Adam and Eve, plates of brass contain account of, 10-11; their fall, 54-19. Admonition, of the Lord, 58-13, 125-1. Adultery, a most abominable sin, 293-5; forbidden, 161-22, 236-18, 255-3, 425-27. Adversary, the, 29-24, 224-5. Advocate, Christ, the, 514-28. Affixed, punishment and blessing are, 53-10, 299-16. Afflictions, diverse effects of, 357-41; consecrated for blessing, 52-2. A^ony, of soul, 376-6. Agosh, battleground of Lib and Corian- tumr, 506-15. Aha, son of Zoram, 235-5. Ahah, Jaredite king, son of Seth, 479-10, 499-10. Akish, son of Kimnor, 491-10; daughter of Jared dances before, 492-11; oaths administered by, 492-13; overthrows kingdom of Omer, 493-1; marries daughter of Tared, 493-4; causes death of Jared and obtdlns kingdom, 493-5; wars with sons, 494-12. 535 536 INDEX Akish, wilderness of, battleground of Gilead and Coriantumr, 505-3. Alive, in Christ, 92-25, 516-12, 517-19, 22. Allowance, Lord cannot look upon sin with, 308-16. All things, known to the Lord, 15-6, 54- 24, 68-20; God's foreknowledge of, 228- 7; known to the Spirit, 212-13; God, Christ created, 54-14, 140-8, 393-12, 418-15; need of opposition in, 53-11; a compound in one, 53-11; to be re- vealed, 96-10, 11; to be restored, 297-2, 4; denote there is a God, 272-44; are written by the Father, 451-26; to be- come new, 503-9. All things in common, among disciples of Christ, 449-19, 456-3. Alma, and his people, account of, 178. Alma, Book of, 195; words of, 205. Alma, the first, 166-2; life sought by king Noah, 166-3; teaches words of Abinadi, 167-1; resorts to the place of Mormon, 168-5; teaches believers, 168- 7; baptizes Helam, 168-13; baptizes many, 169-16; ordains priests, 169-18, 179-17; admonishes priests not to de- pend on people for support, 169-26; discovered by servants of king Noah, 170-32; departs into wilderness, 170- 34; declines to be king, 178-7; high priest, founder of church, 179-16; and people surrender to Lamanites, 179-29; and people oppressed by Amnion, 181- 8; leads people out of bondage into wilderness, 181-17; and people arrive at Zarahemla, 182-25; record of, read by king Mosiah, 182-6; preaches to Ne- phites, 183-14; baptizes Limhi and peo- ple, 183-18; permitted to establish churches, 183-19; dissenters brought before, 184-7; given authority over church by Mosiah, 184-8; receives di- rection from the Lord, 185-29; regu- lates affairs of church, 186-37; church complains to, 186-1; prays for son, 187- 14; ordained son high priest, 194-42; dies, 194-45. Alma, son of Alma, seeks to destroy church, 187-8; with sons of Mosiah sees angel, 187-11; becomes helpless and dumb, 188-19; his father rejoices over him, 188-20; relates terrifying expe- rience, 188-29; teaches people, 189-32; receives from king Mosiah the plates, records, and interpreters, 191-20; is appointed the first chief judge, 194-42; ordained high priest by his father, 194- 42; sentences Nehor, 196-14j leads army of Nephites, 199-16; slays Amlici, 200-31; contends with king of Laman- ites, 200-32; sends army to repulse La- manites, 202-23; baptizes in Sidon, 203-4; ordains elders, priests, and teachers, 203-7, 210-1; resigns judg- ment-seat to Nephihah, 204-17; re- tains office of high priest, 204-18; preaches in land of Zarahemla, 205-1; preaches in valley of Gideon, 210-7; addresses people of Gideon, 211-1; preaches the Redeemer's coming, 211- 7; having established church in Gideon, he returns to Zarahemla, 213-1; teaches and baptizes at Melek, 214-4; preaches at Ammonihah, 214-8; visited by an angel, 214-14; return* to Ammonihah as commanded, 214-16: meets Amulek, 215-19; see Alma and Amulek; heals and baptizes Zeezrom, 234-10; estab- lishes church at Sidom, 234-13; on journey from Gideon to Manti, meets sons of Mosiah, 237-1, 265-16; con- ducts sons of Mosiah to Zarahemla, 265-20; relates his conversion to peo- ple of Ammon, 265-25; wishes he were angel, 267-1; says Lord raises up men in all nations to teach truth, 268-8; tries Korihor, 271-30; his work in the ministry was not for pay, 27l'-33; gives Korihor a sign— that of dumbness, 272-49; takes missionary party to Zoramites, 274-6; astonished at Zora- mite prayers, 275-19; lays hands on companions, 276-36; and brethren sep- arate, 276-37; preaches on hill Onidah, 277-4; preaches to poor, 277-12; and brethren go to Jershon, 284-1; gives commandments to Helaman, 286-1; re- counts conversion, 286-6, 292-7; de- scribes his awful state prior to re- pentaiice, 286-12; had experienced ex- quisite pain and joy, 287-21; recounts his labors, 287-24; commits the sacred plates to Helaman, 288-1; gives com- mandments to Shiblon, 292-1; counsels Shiblon to bridle passions, 293-12; ad- vises humility and penitence, 293-14; gives commandments to Corianton, 293-1; chides Corianton, 293-2; de- nounces unchastity, 293-5; expounds the resurrection, 294-1; explains state between death and resurrection, 295- 11; explains doctrine of restoration, 296-22, 297-1; shows necessity of pun- ishment, 298-1; explains the fall af Adam, 298-3; discourses on the atone- rnent, 299-15; explains relation of jus- tice and mercy, 300-24; sends Corian- ton forth to preach, 300-31; receives word of Lord directing Moroni, 302-24; instructs Helaman, 307-2; prophesies concerning wickedness and consequent extinction of people of Nephi, 308-10; blesses son^, and the earth for the sake of the righteous, 308-16; blesses the church, 308-17; departs toward Melek, not known of afterward, 308- 1&; thought to have been taken up by the Spirit, 309-19; his teachings cited by Aminadab, 371-41. AIma« teachings of, on prayer, the prophet Zenos cited, 280-3; on resur- rection, 294-1; on state of man between death and resurrection, 29S-11; on paradise, 295-12; on state of wicked. INDEX 537 296-14; on restoration, 296-22, 297-1; on mortality as a probationary state, 298-4; on redemption, 299-13; on claims of justice, 299-14; on atonement, 299- 15; on claims of mercy, 300-23; on free agency, 300-27. Alma and Amuiek, in Ammonihah, 216-1 ; speak to Zeezrom and people, 224-1; questioned by Antionah, 226-20; teach repentance, 227-33,; bound with cords by people of Ammonihah, 230-4; see converts burned, 231-10; smitten by chief judge, 231-14, 232-24; imprisoned and bound, 232-17; smitten by many, 232-25; break cords, 232-26; delivered when prison fell, 233-28; go from Am- monihah to Sidom, 233-1; return to Zarahemla, 234-18; preach repentance, 236-13. Alma, valley of, 182-20. Almighty, God the, 86-ch. 23:6, 157-23, 384-11. Alpha and Omega, Christ called, 418-18, Altar, built by Lehi, 3-7; in sanctuaries at Sidom, 234-17; penitent Lamanites brought before, 237-4. Amaleki, son of Abinadom, 130-12; gives plates to king Benjamin, 131-25; ends his record, 132-30. Amaleki, one of the brethren of Ammon, 147-6. Amalekites, helped to build city of Jeru- salem, 249-2; more hardened and hate- ful than Lamanites, 249-3; preached to by Aaron, 249-4; after the order of Nehors, 249-4; not converted, 256-14; rebel, 256-2; evil character of, 264-12; chosen for chief captains because of their murderous disposition, 301-6; dis- senters from the Nephites, 301-13. Amalickiah, leader of revolt against Helaman, 309-3; man of cunning, 310- 10; fiees from Moroni, 311-29; army of, captured, 312-33; unyielding people of, put to death, 312-35; stirs up Laman- ites, 313-1; head of Lamanite army, 313-3; seeks king's overthrow, 313-4; sends message to Lehonti, 313-10; his army surrounded by that of Lehonti, 314-14; causes Lehonti's death, 314-18; appointed commander of army, 314-19; marches to city of Nephi, 314-20; causes king's death, 315-24; takes city of Nephi, 315-31; called before queen, 315-33; made king, 315-35; foments hatred of Lamanites toward Nephites, 316-1; makes Zoramites captains, 316- 5; orders advance on land of Zara- hemla, 316-6; loses many soldiers, 320-25; enraged over defeat of irmy he curses Moroni, 320-27; heads army in person, 325-12; takes city of Moroni, 326-23; takes many cities, 326-26; meets Teancum, 326-29; slain by Teancum, 327-34; brother of, made king, 327-3. Amalickiahites, see Amalickiah. Amaron, son of Omni, receives plates from his father, 129-3; delivers plates to Chemish, 130-8. Amgid, Jaredite king, overcome by Com, 498-32. Aminadab, Nephite dissenter, teaches Lamanites, 371-39. Aminadi, ancestor of Amuiek, interpreted handwriting in temple, 219-2. Amlici, seeks to be king, 198-1; rejected by votes, 198'.7; made king of rebellious faction, 198-9; slain by Alma in battle, 200-31. Amlicites, revolting Nephite faction, 198- U; defeated, 200-35; marked in fore- heads, 201-13. Ammah, a Nephite missionary to the La- manites, imprisoned at Middoni, 247-2; released frofn prison, 249-28; preaches at Ani-Anti, 250-11; goes to Middoni, 250-12. Aramsu-on, keeps the records, 459-47; hides records, 459-48; tells Mormon of records, 460-2; his instructions fol- lowed by Mormon, 4.67-23. AE&mon, descendant of Zarahemla, 147-3; with his brethren meets king Limhi, who binds and imprisons them, 147-7; is arraigned before the king and is honored, 147-8; addresses people of Limhi, 150-2; reads record of LiYnhi, 150-6; learns of discovery of records and- relics of a more ancient people, 150-7; informs king Limhi of a seer who could translate, 151-13; suspected of being a priest of Noah, 175-23; leads Limhi and his people to freedom, 177- 11. Ammon, son of Mosiah, 189-34; chief of missionaries, 238-18; enters land of Ishmael, bound by Lamanites, 238-20; becomes servant of king Lamoni, 239- 25; contends with eneifiies in protec- tion of the king's flocks, 240-34; could not be slain, 240-3; thought to be the Great Spirit, 241-4; prepares chariots, 241-9; discerns the king's thoughts, 242-18; teaches king Lamoni, 242-24; gives history of Laman and Lemuel, 243-38; overcome by Spirit, 244-14; threatened by a Lamanite, 245- 22; revives and ministers to the peo- ple, 246-33; organizes church, 246-35; invited to visit father of king Lamoni, 247-1; forbidden by the Lord to go to the land of Nephi, 247-2; starts for Middoni to deliver his brethren from prison, 247-3; meets father of king Lamoni, 247-8; overcomes king of La- manites, 248-24; secures release of his brethren, 249-28; returns to land of Ishmael, 251-18; teaches people of kine Lamoni, 25i-23; and brethren hold council with king Lamoni and brother, 256.-5; reviews their success, 260-1; re- buked by Aaron, 261-10; praises God, 261-12, 263-35; proposes migration of 538 INDEX converts to land of Zarahemla, 264-5; inquires of Lord, 264-11; enters land oj Zarahemla with his brethren, 265- 15; meets Alma, 265-16; overcome with joy, 265-17; returns with Alma, 265-25; high priest over the people, 270-20; banishes Korihor, 270-21, See also Mosiah, sons of. Ammon, people of, called Anti-Nephi- Lehies, 256-17; called Ammonites, 341- 57, 341-6; friendly with Nephites, 256- 18; king of, dies, 256-4; refuse to fight, bury weapons, 257-12, 258-16; Laman- ites attack, 258-20; passively submit, even to death, 258-21, 264-3; enemies of, repent, 258-24; joined by Laman- ites, 259-26, 355-27; slain by Amalek- ites, 259-28, 264-2; observe law of Moses, 260-15, 269-3; look forward to Christ, 260-16; offer to become slaves to Nephites, 264-8; proclamation con- cerning, 265-21; given land of Jershon, 265-22; protected by Nephites, 265-23; numbered with church. 266-27; receive converts from Zoramites, 284-6; re- move to Mekk, 285-13; hated by La- manites, 301-11; succored by Nephites, 301-12; support army, 301-13, 339-27; about to break their covenant, 332-13; sons of, prepare for battle, 332-16; sons of, choose Helaman their leader, 332- 19; sons of, defeat Lamanites, 341-54; sons of. miraculously preserved from death, 341-56; go to land northward, 364-12. Ammonites, see Ammon, people of. Ammonihah, city of, 214-6; Alma preaches at, 214-8, 216-1; Alma cast out of, 214-13; Alma returns to, 215- 18; Amulek predicts destruction of peo- ple of, 220-23; people of, burn holy scriptures, 231-8; converts in, mar- tyred, 231-8; leaders of, bind Alma and Amulek, 232-22; prison at, falls, 233-27; people of, flee from prophets, 233-29; Alma and Amulek banished from, 233- 1; people of, impenitent, 234-15; people of, destroyed. 235-9. 259-2; called Deso- lation of Nehors, 236-11; Lamanites ap- proach, 318-1; rebuilt by Nephites, 318-2; fortified, 318-4. Ammonihahites, 235-9. Ammonihah, land of, see Ammonihah, city of. Ammoron, king of Lamanites, 327-3; reports to Lamanitish queen, 328-12; attacks Nephites by west sea, 328-12; proposes exchange of prisoners, 333-1; epistle of Moroni to, 333-4; his reply, 334-15; abandons attack on city of Judea, 338-18; in land of Moroni, 356- 33; slain by Teancum, 356-36. Amnigaddah, Jaredite king, son of Aaron, 479-15; dwells In captivity, 498-31. Amnihu, hill of, 199-15. Amnor, Nephite spy, 199-22. Amnor, a silver coin, 222-6, IL Amoron, reports to Mormon, 518-7. Amos, son of Nephi, keeps records, 457- 19; dies, 457-21. Amos, son of Amos, keeps the records, 457-21; dies, 459-47. Amulek, visited by angel, 215-20, 219-7; receives Alma, 215-21; blessed by Alma, 215-26; preaches to people of Ammonihah, 219-1; son of Giddonah, 219-2; reputation of, 219-4; prophesies destruction of people of Ammonihah, 220-23; questioned by Zeezrom, 222-21; preaches Christ, 223-39; rejected by relatives and friends, 234-16; goes on mission to Zoramites, 274-6; preaches to the poor, 281-1; explains supreme sacrifice of Christ, 282-10; teaches prayer, 282-17; goes to Jershon, 284-1; quoted on redemption, 369-10. See also Alma and Amulek. Amulon, land of, 180-31; teachers ap- pointed in, 180-1. Amulon, leader of priests of Noah, 180- 22; sends wives of himself and brethren to plead with Lamanites, 180-33; and brethren join Lamanites. 180-35; made king over people in Helam, 180-39; made teacher of Lamanites, 180-1; oppresses Alma's people, 181-8; orders people to cease praying, 181-11; chil- dren of people of, change name to Nephites, 183-12; people of, help to build city of Jerusalem, 249-2; descend- ants of, hunted down and slain, 259-8, 260-12. Amulonites, more wicked than Laman- ites, 249-3; not converted, 256-14, 259- 29; stir up Lamanites, 256-1; rebel against Ammonites, 256-2; slain by Ne- phites, 259-4; usurp leadership and persecute Lamanites, 259-5; slain by Lamanites, 260-8; fulfil Abinadi's prophecy, 260-9. Anchor (figurative), 469-18, 500-4. Ancient covenant people, 101-4, 5. Ancients, evil oaths of the, 493-5, 498-33. Angel, speaks to Laman and Lemuel, 6- 29, 7-3, 12-10, 37-45; appears to Nephi, son of Lehi, 18-14; of God, fallen, 54-17, 67-8; appears to Jacob, 71-3, 123-5; speaks to king Benjamin, 140-2, 142-1; appears to Alma and sons of Mosiah, 187-11, 286-8; appears to Alma, 214-14; appears to Amulek, 219-7; ap- pears to Samuel the Lamanite, 390-7. Angels, in vision of Lehi, 2-8; minister to Nephi, 59-24; to the devil, 67-9, 113-11; speak by the power of Holy Ghost, 105-3; declare word to many, 230-24; appear to Lamanites, 246-34; doctrine of, challenged, 249-5; visit peo- ple of Ammon, 257-14; declare repent- ance, 369-11; faces of Nephi and Lehi like, 371-36; minister to people, 372- 48; appear to wise men, 398-14; visit Nephi, son of Helaman, 414-15, 18; of devil rejoice, 417-2; minister to little INDEX 539 children in presence of Christ, 433-24; minister to the twelve disciples, 437- 14; the three disciples like, 454-30; office of, 514-29. Anger, of Laman and Lemuel, 58-13, 60-1; of the Lord, 93-6; stirred up by devil, 99-20; Jaredite armies drunken with, 509-22; of Nephites, 518-5. Angola, city of, fortified, 461-4; Nephites driven from, 461-4. Anguish, of soul, 37-47, 93-7, 190-4, 214- 14, 292-8, 470-16. Ani-AntJ, Aaron goes to, 250-11; Muloki and his brethren preach at, 250-11. Animals, in land of promise, 40-25; raised by Nephites, 60-11; ferocious, to become gentle, 103-12; carried by Jaredites, 487-ch. 6:4; domesticated by Jaredites, 494-18. Anti-Christ, Sherem, 123-1; Nehor, 195- 2; Korihor in Zarahemla, 269-6; in Jershon, 270-19; in Gideon, 270-21. Anti-Nephi-Lehi, made king, 256-3; holds council with Ammon and Lamoni, 256- 5; forbids war, 257-6. Anti-Nephi-Lehies, see Ammon, people of. Antiomno, king of Middoni, 247-4. Antion, a gold coin, 222-19. Antionah, a ruler in Ammonihah, 226-20. Antionum, land of, settled by Zoramites, 274-3; Lamanites enter, 301-5; Laman- ites retire from, 302-22. Antionum, a Nephite chieftain, slain, 470-14. Antiparah, city of, taken by Lamanites, 338-14; army of, decoyed by Helaman, 339-31; recovered by Nephites, 341-4. Antipas, a mount, Lamanites assemble on, 313-7. Antipus, Helaman goes to assist, 338-9; pursues Lamanites, 339-33; overtakes Lamanites, 340-49; slain, 340-51; Hela- man rescues army of, 341-52. Antum, land of, plates hidden in, by Ammaron, 460-3. Apostle, seen by Nephi, 27-20; John, to write of end of world, 27-22, 27. Apostles, seen in vision of Lehi, 2-10; seen in vision of Nephi, 19-29; Israel and nations fight, 20-35; to judge tribes of Israel, 21-9; book goes forth from, 23-24; miracles wrought by, 476-18. Apparel, costly, worn by Nehor, 195-6; costly, worn by Nephites, 203-6; coarseness of, cause of persecution, 276-2. Archeantus, a Nephite officer, slain by sword, 518-2. Arm of the Lord, power of, 126-13, 111- 25; made bare, 159-24, 165-31, 441-35; extended in mercy, 122-5, 418-14. See Arms, of God's love. Arm, of flesh not to be trusted, 59-34. Arms, of God's love, 51-15; of mercy extended, 207-33. Arms, see Weapons. Armor, of righteousness, 51-23; of war, 201-5, 302-19. Ascension, of Christ, predicted, 167-2, 296-20; affirmed by Christ, 429-1; after visitation to the Nephites, witnessed, 436-39, 449-15. Asp, to become harmless, 103-14. Ass, in land of promise, 40-25. Atonement, the, infinite, 67-7, 91-16; sat- isfies justice, 69-26; law of Moses worthless without, 141-15; people of king Benjamin convinced of, 142-2; prepared from begfinning, 142-6; with- out it there is no salvation, 142-8; taught by Aaron, 250-9; by Alma, 281- 22; by Amulek, 282-9; by Moroni, 515- 41; HO salvation without, 282-9; brings mercy, and the resurrection, 300-23; for children without baptism, 517-20. Authority from God, baptism denied through lack of, 176-33; sons of Mosiah taught with, 237-3. Ax, at root of tree, 209-52. Babes, utter marvelous things, 449-16. Babblings, of non-church members, 197- 32. Babylon, Jewish captives taken to, 16-3, 130-15; to be destroyed, 90-15. Ball of Brass, see Liahona. Baptism, a prophet to administer, at Bethabara as predicted by Lehi, 16-9; of Lamb of God, foreseen, 16-10, 19-27; commanded, 68-23; all men need to ac- cept, 104-5; of Christ, why necessary, 104^7; Holy Ghost follows, 104-12; of fire and Holy Ghost, 104-13, 423-35, 423-1, 437-13, 449-17; gate by which to enter, 105-17, 511-4; the witness of a covenant with the Lord, 168-10; ad- ministered by Alma, 168-13, 214-5; of Zeezrom, 234-12; at Sidom, 234-14; of 8,000 Lamanites, 370-19; pre^hed by sons of Helaman, 370-17; twelve dis- ciples authorized to perform, 422-22; 423-1; form of ordinance specified, 422- 25; of Nephi, son of Helaman, 437-11; by Nephi, 437-12; necessary to salva- tion, 423-33, 486-18; by twelve dis- ciples, 449-17; humility prerequisite to, 511-ch. 6:2; of little children, wrong, 516-9; to be administered to those who are accountable, 516-10. Bar, of God, 107-11, 15, 122-9, 123-13, 166-10, 206-22, 224-44, 225-12, 476-13, 522-34. Barges, built by Jared, 480-6; descrip- tion of, 481-16; number of, 482-1; peo- ple sail in, 487-ch. 6:4; driven before wind, 487-ch. 6:5. Battle, among Nephites foreseen by Nephi, 20-2, 21-15; with the Laman- ites, fought by Mormon, 518-2; final, of Nephites, 470-8; final, of Jaredites, 508-15. Beasts, wild, slain for food by Nephi, 33-31; in land of promise, 40-25; 540 INDEX created by Goa, 54-15; hunted by Enos, 125-3; Lamanites drink blood of, 128-6; at Mormon, 168-4; in Hermounts, 200- 37; mangle human carcasses, 235-10. Beatitudes, given to Nephites by Christ, 424-3. Bees, deseret, carried by Jaredites, 480-3. Beggar, not to be allowed to ask in vain, 143-16. Belief, individual, not punishable by law, 196-17, 269-7. Believers in Christ, called Christians, 310-14; true, again called NepMtes, 458-36. Bellows, of skins, made by Nephi, 34-11. Benjamin, Nephite prophet-king, suc- ceeds Mosiah the first, 131-23^, given plates by Amaleki, 131-25; has other plates, 133-10; uses sword of Laban against Lamanites, 133-13; defeats Lamanites, 133-14; enjoys continued peace, 134-1; sons of, 134-2; teaches sons from records, 134-3; confers king- dom on Mosiah, 135-10, 138-30; con- fers sacred things on Mosiah, 135-16; addresses people from tower, 136-8; had labored with his own hands, 137- 14; urges service to fellow man, 137-17; people of, covenant with the Lord, 145- 5; takes names of covenant people, 146-1; consecrates Mosiah, appoints priests, 146-3; dies, 147-ch. 6:5; good example of, cited, 192-13; teachings of cited, 369-9. Bethabara, prophet to baptize at, 16-9. Bible, Gentiles shall say: A Bible! 101-3; to proceed from Jews, 101-4; does not contain all the words of God, 101-10. Birth of Christ, foreshadowed in vision of Nephi, 18-15; signs of, predicted by Nephi, 92-3; by Samuel, the Lamanite, 393-3; sign given, 400-15. Blasphemy, Sherem wickedly says that the gospel is, 123-7; by Korihor before Alma, 271-30. Blind, that will not see, 69-32; shall s^e out of obscurity, 97-29; to receive their sight, 140-5, 449-15, 456-5. Block, stumbling (figurative), 59-33, 94- 20. Blood, atoning, of Christ, 21-10, 140-11, 250-9; sacramental cup in remembrance of, 434-11, 511-ch. 5:2; people of the abominable church to be drunken with their own, 47-13, oppressors to be drunken with their own, 64-18; of the saints shall cry from the ground, 99-10. Bloodshed, predicted, 50-12, 63-1-5, 71-6; defend families even unto, 304-47. Boasting, in strength of man, 157-19, 388-5, 411-10, 464-9, 466-8; in right- eousness, 261-12, 263-36. Boaz, city of, Nephites flee to, 467-20; driven from, 467-21. Body, Christ shall show his, 67-5; mor- tal, raised in immortality, 206-15; spirit shall be reunited with, 223-43; every part of, to be restored, 223-43, 297-2; of Christ's spirit, 484-16. Bondage, Israel led out of, 35-24, 41-10; of Limhi to the Lamanites, 148*15; predicted by Abinadi, 158-2; Limhi seeks freedom from, 176-36; Alma and people delivered from, 181-17. Bones, of Jaredites scattered in land northward, 131-22; found by Limhi's explorers, 150-8. Book, in vision of Lehi, 2-11; contains record of Jews, 23-23; of great worth to Gentiles, 23-23; shorn of many plain and precious parts by the abominable church, 23-26; a blessing to Joseph's seed, 57-23; to be sealed up unto Lord, 94-17, 96-10, 97-22; words of, to be brought forth, 96-6; words of, to be read on housetops, 96-11; three wit- nesses of, 96-12; other witnesses of 96-13; words of, delivered to learned 96-15; unlearned to read words of 97-20; to be carried among Gentiles 102-3; of life contains names of right' eous, 209-58; of Mormon to try faith 448-9. Books, the five of Moses, on plates of brass, 10-11; to come forth to Israel, 25-39; sealed, to come forth, 27-26; world to be judged out of, 101-11; many, kept by Nephites, 364-15. Born of God, 188-25, 28, 206-14, 252-15, 286-5, 287-23, 292-6. Borrowing, 144-28, 426-42. Boundary, disputes lead to war, 322-25, Bountiful, city of, see Bountiful, land of. Bountiful, land of (in Arabia), 34-5, 6, 7. Bountiful land of (in the promised land), 254-29; inhabited by Nephites, 254-33; Nephites driven to borders of, 326-28; Teancum goes to, 326-29, 328- 15; fortified, 328-9, 331-4; occupied by Teancum and army, 329-17; Moroni arrives at, 329-18; Lehi meets Laman- ites near, 330-27; prisoners marched to, 330-39; prisoners labor in, 331-3; Hagoth builds ships in, 358-5; Corian- tumr marches toward, 361-23; Laman- ites get lands near, 36(5-5; Christ ap- pears in, 421-1. Bow, Nephi breaks his, 32-18. See also Weapons. Braoich, seed of Lehi to become a right- eous, 71-53. Brass, ball of, see Liahona. Brass, plates of, in possession of Laban, 5-3, 6-24; secured by Nephi, 9-38; Lehi's prophecy concerning, 10-15, 19; contents of, lO-lt; people erf Zarahemla rejoice over, 130-14; description of, by Alma, 288-3. Bread, sacramental, called for by Jesus, 434-1; broken and I lessed, 434-3, 439- 3; miraculously prCTrided for adminis- INDEX 541 tration to Nephites, 439-6; blessing on, Sll-ch. 4:3. Breastplates, brought by Limhi's ex- plorers, 151-10; used by Nephites, 302- 19, 303-38, 306-9; by Lamanites, 360- 14; by Jaredites, 508-15. Brimstone, fire and, the torment of the wicked, 68-16, 69-26, 100-23, 113-11, 123-10, 226-17. Brother of Jared, record of, as made by Ether, found by Limhi's explorers, 150-9, 176-27; Ether's record of, trans- lated by Mosiah, 190-11; record of people of, by Eth^r, 478-2; Jaredite record abridged by Moroni, 478-5; highly favored of the Lord, 479-34; language of, and of the people, not confounded, 479-35; promised a choice land, 480-42, 481-7; posterity to be great nation, 480-43; takes deseret, or honey bee, 480-3; talks with Lord, 480-4; commanded to go into wilder- ness, 480-5; dwelt at Moriancumer, 481-13; chastened and repents, 481-14; commanded to build barges, 481-16; melts stones on mount Shelem, 482-1; sees finger of the Lord, 483-6; sees Christ, 483-13; told that Christ will appear in the flesh, 484-16; told to write and seal records, 484-22; given two stones, as interpreters, 484-23; shown inhabitants of earth, 484-25; commanded to seal up writing and stones, 485-27; writings of, and trans- lation, sealed up by Moroni, 485-5; puts stones, which the Lord had touched^ into vessels for lights, 487-ch. 6:2; sails for promised land, with his peo- ple, 487-4; driven by wind, 487-5; reaches promised land, 488-12; tills the earth, 488-13; family of, 488-20; warns against monarchical rule, 489-23; sons of, refuse kingdom, 489-26; death of, 489-29; causes the mountain, Zerin, to be removed, 502-30. Brutality, of Lamanites and degenerate Nephites, 518-10, 519-17, 19. Building, spacious, in vision of Lehi, 14-S6; in vision of Nephi, 20-35; in- terpreted, 21 -»8. Burdens, of Nephites in bondage made light, 181-14. Burnt offerings, by Lehi and family, 10-9, 13-22; by people of king Benja- min, 136-3; done away after Christ, 418-19. Cain, son of Adam, 374-27; a murderer from the beginning, 492-15. Calling, of priests and high priests, 228-3, 228-8; a holy, 228-4, 268-13. Calno, 83-9. Camenihah, a Nephite chieftain, killed, 470-14. Camp, of Amiicites watched, 199-22. Capital city, Zarahemla, of the land, 361-27. Captain, Gideon, king Limhi's, 173-17; Zoram, of Nephites, 235-5; Moroni, of Nephites, 302-16, 352-36; Zerahemnah, of Lamanites, 304-44; Lehi, of Ne- phites, 319-16; Gid, over Lamanite prisoners, 343-29. Captains, appointed by Nephites, 199-13; Amalekites and Zoramites appointed as, by Zerahemnah, 301-6; from Zora- mites and Amalekites, to lead the La- manites, 304-44; from Zoramites, be- cause of knowledge of Nephite cities, 316-5; of Lamanites astonished at Nephite fortifications, 318-5; appointed by Lachoneus, 405-17. Captivation, of devil, 55-29, 218-28. Captivity, of Jews, predicted, 2-13, 16-3; of Jews, realized, 63-8, 130-15; of Ne- phites, 235-3, 350-17, 387-33; of the fathers, 187-16, 20S-*6, 268-11, 286-2, 3S0-20; brother of Jared warns against kings as cause of, 489-23; of Kib, 489-7; of Shule, 490-17; of Omer, 491-4; of Kim, 497-14; of Levi, 497-15; of H%arthom, 498-30; of Heth, Aaron, Amnigaddah, and Corfantum, 498-31; of Seth, 499-9; of Moron, 500-18; of Coriantor, 500-19. Carbuncles, gates of, 445-12. Carcass, trodden under feet, 88-19. Carcasses, mangled by dogs, 235-10; de- voured by people, 496-34. Carchemish, 83-9. Carnage, spread by Gadianton robbers, 402-11; spread in Mormon's day, 462-8, 466-11, 468-8; in Ether's day, 506-21. Carnal, a sinful state, 142-2, 165-3, 5, 166-12, 184-4, 188-25, 252-13, 297-11, 298-13. Cattle, raised by Nephites, 127-21; gath- ered for safety, 405-2-2, 406-4; returned with, to their own lands, 410-1; among the Jaredites, 494-18. Cavity, of a rock, Nephi and brothers hide in, 6-27; Ether hides in, 504-13, 18, 505-22. Cement, Nephites expert in use of, 364-7, 9, 11. Cezoram, becomes chief judge, 368-1; murdered, 373-15; son of, murdered, 373-15. Chains, of sin, 50-13, 70-45; of hell, 205-7, 225-11, 230-30, 261-14. Chance, equal, for every man, 194-38. Chances, for learning unequal, 411-12. Change, brought about by repentance, 145-2, 206-12, 13, 14, 396-7; \yrought on bodies of the three Nephite dis- ciples, 454-37. Changes, in laws desired by king-men, 324-2. Characters, written, : ^formed Egyptian, 478-32. Chariots, of king Lamoni, 241-9, 247-6; of the Nephites, 405-22; of the Gentiles, to be destroyed, 443-14. 642 INDEX Charity, all men should have, 95-30; Nephi has, for his people, and for Jew and Gentile, 107-7, 8, 9; faith, hope, and, 213-24, 230-29, 502-28; men can- not inherit kingdom without, 502-34; Mormon on faith, hope, and, 512-1. Chastened, by the Lord, Lehi, 32-25; Laman, Lemuel, and others, 33-39; peo- ple of Nephi, 395-3; brother of Jared, 481-14; for wise purposes, 179-21, 388-3. Chastisement, of our peace, 162-5. Chastity, God delights in, 111-28; pre- cious above all things, 518-9. Chemish, receives plates from Amaron, 130-8; writes in book of Omni, 130-9. Cherubim, and a flaming sword, 226-21, 298-2. Chickens, as a hen gathers her, 419-4, 5, 6. Chiefs, and leaders, Lamanite custom concerning, 314-17; over tribes, 413-3, 414-14. Chief judges, see Judges. Child, of virgin in vision of Nephi, 19-20; little, shall lead them, 85-6; of the devil, 208-39; of hell, 222-23, 333-11; little, type of humility, 423-37; Mormon a sober, 460-2; the Holy, 516-3. Children, born in wilderness, to Lehi's people, 35-20; to Lehi, 39-7; Lehi's posterity, many to be restored, 71-2; of men to have word of God, 98-2, 100-30; care of, 143-14; of Christ, 145- 7; little, have eternal life, 164-25; con- found the wise, 278-23; brought to Jesus, 433-11; blessed by Jesus, 433- 21; ministered to by angels, 433-24; speak marvelous things, 449-14; and women, sacrificed to idols, 466-14, 467- 21; baptism of, a mockery before God, 516-9; saved, 516-12; little, alive in Christ, 517-22. Choice, the promised land, 4-20, 24-30, 50-5, 72-19, 481-7, 10, 12, 15, 503-2; seer, a, 56-6; plates, 132-6; people, 51-19. Christ, names of, 71-3, 91-19, 140-8, 421- 10; coming of, predicted, 124-11, 379- 19, 440-24; by Lehi, 3-19, 17-17, 380- 22; by Nephi, son of Lehi, 18-6; by Alma, 167-2; by Ammon, 243-39; by Aaron, 250-7, 9; by Samuel the La- manite, 393-2; by Nephi, son of Hela- man, 414-16; by Moses, 440-23; time of coming predicted, 16-4, 393-2, 400-13; time reekoned from coming of, 402-8; not manifest personally unto Gentiles, 430-23; church to be called in name of, 450-8. Accepted: by king Benjamin's Eeopl-e, 142-2; by Lamoni, 244-13; by amoni's queen, 246-29; by Anti-Nephi- Lehi, 257-10; by 8,000 Lamanites, 370- 19. Types of: Law of Moses, 73-4; the brazen serpent, 281-19, 379-14. Titles of: Messiah, 17-17; Savior, 25-40, 47- 12, 104-13, 141-20; Redeemer, 28-14, 42-18, 47-12, 52-3, 63-11, 73-2, 127-27, 211-7, 516-8; Son of God, 91-16, 163-2, 209-50, 281-2, 282-14; Son of Righteous- ness, 93-9, 447-2, 495-22; Only Begot- ten, 113-5, 227-33, 228-9; Holy One of Israel, 42-14, 44-17, 47-5, 50-10, 92- 29; Mighty One, 46-26, 47-12, 64-18; Father and Son, 163-2, 476-12, 484-14; good shepherd, 207-38, 377-18; king of heaven, 209-50; Eternal Father of heaven and earth, 223-39; author and finisher of faith, 511-4. Signs, of his first advent predicted, 92-3; of his birth, 393-4; of his death, 394-14, 20; given, fulfilled, 400-19; destruction at his death, 415-5. Life and death of: Born of woman, 18-18, 244-13; baptized by John, 19-27; is rejected, 90-12; mocked, scourged and cast out, 163-5; lifted up on the cross, 19-33, 90-13, 140-9, 450-14; rises from the dead, 90- 13; breaks the bands of death, 163-8; shows himself to the Nephites, 92-1, 420-18; announcement by a voice from heaven, 417-1, 419-3, 421-3; the peo- ple understand the voice, 421-6; de- scends out of heaven, 421-8; calls Nephi, 422-18; commissions Nephi and others to baptize, 422-21; commissions the twelve disciples, 422-22, 423-1; works miracles, 140-5, 432-7, 449-15; to show himself to the lost tribes of Israel, 432-4; is worshiped, 433-10; prays and blesses little children, 433- 21; institutes sacrament of bread and wine, 434-1; lays hands on his dis- ciples, 436-36; ascends into heaven, 436-39; appears again, 437-15; miracu- lous providing of sacramental emblems, 439-6; appears to disciples, 449-2; pre- dicts degeneracy in the fourth genera- tion, 451-32. Mission and work of: The giver of the law of Moses, 429-5; ful- filler of law, 429-4, 8; is the law and the light, 429-9; atones for the sins of those who have fallen through Adam, 140-11, 207-27, 252-14; redeems his peo- ple, 163-1; but not in their sins, 223-34; satisfies the demands of justice, 163-9; brings resurrection from the dead, 204-14, 295-3, 394-15; will manifest himself to all, 188-30; gives little chil- dren eternal life, 164-25; shall see his seed, 163-10; means of salvation to the Gentiles, 107-9; by the house of Israel, 441-31; by all men, 450-14; will mani- fest himself a second time, 63-14; to Jerusalem, 67-5; is the judge, 107-7, 11, 140-10; will reject those who reject him, 454-34; word of, to the Gentiles, 455-1. Teachings of, on baptism: mode of ordinance, 422-23; authority to bap- tize, 422-21; all must repent and be baptized, 423-37; fire and the Holy Ghost after. 424-2; those baptized called the church, 169-17, 449-21. On the sacrament: in remembrance of his INDEX 543 body, 434-7; of his blood, 434-11; for- bids unworthy to partake, 435-28. On the unity of the Godhead, 422-27, 423- 32. On sundry subjects: forbids dis- putation, 422-28; all men must repent and believe, 423-32; become as a little child, 423-37; the rock, 423-39; re- peats sermon on the mount, 424-3; the beatitudes, 424-3; his sheep, 430-24; still other sheep, 430-1; the gathering of Israel, 431-5; Gentiles to be num- bered with the people of God, 431-13; watch and pray always, 435-15; prayer in families, 435-21; meet together oft, 435-22; search scriptures, 445-1; his teachings to be written, 445-4; ex- pounds prophecies of Malachi, 446-1. Disciples of, a light unto the people, 429-12; names of the Nephite twelve, 437-4; their desire asked for, 452-1; de- sires expressed save by three, 452-2; desires granted, 452-3; the promise given to the three, 452-7; the three go forth upon the face of the land, 453-18; their miraculous deliverances, 453-21; names of the three not given, 453-25; they minister to Mormon, 453- 26; and Moroni, 472-11; among the Gentiles, but unknown, 453-27. Christians, name taken by believers, 310- 15; cause of, defended, 316-10; executed secretly, 412-23. Christs, false, 133-15. Church of God, 26-10; and fold, 66-2; entered through baptism, 203-4, 449- 21; pride enters, 203-6; people of, be- come wicked, 204-11; among Gentiles, 443-22; to be called by name of Christ, 450-8; organized by disciples, 456-1; meets often, 511-5, Church of the Devil, 26-10; called great and abominable, 22-5, 25-3, 27-17, 47- 13, 63-12; called whore of all the earth, 26-10, 47-13, 72-16, 99-18; denies Christ, 458-29. Churches, many, among Gentiles, 94-20; contend, saying: I am the Lord's, 98-3; many branches among Nephites, all one church, 183-22; built up to get gain, 458-26; to forgive sins for money, 474- 32. Cimeter, Lamanites' skill in, 127-20; sur- rendered by Zerahemnah, 306-8. See also Weapons. Circumcision, law of done away in Christ, 516-8. Cities, destruction of, in Nephi's vision, 20-4; called after those who first pos- sessed them, 214-7; fortified, 321-1: many, built by Nephites, 322-15; of Nephites captured by Lamanites, 326- 26; built anew and repaired, 411-7; destroyed at time of crucifixion, 415-8, 417-3, 456-9; many, built by Corian- tum, 495-23. City of Nephi, of Desolation, of Zara- hemla, etc., see Nephi, city of; Desola- tion, city of, etc. Civilization, rebellious Nephites sub- jected to, 326-22; degenerate Nephites without, 518-11. Classes, among people, 276-2, 458-26. Clefts, of rocks, 75-21. Climate, diseases due to, 313-40. Closet, prayer in, 280-7, 283-26, 426-6. Cloth, made by people of Zeniflf, 154-5; by Nephites, 373-13; by Jaredites, 498- 24. Clothing, of Moroni's army, 302-19; with- held from naked, 367-12; wolves in sheep's, 428-15. Cloud, angel descended in a, 187-11; of darkness over Lamoni, 244-6; of dark- ness over multitude, 371-28; over- shadowed multitude while Christ as- cended, 436-38; the Lord talks to brother of Jared from a, 480-4. Coat, Moroni's, rent for title of liberty, 310-12; of Joseph, 311-24. Cockatrice, 85-8, 89-29, 103-14. Cohor, brother of Noah, a Jaredite, 490- Cohor, son of Noah, becomes king of Jaredites, 490-20. Com, Jaredite king, father of Heth, 479- 26, 495-25; dethroned and slain, 495-27. Com, Jaredite king, born in captivity, 498-31; subdues Amgid and gains part of kingdom, 498-32; fought robbers, 498-34; protected prophets, 498-2. Combination, secret, of Kishkumen, 363- 8; of murderers, 413-6; among Jare- dites, 492-18, 499-15. Combinations, secret, 94-22. See also Gadianton Robbers. Judgments of God upon, 290-30; origin of, among Ne- phites, 374-18; signs and words among, 374-22; their secret oaths to be kept from people, 374-25; oaths of, given by devil to Cain, 374-27, 492-15; Ne- phites make end of, 409-6; given by devil, 412-28; destroy government, 413-6; gather and appoint king, 413-9; among Jaredites, 492-18; cause de- struction of Nephites, 363-13; of Jare- dites, 492-21; Gentiles warned against, 492-23; built up by devil, 493-25; in- stigated by daughter of the dethroned king, Jared, 492-17; Jared murdered by, 494-6; Heth embraces, 495-26; Com fights against, 498-34; prophets re- jected beca«se of, 495-29; many people slain because of, 504-18; Gilead re- ceives recruits by, 506-8; cause mur- der of Gilead, 506-9. Comforter, 517-26; see Holy Ghost. Coming of Christ, see Christ, Commander, 304-44; Moroni chief, 310- 11; Amalickiah chief, 314-19; Gidgid- doni chief, 405-18; Mormon refused to be, 464-11. 544 INDEX Commandments, Lord opens way to ful- fil his, 5-7; keeping of, brings bless- ings, 50-9; Nephites kept law because of, 92-25; summarized, 95-32; to be kept by Nephites, 102-1; keeping of, prospers people, 128-9; taught by king Benjamin, 137-13; the ten, 161-12; dis- obeyers of, to be cut off, 217-13. Commencement, of reign of judges, 194- 44. Comnor, hill, scene of great Jaredite bat- tle. 507-28. Compass, see Liahona. Compassion, divine, towards children of men. 163-9; Lamanites had, 171-14, 174- 26, 180-34; Ammon moved with, 264-4; Jesus filled with, 432-6; of the Lord for Jared, 479-35, Complaint, against unrighteous judges, 412-25. Concubines, of David and Solomon, 108- 15, 111-24; prohibited, 111-27; of king Noah and his wicked priests, 156-14; among Jaredites, 496-5. Condemnation, none where there is no law, 69-25. Conditions, of salvation, 143-8, 205-10; Moroni's, for exchange of prisoners, 333-11. Consignation, to happiness or misery, 296-15, 17. Contentions, and wars, recorded on larger plates, 15-4, 41-4; foreseen by Nephi, 20-3; prophesied of by Nephi, 92-2; witnessed by Jacob, 125-26; by Enos, 127-23; by Jarom, 129-13; by Benjamin, 133-12; by Zeniff, 153-13; warning against, by Mosiah, 191-7; among people of Zarahemla, 130-17; people warned against, 138-32; for- bidden, 169-21; regarding Amlici, 198- 5; in church, 203-9; among Lamanites regarding Ammon, 246-28; concerning lands of Lehi and Moriantqn, 322-25; cause of wars and destruction of Ne- phites, 325-9; caused by Gadianton robbers, 402-11; the devil the father of, 422-29; amcpg Jaredites, 499-7. Contrite, spirit and broken heart, 59-32, 486-15, 511-ch. 6:2; an acceptable offer- ing in place of Mosaic sacrifices, 418- 20, 424-19. Conversion, of Alma through Abinadi, 167-1, 205-11; of Alma and sons of Mosi^, 187-11; of Zeezrora, 233-5; of Abish. 245-16; of Lamoni's household, 253-27; of Lamoni's father, 252-15; of one Amalekite, 256-14. Converts, burned, 231-8; many, made by sign of Christ's birth, 400-16. Copper, found in promised land, 40-25; used by Nephi, 61-15; fine workman- ship in, 128-8. Cords, Nephi bound with, 12-16, 39-11; of the devil, 94-22; and ladders used by Moroni, 355-21. Corianton, goes to Zoramites, 274-7; in- structed by Alma, 293-1; had forsaken the ministry, 293-3; had injured the mission, 294-11; encouraged by Alma, 298-14; instructed by Alma on proba- tion, 298-4; on redemption, 299-11; on justice, 299-14; on atonement, 299--15; on repentance, 299-16; on free agency, 300-27; called to preach again, 300-31; sails northward, 358-10. Coriantor, son of Moron, 479-7; born in captivity, 499-18; begets Ether, dies in captivity, 500-23. Coriantum, son of Amnigaddah, 479-14; dwells in captivity, 498-31. Coriantum, son of Emer, 479-28; anointed king, 495-21; reigns righteously, 495- 23. Coriantumr, son of Omer, 491-4; defeats Jared, 491-6. Coriantumr, last Jaredite survivor, dwells with people of Zarahemla, 131-21; ac- count of his people, 131-21; king of Jaredites, 500-1; his destruction sought, 504-15; skilled in warfare, 504-16; warned by Ether, 504-20; to be buried by another people, 504-21; captured by Shared, 505-23; liberated by sons, 505- 24; meets Shared in battle, 505-28; wounded, 505-31; defeats brother of Shared, 505-3; throne of, taken by Gilead, 506-6; battles with Lib, 506-12; flees to Agosh, 506-15; slays Lib, 506- 16; battles with Shiz, 506-16; flees be- fore Shiz, 506-17; not to fall by sword, 507-24; meets Shiz at Comnor, 507-29; wounded by Shiz, 507-30, 508-9; re- pentance of, 507-3; writes to Shiz, 507- 4, 509-18; flees before Shiz, 508-7; goes to Ripliancum, 508-8; defeats Shiz, 508-10; camps at hill' Ramah, 508- 11; watched by Ether, 508-13; final battle with Shiz, 508-15; slays Shiz, 509-30; falls wounded, 509-32. Coriantumr, Nephite dissenter, Laman- ite commander, 360-15; takes Zara- hemla, 361-20; kills the judge, Pacu- meni, 361-21; marches toward Bounti- ful, 361-23; killed, 362-30; army of, captured, 362-32. Corihor, land of, 507-27. Corihor, son of Kib, 489-3; rebels against Kib, 489-4; makes captive of father, 4S9-7; loses kingdom to Shule, 490-9; repents and gains favor of Shule, 490- 13. Corihor, an associate of Coriantumr, 504- 17. Corom, son of Levi, 479-20, 497-16. Correspondence, between Lamanites and Nephites, 256-18, 257-8; fear of Zora- m.ites entering into a, 274-4. Corruption, of mortality to put on incor- ruption, 67-7, 166-10, 295-2, 297-4. Corruptness, of law under Gadianton sway, 378-3. INDEX 545 Council of war, called by Moroni and Teancum, 329-19. Counsel, of God, 69-28; dark, hidden from the Lord, 97-27, 99-9. Countenance, of Nephi and Lehi, 371-36; of Jesus, 438-25. Covenant, to Abraham, 29-18; to Lehi, 50-5; of baptism, to Helam, 168-13; of evil, 412-28; not all fulfilled by Christ then, 429-8; to be fulfilled in last days, 442-7. Covenants, in record of Jews, 23-23, 42- 15, 63-12; taken away from record of Jews, 23-26; to house of Israel, 26-5, 66-1, 71-7, 73-5; to Abraham, 47-9; to children of men, 72-15, 100-1; evil and secret, to be kept from people, 290-27. Cow, on the land of promise, 40-25; among Jaredites, 494-18. Cracks, in earth, 394-22, 416-18. Craftiness, of king Laman, 149-21, 153- 10, 155-18; of Zeezrom, 224-3. Creation, of the earth, 36-36, 50-10, 54- 14, lZ-7\ of Adam, 190-17; of man, 114-9; of man in image of God, 484-15. Creator, see Christ. Creature, salvation for every, 190-3; jus- tice claims the, 300-22; gospel for every, 477-22. Cries, of unrepentant, God slov/ in hear- ing, 157-24; of righteous, God quick to hear, 218-26; of Nephite spies heard by prisoners, 344-32; at destruction of Jaredites, 508-16. Crimes, preached against by Jacob, 109- 9; grosser, 111-22; judgment by Alma according to, 184-11; Korihor defends, 270-17. Crisis, th« awful, at judgment, 28^-34. Cross, of crucifixion, seen in vision of Nephi, 19-33; Christ speaks of, 450-14. Crosses, of the world, 68-18. Crucifixion, foreseen by Nephi, 19-33, 63-9, 71-3, 90-13; by king Benjamin, 140-9; affirmed by Christ, 421-14; see Christ. Cumeni, city of, 338-14, 342-7. Cumoms, animals known to Jaredites, 494-19. Cumorah, hill, named by Nephites, 469-2; Mormon hides records in, 469-6; scene of final battle between Nephites and Lamanites, 472-2; called Ramah by Jaredites, 508-11. Cunning, of Amlici, 198-2; of Amalickiah, 326-27; of devil, 443-10. Cup, bitter (figurative), 66-17, 142-26, 296-26, 421-11; sacramental, 434-8, 511-ch. 5:1. Cures, miraculous, 140-5, 449-15. Cureloms, animus known to Jaredites, 494-19. Curse, on Lamanites if they rebel, 4-23; of Lamanites seen by Nephi, 21-23; comes upon Lamanites, 61-21, 112-5, 201-6; on the land, 392-30, 405-24, 505- 1; of Adam taken from children, 516-8. Cush, 85-11. Custom, as to naming of cities, 214-7; of arresting strangers, 238-20; of suc- cession in leadership, 314-17; of ap- pointing gifted leaders, 405-19. Daggers (figurative), to pierce souls, 109-9. Damascus, 79-ch. 17:8. Damnation, drunk to their souls, 141-25, 435-29; subjection to the devil, 166-11; for evil-doers, 389-26; resurrection of, 448-5; for corrupters of the word, 474- 33. Dance, Lehi's company, on the ship, 39-9; of Lamanitish daughters, 172-1; of daughter of Jared, the dethroned king, 492-11. Dark, and dreary waste, in Lehi's vision, 13-4, 7; and loathsome people, the La- manites, 21.23, 468-15; works of wicked, in the, 97-27; veil of unbelief, 244-6. Darkness, on land of promise seen in vision by Nephi, 20-4; to be visited upon Israel, 42-11; Israel to be brought out of, 47-12; secret works of, to be destroyed, 72-15; scales of, shall fall, 102-6; stone to shine in, 290-23; night witHout, sign of Christ's birth, 393-3, 400-15; for three days, sign of Christ's death, 415-3; vapor of, could be felt, 416-20; disappeared, 419-9. Dart, a weapon, 128-8. Darts, of adversary, 29-24. Daughters, of Ishmael, 11-6; married by Zoram and sons of Lehi, 31-7; of La- manites captured by priests of king Noah, 172-5; of Lamanites maltreated, 518-9. David, king of Israel, evil practices, 108- 15; concubinage of, abominable, 111- 24; house of, 79-2, 80-13. David, land of, 461-5. Day, cloud by, 76-5; of judgment, 141- 24; journey of a, for a Nephite, 367-7; of execution set, of believers, 399-9; Ether hid in cavity of rock by, 504-13. Dead, the living to hear from the, 81-19; raised from the, by Nephi, son of Nephi, 437-4; raised from the, by Christ, 449-15; Christ's resurrection from the, see Christ, life and death of; all to be resurrected from the, see Resurrection. Deadness, of Mosaic law, 92-27. Deaf, that will not hear, 69-31; to hear word of book, 97-29; to hear, 140-5; healed by Christ, 432-7; healed by the disciples, 456-5. Dealings, of God not understood by Laman and Lemuel, 4-12, 154-14; merciful and just, 322-19. Dearth, famine in days of Heth, 495-30. Death, passed upon all men, 67-6; of spirit, hell as the, 67-10; bands of, broken by God, 163-8; swallowed up 546 INDEX in Christ, 166-8; murder punished by, 196-18; spiritual, 225-16, Debtors, 426-11, Decoy, Lamanites out of strongholds, 329-21; inability to, 344-1. Decree, protecting sons of Mosiah, 255-2. Decrees, unrighteous, 83-1; of God un- alterable, 297-8; of God concerning land of promise, 481-9, 11. Deeds, to be watched, 145-30; done in the body, 206-15; judged according to, 287-15, 300-27; evil, 391-26, Defiance, to commands of God, 206-18; to law, 413-30. Degree, of allowance, none with God, for sin, 308-16. Delight, of the Lord in chastity, 111-28. Delightsome, people, 133-8, 469-17; fair and, 61-21, 456-10; white and, 102-6; civil and, 518-12. Deliverance, from death, 73-5; from La- manites, 153-17; from bands of death, 204-14; from foes, by the Lord, 309-7. Demainds, of justice, 139-38; atonement satisfies, 69-26; mercy satisfies, 282-16; to appease, 299-15; of a rol ber, re- fused by Lachoneus, 404-12. Demons, 392-37. Den, of the cockatrice, 85^8; of wild beasts, three disciples cast into, 453-22, 458-33. Depravity, of Nephites, 519-18. Depths, of hell, 21-16; of sorrow, 32-25; of humility, 70-42, 143-11, 357-41, 2>72- 5; of the earth, 93-5, 417-6; of God's mysteries, 114-8. Descendants, of the Jews, 102-4; of Nephi, 182-2, 183-13; of Mulek, 182-2; of Laman and Lemuel, 259-29; of priests of Noah, 301-13; of Laman, 337-3; of Lamanites, 386-24; of Jacob, 419-4; of Riplakish, 496-8. Deseret, honey bee, 480-3._ Desolation, city of, Lamanites march to, 464-7; Lamanites take possession of, 465-2, 466-13; retaken by Nephites, 466-8. Desolation, land of, 254-30; near Bounti- ful, 254-32; people gathered at, 464-5; near Moron, 489-6. Desolation of Nehors, 236-11. Despair, because of iniquity, 262-19, 521- '22. Despisers, of works of God shall perish, 477-26. Destruction, of Nephites predicted, 93-6, \27-22>; at death of Christ, 415-5; be- cause of wickedness, 418-12; occurred, 418-12, 420-.14; of Moroni's people, 472-3; of Jaredites, 490-23, 498-1, 503-1, 504-14; caused by secret combinations, 492-21. Devil, founder of the abominable church, 22-6, 25-3; captivity by, 26-7, 51-18; a fallen angel, 54-17, 67-8; beguiled first parents, 67-9; transforms himself, 67-9; and axigels filthy, 68-16; father of secret combinations, 94-22, 374-26; to be shorn of power, 103-18; deceived Sherem, 124-18; evil comes from, 131- 25, 400-22, 513-12; master of sin, 143- 14; captivation of, 218-28; appeared to Korihor, 273-53; takes possession of wicked, 295-13; destroyer of souls, 380- 28; an enemy of God, 513-12. Devils, to be cast out, 140-6; cast out, 414-19. Dilemma, the awful, of guilt, 211-3, 212- 18. Diligence, wins prize, 144-27; in keeping commandments, 213-23. Dimmed, plates not to be, by time, 10- 19, 288-5. Directions, given on Liahona, 33-30; given brother of Jared, 480-5. Director, see Liahona. Dirt, cast up for fortification, 318-2, 331-4. Disciple, Mormon a, 409-13. Disciples, the twelve, foreseen by Nephi, 20-8, 21-10; chosen, 422-22, 423-1, 429- 12; names of, 437-4; teach in twelve assemblies, 437-5; promise of Jesus to, 452-1; the three, not to taste death, 452-7; found a church, 456-1; miracles wrought by, 456-5, 458-30: imprisoned and delivered, 458-30; in furnace, 458- 32; in dens of beasts, 458-33; taken away, 461-13, 472-10; seen by Mormon and Moroni, 453-26, 472-11. Diseases, cures of, by Christ predicted, 140-5; effected, 432-7; certain plants a remedy for, 312-40. Disguise, Abinadi in, 158-1; of Kishku- men, 360-12; of servant of Helaman, 362-6. Dispersion, see Scattering. Displeasure, of God, 51-22, 135-17, Disposition, of King Benjamin's con- verts, 145-2; of Lamanite king, 152-5; of Amalekites, 301-6. Disputations, forbidden by Christ, 422- 22, 28, 436-34; concerning name of the church, 449-3; concerning infant bap- tism, 516-4, 5; see Contentions. Dissension, caused by Alma, 187-9; by Amalickiah, 309-6. Dissensions, in Mosiah's time, 184-5; fol- lowed by wickedness, 315-36. Dissenter, Coriantumr a, 360-15. Dissenters, names blotted out, 197-24; not converted, 259-29; persecute La- manites, 259-5; hunted down by La- manites, 259-8; the Zoramites, 274-8; join Lamanites, 301-13, 315-35, 386-24; a menace to Nephites, 318-24; kmg- men, refuse to fight, 325-15, 354-6; one converted, 371-35; Jacob and conspira- tors, 413-12. Division, among people prophesied, 103- 10; among king Noah's people, 170-2; between freemen and king-men, 324-4; following death of Pahora'n, 359-4; be- tween church and unbelievers, 458-35. INDEX 547 Divorcement, figurative of apostasy, 64- 1; condemned by Christ, save because of fornication, 425-31. Doctrines, false, 99-9, 12, 196-16; false, to be confounded by combined Nephite and Jewish scriptures, 56-12; of Christ, 105-21, 6, 423-32. See also Christ, teachings of. Dominions, of church of Christ to be small, 26-12. Doors, of tents toward temple, 136-6; prayer behind closed, 426-6. Dormant, faith may be, 279-34. Doubtings, over prophecy of Samuel the Lamanite, 415-4. Dove, descent of Holy Ghost upon Christ in form of a, 19-27, 104-8. Dragons (figurative), 65-9, 87-22; people of Limhi fight like, 173-11; Lamanites fight like, 304-44. Dream, see Vision. Dross (figurative), 276-3, 283-29. Drunkenness, as a military ruse, 335-8, 337-30. Dumb^ Alma made temporarily, 188-19; Korihor stricken, 272-50; healed by Christ, 432-9. Dust, figurative of humiliation, 48-14, 51-14, 93-15; records shall speak from, 57-19, 96-9, 107-13, 521-27; man created from, 138-25. Dwindling in Unbelief, Laban slain to prevent nation, 7-13; of Lehi's seed predicted, 21-22, 24-35, 50-10, 308-10, 442-5; among Nephites, 322-22, 375- 34, 458-34; followed by curse, 21-23; distinguished from wilful rebellion, 459-38; causes cessation of miracles, 477-20. Earthquakes, predicted, 20-4, 63-15, 93-6, 95-2, 474-30; occurred at Christ's death, 416-12. Ease, in Zion, slothful, 100-24. Eat, drink and be merry, the wicked say, 98-7; the twelve disciples to take no thought what to, 427-25, 31. Eden, Adam and Eve driven from, 54-19, 226-21, 298-2; type of perfection, 65-3. Edom, 85-14. Egypt, Joseph sold into, 10-14, 55-4, 57-1, 219-3; Israel delivered from, 10-15, 37- 40. Egyptian, reformed, writing, 478-32. Egyptians, language of the, 1-2, 134-4. Elam, 85-11. Elders, of the Jews, 8-22; over the church, 203-7; ordained, 210-1; dis- ciples called, SlO-ch. 3:1; baptized, 511- ch. 6:1; judge iniquity, 512-7. Elements, to melt with fervent heat, 448-3, 475-2. Elephants, 494-19. Elijah, return of, promised, 447-5. Embassy, Amalickiah to Lehonti, 313- 10; Amalickiah to Lamanite queen, 315- 32; Moroni to Jacob, 329-20; Helaman to governor, 344-4. Emer, son of Omer, 479-29; anointed king of Jaredites, 494-14. Emron, a Nephite soldier, slain, 518-2. Enemy, ot soul, 59-28; to all righteous- ness, 139-37; to God, 141-19, 165-5. Enemies, confounded, 59-22; deliverance from, 59-31, 280-4. Engraving, upon plates, difficulty of, 113-1. Engravings, on plates, 8-24, 10-11, 62-32, 150-9; on stone, 131-20; characters used in the, 478-32. Enos, given plates, 125-27; sins for- given, 125-5; gives plates to Jarom, 127-1. Enos, Book of, 125. Ensign, to the nations, 78-26; of the people, 85-10. Enticings, of the devil, 69-39; of the Holy Spirit, 141-19. Envy, of Ephraim, 85-13; condemned, 207-29. Envyings, produced by dissension, 94-21, 197-32, 391-22; forbidden, 236-18, 443- 19, 455-ch. 30:2; abolished by righteous living, 457-16. Ephraim, Syria confederate with, 79-2; to know word of God, 82-9; to be purged of envy, 85-13. Ephraim, hill, 490-9. Epistle, Moroni to Ammoron, 333-4; Am- moron to Moroni, 334-15; Helaman to Moroni, 337-1; Ammoron to Helaman, 341-1; Helaman to Ammoron, 341-2; Moroni to Pahoran, 348-3; Pahoran to Moroni, 352-1; Giddianhi to Lachoneus, 403-1; Lamanite king to Mormon, 464- 4; Mormon to Lamanite king, 469-2; Coriantumr to Shiz, 507-4, 509-18; Shiz to Coriantumr, 508-5; Mormon to Moroni, 515-1, 518-1. Equality, among people, 186-3, 236-16, 269-11. Error, conviction of, 288-8, 401-25; Zora- mites in, 274-9; infant baptism a gross, 516-6. Esrom, a Jaredite, son of Omer, 491-4; battles with Jared, 491-5. Establishment, of the church by Alma and Amulek, 236-15. Eternal life, men free to choose, 55-27, 73-23; teachings regarding, 69-39, 105- 18, 125-3; hope for, 123-11, 515-41. Eternal Father, the, 163-4, 166-15, 223- 39; sacramental prayers addressed to, 511-ch. 4:3, 511-ch. 5:2; covenants of, with Israel, 521-31; Christ the Son of the, 19-21, 25-40. Eternity, of priesthood, 228-7; life prepa- ration for, 283-33; God unchangeable throughout, 517-18. Ethem, Jaredite king, son of Ahah, 479-9, 499-11. Ether, Book of, taken from record on the 24 plates, 478-2. 548 INDEX Ether, son of Coriantor, 479-6, 500-23; prophecies of, 500-5; words of, re- jected, 503-2; sees days of Christ, 503- 4; dwells in cavity of a rock, 504-18, 505-22; word of the Lord to, 507-24; words of, remembered,^ 507-1; hides records, 509-33; last words of, 509-34. Eve, see Adam and Eve. Evidence, demanded of Korihor, 272-40. Evidences, basis of law, 221-2; of truth, 372-50, 380-24. Evil one, see Devil. Evil, comes from devil, 131-25, 208-40, 513-12; men quick to do, 388-4. Evil-doers, 82-17, 88-20. Example, set by Nephi, 11-8; set by Christ, 104-16. Examples, bad, 111-35, 112-10, 204-11; good, 238-11, 293-1. Exhortation, Moroni's final, 520-2. Experiment, with faith, 278-27, 281-4. Expert, in wickedness, Zeezrom, 221-31, 222-21; Gadianton, 362-4; people, in working of cement, 364-7. Expertness, of Ammon, 240-3. Exquisite, bitterness and sweetness, 287-21. Eye, of God, searching, 70-44, 189-31; piercing, 110-10; see eye to, 159-22, 165-29, 1, 287-26, 432-18, 441-32; of faith, 169-21, 206-15, 279-40, 501-19; for an eye, 425-38; is light of body, 427-22; mote in brother's, 428-3; change in twinkling of, 452-8; single to glory of God, 473-15. Eyes, of world, book hid from, 96-12; of the blind, 97-29; of blind opened, 449- 15. Elzias, 380-20. Ezrom, a silver coin, 222-6, 12. Faction, in government feared, 347-36. Faith, necessary to salvation, 68-23, 140- 12; in Christ, 105-19, 168-7, 183-15, 211-6, 234-10, 281-4, 291-33, 379-15; brings knowledge, 108-5, 145-4, 243-35, 252-22, 396-7, 484-19, 485-7; in words of prophets, 176-30, 206-12; protects, 305-4, 317-16, 343-27, 390-6, 427-30, 516-3; a power in prayer, 187-14, 200- 30, 234-10; in righteous doing, 343-27, 353-17, 414-18, 520-7; not perfect knowl- edge, 278-18; hope and charity, 500-4, 512-1. Fall of man, way prepared from, 52-4; evil tendencies followed, 165-3, 483-2; explained by AarorT, '252-13; by Alma, 298-2; by Samuel the Lamanite, 394- 16; by Mormon, 476-12. Families, to be defended, 304-47; prayer in, enjoined, 435-21. Famine, predicted, 51-18, 63-15, 71-6, 89- 30, 384-6, 390-9, 495-28; suffered by people of Zeniflf, 152-3; by Nephites, 356-35, 385-4; by Jaredites, 495-30, 499-7; people saved from, 218-22, 220- 22. 331-7. Fasting, and prayer enjoined, 131-26, 210-6; and prayer brought revelation, 237-3. Father, Eternal, Lamb of God, Son of, 19-21, 25-40. See also Eternal Father; pray unto, 520-4; Everlasting, 82-6; Only Begotten of the, 90-12, 208-48, 218-26, 228-5, 9; of lies, devil the, 54-18, 67-9, 493-25; of contention, devil the, 422-29; of heaven and earth, 140-8, 393- 12, 485-7; and Son, 163-2, 422-27, 441- 35, 452-10, 484-14. Fathers, nursing, 72-9; iniquities of, 161-13; mourn for sons, 266-5; hearts of, turned, 448-ch. 25:6; children fed on flesh of, 518-8. Faults, confession of, urged, 294-13; con fessed, 401-25; in record, are of men 473-17. Fear, of the Lord, 74-10, 142-1, 245-15 286-7; of death, 470-7; of destruction 233-26. Feet, of Christ, men worship at, 19-24 433-10; prints of nails in, 422-14; beau tiful upon mountains, 164-15. Fevers, among Nephites, 312-40. Field, spacious, in Lehi's vision, 13-9; Lebanon a fruitful, 97-28; prayer in, 280-5, 283-20; lilies of, 427-28. Fifty, of Laban, 7-31, 7-1; captain of, 75-3; all of company from Zarahemla slain save, 131-28; persons to one priest, 169-18; Nephites wounded at siege of city of Noah, 320-24. Fight, against apostles, in vision of Nephi, 20-34; against Lamb of God, in vision of Nephi, 26-13; against Zion brings disaster, 47-14, 63-12, 95-3; against God, 90-14. Figs, not gathered from thistles, 428-16. Filthiness, in vision of Nephi, 30-27; of Lamanites, 112-5; poor esteemed as, 276-3; moral, 150-30, 206-22, 213-21, 475-4. Finger, of God wrote upon wall, 219-2; of the Lord seen by Jared, 483-6; Christ touches disciples with, 453-12. Fire, pillar of, seen by Lehi, 2-6; and brimstone, figurative of punishment, 68-16, 100-23, 113-11, 122-10, 142-27, 226-17, 232-14; unquenchable, 139-38, 209-52, 475-5; Abinadi suffers death by, 167-13; king Noah put to death by, 171-20; Lamanites perish by, 259-5; in danger of hell, 425-22; 473-17; Nephi and Lehi encircled by, 370-23, 372-43; little children encircled with, 433-24; like a refiner's, 446-2; the three Nephite disciples cast into, 458-32; baptism of, see Holy Ghost. Firstlings, offered as sacrifice, 136-3. Fish, mentioned by Christ, 428-10; carried by Jaredites, 480-2. Flattery, of Sherem, 123-4; of Alma, 187- 8; of Amalickiah, 309-5; of king-men^, 352-4. INDEX 549 Flesh, lust of the, 48-23; Christ the Son because of the, 163-3; and blood of Christ, how administered, 511-ch. 4:1, ch. 5:1; human, fed to women and children, 518-8. Flight, of Lehi from Jerusalem, 9-36; of Lamanites before Limhi's army, 173- 12; of Morianton, 323-33; of Kishku- men, 360-10; of Gadianton robbers, 363-11; of king Jacob, 413-12; of Mormon, 468-7. Flocks, in time of Enos, 127-21; as, fleeing from shepherd, 152-21; of Ne- phites desired by Lamanites, 153-12; guarded from Lamanites, 153-2; as, driven by beasts, 167-17; shepherd would protect from wolves, 209-59; of Lamoni preserved by Ammon, 239-25, 240-2; protected from robbers, 406-4; of brother of Jared, 480-41; Jaredites rich in, 497-12. Flood, destruction of Nephites not by, 220-22; Jared and his people not to perish in, 482-20. Fold, one, and one shepherd, 49-25, 430-3; of God, 66-2, 261-4; of the devil, 207-39; other sheep not of this, 430-17, 430-1. Followers, of Christ, 99-14, 512-3, 515- 48; of God, 204-15, 373-5. Food, supplied Alma by Amulek, 215-20; withheld from Alma and Amulek in prison, 232-22; begged by Korihor, 273-56; Helaman's army suffers for want of, 345-7; not sent by the rulers, 350-19; received by Lehi and Teancum, 354-13; Nephi and Lehi imprisoned without, 370-22; of Nephites kept from robbers, 406-3; animals used as, by Jaredites, 494-18; hunted for people, 497-19. Fool, Nephi called a, 35-17; misunder- standing Bible, 101-6; calling brother, forbidden, 425-22. Foolishness, of men, 69-28, 93-10. Fools, to consider selves as, before God, 70-42; wicked Nephites called, 382-21; mocking, shall mourn, 502-26. Forefathers, Lehi's, genealogy of, on brass plates, 5-3, 288-3; knowledge of, 28-14. Foreheads, marked red by Amlicites, 201-4. Foreknowledge, of God, men chosen and ordained according to, 228-3; God's, of all things, 228-7. Forgiveness, to be prayed for, 13-21; of sins, 142-2; not easy to obtain, 293-6; granted as often as sought, 512-ch. 6:8. Form, of man, Spirit of the Lord in the, 18-11; of man, God in the, 162-34; of a dove. Holy Ghost manifest as, 19-27, 104-8; in resurrection, 223-43; of ," -nature, a testimony of God, 272-44; of godliness, 514-30. iFornication, condemned, 113-12, 380-26; sole justification for divorce, 425-32. Fortifications, prepared by Nephites, 316-8, 319-13, 321-10, 331-7, 404-14; taken by Lamanites, 326-23; prisoners work on, 336-25; of Angola insufficient, 461-4. Foundation, of great and abominable church, 22-4, 26-9; sandy (figurative), 100-28, 423-40, 429-26, 434-13; Christ the one and safe, 114-15, 369-12; of destruction, 221-27. Founder, of peace, 164-18; of the church. Alma, 179-16, 194-47. Fountain, in vision of Nephi, 21-16; rod of iron leading by, 14-20, 19-25; at Mormon, 168-5; of all righteousness, 493-26, 502-28; a bitter, cannot bring good water, 512-11. Fragments, rocks broken into at time of crucifixion, 394-22, 416-18. Fraud, of Amalickiah, 313-4, 315-30. Freedom, from captivity, for house of Joseph, 55-5 ; from bondage, worth fight- ing for, 304-48; cause of, supported, 312-35; striven for by Moroni, 316-11; oath of, by Pahoran, 324-39; enforced, 324-7; indiflFerence concerning, 348-13; defended by Pahoran, 352-6, 353-1; de- fended against Gadianton robbers, 402-12; secret combinations threaten to overthrow, 493-25. Freemen, name of, taken, 324-6; support Pahoran, 352-3; driven from Zarahemla, 354-6. Fruit, desirable, seen in Lehi's vision, 13-10; evil, 118-35, 122-7, 428-17; for- bidden, 54-15, 142-26, 226-22; good, 117-26, 207-36, 428-17; wild and tame, 116-18, 117-25; of tree of life, 30-36, 210-62; bitter, 119-52. Fruits, first, of the resurrection, 53-9; of Christ, 114-11; of repentance, 517- 25; of labors, 263-31, 296-26; men known by their, 428-16. Fulness, of gospel, 17-14, 441-28; of the Gentiles, 28-13, 430-4'; of the wrath of God, 36-35, 48-16, 481-11, 494-20; of time, 52-3, 73-7; of joy, 451-30, 452-10; of iniquity, 481-10. Furnace, of affliction, 44-10; life of king Noah as garment in, 158-3; the three disciples cast into a, 453-21, 458-32, 473-24. Fury, of the oppressor, 65-13; of Jacob the Zoramite in battle, 330-33; to be executed, 443-21. Gad, city of, 418-10. Gadiandi, city of, 417-8. GadiantoQ, expert in wickedness, 362-4; flees from Helaman, 363-11; proves overthrow of people, 363-13; secret combinations of, 365-23; secrets of, 374-24; oaths of, 374-26; inspired by Satan, 375,-29; author of secret band, 380-28; band of, swept away, 385-10; secret plans of, 387-26. 550 INDEX Gadianton robbers, band of, 374-18, 459- 42; hunted down by Lamanites, 375-37; control judgment-seat, 376-4, 378-1; destroyed, 385-10; re-established in mountains, 401-27; among Lamanites, 401-29, 461-18; become numerous, 402- 11; gain advantage, 403-18. Gadiotnnah, city of, 417-8. Gain, churches built for, 48-23, 94-20, 95-29, 458-26, 474-33; object of Ne- phite lawyers, 221-32, 222-20; through plunder, 374-17; plates not to be used for, 473-14; through traffic, 497-22, Gall of bitterness, soul redeemed from, 188-29; Alma in, 287-18; wicked in, 297-11; for wicked, 474-31, 516-14. Game, none found in lands deserted by Nephites, 406-2; scarcity of, hinders robbers, 407-20; wilderness preserved for, by Jaredites, 497-21. Garden, of Eden, first parents driven from, 54-19, 298-2; of Nephi, multitude instructed at, 377-10, 381-8, 11. Garment, life of king Noah compared to, 158-3. Garments, of Laban worn by Nephi, 8-19; of the twelve disciples, whit.e in blood of Christ, 21-10; to be kept spotless - (figurative), 109-19, 2, 138-28, 206-21; of skins worn by Lamanites, 318-6. Gate, to kingdom of God, 70-41, 104-9, 107-9, 123-11, 428-13, 451-33. Gates, of hell, 59-32, 423-39, 434-13. Gathering, of Israel, 431-5, 442-1. Gazelem, 290-23. Geba, 84-29. Gebim, 84-31. Genealogy, of Lehi, 5-3, 12, 10-14, 16, 288-3; of Zarahemla, 130-18; of Jare- dite kings, 478-6. Generation, the fourth from birth of Christ, 21-12; 93-9, 308-12, 390-10, 451- 32; visiting sins until third and fourth, 161-13; wicked and perverse, 216-8, 220-17, 221-25, 392-29. Generations, three, from time of Christ pass in righteousness, 21-11, 93-9; prophecies concerning future, 57-2, 71- 53, 289-14, 448-2. Gentiles, a man among, to cross the great waters, 22-12; record among, 25- 40; mighty nation among, 47-7; a marvelous work among, 47-8, 454-32; remnant of Jacob among, 443-12; the three disciples among, 453-27; to scat- ter remnant of house of Israel, 29-17, 93-15; to nurse house of Israel, 47-6; to bring forth book, 24-38, 471-8; gospel to come through, 28-13, 442-5, ^448-8, 468-15, 471-8; great church seen ** among, 22-4; receive scriptures in •'Inirity from Jews; corrupted scriptures, ■'23-29; to afflict seed of Nephi, 72-18; "to smite unbelievers, 94-19; shall say: -A Bible! and reject other scriptures, ; 101-3; to be shown mercy, 24-32; to get Nephitc record, 24-35, 102-3; to receive manifestation of Christ, 25-42; to have gospel, 28-13; promises unto, 72-9; the promised land a land of liberty unto, 72-11; prayed for by Moroni, 502-36; prosperity of, seen in vision of Nephi, 22-15; to mock, 501- 23; written to by Moroni, 465-17. Gid, city of, captured by Lamanites, 326- 26; retaken by Nephites, 335-7, 336-16, 23; strongly fortified, 336-25. Gid, captain over Lamanite prisoners, 343-29; loses prisoners, 344-32; in am- bush before Manti, 345-16; takes pos- session of Manti, 346-21. Giddianhi, writes to Lachoneus, 404-9; plunders, 406-5; hideous appearance of soldiers of, 406-7; people of, slaugh- tered, 407-11; beaten, 407-12. Giddonah, father of Amulek, 219-2. Giddonah, high priest in land of Gideon, 270-23; sends Korihor to Alma for judgment, 271-29. Gideon, a Nephite patriot, 170-4; his plan of freedom, 177-6; a teacher of the people, 195-7; withstands Nehor, 195-7, 9; slain by Nehor, 195-9, 196-13; val- ley anfl city named after, 199-20, 210-7, Gideon, city of, 210-7. Gideon, valley of, 199-20; church estab- lished in, 210-8. Gidgiddonah, Nephite commander, 470- 13. Gidgiddoni, chief captain of Nephite armies, 405-18; a prophet, 405-19; de- feats Gadianton robbers, 407-14; estab- lishes peace, 411-6. Gift, lay hold on the good, touch not the evil, 521-30; every good, cometh of Christ, 520-18; of interpreting lan- guages, 131-25; of translation, 217-21; of eternal life, 369-8; the heavenly, 4^-3, 500-8; see also Gifts; of the Holy Ghost, see Holy Ghost. Gifts, spiritual, Amaleki exhorts men to believe in, 131-25; spiritual. Alma speaks of different, 217-21; varied manifestations of, 520-8; taken from people through unbelief, 521-24. Gilgah, son of Jared, 488-14. Gilgal, a Nephite chieftain, killed, 470- 14. Gilgal, city of, sunk, 417-6. Gilgal, valley of, 505-27; Coriantumr de- feats Shared in, 505-28; Shared slain in, 505-30, Gilead, brother of Shared, 506-8; fights Coriantumr, 505-3; ascends throne, 506-6; murdered by his high priest, 506-9. Gimgimno, city of, sunk, 417-8. Glass, as clear as, molten stones pre- pared by the brother of Jared, 482-1. Glory, the Son of God to come in great, 48-24, 208-50, 218-26, 230-24, 448;3; rendered unto Jesus at his visitation to the Nephites, 439-9, 10. INDEX 551 Goats, found upon promised land, 40-25; raised by Nephites, 127-21. God, love of, 19-22; justice of, 21-18; yields himself up to be crucified, 41-10; to do marvelous work among Gentiles, 47-8; greatness of, 52-2; command- ments given by, 54-21; sin abominable unto, 109-5; commands there shall be no priestcrafts, 95-29; of miracles, 476- 15; unchangeable, 517-18. Gold, desired by the abominable church, 22-7; found in promised land, 40-25; people taught to work in, 61-15; peo- ple lifted up in pride because of, 110- 12; people of Limhi pay tribute of, 171-15; people have abundance of, 197- 29; coins, 222-5. Good, inspired of God, 208-40, 513-13; children of men slow to do, 388-4. Gospel, to go to Gentiles, 24-34; pre- cious parts of, taken away, 24-32; to be written for Gentiles, 24-35; declared among remnant of seed of Lehi, 102-5; church built upon, 450-10; denied by those who do not know it, 476-8. Government, overthrown by secret com- binations, 413-6. Governor, Alma the, 199-16; Lachoneus the, 399-1. Grace, of God, 67-8, 71-53, 114-7; for Gentiles, prayed for, 502-36. Grains, raised by Nephites, 127-21, 152-9. Grapes, not gathered of thorns, 428-16; wild, figurative of recreant Israel, 11- 2, 4. Grave, no traveler can return from, 51- 14; must deliver up dead, 67-12; shall have no victory, 252-14. Graves, opened, 395-25. Great and abominable church, see Church of the Devil. Great Spirit, Ammon supposed to be the, 240-2, 241-11, 246-25; Lamanites believe in, 241-5; is God, 242-28, 252-9. Guilt, men to have a consciousness of their, 68-14, 122-9, 139-38, 141^25, 206- 18, 223-43; racked with consciousness of, 475-3. Guilty, the, take the truth to be hard, 31-2. Gulf, awful, separates wicked from tree of life, 30-28; of misery and woe, 50-13. Hagoth, builds and launches ships, 358-5. Hail, to smite people of king Noah, 158-6. Happiness, state of righteous, 140-4, 202-26, 295-12, 471-7. Harlots, priests of king Noah with, 156- 14; Isabel, 293-3. Head-plates, worn by Nephites, 303-38, 304-44; by Lamanites, 360-14; by Jared- ites, 508-15. Healing, of Zeezrom by Alma, 234-6; of sick and afflicted by Christ, 432-9, 449- 15; by the disciples, 456-5. Hearthom, son of Lib, king of Tareditcs, 479-17, 498-29. Heat, fervent, to melt the elements. 448-3, 475-2. Heathen, remembered, 95-33; vengeance to be visited upon, 443-21. Heavens, opened, to Lehi, 2-8; to Nephi, 18-14, 19-27; to penitent Lamanites, 372-48; where God dwells, 242-30. Helam, a follower of king Noah, baptized by Alma, 168-12. Helam, city of, 179-20. Helaunan, Book of, 359. Helaman, son of king Benjamin, 134-2. Helaman, son of Alma, 274-7; instructed by Alma, 286-1; receives the plates, 288-2, 289-21, 324-38; forbidden to re- veal secret oaths, 290-27; instructed about Liahona, 291-38; appoints priests, 309-22; preaches, 309-1, 357-45; main- tains order in church, 312-38; per- suades people of Ammon not to break oath, 332-14; leads 2,000 sons of Am- monites, 332-19; writes to Moroni, 337- 1; assists Antipus, 338-9; marches by Antiparah as a ruse, 339-31; returns to help men of Antipus, 340-50; vic- torious, 341-54; receives letter from king Ammoron, 341-1; makes condi- tions as to exchange of prisoners, 341- 2; army of, strengthened, 341-6; sur- rounds Cumeni, 342-7; complains about indifference of the rulers, 345-7; decoys Lamanites at Manti, 345-17, 346-18; returns to Zarahemla, 357-42; dies, 358-52.. Helaman, son of Helaman, receives the records, 358-11; appointed judge, 362-2; saved by servant, 362-6; character of, 365-20; had instructed his sons, 369-5; dies, 366-37. Helem, one of the brethren of Ammon, 147-6. Hell, devil leads souls of men to, 25-3, 55-29; spiritual death is, 67-12; to de- liver up its dead, 67-12; pains of, 113- 11, 261-13; chains of, 205-7, 9; gates of, shall not prevail, 423-39. Helorum, son of king Benjamin, 134-2. Hem, one of the brethren of AmmbiV, 147-6. Hermounts, Lamanites fled to, 200-37. Herds, of Nephites, 60-11, 127-21, 197- 29; people of Zeniff pay tribute of half of, 149-22; of Jaredites, 487-ch.. 6:4, 497-12. Heshlon, plains of, 505-28. Heth, land of, 491-2. Heth, son of Com, 479-26, 495-25; rebels and takes throne, 495-27; death of, 496-1. Heth, son of Hearthom, 479-16, 498-31. Highways, built by Nephites, 411-8. Hill, of Amnihu, etc., see Amnihu, hill of, etc. Himni, son of Mosiah, 189-34; mission of, among Lamanites, 260-17; presides over church in Zarahemla, 274-6. Sen Mosiah, sons of. 552 INDEX Hiss, a, and a by-word, the Jews to be, 42-14, 431-9; the word of the Lord to hiss forth, 78-26, 80-18, 100-2, 521-28. History, of people engraven on the larger plates, 15-2, 58-14, 108-3. Holiness, the, of God, of Christ, 53-10, 68-20, 448-5, 475-5. Holy Ghost, Christ to manifest himself by, to the Gentiles, 16-11, 93-13; Ne- phi saw, abiding upon Christ, 19-27; Nephi saw, upon the twelve, 20-7; beareth record of Christ, 21-18, 452-11; denial of, 100-26, 293-6; given after baptism, 104-12, 423-37; gifts of, 105-2, 520-5; Mary conceived by power of, 211-10; sanctification by, 229-12; Nephi and Lehi filled with, 372-45; the twelve disciples receive power to give, 436- 37; the disciples receive, 437-13, 438- 20; to Gentiles, 440-27; gives truth of all things, 520-5. Holy order of God, Jacob ordained after, 62-2; Alma called by, 210-8; priests or- dained after, 227-1; people to walk after, 213-22; high priests ordained after, 228-8. See also Priesthood. Holy stand, of the Zoramites, 275-21. Honey, in the land Bountiful, in Arabia, 34-5; taken on the ship, 39-6; butter and, 80-15; milk and, 94-25. Honey bee, deseret, carried by Jaredites, 480-3. Hope, enjoined, 213-24, 515-41. Horses, found upon land of promise, 40- 25; had by Nephites and Lamanites, 127-21, 241-9, 247-6; by Jaredites, 494- 19. Houses, of worship, see Synagogrues. House tops, sealed book to be read upon, 96-11. House of Israel, Nephites of the, 101-12; promises to, 100-1, 431-11; Lord to re- member, 455-8. Howling, bowlings, in mourning, among the Nephites, 416-23, 417-25; among the Jaredites, 508-16, 17. Humility, enjoined, 70-42, 143-11; peo- ple became strong through, 366-35. Hunger, of the soul, 125-4, 424-6; to be appeased, 439-8. Idleness, a Lamanite trait, 21-23, 61-24, 254-28; admonition against, 293-12. Idolatry, of the Lamanites, 126-20, 153- 12; among the Nephites, 156-6, 7, 197- 32, 322-21; Alma guilty of, 187-8; among the Jaredites, 490-23; see Idols. Idols, worship of, condemned, 69-37; by Nephites, 375-31; by Lamanites, 2-38- 15; by Zoramites, 273-1; sacrifices to, by Lamanites, 466-14, 467-21. Images, graven, 443-17. Immzmuel, a title of the Christ, 80-14, 81-8. Immortality, mortality changed to, 67- 13, 127-27, 166-10, 224-45, 226-20, 452-8. Incorrectness, of Lamanite traditions, 201-8, 217-17, 262-24, 288-9. Incorruptible, mortal bodies to become, 67-13, 166-10, 206-15, 294-2, 297-4. Industry, Nephites show much, 61-17; Amulek gained riches by his, 219-4. Inequality, should be no, 193-32, 411-14; among the Nephites, 204-12, 15; abol- ished, 236-16; because of sin, 267-13. Inheritance, lands of, to Nephites, 47-12, 49-5, 50-9; confirmed by Christ, 439-14; Jews to be gathered to their, 71-8; Lamanites to possess, 112-4; righteous to have, with God, 209-58. Iniquity, iniquities, Christ to suffer be- cause of, 161-28, 162-5, 6, 163-ch. 14:11; quick to do, 161-29, 310-8, 388-4; in gall of bitterness and bonds of, 188-29, 297-11, 474-31, 516-14. Insects, land to be pestered by, 158-6. Interpreters, used by a seer, 151-13; prepared to unfold mysteries, 151-19; Alma receives, 191-20; Helaman en- trusted with, 289-21, 290-24; Moroni seals up, 485-5. Iron, Nephites work in, 128-8. Iron rod, vision of, by Lehi, 14-19; seen by Nephi, 19-25; explanation of, 29-23. Irreantum, many waters, 34-5. Isaac, God covenanted with, 36-40; God of, 41-10; intended sacrifice of, 113-5. Isabel, harlot of Siron, 293-3. Isaiah, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Isaiah, prophet of Israel, Nephi teaches words of, 29-20, 43-23; Nephi reads words of, 43-1, 44-1; Nephi expounds writings of, 46-1; Nephi writes words of, 74 to 89; Abinadi quotes, 162-1; people instructed to search prophecies of, 473-23. Ishmael, and family join Lehi's company, 11-5, 13-23; daughters of, marry sons of Lehi, 31-7; Zoram married eldest daughter of, 31-7; death of, at Nahom, 33-34; Lamoni descendant of, 239-21. Ishmael, descendant of Aminadi, 219-2. Ishmael, land of, 238-19; Ammon in, 238- 20, 239-21; synagogues built in, 251-20. Isles, of sea, to suffer, 42-12; Israel scat- tered upon, 46-4; people of Israel to be gathered from, 71-8; to be remem- bered, 101-7; promises of God to peo- ple upon, 73-21. Israel, house of, likened unto olive-tree, 16-12; to be scattered, then gathered, 17-14; to be judged by the apostles, 21-9; fight against apostles, 20-35; Gentiles to be numbered among, 25-2; covenants of Lord unto, 26-5; work of God to commence among, 27-17; to be a hiss and by-word, 42-14; righteous branch to be raised up unto, 55-5; to be restored, 56-13; tribes of, to write words of the Lord, 101-12; Christ speaks to, 419-5; Christ goes to lost tribes of, 432-4. Ites, none left, 457-17. INDEX 553 Jacob, Book of, 107-1. Jacob, city of, sunk in sea, 417-8. Jacob, son of Lehi, 39-7; flees with Nephi, 60-6; made a priest, 62-26; preaches to people, 62-1, 73-1, 109-1; to write history of people upon the plates, 108-2; confounds Sherem, 123-8; concludes his record, 125-26. Jacob, Zoramite leader, 329-20; and army surrounded, 330-31; killed, 330-35. Jacob, king of robbers, 413-9; flees north- ward, 413-12. Jacob, House of, 43-1, 74-5, 98-33, 410- 21, 25, 440-1-6, 442-2. Jacobites, one of the divisions of the Nephites, 108-13. Jacobugath, city of, burned, 417-9. Jacom, son of Jared, 488-14. Jared, came forth from the great tower, 479-33; language of, not confounded, 479-35; promised a choice land, 480- 42; goes into valley of Nimrod, 480-1; embarks, 487-ch. 6:4; reaches promised land, 488-12; numbers people, 488-19; death of, 489-29. See also Brother of Jared. Jared, son of Omer, 491-1; rebels against father, 491-2; defeated in bat- tle, 491-6; murderous proposal to Akish, 492-12; anointed king, 493-4; killed, 493-5. Jaredites, account of, 478-1; perished be- cause of wilfulness of their hearts, 519-23. Jso-om, Book of, 127. Jarom, son of Enos, 127-1. Jashon, land of, 462-16. Javelin, made by Nephites for war, 128-8; Amalickiah killed with, 327-34; Am- moron killed with, 356-36. Jealous, God is, 157-22, 161-13. Jehovah, 86-ch. 22:2, 522-34. Jeremiah, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Jeremiah, a prophet of Israel, brass plates contain some propliecies of, 10- 13; cast into prison, 12-14. Jershon, land of, 265-22"; given to people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi, 265-22, see Am- mon, people of; church established in, 266-1; Korihor in, 270-19; Alma and Amulek enter, 284-1; people of Am- mon depart out of, 285-13; Nephites gather armies in, 301-4. Jerusalem, Lamanite city, 249-1; Aaron came to city of, 249-4; submerged, 417-7. Jerusalem, in Palestine, destruction of, predicted by prophets, 1-4; Lehi proph- esies against, 2-18; Lehi and family leave, 3-4; prophecies concerning, to be fulfilled, 12-13; Lehi's sons return to, for the brass plates, 5-2; Lehi's sons return to, to fetch family of Ishmael, 11-2; destroyed, 49-4, 63-8, 90-10; people of Zarahemla came from, 130-14; covenant people to return to, 441-29; to be redeemed, 441-34. Jerusalem, the New, see New Jerusalem. Jesse, 85-1, 10. Jesus, see Christ. Jew, book proceeds from mouth of, 23- 23, 27-23; Nephi has charity for, 107-8. Jews, mock Lehi, 3-19; Laban had rec- ord of, 5-3; the plates of brass contain record of, 10-12; prophet to be raised up among, 16-4; gospel to be preached to, 16-11; record of, beheld by Nephi, 23-23; to be scourged, 42-13; God spoke to, by prophets, 66-2; understand prophecies, 89-5; to be scattered, 90- 15; to become drunken with iniquity, 95-1; cursed by Gentiles, 101-5; to have words of Nephites and of the lost tribes, 102-13; cast off unless they re- pent, 102-2; eventually to accept Christ, 441-31. John, the apostle, 27-27, 452-6; ordained to write, 27-25; written revelations of, 486-16. Jonas, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Joneam, Nephite leader, killed, 470-14. Jordan, city of, Lamanites repulsed at, 467-3. Joseph, who was sold into Egypt, Lehi descendant of, 55-4; seer to be raised up from, 56-11, 14; prophecies of, 57-1; seed should never perish, 91-21; right- eous branch from, 111-25; Amulek descendant of, 219-2; part of coat of, preserved, 3ll-24; Lehi's posterity a remnant of the seed of, 311-23, 27, 420- 17, 503^6, 504-10. Joseph, son of Lehi, born in wilderness, 39-7; made to grieve, 40-19; Lehi blesses, 55-1; to hearken unto words of Nephi, 57-25; flees with Nephi, 60-6; made a priest, 62-26, 109-18. Josephites, a division of the Nephites, 108-13. Josh, city of, burned, 418-10. Josh, a Nephite leader, killed, 470-14. Joshua, land of, I^ephites come to, 462-6. Jot, nor tittle, of the law, not to pass away void, 282-13, 401-25; Christ afiirms none had passed, 424-18. Journey, a day's, for a Nephite, 254-32, 367-7. Joy, men are that they might have, 54- 25; of righteous shall be full, 68-18, 98-30. _ Judea, city of, Helaman arrives at, 338- 9; fortified, 338-15. Judge, Alma first chief, 194-42; Nephihah second chief, 204-16; of Ammonihah after order of Nehor, 232-16; smites Alma and Amulek, 232-24; killed by falling of prison walls, 233-27; procla- mation of, concerning people of Anti- Nephi-Lehi, 265-21; Nephihah the, dies, 323-37; Pahoran appointed chief, 324- 39; Pahoran the, dies, 359-2; Pahoran, son of Pahoran, chief, 359-5; Pahoran 654 INDEX the, murdered by Kishkumen, 360-9; Pacumeni appointed chief, 360-13; Pacumeni the, killed by Coriantumr, 361-21; Helaman chief, 362-2; Nephi appointed, 366-37; Cezoram chief, 368- 1; son of Cezoram chief, 373-15; Se- ezoram chief, 382-23; Lachoneus chief, 399-1; Lachoneus, son of Lachoneus, chief, 412-19. Judges, suggested by Mosiah, 192-11; chosen by voice of people, 193-25, 194- 39, 359-5, 360-13, 362-2; reign of begun, 195-1. Judgment, doings of men brought to, 17-20, 107-15; God executes, in right- eousness, 48-21; first, 67-7; after death come to, 226-27; murderer in danger of, 425-21; out of books, 451-25; of God against wicked, 500-20; Moroni prays for, of God, 519-15. Judgments, of God, 20-5, 50-10, 68-15, 89-3, 225-15, 231-11. Justice, of God, 30-35, 68-17, 69-26, 70- 46, 139-38, 298-1; cannot be denied, 122-10; work of, cannot be destroyed, 227-32, 299-13; mercy cannot rob, 300- 25. Keeper, the, of the gate is the Holy One of Israel, 70-41. Kib, Jaredite king, son of Orihah, 479- 32, 489-3; captive under Corihor, 489-7; receives kingdom again, 490-9; bestows kingdom on Shule, 490-10. Kid, leopard to lie down with, 103-12. Kim, Jaredite king, son of Morianton, 479-22, 497-13; brought into captivity, 497-14. Kimnor, father of Akish, 491-10. King, of Nephites, called Nephi, 108-11; of heaven and earth, 208-50; of Salem, Melchizedek, 229-18. Kingdom, of devil built up among men, 48-22; must shake, 99-19; wicked be- long to, 206-25; of God, 24-37, 68-23, 105-21, 122-4; no filthiness in, 30-34; seek the, 110-18; of Nephites ends, 194-47; of heaven, 208-50; who may in- herit, 423-38. King-men, 324-5; executed, 354-9. Kings, Mosiah's warning against rule by, 192-16; the iniquities of some, 193-31; wanted by wicked Nephites, 413-30. Kish, Jaredite king, son of Corom, 479-19, 497-17. Kishkumen, murders Pahoran, 360-9; seeks to murder Helaman, 362-3; killed by servant of Helaman, 363-9. Kishkumen, city of, burned, 418-10. Knee, every, shall bow before Christ, 189-31. Knowledge, of the Lord, penitent brought to the, 255-5, 288-9, 315-36; 410-23, 439-13; earth shall be .'ull of, 85-9, 103-15. Korihor, an Anti-Christ, 269-12; in Jershon, 270-19; in Gideon, 270-21; be- fore Giddonah, 270-23; makes accusa- tions, 270-24; sent to Alma, 271-29; asks for sign, 272-43; sign given, stricken dumb, 272-50; deceived by devil, 273-53; cast out, 273-56; killed among Zoramites, 273-59. Kumen, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Kumenonhi, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Laban, possessor of brass plates, 5-3; treasure offered him for the plates, 6-24; a robber, 6-25; slain, 8-18; sword of, 8-18, 61-14, 108-aO, 133-13, 135-16; descendant of Joseph, 10-16. Lachoneus, chief judge, 399-1; receives letter from robber band, 403-1; as- sembles his people, 404-13; fortifies camp, 404-14; character of, 403-2, 404- 12, 404-16, 405-19. Lachoneus, son of Lachoneus, chief judge, 412-19; receives complaints of illegal executions, 412-25; slain by rebels, 413-1. Ladders, used by Moroni's army, 355-21. Lamah, a Nephite chieftain, killed, 470- 14. Laman, eldest son of Lehi, 3-5; admon- ished by his father, 3-9; posterity of, cursed, as seen in vision, 21-23; meets Laban, 5-11; flees from Laban, 5-14; rebels against Nephi and Sam, 11 -ch. 7:6; marries, 31-7; plots against lives of Lehi and Nephi, 33-37; assisted by Lemuel, binds Nephi, 39-11; Lehi's blessing on children of, 57-4; seed of, not to perish, 58-9; angry towards Nephi, 58-13. Laman, king over Lamanites, 149-21, 180-3. Laman, one of Moroni's soldiers, 335-5. Laman, city of, burned, 418-10. Laman, river of, 3-8, 31-12. Lamanite, Samuel the, see SamueL Lamanites, cursed, 21-23, 61-21, 112-5; seek to destroy Nephites, 108-14; Enos prays for, 126-11; dress of, 154-8; ill- founded belief of, 154-12; daughters of, captured by priests of Noah, 172-1; prosper when they heed good instruc- tion, 181-7; shave heads, 154-8, 201-4; dissenters to, were marked, 201-10; merciful promises to, 217-16; converts among, 237-4, 255-3, 8; traditions of, base, 237-9; divided from Nephites by wilderness, 253-27; after ccfnversion, steadfast in truth, 255-6; lay weapons down, 255-7, 257-6; converts take new name, 256-16, 256-3; unconverted, slaughter converts, 256-1, 258-21; swear vengeance anew upon Nephites, 259-1; destroy people of Ammonihah, 259-2; many perish by fire, 259-5; fol- low converts, great slaughter results, INDEX 555 266-1; approach Ammonihah, 318-1; fight with stones, 318-2; astonished at Nephite fortifications, 318-4; prepared for war, 318-6; attack city of Noah, 319-15, 320-21; defeated, 320-25; driven by Moroni's army, 321-7; retreat to captured cities and fortifications, Z21- 2; by west sea, 328-11; decoyed by Teancum, 329-23; defeated, 330-39; made prisoners, guarded in labor, 331- 1; took women and children as pris- oners, 333-3; attempt strategy, 336-29; fortify Morianton, 337-33; slay all prisoners but captains, 338-12; fear- ful of Nephites, 339-24; lose city of Manti, 346-28; attack city of Nephihah, 348-5; many captured by Moroni and Pahoran, 355-15; driven back to own lands, 359-15; capture Zarahemla, 361- 22; many converted by sons of Hela- man, 370-19, 372-50; yield up lands, 372-52; many became more righteous than Nephites, 372-1, 375-36; preach to Nephites, 373-4; go northward, 373- 6; when converted, relieved of curse, 402-14; name of, abolished, 457-17; name revived, 457-20; unbelievers called, 459-38; taught to hate, 459-39; utterly destroy Nephite nation, 470-7, 11; dissension among. 472-8; reject gospel of Christ, 485- j; secret com- binations among, 492-20. Lamb of God, see Christ. Lamb, to dwell with wolf, 103-12. Lamb-skin, worn by Gadianton robbers, 406-7. Lamentation, among people of Limhi, 174-9; among all people of Nephi, 266- 4; of_ righteous Nephites, 375-33; of Nephi, son of Helaman, 377-15; in sin, 462-11; Jaredite, 508-16. Lamoni, king over land of Ishmael, 239- 21; slays servants, 239-28, 241-4; meets Ammon, 239-21; supposes Ammon to be the Great Spirit, 240-2; prayer of, 243-41; appears to be dead, 243-1; re- vives, and testifies of Christ, 244-12; overcome by joy, queen also, 244-13; multitude astonished over, 245-18; church organized among people of, 246-35; meets his fatRer, king of the whole people, 247-8; returns to Ish- mael, 251-18; causes synagogues to be built, 251-20; counsels with Anti- Nephi-Lehi, 256-5. Land of promise, Nephi to be led to, 4-20, 17-13; Lehi rejoices over, 9-5; Nephi and brethren to obtain, 12-13; Nephi beholds in vision, 20-1; Gentiles to be led to seed of Lehi in, 22-13; choice above all lands, 24-30, 49-5; see Choice; Lehi's colony driven toward, 39-8; arrival at, 40-23; seed of Lehi prosper in, 50-9; gold, silver and precious ores alDOund in, 110-12; Jared's colony carried toward, 487-ch, 6:5; Jaredites reach the, 488-12. Language, of Nephites, 1-2, 134-2; Ne- phites unable to write in full on ac- count of, 410-18; of records, called reformed Egyptian, 478-32; no other people know, 478-34; of people con- founded at the great tower, 479-33; of Jared's people not confounded, 479- 35. Lasciviousness, Jacob warns people against, 113-12; Nephites fall into, 308- 12; people free from during a period of blessing, 457-16. Last days, words of Nephi written for good of people in, 90-8; God's words to judge in, 91-18; Nephi prophesies concerning, 93-14; to be terrible, 95-1. Law of Moses, on the brass plates, 8-16, 10-11; Laman and Lemuel speak of, 35-22; priests of Noah falsely claim to teach, 159-28; a type of Christ, 260- 15; not then fulfilled, 401-24; fulfilled in and by Jesus Christ, who was the giver of the law, 418-17, 429-4, 5; not followed as to performances after Christ's visitation, 457-12. Laws, of Nephites very strict, 128-5; established by Mosiah, 195-1; enforced upon transgressors, 197-32, 221-2, 269- 10; trampled under feet of Nephites, 368-22; corrupted, 368-2; overthrown when Gadianton band usurped power, 376-4. Lawyers, hired at trials, 220-14; many among Nephites, 411-11. Laying on of hands, to ordain, 210-1. Leah, a lesser coin, 222-17. Learning, Gentiles puffed up in, 94-20; priests teach their, and deny Holy Ghost, 98-4. Lebanon, to become a fruitful field, 97- 28. Lehi, of Jerusalem, sees pillar of fire, 2-6; has vision of heaven, 2-8; sees Christ and the apostles, 2-9; foresees destruction of Jerusalem, 2-13, 16-3; record of, 2-17, 40-1; preaches in Jeru- salem, 2-18; dream of, 3-1; leaves Jeru- salem, 3-4; family of, 3-5; speaks with power in valley of Lemuel, 4-14; sends for the brass plates, 5-4; receives the brass plates, 10-10; descendant _ of Joseph, 10-14; prophecy of, concerning the plates, 10-18; sees vision of the tree and the rod of iron, 13-2; predicts Christ, 16-4; finds Liahona, 31-10; sons of, born in wilderness, 39-7; and com- pany arrive in promised land, 40-23; prophesies, 49-1; blesses Jacob, 52-1; blesses Joseph, 55-3; blesses children of Laman, 57-3; blesses sons and daughters of Lemuel, 58-8; blesses Sam, 58-11; dies, 58-12; daughters of, 60-6. Lehi, son of Zoram, 235-5. Lehi, Nephite commander, 303-35; pur- sues Lamanites, 304-40; made chief captain, 319-16; at city of Noah, 319- 17; meets Lamanites, 330-28; attacks 556 INDEX army of Jacob, 330-36; in command at Mulejk, 331-2; Lamanites flee from, 356-32; intercepts enemy, protects land Bountiful, 361-28. Lehi, son of Helaman, 365-21; preaches to Nephites, 367-14; preaches to La- manites, 370-18; goes to land of Nephi, 370-20; cast into prison, 370-21; en- circled about as if with fire, 370-23; face of, shines, 371-36; goes into land northward, 373-6. Lehi, city of, 322-15; people of, prepare for battle, 326-24; captured bv Ama- lickiah, 326-26. Lehi, land of, 322-25; people in appeal to Moroni, 323-27. Lehi-Nephi, land of, 147-1. Lehi, land southward called, 373-10. Lehonti, leader of Lamanites, 313-10; poisoned at command of Amalickiah, 314-18. Lemuel, second son of Lehi, rebuked, 4-14; threatened with curse, 4-21; rebels, 11-6; marries, 31-7; plots against lives of Lehi and Nephi, 33- 37; with Laman binds Nephi, 39-11; Lehi blesses sons and daughters of, 58-9; angry, 58-13; mark placed upon seed of, 201-7. Lemuel, valley of, 4-14: Lehi dwells in, 15-1. Lemuelites, a division of the Lamanites, 108-13; reject gospel, 459-38. Leopard, to lie down with the kid, 103-12. Levi, a Jaredite, son of Kim, 479-21; serves in captivity, then becomes king, 497-15. Liahona, Lehi finds, 31-10; instructions upon, 32-27; worked according to faith, 32-28; ceases to work because of wickedness, 39-12; works by faith of Nephi, 40-21; Nephi takes, with him, 60-12; known as ball, and compass, 31-10, 32-26, 60-12; called also director, 135-16, 291-38, 45; name thus called, 291-38. Liar, thrust down to hell, 69-34. Lib, son of Kish, 479-18; becomes king, 497-18; a great hunter, 497-19. Liberty, promised land a land of, 50-7; of belief and worship, 196-17, 251-22, 269- 9; Nephites desire to preserve, 303-30; Moroni's title of, 310-13; title of, hoisted on every tower, 312-36; Moroni planted standard of, 312-36; king-men forced to acknowledge standard of, 326-20; youthful Amfnonites covenant to fight for, 332-17. Life eternal, to be spiritually minded is, 69-39; hope to be raised up unto, 515- 41. Light, throughout night, sign of Christ's birth, 393-3, 399-8, 400-15; in the wil- derness. Lord to be, 34-13; choose darkness rather than, 93-10; priest- craft set up as, 95-29; miraculously provided for Jaredite barges, 483-4, _487-ch. 6:2. Lightnings, and thunderings, shown in vision to Nephi, 20-4; God to visit Israel with, 42-11; wicked to be visited with, 93-6; at death of Christ, 415-7. Limnah, a Nephite chieftain, slain, 470- 14. Limnah, a gold coin, 222-5. Limber, a Nephite soldier, 199-22. Limhi, son of Noah, meets Ammon, 147-9; sends proclamation for people to assemble, 148-17; and people in bond- age to Lamanites, 149-22; captured, 171-16; made king, 172-26; fights with Lamanites, 172-9; sends men to find land of Zarahemla, 175-25; explorers of, bring back record of Jaredites, 176- 27; and people escape with aid of Ammon, 177-11; arrive at land of Zara- hemla, 177-13. Linen, fine-twined, 22-8, 197-29, 203-6, 373-13, 498-24. Lion. 103-12, 440-16. Loathsome, people, Lamanites a, 21-23, 61-22, 468-15. Looking, awful, fearful, state of wicked awaiting resurrection, 296-14. Lord, the Gentiles to humble before, 22- 16; to understand, a man should in- quire of the, 28-3; covenant of, with fathers, 47-6; to raise up mighty Gen- tile nation, 47-7; prepares way for his people, 48-20; statutes of the, 51-16; anger of, kindled against wicked, 93-6; Spirit of, not always to strive with man, 93-11; the, and the Redeemer, 98-5; dwelleth not in unholy temples, 284-36; talks with brother of Jared, 481-14, 482-20. See aho Christ. Lord's prayer, 426-9. Lost tribes, of Israel, 429-15, 432-4. Love, arms of God's, 51-15; charity is, 95-30. Lucre, corrupts the soul, 194-40; love, more than God, 222-24. Luram, a Nephite soldier, slain, 518-2. Lusts, of flesh, sought by wicked, 48-23; of eyes, 294-9; ask not for things to consume on, 477-28. Machinery, employed by Nephites, 128-8. Mad, Abinadi misjudged to be because of his testimony, 160-1, 4. Madmenah, a village in Palestine, 84-31. Mahah, son of Jared, 488-14. Majesty, of God, 74-10, 75-19, 21, 208-50, 225-15. Maker, the Lord, so named, 65-13, 69- 40, 109-6, 125-4, 360-11, 444-5. Malachi, Jewish prophet cited, 446-1. Malice, caused by opposing churches, 94-21; forbidden, 95-32. Maoi, angel as, 13-5; Son of God as, 18-7; Jesus Christ showed himself to the brother of Jared in form of a, 484-15; INDEX 557 Jesus Christ visited the Nephites as a, 421-8; Spirit of the Lord manifest to Nephi in form of a, 18-11. Manasseh, Aminadi a descendant of, 219- 3; Lehi a descendant of, 219-3. Mankind, became lost and fallen, 226-22; Christ shall redeem all, 244-13, 394-16. Manna, Israel fed with, 148-19. Mansions, of the Father, 127-27, 502-32, 34, 37. Manti, hill, Nehor executed on, 196-15. Manti, Nephite soldier, 199-22. Manti, land of, 235-6. Manti, city of, 343-22; taken by strat- agem, 345-13, 346-28. Mark, set by God upon Lamanites, 201-6, 202-15; red, on Amlicites, 201-4, 13. Marriage, of sons of Lehi, 31-7. Mary, mother of Jesus, 18-18, 140-8, 211-10. See also Virgin. Mathoni, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Mathonihah, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Measure, of money among Nephites, 222-4. Mediator, the great, Christ so called, 55-28. Meek, the, persecuted by the rich, 69-30, 99-13; the, shall increase, 98-30; God shall judge for the, 103-9; teach to be, 291-33; the, blessed, 424-5. Melchizedek, 229-14. Melek, land of, 213-3; Amulek and Zeez- rom at, 274-6; people of Ammon go to, 285-13. Men, Christ suffers pains of all, 68-21; becoming as Gods, 227-31. Merchants, 411-U. Mercy, Lord visited men in, 59-26, 71- 53; hath no claim on unrepentant, 139- 39; he who repents has claim on, 227- 34, 282-15. Mercy and justice, 299-22. Messenger, of the Lord, 446-1. Messisdi, see Christ. Metals, specified, 373-9, 498-23. Middoni, land of, 247-2. Midian, land of, 256-5. Milk, and honey, 94-25; wine and, 70-50. Ministers, twelve to judge, 21-10. Minon, land of, 199-24. Miracles, if among other nations would cause repentance, 71-4; Jesus to work mighty, 93-13, 140-5; God of, 98-6; Nephi, son of Helaman, works, 397-4; great among the people, 399-4; wrought by Christ among Nephites, 432-7, 449- 15; all manner of, wrought by the disciples, 456-5; God has not ceased to be God of, 476-15; day of, 514-27, 35. Misery, eternal, 202-26, 216-11. Mist of darkness, see Darkness. Mockery, baptism of little children a, 516-9, 517-23. Mocum, city of, destroyed, 417-7. Money, of the Nephites, 222-4; wicked unpunished because of, under Gadian- ton rule, 376-5; priestly laborers for, shall perish, 95-31; forgiveness of sins for, promised by wicked church, 474-32. Monster, Ammon called a, 246-26. See also Devil. Moriancumer, temporary abiding place of Jaredites, 481-13. Morianton, proposes to flee northward, 323-29; maid informs Moroni of plans of, 323-31; slain, 323-35. Morianton, Jaredite, descendant of Rip- lakish, 479-23; becomes king, 496-9. Morianton, city of, captured by Ama- lickiah, 326-26; fortified by Lamanites, 337-33. Morianton, land of, 322-25. Mormon, Book of, 460. Mormon, father of Mormon, 460-5. Mormon, last great leader of Nephites, 409-12, 460-1; incorporates smaller plates of Nephi with his own abridg- ment of the larger plates, 132-6; in- structed by Ammaron concerning the records, 460-2; goes to Zarahemla, 4(^0-6; visited of the Lord, 461-15; is restrained from preaching, 461-16; ap- pointed military leader, 461-1; retreats into the land of Joshua, 462-6; takes charge of the plates of Nephi, 462-17; makes treaty dividing land with La- manites, 463-28; resigns leadership be- cause of wickedness of the people, 464- 11; writes for future generations, 465- 17; takes charge of records hidden by Ammaron, 467-23; writes abridgment of record preserved on the plates of Nephi, 132-3; records histoi-y of his times, 460-1; gathers Nephites at Cu- morah, 469-4; hides records in hill Cumorah, 469-6; teachings of, on faith, hope, and charity, recorded by Moroni, 512-1 ; first epistle of, to Moroni, 515-1 ; second epistle of, to Moroni, 518-1; battles with Lamanites, 518-2; killed, 472-3. Mormon, forest of, 170-30. Mormon, land of, 205-3. Mormon, waters of, 168-8, 183-18, 205-3. Mormon, Words of, 132. Moron, Jaredite king, 479-7, 499-14. Moroni, Nephite commander, 302-16; equipment of army of, 302-19; sends spies into wilderness, 302-23; marches into Manti, 302-25; stratagem of, 303- 27; defeats Lamanites, 305-51; demands surrender of Zerahemnah, 305-5; ends the conflict, 307-20; raises title of liberty, 310-13; gathers army, 311-21, 28; cuts oflf armies of Amalickiah, 312- 32; establishes liberty and peace, 312- 36; strengthens his armies, 316-8; character of, 316-11; prepares army, 318-8; cursed by Amalickiah, 320-27; builds more fortifications, 320-1; con- 558 INDEX flict of, with king-men, 325-13; gains victory, 326-19; sends re-en-forcements to Teancum, 328-7; enters Bountiful, 329- 18 ; joins Teancum, 329- 19 ; wounded, 330-35; fortifies Bountiful, 331-4; has correspondence with Ammoron, 333-4, 334-15; sends Laman with wine to La- manites, 335-6; arras prisoners in Gid, 336-16; receives epistle from Helaman, 337-1; writes to Pahoran, 348-3, 1; re- ceives answer, 352-1; marches towards Gideon, 354-3; joins Pahoran, 354-6, 14; takes city of Nephihah, 355-21; re- turns to Zarahemla, 357-42; dies, 358-3. Moroni, son of Mormon, 132-1, 469-6; finishes record of his father, 472-1; testifies of the three Nephite disciples, 472-10; on the bringing forth of the records, 473-12; makes abridgment of Jaredite record, 478-1; seals record and mterpreters, 485-5; speaks on faith, 500-6; will not deny Christ even to escape death, 510-ch. 1:3; records mode of administering ordinances, conferring the Holy Ghost, 510-ch. 2; ordaining priests and teachers, 510-ch. 3; ad- ministering sacrament of bread and wme, 511-ch. 4, 5; on baptism and church discipline, 511-ch. 6; quotes his father on faith, hope and charity, 512-1; letters of Mormon to, 515-1, 518-1; writes to Lamanites, 520-1; his pro- phetic promise to the faithful reader of the record, 520-3; on spiritual gifts, 520-8; commends faith, hope, and charity, 521-20; his concluding testi- mony, 522-34; seals and hides up the records, 473-14, 520-2. Moroni, city of, 321-13; destroyed, 415-9. Moroni, land of, 326-22, 355-25, Moronihah, commander, son of and suc- cessor to Moroni, 357-43; surprised by Lamanite invasion, 361-26; defeats and captures enemy, 362-30; driven into land Bountiful, 367-6; regains halT of lost possessions, 367-10. Moronihah, Nephite chieftain, slain at Cumorah, 470-14. Moronihah, city of, buried, 416-10. Mortality, to be followed by immortality, 225-12, 297-4, 452-8, 454-36, 127-27, 166-10. Moses, commanded to do a great work, 36-26; a prophet like unto, 48-20, 440- 23; God gave power unto, 56-17, 379- 11; Christ the prophet of wnom Moses spoke, 48-21, 440-23. Moses, Books of, the five, on plates of brass. 10-11; Nephi did read, 43-23. Moses, law of, engraven on plates of brass, 8-16; commandments according to, 35-22, 60-10, 136-3; 128-5; why given, 73-4; observed until fulfilled in Christ, 92-24. Mosiah, king of Zarahemla, 130-12, 131- Mosiah, last king of the Nephites, son of king Benjamin, 134-2; made king, 135-10, 138-30, 147-ch. 6:4; reads re5^ ord of Zeniflf, 182-5; reads account of Alma, 182-6; dissensions during reign of, 184-5; discourses upon king-craft, 191-5; urges representative govern- ment instead of monarchy, 193-25- causes election of judges, 194-39; trans- lates and keeps Jaredite records, 190- 13, 485-1; death of, 194-46; last of the Nephite kings, 194-47; laws established by, 195-1, 196-14, 368-22. Mosiah, sons of, 189-34; numbered among unbelievers, 187-8; seek to destroy church, 187-10; are rebuked by an angel, 187-11; converted, they labor m the ministry, 189-32; go on mis- sion, 189-1, 190-7; a record of their ministry among the Lamanites, 237; meet Alma, 237-1; commissioned by the Lord, 238-10; establish churches, 255-4; accompany Alma to Zoramites, //4-6; were men of God, 317-18. MfL^ntains* tumbling to pieces, see« in Nephi s vision, 20-4; to be carried up, ti r \'^\^'^^'' ^^^^^ cover persecutors, 93-5;^ holy, of the Lord, 103-15; of the Lords house, 74-2; obey command in the name of Jesus, 113-6. Mount Zion, nations fight against, 95-3. Mourning, among people of Nephi. 266-4. 416-23. Mouth, draw near with, while hearts are far from the Lord, 97-25; words from the Lord's, 100-2. Mulek, son of Zedekiah, brought to the land of promise, 373-10; all Zedekiah's sons slain except, 380-21. Mulek, city of, captured, 326-26; retaken, 329-26. Mulek, land northward called, 373-10, Muloki, in prison, 247-2; preaches, 250- Multitude, fell to earth at Christ's ap- pearing, 421-12; overcome with joy when Christ prays, 433-18. Murderer, wo unto the, 69-35. Murders, secret, must be destroyed in land of promise, 72-15; forbidden, 95- 32; by degenerate Nephites, 518-10. Nahom, a place in Arabia, burial-place of Ishmael, 33-34, Nails, prints of in Savior's hands and feet, 421-14, Narrow, neck of land, 358-5; pass or passage, 323-34, 328-9, 463-29, 464-5, Nature, the God of, suffers, 42-12. Nazareth, city of, seen in Nephi's vision, 18-13. Neas, planted, 152-9. Neck of land, narrow, joining land north- ward to land southward, 254-32; ships INDEX 559 launched by, 358-5; fortified, 367-7; Jaredites built large city by, 497-20. Nehor, proclaims against the church, 195- 3; withstood by Gideon, 195-7; slays Gideon, 195-9; condemned by Alma, 196-14; executed, 196-15; followers of, after the profession of, 232-16, 18, 234- 15, 236-11, 249-4, 259-28, 29. Nehor, city of, a Jaredite city, 490-9. Nehor, land of, Jaredite territory, Corihor and followers dwell in, 489-4. Nehors, Desolation of, 236-11. Nehors, order of the, 259-28, 29; syna- gogues after, 249-4. Neighbor, unjust treatment of, con- demned, 98-8, 146-14; false witness against forbidden, 161-23; coveting property of, forbidden, 161-24; man should love his, 179-15, 426-43. Nephi, Book of. First, 1. Nephi, Book of. Second, 49. Nephi, Book of. Third, 399. Nephi, Book of. Fourth, 456. Nephi, son of Lehi, birth and education of, 1-1; makes a record, 1-2, 2-17; char- acter of, 4-16; to be led to land of promise, 4-20; chosen to be a ruler, 4-22; faith of, 5-15; asks Laban for the plates of brass, 6-24; with his brothers hides in cavity of rock, 6-27; smitten by his elder brethren, 6-28; protected by an angel, 6-29; slays Laban, 8-18; secures the plates, 8-24; induces Zoram to join the company, 9-34; returns to Jerusalem for Ishmael and family, 11-ch. 7:2; bound by cords, 12-16, 39-11; vision of, 17-1; explains olive-tree as symbol for house of Israel, 28-12; marries, 31-7; breaks his bow, 32-18; commanded to build a ship, 34-8, 38-4; filled with power of God, 38-52; brothers of, receive shock, 38-53; crosses ocean with his father's com- pany, 39-9; arrives at promised land, 40-23; makes plates, 40-1; preaches Christ, 48-21, 50-10, 92-23, 92-1; with a large company flees from Laman and Lemuel, 60-7; made ruler and called king, 61-18; comments on Isaiah's prophecies, 89-1; prophesies concern- ing last days, 95-1; dies, 108-12. Nepni, son of Helaman, 365-21; made chief judge, 366-37; resigns, 368-1; preaches with his brother, Lehi, 369- 14; preaches to Lamanites, 370-18; goes to land of Nephi, 370-20; im- prisoned with Lehi, 370-21,; prison in which confined, shaken, 370-27, 371-31; encircled as if by fire, 370-23; and Lehi, converse with angels, 371-36, 39; persecutors of, overshadowed by cloud of darkness, 37l-28, 34, 40; persecutors of. told to repent, by Aminadab, 371- 38; persecutors of Lehi and, rebuked by voice from heaven, 371-29; faces of Lehi and, did shine as angels' faces, 371-36; converts many, 372-50; goes to land northward, 373-6'; returns to Zara- hemla, 376-1; deplores ascendency of Gadianton band, 376-4; laments he had not lived in Lehi's day, 376-7; proph- ecies of, 376-2; prays on his garden tower, 377-10; teaches multitude from tower, 377-12; predicts calamity ex- cept people repent, 377-19; arouses op- position, 378-5; reveals secret murder of the judge, 380-27; names murderer of the judge, 382-26; hears voice from heaven, 383-3; is given great power, 384-7; conveyed away from persecutors by the Spirit, 384-16; invoke^ famine in the land, 385-4; prays for rain, 385-10, 386-17; disappears, 399-3, 402-9. Nephi, grandson of Helaman, 399-2; re- ceives plates, 399-2; sign of the Lord's birth promised to, 400-13; visited by angels daily, 414-18; casts out devils, 414-19; raised his brother from the dead, 414-19; did many miracles, 414- 20; called from the multitude by Jesus, 422-18; with eleven others given authority to baptize, 422-22; is bap- tized, 437-11; baptizes his associates of the twelve, 437-12; first among the twelve, 437-4. Nephi, son of Nephi the disciple, 456; historian of his times, 456; dies, 457- 19. Nephi, city of, 60-8; Nephites flee to, 153-15; Limhi and his people return to, 174-1; Lamanites in, 256-11; chief city of land of Nephi, 314-20; Amalic- kiah takes possession of, 315-31. Nephi, land of, named after Nephi, 60-8; Mosiah the first, flees from, as directed by the Lord, 130-12; Lamanite armies come from, 133-13; Ammon and brethren go to, 147-6; Limhi king of, 147-9; Zeniff had knowledge of, 152-1;, people of Noah carried back to, by Lamanites, 171-15; Amulon and La- manites search for, 180-35; sons oi Mosiah go to, to preach to Lamanites, 189-1; Aaron goes to, 191-3; Amlicites join Lamanites in, 199-24; king Lamoni desires Ammon to accompany him to, 247-1; Aaron led by the Spirit to, 251-1; nearly surrounded by water, 254-32; sons of Mosiah tell of mission in, 265-20; people of Ammon brought from, 337-3; Lamanites flee to, 347-38. Nephi, plates of, see Plates. Nephihah, made chief judge, successor to Alma, 204-17; dies, 323-37. Nephihah, city of, 322-14; Nephites flee to, 326-24; captured by Amalickiah, 326-26; attacked by Lamanites, 348-5; retaken by Moroni, 355-26. Nephihah, land of, Moroni gbes to, 354- 14; Moroni leaves, 356-30. Nephihah, plains of, Nephites pitch tents in, 355-18. Nephites, all who were not Lamanites, 108-13; declared by Jacob to be more wicked than Lamanites, 111-35; Enos prays that record of, be preserved. 660 INDEX 126-13; believers called, 201-11; armies of, assemble in Jershon, 301-4; fight for their liberties, 301-9; fight, not for power but for homes and rites of wor- ship, 304-45; tayght to defend them- selves, even to bloodshed, 317-14, 304- 46; fortify Ammonihah, 318-4; fortify Noah, 319-13; attacked at Noah, 320-21; many sail forth in ships of Hagoth, 358-6; repent, 367-15; in fear of La- manites, 368-20; had corrupted the laws, 368-22; impenitent, 372-2, 375-31; converted by Lamanites, 373-5; and Lamanites in mutual friendliness, 373- 6; may be destroyed except they re- pent, said the Lord, 397-17; again dis- believe and become hardened, 401-1; all converted, 408-1; and Lamanites converted, 456-2; return to homes, 41-0-1; have peace after subduing the Gadianton band, 411-3; fall into dis- sension and form tribes, 413-2; prosper during period of righteousness, 456-7; fair and delightsome people, 456-10; factions arise among, 458-36; become proud and vain, 459-43; exterminated as a nation by Lamanites, 470-10, 472- 2; killed who will not deny Christ, 5i0-ch. 1:2; become depraved, lustful and barbarous, 518-9; declared to be without civilization, 518-11. Neum, a prophet, predicted Christ's crucifixion, 41-10. New Jerusalem, to be established, 440- 22, 444-23; a, to come down from heave*!, 503-3. Nimrah, son of Akish, 494-8; flees from his father's kingdom and joins Omer, 494-9. Nimrod, son of Cohor, 490-22. Nimrod, valley of, 480-1. Noah, son of ZenifT, 147-9; becomes king, 155-1; buildings erected by, 156- 8; becomes a wine bibber, 156-15; hardens his heart against word of God, 157-29; imprisons Abinadi, 159- 17; orders that Abinadi be slain, 160-1, 166-1; accuses Alma of sedition, 170- 33; life oi, spared by Gideon, 170-8; flees with his people before Lamanites, 1*70-9; commands men to desert wives and children, 171-11; burned to death, 171-20; priests of, abduct daughters of Lamanites, 172-3. Noah, a Jaredite, son of Corihor, 490-14, 15; captures Shule, 490-17; slain, 490- 18. Noah, the patriarch, flood in days of, 220-22, 445-9; Jaredite barges tight like ark of, 488-7. Noah, land, and city of, 235-3, 319-12; fortified, 319-13; Lehi in charge of, 319-17. Nobility, claim to, asserted by king-men, 325-8, 17, 18, 326-21. Nothingness of men, the, 388-7, 142-5, 143-11. Nurture, and admonition of the Lord. 125-1. Oath, and sacred ordinance, 324-39; evil and secret, 290-27, 29, 374-21, 25, 375- 30, 459-42, 492-15, 20, 498-33; between Nephi and Zoram, 9-33, 35, 37; of the people of Ammon, 332-11, 14, 337-8; Mormon repents of his, 467-1. Offering, sacrificial, 3-7, 10-9, 136-3; burnt, done away by Christ, 418-19. Ogath, site of a Jaredite camp, 508-10. Olive-tree, Israel compared unto, by Lehi, 16-12, 17-14, 28-7, 12, 29-16; allegory of the wild and tame, 115-3. Omega, Alpha and, the Lord so called, 418-18. Omer, a Jaredite king, 479-30, 491-1, 492-11, 493-1. Omner, son of Mosiah, 189-34; seeMosiah, sons ol. Omni, son of Jarom, 129-15; makes rec- o.-d on the plates, 129-1. Omni, Book of, 129. Onidah, hill, 277-4; place, 313-5. Onihah, city, destroyed at time of the (jrucifixion, 417-7. Only Begotten of the Father, the, 90-12, 228-5, 9. See also Christ. Opposition, must needs be, 53-11, 54-15. Ordained, of God, the twelve apostles, 20-7; by Alma, one priest to fifty members, 169-18; priests and elders, by Alma, 210-1; ministers, by Nephi, 415- 25; manner in which the disciples or- dained priests and teachers, 510-ch. 3. Order, all things to be done in, 144-27. Ordinances, associated with law of Moses, 92-30; a type of the order of the Son of God, 229-16; strict observ- ance of, chronicled, 269-3. Ore, for tools, 34-9; on promised land, 40-25; Nephi made plates of, 40-1; precious, 61-15, 110-12; records on plates of, 176-27; work in all kinds of, 373-11; dug and used by the Jare- dites, 498-23. Orihah, son of Jared who came from the great tower, 479-32, 488-14; anointed king, 489-27; righteousness of, 489-30; his many children, 489-2. Outer darkness, to be suffered by spirits of the wicked, 295-13. Ox, found in the land of promise, 40-25; lion to eat straw like the, 103-13. Paanchi, son of Pahoran, contends for the judgment-seat, 359-3; condemned to death, 360-8. Pachus, wicked king of Nephite dis- senters, 354-6; slain, 354-8. Pacumeni, son of Pahoran, contends for the judgment-seat, 359-3; submits to the voice of the people, 360-6; ap- pointed chief judge and governor, 360- 13; slain by Coriantumr, 361-21. Pagag, firstborn son of the brother of Jared, 489-25. INDEX 561 Pahoran, son of Nephihah, 324-39; con- tention among the people concerning, 324-2; refuses to permit alteration of the laws, 324-3; opponents of, called king-men, 324-5; supporters of, called freemen, 324-6; writes letter to Moroni, 352-1; his faithfulness and patriotism, 352-9; joined by Moroni, 354-6; returns to the judgment-seat, 357-44; dies, 359-2. Pahoran, son of Pahoran, contends for the judgment-seat, 359-3; made chief judge, 359-5; murdered by Kishkumen, 360-9. Paradise, 67-13, 295-12, 457-14. Path, straight, and straight and narrow, 14-20, 104-9, 105-19. Pearls, for ornament and display, 458-24. Penitent, the, to be blessed, 262-21, 265- 18, 300-23, 24. Perdition, the son of, 451-32, 455-7. Perverse, generation, and wicked, see Generation. Persecution, inflicted by unbelievers, 186-1; forbidden by Nephite law, 196- 21. Pestilence, unbelievers to be destroyed by, 63-15, 71-6, 158-7; withheld because of prayers of righteous, 220-22. Plain, and precious scriptures taken away, 23-26, 28, 25-40. Plainness, Nephi delights in, 89-4, 103-3, 106-6; of the word of God, 23-24, 29, 106-5, 110-11. Plaoiets, witnesses for God, 272-44. Plates, of brass, history, genealogy, and scripture engraven upon, 5-3, 6-24, 8-24, 23-23, 130-14, 420-17; contain five books of Moses, 10-11; prophecies of Joseph written upon, 57-2, 58-15; Nephi had brought after separating from Laman and his people, 60-12; the sons of Benjamin taught concerning, 134-3; delivered to Alma, 191-20; con- tained scriptures and genealogies, 288- 3; Nephi, the grandson of Helaman, given charge of, 399-2. Plates of Nephi, two sets of, 15-2, 4, 62-30; made from ore, 40-1; Morrnon made an abridgment from, 132-3; king Benjamin attests that records are true, 134-6; Mosiah given charge of, 135-16; contain the teachings of Jesus, 448-7; Mormon instructed by Ammaron to take possession of, 460-4; hid up in hill Cumorah, 469-6. Plates, the larger, also called the other plates, and the other plates of Nephi; contain more of the secular history, 15-4, 41-4, 58-14, 62-29, 33, 108-3, 113- 13, 125-26; delivered, with the smaller plates, to Chemish, 130-8; Mormon fin- ishes his record from, 132-4, 133-9; Helaman commanded to keep record on, 288-2; Nephi, grandson of Hela- man, makes record from, 409-10. Plates, smaller, also called these plates; contain more of the sacred or ecclesias- tical history, 11-ch. 6:3, 15-4, 16-1, 40-1, 3, 60-4, 62-30, 107-1, 113-13, 125- 21, 127-2, 129-14, 129-1, 131-25, 132-3; part called the plates of Jacob, 113-14; full, 132-30; Mormon adds, to his record, 132-6. Plates, gold, twenty-four, Jaredite rec- ord, brought by Limhi's explorers, 150-9, 176-27; received by Mosiah, 177-14; Alma speaks to Helaman con- cerning, 289-21; Moroni takes account of Ether from, 478-2; record of Brother of Jared upon, 484-21; not to be re- vealed until after Christ, 485-1; to whom to be shown, 487-ch. 5:2. Prayer, and fasting, for Alma, 188-22; teaching of Aaron on, 252-16. Prayers, of the righteous delay destruc- tion, 220-22; of Alma, 268-17; Zenos concerning, 280-3; people admonished t© pray for mercy, 283-18; when vain, 283-28, 512-ch. 7:6; the Lord's, 426-9; in families, 435-21; in the name of Jesus, 437-6, 514-26; an evidence of faith, 438-22; disciples united in, and fasting, 449-1; the church met often for, 511-ch. 6:5. Pride, Gentiles lifted up in, 94-20; churches corrupted because of, 99-12; and love of gold, 109-16; Nehor lifted up in, 195-6; and other sins, 197-32; enters the church, 366-33; ends the condition of people having possessions in common, 458-24. Priestcraft, and iniquities, 71-5; forbid- den, 95-29; introduced among the peo- ple, 196-12. Priesthood, the holy order of God, 229- 18, 300-2, 379-18. Priests, Jacob and Joseph consecrated, 62-26, 109-18; of churches of men con- tend one with another, 98-4; king Ben- jamin appoints, 146-3; wicked, of Noah, 171-23; labor for their own sup- port, 186-5, 197-26; ordained of God, 227-1; Alma consecrates, 234-13; and false prophets, 458-34; manner of ordi- nation of, 510-ch. 3. Prison, Alma and Amulek cast into, 232- 17; destroyed at miraculous deliverance of Alma and Amulek, 233-27; in Mid- doni, 247-3; Nephi and Lehi cast into, 370-21; shaken at miraculous deliver- ance of Nephi and Lehi, 370-27. Prisoners, held by Moroni for exchange, 328-8; Lamanite, compelled to bury their dead, 331-1; put to work, 331-3, 336-25; exchange of, proposed by Am- moron, 333-1; conditions for exchange of, proposed by Moroni, acceded to by Ammoron 333-11, 334-20; upwards of 2,000 slain in their rebellion, 342-14; sent to Zarahemla, 342-16; converted, set at liberty, 409-4; taken by Laman- ites from the tower of Sherrizah, 518-7. 562 INDEX Probation, this life a state of, 54-21, 69- 21, 226-24, 298-4; continue until end of, 107-9; days of, past, sorrow over, 392-38. Proclamation, gladsome, by Limhi to his people, 148-17; by Lachoneus, to as- semble people for deience against Gadianton robbers, 405-22. Procrastination, of day of repentance, 283-33, 35. Promised land, see Land of Promise. Promises, according to the flesh, 71-2, 72-17; of God, extended to Lamanites, 217-16, 218-24; to people of Nephi verified, 322-21; people led away by Akish through fair, 492-17. Prophecies, concerning signs of Christ's birth fulfilled, 399-4; of Abinadi and Samuel the Lamanite, fulfilled, 461-19, 462-10. Prophecy, of Nephi concerning the Jews, 89-4. Prophets, Jews understand the, 89-5; re- jection of, 96-5, 122-8; persecutors of, perish, 92-3; words of, searched, 113-6; Jews killed the, 114-14; many, in days of Enos, 127-22; labor diligently, in days of Jarom, 128-11; Jaredite, in the reign of Shule, 490-23; Jaredite, given liberty to travel, by king Shule, 491- 25; Jaredite, brought about repentance, 491-26; Jaredite, cry repentance to people of Heth, 495-28; persecuted, even to death by people of Heth, 495- 29. Prosperity, of the church, in days of Helaman, 365-25. Punishment, no, where there is no law, 69-25; Sherem speaks of eternal, 124- 18; everlasting, the wages of the wicked, 138-33. Pure, in heart, 112-2; blessed, 424-8. Quaking, of the earth, 20-4, 388-9, 416- 12. Queen, wife of king Lamoni, counsels with Ammon, 244-3; widow of king Lehonti, marries Amalickiah, 315-35. Queens, nursing mothers to people of Israel, 72-9. Rabbanah, a Lamanite title of honor, 241-13. Raiment, disciples admonished to take no thought for, 427-25, 28. Raising, of the dead, by Christ, 140-5, 449-15; by Nephi, grandson of Hela- man, 414-19; by the Nephite disciples, 456-5. See also Resurrection. Ramah, hill, same as hill Cumorah, 508- 11. Rameumptom, the holy stand of the Zoramites, 275-21. Ranks, based on wealth, 411-12. Rebellion, of Laman and others, upon the waters, 36-9, 49-2; of Corihor, the Jaredite, 489-4; of Cohor, and Noah, 490-15; of Jared, 491-2; of Akish, 492- 13; of Heth, 495-26; caused by secret combinations, 499-15. Reckoning of time, changed by Nephites after sign of Christ's birth, 402-8. Record, of Lehi, Nephi's abridgment of, 2-17, 40-1; genealogy in, 10-1; of the Jews, angel's prophecy concerning, 23- 2Z; of Mormon, delivered to Moroni, 132-1, 472-1; Nephite, coming forth of, a sign, 442-5, 486-17; omissions from Nephite, supplied by command of Christ, 445-7. Records, God able to preserve, 126-15; of Jaredites, brought by king Limhi's explorers, 150-9, 478-2; Nephite, many kept, 364-13, 409-9; hid up in the hill Cumorah, 469-6, 508-11. Redemption, through the Messiah, 53-6, 55-26. 133-8, 218-27, 476-12; plan of, 226-25; from sin, 369-10; brought to pass, 471-7. Red Sea, Lehi arrives at, 3-5; Moses smote, 379-11. Remission, of sins, look forward for, 211-6; for repentant, 221-ZA, 229-16; baptism unto, 516-11. Remnant, of House of Israel, 98-2; to hear gospel, 102-3; of seed of Jacob, 311-23, 410-24, 440-16, 443-12, 22, 469- 24, 472-ch. 7:10; of seed of Joseph, 311-23, 410-23, 420-17, 429-12, 503-6. Repentance, way to, prepared, 17-18; of Gentiles, 26-5, 63-12, 102-2; temporary, of Laman and Lemuel, 40-20; men called to, 54-21, 68-23, 94-27, 143-10, 216-12, 423-32, 514-31, 516-8; and bap- tism, 104-11, 208-49; punishment with- out, 139-38, 395-1, 498-1; reward of, 140-12, 185-29, 389-22; voice from heaven calls to, 371-29. Restoration, of Israel, 102-5, 103-8; of Israel, sign of beginning of, 454-1; of all things to their proper order re- quisite with justice, 297-2. Resurrection, necessary by reason of the fal?, 67-6; of all men, 68-22, 223-41, 448-4; power of the, 73-25, 114-11, 122-9, 515-41; ot Christ of universal application, 281-22, 394-15, 471-6; of the dead, 162-35, ;64-20; the first, 164-21, 168-9, 296-17; meaning of, 225- 8, 296-18; Aaron speaks on, 250-9; a space between death and the, 296-21; of Christ redeems mankind, 165-7, 394- 17; of many saints, 395-25, 446-9. Revelation, from God in a sealed book, 96-7; not to be despised, 114-8. Rich, unrighteous, condemned, 69-30, 70- 42, 99-15, 144-23; people of church be- come, through righteousness, 197-29; Lamanites and Nephites became, 373-9. Riches, seek kingdom of God before, 110- 18; king Benjamin had not sought, 137-12; become slippery, under the curse, 392-31, 461-lS. INDEX 563 Righteous, do not murmur, 31-3; are favored of God, 36-35; need not fear, 48-22; shall not perish, 93-8. Righteousness, God will visit Israel be- cause of, 42-11; God's ways are, 51- 19; perfect knowledge of, 68-14. Riplah, hill, 303-31. Riplakish, ancestor of Morianton, a Jaredite, 479-23; his wicked reign, 496-4; his death, 496-8. Ripliancum, waters of, 508-8. River, seen in vision of Lehi, 13-13; source of, 13-14, 21-16; explanation of vision of, 30-26. Roads, many built in days of Lachoneus, 411-8. Robbers, see Gadianton Robbers. Robe of righteousness, prayed for by Nephi, 59-33. Rock, figurative of strength in right- eous, Christ called the, 29-15, 59-30, 60-35, 70-45, 100-28, 423-39. Rocks, rent at death of Christ as fore- seen in Nephi's vision, 20-4; rending of, predicted by Samuel the Lamanite, 394-21; rent to pieces as predicted, 416-18. Rod of iron, in vision of Lehi, 14-19; in vision of Nephi, 19-25; meaning of, 29-23. Root, of Jesse, 85-10. Ruler, Nephi wrongly accused of desir- ing to make himself a, 33-38, 39-10, 60-3; God makes Nephi a, 4-22, 6-29, 61-19; Mosiah proclaimed a, by king Benjamin, 135-10, 138-30. Rulers, covered because of iniquity, 96-5. Rumors, of wars, 20-2, 21-21, 27-15, 90- 12, 474-30. Sabbath, observed by people of Nephi, 128-5, 169-23; remember the, 161-16. _ Sack-cloth, garb of humility and peni- tence, 157-25, 385-9. Sacrament, of bread and wine, Christ administers, 434-3; emblems miracu- lously provided, 439-3; none to partake unworthily, 435-28; Christ adminis- tered to Nephites often, 449-13; bless- ing on bread, 511-ch. 4; on the wine, 511-ch. 5. Sacred things, the records, interpreters, etc., so called, 41-5, l(T8-4, 288-2, 289- 14, 292-47, 324-38, 358-1, 399-2, 459- 48, 469-6. Sacrifice, Christ a, for sin, 53-7; burnt, offered by people of king Benjamin, 136-3; an infinite and eternal, 282"-10; of broken heart and contrite spirit instead of burnt offerings, 418-20; of women and children to Lamanite idols, 466-14, 467-21. Saint, man becomes, through atonement, 141-19. Saints, of God, church called, 26-12; a gulf between the wicked and, 30-28; of the Holy One, 68-18; cry of blood of, shall ascend, 92-3, 99-10; all, shall dwell with God, 517-26. Salem, Melchizedek, king of, 229-17. Salt, of the earth, useless if its savor be lost, 424-13, 432-15. Salvation, all the earth shall see, 42-17, 441-35; is free, 52-4; none barred, 94- 24; Lamanites might have, 126-13; through faith, 140-9, 145-7, 223-40; by the atonement, 142-6, 206-21; not by the law of Moses alone, 161-28; to be declared to every nation, 165-28; the reward of the righteous, 218-28; the day of, near, 229-21; ye have procras- tinated the day of, 392-38. Sam, one of Lehi's sons, 3-5, 4-17, re- bellion against, and brethren, 11-6, 201-6; Lehi rejoices because of, 13-3, 14; blessed by Lehi, 58-11; accom- panies Nephi into the wilderness at separation from the Lamanites, 60-6. Samuel, prophet of Israel, mentioned by Christ, 440-24. Samuel, the Lamanite, 389-2; prophesies destruction to unrepentant, 390-5, 392- 38; prophesies of Christ, 390-6; speci- fies signs of Christ's birth and death, 393-3, 394-20; calls for repentance, 395-1; converts many, 397-1; escapes persecutors, 397-6; prophecy of, ful- filled, 446-10, 461-19, 462-10. Sanetification, result of penitence and obedience, 366-35, 209-54, 229-12, 522- 33. Sanctuaries, 99-13, 234-17, 250-6. Sariah, the wife of Lehi, 3-5, 9-1, 13-14; complains against Lehi, 9-2. Satan, see Devil. Savior, the, see Christ. Scarlets, desired by the abominable church, 22-8. Scattering, of Israel, predicted, 16-3, 17- 14, 29-17, 46-3, 63-11, 71-6, 90-15. Scent, of corpses, 236-11, 506-23. Scorner, to be consumed, 98-31. Scourge, Lamanites a, to Nephites, 5-24, 61-25. Scriptures, all, for profit and learning, 43-23; engraven upon the plates of brass, 58-15; wresting of, forbidden, 229-20; searching of, taught by Christ, 445-1. Sealed, book shall be, 96-7. Sealing, power given to Nephi, son of Helaman, 384-7. Seantum, murderer of the judge, ac- cused, 382-26; confesses, 383-37. Sebus, the water of, 239-26. Secret combinations, of Akish, 492-13. See also Gadianton Robbers. Seed, the word compared to, 278-28. Seeds, of every kind, carried by Lehi's colony, 13-1, 31-11, 39-6; planted by Lehi's people, 40-24; sown by Nephi's people, 60-11; carried by Jaredites, 480-41, 3. 564 INDEX Seer, 56-6, 151-13, 190-16; covered be- cause of iniquity, 96-5. Seezorsun, chief judge, murdered by his brother, 382-23. Senine, gold coin, a day's wage for a judge, 221-3, 222^5, 7. Senum, silver coin, value of, 221-3, 222-6. Sepulchre, Christ laid in a, for three days, 90-13. Sermon, the, on the mount, repeated, 423 to 429. Serpent, raised by Moses, 91-20, 379-14. See also Devil. Serpents, fiery flying, a scourge, 37-41, 89-29: poisonous, a scourge to the Jaredites, 495-31; destroyed, 497-19. Servant, of Lab.an, Zorafn, 8-20; Ammon, a, to king Laftioni, 239-25; of Teancum, 327-33; of the devil, 512-11. Servants, unprofitable, 137^21; qf Lamoni scattered by Lamanites, 239-27. Seth, a Jaredite, son of Shiblon, 479-11; brought into captivity, 499-9. Shame, of sinners on day of judgment, 225-15; to be fbrgotten, 444-4. Shared, a Jaredite, battles with Corian- tumr, 505-23; slain,, 505-30. Shazer, a camping place for Lehi's peo- ple, 31-13. Sheaves, symbolical of reward of labor, 261-5; the Lord's people to be gathered as^ 440-18. Sheep, people of God likened to, 49-25, 396-13; disobedient not Christ's, 207- 38; of other folds, of Christ, 430-17, 1. Shelem, a mount, place of the Lord's manifestation to the brother of Jared, 482-1. Shem, land of, 463-20. Shem, a Nephite chieftain, slain at Curriorah, 4/0-14. Shemlon, land of, 154-7, 172-1. Shemnon, one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Shepherd, one God and qne, 25-41; one fold and one, 49-25, 430-17; as sheep having no, 207-37; Christ, the good, 207-38, 3"9, 208-41, 209-57, 60, 377-lS; the devil a, 207-39. Sherem, denies Christ, 123-1; demands a sign, 124-13; is stricken and dies, 124-15, 20. _ Sheum, a variety of food-plant, 152-9. Shez, a Jaredite king, son of Heth, 479- 25; attempts to restore the broken nation, 496-1; death of, 496-4. Shiblom, a Nephite chieftain, slain at Cumorah, 470-14. Shiblon or Shiblom, a Jaredite king, son of Com, 479-12; brother of, puts proph- ets t6 death, 499-5; death of, 499-9. Shiblon, a son of Alma the younge*, 274-7, 292-1; goes on mission to Zora- mites, 274-7; commandments of Alma to, 292-1; with his brothers is sudcess- ful in the ministry, 320-30; takes charge of the sacred things, 358-1; dies, 358-10. Shiblon, a coin, 222-15. Shiblum, a coin, 222-16. { Shilom, city of, 149-21, 152-8. ^ Shilom, land of, 147-ch. 7:5, 154-8; many buildings erected in by king Noah, 156-13. Shim', hill, wherein Ammaron deposited the sacred engravings, 460-3; sacred records taken from by Mormon, 467- 23; mentioned in record of Jaredites, 493-3. Ship, Nephi 'commanded to build a, 34-8; Lehi and his colony put forth to sea in, 39-8. Ships, built by Hagoth, 358-5; thought to'liave been lost, 358-8. Shiz, a Jaredite, the brother of Lib, 506- 17; his vengeful oath, 507-24; slain by Coriantumr, 509-30. Shule, Jaredite king, son of Kib, 479-31, 489-7; restores kingdom to his father, 490-9; reigns as king, 490-10; right- eousness of, 490-11; captured by" Noah, 490-17; regains kingdom, 490-18; pro- tects the prophets, 490-24. Shum, a coin, 222-5. Shurr, valley of, camp of Coriantumr, 507-28. Sidom, land of, 233-1. Sidon, river, or waters of, 460-10; bap- tis.ms in, 203-4; wilderness at head of, 254-29, 302-22. Siege, of robbers against people of Nephi, 407-16; of Corjantumr against army in wilderness, 505-5. Sigrts, of Christ's birth, 92-3, 393-3, 400- 13; of Christ's death, 41-10, 394-20, 415-3, 416-20; a, demanded by Sherem, 124-13; of the gathering of l5.rael, 442-1; secret, received by Kishkumen, 362-7. Signs, secret, used to promote wicked- ness 374-22 Silks, 22-7, 203-6, 494-17, 498-24. Silver, 22-7; found on land of promise, 40-25; workmanship in, 61-15; Ne- phites rich in, 128-8, 197-29. Similitude, Abraham and Isaac a, 113-5. Sin, Lord cannot look upon with the least allowance, 308- 16; unpardonable, the, 124-19, 293-6. Sins, warning against, 69-38, 70-45; re- mission of, 92-26, 125-2; see Remission of sins; of tfte world. Lamb of God taketh away, 212-14; Jesus Christ slain for, 421-14. Siron, land of, 293-3. Skins, of the Lamanites, dark, 61-21, 201-^; garments made of, 318-6; of righteous Lamanites become white, 403-15. Slaughter, of Amlicites, 199-18; of Gadianton robbers., 407-11; of Ne- phites, 467-21, 470-10; of Jaredites, 508-15. INDEX 565 Slavery, king Limhi offers to submit to, 148-15; people of Ammon offer to sub- mit to, 264-8; forbidden by law, 264-9. Slings, Nephites armed with, 198-12. See also Weapons. Slothfulness, decried, 350-14. Snare, of the a^vers^ry, 178-9, 224-6. Society, of the robbers, secret, 404-9, 494-6, 500-22. Solomon, temple of, Nephite temple pat- terned after, 61-16; sins of, 111-23. Son of righteousness, 93-9, 447-2, 495- 22. See also Christ. Soothsayers, condemned, 443-16, Sorceries, 197-32, 461-19. Souls, final state of, 30-35; between death and resurrection, 295-7. Spies, of Alma, 199-21; of Helaman, 338- 22. Spirit, the Great, Ammon thought to be, 240-2; explained by Aaron, 252-9. Spirit, of God, came down from heaven, 372-45; kihgs to be wrought upon by the, 42-12; truth made known by the, 208-46. Spirit, of the Lord, Nephi caught away in, 17-1; in form of a man, 18-11; will not always strive with man, 93-11; one with Christ and the Father, 224-44; does not dwell in unholy temples, 368- 24. See also Holy Ghost. Spirits, of all men at death taken to God, 295-11; will be restored to body, 67-12; unclean, see Devil. Stain, figurative of wickedness, 206-21, 257-12. Standard, of liberty raised by Moroni, 326-20. Star, new, predicted as sign of Christ's birth, 393-5; appears, 400-21. Statutes, see Law of Moses. Steel, swords of, 7-9, 490-9; Nephi's bow of fine, 32-18; workmanship in, 61-15. Sting, of death, 252-14, 471-5. Stone, the, Jews will reject, 114.-15; with engravings brought to Mosiah, 131-20; to be prepared by the Lord for Gazelem, 290-23. Stones, Lehi builds altar of, 3-7; Nephi makes fire with, 34-11; Mosiah trans- lates by means of the two, 190-13; six- teen, prepared by brother of Jared, 482-1; two, given to brother of Jared by the Lord, 484-23. Stratagem, of Moroni, 328-10, 333-3; of Antipus, 339-30; Manti taken by, 346- 28. Stripling, soldiers, Helaman's army of, 333-22, 341-57. Stubble, wicked shall be as, 48-15, 93-6, 447-1; wicked churches to be consumed as, 48-23. Sun, appeareth to stand still, 388-15. Sword, of Laban, 7-9, 61-14, 108-10, 133- 13, 135-16. Swords, of the Jaredites, found by Limhi's explorers, 151-11; of the Anti- Nephi-Lehies buried, 257-12, 258-17. Synagogues, none to be barred from, 94-26; Alma and Amulek preach in, 236-13; after the order of the Nehors, 249-4; the poor cast out of, among the Zoraraites, 276-2; hypocrites in, 426-5. Task-masters, 181-9, 19. Taoies, light under king Benjamin, 137- 14; of people of Limhi, 148-15; heavy, levied by Riplakish, 496-5. Teacher, Jacob a, 70-48; king Benjamin ceases to be, 138-29; Teachers, Jacob and Joseph consecrated, 62-26, 109-18; corruption because of false, 99-12; ordination of, 510-ch. 3. Teachings, of Jesus to Nephites, not a hundredth part written, 448-6. See also Christ, teachings of. Teancum, a Nephite commander slays Morian.ton, 323-35; meets army of Amalickiah, 326-29; camps in borders of Bountiful, 327-32; slays Amalickiah, 327-34; decoy march by, 329-22; sets prisoners to work, 331-3; slays Am- moron, 356-36; is slain, 356-36. Teancuni, city of, 466-3. Tempest, during voyage of Lehi, 39-13; God to visit Israel with, 42-,ll; unbe- lievers to be destroyed by, 63-15; na- tions to be visited by, 95-2; at death of Christ, 394-23, 415-5. Temple, Nephi buil-ds, 61-16; Jacob teaches in, 109-17, 2, 110-11; Mosiah summons people to, 135-18; people as- sembled near, in Bountiful, at time of Christ's appearing, 421-1. Temptation, of Christ, 140-7, 163-5, 212- 11; by the devil, 21-17, 19, 284-39; ad- monition to avoid, 291-33, 426-12, 435- 18. Tents, departure of Lehi with, 31-12; in land of promise, 40-23; of Nephi's col- ony, 60-7; Lamanites' custom of dwell- ing in, 126-20; pitched around temple, by king Benjamin's assembly, 136-5. Teomner, a Nephite officer under Hela- man's command, in ambush, 345-16. Testimony, words of Nephi a, 92-28; a few to be^r, of the Nephite record, 96- 13; of two nations, to be a witness of God, 101-8; of Alma, concerning Christ, 212-13; of three, concerning the Ne- phite record, 96-12, 487-ch. 5:3; of three and of eight, see forepart of this Book. Thanks, to be given to God, 213-23, 291- 37, 419-10. Things, all, see All things. Three Nephite Disciples, the, never to taste of death, 452-7, 457-14; minister among Nephites, 453-16, 456-5; taken from people, because of wickedness, 472-10; minister to Mormon and Moroni, 472-11. Throne, of God, all to stand before, 100- 23, 112-8. 566 INDEX Thunder, predicted, as a visitation at time of Christ's death, 20-4, 42-11; to be visited upon the wicked, 93-6; at death of Christ, 415-6. Tidings, glad, of great joy, to king Ben- jamin, 140-3. Timber, of curious workmanship, in building the ship for Lehi's company, 38-1; for defense of cities, 321-2, 331-4; land without, 363-5; attempt to restore growth of, 364-9. Time, Nephite reckoning of, changed after Christ's birth, 402-8. Timothy, grandson of Helaman; raised from the dead by his brother, Nephi; one of the twelve disciples, 437-4. Tithes, paid by Abraham to Melchizedek, 229-15; the Lord robbed of, 447-8, Title of liberty, raised by Moroni, 310- 12; dissenters compelled to hoist, 326- 20. Tongues, gift of, 217-21; of children loosed, 449-14. Tools, Nephi finds ore to make, 34-9; among Nephites, 128-8; among Jare- dites, 498-25. Torment, endless, nature of, 68-19, 100- 23, 122-10, 141-25, 225-17. Tower, colony of Jared came from, 131- 22, 479-33; of the great, 190-17; suffi- ciently high to reach to heaven, 375-28; the great, 478-3; erected by king Ben- jamin, 136-7; Limhi discovers Laman- ites from, 172-8; Nephi's, in garden, 377-10. Towers, erected by Moroni as part of fortification, 321-4. Traditions, Nephite, Lamanites swore to destroy, 126-14; Lamanite, incorrect, 134-5; baseness of Lamanite, 237-9; prophecies called foolish by Korihor, the anti-Christ, 269-14; Lamanite, wicked and abominable, 396-7. Transfiguration, seeming, of the three disciples, 453-15, Translation, gift of, 151-13; gift of, among the Nephites, 217-21. Traveler, none can return from grave, 51-14. Treasures, hearts upon their, 69-30; cursed because of wickedness, 391-19. Tree, in vision of Lehi, 13-10; river near, 13-13; iron rod leads to, 14-19; desirable fruit of, 13-10, 14-15; of life, 19-25; 29- 22, 30-28, 226-21, 298-3; remnant to be grafted in the true olive, 29-16. Trees, obey, through faith, 113-6. Tribes, of Israel, word of God to, 101-12, 429-15, 465-18; Nephites separate into, 413-2; united against king Jacob, 413- 11; agree not to fight each other, 414- 14. Tribes, the lost, 429-15, 430-20, 1, 444-26. Tubaloth, Lamanite king, 360-16. Unalterable, are the decrees of God, 297- 8. Unbelief, inability to understand because of, 184-3; miracles cease because of, 514-37, Unchangeable, Being, an, 476-19, 517-18, Unclean, nothing, in presence of God, 17-21, 30-34, 213-21, 223-37, 380-25. Unpardonable sin, 124-19, 293-6. Vainness, and frailties and foolishness of men, 69-28. Valley, of Gideon, etc., see Gideon, valley of, etc. Vapor, of darkness, Israel to be visited with, 42-11, 48-18. Variableness, in God, no> 476-9. Vengeance, of God, 443-21, 465-15, 473- 20; blood of saints to cry for, 196-13, 492-22; 493-24; sword of, 4J5-41. Vessel, inward, to be cleansed, 350-23, 351-24; the virgin, a precious and chosen, 211-10'; the Lord's ministers called chosen, 514-31. Vessels, of the Lord, be ye clean that bear the, 441-41; of Jared, see Barges. Victory, thanks to God for, 347-33; over death and the grave, 163-8, 165-8, 252- 14, 266-28, 471-5; over the devil, 236-21, Vineyard, servants of the Lord to prune his, 122-2; planted by king Noah, 156-15. Virgin, the, 211-10; seen in vision of Nephi, 18-13, 15, 18. Virtue, dear above all things, 518-9. Visage, of the Lord's servants to be marred, 442-44. Vision, of Lehi, 2-8, 9-4, 13-2, 49-4; of Nephi, 17-1; of Amulek, 215-20, 219-7; of the father of Abish, 245-16; knowl- edge given through, 59-23. Visionary, man, Lehi a, 4-11, 9-2, 4. Voice, raised to God, 60-35; of the people, judges chosen by, see Judges; of the people, against Amlici, 198-7; of an angel like thunder, 292-7; from heaven, in protection of Lehi, and Nephi, 371- 29; of the Lord to the people, following the crucifixion, 417-1, 419-3; of the Father, proclaiming the Christ at the fime of his visitation to the Nephites, 421-3; hills and mountains tremble at the Lord's, 388-9, Vultures, many bodies of Lamanites and Amlicites devoured by, 200-38. Wade, wading, through affliction, 34-1, 211-5, 214-14, 332-15, 366-34. Wages, according to works, 202-27; of wicked, 208-42; of the Nephite judges, 221-1. Wanderers, in a strange land, 229-23, 263-36. War, among descendants of Lehi, fore- seen in Nephi's vision, 20-2, 21-21; in the great and abominable church, pre- dicted, 47-13; among nations subject to the mother of abominations, 27-16; and contentions among Lehi's descendants, records of, on the larger or other INDEX 567 plates, 41-4, 62-33; after return of the Jews from captivity, 90-12; among peo- ple of Nephi, predicted, 92-2; between Nephites and Lamanites witnessed by Enos, 127-24; attested by Omni, 129- 3; attested by Abinadom, 130-10; at- tested by Amaleki, 131-24; as recorded by Mormon, 460-8, 470-8; caused by strife and crime, 222-21. Warfare, Helaman writes Moroni about, 337-2. Wars, final, among Jaredites, 508-8; final, between Nephites and Lamanites, 470-8. Watch, and pray continually, admoni- tions to, 230-28, 435-15. Watchman, shall sing, 159-22, 441-32. _ Water, fountain of filthy, seen in Nephi's vision, 21-16; meaning of Lehi's vision of, 30-26; from the rock, by the power of God in Moses, 36-29, 91-20; Christ to be baptized by, 104-5; Alma and Helam buried or baptized in, 168-14; Zarahemla nearly surrounded by, 254- 32; large bodies of, in the land north- ward, 363-4; Jaredites driven forth, 344 days upon the, 488-11; bitter foun- tains cannot give good, 512-11. Waters, many, seen by Nephi in vision, 22-10; Irreantum means, 34-5; Cu- morah in land of many, 469-4; of the Red Sea divided, 36-26; of Sidon, corpses cast into, 201-3, 307-22; of Sebus, Ammon at the, 240-34, 239-26; of Mormon, see Mormon, waters of. Wealth, church members gain, through faithfulness, 197-31. Weapons, made by Nephites, 128-8; by Jaredites, 498-27; Nephites armed with, 198-12; laid down by people of Ammon, 258-17; by Lamanites, in remorse, 258- 25, 260-14; buried, 258-17, 260-14, 396- 9. Well Beloved, a title of the Christ, 372- 47. Whirlwinds, persecutors to be carried away by, 93-5; wicked carried away by, at death of Christ, 416-16. Whisper, out of the dust, the Nephites to, 94-16. Whore, of all the earth, the abominable church, 26-10, 11, 12, 47-13, 14, 72-16, 99-18. Whoredoms, wo unto them who commit, 69-36; divine commands against, 95-32; many go astray because of, 99-14; ex- cuse themselves in committing, 111- 23; call to repent of, 455-ch. 30:2; Morianton unjust to himself because of, 497-11. Wicked, Nephi spake hard things against the, 31-2; shall not destroy the right- eous when the fulness of God's wrath is poured out, 48-16; nations to be de- stroyed, 36-37; the, shall be cast out, 165-2; call to come out from the, 209- 57; judgments of God will overtake the, 466-5. Wickedness, many go astray because of, 99-14; afflictions because of, 203-3, 417- 7. Wilderness, Lehi departs from Jerusalem into, 3-4; Ishmael's daughters mourn because of affliction in, 33-35; children born in, 35-20, 39-7, 52-1, 55-1; Nephi and a company flee into, at time of the division into Nephites and Lamanites, 60-5; of Hermounts, Lamanites driven into, 200-37. Will, of God, operative upon Mormon, 132-7. Wine, oppressors of the covenant people to be drunken with blood as with, 64- 18; the iniquitous to be drunken but not with, 96-4; buy, without money, figurative of salvation, 70-50; made in abundance by the wicked king Noah, 156-15; Limhi sends, to Lamanites, 177-10; Laman, one of Moroni's sol- diers, takes, to Lamanites, who become drunken, 335-8, 14. Wine, sacramental, Jesus commanded his disciples to bring, 434-1; miraculously provided at the administration by Jesus Christ, 439-5; manner of admin- istering, 511-ch. 5:1. Wisdom, the, of God, 67-8, 97-22; of wise shall perish, 97-26; of men, foolishness, 69-28; God has all, 263-35; admonition to learn, in youth, 291-35. Wise, learned think they are, 69-28; must consider themselves fools, to be accept- able to God, 70-42; the, who are puffed up and sin shall be thrust down to hell, 99-15; the, may be confounded by children, 278-23; angels appeared unto, as the time of Christ's birth drew near, 398-14; man builds on rock, 428-24. Witchcrafts, to be cut off, 443-16. Witness, blood of the innocent a, 231-11; false, forbidden, 161-23. Witnesses to the Book of Mormon, three, to attest truth of the book, 96-12, 73-3, 487-3, 4; others than the three, 96-14, 97-22. See The Testimony of the Three and also of the Eight Witnesses in forepart of this Book. Wives, unrighteous desire for many, 108- 15; David and Solomon had many, 111- 24; hearts of, broken because of wick- edness of their husbands, 111-35; hus- bands who love their, commended, 112- 7. Woe, eternal or endless misery and, 50- 13, 216-11, 369-12, 377-16. Wolf, to dwell with lamb, 103-12. Wolves, true shepherd sees that they en- ter not, 209-59; false prophets as in sheep's clothing but are ravening, 428- 15. Women, of Lehi's company bore children in the wilderness, 34-1. 35-20; God de- lights in the chasity of, 111-28; taught 568 INDEX to spin, 154-5: toil and spin, 373-13; fed upon flesh or husbands by barbarous Lamanites, 518-8. Wonders, signs and, to be manifested by Christ, 93-13; many shown, as time of Christ's birth drew near, 398-13. Wood, people taught to work in, 61-15; fine workmanship of, 128-8. Word, of God, according to the, 36-31 ; of Christ, the obedient feast upon, 105- 20; of God, the iron rod, 19-25; wo unto those who reject the word of God, 96- 14; of God, shall hiss forth, 101-3; of God, nourished by the, 122-7. Words, of Mormon, the, 132. Words, of the book are of those who have slumbered in the dust, 96-9; of the book, God to bring forth, 96-14. Work, great and marvelous, the Lord's, 26-7, 91-17, 100-1, 443-9; a. marvelous, among the Gentiles, 47-8; a r-irvelous, and a wonder, 97-26; the I d's, not yet finished, 101-9; of the Fai_er, com- mencement of, 444-26. Workers, of iniquity, denunciation of, 207-37. Workmen, curious, 373-11. Works, men to be 'udged by their, 30-32. Worship, princes shall, 45-7; of the Father by the Jews in Christ's name, 91-16; of the Father by the Nephites in Christ's name, 113-5; of God before the altar by people at Sidom, 234-17; strange, of the Zoramites, 274-12; not confined to sanctuaries, 280-2; sacred privileges of, 324-39. Writing, given to Moses, 56-17; by the finger of God on the wall of the temple, 219-2. Writings, of the kings, 129-14. Yesterday, today and forever, God the same throughout, 17-18, 52-4, 97-23, 101-9, 275-17, 476-9, 521-19. Yield, not, to sin, or temptation, 59-27, 93-10, 413-5, 477-28. Yoke, of the abominable church, 22-5. Zarahemla, people of, 130-14; had come from Jpcrusalem, 130-15; people of, unite with people of Mosiah, 131-19; Limhi sends men to search for, 150-7; people of, numbered with Nephites, 183-13; landing place of people of, 254- 30. Zarahemla, land of, 130-13, 199-24; Lachoneus gathers his forces in, 405-22, 23; land southward called, 495-31. Zarahemla, city of, burned at time of the crucifixion, 415-8; rebuilt, 456-8. Zedekiah, king of Judah, 1-4, 10-13, 130- 15; Mulek, son of, 373-10; sons of, ex- cept Mulek, slain, 380-21, Zedekiah, one of the twelve disciples. 437-4. Zeezrom, a lawyer, accuses Amulek and Alma, 221-31; questions Amulek, 222- 21; questions Alma, 225-8; encircled about by pains of hell, 231-6: sick at Sidom, 2Zi-Z\ converted and healed, 234-6; preaches the gospel, 234-12, 274- 6, Zemnarihcdi, a chieftain of the robbers, 407-17; fails in his designs against Ne- phites, 408-22; starts with his people for land northward, 408-23; is inter- cepted and hanged, 408-28. Zenephi, lawless army of, 519-16. Zeniff, grandfather of Limhi, 147-9; sent as a spy, 152-1; became leader of his company, 152-3; repulses invading La- manites, 153-14, 155-19; confers king- dom upon his son Noah, 155-1. Zeniff, record of, 152; received by king Mosiah, 177-14; read to the people by direction of king Mosiah, 182-5. Zenock, predicted that Christ would be lifted up, 41-10; his testimony of the Son of God, 280-15; predicted destruc- tion at time of the crucifixion, 420-16. Zenos, spoke of burial of Christ, 41-10; spoke of the three days of darkness, 41-10; gave parable of the tame oUve- tree, 115-1, 122-1; words of, must come to pass, 122-1; spoke concerning prayer and worship, 280-3; testifies of destruc- tion to occur at the crucifixion, 420-16. Zerahemnah, a leader of the Lamanites, 301-5; surrenders to Moroni, 306-8; at- tempts to kill Moroni and is scalped, 306-12; begs for mercy, 307-19. Zeram, sent out as a spy, 199-22. Zerin, mountain, removed, by faith of the brother of Tared, 502-30. Ziff, 156-8. Zion, supporters of, to be blessed, 24-37; opposers of, to be destroyed, 47-14, 63- 13, 72-13, 95-3; law to go forth from, 74-3; laborer in, 95-31; devil's doctrine that all is well in, 99-21. Zoram, the servant of Laban, 9-35; mar- nes, 31-7; a true friend to Nephi, 52- 30; blessed by Lehi, 52-31; accompanies Nephi m the separation of Nephites and Lamanites, 60-6. Zoram, a chief captain among Nephites, Ml O O " J# Zora^i, head of the dissenters, 273-59. Zoramites, 108-13; separated from the Nephites, 273-59; build synagogues, 274-12; their Rameumptom, 275-21; strange prayers of, 275-15; converts cast out by, 284-6, 8; prepare for war against people of Ammon, 285-10; con- verts from among, given land, 285-14; become Lamanites, 301-4; made cap- tains of Lamanites, 316-5; lead Laman- ites away, 401-29. PRES» OF ZION'S PRINTING A PUBLISHINQ CO.. INDEPENDENCE. JACKSON COUNTY, UO., U. S. A. \ \ :^\ THE BOOK OF